fe, Ng eet wt

A ’~” > ve? Ss U<

VN QQ Ret eS RBS S

sie ww WASH Ctnos

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SA3IYWY

INST

S34

S3l

Bast

+ oe

LILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31YVYE!I1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU

NVINOSHILIWS

NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN

NOILALILSNI

NOILNLILSNI

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uVve

SJINVYUGIT LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION

JLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVYGIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLINS S31u¥vVad!T_LIBRAR]

NVINOSHLINS

SMITHSONIAN

GE:

be” e

Wig

SMITHSONIAN

Yip

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SJ3IUYYe

SMITHSONIAN

en uu en a

— 4 5 = a AN aes

Os _ oa ass Wn YE om

bo Gry a .<@ = WS SS x

cv) aie 5 2 oes

\LILSNI NVWINOSHLINS S3!IYVYHUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN !NSTITU

af = c Be oe eh

ow , — ow — ee)

a) eq Ps Pe) S 2

> IAQ > <>

x ENS = 0 = “SD

m Tyr 2 = n* m

ee : z i

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYV

” = Ww wn .

= < A = LY, s

; = dS =f “LA =,

NX Z 5 NWO: 77 z

WAN See) pW \ ae) Uf fli: fe

YS Z SNe ee ee Z

Ce a ae =

JLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31YVUGIT LIBRARIES

SMITHSONIAN

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

NOILNLILSNI

LIBRARIES

NOILNILILSNI

NOILNLILSNI

SP NAY & of DVD \e ct ie, Se pre = XN

6 = RS NS ks YF “4 y oe <g

Ww SQV wn Wass SNS sks

st m YS —- m NOst > Mm

(2) ; = no ae n”

\RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S43:

0 = a) z 72)

= < N = = = ,

= z = 2 =

YX 5 5 \a 3 zy

AVVO rT Bw IN SO pies a $4

aS Z FE AQ = FE 2 °F

v8 re? : 2

LILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INST

= - x ” =

& ‘ rn w a

= a = —_

| xt | <x ion |

= a c pe oe

= a = 4

fe) . = O eit je)

= - za =s Ps

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3]

S - S - % S

= , VY es BOY cs Oo

: : E SN =

ae = = > MQ 2

= r 2 =

op)

z is Z ms _ 2

ILILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVaYad!l1_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS}

z w

2 = roe NS = < ‘

a 4 a ee WS 4 Zz N\

r Z rE » 2 =

= > Ss

a 3 ii . 3 2

INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31

” > “ > oe 7p)

Ww rr a) 7 ~ ve)

<a 3 uf Ly * = fe = _

Ce. VA = — o

< vp Li = < a <

ow Ui, 4, ~ fae = ow

a “fp = : 3 m

ea Pa ad 2 |

LILSNI NWINOSHLINS S3I1YVud!7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INS)

EA a a = »

ive] N = w. _ LD ise]

B) Y a pol Gey, 20

- \ WSN = > ke Yip fi. >

= AS" 5 ae = &Y fi ®

_ Ry SS W” a = + ‘a ‘cs —

Yn _ ie) — o2)

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S43!

i’

SMITHSONIAN INST

Gey

YYy,

‘fl

NVINOSHLIWS

NVINOSHLINWS

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

JLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS Saluvugiy LIBRARIES

‘bs

-IBRARIES

-WBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

NOILALILSNI

RAN

JOLLNLILSNI

NOILALILSNI

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL IIISTORY.’)

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,

WILLIAM S. DALLAS, F.LS.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., P.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S.

eee

a eee ai 1 /

VOL. TII.—SIXTH SERIE

PAPI III II OOS

Yo aan ba 7

( Aue,

ati eine Ree

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO.; KENT AND CO.;

WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS:

MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :

HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN,

1889.

“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentix testes, divitie felicitatis

humans :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper xstimata;

ad veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnavs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckyer, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

olasiieii ci wees! eter eye ies LUhelsylvanipowers

Ohevic our summons ; for their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

AU, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

CONTENTS OF VOL, III.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER XIII.

I. A Preliminary Notice of aStalked Bryozoon (Ascorhiza occiden-

tals). By J. WALTER Fuwres. (Plate Lo c5 ons ccc et oad ss

II. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Crustacea of Domi-

nica. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum (Natural History).

Ree ter hl) eres Pete i rara sciatiry werd ras. eaters eR eases Naas 6s

III. Observations on Noctiluca miliaris, Suriray, and the Sea-

luminosity produced by it. By Dr. i. PLATE 2... nese side eae

IV. The Staphylinide of Japan. By Dr. D. SmHarp............

V. Ophiopteron elegans, anew, probably Natatory, Form of Ophi-

UTI ee Oye Die UBER Ts UD WIG. wasrauh 1 carat scsi eicters Sa vise 0 5

VI. Descriptions of a new Genus and some new Species of Ctca-

dideé belonging to the Oriental Region. By W.L. Disranr ......

VII. Preliminary Notice of new Fossil Chelonia. By R. LypExK-

RRR Ae BCR IOe, ais. a's DIDS er Oe RIOR OE TUE aD ec ORer One Oke

VUI. The Systematic Position of Metolania, Owen. By Dry. G.

ASAE er ewe LV CTs COMM: Nag ct sts laiecetereno6 ais. sintectvetala-ol oe Aeuatansin tala tke

New Book :—Die Calaniden Finlands. Von Osc. NorpQuist......

Preliminary Note on the Functions and Homologies of the Contrac-

tile Vacuole in Plants and Animals, by Professor Marcus M.

Hartog, D.Se., M.A.; On Adelphotaxy, an undescribed Form of

hritability, by Professor Marcus M. Hartog, D.Sc., M.A.; On

the Hersiliide, anew Family of Commensal Copepoda, by M,

Eugene Canu; Pebrilla, a new Genus of Infusoria living on the

Hermit-crab, by Prof. A. Giard; On the Nutrition of the Pro-

tozoa, by Dr. M. Meissner; A Study of the Hydrangea in rela-

tion to Cross-Fertilization, by Thomas Meehan .......... 64

Page

—71

iv CONTENTS.

NUMBER XIV.

Page

IX. Report on a Second Collection of Sponges from the Gulf of

Manaar. By Arruur Denpy, M.8c., F.L.S., Demonstrator and

Assistant Lecturer in Biology in the University of Melbourne.

CRlates LIL=Vo) cis, win vis os vp mite Oe bai ecstaele a eeape taprctaae iene ode eye 73

X. On anew British Species of Microctona, Bk., in which the

ends of the Tricurvate are Spiniferous &c. By H. J. Carrer,

KOR Sacce. and RA HOPE. ZS, ‘CPlate: Vi). .t)a.. canner 99

XI. The Occurrence of Lichia vadigo on the British Coast. By

Prose GUNTHER. HORS. ce orngtiaseitas ob. 1 Slee tani ae eee 107

XII. Description of a supposed new Species of Helix from near

Moulmain, Tenasserim, By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Avsten,

ARs Ano Snes ahs Cav ciels elven eiciek es ether: aie enter tere ab.

XIE. The Staphylinde of Japan. By Dr. D. SuHarp..... eee eLOS

XIV. Descriptions of twenty-four new Species of Butterflies cap-

tured by Mr. Last in the neighbourhood of Mombasa, East Coast of

Africa, in the Collection of Mr. H. Grose Smith. By H. Grose

OMELSSEEY fercte wit ctekoteteess cela i010 4 febensie iilsie i le lates ans kana ete ier eee ene 12]

XV. Remarks in reply to Dr. Baur’s Article on the Systematic

Position of Miolania. By G. A. BOULENGER ...........0...00 138

XVI. The new Flora of Krakatao. By M. TREUB ............ 141

XVII. Notothertwm and Zygomaturus. By R. LypexxKer, B.A.,

GS TAs fe via tadete vieke tie ie. BMGT Ole Eas tao Nets ww miele or eiete eras coe meer een: 149

New Book :—Bergens Museums Aarsberetning for 1887 .......... 152

On a new Parasite of Amphiura, by J. Walter Fewkes ; The Bressa

PTUZG Po olact, setae os emt ara te lich ele eh cetera ener 154—156

NUMBER XV.

XVIIL. Contributions to the Anatomy of the Central Nervous

System in Ceratodus Forstert. By ALFRED Sanpers, M.R.CS.,

F.L.S. (Plates VITI.—XII.) 157

XIX. New Genera and Species of Trichopterygide. By Rev. A.

IVICA TEE WSF hs pierstefeselelieis eo fala eiayele fe sie ie degen eee 188

XX. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Species of Paleechinus

(Scouler), M‘Coy, and a proposed Classification. By Prof. P. Mar-

TIN DUNCAN, ERGO PS. SoCs. oa .aus siete ts neo Renee ee AO ake 196

XXI. On a new Arhorybia. By J. WALTER Fewkes. (Plate

CONTENTS. V

Page

XXII. Further Observations on the Foraminiferal Genus Orbi-

toides of d’Orbigny. By H. J. Carrer, F.RS. &e............05: 210

XXIII. The Siphonophora of the Canary Islands. By Prof.

WEA CHEIOIN = 7 5 50 GE HUIS OPE OCA Op oS a coy a.o. oO OU ar RIOR 214

XXIV. Descriptions of new Species of African Mymphalide. By

UVES UNUHEDER Wi PEIN Sota cectenta, vie a el arenei tre’ a ote) eo ccintere ettials ersrwloun8/0 ain 246

XXY. The Staphylinide of Japan. By Dr. D. SHARP ........ 249

XXVI. Notes on the Genus Melapium, H. and A. Adams. By

AEST Ge Auer Nee SNTCVIEETY, fos cb orev clitoma oe teha} evasebor a Shot ea) af oli etascragantie/adepal els lel sheta’s 267

XXVII. Description of a new Genus of Parasitic Mollusca. By

BERGA N as) NUTISER ter 0, ah 10.3 ods eahs alctsvarie elohe sleheies ajorsheetsloteyetereopevelle. (res 270

XXVIII. Synopsis of the Rhynchotal Genus Plisthenes. By W.

MEPIS TANIEE Met ete eel aie ais) aV/eteliafsteronege- sieve over’) 2s eyersintey ats ctis\n) ellove ehecstaras 271

XXIX. On “Aulacochelys,” Lydekker, and the Systematic Posi-

tion of Anosteira, Leidy, and Pseudotrionyx, Dollo, By Dr. G.

NUN G Wik ea VOT ONT certs sia ayaa «9 atale wie oidnay ale far ayers a: sahara aaron ada ots 275

XXX. On new Species of Histeride. By GroreE Lewis, F.L.S. 277

MS)

Proceedings of the Geological Society ..........++++..0... 2808—289

Note on the Relative Claims to Recognition of the Generic Names

Arbacia, Gray, and Lehinocidaris, Des Moulins, by Prof. F.

Jeffrey Bell, M.A.; On the Presence of Spinnerets in the

Myriopoda, by M. Jules Chalaude ; Note on Antedon pumila and

A, incommoda, by Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, M.A.; The Fauna of the

Hifel-Maare, by Dr. Otto Zacharias -- 000. ... 0006 e050% 290—292

NUMBER XVI.

XXXI. Natural-History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘ Investigator, Commander Alfred Carpenter, R.N.,

D.S.O., commanding.—No. 9. On a new Type of Astrorhizide from

the Bay of Bengal. By HEenry B. Brapy, LL.D., F.RS......... 293

XXXII. Palzichthyological Notes, By A. SmirH Woopwarp,

F.G.S., F.Z.8., of the British Museum (Natural History). (Plate

OVD es Sebel oa ere Yaak Hah oh aw ra METRO oars lane ae otra aie 297

XXXIIT. On the Reptiles and Batrachians obtained in Morocco

by M. Henry Vaucher. By G. A. BOULENGER ................ 303

XXXIV. Description of a new Batrachian of the Genus Eupem-

glee trom Trinidad. By G, A. BOULENGER «1.20... 5..0 500+ 00s0% 307

XXXV,. Notes on the Genus Lobiger, By Epaar A, Smitu.... 308

vi CONTENTS.

Page

XXXVI. Descriptions of ten more new Species of Butterflies cap-

tured by Mr, John Whitehead at Kina Balu Mountain, North Borneo.

Bye CROSS MITE Veuc:ti.4.7 1-2 Oeste ie cree ic Mein oe ee 512

XXXVII. The Staphylinide of Japan. By Dr. D, SHarp...... 519

XXXVIUI. Notes on some Buthide, new and old. By R. I.

Pocock, of the British (Natural-History) Museum. (Plate XV.).. 334

XXXIX. Descriptions of new Species of Rhopalocera from Mexico

and Central America. By F. D. GopMan and O. Satvin ........ 351

XL. Description of a new Species of the singular Lepidopterous

Genus Mastigophorus. By A. G. Butier, F.LS., F.Z.S., &e. .... 358

XLI. Descriptions of two new Coleoptera in the British Museum

(Buprestide and Rutelide). By CHARLES O. WATERHOUSE ...... 560

XLII. Notice of a new Fish from the Issik Kul (Diptychus Lans-

Helly). By Dr JAS GUNDIER, RAS, Ocenia ae ie eh eee 361

XLII. Description ofa new Bat from the Gambia. By OLDFIELD

APROIMCAITS We otas tof er hat eis cyot o-erenateval obahavansn o aUCiea] cara ae ke eee 362

New Book:—Manual of British Birds. By Howarp Satnpers.

ATES TRU. Ys Leyte own wee Suds osenns hae are ateee oes ey ee 365

Proceedings of the Geological Society .................005 5366—370

New Trichopterygide, by the Rev. A. Matthews; On some new

Entomophthoree, by M. A. Giard; On the Origin of the Unio-

mode, by Prot..M: Newmayrs ies) os. ce tse meee: 370—372

NUMBER XVII.

XLIV. Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.—No.

XXVII. On some North-American (Canadian) Species. By Prof.

T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S. (Plates XVI. & XVII.) ...... 373

XLV. On new Lamiide Coleoptera in the British-Museum Collec-

tion. By C. J. Gauan, M.A., Assistant, Zoological Department,

British Winsewmm er a.GAr. ee cee alee aoe ete ee siento nets ite Me meee

XLVI. On the Mollusca collected by Mr. G. A. Ramage in the

Lesser Antilles—Report UI. By Epgar A. Smiry ............ 400

XLVII. On a new Species of Hemaphysalis, C. L. Koch, imported

into England by Syrrhaptes paradoxus. By the Rey. O. PickarD-

CammBRD GE, MEAs. HBS 8G ssi one 8 2 oto Stacie en ate atta meet aren 406

XLVIIL. The Staphylinide of Japan. By Dr. D. SuHarp ...... wb.

XLIX. Descriptions of new Species of Rhynchota collected on or

near the Kina Balu Mountain, North Borneo. By W.L. Distanr, 419

CONTENTS. Vil

Page

L. Note ona remarkably large Specimen of Zaidia from the Island

of Mauritius. By Prof. F. Jerrrry Bruit, M.A

LI. On two new Species of Birds from Kina Balu Mountain. By

ie BOWDEER SHARPE WSs EOZiSs 5 s0 « olaronyecia altho Po sion barat 423

LI. The Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence: a Study of Arctic Forms.

By the Rev. THomas Hincxs, B.A., F.R.S. (Plate XXI.)

LIII. Description of a new Species of Mus from South Australia,

Hyg OTD WED) TOMAS scanty fad oleh folio bhaiaond arate sone aa tase ance ett 453

New Book :—Bulletin Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique.

BublaGapate Ng ALAR Di « LOU XIX: tay, lytic, odatiel esa sie tealct sates 455

Proceedings of the Geological Society <0... 06s. ee eee ees 458 —440

Results of recent Investigations upon the Organization of the Ne-

bahe and the Systematic Position of the Leptostraca, by Prof.

C. Claus; On the Formation of the Antherozoids of the Cha-

pace by Ns Wucon: GUIOMATOim sy a. eae neta a steeueat ae 441—44:3

NUMBER XVIII.

LIV. Notes on British Amphipoda—I. Megaluropus, n. g., and

some (idiceride. By the Rev. A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L.,

ETM Seam e atese NN MONG lee chert Mah, aca vee hie cuore e.srehas 445

LY. Another new Species of Scorpion from Madagascar. By R. I.

Pocock, of the British Museum (Natural History) .............. 46]

LVI. The Staphylinide of Japan. By Dr. D. SHarp .......... 463

LVII. On Butterflies’ Enemies. By Sypnry B. J. Skrerrcuty,

Gop AG Pee ccane Si anys eeaks Sacks chayek shales hake etree ai Neate wea ecto aah 477

LVIII. Characters of a new Genus and Species of Cieindelide.

sys Cease ua) © OW ATHRE OUST. 37a sjsle eis o ois,.0\ <j. ave se slats 128 ete 486

LIX. Some Remarks on the Genus Taphozous. By Fr. Sav.

TALiCG Sais (0 108 7 Sac Ca ics cn ee a RAN ce 487

LX. On a new Species of Chaffinch. By Canon H. B. Tristram. 489

LXI. On a new Species of Tit. By E.G. Mzapr-Wa.Lpo...... 490

LXII. On Zeuglopleurus, a new Genus of the Family Temno-

pleurtde from the Upper Cretaceous. By J. WALTER GREGORY,

F.G.8., F.Z.8., of the Geological Department, British Museum

G Naira Istonyayy oc a jaye: stele oct taens ord eS ee we le topes soho eran as ab.

LXIII. Descriptions of new Species of Phasmide from Dominica,

Santa Lucia,and Brazil (Theresopolis), in the Collection of the British

Museum. By W. F. Korpy, Assistant in the Zoological Depart-

Ment HritisheMuseumy (Natural story). < je. oe clone ese vale cn eee 501

Vili CONTENTS.

Page

New Books:—Report upon the Crinoidea collected during the

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ during the Years 1873-76.—

Part II. The Comatule. By P. HeErBperr Carpenter, D.Sc.,

F.RS., F.L.S., Assistant Master at Eton College.—Tabular List

of all the Australian Birds at present known to the Author,

showing the Distribution of the Species over the Continent of

Australia and adjacent Islands. By E. P. Ramsay, LL.D. &c.,

Curator of the Australian Museum, Sydney ............ 504—510

On an Epicaridan parasitic on an Amphipod, and ona Copepod para-

sitic on an Epicaridan, by MM. A. Giard and J. Bonnier;

Spontaneous Movements of the Style and Stigmata of the Corn-

flag (Gladiolus segetum), by M.C. Musset..........00.. 512—514

1 BLC(6 N=, cameo Xana cet eto, SURI oo eer eR ee a Ven eee Aen ba Pe an, SHA SAR a 515

PLATES IN VOL. III.

PuaTE I. Ascorhiza occidentalis.

II. Dominican Crustacea.

1D ab

TV. | Sponges from the Gulf of Manaar.

VI. New British Sponge.

VII. Athorybia californica.

VIII. )

IX.

XI. j

XI.

XI. J

XIV. Acrodus keuperinus.—Diplodus Moorei.—Saurichthys acumi-

natus,

XV. New Buthide.

XVI. Lower Devonian Ostracoda.

XVIL. Silurian Ostracoda.

XVIII.

XIX. | New British Amphipoda.

XX.

XXI. Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence.

Central Nervous System of Ceratodus Forsteri.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

Se eeseaiiesdeeassaes per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hie carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, diye, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dew pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’

N. Parthenii Giannettasii Eel. 1,

No. 13. JANUARY 1889.

I.—A Preliminary Notice of a Stalked Bryozoon (Asco-

rhiza occidentalis). By J. WALTER FEWKEs.

[Plate I.]

THE number of genera of Bryozoa which people the waters of

the coast of California is very great, and their study is a most

fertile field for research. While there seems to be a great

difference in the Bryozoan fauna of the Atlantic and Pacific

shores of the United States, we find many genera common to

both.

In an investigation of the marine Invertebrata, carried on at

Santa Barbara *, my attention was turned to the great variet

é ais ; =

in the forms of Bryozoa which inhabit the Santa Barbara

Channel. Many of these animals there grow to a large

size and are sometimes found in huge masses, which are

known as corals to the few fishermen who sail on these waters.

* Tam indebted to Mr. Augustus Hemenway, of Boston, Massachu-

setts, for opportunities of carrying on studies in marine zoology on the

coast of California.

A reporton the Invertebrata collected on the coast of California, in which

a more extended account of Ascorhiza will appear, will soon be published

for me in the ‘ Bulletin’ of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cam-

bridge, Massachusetts.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iii. 1

2 Mr. J. W. Fewkes on Ascorhiza occidentalis.

In dredging just outside the zone of kelp in this channel

there was brought up by the dredge a most exceptional genus

of Bryozoa, which seems to me to present more than usual

interest to students of the morphology of this group of animals.

For this strange organism the name Ascorhiza is proposed.

The most marked peculiarity of the genus is the massing

of the zoarium into a spherical or oval capitulum *, mounted

on a jointed stem, which is flexible and highly sensitive to

the touch (Pl. I. fig. 1). While it cannot be said positively

that the specimen here described is an adult, and although

there are several features which remind one of an immature

animal, I am confident that a similar Bryozoon has never

been described from the Atlantic sea-board of the United

States and that nothing like it is recorded from European

seas.

The following description of Ascorhiza may give an idea

of its external form and exceptional anatomy.

Ascorhiza occidentalis, gen. et sp. nov.

Ascorhiza was dredged +t in 20 fathoms of water in the

channel off the island of Santa Barbara. While examining

asmall rock brought up in the dredge there was detected upon

it an organism which had the form of a small sac mounted on

a slender stalk. I was at first at a loss to know whether

the organism was an animal or a plant. Its colour is

almost identical with that of the huge kelp so abundant at

Santa Barbara ; but when put into a glass vessel and irritated

with a needle it was seen to sway slowly backwards and

forwards and even to double its stem on itself. A study of

the specimen with a hand-lens told the true story of its animal

affinities.

It is believed to be a new genus allied to certain Bryozoan

genera, some of which occur in shallow seas, some in the deep

oceans, and one at least in fresh water.

The whole animal is about an inch in height and has the

form of a fleshy globular sac mounted on a stem (fig. 1, s).

The colour is a brownish red and is uniform throughoutf.

* Mr, R. Kirkpatrick has suggested the term “ capitulum” for this

club-shaped structure. I am indebted to him for several valuable sug-

gestions in the preparation of this account of Ascorhiza.

+ The shore of the Pacific at Santa Barbara is lined by a broad zone

composed of the huge fronds of a giant Alga, This zone is situated

several hundred feet from the shore and marks the inner limit of shallow-

water dredging. Between the inner edge of this zone and the shore it is

next to impossible to dredge.

{ The colour closely approximates to that of the giant kelp (Macrocystis).

Mr. J. W. Fewkes on Ascorhiza occidentalis. 3

The capitulum (fig. 1, 6) is ovate, fastened to the stem at

one pole and carried with its longest axis upright. Its surface

is almost smooth or covered with small warts, but without

marked elevations to denote the presence of the polypides.

When kept in confinement it was impossible for me to get

the wary polypides to extend themselves, and the openings on

the surface of the body through which they could be extended

were very difficult, or almost impossible, to discover. The wall

of the capitulum is leathery, and through it extend delicate,

pink-coloured, anastomosing fibres or threads (fig. 4). There

are also many small yellow pigment-spots inits substance. ‘The

leathery covering of the capitulum, during life, is translucent.

The polypides were easily found by a dissection of the capit-

ulum of the Bryozoon. Atter many trials and repeated

observations, in which it was impossible to see the polypides

extended, incisions were made with the scalpel into the sub-

stance of the body, and the live polypides were found nicely

packed away in its interior.

Each polypide (fig. 2) has a sac-like body fastened to the

common attachment. ‘The mouth is situated at the free end

and is surrounded by a circle of tentacles. Many of the

polypides seem to have their tentacles extending inwards, the

mouth-openings pointing to the middle of the body.

I searched in vain for polypides on the stem; they

seem to be confined to the body in all cases and to be absent

from the stem. Hach polypide has a transparent outer wall,

with yellow-and-brown coloured stomach. At the base of

the stomach there is a globular mass of unknown homology.

The mouth-opening is entire and without cover. The tentacles

are long, stiff, and not contractile, but are readily moved in

all directions. Each tentacle has a central cavity and its

outer wall is richly ciliated externally. They move very

rapidly and often twist themselves into coils. ‘heir manner

of movement, ciliation, and stiffuess recall the motion of ten-

tacles of other well-known Bryozoan genera; but they have

only a very remote likeness to the tentacles of the Hydrozoa.

Through the outer wall of the capitulum many wheel-like

structures (fig. 3) were observed, which looked like immature

polypides with their tentacles drawn together in such a way

as to give a radiated appearance to these structures. ‘These

bodies are thought to be polypides with their tentacles par-

This resemblance, and the fact that it is found associated with small

specimens of the Alga and among the “roots” of large specimens, may

readily be interpreted to signify a protective resemblance.

4 Mr. J. W. Fewkes on Ascorhiza occidentalis.

tially developed. They are closely pressed together, espe-

cially near the lower pole, and seem to fill almost the whole

interior of the capitulum.

The stem is of exceptional character and its structure in

this genus of Bryozoa is believed to be unique. It consists

of a long peduncle of uniform diameter fastened at one end to

a foreign body, supporting at the free end the capitulum or

colonial body of the animal. Like the body it also has a

leathery character, and both have the same colour. The stem

is carnose and composed of anumber of segments of uniform

size (fig. 6), the partitions or indentations between which are

well marked.

The stem is very flexible and may be so bent as to bring the

capitulum to the level of the attachment of the stem, forming

a perfect coil or bow. It is sensitive to the touch and responds

quickly when pinched or when in any way irritated. Its

motion is always slow and graceful.

The stem is without appendages or lateral branches. Its

basal joint is slightly expanded as a means of attachment ;

but the remaining segments are of uniform size.

The outer layer of the stem is translucent, pale brown, or

amber-coloured. ‘Through this superficial layer a number of

longitudinal muscular blocks or cubes can be observed. The

superficial fibres of these muscular blocks can also be easily

seen. As the stem contracts the articulations of these

blocks are more evident than when the stem is extended. ‘The

blocks of the stem near the body are polygonal and sometimes

almost spherical. The indentations which mark the separate

nodes of the stem are not the same nor do they correspond

with those which limit the muscular blocks. The articulation

is confined to the external layer of the stem, while the length

of the muscular blocks does not correspond with the breadth

of the articulations of the stem itself.

As in the genus Alcyonidium, when the polypides are

retracted they are wholly drawn out of sight beneath the

gelatinous or carnose ccenosare, and the tentacles are almost

completely, if not wholly, hidden. This accounts for the

fact that I have never seen the polypides extended beyond the

ccenosare of the body.

What are the zoological affinities among Bryozoa of the

genus Ascorhiza?

‘The carnose body recalls that of Alceyonidium, although it

must be confessed that no adult Ctenostomatous Bryozoon

has yet been described with a stalk similar to the stem of

Ascorhiza.

Ascorhiza differs also from the Entoproctous genera Pedi-

Mr. J. W. Fewkes on Ascorhiza occidentalis. )

celina, Loxvosoma, and Urnatella in its colonial character.

It is not difficult, however, to see how we might find among

known genera a homologue of the capitulum of Ascorhiza in

the freshwater genus Urnatella descrived by Dr. Leidy.

The polyp-head of Urnatella may be supposed in Asco-

rhiza to be greatly enlarged and concentrated, so that the

polypides are all brought together into a head or capitulum.

We might then find in the stem of the Ascorhiza-colony the

exact homologue of the articulated or jointed stem of Urna-

tella,

Whiie, however, Ascorhiza differs from all known Ento-

proctous Bryozoa in the colonial form of the capitulum and

the clustering of many zocecia in a compact mass, as in the

Ctenostomata, we may look among the Entoprocta for a

homologue of the stem. ‘The stem of OUrnatella closely re-

sembles that of Ascorhiza, judging from the figures given by

Dr. Leidy.

In Ascopodaria likewise, as figured in the Report on the

‘Challenger’ Bryozoa by Busk, we have at the base of the

peduncle a barrel-shaped body, which in some particulars

resembles the jointed stem of Ascorhiza. This barrel-like

body forms a cup-shaped socket in which the base of the

peduncle is placed, and lies at the very base of the peduncle.

Its resemblance to the “ jointed stem ” of Ascorhiza is distant,

for it is to be borne in mind that there is but a single zocecium

on each peduncle in Ascopodaria and that the mouth and

anus lie within the circle of the tentacles. The genus Asco-

podaria has several remote resemblances to Ascorhiza.

A possible interpretation of the combination of features

which we have in Ascorhiza is that the genus belongs to the

Ctenostomata somewhere near Alcyonidium, but that it pos-

sesses what no genus of the Ctenostomata known to me has —

a sensitive, flexible, jointed stem. It seems also probable

that this stem is homologous with the stem of Urnatella and

more distantly related somewhat to the barrel-shaped struc-

ture of the peduncle of Ascopodaria. If these comparisons

are good and there is a true homology between the structures

in question it is probable that we have in Ascorhiza a genus

with characters of both the great orders or divisions of

Bryozoa. So markedly different are the structural peculi-

arities of Ascorhiza and so characteristic 1s the stem that it

may be necessary to make a new family for its reception.

From the limited knowledge of the anatomy of the poly-

pides of Ascorhiza I am unable to refer it to either the Cteno-

stomata or the Chilostomata. In external form the colony

is very different from anything found in either group. It 1s

6 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

very desirable that more should be ascertained of the structure

of the polypides, as a study of their anatomy is necessary

before the structural relations of the animal can be made out.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. View of Ascorhiza (entire). a, foreign body, to which the stem

of Ascorhiza is attached; 6, capitulum or club-shaped zoarium ;

d, brown bodies seen through the external walls of the capitu-

lum ; s, stem or stalk, showing its joints.

Fig. 2. Polypide of Ascorhiza (very much magnified),

Fy. 8. Two neighbouring polypides (young) with tentacles retracted.

Fig. 4. Single polypide with retracted tentacles, showing the network of

tubes on the external surface of the capitulum.

Fig. 5. Distal end of the stalk adjoining the capitulum.

Fig. 6. Portion of the stalk, showing longitudinal muscles of two joints.

Cambridge, Mass., U.S. A.,

May 1888.

I1.—Contributions to our Knowledge of the Crustacea of

Dominica. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum

(Natural History).

[Plate IL]

Tue Crustacea forming the subject-matter of the present

paper were collected by Mr. G. A. Ramage, who has been

engaged in the investigation of the fauna and flora of the

Lesser Antilles for the West-Indies Exploration Committee.

In addition to the land and freshwater forms, which con-

stitute the greater part of the collection, specimens of the

following wide-spread Antillean and Central-American littoral

species were sent home :—

Mithrax spinosissimus, Lamarck.

Carpilius corallinus, Herbst.

Grapsus maculatus, Catesby.

Cenobita diogenes, Latreille.

BRACHYURA.

Gecarcinus lateralis, Freminville.

Gecarcinus lateralis, Freminvyille, Milne-Edwards, Hist. nat. Crust.

ii. p. 27, pl. xviii. fig. 1.

Eight specimens, collected near the sea on Point Michelle.

Crustacea of Dominica. 7

Gecarcinus ruricola, Linn.

Gecarcinus ruricola, Linn., Milne-Edwards, loc. et. p. 26.

One specimen.

Sesarma americana, de Saussure.

Sesarma amer OLE de Saussure, Mém, Crust. nouy. du Mexique et des

Antilles, p. 25.

Ten specimens from Laiou (freshwater).

Pseudotelphusa tenutpes, sp. n

Carapace wide and moderately flat, very finely but not

closely punctured; gastric region slightly convex from before

backwards and from side to side, furnished in front with two

faint, low, slightly roughened epigastric lobes, between which

runs forward a shallow median sulcus which divides into two

halves the superior frontal crest. Anterior portion of the

front almost vertical and bounded above and below by con-

spicuous bluntly denticulated crests, of which the inferior is

less conspicuous; the superior and inferior crests nearly

straight and parallel, the distance between them being equal

to one eighth of the greatest width of the area that they. define.

Orbits large, their length being nearly equal to two thirds of

their width and to half the width of the frontal area, with

bluntly denticulated margins. Antero-lateral borders of the

carapace evenly rounded ‘and conspicuously dentate, the den-

tations becoming smaller in front and gradually disappearing

behind. Cervical groove well marked and straight, but not

quite reaching the margin of the carapace ; the gastro-

branchial sulci very shallow; the branchial region evenly

convex, the cardiac region nearly flat, and the cardio-branchial

sulci not or scarcely visible ; ; margin ‘of the car apace between

the posterior legs very slightly concave. The subhepatic

and anterior pleural regions of the carapace smooth.

Chelipedes sparsely granular or tubercular, unequal in size,

and differing in shape.

Merus triangular, superior surface slightly concave proxi-

mally, anterior surface nearly flat, inferior surface convex ;

anterior surface bordered below by a conspicuous series of

rounded tubercles and above by a series of nine or ten large

conical teeth, which distally increase in size; posterior edge

of the superior surface bluntly toothed proximally, the teeth

distally passing into ridges.

8 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

Carpus rounded above and behind, furnished anteriorly

(inwardly) with one strong tooth, behind which are three or

four much smaller teeth.

Small hand with straight superior and inferior surfaces

and gently convex anterior (inner) and posterior (outer)

surfaces ; fingers curved gently forwards (inwards) distally,

but otherwise tolerably straight; almost in contact when

closed.

The larger hand is relatively thicker from above down-

wards, the inferior surface is slightly convex distally, and

the dactylus convex from base to point. In the adult male

the difference between the two hands is more pronounced than

in the female and the space between the fingers much larger.

Legs long and slender, feebly dentate or spinous above,

propodus sparsely spinous "below ; dactylus slender, arched,

furnished with five rows of spines which distally increase in

size, as long as the propodus and half the carpus ; propodus

with a row of distal marginal spines.

Abdomen in the female covering the entire sternum as far

as the space between the chelipedes, and touching the coxe of

the legs on each side ; fringed with hairs on each side. ‘The

appendages decrease in length from before backwards, and are

long and feather-like, being fringed with hairs. ‘The endo-

podites of all are alike, being slender proximally for two

thirds of their length, foliaceous and ovate for the distal

third; the exopodite of the first resembles the endopodites,

but those of the second, third, and fourth gradually alter in

co)

shape from before backwards, the fourth being broad and

laminate. The lateral angular portions of the sternum which

project between the coxe are fringed with hairs, and there is

a single patch of hair on each side opposite the coxa of the

chelipede. The generative apertures are almost in contact in

the middle line. In the male the sides of the sternum and of

the abdomen are furnished with very short hairs, and there is

no anterior patch of hair on each side; but the triangular

hollow which contains the abdominal appendages when the

abdomen is closed over it 1s covered with longish hairs. The

abdominal appendages, though apparently. more complex,

closely resemble those of P. dentata as figured by Brocchi

(Ann. Sei. Nat. (6) i. p. 86, pl. xvi. figs. 119-121), con-

sisting of a posterior, slender, styliform process, and an ante-

rior stouter process which is completely twisted at its distal

end.

In both sexes the pterygostomial region is covered thickly

with short hairs.

Crustacea of Dominica. 9

Measurement in millimetres of largest (3) specimen.

Length. — Breadth. Height.

Warenaces . fee siereieie'srs 57 95

Or DiC ienseneieyd st ise secs 10 15

Frontal area...... ; 24 20

Smaller chelipede (measured along upper surface) :—

INT Risen Svs ee ale ih 5 42 274 16

Warpuste cas ctescttine + dans 24 153 18

TO POGUS eater. sraveles ees 313 16 243

gety 7 1

DM aciy Is aid, belts 5.200 423

Hand of larger chelipede :—

PrOpOdMUS 5,05 ueo.05 0.90% 44 254 39

UD RELYLUS: Saye Serer sca cers 543

First leg along upper surface :—

IMTS, wr 2%, seiets wrake cee 374 7k 104

Carpuss i... 5-4 ere lb: 8 i)

Propodus® 3 6.a:s:<iee gia 20 5} 9

Dacty lus 2 fag cess ss 3 24 3

I am very much inclined to think that these specimens may

be referable to P. dentata of Milne-Edwards, but I have never

seen either a specimen or a full description of that species,

and have been consequently compelled to rely upon the

figure of it on pl. xvi. of Milne-ldwards’s Hist. nat. Crust.

This figure represents the dactyli as not longer than the pro-

podal segments of the appendages, and the length of each is

not more than five times as great as the height.

Twelve specimens were obtained, four of which were taken

on the land at Laudat, at an altitude of about 1000 feet; for

the rest no special locality was mentioned.

The following is, I believe, a complete list of the remaining

species of the genus Pseudotelphusa :—

P. dentata (Latr.), Edwards, Hist. nat. Crust. i. p. 15,

pl. xvii. fig. 14.—The long and slender dactyli_ of

tenuipes serve to separate it from this species. In other

respects the two seem to be closely allied.

P. latifrons (Randall).—Mr. Kingsley (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Phil. 1880, p. 34) asserts that this species may be recog-

nized at once by its reflexed front and large antero-lateral

teeth.

P. chilensis, Edwards, Crust. du voyage d’Orbigny, p. 22,

pl. x. fig. 1.—The inferior frontal crest is smooth and the

10 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

regions of the carapace are much more sharply defined

than in tenudpes.

P. macropa, Edwards, Arch. du Mus. vii. p. 175, pl. xu.

fig. 3.—Closely allied to tenuipes, but has the lateral

margins of the carapace not denticulated.

P. denticulata, Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (3) xx. p. 208.

—The superior frontal crest is not bilobed and the merus

of the chelipedes is feebly dentate.

P. americana, Saussure, Mém. Crust. Nouv. des Ant. et du

Mex. p. 20, pl. u. fig. 12.—In this species there is no

superior frontal crest and the orbits and margins of the

carapace are without denticulations.

P, Bocourti, A. Edwards, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) vi. p. 203.

—The frontal crests are smooth.

P. gracilipes, id. ibid. p. 204.—This species apparently re-

sembles tenuipes in the form of the legs, but there is

scarcely a trace of the superior frontal crest.

P. sinuatifrons, id. ibid. p. 205.—The inferior frontal crest

is sinuous and the inferior surface of the carapace is fur-

nished with a series of granules.

P. plana, 8. 1. Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad. ii. p. 146.—Appa-

rently allied to ¢enudpes, but differing in the form of the

merus, which is said to be short and slightly dentate.

MACRURA.

Palemonide.

Bithynis yamaicensis, Herbst.

Palemon jamaicensis, Herbst, Naturg. der Krabben, ii. p. 57, pl. xxvii.

fig. 2; Milne-Edwards, Crust. 11. p. 898; v. Martens, Arch. f.

Naturg. 1869, p. 22.

Thirteen small specimens taken at Laiou.

Bithynis spinimanus, M.-Edwards.

Palemon spinimanus, M.-Edwards, Crust. ii. p. 399; von Martens,

Arch. f. Naturg. 1869, p. 26.

A single specimen from Laiou.

? Bithynis appunt, von Martens.

Palemon appunt, von Martens, Arch, f. Naturg. xxxy. p. 31, pl. ii.

fig. 5

Crustacea of Dominica. 1a

A single specimen of a prawn taken at Laiou I refer with

hesitation to the species described by Dr. von Martens from

Porto Cabello, Venezuela.

In the Dominica individual the rostrum appears to be

somewhat longer, inasmuch as it projects beyond the peduncle

of the antenne, and it is armed with thirteen teeth above, six

of which are situated behind the orbit, and four beneath.

Furthermore, the second pair of legs are considerably shorter ;

but although the segments are somewhat thicker, their rela-

tive length is satibat the same as in P. appuni.

Atyide.

Atya occidentalis (Newport).

Atya occidentalis (Newport), Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. xix. p. 158

(1847).

Mr. Ramage sent home no less than thirty-two specimens

of a species of Atya, all of which I believe to be referable to

A, occidentalis (Newport). ‘Twelve of these are from Laiou

(freshwater) and the rest from Laudat, at an altitude of about

1000 feet. I take the opportunity afforded by the possession

of a number of specimens to recharacterize a species which

appears to be but little known, and I do this the more gladly

since the specimens in question exemplify in a marked degree

the value for the determination of species of the examination

of a long series of forms, and show no less clearly how unsafe

is the application of new names to isolated individuals which

are obviously closely allied to species that have been pre-

viously described, when in the case of these species nothing,

or next to nothing, is known respecting the variation which

accompanies individuality or age. For it is certainly the

case that from this series, by the careful selection of specimens

exhibiting extremes of structural modifications and by the

judicious elimination of those presenting features which fill

up the interval between the extremes, material might be

obtained amply sufficient to justify the establishment of no

less than four species. But inasmuch as I can in no case

detect a character which, owing to its constancy in some indi-

viduals and to its total absence in others, falls outside the

probable limits of individual variation, 1 am compelled to

consider the whole series to belong to one species. That this

should be named occidentalis is shown by the close similarity

between the medium-sized specimens obtained and the type

of occidentalis which is preserved in the British Museum.

12 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

Body compressed, narrowed considerably behind, less so in

front, widest across the anterior abdominal somite.

Carapace i in the smallest specimens entirely smooth, naked

or clothed more or less thickly at the sides with short close-

set hairs, which are very easily removed by rubbing; in

half-sized specimens showing faint shallow punctures at the

sides, deeper punctures above ; as the specimens increase in

size so do the punctures increase in clearness, until in some

of the largest the sides of the carapace are adorned with a

reticulated pattern of smooth ridges, and its dorsal surface,

where the confluence of the punctures is carried to an extreme,

with isolated simple or branched ridges. In these specimens

and some others where the pattern is of less complexity

various smooth, symmetrically arranged tracts may be noticed

on the dorsal surface. When clearly expressed these tracts

present on each side the following arrangement :—one above,

almost continuous in front with the lateral rostral groove, runs

directly backwards and terminates in front of the middle of

the carapace in a more conspicuous, circular, smooth area;

behind and a little above this, sometimes confluent with it,

sometimes separated from it by the interposition of one or

more than one smooth ridge, there is a similar but less con-

spicuous area; beneath this superior, longitudinal, smooth

tract, but separated from it by a row of ridges, is a second

similar tract, which at about the middle of the carapace

gradually breaks up into the interstices which separate the

ridges; below this again, but taking its rise behind the ante-

rior third of the carapace in a more conspicuous, vertically

elongated, smooth area, there is a third tract, which runs

backwards, at first upwards, then downwards, ultimately to

disappear, in the same manner as the tract next above it, near

the hind margin of the lateral portion of the carapace ; this

tract is separated below by a conspicuous arched ridge from

the more thickly punctate or reticulated inferior lateral surface

of the carapace. Laterally the carapace is smooth, where it

is overlapped by the first abdominal somite ; inferior edge of

the carapace raised ; anterior edge produced on each side into

two sharp angular processes—one > shorter immediately beneath

the eye, the other, beneath the antennal peduncle, stretches

as far or almost as far forwards as the apex of the rostrum.

Rostrum projecting slightly downwards beyond or not so

far as the anterior margin of the proximal segment of the

peduncle of the antennula, medianly keeled above and below ;

the superior keel separated by a depression from the supra-

orbital portion, beyond which the rostrum is more or less

sharply constricted and narrows rapidly to the apex; inferior

keel usually feebly bidenticulate in front.

Crustacea of Dominica. i

Ophthalmopods short, cylindrical, not narrowed at the base,

separated from each other below by a small vertical plate.

Antennula.—Basal segment of peduncle more or less hairy,

hollowed above at its proximal end, furnished externally with

a large tooth which does not re each so far as its anterior mar-

gin; anterior margin armed with a series of strong spines

interspersed with hairs ; inferior surface flat, its inner edge

forming a ridge, which terminates in front in a small tooth.

Second segment about equal in length to the first, armed

above with more or fewer small scattered spines and in front

with a marginal series of spines interspersed with hairs ;

outer, inner, and under surfaces smooth, except for a series of

hairs along the inner inferior edge. Third segment the

shortest, armed above like the second with scattered spines

and a marginal series, its inferior edge furnished with hairs,

which are conspicuously long in front. ‘The superior spines

.on the two segments which have been just described may in

small specimens be wholly absent. ‘The inner flagellum

longer than the outer, slightly longer than the carapace, the

outer slightly shorter.

Antenna.—Distal segment of peduncle cylindrical, not

‘projecting quite so far forwards as the peduncle of the an-

tennula, with a marginal series of hairs and small spines on

its inner surface; externally beneath the scale there is a

pointed process which projects about as far as the apex of the

antennular spine. Seale with parallel edges, ovate in front,

i fo)

fringed on the inner edge and on the outer edge distally aes

long hairs, projecting beyond the antennular peduncle, bearing

a small spine on the outer side. Mlagellum when stretched

backwards reaching about as far as the end of the body.

Pereiopods.—First and second pairs almost alike in form

and size. Ischium running considerably forwards beneath

the proximal half of the merus and with it constituting almost

one segment; merus furnished externally above with a con-

spicuous, long, smooth sulcus; this ischio-meral segment

externally hairy or smooth and in the larger specimens

tubercular, the second pereiopod being more tubercular than

the first ; carpus, propodus, and dactylus also slightly tuber-

cular or smooth ; propodus and dactylus terminated with long

tufts of hairs. Third pereiopod the largest, the ischio-mer al

segment longer than the three segments which succeed it

taken together, flatter on the inner surface, rounded externally

from above downwards. In the largest specimens covered

externally more or less thickly with rounded or conical smooth

tubercles, exhibiting a tendency to arrangement in longitu-

dinal series ; the inner surface is much more scantily beset

14 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

with smaller, more squamiform tubercles. In small speci-

mens the tubercles are scarcely perceptible. The relative

thickness of the segment varies much ; in one large specimen

its upper surface is very convex from behind forwards, and

the thickness is almost equal to a third of its length. From

this extreme there is every intermediate step until the thick-

ness becomes less than one fifth of the length. The carpus

is a little shorter than the propodus when measured along

their external surfaces; both are covered with smooth,

rounded or flattened, scattered or close-set tubercles, the

inferior flattened surface of the carpus alone being without

tubercles. Upper surface of the carpus produced distally into

an evenly rounded process which overhangs the proximal end

of the propodus; inferior half of propodus somewhat com-

pressed. In small specimens the tubercles may be completely

spiniform, and some of them show a remarkable development

of these spines at the end of the propodus. Dactylus short,

less than a third the length of the propodus, spined beneath,

bearing a sharp claw. The carpus and propodus are more

cylindrical and relatively more slender in small individuals.

The two succeeding pereiopods much resemble that which

has been just described, except that they are smaller and-

differ with regard to the relative length of their segments.

The ischio-merus of the fifth is shorter than that of the

fourth, and the fourth shorter than that of the third. The

carpal segments, however, vary considerably in length; thus,

they may present in larger forms the same relative size as the

ischio-meral segments, or they may in smaller forms be equal

in the three pairs of appendages. ‘The propodus, on the con-

trary, of the fifth pair is always longer than those of the other

two, and the propodus of the fourth may be either equal to,

less than, or greater than that of the third. The external

surface of each of the ischio-meral segments is furnished dis-

tally with a small rounded prominence, which may or may

not be armed with two or three small spines; the under sur-

face of this segment in the fourth and fifth pairs is armed

with an oblique series of three or four larger spines, which

are naturally more visible in smaller specimens in which the

tubercles are inconspicuous or absent, but more or fewer of

them may have entirely disappeared in the largest specimens,

probably having been converted by wear into tubercles,

That the squamiform or tuberculiform armature of the largest

specimens has been derived from the spiniform armature of

the smaller specimens during the growth of the individual

by some such process as rubbing seems certain from the

frequent occurrence side by side in the same segment in larger

Crustacea of Dominica. 15

specimens of tubercles either tipped with spines or with

smooth vertices. The interstices between the spines or

tubercles of these three pereiopods are more or less thickly

clothed with short fine hair, and in some individuals there is

a distinct series of long hairs running on the outside from the

proximal to the distal end of the appendage.

Branchial Formula.

Pleuro- Mastigo- Arthro- Podo-

Appendages. branchia. branchia. branchia. branchia.

2nd maxillipede .. 0 0 0 U) =

8rd a #.i04Q) i 2 0 = 3

Ist pereiopod 1 1 1 0 = 3

2nde Ti. 1 1 0 0 = 2

3rd ” pease cil 1 0 0 =) 2

4th 99 ye aad | 1 0 0 = 2

5th 45 gs 8 0 0 0 al

The ornamentation of the pleon resembles that of the cara-

pace, inasmuch as it varies from being feebly punctate to

coarsely reticulate. Inferior lateral margins from the first to

the fifth inclusive raised. Posterior lateral border of the

second rounded, of the third, fourth, and fifth becoming pro-

gressively more angulated from before backwards.

First pleopod in the female terminating in two slender

pointed processes, above which the appendage is lamelliform

and furnished with a fringe of hairs; in the male the endo-

podite and exopodite are well developed and subequal. The

second, third, fourth, and fifth pleopoda in the female are

alike, with ovate, foliaceous, hairy exopodites and similar but

smaller endopodites, from the base of which on the inner

side of each appendage springs a short styliform process,

which, joining with that of the opposite side, yokes the appen-

dages together in the middle line. The third, fourth, and

fifth pleopoda of the male resemble those just described, but

the second differs in that the endopodite bears on its inner

side a widened, hairy, not to say spinous lamina. Between

the pleopoda of the fifth abdominal somite there may be a

larger or smaller median spine, and between those of the sixth

there is a larger hooked process. In the sixth pleopoda the

exopodites are broad, foliaceous, and fringed with hairs; the

external half of the distal edge of the proximal segment finely

spined; the endopodite resembles the exopodite, does not

project beyond it, but consists of one lamina, has no spines,

and is slightly narrower; the basal segment is furnished

16 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

externally with a short process which terminates in a sharp

point.

Telson much shorter than lateral portions of tail-fin ; lateral

margins converging; posterior margin slightly convex, fur-

nished with a fringe of hairs and three spines, two lateral

and one median, and often some smaller minute spines.

Upper surface behind longitudinally scooped out on each

side of the middle line, leaving a carina between. ‘The ex-

ternal margins of the grooves are adorned with a curved series

of six or seven spines.

Measurement in millimetres of largest specimen.—TVotal

length (from apex of rostrum to end of telson) 117, of cara-

pace (from orbit to posterior margin) 41; width of carapace

24, height 27; length of rostrum (from hinder edge of orbit

to apex) 84, width 5; length of antennular peduncle 15, of

antennal scale 18, of peduncle 15; Ist pereiopod: length of

ischio-merus 15, carpus 4, propodus and dactylus 11; 3rd,

4th, and 5th pereiopoda (measured along external margin) :

merus 34, 26, 17, carpus 134, 11, 103, propodus 16, 15, 17;

length of telson 15, of exopodite of tail-fin 20, endopodite 18.

Atya scabra (Leach) is the only American species with

which, owing to my having seen specimens of it, I can com-

pare occidentalis. In scabra, apart from other less noticeable

differences, the third pereiopods are stouter, more sparsely

tuberculated, and the ischio-merus is more sharply angulated

above and entirely smooth on the inner surface.

The following species I know only from descriptions :—

Atya rivalis, 8. I. Smith, Rep. Peabody Acad. Sci. 1871,

». 94,—Nicaragua.

tenella, id. ibid —Nicaragua.

— punctata, J. 8. Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil.

1878, p. 94.—Hayti.

But the features pointed out by Mr. Kingsley to distinguish

his punctata from occidentalis, rivalis, and tenella, not to

mention scabra, are merely such as in the present paper have

been regarded as due either to individual variation or to differ-

ence of age.

? Oaridina americana, Guérin.

Caridina americana, Guérin, Ramon de la Sagra, Cuba Crust. p. 52,

pl. ii. fig. 13; von Martens, Arch, f. Naturg. 1872, p. 1385.

Two females, with ova, taken at Laiou.

Crustacea of Dominica. 17

These specimens appear to differ from Guérin’s figure in

exactly the same respects as did the Cuban specimens re-

ferred to this species by Dr. von Martens. The femora of

the third and fourth pairs of pereiopoda, although not con-

spicuously dilated, are spined beneath, but not so strongly as

is represented in the aforesaid figure. Further, in one speci-

men the rostrum is armed beneath with two spines, in the

other with but one. Guérin’s specimens appear to have been

provided with three.

Family Miersiide.

Genus XIPHOCARIS.

Xiphocaris, von Martens, Arch. f. Naturg. 1872, p. 139.

As Mr. Kingsley has pointed out (Bull. Essex Inst. xiv.

p. 127) the mandible of this genus bears much greater resem-

blance to that of Atya than to that of Hoplophorus (or Acan-

thephyra); furthermore, since the definition of the group

Ephyrinee (= Miersiine) of this author applies in all respects

to the specimens of Xzphocaris that I have seen, [ have

without hesitation referred the genus to this family, although

the species of Mversia are unknown to me.

The family appears to occupy a position between some

such forms as Caridina and Acanthephyra.

Xiphocaris elongata (Guérin).

Hippolyte elongata, Guérin, Ramon de la Sagra, Cuba Crust. p. 20,

1. ii. fig. 10.

Hoplophorus americanus, Saussure, Crust. nouy. des Antilles et du

Mexique, p. 56, pl. iv. fig. 31.

Xiphocaris elongata, v. Martens, loc. cit. p. 140.

Ten specimens (females, without ova) were taken at Laiou.

Average length from base of ophthalmopod to apex of

telson about 28 millim. The rostrum of this species, as

might be expected from its thinness and length, appears to

be very liable to damage, seeing that in four specimens out

of the ten this weapon is imperfect—in two cases the apex

being broken off, in another the anterior half, and in a fourth

the anterior two thirds. The teeth vary from 13 to 9 above

at the base, 6 to 3 above at the apex, and from 41 to 29

below. In many instances isolated teeth are missing, par-

ticularly from the lower series.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 2

18 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

Xiphocaris gladiator, sp. n.

Carapace wider behind than in front, slightly carinated

above in front, the carina being continued on to the rostrum ;

proximal half of rostrum bent gradually slightly downwards,

distal half bent gradually upwards, but not beyond the

plane of the dorsum of the cephalothorax; rostrum ex-

tending slightly beyond the antennular peduncle, but not so

far as the apex of the antennal scale; armed above proxt-

mally with from 12 to 18 minute close-set teeth and with

from 2 to 5 also minute and close-set teeth immediately before

the apex, and below distally with from 18 to 30 minute

close-set teeth. Eyes prominent and pyriform. Basal

segment of antennular peduncle furnished with a spine, which

is about equal to it in length; second segment about equal to

the first in length and distinctly longer than the third; the

two flagella smooth, slender, long (but imperfect) ; peduncle

varying in length, in one specimen reaching as far forwards

as the front edge of the antennal scale, in two others falling

considerably short of it. Antennal peduncle unarmed

beneath ; scale furnished in front and behind with a fringe of

hairs, ovate at the tip, armed with a spine externally. All

the pereiopods, sparsely hirsute, are furnished with slender

exopods. The first pair shorter but somewhat stouter than the

second ; ischium stouter but shorter than merus ; merus cylin-

drical ; carpus very short, narrower behind ; propodus slightly

compressed, the stoutest segment in the appendage, its dac-

tylar prolongation armed apically with two or three teeth,

which meet with similar teeth on the apex of the curved dac-

tylus. Second pereiopod resembling the first, except that all

the segments are longer and more slender; it is longer

than the first by its three distal segments. Remaining

pereiopods almost alike, being composed of long, slender,

cylindrical segments ; the merus of each is furnished distally

and behind with a single strong spine, the carpus with a few

small spines and a distal tooth-like prolongation above, the

propedus with two rows of small spines beneath ; the dactylus

with a strong claw, and, except in the last, three or four

strongish spines beneath; the dactylus of the last is furnished

with a series of plume-like hairs beneath on its posterior

margin. In these appendages the carpus is equal in length

to about two thirds of the merus and to half of the propodus

and dactylus taken together; the dactylus is about half the

length of the carpus.

Branchie sixteen on each side, the appendages from the

external maxillipede to the fouith pereiopod inclusive being

Crustacea of Dominica. 19

furnished with one mastigobranch, one arthrobranch, and one

pleurobranch, and, in addition, there is one pleurobranch

corresponding with the last pereiopod.

Pleon hairy at the margins, compressed, rounded and smooth,

and neither carinate nor spiny above; sides of the three

anterior somites evenly rounded ; lateral portion of the fourth

somite angularly produced behind, of the fifth likewise pro-

duced, but more angularly and more sharply; the sixth

somite long, narrower behind, furnished beneath, behind, with

a minute median spine; telson shorter than sixth somite,

with smooth converging sides and a truncate bifid apex.

Appendages of the pleon hairy, exopodite longer than

endopodite, both foliaceous ; the exopodites of the first pair

long and slender; in the male the endopodite is large and

foliaceous, in the female it is small; in the sixth somite the

appendages are ovate, large, and foliaceous; the exopodite

considerably longer than the endopodite, armed externally

. . Be) . . .

with a spine, fringed with hair internally and externally at

the distal end ; endopodite like the exopodite, but smaller and

without a spine.

Three specimens (two females, one with ova, one male)

from Laiou.

Measurement in millimetres of largest female specimen :—

Length from base of ophthalmopod to apex of telson 45, of

carapace (above) 12; width of carapace 7; length of rostrum

65, of eye 34, of peduncle of antennula 63, of peduncle of

antenna 64, of antennal scale 9, of external maxillipede 12,

of first pereiopod 114, of second 17, of third and fourth 18, of

fifth 19, of pleon (including telson) 83; width of pleon 64;

length of sixth somite 74, width 34, height 44; length of

telson 64, of exopodite of tail-fin 94, of endopodite 2}.

This species may be distinguished from X. elongata by its

stouter build, smaller eyes, and shorter rostrum.

Var. intermedia, n. var.

Taken with the above was one female specimen which is like

them in every respect except as regards the rostrum. This

organ is considerably longer, being almost as long as the

upper surface of the carapace, projecting upwards at ‘the apex

above the plane of the carapace and forwards beyond the

anterior margin of the antennal scale. So far as the rostrum

is concerned this variety is intermediate between gladiator

and elongata.

20 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

Xiphocaris brevirostris, sp. n.

Rostrum bent slightly downwards, projecting anteriorly

only as far as the middle of the second segment of the pe-

duncle of the antennula; armed above with nineteen teeth,

three of which are just above the apex, and below in its

proximal half with sixteen teeth.

Length from base of ophthalmopod to apex of telson 49

millim.

In other respects this species is very like X. gladiator,

differing from it, however, in being stouter and in possessing

relatively smaller eyes; in fact, in exactly the characters

which serve to separate X. gladiator from X. elongata.

Two specimens (one male, one female with ova).

Synopsis of the Species.

a. Rostrum longer than the cephalothorax ........ elongata (Guérin).

b. Rostrum shorter than the cephalothorax.

gladiator, var. t-

a, Rostrum projecting beyond antennal scale PM Re Sa

, var, n.

b'. Rostrum not projecting beyond antennal scale,

a’, Rostrum projecting beyond the proximal

end of the distal segment of antennular

DOCUNCLS on iew lise deesariasn wach as gladiator, sp. n.

}?, Rostrum projecting as far as the middle of

the second segment of antennular peduncle. brevirostris, sp. n.

Whilst examining the above-mentioned specimens of

Xiphocaris it occurred to meas possible that those that I

have regarded as distinct may in reality merely represent

stages in the growth of one species.

Apart from the characters presented by the rostrum I think

that the differences between the so-called species might be

easily explained on the hypothesis of variation with age ; for

gladiator, which is intermediate in size between brevirostris

and elongata, is also intermediate between them in the other

respects pointed out, namely the stoutness of the body and

the size of ophthalmopods; further, the assumption that the

specimens of elongata may be young is rendered justifiable

by the fact that none of the females are with spawn, whilst

some of those of brevirostris and gladiator, which inhabit

the same fresh waters, are laden with it.

I should therefore, were it not for the difference in the

Crustacea of Dominica. 21

length of the rostrum in the three forms, unhesitatingly

regard them as belonging to one species, in which, while

passing from the young to the adult condition, the body

increases in thickness more than it does in length, and the

eye-stalks grow less rapidly than do the other appendages.

But when the rostrum is taken into consideration the

problem becomes far more complex. It must be borne in

mind, however, that there is a gradation, though not a

perfect one, from the long rostrum of the young elongata,

through dntermedia and gladiator, to the short rostrum of

the adult brevirostris; but, to the best of my belief, it is

contrary to all experience that this organ should progressively

decrease in length as the body increases in bulk. Conse-

quently I do not for a moment imagine it likely that the

differences are due directly to age. But it seems to me quite

possible that in the specimens named brevirostris, gladiator,

and intermedia the rostrum at first resembled that of e/on-

gata, but has been broken off and is reacquiring the form

characteristic of that species. In support of this hypothesis

may be urged the following considerations :—(1) It may be

inferred & priort (a) from the armature and length of the ros-

trum that it is a weapon of offence, and (b) that as such,

owing to its thinness, it is exceedingly liable to breakage ;

(2) from the fact that in 40 per cent. of the specimens of

elongata obtained this organ is imperfect we know that it is

subject to damage, be the cause what it may; (3) the power

possessed by the Crustacea of reproducing lost parts is well

known; and (4) if the rostrum of the above-mentioned species

is undergoing a process of regrowth its present form in each

case is exactly what might have been predicted for it; for the

shorter rostra are copies in miniature of the longer, the only

important difference being the difference of absolute thickness

and length. And, further, assuming the specimens to be

different species, I would point out that it is a thing of no

common occurrence in the Caridea for the teeth to be so con-

stant in position as they are in the present instance, when

the rostrum is so variable in size; for in all the specimens of

Xiphocaris, whether the rostrum be long or short, provided

only that its form be perfect, there is a series of teeth in the

proximal half above separated by a space from a few teeth at

the apex and a series of teeth below running from the apex

to the orbit; so that the position presented by these teeth

becomes a character of generic significance.

But supposing a specimen of elongata had lost the anterior

third or anterior half of its rostrum, I presume that when

growth set in, this organ would present the appearance seen

22 Dr. L. Plate on Noctiluca miliaris, Sur.

in tntermedia or gladiator, and if fractured near the base we

should get the short thick rostrum characteristic of brevi-

rostrts.

However, I by no means wish it to be understood that

bind myself to the theory here propounded; for when

attempting to estimate the probabilities of the truth or falsity

of it I am compelled to admit that there are many difficulties

in the way of its adoption, and that the facts of the case, so

far as they are known, are rather in favour of the view of the

distinctness of the species named. ‘This view I have conse-

quently chosen, and have put forward the other hypothesis

as a possibly plausible explanation of the phenomena

presented with the full knowledge that it can only be satis-

factorily tested by the careful examination of far more

material than is contained in the present collection.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Fig. 1. Front of Pseudotelphusa tenuipes, sp. n. (nat. size, small speci-

men),

Fig. 1a. Fourth pereiopod of Pseudotelphusa tenuipes (nat. size, small

specimen),

Fig. 2. Rostrum of Bithynis appuni (vy. Martens), nat. size.

Fig. 3. Atya occidentalis (Newp.), two thirds nat. size of largest speci-

men,

Fig. 8a, Atya occidentalis (Newp.). Third pereiopod of half-sized

specimen, nat. size.

Fig. 4. Caridina americana (Guér.), X 2.

Fig. 5. Xiphocaris brevirostris, sp. n., nat. size.

Fig. 5 a. Xiphocaris brevirostris, sp.n. Rostrum.

Fig. 6. Xiphocaris gladiator, sp. n. Rostrum,

Fig. 7. Xiphocaris gladiator, var. intermedia. Rostrum,

Fig. 8. Xiphocaris elongata (Guér.). Rostrum.

Note.—In the figures representing the rostra of the several species of

AXtphocaris the opbthalmopod has been taken as of the same length in

each case.

I1T.— Observations on Noctiluca miliaris, Suriray, and the

Sea-luminosity produced by tt. By Dr. L. Plats *,

Durine a stay of several weeks upon the island of Borkum

in the autumn of 1886 I subjected Noctiluca miliaris to a

thorough investigation. As, however, our knowledge of this

* ‘ Zoologische Jahrbucher,’ Abtheilung fir Anatomie und Ontogenie

der Thiere, Band ii. pp. 174-180.

Dr. L. Plate on Noctiluca miliaris, Sur. 23

often-observed Cystoflagellate has recently been admirably

brought together by Biitschli*, I shall confine myself here

to a few brief supplementary notes.

On the nucleus of Noctiluca miliaris the statements of

different naturalists considerably diverge. Robin (whose

latest memoir upon Noctiluca I have unfortunately been

unable to procure, so that I know his opinions only trom

Bitschli’s statement) and Vignal t regard it as perfectly

homogeneous, while Cienkowski f ascribes to its interior

substance the faculty of drawing out into threads and cords,

which in optical cross-section appear to the observer as

globules. According to my observations the nucleus is a

vesicle bounded by a distinct membrane, the limpid contents

of which are sometimes perfectly homogeneous, @. e. uniformly

finely granular after the application of reagents; but as a

rule there are in the nucleus several nucleoli, which are true

globules and by no means represent mere optical cross-sections

of plasma-cords. I have never seen nuclei agreeing with

Cienkowski’s fig. 12, and consequently (without wishing to

call in question their occurrence) I regard such nuclei as not

of normal structure. The nucleus of Noctiluca, as is well

known, is imbedded in the so-called central plasma. But

that, like the other plasma-granules, it may sometimes be

passively moved to and fro over considerable spaces was

shown by some individuals in which it lay at a distance from

the mouth in a somewhat more densely reticulated portion of

the plasma §.

With regard to the so-called “ bacillar organ,” I quite

agree with Biitschli’s interpretation, according to which its

ridges are produced merely by a particularly close attachment

of the plasma to the body-membrane. If we place a Noct?-

luca so that we look from above into the mouth-opening, and

at the same time have the tentacle in front of the latter,

the bacillar organ, as is well known, takes its origin behind

the vestibule in the form of two connivent folds. I believe

that a similar formation will also be demonstrated in front

of the mouth-opening. ‘To this conclusion I have been led

by the observation of Nocttluce in course of regeneration.

These very frequently show not only three granules pro-

jecting more or less above the surface of the body, corre-

sponding to the three ends of the bacillar organ, but also

* Bronn’s ‘Klassen und Ordnungen,’ Band i. Protozoa, neu bearbeitet

von O. Biitschli (1885), pp. ee et seqq.

+ Arch. de Physiol. sér. 2, tome v. (1878), p. 436.

{ Arch, fiir mikr. Anat. Tad ix. (1873), p. 9

§ Confusion with a vacuole is out of the question.

24 Dr. L. Plate on Noctiluca miliaris, Sur.

two others, which stand, symmetrically grouped, not far from

the tentacle, and which yet certainly owe their origin to the

same conditions as the outgrowths formed by the bacillar

organ. Unfortunately I omitted to make myself sure of this

point upon the living animal. Noctiluce in course of regene-

ration are, in consequence of their contracted plasma, specifi-

cally somewhat heavier than the normal individuals ; while

the latter rise to the surface of the water in a quiet vessel,

the former sink to the bottom. Hence, if we examine the

bottom-deposit we easily find such five-horned individuals

among the animals engaged in regeneration which vary

extraordinarily in the length and form of the horns, as well

as in the outline of the body.

It is as yet not positively ascertained which of the two

modes of reproduction of Noctiluca is the more frequent.

According to my observations there can be no doubt that in

point of number the formation of swarmers exceeds repro-

duction by simple division. It is only the circumstance that

certain stages of the latter process cannot at the first glance

be distinguished from conjugation that renders the recognition

of the true state of things difficult. I have isolated a great

number of biscuit-shaped pairs, and watched them for some

time; only a very few of them were engaged in division,

while all the rest finally became fused into single individuals.

As we meet with such figure-of-eight-shaped Nocti/uee about

as frequently as animals with a swarmer-disk, this gives a

considerable preponderance to gemmation over simple

division.

On the details of the process of conjugation we have

already been well informed by Cienkowski. ‘The two pairers

are almost always of equal size and are generally middle-

sized or small individuals, and as, on the other hand, the

Noctiluce engaged in the production of swarmers are usually

quite full-grown, this circumstance also would indicate that

the buds are formed after a conjugation and that their forma-

tion is also connected with the latter. It must not be for-

gotten, however, that in Noctiluca miliaris the age of the

individuals cannot always be estimated from their size,

because the animals too often cast off a part of their mem-

brane * and take on a smaller volume by contraction of the

plasma.

The adhesion of the two pairers is effected by means of a

* This observation may be very easily made on animals which have

been somewhat disturbed on the object-slide ; it appears to me to prove

that Butschli (Morphol. Jahrb. Bd. x. p. 564) is not right in denying to

Noctiluca any cuticular membrane.

Dr. L. Plate on Noctiluca miliaris, Sur. 25

viscous structureless jelly, which is secreted in a thin layer

from the part of the body-wall situated above the central

plasma. It is remarkable that the nuclei do not now imme-

diately become fused together after the portions of membrane

lying between them have been absorbed; at first they rather

depart from one another, so that in one of the first stages of

the conjugation, when a slender canal of union has been deve-

loped between the pairers, the nuclei lie closer together than

somewhat later. Thus, while the biscuit-like emargination

between the individuals gradually becomes shallower, and

the individuals fuse together more and more, the nuclei

advance towards each other and finally unite. I have once

observed the actual fusion of the nuclei. During this they do

not undergo any change of structure, but the newly formed

nucleus at first performs small amceboid movements. ‘The

tentacles of the pairers usually disappear at the commence-

ment of the conjugation; they are either cast off, im which

case they previously become converted into a wrinkled

withered thread, or they are gradually drawn in. Conju-

gating animals, when kept in the moist chamber, frequently

become so much exhausted that they are no longer in a con-

dition to bring the approximated nuclei to amalgamation ;

they remain alive in this double-nucleate condition for three

or four days, and during this period each of them sometimes

pushes forth a tentacle.

According to Cienkowski the formation of the swarm-buds

is commenced by the rising of two projections of plasma

above the surface of the globule. These afterwards divide

into four projections, then again into eight, and so on. That

such stages with two and four projections do occur is certain,

but certainly they do not always occur, for I often found

only a thick layer of plasma with a few nuclei, which pro-

jected inwards but not outwards. We are indebted to Robin

for statements as to the changes which the nucleus passes

through in its successive divisions; but such metamorphoses

reminding us of the indirect plan only occur during the first

divisions ; subsequently, as I have frequently observed, it

breaks up only by simple constriction.

The development of the cilia does not always occur exactly

at the same stage of growth; sometimes they occur very

early, when the individual plasmatic outgrowths have

still a series of divisions to perform. Then it may also

happen that individual buds acquire two flagella. The form

of the swarmers is also subject to many variations, as, indeed,

was already observed by Cienkowski. The only thing that

calls for special notice is the circumstance that the transverse

26 Dr. L. Plate on Noctiluca miliaris, Sur.

and longitudinal grooves are often wanting, which would be

adverse to the attempt made by Biitschli and Pouchet to

demonstrate a Dinoflagelliform structure in the swarmers of

Noctiluca. In this case they represent ovate or oval cor-

puscles, somewhat flattened at the side to which the flagellum

is attached, The animalcules have no special buccal aper-

ture, which would indicate a short duration for this stage of

development.

The fate of the Noctcluce which have lost the chief mass

of their body in the formation of buds is still unknown. In

some animals which had a mature swarmer-disk already fur-

nished with cilia I was still able, by staining, to demonstrate

some fragments of nucleus. It is therefore not impossible

that some individuals still live on after the liberation of the

buds, especially as here and there considerable portions were met

with in the thin web of plasma which always remains. ‘The

Noctiluce kept by me in the moist chamber always perished,

because they very easily collapse.

The action of the most different chemical substances and

physical forces upon the luminosity of Noctiluca has already

been tried by a great number of naturalists. They all arrived

at the result that the luminosity may be called forth by any

strong irritation of whatever nature so long as the air is not

excluded. ‘This latter circumstance indicates (as the light is

extinguished in nitrogen) that the luminosity belongs to the

category of processes of oxidation. It is not difficult to

adduce some further observations to prove the correctness of

this proposition; thus, for example, the luminosity occurs

only in the peripheral plasma of the body, and, further, the

regenerative states of Noctiluca which accumulate at the

bottom of a vessel standing quietly, and which still fully

possess their luminous power, are made to phosphoresce with

much more difficulty than the normal individuals swimming

at the surface, because the latter are in a higher degree under

the influence of the atmospheric air. It would therefore be

expected that saturation with oxygen gas would call forth the

animal phosphorescence with particular intensity, which

Quatrefages * disputes. I have therefore repeated this

experiment, and in some cases I have succeeded by passing

pure oxygen for some minutes in producing a dull light,

which was still uninterruptedly visible for about ten minutes

after the evolution of the gas. That the experiment some-

times failed was probably due to the primitive conditions

under which I had to work.

* «Comptes Rendus,’ tome xxxi. (1850), p. 618.

Dr. L. Plate on Noctiluca miliaris, Sur. 27

If Noctiluce be laid upon moist blotting-paper and exam-

ined under a high power the light radiating from them may

be classed under four categories : —

1. Lightning-like, intense luminosity of the whole outer

layer, immediately followed by darkness ;

2. The same, but with a faint after-luminosity persisting

for one or two minutes ;

3. Dull luminosity of the outer zone of plasma or of some

considerable portions of it, with at the same time strong

sparkling of particular small points ;

4. A great portion of the surface is entirely or partially

luminous, the luminosity being composed of numerous small

points.

If we consider the results at which Radziszewski * has

arrived it would seem probable that the diffused light of the

surface of the body proceeds from the smallest fat-drops of

the fine-meshed plasmatic net which occurs throughout

immediately beneath the cuticle, while the light consisting of

separate points owes its origin to the coarser fat- andy: of the

peripheral network of sarcode,

The question whether the phosphorescence of Noctiluca is

or is not a phenomenon subject to the will of the animal has

hitherto been but little discussed. I agree with Pouchet f,

who says of the luminosity of the Cilioflagellata that “it is

a simple physico-chemical property, which appears in the

inferior creatures to be independent of the reciprocal vital

manifestations of the individuals; ”’ and I therefore regard the

luminosity of Nocttluca as an involuntary act, induced by

exterior irritation, and from which the animal cannot escape.

Thus, if we observe lively Noct¢luce which are in a perfectly

quiet place, we find that there is a complete disappearance of

the light. That traces of it now and then recur is probably

due to the fact that the Noctiluce collected into a dense layer at

the surface of the water sometimes disturb one another, or are

sometimes irritated by Entomostraca and other small animals,

the presence of which cannot be prevented, and are thus

brought to luminosity. On the other hand, the phenomenon

follows immediately and without exception upon any intense

nritation, like thunder after lightning.

Whether and how far the luminosity of the sea, which owes

its origin to the cooperation of thousands upon thousands of

minute organisms, depends upon the existing conditions of

the weather, has, so far as I know, been hitherto but little

tested. I therefore, during six weeks on the island of Bor-

* Liebig’s Ann. der Chemie, Bd. cciii. (1880), p. 805.

+ Journ. Anat. Physiol. tome xix. (1883), p. 487.

28 Dr. D. Sharp on

kum, observed the wind and weather carefully, with reference

to the greater or less intensity of the luminosity of the sea,

and arrived at the result that only the wind and the strength

of the waves exert any appreciable influence upon the mani-

festation of that beautiful phenomenon. In order that the

phenomenon should present itself in all its splendour the wind

must have set persistently for some days from the open sea

on to the shore. If this condition coincides with a moderate

motion of the surface of the sea the visitor to our North-Sea

coast, who very often walks in vain upon the strand in the

evening, may reckon with certainty upon the wished-for

pleasure. In consequence of the sea-wind great numbers of

Noctiluce collect in the immediate vicinity of the coast, while

the animals are carried away from it by a land-wind. That

a strong breaking of the waves does not allow the spectacle

to attain its full beauty, notwithstanding the greater irrita-

tion to which the animals are subjected, is easily explained

by the fact that in this case the Noctiluce are drawn down

too far beneath the surface of the water, seeing that every

particle of a wave describes a curve and descends the deeper

in proportion to the height of the wave. I have found

nothing to support the widely diffused opinion that the pheno-

menon is manifested especially in close sultry nights. On

several evenings the island of Borkum was surrounded on all

sides by thunderstorms, but no trace of luminosity was to be

seen in the sea, because a land-wind had prevailed for some

time. On the other hand, a high electrical tension of the

atmosphere coinciding with a sea-wind gave rise to no par-

ticular intensity of the phenomenon. ‘This opinion has

consequently found acceptance only because on thundery

evenings the sea is usually quiet, and thus favours the mani-

festation of the luminosity.

IV.—The Staphylinide of Japan.

By Dr. D. Swarr.

[Continued from vol. ii. p. 464. ]

Subfam. SrapHyzrrvin 2.

Group QUEDIINA.

Algon grandicollis.

Algon grandicollis, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 23.

Miyanoshita, in May; Awomori and Hakodate, in Sep-

tember and October.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 29

There is a second, still more remarkable, species of this

genus in my collection, the locality being India.

Vellevus setosus, n. sp.

Niger; thorace versicolore, elytrorum margine inflexo testaceo ;

antennis brevibus, intus biramosis, articulo ultimo brevi.

Long. 17 millim.

This differs conspicuously from the other two species of the

genus by the shorter antenne ; these organs have long pro-

cesses on the inner margins of joints four to ten, as in V. pec-

tinatus ; but unlike that species the terminal joint is short.

The erect sete of the upper surface are more numerous and

conspicuous than in the congeners.

Mr. Lewis procured two examples of this insect at Junsai ;

I believe they are of the male sex, though there is scarcely

anything in the abdominal structure to support this view.

Velleius dilatatus.

Staphylinus dilatatus, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. p. 220.

Mr. Lewis found this insect at Nikko, Sapporo, and Jun-

sai, thus completely removing all doubt of its being truly a

Japanese species. The examples are undoubtedly conspecific

with those of Europe. The species of this genus were all

associated with the larve of Cossus.

Quedius preditus, n. sp.

Niger ; antennarum apice tarsisque rufis ; capite thoraceque nitidis-

simis ; elytris scutelloque fortiter profundeque punctatis ; abdo-

mine versicolore, minus crebre punctato.

Long. 12 millim.

Antenne slender, black at the base, red at the extremity.

This is closely allied to Q. juno, but in addition to the

different coloration of the legs, palpi, and antenne it has a

remarkably deep coarse punctuation on the elytra.

Miyanoshita, in April and May ; Junsai. Six specimens.

I have detected no sexual distinctions among the examples

of this species and Q. juno; all have the front tarsi much

dilated.

Quedius juno.

Quedius juno, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 24.

Miyanoshita, Hakone, Nikko, Kiga; rare, generally found

under dead leaves, where there was fungal growth.

30 Dr. D. Sharp on

Quedius abnormalis, n. sp.

Piceus ; oculis parvis ; prothorace suboblongo, elytris longiore.

Long. 15 millim.

Antenne obscure red, moderately stout, not thicker exter-

nally ; penultimate joint as long as broad, as long as the

terminal joint. Head suboblong, eyes not in the least promi-

nent and occupying less than one third of the length of the

sides, the space behind the eyes numerously punctate.

Thorax a little rounded at the sides, hind angles distinct

though very obtuse, in front on each side of the middle with

three fine serial punctures. Scutellum very obsoletely punc-

tate. Elytra deplanate, considerably shorter than the thorax,

rather closely and finely punctate. Hind body closely and

finely punctate. Legs long.

Found on the borders of the snow at Nikko in June and

August; four specimens.

This peculiar insect may be placed in the subgenus Hdiquus,

Rey, as it is related to the European Q. longicornis, Kr. I

am unacquainted with the male: one of the four individuals

before me is considerably smaller than the other three, but

does not differ very strongly in any other respect ; although

it is considerably darker in colour, this is no doubt due to the

other examples being somewhat immature.

Quedius flavicornis, n. sp.

Nitidus, niger; elytrorum basi abdominisque segmentis singulis

postice rufis; antennis, palpis pedibusque flavis; elytris lievi-

gatis, singulo medio obsolete uniseriatim punctato.

Long. 6 millim.

Antenne short and stout, clear yellow, sixth to tenth joints

transverse. Head narrow, scarcely constricted at the neck ;

eyes small, occupying not one half of the sides. Thorax

quite as broad as the elytra, not so long as broad, narrowed

in front, very shining, reddish on the front margin, without

serial punctures. Elytra longer than the thorax, shining,

black, red at the base, and more indistinctly so along the

suture, with three or four very fine punctures placed along

the sutural depression and with a similar, still more indistinct

series along the middle of each. Hind body not closely

punctate, each segment broadly cingulate with red. The

male has a feeble emargination on the last ventral plate.

Ichiuchi and Hiteyoshi, at the commencement of May ;

seven individuals.

the Staphylinidee of Japan. 31

This very peculiar species has somewhat the aspect of a

Bolitobius ; it lives under bark of beech trees.

Quedius laticollis, n. sp.

Minus depressus, niger; elytris antennisque rufis, pedibus piceis,

tarsis rufis ; thorace brevi, elytris multo latiore.

Long. 11 millim.

Antenne short, red, with the basal joints piceous, sixth to

tenth joints transverse, terminal joint acuminate. Head

orbiculate, with two punctures on the middle of the front

margin; eyes small. ‘Thorax much broader than the elytra,

nearly twice as broad as long, much rounded at the sides,

without serial punctures. LElytra bright red, shining, rather

sparingly and finely punctured. [ind body black, rather

closely punctured. Male with an emargination of the last

ventral plate preceded by a depression of the surface.

Found on an old tree at Sapporo; a single specimen.

This very remarkable Quedius may be placed near Q. brevis

and @. ochripennis, though not at all closely allied to them;

the Japanese species of this genus form a series of remarkably

distinct forms.

Quedius hirticornis, n. sp.

Piceus ; capite thoraceque fere nigris ; elytris, pedibus antennisque

rufis, his setis exsertis, perelongatis, ornatis.

Long. 13 millim.

Antenne rather short, loosely articulated, penultimate joints

strongly transverse, all the joints furnished with very elon-

gate conspicuous sete. Head suborbiculate, eyes small.

Thorax broad and short, considerably broader than the elytra.

Klytra bright red, finely and rather sparingly punctured.

Hind body rather closely and finely punctured, more rufescent

at the extremity. Legs short, tibie stout, very setose.

A single example of this peculiar Quedius was found on an

old tree at Mitzusawa, 18th October, 1880 ; it is a female.

The species may be placed near Q. laticollis, though very

peculiar on account of the setes of its antenne and legs.

Quedius imbecillis, n. sp.

Nigro-piceus, nitidus; antennis pedibusque rufis, illis brevibus ;

abdomine elytrisque parce punctatis; capite utrinque post oculos

tripunctato.

Long. 8 millim.

Antenne short, stouter externally, sixth to tenth joints

52 Dr. D. Sharp on

transverse. Head small, both short and narrow, only about

half as broad as the elytra, on each side behind the eye with

three very distinct approximate punctures; palpi yellow.

Thorax scarcely so long as broad, piceous. Elytra shining,

rather sparingly punctured, a little longer than the thorax ;

scutellum impunctate. Hind body a little versicolorous, the

segments more or less red behind, the anal styles and hind

part of the terminal segment rather bright red; sparingly

punctate.

Miyanoshita, Dec. 22, 1880; one example.

This insect may be placed near Q. umbrinus, though very

distinct.

Quedius annectens, n. sp.

Niger, nitidus; antennis, palpis, elytris pedibusque rufis, his tibiis

fuscescentibus ; elytris ad suturam et ad latera nigro-plagiatis,

parce fortiter punctatis.

Long. 8 millim.

Antenne with the penultimate joints about as long as

broad. Head with two punctures on a line in the middle

between the eyes. Scutellum not punctate. LHlytra a little

longer than the thorax, black along the suture, but not quite

so far as the hind margin, also with a black mark at each

side not extending quite to the base ; the punctuation consists

of a few distant punctures, which are scarcely serially

arranged, and at the sides are finer and more numerous and

diffuse. Hind body versicolorous, the terminal segments

more or less red towards the extremity ; rather closely punc-

tate. The male has a slight emargination of the terminal

ventral plate, preceded by a depression of the surface.

Miyanoshita; five examples.

Closely allied to Q. japonicus, but with the elytra shorter,

differently punctate and coloured.

Quedius adustus, n. sp.

Piceo-rufus, nitidus ; capite nigricante, antennis, palpis, pedibus ab-

dominisque segmentorum marginibus rufis; scutello impunctato ;

elytris abdomineque sat crebre punctatis.

Long. 11 millim.

Antenne slender, very slightly thicker towards the extre-

mity ; penultimate joint rather longer than broad. Head

narrow, guite impunctate on the middle. Thorax rounded

at the sides and much narrowed in front, on each side of the

the Staphylinidee of Japan. 33

middle in front with three large punctures; outside these

two other punctures, and still nearer the margin a single

puncture. Elytra black, shining, with very definite, not

very close punctures, and sparingly pubescent. Hind body

rather more sparingly punctate and pubescent. Legs slender,

obscure red.

This is nearest to Q. fulgidus, but has numerous differences ;

the antenne are much more slender, the eyes rather smaller,

occupying less than half the length of the sides, the second of

the postocular punctures farther from the neck, and the punc-

tuation of the hind body more scanty.

Oyama, Nishi, Nara, Chinzenji, Nishimura, and Numata;

scarce.

Quedius multipunctatus, n. sp.

Niger ; capite thoraceque subviridescentibus ; elytris late viridis ;

antennis, palpis pedibusque rufo-testaceis.

Long, 9 millim.

Antenne clear yellow, short, scarcely thicker externally ;

penultimate joints each almost as long as broad. Head sub-

orbicular, but a good deal narrower than the thorax, feebly bi-

impressed in front, between the eyes with two transverse series

of punctures, and with other punctures between the eyes and

behind. Thorax about as long as broad, a little narrowed

in front, with two series of six or seven punctures each

along the middle, and with numerous punctures outside these.

Scutellum impunctate. Elytra rather longer than the thorax,

of a shining green colour, rather coarsely punctate. Hind

body rather closely punctate, the hind margin of the last

segment as well as the anal styles yellow.

Hakone.

The example is a female labelled “under bark, rare.” 1

have seen no other. It is an elegant and very distinct species

of the subgenus Raphirus.

Quedius brevipennis.

Quedius brevipennis, Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1859, p. 41.

Nikko, June 1880; one example.

Q. brevipennis is thought by some entomologists to be a

brachypterous variety of the variable Q. boops, Grav. ‘The

example obtained in Japan has the elytra even shorter than

they are in specimens found in the Pyrenees.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iii. 3

34 Dr. D. Sharp on

Quedionuchus planatus, n. sp.

Subdepressus, niger; elytris rufis; antennis fuscis, harum basi,

palpis pedibusque testaceis ; elytris subopacis, impunctatis.

Long. 9 millim.

Antenne short and stout, fifth to tenth joints transverse.

Head short and broad, rounded behind the eyes. Thorax

about as long as broad, with very feeble opalescent reflex-

ions. Elytra rather longer than the thorax. Hind body

moderately closely punctate, the hind margins of the seg-

ments ferruginous. Hind femora slender, their spines con-

spicuous. Male with a very feeble emargination on the last

ventral plate.

Nikko, August 12th ; four specimens.

Allied to Q. levigatus, Gyll., but only half the size.

Quedionuchus concolor, n. sp.

Subdepressus, niger, nitidus; antennis pedibusque piceis, tarsis

dilutioribus ; thorace opalescente ; elytris subopacis, impunctatis ;

femora posteriora sat gracilia.

Long. 10 millim.

Antenne a little thicker towards the extremity. Head

broad and short, much narrowed behind the eyes. EHlytra a

little longer than the thorax. Hind body sparingly punc-

tate. Male with a slight emargination of the last ventral

plate.

Chiuzenji and Nikko; nine specimens.

This differs from Q. " planatus in numerous minor points

besides the colour.

Quedionuchus armipes, n. sp.

Depressus, niger, nitidus ; thorace opalescente ; antennis pedibusque

rufo-piceis; elytris subopacis, punctis paucis setigeris seriatim

dispositis ; femora posteriora subtus dilatata longiusque spinulosa.

Long. 9 millim.

Antenne short, fifth to tenth joints transverse. Head

transverse, straight behind the eyes, which are not promi-

nent. Thorax subquadrate, the angles less rounded than in

the allied species. Elytra with a few wrinkles, a series of

five or six setigerous punctures near the suture, a similar series

near the outside, and one or two punctures between the series.

Hind body rather broad and flat, moderately closely punc-

the Staphylinide of Japan. 35

tate, the hind margins of the segments red, terminal segment

broadly red behind, Tarsi short.

Shimidzu, Yuyama, Nikko; four specimens.

Although bearing much resemblance to the Austro-Ma-

layan species of Lelonuchus, this is a true Quedionuchus.

The remarkable armature of the hind legs is very like that

of the Central-American Q. femoralis.

I do not see any characters to distinguish the male.

Hleterothops rotundiceps, n. sp.

Nigro-piceus, nitidus, antennarum basi dilutiore, pedibus testaceis ;

capite suborbiculato, oculis magnis ; elytris thorace brevioribus.

Long. 5 millim.

Antenne short, not thicker externally, three basal joints

piceous, the others dark ; fifth to tenth joints differing very

little from one another, each nearly quadrate. Eyes very large,

extending nearly all the length of the sides. Thorax rather

short, not quite so long as broad, a little narrowed in front.

Klytra shorter than the thorax, unicolorous, not densely

punctate. Hind body moderately closely punctate.

Nikko, Kiga ; two specimens.

This little insect has the appearance of a small Quedius of

the Raphirus group, due no doubt to its large convex eyes.

Group STAPHYLININA.

Philonthus addendus, var.

Philonthus addendus, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 3rd ser. v. p. 440.

Two examples have been met with at Nikko, one in June

1880 another in July 1881, which do not differ apparently by

any good character from European examples, although they

do not agree quite satisfactorily therewith in all their details

and differ a little from one another. More information must

therefore be obtained before we can decide positively about

these examples.

Philonthus cyanipennis.

Staphylinus cyanipennis, Faby. Ent. Syst. i. p. 525.

Common in fungi in Japan. The specimens differ a little

from those found in Europe, the thorax being more oblong,

with less rounded hind angles.

23%

36 Dr. D. Sharp on

Philonthus bicaudus, n. sp. (Group 4, Erichson.)

Niger; capite, thorace elytrisque nigro-subeneis; capite ovato ;

elytris abdomineque crebrius punctatis.

Long. 14 millim.

Antenne rather slender, not thicker externally, tenth joint

quite as long as broad. Head narrow, only about half as

broad as the elytra. Thorax much narrowed in front; elytra

and scutellum closely punctate; hind body rather " closely

punctate.

Only a single individual has been found—an immature

femalée—but the species is so distinct that it will not be

mistaken for any other; it resembles the species of the

European P. politus group, but has a different structure of

the front tarsi; these are (in the female) much dilated, and

the apical joint is broad and deplanate and closely spinose

beneath ; the median lobe of the armature is remarkable on

account of being divided into two long slender styles.

Found at Niigata on the 12th September, 1881.

Philonthus liopterus, n. sp. (Group 4, Hrichson.)

Latiusculus, nitidior, parce punctatus, piceus; capite nigro; anten-

nis pedibusque rutfis.

Long. 9 millim.

Antenne rather short and stout, but the basal joints rather

elongate, the four or five penultimate joints strongly trans-

verse. Head extremely shining, suborbiculate, with only a

few coarse punctures. ‘Thorax rather short, ’ subquadrate,

straight at the sides, piceous, very shining, the punctures of

the dorsal series rather large. LElytra rather longer than the

thorax, piceous black, very shining, quite sparingly punc-

tured. Hind body also sparsely punctate, shining. Legs

red, tibize infuscate ; middle coxee moderately distant. The

male front tarsi broadly dilated, apical ventral plate with a

broad shallow excision.

A single example of this very distinct species was met

with at Junsai, in Yezo.

Philonthus micanticollis, n. sp. (Group 4, Erichson.)

Niger, fusco-pubescens; elytris sneis; thorace sericeo-micante,

pedibus testaceis, tibiis infuscatis, antennarum basi palpisque

the Staphylinidee of Japan. 37

fusco-testaceis ; antennis gracilibus; elytris abdomineque cre-

brius punctatis.

Long. 73 millim.

Antenne slender, not thicker externally, the penultimate

joint evidently longer than broad, the basal joint yellowish

behind, the terminal joint scarcely ‘paler than those preceding

it. Head rather small, almost circular. Thorax not elon-

gate, subquadrate, scarcely perceptibly narrowed in front,

the four punctures of the dorsal series moderately large, the

surface very shining and in a certain light exhibiting a strong

sericeous reflexion. LHlytra of a dilute brassy colour, longer

than the thorax, rather closely and finely punctate. Hind

body densely punctate, with some coarser punctures across

the base of the three basal segments. Legs pale yellow, the

tibiee infuscate internally. Middle coxze moderately distant.

Front tarsi of the male distinctly but not greatly dilated ;

last ventral plate with a small, rather deep excision.

This is not closely allied to any other Japanese species ;

but [have a very similar one from China. It comes nearer to

the description of P. a/bilabris than any other I know.

A single example was found at Nagasaki on the 3rd

March, 1881.

Philonthus depresstpennis, nu. sp. (Group 4, Erichson.)

Depressus, nigricans; elytris eneis; antennis fuscis, basi palpis

pedibusque testaceis ; capite majore, prothorace posterius angus-

tato, linea marginali anterius valde subtus inflexa; elytris

abdomineque parce punctatis.

Long. 7 millim.

Head large, subquadrate, with numerous coarse punctures

about the sides, eyes small. Antenne moderately long, not

stout, the penultimate joint not quite so long as broad, the

two basal joints yellow. Thorax much narrowed behind.

Klytra and scutellum sparingly punctate. Legs yellow, with

the tibiz rather more obscure, the tarsi short, the basal joint

of the posterior shorter than the apical ; the middle coxe

moderately separated.

Three examples have been found, two at Ichiuchi on the

Ist of May and one at Konosé on the 17th of the same month.

This is an abnormal species, with the thoracic lateral line

greatly deflexed, so that the longer tactile seta is remote from

it. The front tarsi are simple probably in the two sexes, as

from a difference in the size of the head I believe I have both

before me.

38 Dr. D. Sharp on

Philonthus discrepens, n. sp. (Group 5, Erichson.)

Sat latus, niger; elytris saturate rufis, pedibus testaceis; antennis

fuscis, basi apiceque sordide rufis; elytris abdomineque crebre

punctatis.

Long. 8—9 millim.

Antenne rather slender, dark in the middle, obscurely

ferruginous at the extremity and sordid yellow at the base;

penultimate joint as long as broad; palpi sordid yellow.

lead moderately large, suborbiculate. Thorax shining

black, a little narrowed in front. Elytra pale red, not closely

punctate, shining. Hind body blackish, with faint metallic

reflexions; hind margins of the segments above obscurely,

below distinctly red, moderately closely punctate. Legs

clear yellow, the coxe fuscous; the middle pair a little

separated.

In the female the front tarsi are a little and in the male a

good deal dilated; in the latter sex there is a deep excision

on the last ventral plate.

This is a distinct species, having the anterior puncture of

the dorsal series more distant from the front margin than

usual.

Five examples were found at Nikko, June 1880,

Philonthus erythropus.

Philonthus erythropus, Ky. Wiegm. Arch. 1859, i. p. 88.

One example.

Philonthus virgatus, n. sp. (Group 5, Erichson.)

Angustulus, niger, pedibus testaceis ; elytris vittis magnis duabus

posterius conjunctis, testaceis; antennis fusco-rufis, tenuibus;

abdomine densissime subtilissimeque punctato, segmento singulo

margine posteriore ferrugineo.

Long. 8 millim.

Antenne quite slender, the penultimate joints a little

shorter, more slender and paler than those in the middle,

the tenth evidently longer than broad; palpi pale fuscous.

Head rather small, suborbiculate. Thorax shining black, a

little narrowed in front, the punctures of the dorsal series

rather large. Elytra not longer than the thorax, rather

sparingly punctate, the base and outer margin black, the

inner portion yellow, but divided by a longitudinal black

mark not reaching the hind margin, the extreme edge of the

the Staphylinide of Japan. 39

inflexed side margin yellow; the middle coxe are nearly con-

tiguous.

This is a very distinct species: five examples have been

met with; they all have the front feet moderately dilated,

their sex being uncertain; those examined beneath are appa-

rently males, but have no notch on the last ventral plate.

Nikko, Chiuzenji, 22nd August, 1881.

Philonthus angustatus.

Philonthus angustatus, Kr. Wiegm, Arch. 1859, i. p. 92.

This is perhaps not sufficiently distinct from P. thermarum,

Aubé, though Fauvel’s statement (Faune G. R. ii. p. 471)

that the differences pointed out by Kraatz are absolutely

illusory is at least exaggerated; I have not, however, seen

sufficient examples to bring me to a positive conclusion on

the matter.

Mr. Lewis met with an example at Nagasaki on the 28th

May, 1881, and the individual from Northern China men-

tioned by me in speaking of P. thermarum (Trans. Ent. Soe.

1874, p. 44) is also to be referred to P. angustatus.

Philonthus sulcifrons, n. sp. (Group 5, Erichson.)

Minutus, niger, nitidulus ; antennarum basi pedibusque testaceis ;

elytris pallidis, basi fuscis; capite oblongo, anterius impresso

profundeque canaliculato; elytris parce punctatis, prothorace

paulo longioribus.

Long. 4 millim.

This is the insect alluded to by me (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874,

p- 44) as possibly a variety of P. thermarum ; but Mr. Lewis

has now brought back a small series from which it would

appear more probably to be distinct, the remarkable depres-

sion and channel on the front of the head being character-

istic; it is also of darker colour, rather larger and broader,

with stouter, differently coloured antenne.

I have seen from various sources ten examples, six of which

were captured by Mr. Lewis at Nagasaki on the 22nd Feb-

ruary, 1881.

Philonthus pygmeus.

Philonthus pygmeus, Kr, Wiegm. Arch. 1859, i. p. 93.

This is regarded by Fauvel (/. sup. czt.) as the same as

P. thermarum, but appears to me more probably distinct.

40 Dr. D. Sharp on

Mr. Lewis met with a specimen at Kioto on the 4th July,

1881, differing from a Ceylonese example only in possessing

a slight depression on the front of the head.

Philonthus debilis.

Staphylinus debilis, Grav. Col. Micr. p. 35.

Yokohama, Shirvi, Iwaki, Hakodate.

Philonthus nigritulus.

Staphylinus nigritulus, Gray. Col. Micr. p. 41.

The Japanese individuals of this widely distributed and

variable species are far from agreeing exactly with our

European varieties; they are remarkably elongate, with

narrow head, slender oblong thorax, which is not narrowed in

front, and brassy elytra ; amongst the small series before me

there are, however, some individuals which indicate that

there will prove to be more than one variety or form in

Japan.

Nagasaki, Miyanoshita.

Philonthus tnconstans, n. sp. (Group 6, Erichson.)

Fuscus, capite nigricante, thorace rufo-piceo; antennis testaceis,

basi pedibusque flavis; thorace oblongo, seriebus dorsalibus

obsolete 5- vel 6-punctatis ; elytris hoc fere brevioribus ; abdo-

mine crassiusculo, dense subtilissime punctato.

Long. 43-53 millim.

This species belongs to the subgenus Rabigus, Rey, and

is allied to the European EB: tenuis ; but it is smaller, of a

different colour, and has the antenne yellow. Unlike the

European species, it is extremely variable. Sometimes the

thorax and head are of one piceous black colour, sometimes

the head is quite black and the thorax bright red, and some-

times the elytra are obscure red; the elytra are sometimes

much shorter than the thorax, but in some eases are about equal

to them in length; the number of punctures in the dorsal series

is apparently as often five as six. ‘The fine pubescence on

the hind body is somewhat flavescent in colour. The front

tarsi of the male are only moderately dilated, and the last

ventral plate has a broad shallow emargination preceded by

a triangular membrane.

Found in several localities, but apparently rare. Osaka,

Niigata, Yokohama, Oyama, Hakodate, Junsai.

the Staphylinide of Japan. Al

Philonthus cunctator, n. sp. (Group 6, Erichson.)

Angustulus, niger, elytris cneis, antennarum basi apiceque pedi-

busque testaceis, abdominis segmentorum marginibus posterioribus

ferrugineis; capite anguste ovato; elytris abdomineque dense

punctatis.

Long. 8 wmillim.

Antenne elongate, very slender, fuscous, with the two

basal joints and the apical joint yellow; palpi yellow. Head

very narrow, only half as bruad as the thorax; this latter

elongate, narrowed in front, the punctures of the dorsal series

rather fine. Elytra closely and finely punctate. Hind body

with the hind margins of the segments reddish, those at the

base only narrowly so,. those at the extremity broadly 5 ter-

minal styles elongate, their extreme base and the median lol

red. Legs clear yellow, middle cox contiguous; male with

the anterior tarsi slightly dilated and an extremely slight

excision of the last ventral segment.

This species is allied to P. fumartus, though abundantly

distinct by a number of characters.

A single example was met with at Yokohama on the 27th

October, 1881.

Philonthus spadiceus, n. sp. (Group 7, Erichson.)

Elongatus, depressus, nigerrimus; antennis palpisque piceis, illis

gracilibus, elongatis; elytris abdomineque crebrius punctatis,

illis sat nitidis.

Long. 10-11 millim.

Antenne rather longer ven head and thorax, not thicker

externally, quite slender, the penultimate joint much longer

than broad. Head suboblong, densely punctate at the vertex

and the sides of the eyes. "Phorax elongate and slender,

nearly parallel-sided, with a dorsal series of eight rather large

mnie, this series more or less irregular, ‘and frequently

with one or two additional punctures intercalated. Elytra

quite black, flat, very finely pubescent, finely punctate, a little

shining. Hind body densely punctate. Femora picescent ;

middle coxe rather narrowly separated ; front tarsi of female

a little, of male much, dilated; the latter sex with a rather

broad, not deep, emargination on the last ventral plate.

This is allied to P. prolatus, but is readily distinguished

by the longer and more slender antenne, by the deeper

black colour, longer and flatter elytra with less conspicuous

pubescence, "and “by the additional puncture in the thoracic

42 Dr. D. Sharp on

series, this latter character being, however, not easily observed

on account of the ereat regularity of the series. The fact

that the male tarsi are only about half as broad as they are in

P. prolatus differentiates the species with certainty.

Rare, Kawasaki near Yokohama, Awomori, and Sapporo.

Philonthus macrocephalus, n. sp. {Group 7, Erichson.)

Depressus, niger; elytris rufis; antennarum apice, palpis, tibiis

tarsisque rufescentibus; capite majore, fortiter disperse punc-

tato; prothorace haud elongato, basin versus angustato, seriebus

dorsalibus irregularibus circiter 8-punctatis ; elytris abdomineque

crebre punctatis.

Long. 13 millim.

Antenne not elongate nor stout, blackish, becoming ob-

scurely red towards the extremity ; penultimate joint evidently

shorter than broad. Head flat, subquadrate, with numerous

coarse distant punctures, but with a broad space along the

middle impunctate ; underside impunctate. Thorax not so

large as the head, anterior angles well marked, the discoidal

series consisting of coarse punctures, placed. more or less

irregularly and varying in number from seven to nine.

Elytra, scutellum, and hind body somewhat coarsely and

closely punctate.

I am not able to point out any aeetad characters; the front

tarsi are slightly dilated, no doubt in each sex.

This species has the upper marginal line of the thorax

greatly detlexed in front, so that the longer tactile seta is

remote from it; this will ultimately require its removal from

Philonthus. It has the aspect of a Belonuchus, but cannot

be placed in that genus because of its unarmed femora and

(shghtly) dilated front feet.

A small series was found at Ichiuchi and Yuyama in May

1881.

Philonthus daimio, n. sp. (Group 8, Erichson.)

Niger ; capite thoraceque nigro-subeneis; elytris fusco-eneis, ab-

domine subversicolore breviter flavo-pubescente; pedibus testaceis,

tibiis plus minusve fuscescentibus; capite thoraceque crebrius

punctatis, hoc area longitudinali levigata; elytris abdomineque

dense punctatis.

Long. 9-11 millim.

Antenne blackish, slender, each joint longer than broad.

Head very numerously punctured, the punctures more scanty

towards the middle, where there is a small glabrous space.

the Staphylinidee of Japan. 43

Thorax a little narrowed towards the front, with very nume-

rous coarse punctures, leaving an irregular space along the

middle smooth. Elytra and hind body closely and rather

finely punctate.

Allied to P. gastralis, but with numerous differences in

colour, punctuation, and size; the female has the front tarsi

distinctly dilated, the male I do not know.

‘Two examples found at Otaru and one at Hakodate.

HESPERUS.

To this genus, recently established by Fauvel, I have to

add an elegant Japanese species, as well as Philonthus tiro,

previously described by me; this latter is rather aberrant,

the form being elongate and Phzlonthus-like and the middle

coxe less widely separated.

flesperus ornatus, n. sp.

Niger; antennarum apice tibiisque rufis; abdomine apicem versus

rufescente ; elytris rufis, ante apicem nigris, apice ipso albido-

marginato.

Long. 11 millim.

Antenne only moderately long, black, with the three ter-

minal joints white; palpi elongate, piceous. Head shining

black, coarsely punctate at the sides, a broad space on the

middle smooth. Thorax oblong, shining black, coarsely

punctate, with a straight, rather narrow space along the

middle smooth. lytra closely and not quite finely punctate,

somewhat shining. Hind body rather sparingly punctate,

black, with slight particoloured reflexions, the two terminal

segments red. Legs slender, coxee and femora piceous or

nearly black, tibize white, fuscescent at their extremity, tarsi

yellowish. ‘The male has a well-marked notch on the last

ventral plate, and its front tarsi are a little dilated; in the

female these feet are only very slightly dilated.

Rare, Hitoyoshi, Yuyama, and Nikko, in the month of

May, under dead leaves with fungal growth.

Actobius ‘nornatus, n. sp.

Angustulus, elongatus, subdepressus, niger; antennis fuscis, basi

pedibusque testaceis,

Long. 5 millim.

Antenne rather slender, but little thickened externally,

44 Dr. H. Ludwig on Ophiopteron elegans.

the penultimate joints scarcely transverse. Head coarsely

and closely punctate, with only a small space on the disk

glabrous. ‘Thorax long and narrow, punctured like the head,

with a broad, definite, longitudinal space smooth. Elytra

elongate and narrow, rather closely and coarsely punctate,

black, only the hind margin indefinitely fusco-testaceous.

A single example was found at Yokohama, 7th April,

1880.

Cafius rufescens, n. sp.

Rufo-brunneus ; capite thoraceque nigricantibus; antennis rufis,

pedibus fusco-testaceis, cinereo-pubescens, opacus; capite tho-

raceque dense, fortiter profundeque punctatis, linea longitudinali

lata, arguta, glabra.

Long. 5 millim.

This species is allied to the European Philonthus sericeus,

auct., but is distinguished by the colour and other characters

apparently subject to but little variation. The head and

thorax are much more deeply and coarsely punctate, and the

glabrous line on these parts is broader, definite, and more

shining, the antenne are shorter, and the punctuation of the

elytra and hind body is not quite so dense and fine. From

P. algarum it is distinguished by the colour, the much less

slender form, and much shorter and thicker antenne. The

male is distinguished by the possession of a setigerous pore

on each of the second and third ventral plates and by a large

excision of the terminal plate. The setigerous pores do not

exist in the corresponding sex of the allied species.

Yokohama,- Niigata, Hakodate, under seaweed, probably

generally distributed in suitable localities on the coast. I

have a specimen from Hong Kong in my collection.

[To be continued. ]

V.—Ophiopteron elegans, a new, probably Natatory, Form

of Ophiurid. By Dr. Husert Lupwie *.

AmonG the Holothurie which Dr. J. Brock collected during

his travels in the Indian Archipelago and entrusted to me to

be worked up there was a single example of an Ophiuran

* Translated from the ‘Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie,’

Bd. xlvii. pp. 459-464 (with a plate).

Dr. H. Ludwig on Ophiopteron elegans. 45

collected near Amboyna which, on close examination, ap-

peared to be a very remarkable new form. The most striking

thing about it is the circumstance that each joint of the arms

bears a pair of large fins, which could hardly have any other

purpose than to confer upon the animal the power of natatory

locomotion.

Description of the specimen.—The disk has a diameter of

6 millim. Each of the five arms measures about 30 millim.

from the margin of the disk to its apex. The colour is a

uniform light greyish yellow or yellowish white; only on the

ventral surface of the disk the coloration in the interradii is

darker, from brownish yellowish to greyish violet.

The arms at their base are 5°5 millim. broad, including

the fins, without the fins scarcely 1°5 millim. The dorsal

and ventral scutes have the same breadth of 0°75 millim.

The ventral scutes in the region of the disk are somewhat

broader than long and scarcely narrower at their proximal

than at their distal margin; the latter is slightly emarginate,

while the lateral margins show a deeper emargination ; “orally

from the lateral emargination a short oblique line indicates

the point of junction of the ventral scute with the lateral

scute ; the angles which unite the lateral with the distal mar-

gin are rounded off. In the middle of the length of the arm

the ventral scutes are considerably narrower at their proximal

than at their distal margin, the lateral emarginations are no

longer distinct, but, on the other hand, the oblique lines of

junction of the ventral scutes with the lateral scutes have

become comparatively longer. The dorsal scutes in the

middle division of the arm have on the whole a rounded

rhombic form ; their greatest breadth is nearer to their distal

than to their proximal end; the two distal sides of the rhom-

bic form pass into each other in a more broadly rounded

fashion, the two lateral angles are also rounded off, while the

proximal angle is transversely truncated ; the median portion

of the dorsal scute is somewhat more convex than the lateral

parts, so that a broad but rather low longitudinal keel is

produced upon the middle of the back of the arm. The lateral

scutes form upon each side of the arm a high band or plate

which commences on the ventral surface of the arm at the

insertion of the tentacular scale hereafter to be mentioned

and, ascending to the dorsal surface in a curved line, extends

to the proximal part of the lateral margin of the dorsal scutes ;

this band serves for the insertion of the brachial spines.

The hyaline brachial spines occur in three different forms:—

1, as hooks; 2, asspinulose spines ; 8, as the supporting rods

of the fins. ” Starting from the dorsal surface of the arm each

46 Dr. H. Ludwig on Ophiopteron elegans.

lateral scute bears in the first place near the tentacular scale

a hook; then follows a spinulose spine, and beyond this

begins the fin, into the composition of which (in the lower

and middle parts of the arm) there enter ten bacilliform

spines. The hooks possess four buccally directed, curved

points, which stand in a row one below the other; towards

the apex of the arm the number of points diminishes to three

and finally to two. ‘The spinulose spines are about half as

long again as the hooks, but, like these, stand off obliquely

from the arm and have the form of a club beset with spines

in its outer half; the basal portion of the club shows an

enlargement for articulation upon the band of the lateral

scute. ‘The supporting rods of the fin are also attached by

an enlarged base ; but above this they rather quickly diminish

into a thin rod, which gradually becomes thinner and traverses

the fin to its free lateral margin, following a slightly curved

course. The supporting rods usually do not terminate in a

simple point, but fork a little before their termination, so that

the two branches of the fork lie close together. The reticu-

late structure of the calcareous bodies of the Echinodermata

is well developed in the thickened base of the supporting

rods, but is deficient in their middle part, although it is indi-

cated in the terminal section by fine, oblique, transverse

canals. If we distinguish the supporting rods by consecu-

tive numbers, starting from the ventral surface of the arm,

there is a slight increase of length from 1 to 3 and a diminu-

tion from 4 to 10; 5 is of about the same length as 1, while

10 is only half as long.

The fin is formed by a thin transparent membrane, in

which we can. distinguish an inner margin attached to the

band of the lateral scute, a free anterior margin directed

towards the tip of the arm, a free outer margin, and a free

posterior margin turned towards the base of the arm. The

course of the line of insertion of the fin upon the lateral scute

causes the anterior margin to originate on the ventral surface

and the posterior margin on the dorsal surface of the arm.

As the whole fin from the anterior to the posterior margin

has a greater extent than the length of an arm-joint, the con-

secutive fins he over one another like tiles, so that in looking

at the arm from the back the aboral portion of each fin is

overlain by the adoral part of the next one. The anterior

and posterior margins of the fin are not formed by the first

and last supporting rods, but by a narrow border of the ftin-

membrane, which runs along the rods in question. At the

free outer margin the fin-membrane passes in curves from

the tip of one supporting rod to that of the next.

Dr. H. Ludwig on Ophiopteron elegans. 47

In the basal part of the arm the fins show some variations.

In the first place, on the first three free arm-joints (7. e. those

not entering into the disk) the two fins which belong to each

arm-joint are not separated from each other, but are united

into one on the dorsal surface by fusion of their hinder mar-

gins. In the second place, on the (four) arm-joints situated

within the disk the fins behave otherwise than on the free

arm. The first of these joints, that lying nearest to the

mouth, bears on each side only two small spinules, which in

their position correspond with the hooks and spinulose spines ;

the first arm-joint also is destitute of the tentacular scale.

From the second arm-joint onwards the tentacular scale is

present; the second joint further possesses on each side a

distinct hock, a spinulose spine, and, instead of the fin, a

smooth spine. On the third arm-joint there is on each side

the hook, the spinulose spine, and two or three smooth spines

united by swimming-membranes. On the fourth joint the

fin-structure is already complete.

The feet, as in many other Ophiurans, are beset with small

warts on their surface; the buccal feet also show the same

character.

No less worthy of notice than the fins of the arms are the

peculiar structures into which the dorsal spines of the disk

have been developed. If the disk be examined from above

under a low power, it is seen to be covered with a delicate,

close, satiny down, which, on closer examination, proves to

consist of a number of fine, generally hexagonal, funnels.

Each funnel consists of a short thick spine, which at its outer

end is continued into six comparatively long fine spines of

unequal length, so united to each other by a thin membrane

that a funnel is produced, the delicate membranous wall of

which is supported by the six fine spines. Sometimes, how-

ever, only five such supporting spines are present. The

thick stalk of the funnel 1s articulated upon a dense but ver

fine calcareous reticular tissue, lying in the dorsal skin of

the disk. The dorsal skin of the disk further contains very

thin radial scutes, of which, in the uninjured disk, only the

distal points are uncovered by the funnels; so that it is onl

when the latter are removed that it is seen that the thin radial

scutes are of a rounded triangular form and joined together in

pairs by their longest sides.

On the thin, soft, translucent skin of the ventral surface of

the disk the funnels are wanting, and, indeed, at the periphery

of the dorsal skin they separate from each other and become

less numerous in the direction of the interradii. In place of

them we find in the ventral skin scattered, rather distant,

48 Dr. H. Ludwig on Ophiopteron elegans.

minute, circular, latticed plates, in the middle of which rises

a short spinule, which bears at its free extremity several

parallel points but no funnel.

The peristome is 3 millim. in diameter and is constructed

in a manner which at once reminds one of the genera Ophio-

thria and Ophiogymna. Buccal papille are entirely wanting.

The dental papille stand externally in three, and furt her

inwards in two rows one over the other; whether these are

followed further in by some true teeth (7. a papille standing

in a row one above the other) I could not ascertain without

damaging the specimen too much. The corner-pieces of the

mouth leave between them a gap widening aborally in the

middle line of each interradius. The lateral buccal scutes

are slightly curved, narrow, broader at the adradial than at

the abradial end, and do not touch each other. The buccal

scutes are broader than long, rhomboidal, with rounded

angles and slightly emarginate sides; the aboral angle is

much more broadly rounded off than the adoral. The broad

buccal fissures are directly contiguous to the outer sides of

the buccal scutes, and are separated only by a narrow inter-

space at the outer angles of the latter *.

Systematic Posttion—The above-described fins are per-

fectly characteristic of the present form, and as we know of

no similar arrangement in any other species of Ophiurid, it

seems justifiable t to establish a new genus under the name of

Ophiopteron. But if we leave the “fins out of consideration,

and only look at the other characters, our new form appears

to be most nearly related to the genus Ophiothriz. In favour

of this relationship we have not only the structure of the

peristome, but also the rest of the formation of the disk, as

well as, in an equal degree, the structure of the arms. The

peristome of Ophiopterc on presents the same characters as in

Ophiothrix—the absence of buccal papillae, gaps between

the buccal corner-pieces, and transverse buccal scutes not

projecting into the interbrachial regions. The radial scutes

also agree in form and position with those of Ophiothriz.

The peculiar funnel-shaped spinosity of the back of the disk,

so far as it consists of calcareous tissue, is present in several

species of Ophiothriz; but the latter do not possess the fine

* After the above description was written I received from Dr. Brock

a second, but unfortunately very badly preserved specimen, the arms of

which are as much as 36 millim. long, while the disk has the same diameter

as in the specimen above described. In this second example the colour

of the disk is light greenish and the arms show indications of pale green

transverse bands. It is particularly remarkable that the fins are so torn

and damaged that at the first glance one can hardly recognize the animal.

Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide. 49

membrane which forms the wall of the funnel; in connexion

with this the figures which Lyman has given * of the dorsal

spines of several species of Ophiothriz may be consulted. In

the arms the agreement with Ophiothrixv lies in the form of

the ventral and dorsal scutes, the singleness of the tentacular

scales, the glassy texture of the divergent spines, of which

the single (free) spine, as in Ophiothrix, is spinulose on the

sides and at the apex, and, lastly, in possession of the hooks,

which are also present in Ophiothrix.

Finally, attention may be called to the resemblance which

the fin-tormation in Ophiopteron presents to that of the

Pterasteride. As in those starfishes, it is precisely the lateral

scutes which are homologous with the adambulacral plates,

the spines of which in the Ophiuran before us become united

by a swimming-membrane to form a fin.

VI.—Deseriptions of a new Genus and some new Species of

Cicadidee belonging to the Oriental Region. By W. L.

DISTANT.

Tae following descriptions are the result of an examination

of the collection of Oriental Cicadide in the Leyden Museum,

for which [am indebted to the kindness of Dr. Ritsema, of

a small but extraordinary novel collection made in Karwar

and forwarded to me by HK. T. Atkinson, Esq., and of another

small collection received from the southern slopes of the

Nilgiris and made by my ever helpful friend G. F. Hampson,

Esq. All these species will be subsequently figured.

Geana Atkinsoni, n. sp.

Head and thorax above black ; eyes anda transverse fascia

between them, posterior margin of pronotum, two linear ob-

conical spots on disk at anterior margin of mesonotum and its

lateral margins, and the cruciform elevation ochraceous ;

abdomen above and below ochraceous. Head beneath, ster-

num, and legs black; apical half of face, a transverse spot

between face and eyes, and disk and margins of sternum

* “ Ophiuride and Astrophytide, new and old,” in Bull. Mus. Comp.

Zool. Camb., Mass., vol. iii. no, 10 (1874), pl. iii. figs. 19, 21-25, pl. iv.

fig. 25,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 4

50 Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide.

ochraceous. Opercula black, their base and outer margin

ochraceous.

Tegmina black, the venation, a narrow, oblique, transverse

fascia near base, and a straight and wider transverse fascia

near centre completely crossing the tegmina ochraceous ;

two subapical spots and a similar spot in the sixth apical area

reddish ochraceous. Wings bright carmine-red, apical and

outer margins and a subapical transverse tasciate spot black.

The rostrum reaches the posterior coxe, the anterior

femora are armed with two strong spines, and the body is

large and robust.

Long. excl. tegm., ¢ 35 millim., exp. tegm. 85 millim.

Hab, Continental India, Karwar (Atkinson).

Geana Hageni, n. sp.

Body olivaceous brown. Head with the lateral margins of

front, pronotum with two oblique, irregular, linear spots on

each lateral area, and a small central spot at base blackish.

Mesonotum with two central, obconical, castaneous spots at

anterior margin.

Tegmina pale greenish, the costal membrane, a somewhat

broad apical margin irregularly waved internally, a rounded

spot at base of third apical area, and the apical half of inner

margin (narrowly) dark brownish. Wings pale bluish green,

the apical and outer margins not reaching base, narrowly

dark brownish.

Rostrum not quite reaching the posterior coxe. Face

large and tumid, the transverse striations coarse and prominent,

central sulcation only prominent at about centre.

Var. a. Tegmina with two dark brownish spots, one at

base of third apical area and another, smaller, at base of fifth

apical area.

Long. excl. tegm., g 32 millim., exp. tegm. 82 millim.

Hab. Sumatra, Tandjong, Morawa, Serdang (Dr. B.

Hagen). Leyden Mus.

Leptopsaltria nigrescens, Ni. Sp.

Brownish ochraceous, with the following black markings:—

Head with the area of the ocelli, the inner margins of the eyes,

a spot near bases of antenne, a spot on each side of front, and

a central transverse linear line at base; pronotum with two

central lines united at base and the incisures; mesonotum

with two central obconical spots at anterior margin, a sub-

lateral fascia on each side, and a spot in front of each ante-

rior angle of the basal cruciform elevation; the posterior

Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide. 51

margins of the abdominal segments, the margins of the eyes

beneath, the apex of the face, the disk of the sternum, the

inner halves of the opercula, the abdominal tubercles, and the

disk of abdomen.

Tegmina pale hyaline, the basal venation brownish, the

apical venation fuscous. Wings pale hyaline.

The rostrum passes the posterior coxe, the opercula are

concave externally, oblique internally, the apices narrowed

and angularly rounded.

Long. excl. tegm., g 20 millim., exp. tegm. 56 millim.

Hab. Java (Van Lansberg). Leyden Mus.

Dundubia emanatura, n. sp.

3g. Pronotum above either greenish or ochraceous. Abdo-

men ochraceous. Head with a narrow, reticulated, linear,

transverse, black fascia between the eyes enclosing the ocelli

and a black spot at anterior lateral angles of vertex; eyes

brownish ; pronotum with a narrow, black, lateral marginal

fascia ; body beneath and legs ochraceous, apices of posterior

tibize infuscated.

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation pale

greenish ochraceous.

The rostrum reaches the intermediate coxe ; the opercula

are very narrow, slightly curved outwardly, concave on each

side near base, the apex broadly convex and extending to

about half the length of the abdomen.

@. Abdomen with a lateral marginal black fascia on each

side.

Long. excl. tegm., ¢ 26 millim., exp. tegm. 72 millim.

Hab. Continental India, Karwar (Atkinson) ; Nilgiris,

southern slopes, 3000 feet (//ampson).

Dundubia amicta, n. sp.

Allied to D. majuscula, Dist., from which it differs by the

pronotum having a black sublateral margin, different mark-

ings of the mesonotum, which consist of a central longitudinal

fascia crossing disk, on each side of which is a shorter oblique

fascia, a broad sublateral fascia on each side, and a spot in

front of each anterior angle of the cruciform elevation ; the

tibie blackish. ‘egmina unspotted, none of the transverse

veins infuscated. ‘lhe opercula are very distinct from those

of D. majuscula, being very concave on each side, and wider

and more broadly rounded at the apices ; rostrum about reach-

ing the posterior coxe.

Long. excl. tegm., ¢ 48 millim., exp. tegm. 115 millim.

Hab. Continental India, Karwar (Atkinson).

52 Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide.

Cicada coronata, n. sp.

&. Body above ochraceous; anterior margin of front, a

broad transverse fascia at base of head, extending between

and behind the eyes, a narrow fascia near lateral margins of

pronotum, and a small central transverse linear spot at base

of same, four obconical spots at anterior margin of pronotum

(the central pair smallest), an irregular spot in front of cruci-

form elevation, and anterior margins of abdominal segments,

black. Body beneath and legs ochraceous ; opercula ochra-

ceous, with the lateral margins greyish and with a black spot

at inner apical angles; abdomen beneath with the anterior

segmental margins, the apical segment, and apex of abdo-

minal appendage black.

The opercula are long and overlapping at inner margins,

their outer margins slightly concavely sinuate, their apices

convexly rounded; the rostrum reaches the posterior coxe,

Long. excl. tegm., ¢ 28 millim., exp. tegm. 74 millim.

Hab. Sumatra (Van Lansberg, Leyden Mus.).

KAMALATA, gen. nov.

This genus is allied to Baturia and Karenia by having the

anterior margins of the first dorsal segment of the abdomen

neither produced nor sending forward a lobe, thus rendering

the tympana visible. Its principal characteristic is found in

the vertex of the head, which is laminately produced on each

side in front of the inner margin of the eyes in somewhat

rectangular processes.

The body is very robust, the abdomen broad and moderately

inflated, its lateral margins distinctly keeled beneath; the

opercula are short, as in the genus Pomponia; the rostrum in

the typical species here described about reaching the posterior

coxx, its second joint somewhat compressed laterally and

dilated and deeply grooved above; anterior femora robust

and spined beneath at apex. ‘egmina short, broad, about as

long as the body, apical areas eight in number, first longer

than the second, basal ulnar area very slightly ampliated

anteriorly.

Kamalata pantherina, un. sp.

Body above and beneath dark chocolate-brown; head with

a longitudinal fascia to front, the margins and a transverse

fascia to the ampliations in front of eyes, and a transverse spot

at anterior margin of vertex, behind which are two outwardly

cuived lineate spots ochraceous, eyes luteous; pronotum with

Mr. R. Lydekker on new Fossil Chelonia. 53

a central black hour-glassed shaped fascia somewhat margined

and streaked with ochraceous, the posterior margin also

ochraceous; mesonotum with two longitudinal waved linear

fascie, between which near anterior margin are two oblique

spots, and the cruciform elevation ochraceous; abdominal

segmental margins ochraceous ; apices of the femora luteous,

anterior and posterior tibie annulated at base, intermediate

tibiz both at base and apex with fuscous.

Tegmina pale greenish ochraceous-hyaline, the venation

brownish ochraceous ; a large pale fuscous spot at bases of

second, third, fourth, fifth, and seventh apical areas, some

small spots at bases of sixth and eighth apical areas, two very

small spots on the margins of third ulnar area, and a series of

large marginal spots at the apices of the longitudinal veins to

apical areas. Wings pale hyaline, the venation brownish

ochraceous.

Long. excl. tegm., ¢ 34 millim., exp. tegm. 75 millim.

Hab. Sumatra (Leyden Mus.).

VII.—Preliminary Notice of new Fossil Chelonia.

By R. Lypexker, B.A., F.G.S.

AULACOCHELYS, gen. nov.

I propose this name for Zrionya circumsulcatus, Owen,

from the Upper Eocene (Lower Oligocene) of Hordwell, which

differs from all species of Trionyx by the presence of a deep

groove in the free border of the costals.

Trachyaspis aegyptiacus, Sp. nov.

This species is based on a nearly entire carapace in the

Natural-History Museum (no. R. 229) which was obtained

during the excavation of the Suez Canal from beds of

unknown, but probably Tertiary, age. It is distinguished

from the typical 7. Lardyi, Meyer, of the Swiss Miocene, by

the much narrower neural shields.

Trachyaspis has been hitherto known only by detached

fragments of the carapace, and has been regarded as allied to

Trionyx or Tretosternum. hat it has nothing to do with

the former is evident from the presence of epidermal shields ;

and I am inclined to think from the evidence of the nuchal

region of the present specimen that it is equally removed

from the latter, of which the affinities are with the Chely-

drida. The nature of the sculpture of the carapace is an

54 Dr. G. Baur on the

exaggeration of that found in the existing American genus

Dermatemys; and since the general contour of the neural

shields is the same as in the latter, it appears probable,

although the evidence is not conclusive, that Zrachyaspis is

an allied form.

Trachyaspis hantoniensis, sp. nov.

A marginal in the Natural-History Museum (no. R. 1443)

indicates the occurrence in the Upper Eocene of Hordwell

of a species of Trachyaspis, which, from its much lower

geological horizon, is probably specifically distinct from the

type form; while its distance in space may be an argument

for its distinctness from the Egyptian species.

Anostira anglica, sp. nov.

An anterior marginal and a xiphiplastral from Hordwell

preserved in the Museum (nos. 33198, «, y) appear to indi-

cate a Chelonian which cannot be generically distinguished

from the genus Anostira, Leidy, of which the type species is

from the Upper Eocene of the United States. The larger

size of the present specimens and the absence of distinct

radiation in the sculpture afford a specific diagnosis from

the type.

VIII.— The Systematic Position of Meiolania, Owen.

By Dr. G. Baur, New Haven, Conn.

THERE are at present three different views about the syste-

matic position of Metolania. According to Sir Richard Owen*

Meiolania, together with Megalania, belongs to a suborder

Ceratosauria, with affinities with both the ‘ orders Chelonia

and Sauria.”

Prof. Huxley ¢ considers the animal most nearly allied to

the Chelydride and Platysternide.

Mr. Boulenger { comes to the conclusion that, far from

* Owen, R., “On parts of the Skeleton of Mecolania platyceps (Owen),”

Phil. Trans. 1888, pp. 181-191, pls. xxxi.—xxxvil.

+ Huxley, Thomas H., “ Preliminary Note on the Fossil Remains of a

Chelonian Reptile, Ceratochelys sthenurus, from Lord Howe’s Island,

Australia,” Proc. Roy. Soc. London, vol. xli. 1887, pp. 282-258.

¢ Boulenger, G. A., “On the Systematic Position of the Genus Miev-

lenta, Owen,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, pp. 564-550.

Systematic Position of Meiolania, Owen. 5d

bearing any affinity to the Chelydride or Platysternide, the

extinct Chelonian belongs, like the recent forms of the Aus-

tralian region, to the group Pleurodira.

I am indebted to Dr. H. Woodward for permission to

examine the material of Mezolania in the British Museum.

There can be no doubt whatever that JJecolania is a Che-

lonian; and the only question is, does it belong to the

Cryptodira (the opinion held by Prof. Huxley) or to the

Pleurodira (the view of Mr. Boulenger) ?

Mr. Boulenger’s reasons for the Pleurodiran nature of

Meiolania are the following :—

“1. The pterygoids are very broad, not narrowed poste-

riorly ; their outer palatal borders, instead of being emar-

ginate, form wing-like expansions.

sees hie tympanic cavity is completely surrounded by the

bony ‘roof,’ whilst in all known Cryptodira, however great

the development of the roof, the tympanic disk is free behind.

“3. The mandible articulates with the skull by a condyle

fitting into an articular concavity of the quadrate—a charac-

ter by which the Pleurodiran Chelonians differ from all other

Reptilia, so far as I am aware.

“4, The cervical vertebre are those of a Pleurodiran; a

strong and long transverse process 1s eee and the poste-

rior borders of the odontoid bone and of the second centrum

are deeply emarginate inte riorly, terminating in two diverging

processes exactly as in Chelys.”

Now let us consider the principal characters of the

skull of the Pleurodira, and see how far we find these in

Meiolania.

The principal characters in the skull in the living Pleuro-

dira are :—

1. The quadrate is connected with the basisphenoid, some-

times with the basioccipital also (Podocnemididee) ; in all the

Cryptodira and the Trionychoidea the pterygoids extend

between these elements.

2. ‘The prefrontals are without descending processes joining

the vomer (Cope).

3. The pterygoids are turned up at the anterior outer ends.

4, ‘Lhe tront of the brain-case, between quadrate and pet-

rosal (prootic), is not produced, but smooth. (‘The only

exception among the Cryptodira, which all show this produc-

tion, 1s found in Dermochelys.)

5. There is no free epipterygoid (columella).

6. ‘The tympanic cavity is more or less surrounded by the

extension of the quadrate.

56 Dr. G. Baur on the

7. The condyle of the lower jaw is more or less convex

and fits into a concavity of the quadrate *.

If Mezolania belongs to the Pleurodira we ought to find

the above characters.

1. The sutures between the pterygoids and the adjacent

elements cannot be distinguished in M/ecolania ; a comparison,

however, of the skull of Medolania with the skulls of repre-

sentatives of the different families of the Pleurodira proves

that the pterygoids extend between the quadrate and basi-

sphenoid. This view is also suggested by the position of the

foramen pterygoideum.

In the Pleurodira this foramen is situated free on the base

of the skull between the pterygoids and the basisphenoid ; in

Metolania it is placed far back as in the Cryptodira.

2. Metolania has very strong descending processes to join

the well-developed vomer, a character of the Cryptodira.

3. The pterygeids in Metolania are not turned up at the

anterior end, as in all Pleurodira. Mr. Boulenger states

that their outer palatal borders, instead of ‘‘ being emarginate,

form wing-like expansions.”

The same character we find in the Trionychide and very

often in the 'Testudinidee among the Cryptodira. The want

of this emargination therefore is not unique for the Pleuro-

dira.

4. The front of the brain-case, between quadrate and pet-

rosal, is produced as in the Cryptodira.

5. In regard to the epipterygoid I cannot give a definite

opinion, but I suppose that it was present.

6. There is a thin bony layer extending behind over the

tympanic cavity ; but this layer is not a part of the quadrate

as in all the Pleurodira, but it represents only an extension

of the dermal ossifications so highly developed in the skull of

Metolanie. This dermal ossification reaches behind the

quadrate, and just this condition proves its dermal origin; in

no other Chelonian do we find a posterior process of the

quadrate.

7. The condyle of the lower jaw is not visible, the latter

being not separate from the skull. The articular face of the

quadrate, however, is very distinctly shown in some of the

remains, I cannot find any essential difference between this

face and that in some of the Testudinide ; besides, I do not

give much value to this character, only well developed in the

Podocnemidide among the Pleurodira.

* The condyle is well developed in the Podoenemididwe and Sterno-

theeridée, but not distinct in the Chelydride.

Systematic Position of Meiolania, Owen. 57

We see there vs not a single definite character in the skull of

Meiolania which could prove its Pleurodiran nature.

The cervical vertebree form another evidence for the syste-

matic position of Medolanta among the Pleurodira, according

to Mr. Boulenger.

Only the first two vertebre being present in MJezolania, we

may at first examine what are the principal characters of the

first two cervical vertebree in the Pleurodira.

1. The centrum of the first vertebra (the so-called odontoid

process) is absolutely free from the second, with which it

articulates freely.

2. It is the centrum which supports the neuroids of the

atlas; the first intercentrum (hypapophysis) is very small,

free or coossified with the atlas-centrum. The atlas therefore

looks very much like the other cervical vertebre, especially in

the Sternotheride and Chelydride. The Podocnemididee

show the same character; but the atlas-centrum is not so

elongate and the neuroids are not ossified as in the other

Pleurodira. The first intercentrum is very small, free, and

slightly connected with the neuroids; but there is never an

“ atlas-ring.”’

3. In all the Pleurodira well-developed diapophyses are

present, in the second and all the following cervicals they are

placed in the middle of the vertebree.

4, In none of the Pleurodira does the diapophysis of the

first vertebra form a foramen with the first intercentrum.

Now what do we find in Metolania?

1. The centrum of the first vertebra is not absolutely free

from the second, but more or less connected, as in the Cryp-

todira.

2. The first intercentrum is very large and supports the

neuroids of the atlas, forming an atlas-ring, exactly as in the

Cryptodira.

3. There is a very well-developed diapophysis on the second

vertebra, not placed in the middie, but on the anterior part of

the vertebra, exactly as in Stawrotypus and especially in

Testudo polyphemus and other Cryptodira.

4. The diapophysis of the neuroids of the atlas forms a

foramen with the first intercentrum exactly as in Stawrotypus,

Testudo polyphemus, and other Cryptodira.

We see that the cervical vertebree are not at all Pleuro-

diran, but truly Cryptodiran.

How Mr. Boulenger could compare the cervicals of JJezo-

lania with those of Chelys I do not understand. There could

not be a greater fundamental difference.

The so-called Pleurodiran characters of Mr. Boulenger do

08 Dr. G. Baur on the

not exist in Metolania, and there can be no doubt whatever

that Meiolania ts a true Cryptodiran *.

The question now arises, to which group of the Cryptodira

does Metolania belong? Prof. Huxley says that it is ‘ closely

allied to the living Chelydra, Gypochelys, and Platysternum.”

But the Platysternide have nothing in common with the

Chelydrids ; they belong to quite a different group together

with the Testudinide and Emydide. Theretore Meiolania

cannot be genetically allied to both.

The only similarity between the Platysternidee and Chely-

dridz consists in the appearance of the skull and the opistho-

coelian nature of a part of the caudal vertebrae. Both these

similarities, however, are the result of parallelism only.

The opisthocelian caudal vertebre are of secondary nature.

All Testudinata have the second sacral vertebra convex

behind. There is no exception whatever. Prof. Leidy f, it

is true, states that “the posterior articular surface of the

second [sacral] centrum is concave”? in Bena. But this is

not correct: what Prof. Leidy describes as the posterior arti-

cular surface of the second is the anterior of the first sacral

vertebra. The second sacral vertebra of ana is convex

behind, as in all other Testudinata. Therefore the first

caudal vertebra must be either concave-convex (proccelous) or

biconcave, never convex-concave (opisthoccelous) or biconvex.

In fact it is always procelous, and so are the next following

vertebrae. Now if opisthoccelian vertebree are found in the

caudals of some Chelonians, it can only be produced by the

interference of an amphiccelian vertebra; and this is the case

in Chelydra, Macrochelys, Platysternum, and must also be in

Bena and Metolania.

In Platysternum (one specimen) the fourth caudal vertebra

is biconcave, in Chelydra and Macrochelys the third or fourth.

Prot. Huxley thinks that perhaps Stauwrotypus may also have

opisthoceelian vertebree ; but this is not the case.

That the opisthoccelian caudal vertebre of Chelonians are

of secondary nature is also proved by paleontology. In

Toxochelys, Cope, an indubitable Chelydroid{ from the

Cretaceous, the caudal vertebre are proccelous.

* Another support of this view is given by the caudal vertebre ; there

are well-developed paradiapophyses in the caudals of the Pleurodira; in

Meiolania we have well-developed caudal ribs (as in Cryptodira) coossified

with the centrum.

t+ Leidy, Jos., ‘Contributions to the Extinct Vertebrate Fauna of the

Western Territories,’ Washington, V., 1878, p. 108.

t I may notice here that Anostewa, Leidy, placed by Cope among the

Chelydridz and by Boulenger among the “ Pseudotrionychide,” belongs

Systematic Position of Meiolania, Owen. 59

Opisthocalian vertebre are present in those Chelonians

which have long free tails.

There are Testudinata with nearly as many caudal verte-

bree as Chelydra and the others, but in all these the tail is

not free, but covered for the greater part by the carapace, and

we never find opisthoccelian vertebre.

Together with the opisthoccelian vertebrae we always find

well-developed intercentra (chevron bones). They may be

present in rudimentary condition in long tails without opis-

thoccelian vertebree, as in Emys europea and Blandingii, in

Chelymys victorie at the posterior end of the tail, and in

others. In Toxochelys, Cope, they are even well developed.

It was especially the caudal vertebree of MJetolania which

led Prof. Huxley to the conclusion of its affinity with the

Chelydride ; but I think that this character is not conclusive.

I imagine that opisthoccelian caudal vertebrae could be deve-

leped in any group of the Chelonians. These characters are

adaptive and cannot be used for the genetic relations of

groups.

But how can we determine the systematic position of

Meiolania among the Cryptodira ?

That Merolania is a terrestrial herbivorous Cryptodiran

there ig no doubt. The only true terrestrial herbivorous

Cryptodira we know are the Testudinide ; some more or less

terrestrial forms we find also among the Emydide.

We know that the true Testudinide originated from Emy-

dide. Why is not Mezolania also a true Testudinid? Or

did it take its origin from one of the other families of the

Cryptodira, the Chelydride, or Staurotypide, the Cinoster-

nidee, or another family ?

Lam inclined to consider Meiolania as a highly specialized

branch of the true land-tortotses, the Testudinide, the true

Testudinid characters of which are only obscured by the enor-

mous development of dermal ossifications, especially on the

skull, which gave to it quite an extraordinary appearance.

My reasons are the tollowing :—

‘The lower face of the skull resembles most the Testudinide

among the Cryptodira.

The long vomer has the strong characteristic keel. The

situation and form of the foramina palatina are just as in this

family, and so are the pterygoids.

either to the Staurotypidee or to the Cinosternide. There are only ten

peripheralia (marginal bones), and the dermal plates are not entirely

absent.

60 Dr. G. Baur on the

It is only in the Testudinide among the Cryptodira that

we find forms with pterygoids not emarginate in front. Tes-

tudo tabulata and some of the gigantic tortoises show it

especially.

T cannot give much value to the apparent expansion at the

posterior half of the pterygoids ; it may be that it is produced

by crushing of the edges, and even if it were natural, it

would not be of great importance ; the Trionychoidea show

all stages of these expansions; 1n some we have no trace, in

others ‘they are very well developed.

The hyoid bones of Jecolania are of the same form as in

the Testudinide.

The anterior nasal opening in Mezolania platyceps is divided

by a process connecting the premaxillaries with the pre-

frontals.

In Metolania Owent this process is interrupted in the

middle.

Indications of such processes showing a tendency to divide

the anterior nasal openings we find on/y in the Testudinide.

In most of these a sharp ascending process is developed from

the premaxillaries, and also one descending from the anterior

end of the prefrontals.

There may be an objection; the fissure for the stapes in

the quadrate is open in Medtolania, closed in all the known

‘Testudinide, so far as I am aware. An open fissure of course

is the original condition. But if we have in one family—the

Chelydridee—both conditions, we cannot lay very much stress

upon that. Chelydra and. Macrochelys have the fissure

closed, Toxochelys has it open.

Another objection may be that there is not a single form of

the Testudinide with the temporal fossee completely arched

over and with the quadratojugal region so much developed as

in Metolania.

Of course there is none! But in Weiolania we have to

distinguish between true ossifications of the skull and dermal

ossifications !

I believe that the whole posterior half of the skull of Meio-

lania 7s modified by the enormous development and extension of

dermal ossifications, in the same way as the skull of Phryno-

soma.

In some of the Lacertilia we have only horny scales, with-

out any ossifications; in Phrynosoma, however, we find

ossified horn-cores not separable from the bones of the skull.

I think that the dermal ossifications in the skull of Jeto-

lania have originated in the same way as I have indicated

Systematic Position of Meiolania, Owen. 61

for the same ossifications in the skin of the limbs in the Tes-

tudinide.

There were at first horny scales, which developed more and

more; on some of these ossifications appeared which were

entirely free from the bones of the skull. By the extension

of these ossifications they were at first suturally connected

with each other, forming a solid layer over the bones of the

skull ; the sutures disappeared and the dermal ossifications

united with the bones of the skull, forming one continuous

mass.

I think therefore that the peculiar appearance of the skull

of Mezolania is no objection against its Testudinid nature.

The pelvis and especially the cervical vertebra also

compel me to consider Metolanca allied to the Testudinide.

The two cervical vertebre preserved are essentially identical

in form with those of Testudo polyphemus.

I at first thought that these parts were very much like the

corresponding ones 1n Staurotypus, a fine skeleton of which I

was able to examine through the kindness of Prof. von

Krauss, of Stuttgart.

In Staurotypus the neuroids of the atlas and the second

vertebra have very strong diapophyses, more developed than

in any other Cryptodiran I know. There is likewise a fora-

men between the diapophysis and the first intercentrum of

the atlas.

But in Stawrotypus I find, just asin the Chelydridex, a very

strong lamellar process on the lower part of the second ver-

tebra, which is entirely absent in Mevolania,

It is also absent in Testudo polyphemus.

Here we have, precisely as in JMJedolania, a well-developed

diapophysis on the neuroids of the atlas. The first inter-

centrum is very well developed, and there is the foramen

between it and the diapophysis.

The posterior part of the atlas-centrum and that of the

axis is deeply emarginate, as in Medolania*, and the second

vertebra has a very well-developed diapophysis of the same

form and the same position as in Mezolania,

More could be said, especially with regard to the geo-

graphical distribution of the Testudinide and the peculiar

evolution of this family in some islands ; but the considera-

tion of these points would take me beyond the limits of this

communication.

Further discoveries will prove whether the Opinion on the

* These emarginations are formed by the union of the corresponding

. : : oO

intercentra with the posterior part of the vertebree.

62 Bibliographical Notice.

systematic position of Metolania brought forward here is true

or not, and I hope that the decision may be given soon.

Nov. 11, 1888.

Note.—Since the above was written I have examined the

caudal vertebra of two specimens of Clemmys insculpta, Ler.,

one of the Emydid, with a pretty well-developed tail.

In one I found opisthocelian vertebrae, in the other true

opisthoccelian vertebree were not present, but the tendency

was there to form such vertebra.

First specimen.—Caud. 1-7 concave-convex ; caud. 8 bi-

concave; caud. 9 and the next following convex-concave.

Second specimen.—Caud. 1-7 concave-convex; caud. 8

concave-plane; caud. 9 biconcave; caud. 10 biconcave ;

caud. 11 plane-concave ; caud. 12 biplane ; caud. 13-15 con-

cave-plane ; caud. 16 biconcave, also the following.

Between the vertebra well-developed cartilaginous inter-

centra are found, like those in Sphenodon, only between the

8th and about the 15th caudal they are ossified and represent

chevrons.

The question of course is whether the Platysternid, cha-

racterized by the opisthoccelian caudal vertebrae, can now be

considered as a distinct family. Platysternum comes nearest

to the ancestors of Emydide, which still had the inframar-

ginals well developed. I think it best to consider it as be-

longing to a subfamily—the Platysternine.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Die Calaniden Finlands. Yon Osc. Norpauist. S8vo. Finnische

Litteratur-Gesellschaft, 1888.

ATTENTION was particularly called to the occurrence of marine forms

of life in fresh waters by Dr. E. von Martens some thirty years ago,

and since then the investigations of naturalists have demonstrated

the presence of such types in nearly all parts of the world. Among

the earliest researches were those upon the Swedish lakes, which

revealed phenomena of great interest, especially in connexion with

the geographical features of the region, and in Finland Malmgren

and others noticed the presence in the fresh waters of species of

Mysis, Pallasea, Gammaracanthus, and Poxtoporeia. Little, how-

ever, was done with respect to the Entomostraca of Finland.

Bibliographical Notice. 63

The author has for some time been engaged in the investigation

of the Finnish Copepoda, and his present work, treating of the

Calanide, is the first outcome of his researches. In it he records

the whole of the Calanide of Finland, whether marine or fresh-.

water, and discusses in considerable detail the various questions as

to their origin and the changes which they may have undergone,

questions which acquire particular importance from the peculiar

conditions of existence under which the animals live in the more or

less brackish waters of the Gulfs of Bothnia and Finland, becoming

nearly fresh at the northern extremity of the former, and in the

numerous lakes with which the surface of the country is dotted,

including among these the great Lake Ladoga.

As to the origin of the fauna of the Baltic, including, so far as

the Calanids are concerned, the neighbouring freshwaters, two

distinct views have been put forward, one of which derives the marine

fauna from the North Sea, while the other assumes that at a late

geological period the Baltic was a gulf of the Arctic Sea, from the

inhabitants of which the animals now found in it have descended,

Dr. Nordquist seems inclined to think that both modes of introduc-

tion may have had to do with the constitution of the present fauna ;

as regards the Calanide he finds that nearly all of them are repre-

sented in the North Sea, and that the Baltic specimens are more or

less reduced in stature somewhat in proportion to the diminution of

the amount of salt in the water.

Thus he describes in all twelve species, one of them represented

by two named varieties, namely :—Centropages hamatus (Lillj.), Lim-

nocalanus macrurus, Sars (= Centropages Grimaldi, de Guerne),

Clausia elongata, Boeck, Temora lonyicornis (O. F. Miill.), Temorella

affinis, var. n. hirundoides, 1’. affinis, var. n. hispida, 7’. lacustris,

Poppe, 7’. Claustvi, Hoek, Heterocope appendiculata, Sars, H. saliens

(Lillj.), Diaptomus gracilis, Sars, Dias longiremis (Lillj.), D. bifilosus,

Giesbrecht, all of which are fully described and figured in detail

upon two quarto plates. Of these by far the greater part of the

marine forms occur either in the North Sea or in the Bay of Kiel or

in both, and a table of measurements shows a gradual decrease in

size from the open sea to the northern parts of the Baltic. Of all

the species the only one which seems to the author to be probably

a relic of the supposed invasion from the north is Limnocalanus

macrurus, Which has not been found in the North Sea, and of which

he says we “ must assume either that it has been produced in the

Baltic or in the lakes, or that, like the other relic-forms, it is a

remnant of Arctic fauna. Against the former supposition, how-

ever, is the fact that this species also occurs in the lakes of North

America; and it is therefore more probable that it has come from

the icy sea both into the North-American and Scandinavian lakes.”

As the ova of this form are not carried about by the female, but

sink to the bottom after extrusion, it can in this case only be re-

garded as a relic-form, a view which is further supported by the

circumstance that Limnocalanus never occurs at a higher level than

the other relies.

64 Miscellaneous.

The above is a very imperfect account of a most interesting

treatise ; but the fact is that in order to do more it would have been

necessary to translate almost the whole work. We may add that

it is written in German and that the plates furnish greatly enlarged

figures of the characteristic parts of the animals described.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Preliminary Note on the Functions and Homologies of the Contractile

Vacuole in Plants and Animals. By Professor Marcus M, Har-

toe, D.Se., M.A.*

Turoven the practice of regarding botany and zoology as essen-

tially distinct studies the solution of many an interesting problem

in the one domain is long missed, because the known facts that

afford a clue when properly applied have been worked out only in

the other, and are contained in records never lkely to be consulted

in reference to the given problem. ‘Thus the “ contractile vacuole”

is an organ that exists in both kingdoms: the question of proto-

plasmic vacuolation, of which this is a particular case, has only been

really studied by the vegetable physiologist, and yet in the minute

plant-cells which possess this organ it is too small for the study of

the mechanism of its work ; this study has been successfully carried

out by zoologists on the larger Ciliata and Heliozoa, in ignorance,

however, of the known facts that explained the reason of its working.

Thus the botanists had forged a key of the right pattern, but too

big to open the locks in their own domain, while fitting that of

which the zoologists had described the wards and tumblers. In

this preliminary communication I shall only put the key into the

lock, reserving original observations for a complete paper.

I. Distribution—One or more contractile vacuoles occur in all

naked plant-zoospores, with scarcely a recorded exception, whether

mastigopod or myxopod, whether Algal, Fungal (Saprolegnieze,

Peronosporeee, Chytridiese), or Myxomycete. They occur in all

freshwater Protozoa when in the active state, though not when

encysted ; they are, however, absent from many of those that live in

the perivisceral fluid or blood of living hosts and from the Radiolaria

and possibly other marine forms,

Il. Position and Mechanism.—They are vacuoles in the proto-

plasm, usually peripheral ; they contract to disappearance at regular

intervals; in favourable cases (Actinospharium, many Ciliata)

they are seen on contraction to discharge their contents into the

water. In a few cases they are known to be reservoirs filled

gradually by the almost continuous influx from plasmatic canals,

which are invisible from this very reason, only starting into sight

* Read at the British Association (Bath), 1888.

Miscellaneous. 65

normally during the momentary pause, when, owing to the contrac-

tion of the vacuole, their liquid contents have time to accumulate

and distend them.

Now if a specimen of sufficient size, say a Paramecium, be placed

under certain unfavourable conditions (among which is deficiency of

oxygen), we find that the contractile vacuoles contract less perfectly

and at longer intervals, the plasmatie canals become persistently

visible and enlarged, the whele animal becomes dropsical, its thin

cuticle bursts, and its protoplasm, no longer protected by the

‘ Hautschicht ’ and cuticle, and exposed directly to the water, disin-

tegrates into ‘ diffluence.”

Again, if a vegetable cell be wounded in water and its protoplasm

passes out it rounds off and surrounds itself with a Hautschicht ;

then vacuoles appear inside; these enlarge encrmously and finally

burst; the protoplasm so exposed without a Hautschicht to the

water disintegrates into diffluence, just like the Ciliate whose con-

tractile vacuole works inefficiently. This pathological vacuolation

and diffluence do not occur if to the water there be added a suffi-

ciency of sugar, saltpetre, glycerine, or other innocuous osmotic

substance ; and when the pretoplasm has the power of excreting a

complete cellulose wall, as in Vaucheria, the incipient vacuolation

is arrested on the formation of the wall.

The explanation of both series of facts is the same, as worked out

by a number of botanists from Von Mohl to De Vries :—

Protoplasm contains in its interstices substances of high osmotic

value ; its outer layer at least, while freely pervieus to water, is

slightly if at all pervious to these substances even in solution.

Hence, when protoplasm is immersed in water, cavities or vacuoles

form in its substance containing solutions of these substances, which

continue to enlarge by attraction of water from without ; the enlarge-

ment produces a tension which De Vries and others have by various

methods determined to be at least three atmospheres, and which may

reach fifteen atmospheres. New, naked protoplasm has very little

toughness; it yields readily to the increasing tension and to the

expansion of the vacuole, and finally bursts and disintegrates. On

the other hand, cellulose and chitinous cyst-walls are sufficiently

tough to resist; and equilibrium is attained when, after a certain

amount of stretching, the elasticity of the wall balances the tension

of the vacuoles due to osmosis.

If, however, in the absence of a tough wall the vacuole, instead

of extending indefinitely and bursting irregularly, (a) opens by a

minute pore, (4) contracts regularly as it expels its contents, (c)

closes up simultaneously with the completion of their expulsion,—

then no part of the inner protoplasm is expesed directly to the water,

and we havea mechanism which expels regularly the plasmatic juice

or cell-sap when over-diluted and over-abundant, and which prevents

the destruction of the protoplasm by bursting and diffluence. This

is the mechanism of the contractile vacuole, which is thus a physio-

logical necessity to the naked cell living in water, just as the kidney

is to the multicellular animal organism.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iii. 5

66 Miscellaneous.

I will add one unpublished observation to the well-known facts here

brought together. Two sporanges of Saprolegnia opened at an early

stage of the partial segregation of the protoplasm into masses. Part

of the protoplasm in each slowly escaped and aggregated into rounded

masses. The first discharged masses underwent the usual patho-

logical changes and diffluence ; the later masses (from both sporangia)

had already acquired the power of forming contractile vacuoles pos-

sessed by the zoospores ; the numerous small vacuoles appeared and

contracted regularly, lines of separation formed and deepened, and

the masses divided into zoospores, which separated and swarmed,

just like the protoplasm which remained in the sporange, though

more slowly. This observation seems to aftord a crucial test of the

truth of the thesis that the contractile vacuole has the function of

preventing excessive vacuolation and diffluence of naked cells in

water.

The following is a brief summary of the points on which the above

thesis rests :—

1. All naked protoplasmic bodies living in fresh water have at

least one contractile vacuole.

2. The possession of this is quite independent of the systematic

position of the organism and of the presence of chlorophyll *.

3. The vacuole loses its contractility on the formation of a strong

cell-wall or cyst, and may even disappear.

4, It is absent from Gregarinida and Opalina and the Radiolaria

which inhabit saline liquids.

5. When, owing to morbid conditions, the efficiency of the con-

tractile vacuole is impaired, excessive vacuolation and diffluence

ensue.

6. Conversely, as soon as contractile vacuoles appear, the tendency

to excessive vacuolation and diffluence is arrested.

It may be suggested that the perforations of the nephridial cells

in Vermes and embryonic mollusks and of the epiblastic gland-cells

of Vermes and Arthropods are due to the persistence of the con-

tractile vacuole, the opening of which has become permanent, while

its contractility has been superseded in the kidneys at least by other

arrangements. Even the goblet-cells of mucous epithelia may

possibly be traced to this origin.

On Adelphotaxy, an undescribed Form of Irritability.

By Professor Marcus M. Harroe, D.Sc., M.A.

In Achlya, a genus of Saprolegniese, the zoospores lie in the

sporange before liberation closely appressed together, with their long

axes parallel, instead of showing the rotatory hustling movements

of other species. On liberation, instead of separating and swimming

* Hence the function cannot be exclusively respiratory, though it may

aid respiration.

+ Read at the British Association (Bath), 1888.

Miscellaneous. 67

off, each on its own account, they remain near the mouth of the

sporange, each in turn edging its way in between those that have

already escaped, with its narrower flagellate (anterior) end inwards.

They thus form a hollow sphere, each zoospore rotating round its

long axis (radial to the sphere) before encysting in its place. ‘The

only explanation that will fit these phenomena is that these zoo-

spores are endowed with a peculiar irritability, in virtue of which

they tend to place themselves close together side by side, with their

long axes parallel. This irritability is only exerted at a short dis-

tance ; for if a zoospore be pushed as little as its long diameter

away, whether by accident or design, it fails to find its place, but

swims off to and fro, instead of rotating in situ, before encysting.

In a critical review of a paper by Rothert, I have given the

name ‘ adelphotauxy” to this form of irritability, consisting in the

tendency of spontaneously motile cells to assume definite positions with

regard to their fellows.

Leaving aside the kindred question of tissue-formation and the

processes in the embryo-sac of Phanerogams, adelphotaxy is of rare

occurrence in the Vegetable Kingdom. Two good instances occur

in the Chlorophytes. In Pediastrum the contents of each cell of

the flat disk break up into sixteen (or thirty-two) zoospores, which

swarm in the cell and then unite edge to edge to form a new disk.

So in each cell of a Hydrodictyon the many thousand zoospores unite

end to end to form a new network with hexagonal meshes.

In many of the Myxomycetes the plasmodia aggregate together

before fructification to form the compound masses termed ethalia ;

possibly even the very formation of plasmodia may be regarded as

a mode of adelphotaxy.

We may perhaps go a step further and describe the parallel or con-

verging courses of Mungus hyphe to form mycehum-strings, fruit-

podies, and pseudo-parenchyma as extreme cases of adelphotaxy.

I think this principle affords a ready explanation of many cases

of cellular aggregations in the animal embryo and the formation of

the spermatophores of many animals, notably Limicolous worms.

The relations of sexual and isogamous union of gametes to adel-

photaxy are obvious; for, though in some cases of sexual union

chemotaxy has been shown by Pfeffer to be involved in bringing the

active gamete from a distance, that will not cover the actual fusion

of the two cells.

What may be the mechanism of adelphotaxy it is impossible to

see at present ; but its existence as a distinct mode of irritability

must now be recognized,

On the Hersiliide, a new Family of Commensal Copepoda.

By M. Evekne Canu

The author has discovered at Wimereux two new genera, very

nearly allied to Hersilia and commensals of various Invertebrates,

68 Miscellaneous.

and he has come to the conclusion that the Hersilians constitute a

new family equally distinct from the Siphonostomata and the Pel-

tidians. He considers that in the ontogeny of the most diverse

types the first rank in order of appearance is to be given to charac-

ters drawn from the buccal appendages, and he has employed these

characters prominently in the following diagnoses :—

Family Hersi4niip 2.

Body completely segmented, first thoracic somite united with the

cephalic segment. Anterior antenné 7-jointed, similar in the two

sexes. Posterior antenne simple, 4-jointed. -Mandibles without

palpi or masticatory teeth, furnished at their distal extremity with

movable accessory pieces in the form of a solid and recurved claw, or

of flattened laminee with the margins notched and denticulate, or of

bearded sete, Mavxillee rudimentary, divided into an inner masti-

catory lobe and an external palpiform lobe. Paragnathi much

developed, concealing the mandibles. Thoracic feet biramose and

with triarticulate rami in the first four pairs; simple and flattened

in the fifth.

* Mandibles having at their distal extremity a recurved claw

and

A. Two accessory pieces :—

1. Of which the anterior is a flattened and notched lamina, and the

posterior a small bearded seta. In the male the inner maxilli-

pede is composed of two joints and a greatly reduced prehensile

extremity. Genus Hersilia, Philippi.

One species:—H. apodiformis, Phil. (= Clausidium testudo,

Kossm.), upon the carapace of Callanasse in the Mediterranean

and Adriatic.

2. Nearly identical and in the form of flattened denticulate lamine.

The inner maxillipede of the male contains, besides the two

basal joints, a long recurved claw. Genus Gardella, Canu.

The genus is dedicated to Prof. A. Giard. There is one species,

Giardella Callianasse, Canu, which is abundant in the galleries of

Callianassa subterranca in the sands of the Pointe-des-Oies, near

Wimereux.

B. Vhree accessory pieces, of which the anterior is a long,

notched, subtriangular lamina, and the others two long

bearded and flexible sete. Genus Hersilioides, Canu.

Three species :—

1. Hersilioides Pelseneert, Canu, found in the tube of a Clymenian

which is very abundant at the Pointe-des-Oies.

2. Hersilioides Thomson, Canu, of which three immature ex-

Miscellaneous. 69

amples were taken, in the month of April, upon the abdominal feet

of Callianassa.

3. Hersilioides Puffint, Thomson (Cyclops Puffini, J. C. Thoms.,

Proc. Biol. Soc. Liverp. vol. ii. 1887).—Comptes Rendus, November

12, 1888:"p2 (92.

Pebrilla, a new Genus of Infusoria living on the Hermit-crab,

By Prof. A. Grarp.

Prof. Giard, at the close of a notice of the species of Folliculina

observed on the French coasts, gives a short description of a new

form allied to that genus which he proposes to name Pebrilla

pagurt. He has found this Infusorian on the abdomen of hermit-

crabs (Hupagurus Bernhardus) infested by Peltogaster pagurt and

Phryxus paguri, but does not doubt that it may also exist upon

healthy subjects. It forms small colonies placed either in the vicinity

of the feet or at the posterior extremity of the abdomen of the hermit-

erab. These colonies are visible by the naked eye as black patches,

which retain their colour even after being long in spirits.

The capsule of Pebrilla is of an oblong-ovate form, with a pro-

jecting tubercle at the hinder extremity, within which the actual

bedy of the Infusorian is attached ; it is strongly constricted trans-

versely in the middle, and the aperture is surrounded by a nearly

erect or slightly everted collar. The lobes which surmount the

mouth of the Infusorian are shorter than in the Folliculinw, and

the nucleus is very large and moniliform. It is not uncommon to

find individuals in a state of bipartition or of gemmiparous repro-

duction.

Pebrilla paguri, like the Phryxus and Peltogaster, evidently avails

itself of the currents of water which circulate along the abdomen of

the hermit-crab, and it forms an interesting addition to the long list

of commensals of that Crustacean. The specimens on which it was

found were collected at Pouliguen and Roscoff, those from the latter

locality in 1872, and yet the Infusorians were so well preserved

that their vibratile cilia and moniliform nucleus could be clearly

seen.— Bull. Sci. de la France et de la Belgique, 1888, p. 316,

plexes fips, 1.2.

On the Nutrition of the Protozoa. By Dr. M. MEtssner.

Dr. Meissner in the first place refers to previous experiments in

the feeding of Protozoa, as those made by Count Gleichen-Russ-

wurm in the last century and continued at a later date by Ehren-

berg. In both cases the inception of grains of carmine into the

body-substance of Infusoria was observed.

The food of the Protozoa is well known to consist of low forms of

70 Miscellaneous.

Algee and Fungi and of smaller representatives of the Protozoan

world itself. The larger forms even take in small Vermes (Rota-

toria) as welcome prey. To ascertain what constituents of the

incepted objects are assimilated by the Protozoa the animals were

fed with the individual materials which enter into the composition

of these objects. Starch, fat, and albumen are the chief constituents

of the food of the Protozoa. The author has tried what changes

these substances undergo in the plasma of the Rhizopoda and Infu-

soria.

He first of all fed Amebe with rice-starch by placing a fragment

of the size of a pea in a small glass vessel containing vegetable

débris, in which the presence of different Rhizopoda had been

ascertained. In a few days the inception of the starch-grains could

be recognized in several individuals. But these grains underwent

absolutely no alteration, although many of them remained for more

than a week in the Amebe.

Hence it appeared that starch-grains are not digested by Amebe.

The author experimented with Ameba princeps, A. radiosa, Pelo-

myva palustris, and Actinophrys sol.

In the oil-experiments olive-oil coloured with tincture of alkanet

was employed. But it proved that this also remained quite undi-

gested after it had been taken up by the animals in the form of

very small globules.

Thus it could only be supposed that albumen is the principal

nutriment of the Amcoebiform organisms, and this supposition was

confirmed by experiment. Although the Amebe are apparently

unable to digest boiled albumen, observations upon the fate of the

albumen of the Protista taken in showed that in this case a solution

takes place. The protoplasm of the swallowed Protozoa, Algve, and

Fungi, after being liquefied, is taken up, or rather absorbed, by

the sarcode of the Rhizopods, while the indigestible remains are

thrown out.

With regard to the Infusoria Dr. Meissner arrived at very similar

results. He made feeding-experiments with Climacostomum virens,

Vorticella nebulifera, and Peranema trichophorum. From these it

appeared that the Infusoria, when all other nourishment has been

extracted, convert the incepted starch into a substance which, when

treated with a solution of iodine, is coloured red (dextrine?), and

which is afterwards dissolved in the body. Oil, on the other hand,

remained quite unaltered, while vegetable and animal albumen was

assimilated. Bviled albumen, however, remained unaltered, as in

the Rhizopods.

How quickly the solution and assimilation of the albumen take

place in many cases is shown by the observed digestion of a Difflu-

gia by a Climacostomum virens, which only occupied twenty-five

minutes. After this lapse of time the Rhizopod was completely

digested, and its empty shell remained within a vacuole in the in-

terior of the Infusorian.—Zeitschr. fur wiss. Zool, Bd. xlvi. ; Abstract

by Dr. O. Zacharias in Biol, Centralblatt, 1888, p. 547.

Miscellaneous. ral

A Study of the Hydrangea in relation to Cross-Fertilization.

By Tuomas Mrenan.

That many flowers are arranged for cross-fertilization needs no

argument to sustain it, nor is it less certain that some flowers can

only be fertilized through the aid of wind or insects. Sprengel, it

is well known, in the early part of the present century, placed this

beyond doubt. The great question is not, do plants generally cross-

fertilize ? but why do they do it? Mr. Darwin’s great work in this

connexion has been to prove that plants abhor in-and-in breeding,

that the struggle for life is necessarily the chief object of existence,

and that cross-fertilization tends to make the race stronger and

better fitted to engage in this struggle than close breeding would do.

The results of many of Mr. Darwin’s experiments sustain his views,

as do those of many others; but to my mind just as large a number

do not sustain them. Mr. Darwin himself has candidly stated that

continuous self-fertilization does not in the least impair the fertility

of the race. Mere negative vigour is the leading advantage he finds

in crossed plants. (Cross and Self-fertilization, Chap. IX. p. 327.)

It is not my object now to controvert the views of Mr. Darwin,

or of his numerous followers. My view of one object of nature in

cross-fertilization is to aid in production of variety. I have shown

ever since discussion grew warm on these subjects, that variation is

essential to the present order of things,—that nature, to be consis-

tent with herself, must provide for variations if for no other purpose

than to make variety. I now propose to show, by some studies in

Hydrangea, that the variations in the species are of the most con-

tradictory character taken from the standpoint of benefits in the

struggle for life, while they are entirely consistent with my view of

variation for variety’s sake. Our garden Hydrangea, from Japan

(Hydrangea hortensis*), has the ray-florets sterile, or rather it is the

lateral florets of the compound cyme that give the enlarged sepals,

and fail to perfect the gynecium. The terminal florets are fertile.

In H. quercifolia all the lateral florets are fertile, and it is only the

terminal one that has petaloid sepals and is barren. Will any one

assert that these exactly opposite conditions can have any bearing

whatever as aids in a struggle for life? Suppose we say that the

attractive sepals are given to these species for the purpose of attract-

ing insects, and thus aiding cross-fertilization. With this view we

examine the American species H. arborescens, and we find barely

an attempt to make these enlarged petaloid sepals. There are

small ones on a few terminals and this is all. It has made out

certainly as well in the great struggle as either of its two brethren.

But is it a fact that the showy sepals are given to the plant to attract

* Franchet and Savatier insist that Smith’s name of H. hortens’s has

priority over H. Hortensia.

72 Miscellaneous.

insects? There is neither pollen nor nectar in the male flowers of

H. hortensis. They conceal the terminal hermaphrodites, and it is

scarcely probable that many insects, if any, visit the flowers. In the

other two, many insects visit the flowers—so far as my observations

go, as many visit the H. arborescens without the attractive sepals, as

the H. quercifolia that makes such a show of them.

Turning to the minute fertile flowers on these two species, we

are struck by the immense number of stamens and the enormous

number of pollen-grains one of these racemose cymes gives us. I

estimated the number of stamens on one of /7/. quercifolia at 13,000 ;

shaken over a sheet of dark paper it completely whitens it. Its pollen

can be carried by the wind everywhere, why should it develop petaloid

sepals to attract insects? Both species have the odour of hawthorn,

but in addition AH. quercifolia has an enormous yield of nectar, which

is apparently not abundant in H. arborescens. In spite of all the

attractions, the petaloid sepals, the abundance of pollen, the delight-

ful fragrance, the superabundance of nectar, and the actual visits of

numerous insects, the flowers are self-fertilizing. The outer row of

five stamens mature pollen simultaneously with the expansion of the

petals, which falls at once on the receptive stigmas, some hours after

the inner series mature, and ensures that self-fertilization which the

pollen from the first series may possibly have missed. The only pos-

sible aid insects can give is in self-fertilization.

It is broadly asserted that we owe to the existence of insects the

various forms and colours of flowers with their grateful odours and

sweet secretions. Here we have illustrations of the most dissimilar

and contradictory variations in a single genus, variations which

cover all the leading points called for by the insect-adaptationists,

and, so far as any “argument in common use goes, could have oc-

curred with as much reason if not a single insect ever existed. The

facts are absolutely inexplicable on any theory of the survival of the

fittest in the struggle for life; but on my view of the absolute

necessity of variation for its own sake the explanation seems simple

enough.

Variation is inseparable from even the closest in-and-in breeding.

We are as fully justified in saying that nature abhors a perpetuity

of form as that she abhors in-and-in breeding, and we can just as

earnestly claim cross-fertilization as an agent in bringing about

variation for the sake of variety as for the reasons usually g given,

and which we find we cannot apply with consistency in so many

cases.

That cross-fertilization aids variation we may well believe is a

sufficient reason for its existence, without assuming that it has no

other office to perform.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1888, p. 277

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 14. FEBRUARY 1889.

IX.—Report on a Second Collection of Sponges from the Gulf of

Manaar. By ArtTuur Denby, M.Sc., F.L.S., Demonstrator

and Assistant Lecturer in Biology in the University of

Melbourne.

[Plates III.-V.]

A LITTLE more than a year ago | published in this Journal

an account * of a collection of sponges made by Mr. Edgar

Thurston, Superintendent of the Government Central Mu-

seum at Madras, off the shores of the Island of Riméswaram

in the Gulf of Manaar. Shortly before leaving HKngland I

received from Mr. Thurston a second collection, obtained in

the neighbourhood of the ‘Tuticorin Pearl Banks. This

collection was of even greater interest than the first, and its

value was greatly enhanced by the fact that Mr. Thurston

had carefully preserved portions of nearly all the species in

spirit, and had also kept a record of the colours of the sponges

in the living state. Unfortunately my report on this col-

lection has been greatly delayed by pressure of other work,

and even now I feel that I have been unable to do full justice

* “The Sponge-fauna of Madras,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol, xx. p. 153,

Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 6. Vol, ili. 6

a Mr. A. Dendy on Sponges from

to the material at my disposal. To illustrate the Report

fully eight or ten quarto plates would have been required, and

I was unable to make arrangements for obtaining these before

leaving England. Ihave therefore thought it best, in prefer-

ence to delaying any longer, to publish full descriptions of

the species in this place, together with such illustrations as

were practicable under the circumstances.

The pieces preserved in spirit proved of very great service

and enabled me to investigate to a certain extent the minute

anatomy of one or two of the species, and especially of

Spongionella nigra, in the case of which it would have been

quite impossible without spirit-preserved material to determine

the true characters of the sponge. I hope that I may be able

to make fuller use of the spirit-preserved material for anato-

mical investigation at a later date.

The collection comprises twenty-four determinable species,

of which fourteen are new to science and two are represented

by new varieties. Of the twenty-four species one belongs to

the Tetractinellida, nineteen to the Monaxonida, and four to

the Ceratosa, and there is also an undeterminable species of

Hircinia.

Amongst the old species there are several forms of very

great interest, chief amongst them being 4 winella tubulata, a

sponge hitherto scarcely known at all and whose peculiar

characters, which were most curiously misunderstood by

Dr. Bowerbank, are here shown to be due to the presence of

a commensal tubicolous Annelid. Amongst the new species

the most important is undoubtedly Spongionella nigra, of

which I give a full account later on.

The colours of the sponges in life were, as usual, very

varied and brilliant. Judging from what Mr. Bracebridge

Wilson, who has had great experience in dredging sponges

in the neighbourhood of Port Phillip, tells me, I am inclined

to believe that the colours of the living sponges will be

found to be of great service in distinguishing the species.

Some idea of the brilliance and variety of the natural

colouring may be gained from the following complete list of

the species in Mr. Thurston’s second collection.

TETRACTINELLIDA.

Tetiila hirsuta, nu. sp. (No colour recorded.)

MONAXONIDA.

Petrosta testudinarta, Lamarck, sp. Pink.

ftentera madrepera, nu. sp. (No colour recorded.)

the Gulf of Manaar. 75

Pachychalina multiformis, Lendenfeld, sp., var. manaar-

ensis, nov. Pale violet or light pink.

delicatula, n. sp. (No colour recorded.)

spinilamella, n. sp. Pale yellow.

Stphonochalina communis, Carter, sp. Bluish brown.

erassifibra, n. sp. Deep blue.

Gelliodes carnosa, n. sp. Grey.

Lotrochota baculifera, Ridley, var. flabellata, Dendy.

Black (in spirit or when dry dark purple).

Clathria indica, n. sp. Bright red.

corallitincta, n. sp. Coral-red.

Rhaphidophlus spiculosus, n. sp. Vermilion.

fHymeniacidon ? fatida, n. sp. Grey.

Axinella labyrinthica, n. sp. Bright orange.

Donnani, Bowerbank, sp. Orange.

tubulata, Bowerbank, sp. Pinkish red or red.

Ciocalypta Tylert, Bowerbank, var. manaarensis, nov.

White.

Auletta aurantiaca, n. sp. Bright orange.

Acanthella Carter?, n. sp. Orange-red.

CERATOSA.

Spongionella nigra, n. sp. Black.

Hircinia clathrata, Carter. Reddish brown.

?sp. Blackish grey.

Aplysina purpurea, Carter. Grey (in spirit, or, when

dry, dark purple).

fusca, Carter. (No colour recorded.)

Specimens of all these species, which I shall now describe,

as z ;

are in the British Museum, South Kensington. The spicular

terminology here employed is that given in the ‘ Challenger’

Reports on Monaxonida and Tetractinellida.

TETRACTINELLIDA.

Tetilla hirsuta, n. sp.

This species is represented in the collection by two good

specimens, each of which is spherical and attached to a stone

by the base. The larger of the two specimens is 40 or 50

millim. in diameter. There is no record of the colour of the

sponge in the living state, but in spirit the specimens are

dark grey, almost black. The surface of the sponge is hir-

sute, owing to the presence of long spicules projecting out-

wards and downwards in a thatch-like manner. The con-

76 Mr. A. Dendy on Sponges from

tinuity of the surface is interrupted at irregular intervals

by a number of pits or depressions, which form a very con-

spicuous external character. Some of the pits are shallow

and hemispherical, others deep and tubular; some have in

their floor the evident openings of a number of oscular tubes

while others are lined by a smooth continuous membrane

which presents no openings to the naked eye. In sections

the floor of a pit is sometimes seen to be perforated by a

number of very smal] pores, which are doubtless inhalant. I

have not been able to work out in detail the arrangement of

the pores and oscula ; but from the examination of my sections

I have come to the conclusion that some of the surface- -pits

are localized pore-areas, while others are oscular areas. ‘T'his

condition recalls that described by Professor Sollas in his

Cinachyra barbata * ; but further investigations are required

to enable one to say how far the resemblance holds good ; in

any case the two species appear to be quite distinct, yand the

arrangement of the oscula, although in both they are con-

fined to special pits on the sur face, appears to be different in

the two cases.

The skeleton of the sponge is arranged in a_ perfectly

typical radiate manner, the stout radiating fibres all starting

from a dense central nucleus. There is no special cortical

skeleton of radiately disposed oxea, such as occurs in Cina-

chyra.

Spicules.— (a). Megasclera:—(1) Very long, fusiform,

straight oxea, tapering very gradually to a fine point at each

end; size about 3°) by 0°042 millim. (2) Protriznes, with

very long and very slender shaft and rather short, sharp-

pointed cladi; length of shaft in a well-developed example

about 0°46 millim., diameter about 0:014 millim.; length of

cladi about 0°049 millim., diameter at base about 0-007

millim. These spicules are often of hair-like dimensions.

(3) Anatrienes, with shaft perhaps somewhat shorter than

that of the protrizne and often of hair-like thinness.

(6). Microsclera :—Very small slender sigmaspires, about

0:022 millim. long.

Concerning the details of the histology and canal-system of

this sponge ] am not able to give much information. It is

difficult to work out, owing to the great development of

spicules, and I have only the smaller of the two specimens at

my disposal. The ectosome is fairly thick and gelatinous,

with a tendency to become fibrous. ‘lhe choanosome presents

* Report on the Tetractinellida of the ‘Challenger’ Expedition,

p. 23.

the Gulf of Manaar. 77

a condition intermediate between collenchymatous (gelatinous)

and sarcenchymatous (granular). The flagellated chambers

are more or less spherical and about 0°02 millim. in diameter ;

their mode of opening I have not been able to determine

precisely.

MONAXONIDA.

Petrosia testudinaria, Lamarck, sp. (Pl. ILI. figs. 1, 2, 3.)

1815. Aleyonium testudinartum, Lamarck, Mémoires du Muséum

d’Histoire naturelle, tome i. p. 167.

1882. Reniera crateriformis, Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. x. p. 115.

1884. Reniera testudinaria, Ridley, Zool. Coll. H.M.S. ‘Alert’ (Brit.

Mus.), p. 409.

1887. Reniera crateriformis, Carter, Journ, Linn. Soe., Zool, vol. xxi.

ps 7.

This species is represented in the collection by a single

very fine cup-shaped specimen (PI. III. fig.1). It measures 40

centim. in height and 127 centim. in maximum circumference ;

the longer diameter of the aperture of the cup is 38 centim.,

the shorter diameter 17 centim., and the depth of the cup

18 centim.; the diameter of the base of the sponge is 30

centim.

The outer surface of the sponge is beset with very promi-

nent parallel ridges running vertically upwards; these ridges

are much better defined and more regular and continuous than

in any other specimen in the British-Museum collection ;

their average height is 4 or 5 centim. and the average dis-

tance between them is 5 centim.

The colour of the sponge in the living state is pink, in the

dry state light brownish yellow. ‘The texture of the dry

specimen is fragile and crumbling.

The sponge is lipostomous ; wide canals are seen running

outwards at right angles to the general surface of the sponge

and terminating underneath networks on the margins of the

ridges.

‘There are similar covered oscula on the inside of the cup.

It thus appears that the oscula occur on the inside of the

cup and on the ridges, but are hidden by a spicular network

similar to that which covers the general surface of the sponge,

only coarser.

‘The skeleton is a close irregular network of stout fibres com-

posed of a great number of spicules loosely and irregularly

bound together.

The spicules are slightly curved, ranging in form from

78 Mr. A. Dendy on Sponges from

oxeote to strongylote; they vary much in size, especially in

diameter, the average measurements of a full-grown spicule

being about 0°37 by 0°0175 millim,

My examination of a very fine series of specimens in the

British Museum has shown me that the spiculation of this

species varies considerably; but I know of no tangible

characters whereby the different varieties can be separated.

The specimen collected by Dr. Anderson in the Mergui

Archipelago (fig. 2) resembles Mr. Thurston’s specimen in

texture and cup-like shape; but the surface-ridges are much

more jagged and irregular and the spicules are rather larger.

Ridley’s cup-shaped specimen from the ‘ Alert’ collection

differs in its thin walls, tougher texture, and small size, but

agrees pretty well in spiculation.

Lamarck says of his specimen :— Cet aleyon forme une

plaque elliptique, un peu convexe en dessus, concave en des-

sous comme s'il s’étoit moulé sur le dos de quelque crabe, et

rappelle la forme de la carapace supérieure d’une tortue.””

Probably his specimen was only a fragment of the side of a

cup. The fragment in the British Museum, purporting to

come from Lamarck’s collection, agrees very well in general

appearance with our present specimen, so far, of course, as

can be judged from a small piece ; the spicules measure 0°47

by 0:017 millim. and have well-rounded ends.

Reniera madrepora,n. sp. (Pl. IV. fig. 9.)

The single specimen in the collection is bushily ramose ;

it branches very freely, and the branches are short, subcylin-

drical or somewhat flattened, and often anastomose. The

branching shows a decided tendency to become palmate and

there is a short stout pedicel. The height of the specimen is

150 millim. and the greatest breadth a little more ; the average

diameter of the branches is about 8 millim. The oscula are

small and scattered, chiefly on the inwardly-turned faces of

the branches. The surface in the dry state is minutely

hispid, the texture rather hard but brittle, and the colour

dull orange. No record was kept of the colour in the living

state.

The skeleton is arranged in the rectangular manner charac-

teristic of the genus, with obvious distinction into primary

and secondary fibres; but it is irregular, and, though dense,

the spicules are loosely bound together and may occur scat-

tered outside the true primary and secondary lines of the

skeleton. In the centre of the branches the skeleton becomes

the Gulf of Manaar. 79

very dense and irregular and contains a large amount of

spongin.

The spicules (fig. 9) are slightly curved oxea, tapering

gradually to a Say point at each end. Average size of

full-grown spicule about 0°175 by 0:007 millim.

This species resembles most nearly Bowerbank’s Jsodictya

dichotoma *, but the growth is much more robust, the texture

harder, the skeleton less regularly arranged, and the spicules

longer "than in that species, so that, taking into consideration

the | great difference in locality, I have thought it desirable to

keep them separate.

Pachychalina multiformis, Lendenfeld, sp.,

var. manaarensis, NOV.

1887. Ceraochalina multiformis, Lendenfeld, Zoologische Jahrbiicher,

Bd. ii. p. 783.

This variety is represented in the collection by fifteen dry

specimens and two pieces in spirit. The sponge consists of

erect, sessile, flattened lamellae, with irregularly undulating

and frequently proliferating surface. ‘The colour of the living

sponge was in one case pale violet and in another light pink ;

when dry it is greyish yellow, orange, or pale violet, and in

spirit greyish yellow. The largest specimen is 250 millim.

wide and 175 millim. high and the thickness of the lamella

is about 5 millim. The texture of the dry specimens is

tough and rather hard. The oscula are numerous and con-

fined almost entirely to one surface of the lamella ; they are

about 1 millim. in diameter and they have slightly raised

margins.

The dermal skeleton is a close network of relatively stout

horny fibres, containing spicules for the most part uniserially

arranged,

The main skeleton is a fairly regular rectangular network

of stout horny fibres containing a ereat deal of spongin. ‘Lhe

spicules are numerous in the primary fibres and few in the

secondaries ; they also occur outside the fibres.

The spicules are short slender oxea, straight or very slightly

curved; the average size of a full-grown example is about

0-077 by 0-0036 millim.

‘he external form of this variety is characteristic and fairly

constant. Six dry specimens of it also occur in Mr. ‘Thurs-

ton’s first collection, but are not mentioned in my Report ;

three of these are of - violet colour, and the other three are of

* Mon. Brit. Spong. vol. ii. p. 809, vol. iii. pl. liii. figs. 12-14.

80 Mr, A. Dendy on Sponges from

a gveyish-yellow colour. They exhibit a more strongly

marked tendency to form digitate processes than do the

specimens in the second collection.

Pachychalina delicatula, n. sp.

Sponge erect, sessile, bushily lamellar, with a slight ten-

dency to throw off digitate processes. Very delicate in

appearance. Surface smooth, covered by a very delicate

dermal membrane. ‘Texture open, resilient. Colour in the

dry state light yellow. Oscula situated chiefly on the mar-

gins of the lamella. The single specimen in the collection

is 180 millim. high and 220 millim. in greatest breadth.

The lamelle measure up to 21 millim. in thickness at the

margin, but usually much less. ‘The oscula average about

3 millim. in diameter.

The dermal skeleton is a close-meshed irregular reticulation

of slender horny fibre containing very slender spicules arranged

sometimes uniserially and sometimes multiserially. The

main skeleton is a wide-meshed reticulation of very stout

primary and secondary fibres. Both primary and secondary

fibres are composed of a very great number ot slender spicules

packed close together all through the fibre and united by

spongin. Both primary and secondary fibres average about

0°126 millim. in diameter. The wide imterspaces between

them are partially occupied by an irregular network of ver

much slenderer polyspiculous fibres * about 0°0175 millim. in

diameter, branching and anastomosing freely with each other

and with the primaries and secondaries. Numerous spicules

oecur scattered outside the fibres.

The spicules are very slender slightly curved oxea,

measuring about 0°098 by 0:00385 millim.

Pachychalina spinilamella, n. sp.

Sponge consisting of erect, flattened, frondose or digitate

thick lamelle. Both surfaces of the lamellae are covered

with numerous short stout spines. ‘The largest specimen is

attached to a mass of nullipore; it is 160 millim. high and

185 millim. broad, while the thickness of the lamelle is about

13 millim. (Another specimen consists of a short stalk about

47 millim. high and 20 millim. in diameter, dividing into

two upright flattened branches, one of which is hollow,

penetrated by a wide, vertical, oscular tube ; total height of

* For the sake of convenience these tibres may be termed “ tertiary.”

the Gulf of Manaar. 81

specimen 135 millim.) ‘The oscula are rather large, com-

monly about 4 millim. in diameter in well-grown specimens ;

they occur on one surface only of the lamella and sometimes

round the margin. ‘The dermal membrane is distinct, with a

well-developed reticulation of spiculo-fibre.

The colour in life was pale yellow ; when dry it is brownish

yellow, and the same colour, only darker, in spirit. Texture

in the dry state tough and hard, but rather open. When the

sponge is held up to the light stout primary skeleton-fibres

are seen ramifying upwards in a dendritic manner and termi-

nating in the conuli on the surface.

The dermal skeleton is a quite irregular network of very

stout fibres, containing a great number of closely packed

spicules whose meshes are subdivided by an irregular network

of very slender fibres both uni- and multispiculous.

The main skeleton is also irregular and composed of very

stout primary fibres about 0°18 millim. in diameter, rather

slenderer secondaries and slender tertiaries, about 0015 millim.

in diameter. All the fibres contain a very great number ot

spicules, closely packed side by side, and occupying almost

the whole thickness of the fibre ; but there is plenty of spon-

gin uniting them together. Spicules are abundantly scattered

about outside as well as in the fibres.

The spicules are relatively long, very slender oxea, usually

slightly curved, measuring about 0°126 by 0:0017 millim.

They are gradually and sharply pointed at each end.

There are in the collection four dry specimens of this

sponge and a piece in spirit.

Siphonochalina communis, Carter, sp.

1881. Tubulodigitus communis, Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol, vil. p. 567,

With this species I identify a single fine specimen attached

to a fragment of rock, to which is also attached a small

specimen of Hircinia clathrata. he sponge consists of a

thin incrusting basal mass, spreading over the surface of the

rock and throwing out abundant short, upright, tubular pro-

cesses, each terminating in a single osculum. The tubes

reach some 70 millim. in maximum height and the oscula

average about 4 millim. in diameter. The tubes anastomose

freely with one another and also branch to some extent ;

they average about 5 or 6 millim. in diameter.

The colour in lite was bluish brown ; in spirit it is yellowish

brown, and when dry the same with a decidedly purplish

82 Mr. A. Dendy on Sponges from

tinge. The texture in the dry state is stiff and resilient, but

very brittle.

The dermal skeleton is a delicate close-meshed network of

relatively stout horny fibre cored by uniserially arranged

slender spicules.

The main skeleton is composed of stout primary and secon-

dary fibres arranged rectangularly and fairly regularly, cored

by slender spicules arranged uniserially in the secondary fibres

and either uni- or multiserially in the primaries. Spicules

also occur plentifully scattered outside the fibres.

The spicules are slender, very slightly curved oxea, gradu-

ally sharp-pointed at the ends, measuring when full-grown

about 0°126 by 0:0047 millim.

Mr. Carter gives no generic diagnosis of Tubulodigitus,

and the species falls very well under Siphonochalina as at

present understood. His specimens also came from the Gulf

of Manaar.

y? . be x . en 5

Stphonochalina crassifibra, n. sp.

The single specimen in the collection consists of four tubes

arising from a common base. ‘Three of them grow up side

by side in the same plane, while the fourth, which is smaller,

lies in a different plane, either in front of or behind the other

three, according to the point of view. There are evident

traces of the existence, in the living sponge, of a fifth tube,

which has been taken off and preserved in spirit. The tubes

are subcylindrical, but slightly compressed in one plane, and

they are constricted occasionally at irregular intervals. Hach

tube has a large oscular opening at the top. The total

height of the specimen is 150 millim., the diameter of the

tubes about 25 millim., and the thickness of the tube-wall

about 7 or 8 millim., but variable. ‘The surface of the tubes,

owing to the projection of the ends of the stout primary fibres,

is coarsely granular. It has also a reticulate appearance, due

to the arrangement of the dermal skeleton. The colour of

the living sponge was deep blue, in spirit and in the dry state

it is brown, in the dry state with a decided tinge of purple.

The texture is coarsely fibrous, resilient.

The dermal skeleton is an irregular network of coarse fibre,

whose meshes are broken up by an equally irregular network

of fine fibre. Both sets of fibres contain numerous spicules

and an abundance of spongin ; the spicules are rather loosely

scattered through the fibre, but usually more numerous in

the axis than towards the periphery ; sometimes also they are

the Gulf of Manaar. 83

placed more or less at right angles to the long axis of the

fibre, so as to echinate it, usually in irregular groups.

The main skeleton is a rectangular network of stout pri-

mary and secondary fibres, the primaries measuring about

0°14 and the secondaries about 0:084 millim. in diameter.

Both primaries and secondaries consist of a large amount of

clear transparent spongin, with an axial core of slender

spicules multiserially arranged. The spicules are numerous

in both sets of fibres, but more so in the primaries than in

the secondaries. Numerous spicules occur scattered outside

the fibres.

The spicules are slightly curved, slender oxea, graduall

sharp-pointed at each end, measuring about 0°084 by 0:0035

millim.

Gelliodes curnosa, n. sp. (PI. IV. fig. 7.)

Sponge erect, sessile, more or less lamellar, proliferous ;

sometimes rising into short tubular processes. The arrange-

ment of the oscula and oscular tubes gives to the sponge a

very characteristic appearance. ‘he oscula are very nume-

rous and occur chiefly on the margins of the sponge, but also

on isolated papille. They average 2 to 3 millim. in dia-

meter and lead into long, narrow, vertical oscular tubes. The

presence of these tubes causes the surface of the lamellz in

which they lie to be more or less ribbed vertically, so that

the course of an oscular tube can be traced for some distance

by means of the rounded ribs on the surface. ‘The largest

specimen is 180 millim. high by 200 millim. broad. ‘The

thickness of the actual lamellee is about 6 or 7 millim.

The colour in the living state was grey and it is also

brownish grey when dry. ‘The surface is smooth but uneven,

with rather a fleshy appearance ; in spirit it appears glabrous.

The texture is tough and resilient.

The skeleton is very strongly developed, composed of a

very close, more or less regularly rectangular reticulation of

unusually stout horny fibre. ‘The primary lines have a

multispicular core of oxeote spicules, while the secondaries

have tewer spicules. In some parts the arrangement of the

skeleton becomes less regular, but it is throughout charac-

terized by a very strong development of spongin.

Spicules—(a). Megasclera:— Small, usually slightly

curved, gradually sharp-pointed oxea (fig. 7, a, 6), measuring

about 0°126 by 0:006 millim.

(6). Microsclera :—Very small and very slender sigmata

(fig. 7, ¢), about 0°017 millim. long; visible after soaking

84 Mr. A. Dendy on Sponges from

for some time in Canada balsam, when they appear abun-

dantly.

This is a well-marked species with a very characteristic

external form; there are five dry specimens of it in the col-

lection, so that it would appear to be plentiful.

Lotrochota baculifera, Ridley, var. flabellata, Dendy *

There are in the collection a single very fine dry specimen

of this variety and two small pieces preserved in spirit. The

dry specimen is shaped like the leaf of a Spanish chestnut,

consisting of a single flattened frond which has grown u

around the stem of some plant for an axis. It is 825 millim.

in height and 130 millim. in greatest breadth ; the thickness

is variable, up to about 10 millim, along the margin, but

much more in the centre. On either surface of the flattened

frond irregular proliferations are given off. A noteworthy

feature of this specimen is the presence of grooves on both

surfaces of the sponge radiating towards the margin in an

outward and upward direction, like the veins of a Spanish-

chestnut leaf. Both dry and spirit specimens contain a large

quantity of sand. The colour of the living sponge was

black, when dry or in spirit it is dark purple. The texture

when dry is very fragile, the sponge crumbling up between

the fingers like a Dysidea; in spirit, however, it is fairly

tough.

The specimen may possibly have grown erect; but from

the difference in shade of colour between the two sides and

trom the somewhat worn appearance of the lighter one I am

inclined to think that the latter was lowermost during life.

The oscula are rather small and occur chiefly along the

margin,

Clathria indica, nu. sp. (Pl. IV. fig. 10.)

Sponge erect, flabellate, consisting of a number of flat-

tened, branching e, and anastomosing trabecule, fused together

so as to form a more or less continuous frond ; sometimes

growing out into free digitate processes. Texture in the dry

state coarse and hard, fibrous and tough, in spirit softer.

Colour of the living sponge bright red, when dry or in spirit

yellowish brown. “The oscula are apparently represented by

very numerous minute openings thickly strewn over both

* For references vide Dendy, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx.

p. 1658,

the Gu’f of Manaar. 85

surfaces of the sponge. An average-sized well-grown speci-

men measures about 180 millim. in height by 28) millim. in

breadth, and the thickness of the trabecule of which it is

composed is about 4 millim. Sometimes, however, the sponge

is taller than it is broad.

The skeleton is a very well-developed close-meshed net-

work of stout horny fibres echinated by spined styli. The

distinction between primary and secondary lines is not always

very well marked, and the reticulation tends to become very

irregular ; the primary fibres, however, are more abundantly

echinated than the secondaries and they have also numerous

spined styli in the axis of the fibre, which are absent from

the secondaries.

The primary fibres measure about 0:07 millim. in diameter,

but sometimes more and sometimes less, and the secondaries

somewhat less.

Spicules.— The megasclera (fig. 10) are of two kinds :—

(1) Smooth slender styli (verging upon the tylostylote form)

or unequal-ended oxea, straight or slightly crooked, measuring

about 0°14 by 0-003 millim., occurring abundantly scattered

in the dermal membrane, but only sparingly in the choano-

some. (2) Small, straight, entirely spined styli, gradually

and sharply pointed at the apex, and frequently narrowing

somewhat at the base; size about 0°084 by 6-007 millim.

I can find no microsclera, although I have searched very

carefully for them, and this species therefore appears to be

one of those aberrant members of the genus which are devoid

of microsclera. ‘The species appears to be abundant, being

represented in the collection by eight dry specimens and a

piece in spirit.

Clathiia corallitincta, n. sp. (Pl. IV. fig. 8.)

Sponge sessile, usually lamellar, but proliferous. Con-

sisting of a close reticulation of small, branching and anas-

tomosing, irregularly cylindrical or flattened trabecule, rami-

fying upwar ds and terminating on the surface of the sponge

in short obtuse Bue es The largest specimen is 265

millim. broad by 151 millim. high. The diameter of the

separate trabecule of which the sponge is composed averages

about 2-3 millim. ‘Texture in tie dry state rather hard and

brittle, in spirit tough, resilient. The living sponge was

“red- coral ” coloured; in spirit it is yellowish grey, and

when dry the same, with tinges of red here and there.

The reticulate or clathrous character of the sponge is not

so well marked in spirit as in the dry condition, the fenestra-

86 Mr. A. Dendy on Sponges from

tions being frequently filled up by delicate membranous

tissue.

The arrangement of the horny skeleton agrees very well

with that in Clathria indica, but the spicular element is more

strongly developed, though scarcely at the expense of the

horny fibre. ‘There are an abundance of smooth styli enclosed

in the primary lines of the skeleton.

Spicules.—(a). Megasclera:—(1) Smooth styli (fig. 8, a,

b, c), straight or slightly curved, gradually sharp-pointed,

and of two principal sizes—(a) stout and relatively short,

averaging about 0-175 by 0-008 millim., abundant and

ocenrring principally in the choanosome ; (8) long and slender,

sometimes becoming slightly tylostylote, averaging about

0-22 by 0:005 millim., occurring principally in the dermal

membrane. (2) The echinating spicules (fig. 8, d); these

are short and relatively stout spined tylostyli, gradually and

very sharply pointed at the apex, and narrowing somewhat

towards the base, which is commonly expanded into a slight

head; the spines are scarce or absent for a short distance

above the base; size of spicule about 0:056 by 0-006 millim.

(6). Microsclera:—A few very minute slender isochele of

the usual Clathria type, about 0°014 millim. long. In an

embryo enclosed in the sponge there are also some small and

exceedingly slender toxa, and it is not unlikely that such may

also exist in the adult sponge, where they might escape

detection amongst the mass of larger spicules.

This species is represented in the collection by five speci-

mens and a piece in spirit.

Rhaphidophlus spiculosus, n. sp. (Pl. IV. fig. 4.)

There is in the collection a single dry specimen and a

piece in spirit. The dry specimen forms a flattened clathrous

mass of branching and anastomosing flattened trabecule *.

It seems to be a good deal shrunk up and measures in its

present condition 108 millim. in length and 72 millim. in

breadth, while the thickness of the trabecule averages about

5 millim. It is impossible to say whether the species is erect

or decumbent in life.

The colour of the living sponge was vermilion; when dry

it is light brownish yellow, with occasional red tinges, and in

spirit it is darker greyish yellow.

The texture in spirit is compact and cork-like. The oscula

are minute and scattered, mostly on or near the margins of

* That this flattening is normal is shown by the spirit specimen,

the Gulf of Manaar. 87

the flattened trabecule. The surface of the sponge is very

uneven, subglabrous in appearance in spirit, rough in the dry

condition.

The main skeleton is a dense irregular reticulation of stout

horny fibres, with rounded meshes. The fibres are about

0-1 millim. in diameter, but variable; they are abundantly

but irregularly cored by long slender tylostyli and sparsely

echinated by short spined tylostyli. Between the fibres of

the skeleton the long slender tylostyli are very thickly but

irregularly scattered through the soft tissues.

The dermal skeleton is well developed and consists of

dense, close-set, radiating brushes of long slender tylostyli

with their points projecting outwards.

Spicules.—(a). Megasclera:—(1) Long, straight, ver

slender tylostyli (fig. 4, a, 6, c), sharply and gradually pointed

at the apex, and with small oval heads at the base, which is

sometimes very minutely spined ; size of full-grown examples

about 0°294 by 0°005 millim. (2) Short, stout, spined, echi-

nating tylostyh (fig. 4, d¢, e), with rounded heads and very

sharp points ; the spines are arranged so as to leave the apex

and a space immediately above the head free; average size

of spicule about 0°07 by 0-007 millim.

(6). Microsclera:—(1) Very minute isochele of the usual

Clathria type, about 0°014 millim. long. (2) Very small,

slender, apparently smooth toxa, about 0-056 millim. long.

Hymeniacidon (¢) fatida,n. sp. (PL. 1V. fig. 5.)

Sponge massive, sessile, slightly lobose. ‘The single speci-

men in the collection measures 143 millim. in greatest breadth

and 60 millim. in height. The oscula are of fair size and

situate on the summits of the low lobes. Surface very dis-

tinctly reticulate. ‘Texture in the dry state hard and incom-

pressible, in spirit a little softer. Colour of the living sponge

grey ; when dry or in spirit the colour is dull blackish grey

on the outside and lighter internally.

The main skeleton is a very dense irregular reticulation of

large oxea, sometimes aggregated in thick strands or fibres ;

the spongin is very feebly, if at all, developed. The dermal

skeleton is a very close reticulation of stout bands of spicules.

The meshes of the reticulation are very small and rounded,

and the bands of spicules dividing them are irregular, but so

strongly developed as to cover a greater superficial area than

the actual meshes. The dermal, like the main skeleton, is

composed principally of large oxea, but there are also present

88 Mr. A. Dendy on Sponges from

a few small styli arranged with their apices projecting at the

surface of the sponge.

Spicules.—(1) Large, curved, gradually sharp-pointed

oxea (fig. 5, 6), measuring about O°8 by 0°021 millim.

(2) Small, slightly curved, smooth styli (fig. 5, a), evenly

rounded off at the base and gradually sharp-pointed at the

apex; commonly narrowing somewhat towards the base ;

size about 0:2 by 0:007 millim.

The specific name fetida has been given to this sponge on

account of the abominable smell, resembling somewhat the

smell of Valerian, given out by the dry specimen.

The presence of the small projecting styli in the dermal

skeleton recalls the similar condition described by Ridley and

Dendy in Hymeniacidon (?) subacerata *.

Axinella labyrinthica, n. sp. (Pl. V. fig. 12.)

Sponge forming sessile, low-growing, erect, branching and

anastomosing lamelle. Surface uniformly covered with

small, close-set, rather slender conuli, each about 2 millim. in

height. Colour of the living sponge bright orange; when

dry or in spirit yellowish. ‘Texture (dry and in spirit) rather

hard and fairly tough. Oscula minute, abundantly scattered

between the conuli. The single specimen is 71 millim. in

height and 200 millim. in greatest breadth; the thickness of

the lamella is about 9 millim., including the conuli.

The skeleton is an exceedingly dense’ irregular network of

spicules, in which it is very difficult to make out any distinct

fibres ; but stout columns of closely aggregated spicules may

be seen running one into each of the surface conuli. The

surface of the conuli is densely echinated by projecting spi-

cules springing from these columns. We may imagine the

whole skeleton derived from a typical axinellid form by

excessive development of the spicules, which are closely

united together.

Spicules :—(1) Smooth styli (fig. 12, b,c), usually more or

less bent, especially towards the base, and gradually sharp-

pointed at the apex; size usually about 0°42 by 0-016

millim. (2) Slender curved strongyla (tig. 12, a), as long as

or somewhat ionger than the styli, but slenderer.

This is a very beautiful species, with a well-marked and

characteristic external form,

* Vide Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Monaxonida, p. 169.

the Gulf of Manaar. 89

Axinella Donnani, Bowerbank *.

There are six dry specimens of this sponge in the collection

and also two pieces in spirit. I have nothing further to add

to the accounts given by Bowerbank and myself, excepting

that Mr. Thurston again records the colour of the living

sponge as orange.

Axinella tubulata, Bowerbank, sp. (Pl. V. fig. 11.)

1873. Haliphysema tubulatum, Bowerbank, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

1873, p. 29, pl. vii.

1878. Aulospongus tubulatus, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. i. p. 267.

This species is evidently very abundant in the Gulf of

Manaar, being represented in the collection by six dry speci-

mens and two pieces in spirit.

The sponge is massive and usually globular or subglobular

in shape. The largest specimen in the collection, which is

irregularly massive in form and rounded, is 105 millim. in

height and 97 millim. in breadth. All the specimens have

more or less flattened bases and appear to have been attached

during life, and not, as Bowerbank surmised, freely floating.

The surface of all the specimens is covered with small conical

papilla whose size varies considerably in different specimens.

Thus in one specimen they are comparatively large and_iso-

lated from one another, while in another they are small and

run into one another in a meeandriniform manner. The

eolour of the living sponge was pinkish red or red; in the

dry state it is orange and in spirit pale yellow. The oscula

are small and scattered and sometimes slightly prominent.

There is a dermal membrane connecting together the surface

conuli at a little distance below their summits. ‘The texture

is firm and hard in the dry state and softer in spirit.

The skeleton is composed of stout, irregular, branching

columns, radiating towards the surface and terminating in the

conuli. Each column is composed of various sizes of stylote

and tylostylote spicules, arranged in the usual echinating

manner characteristic of the Axinellids, with their points

projecting obliquely outwards and towards the surtace of the

sponge and their bases usually united together by spongin.

Numerous spicules also occur scattered through the soft tissues

of the sponge which cannot be assigned to any particular

* For references &c, vide Dendy, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol, xx. p. 158.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iu. 7

90 Mr. A. Dendy on Sponges from

column, and it will be evident from the figure (fig. 11) that

the columns are not very well-defined structures.

Spicules.—These are of two kinds:—(1) Large smooth

styli, more or less curved, especially towards the well-rounded

base, which is sometimes slightly swollen ; gradually sharp-

pointed at the apex; size when fully developed about 0°38

by 0°014 millim. (2) Small tylostyli, straight or bent near

the base; with small subglobular heads and very gradually

sharp-pointed at the apex ; usually more or less covered with

minute spines, which appear, however, to be always absent

from the base. ‘These spicules when full-grown average

in size about 0°119 by 0:004 millim., the diameter being

measured just above the head. It is unnecessary to give

figures of these spicules, as this has already been done by

Dr. Bowerbank (loc. cit.).

This sponge is remarkable for the presence in all specimens

of numerous commensal worms. ‘The worms are very small

tubicolous Oligochetes. Their tubes (fig. 11, a, 6, ¢) are

very slender, averaging about 0°3 millim. in diameter, and

they radiate towards the surface of the sponge, opening about

at the level of the dermal membrane, in which they appear as

minute circular pits easily visible when the surface of the

sponge is examined with a hand-lens. Sometimes the mar-

gins of the tubes are a little raised, and the tubes usually

appear close to the sides of the radiating skeleton columns.

Fig. 11 shows portions of three of the worm-tubes, one of

them (a) opening close to a surface- papilla and still containing

the woim. ‘The tubes sometimes branch; but whether or not

the worm likewise does so I have been unable to determine.

It is very possible that the presence of these commensal worms

has a good deal to do with the characteristic globular shape

of the sponge, and one might almost regard the whole struc-

ture as a spherical mass of radiately arranged tubicolous

worms in which the interstices between the individual tubes

are occupied by a sponge. It would be interesting to know

whether the worm and the sponge ever live separately or are

always associated together.

The worm-tubes are also present in Dr. Bowerbank’s type

of the species, of which I made a careful examination in the

British Museum; but he laboured under a curious mistake

as to their true nature, regarding them as a tubular skeleton

proper to the sponge. ‘This mistaken idea led him to give

a most remarkable account of the species, for which I would

refer the reader to his original paper *, as I have not space to

quote it in this place.

* Loc. cit.

the Gulf of Manaar. 91

Dr. Norman was misled by Bowerbank’s account ; and while

he shows that the species cannot be assigned to the genus

Haliphysema, he proposes for it the new generic name Aulo-

spongus *, It is unnecessary, however, to erect a new genus

for the reception of this sponge, which ‘falls very well under

Axinella.

We have here one of the most remarkable cases of com-

mensalism known amongst sponges.

Ciocalypta Tyler’, Bowerbank, var. manaarensis, nov.

1873. Ciocalypta Tyleri, Bowerbank, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 21,

pl. iv. figs. 9-12.

Of this variety there are in the collection two good dry

specimens and one of the digitate processes preserved in

spirit. The external form of the specimens closely resembles

Dr. Bowerbank’s figure. The surface of the digitate pro-

cesses is much corrugated. ‘The colour in the living state

was white, and it is also dirty yellowish white in the dry state

and in spirit. The taller of the two specimens is 55 millim.

high and 47 millim. in diameter at the base, which is approxi-

mately circular; it bears about a dozen ‘digitate processes,

springing from the cushion- shaped base, and sometimes

anastomosing, but never branching. ‘The digitate processes

are about 8 millim. in diameter at the base.

The skeleton is arranged as usual in the genus, with a

dense central axis, from which arise short columns supporting

the dermal membrane at their outer ends.

Spicules.—Slightly curved and very gradually and sharply

pointed oxea, resembling those of Halichondria panicea ;

occasionally an odd stylote form may be observed amongst

the larger ones. They vary very greatly in size; in the

dermal membrane they are small and slender, measuring as a

rule about 0:3. by 0007 millim., but with a wide range of

variation, though never attaining to nearly the dimensions of

those in the central axis ; in the axis also they vary greatly,

measuring up to about 1:25 by 0°024 millim., though this

extreme size appears to be reached only rarely, the average

size of the full-grown spicule being about 0°8 by 0-011

millim.

This variety differs from the types of the species in the

presence of the very large oxea in the central axis.

The species has hitherto been obtained from Port Eliza-

* Loe. cit.

92 Mr. A. Dendy on Sponges from

beth *, South Australia t, and the east coast of Aus-

tralia t.

Auletta aurantiaca,n. sp. (Pl. V. fig. 13.)

Sponge bushy, composed of short, branching and anasto-

mosing, thick-walled tubes, frequently united laterally so as

to form lamelle, like pan-pipes. Each tube is open at the

top. The largest specimen is 95 millim. high and 105 millim.

in diameter; the tubes are pretty constant in diameter,

averaging about 6 millim. The surface is minutely hispid

both when dry and in spirit. The texture in the dry state

is hard and firm, in spirit softer. The colour of the living

sponge was bright orange; in the dry state it varies from pale

yellow to bright orange, in spirit it is greyish yellow.

The skeleton is very loose and irregular, consisting of

stylote and oxeote spicules arranged partly in loose irregular

wisps, which run upwards and outwards and terminate in

projecting brushes at the surface of the sponge. These

represent the primary lines of the skeleton; they are some-

times crossed more or less at right angles by individual

spicules or by two or three together, which represent the

secondary lines. ‘The whole skeleton is, however, very con-

fused, and spicules occur abundantly scattered through the

choanosome which cannot be referred to either primary or

secondary skeleton lines. There is a fair amount of spongin

present.

Spicules—These are of two kinds:—(1) More or less

curved oxea (fig. 13, c, e), gradually sharp-pointed at each

end, measuring about 0°28 by 0-011 millim., not nearly so

abundant as the following. (2) Long, slender, very gradu-

ally sharp-pointed styli (fig. 13, a, 6, d), generally more or

less curved or bent. As usual in the Axinellide these spi-

cules vary greatly both in actual size and in proportion of

length to thickness; they are usually somewhat larger than

the oxea, but sometimes extremely long and slender, mea-

suring up to about 0°8 millim. in length.

There are four specimens of this very pretty species in the

collection and also a piece in spirit.

The genus Au/etta was founded by Schmidt § for his

* Bowerbank, Joc. cit.

+ Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvi. p. 366.

} Lendenfeld collection in British Museum.

§ ‘Grundziige einer Spongien-Fauna des atlantischen Gebietes,’ p. 45.

the Gulf of Manaar. 93

Auletta sycinularia, but he gives no diagnosis. Vosmaer

places the genus near Chalina and describes a new species

under the name Au/letta elegans *, which certainly seems to

belong to the genus. In his work on the Porifera in Bronn’s

‘Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs’ t he diagnoses

the genus as follows :—‘ Einzelne ‘ Person,’ oder Stock von

réhrenférmigen ‘ Personen.’ Skelet besteht aus Biindeln von

Spicula, welche vorziiglich in der Lingsrichtung verlaufen.

Spic. indic. ac.? und tr. ac. Canal-System unbekannt.”

The genus appears to be truly Axinellid {, and may be

briefly diagnosed as follows :— Tubular Axinellide. Skele-

ton reticulate. Megasclera monactinal and (sometimes at

any rate) also diactinal.”’

Hitherto the genus has been obtained only from the

Atlantic and Arctic Oceans, so that its range is very greatly

extended by Mr. Thurston’s investigations.

Acanthella Cartert, n. sp. (Pl. IV. fig. 6.)

Sponge erect, but not stipitate, lamellar. Lamellz thin,

irregular, proliferously branching, with sinuous margins.

Both surfaces of the lamelle are covered with short, stout,

conical spines and ridges, especially prominent in the dry

condition. The largest specimen is 130 millim. high by

about 180 millim. broad, and the lamellee of which it is com-

posed average about 2°5 millim. in thickness in the dry state,

excluding the spines and ridges. The texture in the dry

state is hard and fairly tough, im spirit it is softer and tougher.

The colour of the living sponge was orange-red ; in the dry

state it is dull reddish orange, and in spirit greyish yellow.

The skeleton is a very irregular network of stylote spicules,

extremely dense in certain parts of the sponge, but absent or

almost absent in others. ‘There are no definite fibres and

these are probably represented by certain denser spicular

tracts, in which occasionally traces of the typical Axinellid

arrangement of the spicules may be observed.

Spicules.—Styli of two chief forms :—(a) Short, stout,

more or less bent, gradually sharp-pointed at the apex, and

evenly rounded off at the base (tig. 6, b,c); size about 0-4

by 0°021 millim. (+) A comparatively small number of very

long and very slender slightly curved styli (fig. 6, e), evenly

* Report on Sponges dredged up in the Arctic Sea by the ‘ Willem

Barents in the years 1578 and 1879, p. 40.

T P. 341.

j Cf. Ridley and Dendy, Report on the ‘Challenger’ Monaxonida,

p. 187.

94 Mr. A. Dendy on Sponges from

rounded off at the base (or becoming tylostylote), and very

gradually sharp-pointed at the apex; size when full-grown

about 1:2 by 0-011 millim. There are also a few cylindrical

forms (strongyla) (fig. 6, 7) and still fewer oxea (fig. 6, a) ;

but these are probably only abnormal developments of the

short stout styli such as are frequently found in Axinellids.

There are three dry specimens of this sponge and a piece

in spirit.

CERATOSA.

Spongionella nigra, n. sp.

Sponge sessile, consisting of a number of vertical lamella,

branching and anastomosing with one another often in a very

complex manner. ‘The largest of the four dry specimens is

about 250 millim. high and the same in breadth, and the

thickness of the lamelle is about 5 millim. The colour of

the living sponge is black, when dry dull black, and in spirit

rather lighter blackish grey. Texture tough and resilient.

Surface (dry and in spirit) granulated. The oscula are

abundantly scattered, usually on the inwardly turned surfaces

of the lamelle, and almost or quite confined to one surface

of each lamella; they are about 1-2 millim. in diameter and

are compound, each consisting of an aggregation of several

smaller ones.

The dermal skeleton is a well-developed but irregular net-

work of horny fibre with fairly wide polygonal meshes ; the

fibres averaging about 0:02 millim. in diameter.

The main skeleton is a rectangularly meshed network of

very distinct primary and secondary fibres; the primary

fibres average about 0°049 millim. in diameter and the secon-

daries about half as much.

All the fibres of the skeleton are composed of pale-coloured

spongin without any trace of foreign enclosures. The fibres

are solid, and it is difficult to make out any distinct central

granular core, though possibly such may exist, at any rate in

some cases.

The ectosome js represented by the thin dermal membrane.

The choanosome is very delicate and gelatinous, containing a

large number of amceboid and stellate cells. The canal-

system is eminently lacunar and the lacune are very strongly

developed. The flagellated chambers are irregularly sac-

shaped and they vary much in size, the full-grown chambers

averaging about 0-07 millim. in diameter. They are not

placed very close together and lie irregularly scattered through

the Gulf of Manaar. 95

the choanosome, so as to leave frequent wide interspaces

devoid of chambers. They open directly into the excurrent

lacune.

This is a very remarkable and interesting species, one of

the most striking features of which is the large size of the

flagellated chambers. These chambers are conspicuous objects

even in unstained, hand-cut, rough preparations of ordinary

spirit material.

The genus was founded by Pena Us for his Spongio-

nella pulchella, a British species*, and he afterwards described

another species, S. Holdsworthii, from the Ceylon Pearl

Banks. All his specimens of the genus appear to have been

dry, and I am now able, from my examination of the spirit-

preserved material sent by Mr. Thurston, to amend his

original diagnosis as follows :—‘ Genus Spongionella, Bower-

bank. Sponge consisting of flattened lamella. Main skele-

ton of very distinct primary and secondary fibres without

foreign enclosures, arranged so as to leave rectangular meshes.

Ectosome a thin dermal membrane. Choanosome extremely

delicate, transparent and gelatinous. Canal-system lacunar.

Flagellated chambers very large, irregularly sac-shaped,

opening directly into the excurrent lacunee.”’

The genus possibly finds its nearest ally in Spongelia, and

would fall under Lendenfeld’s subfamily Spongeline t. It

presents, however, very striking resemblances to the Chali-

nine. ‘These resemblances are most apparent in the general

external form and in the structure and arrangement of the

horny fibres (except of course as regards the total absence of

spicules). ‘The histological character of the choanosome also

agrees with that found in Chalinine §; but the flagellated

chambers are very much larger, and this would appear to be

an important dis

According to Vosmaer {| Bowerbank’s Spongionella is

synonymous with Schmidt’s Cacospongia. This is a difficult

question, and in order to settle 1t we require a much more

extensive knowledge of the anatomy of these forms. Ac-

cording to Lendenteld ** Cacospongia is one of those forms

* Vide Mon. Brit. Spong. vol. i. pl. xxxvii. fig. 880, vol. ii. pp. 12, 359,

vol, ili. pl. lxy.

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 25.

t Vide Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 589.

§ Vide Lendenfeld, ‘ Zoologische Jabrbiicher, Band ii. p. 734.

|| Vide Lendenfeld, loe. cit.; also Dendy, Proc. Zool. Soe. end 1887,

526.

q “ Porifera,” in Bronn’s Klass. und Ordnung. des Thierreichs, p. 364.

** Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 587.

96 Mr. A. Dendy on Sponges from

which have “ small, spherical, ciliated chambers and opaque

ground-substance,” and therefore it differs greatly from Spon-

gionella nigra; but whether Dr. Bowerbank’s two species of

Spongionella agree in these respects with Cacospongia or

with Spongionella nigra is at present undeterminable. As I

cannot place my species under Cacospongia, I think it better

to retain Dr. Bowerbank’s Spongionella with emended diag-

nosis in preference to creating a new genus.

Hircinia clathrata, Carter *.

This common Ceylon species is represented in the collec-

tion by two good specimens ; unfortunately, however, there 1s

no piece in spirit. One of the two specimens is remarkable on

account of its large size and luxuriant growth ; it measures

280 millim. in height and 250 millim. in greatest breadth.

The other specimen, although smaller, is of great value in that

it exhibits certain features not hitherto observed in the species.

The specimen has been dried with the soft tissues on, and

instead of being of the usual dull yellow colour, it has a dis-

tinctly purple tinge. In his original description of the species

Mr. Carter suggested that ‘‘ the sarcode of /7. clathrata may

have been so coloured,” but he was unable to show that it

was so from the material at his disposal +. The particular

specimen referred to also shows that the wide irregular

openings on the surface of the sponge, which lead into the

central cavity of the tubular branches, are normally tym-

panized by a delicate translucent membrane, pierced in places

by rounded apertures resembling oscula.

For the geographical distribution of this species the reader

is referred to my previous paper}. I may add that there is

in the collection of the British Museum a specimen § of a

slight variety of the species from North-western Australia.

This Australian variety differs from the Manaar specimens

chiefly in the larger quantity of foreign matter present in the

primary fibres.

ITircinia (?) sp.

There are in the collection some pieces of a sponge which

* For references wde Dendy, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx.

. 163.

+ There is, however, a small specimen of Mircinia clathrata attached

to the same stone as the specimen of Stphonochalina communis, and Mr.

Thurston says that the colour of this small specimen in lite was reddish

brown.

{ Loe. cit. § Registered 83. 2. 22. 19,

the Gulf of Manaar. 97

I refer provisionally to the genus Hircinia. They consist of

branched digitate processes about 15 millim. in diameter, with

strongly and regularly conulose surface. Colour of the living

sponge blackish grey, in the dry state almost black, and in

spirit dark grey. ‘Texture in the dry state hard and incom-

pressible, in spirit softer, compact, cork-like. In external

appearance this species bears a most striking resemblance to

a specimen of Schmidt’s Hircinia dendroides * in the British

Museum. I have found the characteristic “ filaments” only

in one place.

Aplysina purpurea, Carter.

1880. Aplysina purpwrea, Carter, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. vi. p. 36.

1881. Aplysina purpurea, Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. viii. p. 103, pl. ix. figs. 1, a-7, and 2, a-c.

The single dry specimen in the collection is conical in

form, slightly flattened in one plane, with broad base and

bluntly rounded apex. It measures 195 millim. in height

and the greatest breadth of the base is about 110 millim.

The colour in the living state was grey; when dry it is a

black-purple and in spirit a little lighter purple. The surface

ot the dry sponge is thickly covered with large conical pro-

jections, due to the ends of the stout compound skeleton-

fibres supporting the dermal membrane in a tent-like fashion.

The dermal membrane is shrunk in between the projections,

which are probably more prominent in dry specimens than in

life; it exhibits only occasionally the minute reticulation

mentioned by Mr. Carter.

The oscula vary in size and are irregularly scattered over

the surface of the sponge; it isa rather curious fact that they

are not more numerous at the apex of the sponge than else-

where. Sometimes they are fairly large and single and some-

times they are small and grouped.

The structure of the dry sponge internally is very cavern-

ous; the texture of the pieces in spirit 1s compact and cork-

like.

The skeleton, as already described and figured by Mr.

Carter, is composed of compound fibres. These compound

fibres are, however, merely dense local aggregations of

branching and anastomosing horny fibres accumulated along

certain tracts so as to leave the remainder ot the sponge free

from skeletal elements. That this is the case appears from

* Registered 67. 7. 26, 79.

98 On Sponges from the Gulf of Manaar.

the fact that flagellated chambers occur scattered between the

individual fibres in a compound fibre.

The compound fibres are very stout and very widely sepa-

rated from one another, terminating in the surface conuli.

Each compound fibre may be as much as 2 millim. in dia-

meter in the dry condition.

Mr. Carter’s first description of this species was very

imperfect ; the specimen upon which it was founded came

from the Gulf of Manaar. His second description, founded on

a specimen from Ceylon and one from Australia, leaves no

doubt in my mind as to the correctness of my identification ;

but I think it very probable that the Australian specimen

described by Mr. Carter belongs to a different species.

Aplysina fusca, Carter.

1880. Aplysina fusca, Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. vi. p. 86 (vide also ser. 5, vol. viii. p. 107).

I refer three dry specimens present in the collection to this

species. ‘They are necessarily lobate or digitate, and the sur-

face is beset with abundant small, sharp, conical eminences,

between which the dermal membrane is shrunk down. ‘The

surface is glabrous or subglabrous, and the texture in the dry

state is very hard and incompressible, membranous. Colour

in the dry state dark brown. ‘The largest specimen is 195

millim. high by about 160 millim. in greatest breadth. ‘Two

of the specimens are cavernous internally, while the third

appears to be much more solid; I do not think, however,

that there is any specific difference between them.

I have very little doubt that this is Mr. Carter’s Aplysina

JSusca (especially as the type of the species came from the Gulf

of Manaar), although | have not had the opportunity of

studying the type, and the original description is too short to

make an identification as reliable as might be desired. In

Mr. Carter’s second account of the species* very little is added

to the first.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate III.

Fig. 1. Petrosia testudinaria, from the neighbourhood of the Tuticorin

Pearl Banks. Collected by Mr. Thurston.

Fig. 2. Petrosia testudinaria, from Padau Bay, Mergui Islands. Collected

by Dr. Anderson.

* Loe. cit.

On a new British Species of Microciona, Bk. 99

Fig. 3. Petrosia testudinaria, from the Straits of Malacca. Registered

83. 11. 8. 28 in the British Museum collection.

[All three figures are from photographs taken by Mr. Gepp from

specimens in the British Museum, and they are all very much reduced. }

PLATE IV,

Fig. 4. Spicules of Rhaphidophlus spiculosus (drawn under Zeiss E, Ocular

2, artemis a, b, ec, large tylostylote ; d, e, small spined tylo-

stylote.

Fig. 5. Spicules of Hymeniacidon? fetida (drawn under Zeiss C, Ocular

2, Camera). a, small stylote; 4, large oxeote.

Fig. 6. Spicules of Acanthella Carteri: (drawn under Zeiss C, Ocular 2,

Camera). a, oxeote; 0, c, e, stylote; d, strongylote.

Fig. 7, Spicules of Gelliodes carnosa (drawn under Zeiss EH, Ocular 2,

Camera). a, >, oxeote; c, sigmata.

Fig. 8. Spicules of Clathria corallitincta (drawn under Zeiss E, Ocular 2,

Camera). a, b, c, stylote ; d, spined tylostylote.

Fig. 9. Spicules of Reniera madrepora (drawn under Zeiss C, Ocular 2,

Camera). a, 6, ec, oxeote; d, stylote (abnormal).

Fig. 10. Spicules of Clathria indica (drawn under Zeiss E, Ocular 2,

Camera). a, 6, tylostylote, verging upon unequal-ended

oxeote ; c, spined stylote.

PLATE V.

Fig. 11. Axinella tubulata, section taken at right angles to the surface,

showing tubes of the commensal Annelid. a, tube with worm

in it; 6, c, empty tubes.

Fig. 12. Spicules of Aximella labyrinthica (drawn under Zeiss C, Ocular 2,

Camera). a, strongylote ; 6, c, stylote.

Fig. 13. Spicules of Auletta aurantiaca (drawn under Zeiss C, Ocular 2,

Camera). a, 6, d, stylote ; c, e, oxeote.

X.—On anew British Species of Microciona, Bk., in which

the ends of the Tricurvate are Spiniferous de. By H. J.

CARTER, F.R.S. &e., and R. Hope, F.Z.S8.

[Plate VI]

§1. By Mr. Carrer.

THIS species was conjecturally referred by me to Microctona

armata, Bk. (‘ Annals,’ 1874, vol. xiv. pp. 456, 457), on the

supposition that the spiniferous character of the ends of the

tricurvate spicules had been overlooked by Bowerbank. I now

find I was mistaken, on which account it has probably hitherto

failed to be considered a distinct species, and therefore has been

100 Messrs. H. J. Carter and R. Hope on a new

unrecognized by those who have written on the Spongida

since that time, as lately proved by a specimen brought to

my notice by Mr. Robert Hope, F.Z.S., of Cumberland

Terrace, London, and which he found at Hastings. So con-’

vinced am I now by his preparations and arguments of the

desirability of giving this British form of Microctona pos-

sessing a tricurvate with spiniferous extremities a distinct

name and description, that I have much pleasure in joining

him in thus publicly correcting the misconception and sup-

plying the deficiency above mentioned.

It is not pretended that the presence of a tricurvate with

spined extremities in J/tcrociona is a peculiarity, for the form

was described and delineated by the late Oscar Schmidt in

1870 as forming part of the spiculation of a species of Suberites,

which he therefore called Suberites arciger. ‘The specimen

was very small, not being more than 4 centimetres in diameter,

and came from the coast of Greenland (‘ Grundziige atlant.

Spong.-Faun.’ p. 47, Taf. v. fig. 6).

‘The next delineation and description of this form of tri-

curvate was published by myself in 1876 as a part of the

spiculation of a species of Dictyocylindrus, Bk., which I called

D. abyssorum. The specimen, which was dendriform and

branched, came from the Atlantic Ocean between the north

of Scotland and the Farée Islands, and was about 34 inches

high (‘ Deep-sea Sponges and their Spicules, dredged by

H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine,” ‘ Annals,’ 1876, vol. xviii. p. 232,

pls. xii. and xv. figs. 3 and 25 respectively).

In 1874 also Dr. Bowerbank illustrated and described a

species of Jsodictya under the name of J. coriacea (Mon.

Brit. Spong. vol. i. pl. Ixxvi. figs. 7-12, p. 228), in which

this form of tricurvate was present; but he failed to notice

the spined extremities, as may be seen by Mr. Stuart Ridley’s

emended description of the same specimen (now in the British

Museum) under the name of Dirrhopalum coriaceum

(Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. xv. p. 481, pl. xxix.

figs. 3-7), an example of which I also found here (Budleigh-

Salterton, 8. Devon) several years ago, even before Dr.

Bowerbank’s description (/. c.) was published, growing on

the surface of Stelletta aspera in a cake-like form about an

inch in diameter and halt an inch thick in the centre, as the

specimen which I still possess shows. ‘To this sponge now

Messrs. Ridley and Dendy have very properly given Schmidt’s

generic name Plocamia (‘ Challenger’ Report, 1887, p. 158,

pl. xxix. fig. 9 and pl. xxxi. fig. 1).

In 1874 I described the specimen of MZicrociona possessing

the tricurvate with spined extremities to which I have alluded

British Species of Microciona, Bk. 101

at the commencement of this paper (‘ Annals,’ vol. xiv.

p. 456 &e. ; for an illustration of the spined extremity &c.

seo 70. pl. xxi fig. 27, d.).

And in 1880-81 Vosmaer instituted a new genus, under

the name of Artemisina, for a sponge that was brought

from the seas about Spitzbergen by the ‘ Willem Barents’ 2nd

Expedition, which he named A. suberitoides (Bronn’s Klass.

u. Ordn. “ Porifera,” p. 351, Taf. xxvii. fig. 10), and which

possessed a tricurvate with spined extremities. Also another

under the generic name of Amphilectus, in the Leyden

Museum, which, possessing the tricurvate, but no¢ with spined

extremities, he identified with Mverociona armata, Bk.=

Scopalina toxotes, O. S. (ib. p. 353, Taf. xvi. fig. 41).

Thus Amphilectus, Vosmaer, is identified with Bowerbank’s

Microciona.

Finally, in 1887 Messrs. 8. Ridley and Dendy’s Report on

the Monaxonida dredged by H.M.S. ‘ Challenger’ was pub-

lished, and in this three sponges have been described, viz.

Amphilectus apollinis, Rhaphidophlus lobatus, var. horrida,

and Plocamia coriacea, var. elegans, each of which possesses

a tricurvate (towite, R. & D.) with spined extremities, as

illustrated in their plate xix. fig. 36 and pl. xxix. fig. 4 6,

respectively, for the first two, the last having only been

described in the text (op. cit. p. 158). The only difference

of any consequence between ILsodictya coriacea, Bk. (1874),

and the var. elegans of Ridley and Dendy appears to me

to be in the adult form, that is in the manner of growth,

Bowerbank’s specimen and my own being massive, while

the ‘Challenger’ variety is dendriform and_ branched

(plixocx.fig., 1).

Thus the tricurvate with spined extremities alone in Micro-

ctona is of no specific value ; but when combined with other

characters will be found to constitute a distinct species, as

will be seen from the following description by Mr. Hope.

§2. By Mr. Hope.

Microciona spinarcus, n. sp. Crtr. (Pl. VI. figs. 1-6.)

The sponge alluded to by Mr. Carter in the preceding

remarks on the prevalence of the tricurvate (toate, R. & D.)

with spined extremities was obtained by me in the month of

February of the present year (1888) on the “Stade” at

Hastings among the heaps of scallops piled up there as they

are landed from the fishing-boats of the town.

It coats very nearly the whole fragment, about 25 millim.

102 Messrs. H. J. Carter and R. Hope on a new

long and of breadth varying from about 10 to 20 millm., of

a dead shell of a small species of Pecten (?), itself with other

objects entangled in threads of byssus, and thereby attached

toa scallop. The sponge was dry when first observed and

for the most part incrusted with an even layer of very fine

dirt. The presence of some foraminiferal shells on the sur-

face of this layer seems to point, though somewhat doubtfully,

to its having been deposited in the sea; but I do not think it

has any organic connexion with the sponge on which it lies,

interfering very materially with the examination thereof. It

is, indeed, somewhat uncertain if the sponge extends under

the whole of the crust; but wherever this latter has been

microscopically examined spicules have been found.

In places where this crust is absent, the sponge presents

the appearance of an exceedingly thin colourless film, closely

adhering to the ridges and furrows of the shell or connecting

by a smooth erect veil the projecting teeth or processes with

which the shell is furnished. Under the dirt-crust the film

probably lies evenly on the ridges, bridging over the furrows,

as it also does in places at the edge of the crust. The basal

film, where it is exposed, bristles with upright, generally soli-

tary spicules ; probably in this place the sponge was extending

its borders, for wherever the dermal membrane is well deve-

loped it appears as a glistening mat of spicules, only slightly

hispid through the occasional penetration of single upright

spicules from beneath.

On examination of a preparation under a power of about

50 diameters, the main skeleton is seen to consist of upright

“¢ scopuliform bundles ” of spicules (Pl. VI. fig. A, 1), as in

Mr. Carter’s description, in this case somewhat sparsely dis-

tributed and of comparatively small dimensions, and replaced

in parts by radiating tufts of spicules springing directly from

the basal membrane. Probably these tufts may be immature

columns, as pointed out by Dr. Bowerbank in the case of

Microciona atrosanguinea (Mon. Brit. Spong. vol. 11. p. 149).

In consequence of the slight development of the main com-

pared with that of the dermal skeleton the dry aspect of the

sponge is ‘flat and even,” in marked contrast with the

hispid papille of MZ. atrosanguinea and M. armata.

Measurements of the spicules, which differ considerably

from those of the specimen described by Mr. Carter (‘ Annals,’

1874, vol. xiv. p. 457), but approach more closely to those of

another specimen of which he has very kindly sent me a

preparation * for comparison, are as follows, the diameter

given being in all cases that of the largest spicules.

* This was found a few years ago growing over the surface of a red

British Species of Microciona, Bk. 103

Megasclera * three, viz.:—1. Long, slightly curved styles,

sometimes very slightly constricted, sometimes slightly swollen

above the base, and studded at the base with round tubercles

or blunt spines about *34 to *48 millim. x 009 millim. (fig. A,

2). 2. Entirely (but generally somewhat sparsely) spined,

straight or slightly curved styles, gradually tapering, basally

truncate to subtylote, varying much in size, about ‘08 to

204 millim. x *0075 millim. (fig. A, 3). 8. Long, slender,

smooth styles, slightly clavate, about *22 to 308 millim. x

0035 millim. (fig. A, 4).

Microsclera two, viz.:—1. Very slender toxa, having the

ends much produced and the tips sharply spined, very various

in size, ranging from about ‘048 to *29x:*0025 millim.

(fig. A, 5). 2. Minute palmate isochele, palmee subtrian-

gular, comparatively rare, length ‘008 to ‘012 millim., ave-

rage about ‘0105 millim. (fig. A, 6).

For comparison measurements are appended of the corre-

sponding spicules of Mcrociona armata, taken from a speci-

men found coating red sandstone on the shore at Sidmouth,

S. Devon. ‘This sponge appears to be somewhat rare, and its

occurrence on rock between tide-marks, if not previously

noticed, is of some interest, the specimens mentioned by Dr.

Bowerbank (Mon. Brit. Spong. vol. ii. pp. 130, 181) being

on shells and apparently from deeper water.

Megasclera.—1. Stout, basally tuberculated or spined

styles, mainly two sizes, with fewer intermediates, one size

ranging from about -23 to °35 millim. in length, the other

from about *53 to °627 millim. long; breadth in both cases

about ‘02 millim. (fig. B, 2). 2. Spined styles of the very

characteristic form described and figured by Dr. Bowerbank

(Mon. Brit. Spong. vol. u. pp. 129, 1380, 131, and 141, and

vol. iii. pl. xxii. fig. 24), °16 to -2x-016 millim. at base

(fig. B, 3) ; there are also some smaller ones only about °008

millim. in diameter. 3. Slender styles about *312 to °428

x ‘0065 millim. (see ‘* Note,” Explanation of Pl. VI.).

Microsclera.—1. Toxa quite smooth at tips, °022 to ‘19x

about °0025 millim. (fig. B, 5). 2. Palmate isochelz, abun-

dant, generally -013 to °017 millim. in length, a very few

observed °0215 to :023 millim. long (fig. B, 6).

It will be seen, from a comparison of the spicular measure-

clay-boulder about “low-water mark’? in company with a variety of

Hymeniacidon Dujardinit, Bk., of a jet-black colour when fresh.—C.,

* The names of the spicules are in accordance with Ridley and Dendy’s

nomenclature in their Report of the ‘ Challenger’ Monaxonida, part lix.

(1887).

104 Messrs. H. J. Carter and R. Hope on a new

ments of the two sponges, that :—1, while the main skeleton-

spicula of the former are in length intermediate between the

two chief divisions of those of JZ. armata, they are little more

than one third as thick; 2, the characteristic spined styles

of M. armata are entirely absent from the sponge under con-

sideration, being replaced by spicules approaching more

nearly to the corresponding form in J/. atrosanguinea.

Turning to the microsclera, we find, 1, that while none of the

other spicules of our sponge attain to the dimensions of those

of MW. armata, the toxa exceed in length those of the latter

sponge by fully one half, viz. *29 against +19 millim., the

largest respectively ; if the average be taken, the proportional

difference will be found fully as great. They differ also in

possessing in the one case spined and in the other perfectly

smooth tips. 2. On the other hand the chele of this sponge

are on the average only about two thirds as long as those of

M. armata and much less numerous.

The possession of this specimen of JM. armata enabled me

to bring to the notice of Mr. Carter the differences between

the two sponges, and these proved, as above stated, to be in

his judgment of specific value. The points more especially

relied upon in support of this view Mr. Carter leaves me to

state. They are as follows:—1, the difference in the

skeletal arrangement of the*two forms, which is exceedingly

striking on an inspection of balsam preparations, the ‘‘ scopu-

liform bundles” of JZ. spinarcus (fig. A, 1) being weak and

* unarmed,” while those of the aptly-named J. armata

angrily bristle on all sides with their thorny styles, and recall

vividly the trophies of swords and bayonets which decorate

an armoury (fig. B, 1) ; 2, the complete absence in the former

sponge of the characteristic spined style of the latter; and

3, the spination and great increase in size, both absolutely

and particularly relatively, of the toxa in MW. spinarcus. As

regards the last point, the largest main skeletal spicules are

to the largest toxa in length in J. armata as 3°3 to 1, in JZ,

sptnarcus only as 1°66 to 1. If the average of the spicules

were taken, the discrepancy would be, I believe, quite as

great ; but where the spicules vary so very much in size, the

average must be so much a matter of appreciation that it

seems better to give measurements of the largest spicules,

which are easily recoguized.

From Jf. atrosanguinea our sponge differs chiefly in the

shape and spination of the main skeletal spicules and in the

form, size, and spination of the toxa. Slighter divergences in

the other spicula will be best appreciated by inspection of the

annexed Plate VI. figs. A and C, 2-6 inclusively. The

British Species of Microciona, Bk. 105

spiculation generally is finer than in either MZ. armata or M.

atrosanguinea, and the even flat habit in the growth of the

sponge is also a point of difference from both species. The

spicules of M. atrosanguinea figured (viz. C, 2, 3, 5, and 6)

are from a Hastings specimen taken at the locality given by

Dr. Bowerbank (Mon. Brit. Spong. vol. ii. p. 140).

As the sponge (JZ. spinarcus) coats a shell, it has been

possible by decalcifying the latter to get a very small portion

fairly undisturbed and mounted for microscopical examina-

tion. In the part thus treated I have been able to detect only

one form of spicule in the ‘‘ scopuliform bundles ” and radia-

ting tufts of the main skeleton, viz. the large basally tuber-

culated styles (fig. A, 2). The long, slender, smooth styles

(fig. A, 4) lie in wisps in both the basal and dermal mem-

branes ; the toxa (fig. A, 5) have been seen in the basal film

only, where they seem to be roughly arranged in lines with

the ends of the component spicules overlapping ; their abun-

dance, however, makes it probable that they are to be found

in other parts of the sponge also. The spined styles stand

upright from the base in the intervals of the bundles and

tufts, sometimes echinating the wisps of spicules. No

chele were detected in situ (fig. A, 6). The piece suitable

for examination is, however, so comparatively minute and

the dry condition of the sponge so unfavourable that these

observations are probably of no value; they are given only

for what they are worth.

The generic name “Jfcrociona” has been provisionally

retained for the purposes of this paper for what may perhaps

be denominated the typical division or group of Dr. Bower-

bank’s genus of that name (comprising J. armata, AM. atro-

sanguinea, and, it the above views be allowed, J/. spénarcus),

mainly on account of the close resemblance of the spiculation

of the group to that of some species of the genera Clathria

and Rhaphidophlus. ‘This seems to be a strong argument in

favour ot the course pursued by Mr. Carter in placing JJicro-

ciona in his family “ Eetyonida,” which is given by Messrs,

Ridley and Dendy as a synonym of their subfamily ‘* Eetyo-

nine’ (‘ Challenger’ Reports, ‘‘ Monaxonida,” p. 128).

This would imply the exclusion of the group from the genus

Amphilectus, Vosmaer, which is a member of the subtamily

“ Ksperelline,’” Ridley and Dendy (see ‘ Challenger’ Mon-

axonida, p. 123). ‘The cccurrence of the spined toxa in M,

spinarcus somewhat strengthens the case; in Lhaphidophlus

lobatus, for instance, each of the five different forms of

spicule possessed by that sponge is represented in the ‘“Micro-

ciona group” by a closely similar form (‘Challenger ’

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iii. 8

’

106 On a new British Species of Microciona, Bk.

Monaxonida, p. 154, pl. xxix. figs. 4,4 a, 46, and 4c), and

its echinating spicule is almost identical with that of J.

armata. I do not know whether Messrs. Ridley and

Dendy’s dictum under this species, that “there can be

little doubt that these spined spicules are really homologous

with the echinating spicules of allied species” (7b. p. 154),

can be fairly and without straining applied to this ‘Mecro-

ctona group ;”’ if it can it may perhaps be inferred that these

gentlemen would have included the group in the Eetyonine

had the point arisen for their discussion. But the ‘ Chal-

lenger’ had none of the species of it, and all the species of

Amphilectus described by them in their Report are without

spined styles.

The skeletal arrangement also of this division of Mtero-

ciona appears to me to have considerably greater affinity with

that of Clathria than with that of an Esperelline sponge.

I desire to express my great indebtedness to Mr. Carter

for his most kind and courteous assistance and advice, in-

cluding the loan of rare specimens and microscopic prepara-

tions trom his own collection, also to tender my thanks to

Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S., Keeper of Zoology at the Natural-

History Museum, for kind advice and permission to make use

of the National Collection freely accorded, as well as to Mr.

R. Kirkpatrick, in temporary charge of the sponges in the

Museum, for much trouble taken on my behalf.

It is proposed to deposit the specimen which has given

occasion for these remarks, with microscopic preparations of

the skeleton and spicules, in the Natural-History Museum.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

A. Microciona spinarcus,

B. Microciona armata.

C. Microciona atrosanguinea.

Fig. 1. A scopuliform bundle of the skeleton.

Fig. 2. Main-skeletal spicules.

Fig. 3. Entirely spined styles.

Fig. 4. Long slender style.

Fug. 5. Toxites.

Fig. 6. Isochele.

Fig. 1 magnified 50 diams. ; figs. 2-5, 250 diams. ; fig. 6, 850 diams.

Note.—Spicules of the form no. 4 in M, armata and M. atrosanguinea

are not figured, as they differ but slightly from those of M. spinarcus except

in size. Those of M. armata are sometimes spined at the base in the

axial line.

On a new Species of Helix from Tenasserim. 107

XI.— The Occurrence of Lichia vadigo on the British

Coast. By Dr. A. GtunTuER, F.R.S.

THE fishes of the genus Lichia have a wide range in the

Atlantic Ocean ; they lead a more or less pelagic life, wan-

dering in pursuit of the small Clupeoids, on which they feed.

Hitherto only one species, Lichia glauca, has been met with

in a few instances as a wauderer to the south coast of England ;

and it is therefore a matter of sufficient interest to place on

record a well-authenticated case of the occurrence in British

seas of Lichia vadigo, a much scarcer species, of which the

British Museum has previously succeeded in obtaining one

specimen only, due to the exertions of the late Rev. R. T.

Lowe, who acquired it at Madeira.

The specimen is a well-preserved skin, 20 inches long, and

was sent to me by Lieut.-Colonel W. Gostwyck-Gard, of

Inverness, for identification. He writes that it was taken

in a drift of herring-nets on September 17th, 1888, off

Waternish Point, Isle of Skye. It is to be hoped that so

valuable a specimen, on which the evidence as to the admis-

sion of this species into the British fauna depends, will be pre-

served in some public museum.

British Museum (Natural History),

December 30, 1888.

XII.—Description of a supposed new Species of Helix from

near Moulmain, Tenasserim. By Lieut.-Col. H. H.

Gopwin-AvstTEN, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.

Tuts shell formed part of a collection made by Mr. Ossian

Limborg during an expedition from Moulmain to the Moo-le-it

range in the spring of 1877. His collection included some

interesting species as they were sent up alive to Calcutta,

and I was thus enabled to examine them in this state and

afterwards more closely in spirit. The shell now described

is included in Mr. Nevill’s catalogue of the shells in the Indian

Museum, Calcutta, and was presented to the museum by me

under the title by which I now distinguish it, and I leave it

in the genus in which Mr. Nevill placed it (p. 73 of his cata-

logue).

108 Dr. D. Sharp on

Helix (Aigista) mitanensis, n. sp.

Locality. Mitan, under Moo-le-it Range, Moulmain (Ossian

Limborg).

Shell globosely pyramidal, openly umbilicated ; sculpture

smooth, the shell covered with a thick epidermis, having a

finely papillate structure; colour dark olive-green or pale

umber; spire conic, high, apex blunt; suture impressed ;

whorls 6, rather convex and rounded below, the last descend-

ing abruptly at the aperture; aperture circular ; peristome

strong, white, with a sinuate margin above; columellar mar-

gin oblique.

Size: maj. diam. 10°9, min. 9:4; alt. axis 6°7, body-

whorl 5:2 millim.

Animal with dark tentacles, long and fine; body papillate

near the head, pale, dusky on the upper surface; foot short

behind and pointed. In some specimens the head and ten-

tacles were jet-black, the rest of the body pale indigo.

XITI.— The Staphylinide of Japan.

By Dr. D. SHarp.

[Continued from p. 44. ]

PHUCOBIUS.

This genus has, by an error of observation of M. Fauvel,

been merged in Cafius. The ligula is, however, of a different

type from that obtaining in Philonthus and Cafius, and the

general structure brings the insect nearer to Ocypus; the

ligula, though not large, is not at all acuminate at the apex,

and its two lobes are evidently separated though not deeply

divided. This statement is based on the observation of

several examples at different times and of a preparation of

the part mounted in Canada balsam. Dr. Horn is more

correct in supposing that Phdlonthus canescens, Mann., may

be a Phucobius; I find, however, although there is a con-

siderable analogy between the two insects in many respects,

yet they are far from agreeing in their structure. In the

North-American insect the division between the lobes of the

ligula is only indistinct, the palpi, mandibles, antennz, and

the Staphylinide of Japan. 109

legs are much thicker, the middle coxe more widely distant,

the neck much broader and less abrupt, and the details of

structure so different that the two have a very different facies.

Hence the North-American insect should form a distinct

genus and Phucobtus remains peculiar to Japan and China.

Since the above was written, Casey has published a note

on this genus in Bull, Cal. Ac. Sci. i. p. 313, and proposed

the genus Bryonomus for the North-American species above

referred to.

Ocypus nigro-ceneus, 0. Sp.

Elongatus, parallelus, angustulus, niger; capite thoraceque nigro-

eneis, nitidis, haud pubescentibus; elytris abdomineque opacis ;

antennis extrorsum rufis.

Long. 20 millim.

Antenne short, black at the base, red at the apex, the two

or three penultimate joints transverse. Head nearly as broad

as the thorax, very densely punctured except along the

middle. Thorax about as long as broad, shining brassy

black, numerously punctured with punctures of moderate size,

and smaller ones intermixed; a well-marked space along

the middle smooth ; scutellum clothed with black pile. Elytra

dull black, scarcely brassy, sculpture indistinct. Hind body

not variegate.

This is closely allied to our European O. fuscatus, but is

larger and has numerous points of distinction.

Subashiri, Nanai; Hakodate, Sept. 1880; eight examples.

I have the species also from Olga Bay, on the coast of Korea.

Ocypus Weiser.

Ocypus Weiser, Harold, Deutsche ent, Zeitschr. 1877, p. 344.

This remarkable insect, though very rare, has been found

in all the three islands of the group. Shiba at Tokio, Nara

near Kiota and Nanai, Hakodate, are localities for it.

Ocypus dorsalis, n. sp.

Niger, opacus, pedibus flayis; abdominis segmentis duobus penulti-

mis aureo-maculatis; antennis basi rufis, medio fuscis, apice

albidis ; elytris abbreviatis.

Long. 18 millim.

Antenne rather slender, each joint narrowed at its base,

110 ; Dr. D. Sharp on

the penultimate joint scarcely so long as broad, the four

terminal joints very pale yellow, almost white. Head broad,

quite dull, finely and not densely punctate, and with a rather

scanty, fine, dark fuscous pubescence. ‘Thorax longer than

broad, the sides slightly sinuate in front, the colour and

sculpture like those of the head. Elytra not much more than

half as long as the thorax, dull black. Hind body a little

enlarged before the apex, dull black, with a very fine pubes-

cence, not visibly sculptured, the penultimate segment and

that preceding it each with a large spot of golden pubes-

cence on the middle. Legs bright yellow. Terminal ventral

plate of male with a broad, not very deep excision.

We have no species like this in Europe ; perhaps O. ethiops

is the least dissimilar, but, in addition to numerous other

distinctions, O. dorsalis has a well-marked stigmatic mem-

brane.

This elegant species was found at Niohozan in June, near

where snow then remained, and also at Chiuzenji in August.

Ocypus scutiger, 0. sp.

Niger, opacus; pedibus antennisque piceis, his extrorsum albides-

centibus ; abdomine dilatato, segmentis duobus penultimis aureo-

maculatis ; elytris abbreviatis.

Long. 23 millim.

Although closely allied to O. dorsalis, this is no doubt

distinct; it is considerably larger and has the hind body

broader, the legs and base of the antennee of darker colour,

and the latter organs rather longer, the third joint especially

being longer, and the penultimate joint being rather longer

than broad.

Only two examples were obtained; Chiuzenji, 20th

August, 1881.

Ocypus brevicornis.

Ocypus brevicornis, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1877, p. 367.

This is found, but not commonly, under the bark of firs,

to which habitat it appears to be confined; Miyanoshita,

Yunoshiku, Subashiri, Nishi, Oyama.

AGELOSUS, nov. gen.

Ligula lata, longius biloba. Palpi parum elongati, sat robusti,

labialium articulo ultimo leviter incrassato, apice truncato. Pro-

the Staphylinide of Japan. Ltt

thorax lineis lateralibus haud conjunctis. Coxe intermedi con-

tigue ; mesosternum inter eas minus breviter productum,

simplex.

This genus, apart from the structure of the side-piece of

the prothorax, might be looked on as a close ally of Ocypus ;

but as this part is developed somewhat as in the Xanthopygint,

it is of considerable interest. The side-piece is large, much

inflexed at the base, and both its limiting lines run forward

as far as the front angles of the thorax, where, though much

approximated, they are still quite separate and, the upper or

outer one at any rate, distinct, then being turned upwards to

the front face of the thorax, the lower or inner line at once

disappears by being carried to the inside of the thorax. In

this latter respect the genus differs from the Xanthopygint,

where the inner line is continued upwards to form the front

margin of the thorax, the outer line becoming obsolete at the

prominent anterior angle. In the normal Ocypus-allies the

two lines become so closely approximate that they may be

called conjoined at the side of the prosternum.

Agelosus agrees with Amichrotus and Anisolinus in respect

of this character, but it differs from both i numerous points

of importance, such as the bilobed ligula, the structure of the

palpi, and the mesosternum. The only species of the genus is

Goérius carinatus, Sharp (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874,

p- 32).

This species was found in several localities, but only in

few examples ; these, however, exhibit much variation in the

length of the elytra and in the colour of these parts and of

the legs and antenne. ‘The elytra are sometimes nearly as

long as the thorax, sometimes much shorter than it, and their

colour, as well as that of the legs and femora, being appa-

rently normally red, becomes to a greater or less extent black.

There appears, however, only to be one species amongst these

variations. ‘The male has a broad shallow excision of the

hind margin of the last ventral plate, the front being broadly

dilated in each sex.

Kashiwagi, Nikko, Ichiuchi, Miyanoshita, Buno, Iga,

Hakone, Sapporo ; in one or two examples from each locality.

MIOBDELUS, nov. gen.

Ligula emarginata, palpi breviusculi sat robusti, mandibule breves.

Tarsi anteriores sat dilatati; metasternum elytraque brevia ;

pedes graciles.

This is a curious genus, established for an insect having

112 Dr. D. Sharp on

somewhat the appearance of Ocypus dorsalis and O. scutiger,

but very different in many respects. ‘The antenne are rather

slender, of the Ocypus type. The palpi are rather short, and

there is no incrassation of the terminal joint either on the

maxillary or labial palpi; the second joint of the maxillary

is not dilated, and the middle joint of the labial is not longer

than the basal and not so long as the apical joint. The

thorax is of much more slender form than it is in Ocypus, and

is quite differently formed, the sides being deflexed and the

side-piece small, not much infolded, and its lower marginal

line joining the upper at some little distance behind the coxal

articulation, and thus being remote from the lateral tactile

sete. The middle coxe are contiguous and their apex

extends just about to the base of the posterior coxe. The

legs are slender, the basal joint of the hind tarsus much longer

than the apical.

These characters bring the genus nearer to Phileterius

(p. 118) than to any other, and yet the two are very different

in appearance; and it appears that whereas the genus just

named connects the Eucibdelini with the Philonthus group of

genera, Miobdelus connects the Eucibdelini with Ocypus.

Miobdelus brevipennis, n. sp.

Niger; capite thoraceque subsenescentibus, densissime punctatis ;

antennis articulo ultimo pedibusque extrorsum rufescentibus ;

elytris thorace multo brevioribus, plaga humerali parum con-

spicua rufescente, hic inde pubescentia submaculatis; abdomine

subdilatato, ultra medium macula magna aurata.

Long. 15 millim.

Antenne slender, each joint narrowed to the base and

each longer than broad, the tenth quite distinctly so, the

terminal joint red and some of the preceding joints red at the

base. Head circular, extremely densely rugose-punctate.

Thorax rather slender, transversely very convex, a good deal

narrowed behind, very densely rugose-punctate, only’ an

excessively narrow carina along the middle shining. . Elytra

short, narrow at the shoulders. Hind body black, dull, only

obsoletely variegated except for a very large mark of golden

pubescence on the antepenultimate segment. Legs slender,

femora nearly black, tarsi red, tibize intermediate in colour.

The male has not been obtained.

Niohozan, June, Nikko, August; an example from each

locality.

the Staphylinidee of Japan. 113

ANISOLINUS, nov. gen.

Mandibule elongate, graciles; palpi tenues, maxillarium articulo

secundo valde dilatato, labialium articulo secundo quam basali

multo longiore. Prothorax lateribus haud deflexis. Cox inter-

medic contigue. Mesosternum carinatum.

This is another genus of whose exact affinities it is at

present impossible to feel very sure ; but it appears to connect

Amichrotus with the Ocypodes. It agrees to a considerable

extent with Am/chrotus in the structure of the trophi, the

ligula being entire, or, rather, its two lobes small and so com-

pressed together that scarcely any division can be seen be-

tween them at the prominent extremity, and the two genera

also have in common the unusually great dilatation of the

second joint of the maxillary palpi; also in both the lateral

lines ot the prothorax are not joined. But in the present

genus the sides of the prothorax are not deflexed and the

superior lateral line thus remains closely approximated to

the tactile sete, the prothoracic structure differing thus appa-

rently but little from that of Agelosus, ‘The hind tarsi are

elongate, with the basal joint longer than the apical. The

two species of the genus are very different from one another

in appearance.

It will perhaps be necessary to make a special group for

these three genera, to which probably the Central-American

Misantlius may be found to belong.

Anisolinus picticornis, n. sp.

Elongatus, angustulus, niger; antennis variegatis, articulo ultimo

et articulis 4°-7™ nigricantibus, articulis 8°-10™ albidis, basi, palpis,

pedibus elytrorumque macula humerali rufis ; prothorace elon-

gato, nitido, minus crebre punctate; elytris hoe brevioribus.

Long. 16 millim.

Antenne slender, not at all thickened externally, penulti-

mate joints each much longer than broad. Head circular,

very densely punctured at the sides and behind, but with a

large irregular space along the middle smooth, ‘Therix much

longer than broad, nearly : straight at the sides, though a little

narrowed at the deflexed and indistinct anterior angles ; the

surface is shining, without clothing, sprinkled with rather

fine elongate punctures, but with a narrow space along the

middle impunctate. ‘The elytra are shorter than the thorax

and are dull, without distinct sculpture, and probably bear a

black tomentum, under which they are of a somewhat bluish

114 Dr. D. Sharp on

tinge. The hind body is elongate and Philonthus-like, with

a somewhat close punctuation and apparently depressed

pubescence.

A single female example was found at Miyanoshita in

May 1880; it is unfortunately in a decayed condition, so

that it will not bear proper cleansing.

Anisolinus elegans, n. sp.

Elongatus, angustulus, opacus, niger; antennarum articulis ultimis

quatuor albidis, pedibus, palpis elytrorumque fascia lata basali

rufis, femoribus fuscis; abdominis segmento ultimo fascia basali

flava; densissime punctatus.

Long. 12 millim.

Antenne slender, each joint much longer than broad.

Head circular, very densely and somewhat coarsely punctate,

with only a small spot on the middle smooth. Thorax elon-

gate, nearly straight-sided, but the sides a little narrowed in

a curve to the deflexed and obscure front angles, the surface

extremely densely subrugosely punctate, the interstices being

indistinct. Elytra about as long as the thorax, with a large

red basal band less extended at the suture; very densely,

finely, and indistinctly punctate, with extremely fine de-

pressed pubescence. Hind body dull, obsoletely punctured,

except at the base of each segment, where the punctuation is

definite. The male front tarsi are moderately dilated and the

apical ventral plate has a slight apical emargination preceded

by a depressed smooth space.

A single example was met with at Miyanoshita in May

1880.

AMICHROTUS, nov. gen.

Mandibule elongate, graciles; palpi tenues; labiales elongati,

articulo secundo quam ultimo vix longiore; ligula parva, integra.

Prothorax angulis anterioribus rotundatis. Coxe intermedi

contigue. Mesosternum ante eas longitudinaliter carinatum.

This very distinct genus is allied to the Central-American

genus Misantlius, but is readily distinguished by the different

proportions of the joints of the labial palpi, the middle joint

being only about twice as long as the basal and scarcely

longer than the terminal joint. ‘The second joint of the max-

illary palpi is thickened to a much greater extent than usual ;

the terminal portion of the mandible remarkably long, slender,

and acute. ‘The side-piece of the prothorax is peculiar in its

the Staphylinidee of Japan. 115

structure ; it is of large size, not much infolded, and its lower

marginal line does not join the upper line, but is continued

forward till near the frout of the prosternum—quite as far as

the front of the coxal excision—where it ceases; the long

tactile seta is remote from the upper line. The front tarsi

are dilated in both sexes, strongly in the male, slightly in the

female ; the hind feet are very slender and elongate and the

basal and apical joints subequal in length.

Amichrotus apicipennis, N. Sp.

Subdepressus, niger; antennarum articulis ultimis albidis; elytris

ad apicem flavo-marginatis ; abdominis apice rufo, tarsis rufescen-

tibus; capite, thorace elytrisque dense punctatis, opacis, abdomine

parcius punctato, sat nitido.

Long. 12 miliim.

Antenne rather slender, black, with the three or four ter-

minal jomts white. Head suborbiculate, very densely pune-

tate. ‘Thorax punctate like the head, with a very narrow, indis-

tinct, smooth line along the middle. Elytra closely and rather

finely punctate, the hind margin very pale yellow, and this

part clothed with concolorous pubescence. Hind body rather

shining, somewhat sparingly punctate, the three basal seg-

ments each with a broad, very deep, arcuate impression near

the base; the two terminal segments red. Tibix ver

slender, with only a few distant inconspicuous spinules. The

male has a slight broad emargination of the apical ventral

plate, and the penultimate segment is furnished in the middle

with a patch of dense, elongate, depressed golden pubescence.

This remarkable insect frequents fungi on old standing

timber, where it is met with walking about in a threatening

attitude, and is associated with an earwig (Chelisoches Lewisi,

Bormans) which behaves in the same way. It was met with

sparingly at various dates and in several localities, from

Miyanoshita to Junsai.

HADROPINUS, nov. gen.

Corpus crassum, apterum ; elytris metasternoque brevissimis, illis

sutura integra; tibis anterioribus dilatatis.

‘This insect is to be placed with Zhinopinus and Hadrotes,

between which it is intermediate, and, as in them, the

lateral lines of the thorax are not joined till the anterior

angles are reached. The ligula is rather broad, but its lobes

are not divided in the middle. The front tarsi are very broad

116 Dr. D. Sharp on

in each sex, and the front tibie are much dilated and are

flattened, so as to present an edge externally; the meso-

sternum is divided by a curved line, which is armed with

numerous long erect sete; the middle coxe are distinctly

but not widely separated, and the metasternum is so short

that they are separated only by a very small space from the

hind coxe. The legs are elongate, the basal joint of the hind

feet long, equal to the following three joints together and longer

than the terminal joint.

The genus differs from Thcnopinus by the suture of the

wing-cases being straight and from Hadrotes by the more

slender limbs and palpi; also by the different form of the front

tibie, which in /Hadrotes are not flattened and are muricate

on their posterior aspect.

Hadropinus fossor, n. sp.

Niger ; abdomine piceo, elytris externe sordide testaceis ; antennis

pedibusque testaceis ; elytris thorace brevioribus, prope suturam

nudis, versus latera pubescentibus.

Long. 23 millim.

Head broad and short, narrowed in front, neck abrupt but

thick, impunctate, eyes placed largely on the upper surface.

Thorax impunctate, transversely convex, narrowed behind,

not so long as broad. Elytra dark sordid yellow externally,

near the suture dark, this latter part impunctate and bare, the

paler part obscurely punctate and bearing a pallid, depressed,

coarse pubescence. Hind body thick, dull, rather coarsely

punctate, and with a short, scanty, flavescent pubescence.

Hakodate, three examples. This insect makes burrows in

the sand under the seaweed, like Broscus and Scarttes.

LIUSUS, nov. gen.

Ligula integra, haud lata; prothorax lineis marginalibus usque

ad angulos anteriores productis, linea superiore anterius obsoleta.

Metasternum elongatum.

This insect, though allied in respect of its structural cha-

racters to Hadrotes, next which it should be placed, must be

treated as a distinct genus; besides differing by the elongate

metasternum, it departs too much in the details of its struc-

ture to be associated with the North-American JL/adrotes.

The superior lateral line of the thorax, though quite obsolete

in front, is readily traced, and leaves a broad side-piece, the

width of which even at the front angles is considerable. The

the Staphylinide of Japan. TRG,

palpi are less thick than in Hadrotes. The front tibia are

moderately stout and are spinose behind. The mesosternum

is not in the middle divided by any carina, but its smooth

surface is crossed by some rather short stiff setae placed in

rather large punctures. The only species we have to deal

with at present is

Liusus Hillert.

Hadrotes Hilleri, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1877, p. 93.

Found by Mr. Lewis at Hakodate. Ihave the species also

from the coast of the Mantchurian mainland.

Staphylinus chalcescens, n. sp.

Niger; capite, thorace elytrisque eeneis, his cumque abdomine

tomento flavescente subvariegatis ; capite thoraceque subnitidis,

sat fortiter punctatis.

Long. 20 millim.

Antenne black, the penultimate joints strongly transverse.

Head subtriangular, closely and moderately strongly punc-

tured. Thorax subquadrate, with the base rounded, closely

and rather coarsely punctured, with a dark fuscous pubes-

cence; a small shining space in front of the scutellum; this

latter clothed with black pile. Llytra of a dark brassy colour,

not shining, very indistinctly variegated by a fine yellowish

indistinct tomentum. Hind body black, with a faint flavescent

triangular mark on the middle of each segment and at the

side of each segment with an oblong mark of a similar faint

kind. Legs black, anterior tarsi pitchy. Male with a very

slight emargination of the hind margin of the last ventral

plate.

This has a shorter thorax than S. swbaeneus, and the head

and thorax are less densely punctate and bear dark pubes-

cence; the antenne and legs black, and the male characters

different.

Nikko, 12th August, 1881; two examples.

Staphylinus vicarius, n. sp.

Niger; antennis extrorsum elytrisque rufis, tibiis testaceis, tarsis

piceis, abdominis segmentis duobus ultimis ad basin albido-tomen-

tosis.

Long. 17 millim.

This is of the size and form of S, stercorartus, but is not

118 Dr. D. Sharp on

closely allied to that species or to any other known to me.

The three or four basal joints of the antenne are blackish, the

others red, the penultimate joints strongly transverse. The

head and thorax are deep black, dull, closely and somewhat

coarsely punctate, and bear a black pubescence; a narrow,

indistinct, and short smooth line in front of the scutellum.

Elytra dark red, about as long as the thorax. Hind body

intense black, with a broad pale ashy ring on the base of the

terminal segment, a narrower ring on that preceding it, and

on the antepenultimate with a few pale hairs extending across

the base. Femora blackish, tibiae yellow marked with

fuscous internally. The male has a slight excision of the

last ventral plate.

Nikko, 16th August, 1881, two examples ; Awomori, one

example.

Staphylinus daimio, n. sp.

Niger ; elytris, pedibus antennisque rufis, his medio ngricantibus,

capite anterius, collo, scutello, abdominis segmentis basali et

tribus ultimis utrinque flavo-pubescentibus.

Long. 23 millim.

This is very closely allied to the European S. erythro-

pterus, but differs as follows :—The stature is considerably

larger, the antenne are larger, with notably longer third

joint, the thorax is broader, and the basal abdominal segment

is spotted with yellow on each side. ‘Thus, close as this

species is to the European S. cwsareus and erythropterus, it

differs decidedly from either. The three individuals found

are females.

Junsai and Sapporo.

PHILETARIUS, nov. gen.

Ligula biloba; palpi subrobusti; mandibule breves; prothorace

transversim valde convexo, lateribus deflexis; cox intermedi

parum distantes; mesosternum haud transversim carinatum.

Pedes graciles, tibiis pubescentibus haud spinulosis, anterioribus

subincrassatis, haud deplanatis; tarsi anteriores in utroque sexu

dilatati.

This is an interesting genus, intermediate between the

Philonthus and the Eucibdelus groups of genera, and to be

placed at the commencement of this latter group. The two

lobes of the ligula are much compressed, so that the division

between them is not very conspicuous, and in the structure of

the Staphylinidee of Japan. 119

this part it is intermediate between Philonthus and Eucibdelus.

The maxillary palpi are stouter than those of Philonthus, but

the proportions of their joints are similar, and, like all the

other parts of the trophi, they are rather short ; the second

joint of the labial palpi is scarcely longer than the basal joint

and shorter than the terminal joint. The labrum is divided

to the base and its two lobes are larger than in Philonthus,

though similarly formed. The head is short and has a neck

about half its width. The thorax has the sides extremely

deflexed, the marginal line not visible from above ; it has no

tubercular prominences near the front angles and its side-

pieces are not inflexed. The legs are rather slender, the

tibial spurs elongate, the claws small, the front feet in the

female, as well as in the male, moderately dilated. The

metasternum short.

Phileterius elegans, n. sp.

Niger; elytris abdomineque opacis, pube griseo-submaculata ves-

titis; capite thoraceque nitidulis, parce obsoleteque punctatis,

parceque pubescentibus; antennis pedibusque sordide rufis, his

femoribus, illis articulo basali fuscis.

Long. 13 millim.

Antenne rather short, not stout, simple, not at all serrate,

penultimate joint not quite so long as broad. Head rather

short and broad, with rounded hind angles; eyes rather large,

extending rather more than half the length of the sides; it

has some faint blue or green reflexions, and the fine distant

punctures are evenly distributed over its surface, a fine hair

rising from each. ‘Thorax slender, narrowed behind. Hlytra

short, not longer than the thorax, indistinctly densely punc-

tate, tomentose, of a blackish or fuscous colour, with indistinct

spots of a grisescent or a very pallid yellow colour. Hind

body tomentose like the elytra, but the pallid pubescence

scanty and not forming definite spots.

This species was found in the nests of a black ant (having

the habits of Formica fuliginosa) at Bukenji on the Ist and

13th of April, 1884, four examples being captured. ‘The

sexual differences are small, consisting only of a feeble emar-

gination of the last ventral plate in the male.

PHYTOLINUS, nov. gen.

Caput subquadratum; labrum permagnum, fissum; antenne ad

apicem subserrate ; palpi subrobusti, ligula fissa, Tibize ante-

120 On the Staphylinide: of Japan.

riores dilatate, teretes, tarsi anteriores latissime dilatati, laxi,

articulo ultimo brevi, haud exserto.

This is another form of that interesting group of Staphy-

linini * of which Euctbdelus may be taken as the type, from

all of which it is distinguished by the peculiar structure of

the tarsi. Those of the front feet are very broad and

somewhat asymmetrical, the outside lobe being differently

shaped from the inner; the basal joint very short and very

strongly transverse, the fourth joint large and dilated, the

fifth short and broad, only its claws extending beyond the

fourth joint, these abruptly curved to underneath the foot; on

the middle and hinder legs the fourth joint is provided with

slender elongate lobes, the claws of the elongate terminal

joint large. The head is rather short and broad, as in Tricho-

cosmetes and Phileterius, the thorax is without tubercular

anterior prominences; both these parts are destitute of

tomentum. The other characters appear to be much the

same as in Hucibdelus.

* The following characters are those of the most remarkable genus of

this group yet brought to our knowledge :—

RHYNCHOCHEILUS, nov. gen.

Corpus elongatum, gracile, tomentosum, Labrum omnium maximum,

capite paulo brevius, anterius acuminatum et deflexum, usque ad basin

fissum, lobi singuli marginibus hirsutis. Palpi maxillares subrobusti,

articulo ultimo quam precedente breviore ; palpi labiales crassi, articulo

secundo apicem versus incrassato, articulo ultimo parvo crasso, Caput

elongatum, oculis convexis. Prothorax absque prominentia, angulis

. anterioribus rotundatis, omnium maxime deflexis. Tibiz pubescentes,

espinulose, anteriores dilatate, teretes ; tarsi anteriores in utroque sexu

dilatati.

Rhynchocheilus pectoralis, 0. sp.

Niger; antennarum basi pedibusque testaceis ; elytris fulvis; capite

thoraceque dense subtiliter punctatis, flavo-tomentosis, illo anterius bi-

impresso; elytris elongatis, dense subtiliusque subrugose punctatis,

tomento sparso irregulariter, quasi maculatim, vestitis ; abdomine elon-

gato, angusto, tomento pallide flavo vestito, segmentis basalibus singulo

in medio ad apicem conyexo, ibidemque nudo, nitido.

Long. 23 millim. ;

Mas segmento ultimo ventrali ad apicem profunde exciso.

Hab, Malacca, Castelnau.

The enormous labrum is interesting when we bear in mind the similar

increase in this organ in some of the wonderful Cicindelide found in the

same region. Like them this insect isno doubt arboreal and predaceous

in its habits; the slender hind tarsi are densely pubescent beneath and

their angles sufficiently prolonged to be called sublobate. Wallace found

a second smaller species in Malacca, I believe at Mount Ophir.

On new Species of African Butterflies. 121

This genus is an example in the Staphylinide of the

reproduction of some of the characters of species with tarsi

like Phytophaga, and we may assume that its habits are

arboreal,

Phytolinus Lewisiv, n. sp.

Niger; antennis pedibusque flavis, illis articulis ultimis nigricanti-

bus; elytris elongatis, disco late flavescente; abdomine nitido,

transversim albido-sericante.

Long. 17 millim.

Head black, finely punctate, the punctuation in front very

dense, on the vertex more sparing and coarser, and therefore

this part is shining. Thorax slender, not elongate, extremely

convex transversely, shining black, closely and rather finely

punctate, the surface rather uneven, and with a very indistinct,

narrow, smooth line along the middle. Scutellum large,

densely and extremely finely punctate. Elytra black at the

base and hind angles, with a large tawny band dilated near

the suture across the middle, the inflexed sides also tawny,

the median band variegated with rather scanty white and

flavescent pubescence. Hind body rather slender, shining

black, scarcely punctate, variegated with scanty shining white

pubescence placed transversely. Legs clear pale yellow, the

cox fuscous, and the base of the front femora of the same

colour.

I am not able to point out any sexual characters; in one

of the specimens there are two, in the other two specimens

three, joints of the antenne dark, and there is also an appa-

rently variable transverse impression on the middle of the

head between the eyes.

Kashiwagi, June; Nikko, August. Beaten off foliage.

[To be continued. ]

XIV.—Descriptions of twenty-four new Species of Butterflies

captured by Mr. Last in the neighbourhood of Mombasa,

East Coast of Africa, in the Collection of Mr. H. Grose

Smith. By H. Grose SMITH.

Papilio polistratus.

Male.—Upperside. Both wings dark brown with green

spots and markings. Anterior wings with spots as in poli-

cenes, Cram., but the markings across the cell more linear

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, iii. 9

122 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new

and undulated. Posterior wings with a green stripe following

the inner margin from the base halfway down the wings, a

nearly central band of three longitudinal spots divided by the

nervures, the spot on the costal margin nearly white, the

other two green, the lowest spot shorter than in policenes ;

between this band and the submarginal row of linear spots

are two spots, one on the costal margin oval, nearly white,

the other below the first subcostal nervule smaller, oval, acu-

minate at the lower end; a submarginal row of spots.

Underside with markings as above, but anterior wings

paler ; posterior wings blacker, the latter with a central linear

red band in the middle of a broad dark band, and red

markings curving between the median nervules to the inner

margin a little above the anal angle; a broad dark band

crosses the disk beyond the centre.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

This butterfly is between policenes and porthaon, Hew. ;

it is probably a hybrid between these species or between polt-

cenes and colonna, Ward.

Belenois liliana.

Male.— Upperside. Very faintly greenish white, with black

veins. Anterior wings with apex and apical third of the costa

rather broadly blackish grey, the rest of the costal region, the

upper and basal portion of the cell, and the base of the wing

below it densely irrorated with dark grey, the discoidal and

two upper median nervules tipped with black. Posterior

wings: the base grey, the median nervules and submedian

nervure minutely tipped with black.

Underside.—Both wings white, greyish at the base. An-

terior wings: the costal region broadly grey, thence along

the costal margin and at the apex grey, tips of the veins

down to the lowest median nervule minutely black; a large

greyish-black spot in the middle between the uppermost and

second median nervule, two minute grey spots on each side of

the upper discoidal nervule towards the apex, a minute black

spot at the end of the cell. Posterior wings with an irregu-

lar row of indistinctly marked grey spots across the disk, and

following the curve of the wings towards the inner margin ;

a small grey spot near the base above the subcostal nervure,

another at the end of the cell; all the veins tipped with

greyish black.

Lemale.— Upperside. Both wings yellowish white, densely

irrorated with grey in the basal area. Anterior wings with

apex and outer margins broadly greyish black, which, along

Species of African Butterflies. 123

the inner side of the outer margin, follows the veins to a row

of greyish-black patches or spots which cross the disk beyond

the middle, the uppermost spot being confluent with the

greyish black of the apex and outer end of the costa; the next

spot smaller and indistinct, the next large and round and

contiguous with the spots above and below it; the latter is

small and extends over only the upper part of the space

between the second and lowest median nervule; the fifth larger,

between the latter nervule and the submedian nervure; the

sixth on the inner margin indistinct and elongated; a small

spot at end of the cell. Posterior wings: veins broadly tipped

on the outer margin with triangular, greyish-black, ill-defined

spots ; an indistinct curved row of greyish spots, more or less

confluent, beyond the middle of the disk; a minute spot at

end of the cell.

Underside. Anterior wings greyish white, showing the

markings on the upperside, but less distinctly except the large

third spot of the discal row. Posterior wings stramineous,

with the discal row of spots as on upperside, and a very

distinct spot at end of the cell; veins minutely tipped with

black on the outer margin.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Near to charina, Hew., and simana, Hopff., but is larger,

with wings comparatively shorter and rounder ; the colouring

of the male is different and the veins are all black. The

female differs widely from the female of either of those

species. ‘The undersides of both sexes are also different.

Belenots tsokant.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings pure white, slightly grey

at the base. Anterior wings with a grey band with white

streaks from the apical fourth of the costa along the outer

margin, widest on the costa, gradually narrowing to the inner

angle; the inner edge of the band curved and the lower part

rather deeply dentate.

Underside. Anterior wings white, pale yellow at the base.

Posterior wings tinged with very pale yellow, deepest at the

base of the costa.

Female.— Upperside. Anterior wings creamy white, brightly

tinged with orange at the base; the grey band as in the male,

but lighter, the veins across it darker grey; costal margin

rather broadly grey. Posterior wings yellowish white, yel-

lower towards the base; rather large grey tips to the veins

on the margin.

Underside. Both wings creamy white. Anterior wings

124 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new

with the grey patch of upperside only represented by a tew

minute spots on the outer margin; the apex slightly stra-

mineous; base and inner two thirds of cell bright orange.

Posterior wings: costa towards the base orange, veins

minutely tipped with grey.

Expanse, ¢ 2, ? 24 inches.

Near coniata, Butl.

Mylothris Lastt.

Male.— Upperside. Anterior wings white, broadly tipped

with greyish black, the black extending down the outer mar-

gin, gradually decreasing to the end of the second median

nervule; the lowest median nervule and submedian nervure

tipped with black, the latter minutely. Posterior wings

lemon-yellow, the veins tipped with black spots, those on the

second subcostal nervure and the discoidal nervule the

smallest.

Underside.—Anterior wings white, with yellow apex.

Posterior wings yellow, costal margin slightly orange ; tips

of the veins on outer margins of both wings black.

Female.— Upperside. Anterior wings white, apical third

black, the black broadest on the costa, gradually decreasing

in a curve on the inner edge to the inner angle; a few grey

streaks in the black; base and basal part of the costa grey.

Posterior wings lemon-yellow, with large black spots at the

tips of the veins, that at the anal angle the smallest.

Underside. Both wings as in the male, the spots at the tips

of the veins in the posterior wings smaller than on the upper-

side.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Near to trimenia, Butl., but the wings are shorter and

broader, the apical black patch in both sexes is much broader,

and the marginal spots on the posterior wings of the female

are much larger. In another form of the female the posterior

wings on the upperside are creamy white and on the underside

buff.

Mylothris nagare.

Male.—Upperside. Both wings white. Anterior wings

with apex and outer margin broadly black, broadest on the

costa, and gradually decreasing towards the inner angle, the

lower half dentated on the inner edge; costa and base grey.

Posterior wings with veins minutely tipped with grey.

Underside. Anterior wings white, base and apex stra-

Species of African Butterflies. 125

mineous ; two grey spots on the two lowest median nervules

near the margin. Posterior wings pale creamy white; base

of costa pale yellow.

Kemale.— Upperside. Anterior wings creamy white, apical

third more broadly black than in the male, with two grey

streaks near the apex, the inner edge on the lower part

deeply dentate; base and basal two thirds of costa dark grey.

Posterior wings brighter creamy white; a marginal row of

grey spots at the tips of the veins, densely irrorated between

the spots towards the anal angle and on the inner margin up

to the base with grey.

Underside, Anterior wings creamy white, base and apex

buff; a few indistinct grey spots across the disk near the

outer margin. Posterior wings buff.

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

Near to Lastv.

Callosune anax.

Male.— Upperside. Anterior wings white with black veins,

except the subcostal and median nervure and the upper disco-

cellular nervule, which are brownish white; apical third with

a large iridescent mauve patch, in some lights iridescent blue,

broadly bordered with black all round, especially towards the

inner angle; a narrow oblong spot at the end of the cell;

basal area grey. Posterior wings white, with the outer half

of the veins black, tipped at the ends with rather large tri-

angular black spots.

Underside. Anterior wings white, with partially black

veins, as on the upperside, tipped with black ; outer margin

black, the mauve colour in the patch on the upperside showing

faintly through, in the middle of which between the veins is

a curved row of five triangular black spots, the apices of the

triangles pointing inwardly ; the first spot beneath the second

subcostal nervule, the middle spot the largest, a spot at the

end of the cell. Posterior wings creamy white, with brown

veins, tipped on-the margin with black ; on the disk is a row

of black spots between the veins, the first below the costa,

rather beyond its middle, the largest, the three next in a line

beneath the first, the three lowest following the curve of

the wing towards the inner margin; a small spot at the end

of the cell crowned with orange; basal third of the costal

margin orange.

Female.— Upperside. Both wings white. Anterior wings

with apical third black, internally dentate towards the inner

angle ; basal third irrorated with black scales, the apical patch

)

126 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new

traversed by a curved row of six white spots between the veins,

inside which is a row of three mauve spots ; a round spot at

the end of the cell and another above the submedian nervure

towards the anal angle. Posterior wings with a row of large

triangular black spots at the tips of the veins almost contigu-

ous ; base grey.

Underside. Anterior wings white, apical third pale yellow,

traversed by the broadly black veins from the outer margin

as far as a row of confluent, broad, black spots, beyond which

is a greyish area; a spot at the end of the cell, another near

the inner angle, as on the upperside. Posterior wings creamy

yellow, shaded with orange near the inner margin and on the

costa; tips of the veins black, shaded on each side with grey,

the black extending along the veins almost as far as the

discal row of spots, which are larger than in the male; a

small spot at the end of the cell crowned with orange.

= Expanse of wings, ¢ 24, 9 22 inches.

Nearest to bacchus and imperator of Butler, but very

distinct from each of them. It is the largest of the group.

Acrea cuva.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings semitransparent, bright

rosy brown to the extent of two thirds of the anterior and four

fifths of the posterior wings, round the outer margin of which

latter is a clear, rather broad, transparent, marginal space.

Posterior wings with an irregular row of eight black spots

beyond the middle, the fourth the outermost; the fourth,

seventh, and eighth towards the anal angle the smallest.

Underside. Posterior wings with spots as above, but rather

larger, and a cluster near the base, which are indistinctly seen

on the upperside.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Nearest to Dammit, Voll.

Acreea makupa.

Upperside. Both wings semitranspareut brown. Anterior

wings with base, costal margin, a large spot across the middle

of the cell, a transverse band of confluent spots at the end of

the cell from the middle of the costa to the inner angle, a

curved band of similar spots beyond, broadest on the costa,

narrowest near the inner angle, where it joins the preceding

band, the outer margin and the veins, dark brown. Poste-

rior wings crossed beyond the middle by an irregular

curved band, which, with the veins and margins, are dark

brown.

Species of African Butterflies. 127

Underside as above ; but on the posterior wings the space

between the base and the curved band is irrorated with

whitish brown.

Eixpanse of wings 24 inches.

I am not aware of any African Acrea which resembles this

species ; but it has a general resemblance to A. alalia, Feld.,

from South America.

Acrea mombase.

This butterfly strongly resembles A. rabbaie, Ward ; but

a uniform series of them discloses a sufficient difference to

warrant it being considered a distinct species.

Both wings are transparent pale brown, the nervures, a

broad space at the apex and round the outer margin of ante-

rior wings, and the posterior wings darker brown ; the irre-

gular band of spots across the middle and the spot below the

cell of anterior, and the submarginal band of posterior, wings

brownish grey and much less distinct than in rabbaice; the

marginal band on posterior wings broader and growing nearly

obsolete towards the anal angle; the markings and nervures

in rabbaie are much darker, almost black, and more distinct ;

the spot below the cell on anterior wings is larger, the sub-

marginal band on posterior wings is brighter and more com-

pletely defined towards the anal angle.

Mombase may be a seasonal or local form of rabbate.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 24, @ 2% inches.

Acrea matuapa.

Maie.— Upperside. Anterior wings semitransparent, the

basal half clouded with pale buff; apex dusky brown, a num-

ber of spots across the wing which are variable, as in neobule

and hirta. Posterior wings pale brown, with a broad brown-

black margin, in the middle of which is a row of small

pale brown spots between the nervures, almost obsolete; the

spots on the disk and at the base vary in number and size.

Underside as above, the spots on the broad marginal border

of posterior wings more distinct, but minute and almost white.

The female resembles the male, but is paler and larger.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 23, 2 22 inches.

Ditters from neobule chiefly in the much greater breadth of

the band on the posterior wings and the smallness of the spots

in that band.

128 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new

Acrea khara.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings bright reddish brown,

shaded towards the base with black; a black band on the

outer margins of both wings, broadest at the apex of anterior

wings. Anterior wings: costa broadly black, shaded with

black towards the apex; a spot across the cell, another at

the end, beyond which is a cluster of three spots, confluent ;

beyond ‘this a pale pinkish space, semitransparent ; below the

cell are two spots close to the nervures, one near the base,

the other halfway between and below the two cellular spots ;

below the last-named is another spot; the spots, and nervures

especially towards the apex broadly, black. Posterior wings

with a cluster of spots from the centre to the base.

Underside. Anterior wings reddish brown, dusky towards

the apex; costa and outer margin narrowly black: nervures

from the middle of the wings black. Posterior wings brown,

shaded towards the middle with pale and at the base with

darker pink ; spots and marginal band as above, the latter with

a row of pale, narrow, oblong spots between the nervures.

Expanse of wings 3 inches.

Near to egina, but brighter, less transparent, and it has a

very distinct black band on outer margin of anterior wings.

Acrea bomba.

Male.—Upperside. Both wings bright brown. Anterior

wings with apex broadly dark ‘brown ; four spots of same

colour, one in the cell, one at the upper end of cell, the third

below the second outside the cell, and the fourth towards

the inner angle. Posterior wings with a rather broad dark

brown marginal band, with five small light brown spots on the

margin towards the anal angle; an uregular row of seven

spots round the disk, two spots in the cell, and several small

spots near the base.

Underside. Anterior wings paler brown, lighter towards the

apex, an additional spot beyond the middle ; costa, outer

margin, and ends of the nervures near the apex black. Pos-

terlor wings pinkish brown, mottled between the spots and

beyond the middle with pale brown; the dark brown mar-

ginal band with pale brown oval spots between the nervures ;

ends of the veins, nearly as far as the middle, black.

Expanse of wings 1% inch.

Hab. Namoule.

Nearest to acrita, Hew.

Spectes of African Butterflies. 129

Pseudacreea simulator.

Male. — Upperside. Both wings slightly transparent,

brownish black, with black veins and spots at the base.

Anterior wings with a rufous-brown patch extending over the

lower third of the cell and to the inner margin nearly to the

inner angle, and a broad, irregular, oblique band of same

colour from halfway along the costa, but a little below it, to

near the outer margin. Posterior wings: costal and outer

margins rather broadly brownish black, black lines between

the veins extending towards the cell; the rest of the wings

rufous brown.

Underside. Both wings as above, but paler. Posterior

wings with the base, basal portion of the cell, and basal halt

ot the costal area chocolate-brown.

Female. — Upperside resembles imitator, Trimen, and

eurytus, Clerck, but differs from the former in having a

conspicuous white band on the inner margin of anterior wings,

and trom the latter in the broader subapical band on anterior

wings and in the much larger extent of the white area of the

posterior wings.

Underside.—Vhe basal chocolate-brown area of posterior

wings is smaller and narrower than the brown area, and the

white area is broader than on the undersides of either édtator

or eurytus.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 24, ? 3 inches.

The male somewhat resembles the male of dolomena, Hew.

In some specimens of sémulator the rutous-brown area below

the cell on anterior wings is confluent with, instead of being

narrowly separate from, the oblique subapical band. If the

female had corresponded in all respects with Mr. Trimen’s

figure of ¢mdtator, female, I should have assumed the male

above described to be the male of that species, which | believe

is unknown.

Euxanthe tiberius.

Upperside, Anterior wings with three rows of greenish-

white spots, the first row transverse across the middle of the

wings with five spots, the first within the cell at its upper

extremity triangular, with apex downwards, the second beyond

the cell larger, the third about same size below it, the fourth

the largest, oblong, scarcely extending below the cell on its

inner side, the fitth towards the inner angle bifid ; the second

row halfway between the first and third rows irregular,

with eight spots; first spot near the costal margin oval, the

next narrower, the third and fourth oval, about same size

130 My. H. Grose Smith on new

as the first, followed by four smaller round spots, the lowest

at the inner angle the smallest, the third row near the apex

with five spots, the second the largest, the fifth the smallest ;

a large patch of brown at the base extending over two thirds

of the cell and below it, but not reaching to the first row of

spots. Posterior wings with a submarginal row of small

white spots, inside which towards the apex are four round

spots, the second the largest; the middle of the wings and

two thirds of the cell occupied by a large greenish-white

patch, the lower edge irregular and intersected by the dark

brown nervures running partially up it towards the cell.

Underside as above, but browner, the middle of the anterior

wings and a rather broad marginal band on posterior wings

containing the marginal row of spots is black ; the rest of the

posterior wings is brown with black veins and streaks be-

tween ; spots as above, several white spots near the base.

Expanse of wings 8% inches.

Near to trajanus, but differs from it chiefly in the position,

shape, and colour of the spots in and about the cell, in the

middle row of spots on anterior wings, and in the absence

of the pale streak along the inner margin of those wings.

Charaxes calliclea.

Male.—Upperside. Both wings velvety black, with a very

broad marginal band of reddish brown ; the upper third of the

band on anterior wings is intersected by the black veins and

furcate, the inner side of the band curving inwardly to near

the costal margin, the outer side extending to the apex,

thence turning at a sharp angle a short distance along the

costa; a minute black spot centred with white at the anal

angle; margins black, emarginate on the posterior wings,

which have one short tail.

Underside brownish red, sericeous on the anterior wings,

except the outer third, and on the posterior wings except a

rather broad irregular band which crosses the wings beyond

the middle and a marginal narrow band beyond the submar-

ginal row of spots. On anterior wings three broadish bars

across the cell, a central row of broadish markings beyond

and a shorter one under the cell almost black at the bottom,

another row halfway between the central row and the outer

margin all dark reddish brown, two greyish-sericeous spots at

the apex, a dark patch near the inner angle. On posterior

wings a submarginal row of small pale spots terminating at

the anal angle, with two small black spots crowned with

white.

Species of African Butterflies. 131

Female.—Upperside. Both wings dark brown, with broad

bright brown margins, crossed from the middle beyond the

cell of anterior wings by a white patch, greyish towards

the base, tinged with pale brown on its outer edge; the patch

commences on the uppermost median nervule of anterior

wings, widening rapidly to the inner margins and extending

over the inner two thirds of the posterior wings, except near

the base, which is dark brown ; above the top of the patch on

anterior wings beyond the cell are two light brown oblong spots,

and halfway between these and the outer margin is a curved

row of light brown conical spots, paler on the inner edge and

fading at the lower end into the white patch. Posterior

wings : two small spots at the anal angle and two tails, the

uppermost the longest, margins black.

Underside. Both wings with basal third reddish brown and

darker streaks ; the white patch on the upperside represented

by a pale yellowish-brown area, bordered outwardly on pos-

terior wings with darker brown. On the anterior wings

between the lowest median nervule and the submedian ner-

vure a U-shaped black spot, an indication of the two oblong

spots and the curved row of light brown conical spots on the

upperside ; a dark patch centred with grey near the inner angle.

Posterior wings with a row of small light spots between the

veins near the margin and two dark spots crowned with grey

at the anal angle.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 3%, 2 33 inches.

Nearest to protoclea, Feist., and anticlea, Drury.

Charaxes Lastt.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings brown, outer margins

emarginate. Anterior wings with an irregular dark brown

submarginal band of confluent spots, widest at the apex,

gradually tapering to the inner angle ; across the middle are

two rows of dark brown spots, the row nearest the cell with

five spots, the fifth nearly obsolete, situate between the

lowest median nervule and the submedian nervure; the other

row, nearer the submarginal band, with five spots, the fifth

situate below the first median nervule the smallest, the fourth

sagittate, extending over the space between the two rows, the

three upper spots confluent ; a small hook-shaped dark brown

spot partly at the end of, partly beyond the cell; the veins

between the outer row of spots and the submarginal band,

also between the latter and the outer margin, broadly dark

brown. Posterior wings with a submarginal row of dark

brown spots, the second the largest, the lower spots dimin-

132 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new

ishing and gradually becoming almost obsolete towards the

anal angle, where there are two small spots crowned with

grey; the basal third part of the wings darker brown.

Underside. Both wings brown. Anterior wings with red-

dish-brown spots across the cell, a row of same colour about

halfway across the wings, terminating in a large spot above

the submedian nervure, formed by two blackish-brown bars,

the space between which is grey; a bifid spot outwardly

incised with grey near the inner angle; the costa from the

base halfway along the wings silvery white. Posterior wings

crossed from the middle of the costa to near the anal angle by

a silvery- white line, edged internally with dark brown, several

hight reddish-brown markings on each side of the line, a sub-

marginal row of small grey spots, two spots at the anal angle

surrounded with grey.

Female.—Upperside. Both wings brighter and lighter than

in the male; the basal third of anterior and basal and outer

thirds of posterior wings darker, the markings as in the male,

but more strongly developed, and the hook-shaped spot at the

end of cell of anterior wings is represented by a broad bar

beyond the end of the cell.

Underside much paler, the light red markings across the

cell and the basal third of the wings more clearly defined.

Eixpanse of wings, ¢ 28, 2 33 inches.

On the underside this insect somewhat resembles cynthia,

Butler.

Charaxes nescea.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings bluish black. Anterior

wings falcate, crossed beyond the cell by two rows of blue

spots, the inner row haltway across the disk, with the four

upper spots tinged with white and terminating in a broad

triangular blue patch, the base of which extends over the

middle half of the inner margin; the outer row of six small

blue spots follows the curve of the outer margin and is situate

about halfway between it and the inner row ; a small whitish-

blue spot at the end of the cell; costa and veins brown.

Posterior wings crossed from the middle of the costa to near

the anal angle by a broad whitish-blue patch, palest towards

the abdominal margin; a quadrangular white spot between

the costal nervure and the first subcostal nervule about the

middle; a submarginal row of small whitish-blue spots, be-

tween which and the outer margin towards the anal angle is

a thin blue line.

Underside. Both wings pale dirty brown, with sundry

Species of African Butterflies. 133

blackish markings. Anterior wings with a very marked

irregular, crescent-shaped, blackish spot between the lowest

median nervule and submedian nervure towards the base, and

an indistinct spot above the submedian nervure near the inner

angle. Head and thorax black. Abdomen bluish white.

EXxxpanse of wings 2% inches.

There is a very slight indication of a tail on posterior

wings, and in this respect, as well as in the faleate shape of

anterior wings, this insect approaches mycertina, Godt., nestope,

Hew., and porthos, Grose Smith,

Huryphene kinugnana.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings brownish black, crossed

from the middle of anterior wings to near the anal angle by

a broad band of buff-colour. Anterior wings with three

oblong spots beyond the cell above the band and of same

colour, beyond which are four small buff spots, followed by

a submarginal row of U-shaped whitish lines, more developed

towards the apex, almost obsolete at the inner angle; three

indistinct markings in the cell. Posterior wings with a similar

submarginal row of U-shaped lines.

Underside. Both wings much paler and browner, the band

across both wings white. Anterior wings with two black

reniform spots edged with white centred with brown, one

across the middle, the other at the end of the cell; another

spot black edged with white below the cell near the base,

the other markings more strongly defined. Posterior wings

with a small brown spot centred with white near the base

of the cell, on each side of which is a white streak curving

outwardly.

Lemale.— Upperside. Both wings ashy grey, the band,

lines, and spots white, and more distinct than in the male ;

the band on anterior wings almost bisected on the inner side,

and on posterior wings broader.

Underside as in the male, but whiter.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Approaches elabontas, Hew., but in shape resembles an

Apatura, to which genus it may possibly belong.

Cymothoé coranus.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings stramineous white, broadly

bordered with cinereous brown, the border edged internally

between the veins with dark brown hastate markings, those

on anterior wings mostly confluent with the border; on the

134 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new

posterior wings more distinct ; base of both wings and mar-

ginal fold of posterior wings dusky brown, the markings on

the underside showing through.

Underside. Both wings stramineous, with numerous light

brown markings ; a straight brown line traverses both wings,

as in cents, Drury, except that near the costal margin of

anterior wings the line sharply curves inwardly, where in

cenis it is straight.

Female.— Upperside strongly resembles female of cenis,

but it is larger and blacker; the central white band is

broader and, at its upper end, more curved inwardly.

Underside much whiter and markings more distinct ; the

central line on posterior wings has a decided curve inwardly.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 22, 9 2$ inches.

Near to cwnis and amphiceda as well as alcimeda, Godt.,

but differs as above indicated, and in the male in the entire

absence on both wings of any row or portion of a row of

markings inside the submarginal hastate markings.

Larinopoda peuceda.

Male.—Upperside. Both wings transparent white, broadly

bordered on costal and outer margins of anterior and outer

margin of posterior wings with greyish semitransparent

black ; an oblique broader band with a confluent spot at the

lower end of same colour crosses the anterior wings from the

middle of the costa to a little below the middle of the outer

margin; there is a large round spot of same colour at the

end of the cell of posterior wings, partly within and _ partly

outside it, with two small spots on the underside showing

through ; base same colour.

Underside. Both wings as above, but blacker, and on pos-

terior wings there are two small spots, one near the costa

towards the base nearly obsolete, the other near the inner

margin, in a line with the central spot.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 13, @ 18 inch.

Resembles peucetia, Hew., but is a larger and blacker

insect.

Chrysorychia punicea.

Male.— Upperside. Anterior wings dark brown, with a

reddish prune-coloured patch commencing in the middle

rather above the upper median nervule, gradually widening

to the inner margin ; costa on the shoulder brown. Posterior

wings with a patch of similar colour occupying the lower

Species of African Butterflies. 135

outer half of the wings; the base, a space halfway down the

inner margin, and the costal margin broadly dark brown.

Underside. Pinkish brown ; two spots in the cell, one

beyond it, two in a row underneath the last-named ‘spot,

several spots in a row following the costa, and an elongated

spot at the apex golden, edged with black, a submarginal

row of spots slightly golden; near the inner margin about

the middle is asilvery-white line slightly curving towards the

inner angle, and between this and the base is another similar

line but shorter and thicker. Posterior wings with numerous

small gold markings and a row of same on the outer margin

of the lower half of the wings; the excavation above the anal

lobe with a submarginal golden line.

Female.—Upperside. Both wings orange-brown. Anterior

wings with costal and outer margins and base broadly dark

brown; shoulder broadly pale orange-brown ;_ cell dark

brown, "mottled with orange-brown, a dark spot at end. Pos-

terior wings, base, costal and upper portion of the outer mar-

gins broadly dark brown.

Underside pale orange-brown, gradually becoming paler

towards the inner margin of anterior wings; the spots as 1n

the male, but larger, as are also the two curved lines on the

inner margin of anterior wings.

Iixpanse of wings, g 1, ? 14 inch.

Chrysorychia mendeche.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings fuscous. Anterior wings

with an orange-red discal band, “broad at the apex immedi-

ately below upper median nervule, and two spots in the cell

of same colour; shoulder broadly orange-red. Posterior

wings same colour, except near the base, w vhich is fuscous.

Underside. Both wings reddish brown, Anterior wings

paler beneath the cell, and thence to the inner margin 5 costa

on the shoulder broadly pale yellowish brown ; cell crossed

by two spots, two beyond, two near the base on the inner

margin, all gold bordered with black; a submarginal row

of dark spots, another towards the middle, slightly golden,

below which, halfway between it and the ‘two gold spots at

end of cell, is another spot, slightly golden, as are also several

spots along the costa. Posterior wings with numerous dark

spots and markings, not metallic, except the line above the

anal excavation.

Female light orange-brown, with a broad brown band

along the outer margin, slightly wider towards the apex;

costal margin powdered with brown; shoulder pale brown; a

136 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new

dark brown spot in the cell, an elongated transverse bar

beyond the cell; in the centre of the disk between the median

nervules are three or four small round spots. Posterior wings

with a submarginal row of spots, inside which is a row of

three spots, the first below costal nervure towards the apex,

the next at the end of the cell, the third below the second ;

one or two indistinct markings near the base, which is dusky

brown.

Expanse of wings 1} inch.

Near to harpax, Fabr., and ananga, Westw.

Aphneus zanzibarensis.

Male.—Upperside. Anterior wings dark brown, the basal

area halfway across the cell, thence in an oblique line to near

the anal angle, and three fourths of the inner margin metallic

light blue; a round white spot at the end of the cell, a curved

row of five similar spots across the disk, the central one being

out of line, much nearer the outer margin ; a subapical white

spot; a red line near the inner angle ; shoulder broadly red-

dish brown. Posterior wings paler than anterior ; the central

and upper part of wings, except a rather broad space at the

base and round the costal margin, metallic light blue.

Underside. Both wings brown, paler at the outer margin,

with numerous silver spots edged with dark red. On the ante-

rior wings a large spot on the shoulder, a small one under it in

the cell, beyond which, following the costa and extending

inwardly to one third the width of the wings, are three

large spots, oblong, one being across the cell, the next at the

end, partly within and partly without, the next halfway be-

tween it and two subapical confluent spots; three submarginal

spots, the first distinct, the lower two confluent ; a large oblique

spot in the lower middle part of the wing, extending downwards

until it fades into the pale region of the inner margin. Pos-

terior wings: a large spot at the base, two others, large, along

the costal margin, a small round spot in the cell, another,

large, irregular, at the end; a row of six spots beyond, the

first two and the fourth small, the third larger, oblong, the

fifth elongated and curved at its lower end, the sixth nearly

round, halfway up the inner margin ; several small spots near

the anal angle. Outer margins of both wings black, with

black and white cilia; antenne tipped with light brown.

Expanse of wings 1} inch.

On the upperside somewhat resembles somalina, Butl., but

very different on the underside.

Species of African Butterflies. 137

Tolaus stlanus.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings bright blue. Anterior

wings: apical third, from the middle of the costa down to

the end of the lowest median nervule, black, whence to the

inner angle the margin is narrowly black; shoulder grey.

Posterior wings with black apex and margins narrowly so ;

cilia white; costal margins white, the costal, shining, circular

space steel-grey; a black spot crowned with red at the anal

angle, above which, extending inwardly, is a rather short,

black, linear marking and two small black spots below it

near the margin between the tails.

Underside silvery white. Anterior wings with a narrow

black line across the end of the cell, beyond this another

black line extending from near the costa two thirds across the

wings, outside which and extending rather lower down the

Wing isan interrupted faint black line. Posterior wings with

a narrow black line beyond the middle, curving at the lower

end to the inner margin, between which and the outer mar-

gin is another line, interrupted near the anal angle by two

spots, that nearest the angle metallic blue on the margin,

above black, the other between the second and third tail

black, both spots and the space above and between crowned

with yellowish red; an interrupted faint black line near the

outer margin between the upper spot and the apex; margins

and tails black, the latter tipped with white, cilia white.

Female.— Upperside. Anterior wings pale blue, shaded

with grey towards the base and white in the middle; apical

third greyish black; shoulder grey. Posterior wings: the

lower three fourths blue, shaded with grey and mottled with

white towards the outer margin ; the costal and apical region

grey ; the innermost dark line on the underside is represented

by an undulated, narrow, dark grey line across the disk be-

yond the middle, curving at the bottom towards the inner

margin until it merges in a greyish-black, rather broad band,

which crosses the lower end ot the wings; a black spot at

the anal angle crowned with red; two rather broad blackish

bars between the tails, a narrow white line inside the

black outer margin.

Underside as in the male, but the lines rather more distinct.

Expanse of wings, g 14, 9 12 inch.

Near to st/as, Westw., and stlarus, Druce, but has, on the

underside, a black line at the end of the cell on anterior wings

and an additional discal line on both wings; the male is a

lighter blue on the upperside, and the females are different.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iii. 10

138 Mr. G. A, Boulenger on the

XV.—Remarks in reply to Dr. Baur’s Article on the Syste-

matic Position of Miolania*. By G. A. BOULENGER.

AFTER having thought MWiolania to be allied to Staurotypus,

Dr. Baur now regards this Chelonian as representing “a

highly specialized branch of the true land-tortoises, the Testu-

dinide, the true Testudinid characters of which are only

obscured by the enormous development of dermal ossifications,

espectally on the skull, which gave to it quite an extraordinary

appearance.” Dr. Baur’s argumentation, based to a great

extent upon extremely doubtful data, has not im any way

modified the view I arrived at, viz. that Molania was a

Pleurodiran—not of course a member of any of the existing

groups, but the representative of a distinct very specialized

family of terrestrial habits. he idea that a Reptile with a

long tail, with opisthoccelous vertebrae and large chevron-

bones, can be descended from the short-tailed forms which con-

stitute the Pleurodira at the present day is inadmissible ;

and so is Dr. Bauw’s theory of the specialization from a land-

Testudinoid, viz. a type with extremely reduced tail, with

proccelous vertebree and no chevrons.

For the reason that Molania constitutes a family different

from any of the known Pleurodira, and led a terrestrial

instead of an aquatic life, it is not to be expected that we

should obtain an exact repetition of all the characters which we

observe in the existing types. In his definition and enume-

ration of those characters Dr. Baur has arrived at some

curious misconceptions from not examining sufficient material,

and, what is still less excusable, by not carefully perusing

the standard works on the osteology of Reptiles. Thus, for

example, he entirely ignores the cranial structure of Chelys,

the type, in a systematic sense, of the Pleurodira, which has

been figured by Cuvier, Wagler, Briihl, Hoffmann, and

Mivart. He will find, by referring to Chelys, that his cha-

racter of “the quadrate connected with the basisphenoid,

sometimes with the basioccipital,” falls to the ground. That

the connexion between the vomer and the preefrontals does not

exist in the living Pleurodira is perhaps due to the fact that the

vomer is absent in the Pelomeduside, whilst in the Chelydide,

where it is present, the preefrontals are widely separated from

each other; however, in Chelys and Chelodina a complete

bony orbito-nasal septum is formed by connexion of the pre-

* January number of these ‘ Annals,’ p, 54.

Systematic Position of Miolania. 139

frontals with the palatines. Besides, the fact that in the Trio-

nychoids the bony connexion between the preefrontals and the

vomer may be present or absent, is sufficient to warn us against

attaching great importance to that character. And, more-

over, Dr. Baur is not justified in saying that the preetrontals are

connected with the vomer in Jolanta, since, so far as the

material in the British Museum shows, the connexion may

have been just as well with the palatines, as in the above-

named Pleurodira.

Having studied the palate on the original specimen of J/,

platyceps. (Owen, Phil. Trans, 1888, pl. XXX), NOW | Ll

Sydney, I claim to be better informed as to the condition of

the pterygoids than my critic, who, after examining merely

the cast, thinks the lateral expansion of the pteryoids “ may

be produced by crushing of the edges.” I can confidently

state that the left pterygoid figured by Owen (/. ¢.) is intact,

and also that such a shape as it shows is not to be found in Zes-

tudo or in any other Cryptodiran (exclusive, of course, of the

Trionychoids). Owing to the condition of the fossils I have no

right, any more than Dr. Baur, to be absolutely positive in my

statement respecting the posterior extension of the pterygoids ;

but after a careful Tet with numerous types of Cryp-

todiran and Pleurodiran Chelonians, it seems to me extremely

probable that the quadrate did join the basisphenoid, as in

Podocnemis. I have already indicated the reason (P. Z. 8.

1887, p. 554) why the pterygoids are not turned up in Mzo-

lania.

The back of the skull of Miolania is as typically Pleuro-

diran as can be, and totally different from that of the 'Testu-

dinide. A complete bony ring, which I decidedly hold to be

formed by the quadrate, surrounds the ear-opening, and the

ear-chambers are otherwise completely open behind.

How Dr. Baur has acquired his information respecting the

characters of the Pleurodiran cervical vertebrae as compared

with the Cryptodiran is a puzzle to me, for it is net borne out

by an examination of the osteological collection in the British

Museum. Better than any lengthy discussion, the following

figures will show whether Dr. Baur is justified in stating

that an “atlas-ring”’ is absent in the Pleurodira and that

the centrum alone supports the neuroids of the atlas. I par-

ticularly request a comparison of these figures with his defi-

nition ot the supposed distinctive characters of the Pleurodiran

and Cryptodiran atlas.

With regard to Miolania, I can state that the neuroids of

the atlas are supported by both the hypapophysis (first

intercentrum) and the centrum, that the latter articulated

10*

140 Un the Systematic Position of Miolania.

piz

1. First cervical vertebra of Elseya dentata (Pleurodiran). 2. First ver-

tebra of Podocnemis madagascariensis (Pleurodiran). 3. Second

vertebra of same. 4. First vertebra of Morenva ocellata (Crypto-

divan). 5. First vertebra of Zestudo polyphemus (Cryptodiran ).

6. Second vertebra of same.

A. Lower view. B. Front view. C. Lateral view.

c. Centrum. fp. Hypapophysis (first intercentrum). 2. Neuroids.

t. Transverse processes. py7z. Prezygapophyses. plz. Postayga-

pophyses.

On the new Flora of Krakatao. 141

freely with the second centrum, and that the diapophyses of

the second vertebra are not partly below the prezygapopnyses,

as in all Cryptodira, but entirely behind; in all these respects

agreeing with the vertebra of Podocnemis madagascariensis

figured above. ‘Two adult skeletons of Testudo polyphemus

are in the Museum; they do not show the slightest resem-

blance to Méolania in their first and second vertebrae, and, in

addition to their position, the diapophyses of the latter differ

in not being half so much developed.

Dr. Baur wonders “ how Mr. Boulenger could compare the

cervicals of Miolania with those of Chelys.” He misinterprets

the meaning of my words :—“ The cervical vertebree [of M¢o-

lania] are those of a Pleurodiran; a strong and long trans-

verse process is present, and the posterior borders of the

odontoid bone and of the second centrum are deeply emar-

ginate inferiorly, terminating in two diverging processes, as

in Chelys.”

If Dr. Baur were acquainted with the structure of the hyoid

in the Pelomeduside he could not have pointed to the cha-

racter of the hyoid bones as proving the T'estudinoid nature of

Miolania.

XVI.—The new Flora of Krakatao. By M. TREuB*.

AVERSE though I am to preliminary communications J, I feel

compelled to make an exception in the present instance, and

this tor two reasons. First, because absolutely nothing is

known of the manner in which a volcanic island becomes

clothed with an entirely new vegetation; secondly, because

the data which I am able to furnish on the new flora of Kra-

katao are definitely acquired at the present time; there is no

fear of their being invalidated by subsequent researches,

It is owing to the kindness of M. R. D. M. Verbeek, chief

engineer of mines, a learned geologist and the well-known

historiographer of the eruption of Krakatao, that I have been

* Translated from the ‘ Archives des sciences physiques et naturelles,’

Dec. 15, 1888.

+ This notice contains an abstract of a communication made by the

author to the Academy of Sciences of Amsterdam at its meeting of the

28th January, 1888. ‘J intend to visit Krakatao again, in company with

my friend Dr. W. Burck. 1 hope that we shall beable in time to publish

a work in detail on the new flora of the island.”

142 M. Treub on the

able to visit the island, nearly three years after it had been

the theatre of the terrible calamity.

The information concerning Krakatao obtained from navi-

gators about this period left doubts existing on the question

essentially interesting to botanists, namely whether the island

again showed a commencement of vegetation. Some main-

tained that the thick layer of pumice-stone which covers it

was bare and everywhere barren. Others aflirmed, on the

contrary, that they had distinctly recognized plants of some

height, here and there, by the aid of telescopes.

When we drew near to Krakatao on the morning of the

19th of June, 1886, we were not long in distinguishing a fair

number of plants; and this not only near the sea-level, but

likewise on the heights and even towards the summit of the

island.

It is necessary to say in this place that the existing island

—that is to say, the part which has remained after the erup-

tion *—has the form of a mountain standing by itself in the

sea, rising on one side almost perpendicularly to an altitude of

about 2500 feet. The slopes of the opposite side are much

more inclined, but nevertheless fairly precipitous. The beach

is very narrow; at the toot of the huge, almost perpendicular

wall there is none at all.

Before enumerating the plants which I have found at Kra-

katao, and before entering into any discussion on the subject

of this new flora, we must first of all briefly consider two

points.

In the first place it is indispensable to prove that the exist-

ing flora must be regarded as new and that it has not arisen

from the remains of the luxuriant vegetation which covered

the island before the eruption. Nothing is easier, however,

than to furnish this proof. At the time of the eruption the

trees, thrown down or broken by the violent gusts of wind,

must have been half carbonized, considering the extremely

high temperature which undoubtedly prevailed over the whole

island.

Afterwards Krakatao was covered from the summit to well

below the sea-level with a layer of ashes and of burning

pumice. This layer has a thickness varying from 1 to 60

metres. Under such conditions it is clear that no vestige of

the flora could have existed after the cataclysm. The most

persistent seed and the best protected rhizome must have for

ever lost all vitality.

* The great eruption of Krakatao took place from the 26th to 28th of

August, 1883.

new Flora of Krakatao, 145

There is no need to discuss the possibility of the plants

newly installed at Krakatao having been brought there by

the intermediation of man. The island is uninhabited, unin-

habitable, and difficult of access.

Finally, the composition itself of the existing flora of MKra-

katao is an additional proof that it cannot have derived its

origin either from the former flora or by the intervention of

man.

In the second place I think it necessary to say a few words

on the views generally adopted as to the origin of the floras

of islands. ‘This question, justly regarded as one of the most

important in botanical geography, has been treated in a num-

ber of works and memoirs of great value. It would be out

of place in this short notice to make numerous quotations ;

nevertheless I cannot refrain from mentioning the excellent

memoirs on insular floras and their origin published two years

ago by Mr. W. Botting Hemsley of Kew. In these memoirs,

which together form the first volume of the “ Botany ” part

of the celebrated ‘ Challenger’ Reports, Mr. Hemsley has

brought together and discussed all the data bearing on the

subject.

Everything to be found in literature on the origin of insular

floras has reference to coral-islands: these are the only ones

for which direct observations have been possible up to the

present time.

When one of these islands has begun to rise above the

level of the sea, seeds carried by ocean-currents from distant

shores strike against the growing island. Arrested for good

and all in their passive course these seeds germinate and give

birth to the first vegetation of the island. That seeds and

fruits may play this ré/e of first colonizing agent they must

be able to float for a long time in the sea and must not lose

their germinative power. These two qualities being rarely

united, the number of plants which land on one of these new

coral-islands is very restricted. It is always the same plants,

generally trees, to which the rdle of first colonizing agent

reverts ; there are at the most thirty species in all which come

under consideration.

Once the isle is provided with some trees a second colonizing

agent intervenes. It is birds, and amongst them especially

oceanic pigeons (frequently Carpophaga oceanica), which now

act this role, by coming to rest on the trees after their long

flight. Being frugivorous, they deposit on the island with their

excrement the seeds of many plants, which are not long in

constituting a new and important element of this flora én statu

nascendt, Ocean-currents and birds are thus the two agents

144. M. Treub on the

to which newly emerged coral-islands are indebted for their

floras. The wind or fortuitous causes may bring spores or

seeds of other plants later on; but these latter will then find

the soil prepared by their predecessors brought by the sea or

by birds.

Now, how does a lofty voleanic island, a mountain which

has sprung suddenly out of the sea at the time of an eruption,

clothe itself with plants? Or, which comes to the same

thing for the botanist, How does a volcano forming an island,

having lost all its vegetation by an eruption, acquire a new

flora? ‘These questions have never been put in a categorical

manner so far as I know. It is not to be wondered at, since

only quite hypothetical answers could have been given.

Nobody up to the present time has been in the position of

witnessing the advent of a new flora on a volcanic island.

After the knowledge acquired on the origin of coral-island

floras I do not think I shall be deviating too far from the

truth in assuming that the advent of a flora on one of these vol-

canic islands should be depicted in the following manner. The

littoral of the island becomes covered with plants by the aid of

seeds brought by ocean-currents and by birds in just the same

manner as with coral-islands. The elements which compose

the flora of this littoral belt will ascend little by little the

slopes of the island; this is possible, since the majority of

these plants, although preferring a saline station, yet grow

vigorously at a distance from the shore and at a tolerably

great altitude. However, the further the original vegetable

belt of the shore ascends, the more its progress slackens.

Lastly, it will be almost entirely by the mediation of birds

that the most elevated parts of the island will be stocked with

plants. When once the whole island is covered with a veget-

able carpet, as yet not very dense, the soil will be prepared

little by little for the reception of other plants, the spores or

the seeds of which are brought by the wind or by other

agents.

Let us now return to Krakatao to see what we learn from

the reality.

It is clear, after all that has been said, that a distinction

must be made between the flora of the shore and that of the

mountain proper, since we already know that there are plants

on Krakatao up to an altitude of more than 2000 feet.

I visited Krakatao on two occasions between the 19th and

24th June, 1886. On the shore I collected seeds or fruits of

the following plants :—

Heritiera littoralis, Dryand, (1). Barringtonia speciosa, L. (5).

Terminalia catappa, Z. (2). Calophyllum inophyllum, Z. (8).

Cocos succifera, L. (1). Pandanus, sp. (1).

new Flora of Krakatao. 145

The figures after the name of the plants indicate the num-

ber of fruits and seeds collected. Subsequently I found on

the shore some young shoots of the following species :—

Erythrina, sp. Two Cyperacee.

Calophyllum inophyllum, Z. Tpomcea pes-capree, Sw.

Cerbera odallam, Gaertn. Gymnothrix elegans, Bise.

Hernandia sonora, L. Scevola Keenigi, Vahl.

As was to be supposed, all the plants and seeds met with

on the littoral of Krakatao, with the exception of Gymno-

thrizx elegans, a grass common in Java, belong to the list of

species which stock newly emerged coral-islands.

In the interior of the island, upon the mountain proper, I

found the following species :—

PHANEROG AMS.

Wollastonia, ep. Gymnothrix elegans, Biise.

Two species of Conyza. Phragmites Roxburghii, WV. ab £.

Senecio, sp.

Tournefortia argentea, L.

Scevola Keenigii, Vahl.

Ferns.

Gymnogrammecalomelanos, Kaulf. Nephrodium calearatum, Hook.

Blechnum orientale, L. flaccidum, Hook.

Acrostichum scandens, J, Sm. Pteris aquilina, Z., var.

aureum, Cav. marginata, Bory.

Pteris longifolia, L. Onychium auratum, Kaulf.

Nephrolepis exaltata, Schott.

The determination of the Ferns is due to the kindness of

Dr. W. Burck.

The list gives rise to the following observations,

First, it 1s seen that the new flora of the interior of Kraka-

tao * is entirely different from that of the littoral, since there

are only two species met with both on the shore and the

mountain. ‘Then the presence of four species of Composite

merits notice. Itcan hardly be doubted that their seeds have

been carried to Krakatao by the wind, contrary to the opinion

generally held in botanical geography, according to which the

seeds of Composite have hardly ever been known to be

* T also found two mosses on Krakatao. Having sent them to Dy. v. d.

Sande Lacoste at Amsterdam with a request that he would determine

them, I hoped to learn their names on my return to Europe. On arriving

in Holland I became acquainted with the sad news of the death of Dr. v.

d. Sande Lacoste, which had taken place during my voyage to Europe.

It will be sufficient to state here that the two mosses in question do

not play any important part in the restocking of Krakatao.

146 M. Treub on the

transported by the wind across an arm of the sea, even though

very narrow *.

Lastly, the great number of species of ferns constitutes the

most interesting result of the inquiry. Amongst these eleven

species of ferns there are only two, Acrostichum aureum and

Nephrolepis exaltata, which are widely distributed over the

islands of the hot regions. For these two species, which

probably prefer a soil more or less impregnated with saline

matters, Krakatao can offer some advantages in this respect ;

for the nine other species this is not the case.

But more than that. In order to judge of the relative

importance of plants belonging to different groups in the re-

stocking of a country, the point in question in the first place

is not the number of species but the number of individuals.

Looking at it from this point of view, I can formulate the

result of the inquiry made at Krakatao thus :—

Three years after the eruption the new flora of Krakatao was

composed almost entirely of Ferns. The Phanerogams were

only found isolated, here and there on the shore or on the moun-

tain itself,

It is therefore ferns to which the ré/e reverts of preparing

the earth for the phanerogamic vegetation, which in time

will cover the island again as it covered it before the eruption.

There is nothing at all astonishing in the fact that nume-

rous spores of ferns fall on Krakatao, since the wind carries

even the seeds of phanerogams over the island; but what is

almost incomprehensible to any one on the spot is how the

ferns and their prothallia succeed in living under such disad-

vantageous conditions. Chemically and physically the vol-

canic matter which covers Krakatao constitutes one of the

most arid of soils. ‘To give an idea of the chemical compo-

sition presented to plants by this substratum, I reproduce the

result of two analyses according to M. Verbeek fT :—

No. 7a. No. 9a.

SO teen 61:36 68-99

PO hc ea 1-12 0:82

TNR Cpe gee) 17-77 16-07

Rar O. tied, 436 2-63

Opie aides 1-71 1:10

MENON eet ee as 0-4] 0:28

Gane ere 3-43 3-16

MaO oye te, 9:32 1:08

KO fe he 2-51 1-83

INESO TL erie: 4-98 4-04

* The distances of Krakatao from Sibesia, Sumatra, and Java are 10,

20, and 21 miles. The two small islands “ Lang eiland” and “ Verlaten

eiland,” which were completely laid waste at the time of the eruption,

were absolutely uninhabited at the period of my visit to Krakatao.

+ R. D. M. Verbeek, ‘ Krakatao,’ Batavia, 1885-86, p. 309.

new Flora of Krakatao. 147

M. Verbeek adds: “the dark-coloured ash no. 7a is pro-

bably the most basic, the pumice no. 9a the most acid product

of those cast out by Krakatao in 1883.” It has been said of

the island of Ascension that the soil resembles powdered

glass. It is clear that the same thing might be said of Kra-

katao.

As for the physical conditions, the pumice-stone and the

greyish-coloured ashes which cover Krakatao are continually

heated by a scorching sun, without there being any trace of

shade.

With the assistance of my friend Dr. Burck I made, in the

laboratory of the garden at Buitenzorg, sowings of the fern-

spores brought back from Krakatao on all kinds of substratum.

We wished to see whether the prothallia and young plants of

these ferns presented any special adaptations which would

enable them to overcome conditions so little favourable as

those offered by the soil of Krakatao. During an examina-

tion which was of necessity briet * nothing revealed the

presence of special adaptations either in the prothallia or in

the young plants.

To the mind of one verifying on the spot the predominance

of ferns at Krakatao the following questions immediately

present themselves. How can the fern-spores germinate

under such conditions ? are there not plants of a lower order

there, which cover the pumice-stone and the ash with a thin

layer, enabling the spores to germinate? In the first place

I thought of small lichens; but I did not succeed in finding

a single lichen on the whole island. But here and there on

the surface of the ash and of the pumice a glaucous or greenish

layer could be distinguished, which evidently arose from Algee.

A minute examination with the lens showed that the same

thing existed nearly everywhere, though in a less pronounced

degree. J then collected samples of the superficial layer of

the soil of Krakatao from several places in order to exa-

mine them at Buitenzorg.

Lt appears that the ash and the pumice composing the soil of

Krakatao are covered almost everywhere with a thin layer of

Confervoid Alge.

I have proved the presence on Krakatao of six species of

these Confervoid Algee, to wit: one Yolypothriz, one Ana-

bena, one Symploca, and three species of Lyngbya. I shall

distinguish provisionally the last three species by the following

names :—

* In consequence of the indisposition which compelled me to return

for some time to Europe.

148 On the new Flora of Krakatao.

Lyngbya Verbeekiana, thickness without sheaths from 1:9

to 8°4 w, with sheaths from 5 to 6°8 yw.

Lyngbya minutissima, maximum thickness, without sheaths

1:03 mw, with sheaths 1°38 p.

Lyngbya intermedia, thickness without sheaths from 1°73

to 3°45 w, with sheaths from 1°73 to 3°45 pu*.

By far the most common of these species is Lyngbya Ver-

beekiana; next comes Lyngbya minutissima. These two

Algee very frequently emerge from their sheaths.

Thanks to these six species of Algz and to their empty

sheaths, especially of the two Lyngbye I have just mentioned,

the arid soil of Krakatao is covered with a thin gelatinous and

hygroscopic layer. ‘There is no doubt in my mind that the

presence of this layer alone enables the spores of the ferns and

of mosses to germinate. On one of the samples of the soil of

Krakatao I found a spore of Pteris longifolia with a germi-

native filament of three cells imprisoned in a network of

sheaths of Lyngbya Verbeekiana.

The Algee prepare the earth for the Ferns in some such

manner as the latter do in their turn for the Phanerogams.

Let us now suppose for an instant that Krakatao, instead

of being only a score of miles from Java and from Sumatra,

was isolated in the sea at a very great distance from all

plant-bearing land. What would take place? The belt of

phanerogams installed on the littoral of the island would

climb the mountain up toa certain height, driving back the

ferns. ‘This progress would only be arrested at an altitude

which no longer suited the elements of the littoral flora.

Considering the isolation of the island, the seeds of other

phanerogams, fitted for existence at greater altitudes, would

never or hardly ever arrive at this station lost in the ocean.

Consequently the ferns would retain their predominance for

all time in the higher regions of the island, in company per-

haps with some Lycopods, and the phanerogams would remain

restricted to the lower regions and to the shore.

What we have just supposed for Krakatao is realized in

the cases of Juan Fernandez and Ascension.

Juan Fernandez, a small volcanic island, is situated 400

miles from the coast of Chili. Mr. Moseley says of its flora :—

“ There are upwards of twenty-four species of ferns growing

in this small island, and in any general view the ferns torm

a large proportion of the main mass of vegetation.”

Ascension, an entirely volcanic island of about the same

height as Krakatao, has a soil which has been described

thus :—‘ St. Helena has been called a barren rock, but it isa

* So in the original.—Eps, ‘ Annals.’

Mr. R. Lydekker on Nototherium and Zygomaturus. 149

paradise as compared with Ascension, which consists of a

scorched mass of volcanic matter in part resembling bottle-

glass and in part coke and cinders.” In his ‘ Lecture on

Insular Floras’ Sir Joseph Hooker expresses himself in the

following manner on the island and the vegetation which

covers it:—‘¢A small green peak, 2800 feet above the sea,

monopolizes nearly all the vegetation, which consists of

Purslane, a grass, and a Euphorbia in the lower parts of the

island, whilst the green peak ¢s clothed with a carpet of ferns,

and here and there a shrub.”

I have been led to add these data on Juan Fernandez and

Ascension to show that the facts established for Krakatao do

not constitute an exception.

I think, finally, that I am therefore justified in stating

that :

During the advent of a new flora on a volcanic island which

ts under the same conditions as Krakatao, the Phanerogams

will always be preceded by Ferns, and this doubtless owing to

the less physiological differentiation of the latter.

After an tsland—or a portion of a continent—has been

devastated by an eruption and covered with volcanic matter,

the vascular Cryptogams—and especially the Kerns—still per-

jorm at the present day the same part which they very fre-

quently did in the remote periods when they predominated on

the earth’s surface.

Voorschoten,

March 3, 1888.

XVII.—Nototherium and Zygomaturus.

By R. Lypexker, B.A., F.G.S.

In a short paper recently published in the Proc. R. Soc.

Queensland, vol. v. pp. 111-116, and plate, Mr. C. W. De

Vis again raises the question whether the humerus referred

by Sir R. Owen to Notothertum is rightly determined *.

This time, however, a new point of departure is taken. It

may be observed in passing that Mr. De Vis starts the un-

tenable proposition that the type of Notother’um being

imperfect cannot be taken as the real type of the genus: but

since this does not affect the question he has raised it need not

be further mentioned. The gist of his contention is that the

* De Vis, Proc. Linn, Soc. N. 8. Wales, vol. viii. p. 404. See also

Lydekker, Cat, Foss. Mamm, Brit. Mus, pt. v. p. 161.

150 Mr. R. Lydekker on Nototherium and Zygomaturus.

skull figured by Sir R. Owen in pls. xxxvi.—-xxxviil. of his

‘ Extinct Mammals of Australia’ as Nototherium Mitchelli

does not belong to that genus at all. A cast of this skull,

which I am informed by Mr. W. Davies has been somewhat

restored, is preserved in the British Museum (no. 33259), and

is entered on p. 162 of the ‘ Catalogue’ already cited.

This skull is the one to which Mr. Macleay applied the

name Zygomaturus trilobus. Now, so far as I know, the only

original publication of that name was in a Sydney newspaper

of 1857 *, and since such publication cannot be regarded as

one entitled to authenticate the name, I have not even quoted

Zygomaturus as a synonym of Notothertum in the Museum

‘ Catalogue.’

Now Mr. De Vis states that in this skull the upper pre-

molar is not of the triangular type which obtains in specimens

which he regards as typical examples of Notothertum; and

he figures an isolated upper tooth which he considers to cor-

respond with the premolar in question, with the conclusion

that both this specimen and the skull should be considered as

indicating an animal generically distinct from Nototherium,

for which he proposes to adopt the name Zygomaturus.

Unfortunately for this contention if the cast of the skull

no. 33259 be carefully examined, it will be found that while

on the right side the tooth in the position of the premolar is

-of the general type of the one figured by Mr. De Vis, on the

left side the premolar is much smaller, this being clearly

shown in the reversed figure given by Sir R. Owen in the

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xv. pl. vii. fig. 1. The differ-

ence is so great that whereas on the right the so-called pre-

molar is as long as the first molar, on the left side the

premolar is much shorter than the molar and is of the trian-

gular type which Mr. De Vis regards (and rightly) as typical

of Nototherium.

This, therefore, at once disposes of the contention that

no. 33259 cannot be referred to Notothertum. Other evidence

is, moreover, afforded by the associated specimens nos. 43087,

43087 a in the British Museum (‘ Catalogue,’ pp. 162-163).

Thus the former exhibits the base of a triangular premolar of the

moderately large size of the corresponding tooth of the left side

of 83259, while the latter shows the peculiar form of the zygo-

matic arches and nasals characteristicof that skull. No. 43087

is most undoubtedly a typical Notothertum, and was referred by

Sir R. Owen to his N. ¢nerme ; and the characters of the asso-

ciated nasals and zygomata decisively refute the statement of

* See Owen, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xv. p. 168 (1858).

Mr. R. Lydekker on Nototherium and Zygomaturus, 151

Mr. De Vis (2. c. p. 115) that the Nototherium skull was of

the Diprotodont type and unlike no. 33259,

Again, Mr. De Vis states (p. 116) that the mandible of

the so-called Zygomaturus is unknown; but no. 33259 has

with it the cast of a mandible which appears to have been taken

from a specimen associated with the cranium, This man-

dible, although not showing the premolar, is that of a typical

Nototherium.

Sufficient has now been said to show that Mr. De Vis has

not a leg to stand upon in the new view propounded; and

since he suggests that the humerus in question may have

belonged to his so-called Zygomaturus, the original reference

of that bone to Notothertum remains, at least for the present,

undisturbed.

There is, however, still the question as to what the tooth

on the right side of no. 33259 really is. Now it appears to

me that this tooth is either an abnormality, or that it is not

homologous with the tooth on the left side, or that it has been

inserted in a skull to which it does not belong *. The last

suggestion appears to me to be the most probable one, although

it would leave unexplained to what animal this tooth and the

somewhat similar one figured by Mr. De Vis really belong.

It is clear that the skull in question is adult, so that this

tooth cannot be P™3 if it belong to that skull, while its dis-

similarity from the true molars forbids the view that it can be

mm. 4

On the other hand, there is a certain similarity between

this tooth and some specimens of "4 of Diprotodon, although

it is larger than any specimens of that tooth which I have

seen. Assuming that this type of tooth is not an abnormal

last premolar of Notothertwm, it may be suggested that

it may possibly be the deciduous "=? of Diprotodon.

So far as we know at present there is no evidence of any

tooth-change or of the presence of a deciduous »™-3 in either

Diprotodon or Nototherium; but the loss of such change

being evidently an acquired character, we might reasonably

expect to meet with reversionary instances in which such

a change took place. ‘The rarity of this type of tooth, to

which Mr. De Vis alludes, so far as it goes, is in favour of

this suggestion.

I can of course say nothing as to what may be the nature

of the crushed Diprotodon-like skulls which Mr. De Vis would

* In writing the ‘Catalogue’ my attention was not especially directed

to this discrepancy in the two teeth. I may take this opportunity of

stating that no. 47840 (Cat. p. 168), which was labelled by Sir R. Owen

Nototherium Mitchelli, and so catalogued, really belongs to Dzprotodon.

152 Bibliographical Notice.

refer to Notothertum beyond suggesting that they may indicate

young individuals or a small species of Diprotodon itself.

I may add that in the ‘ Catalogue’ I provisionally followed

Prof. Flower in not regarding Nototherium tnerme as distinct

from N, Mitchell’; and the foregoing considerations regarding

the abnormal tooth of no. 33259 are somewhat in favour of

that view. Still there is a possibility that NV. cnerme may

indicate a distinct species, and in that case the premolars

figured by Mr. De Vis in the plate accompanying his paper

as types of his NV. dunense will be certainly referable to the

former species. The figured upper premolar is indeed almost

identical with a cast of a tooth of the opposite side in the

British Museum (no. M. 3643, Cat. p. 164).

Lastly, the generic name Owenta, proposed by Mr. De Vis

for a small form apparently closely allied to Nototherium, is

preoccupied at least three times over, the earliest application

of the name dating from 1847.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Bergens Museums Aarsberetning for 1887. 8vo. Bergen, 1883.

Tur Annual Report of the Museum at Bergen for 1887 certainly

does not yield to its predecessors in interest. The first article,

written in English by Prof. D. C. Danielssen, is particularly im-

portant; it relates to the “ Actinida of the Norwegian North-

Atlantic Expedition,” and reveals the existence of what seems to be

a perfectly novel series of characters in certain forms which would

be taken to belong to the Peachia and Ilyanthus type of Sea-Ane-

mones. The most remarkable point in the structure of these creatures

consists in the presence of a complete intestinal canal, running

directly from the mouth to the posterior extremity, where it opens

outwards through a regular anal pore. Of course the presence of

a pore at this point in certain genera of Sea-Anemones is a well-

known fact, but in none of these is there a regularly formed intes-

tine, and the peculiarity of the type is further increased by the

complete division of the body-cavity into longitudinal chambers by

septa joined throughout to the intestine. One can quite sympa-

thize with Dr. Danielssen in the “ dubiety ” which he entertains as

to the “systematic position of these remarkable animals,” which

are not Ceelenterates, although they certainly “ belong to the great

animal-group of Radiata.” Dr. Danielssen recognizes two genera,

which he somewhat fancifully names gir, after the Scandinavian

Neptune, and Fenja, after a sorceress supposed to reside at the

bottom of the sea and to occupy herself in grinding salt! The

Bibliographical Notice. 153

structure of the animals, which were obtained by deep dredging at

four different stations, is described at some length by Dr. Danielssen,

and pretty fully ulustrated on three quarto plates.

The two new Cornulariz from the Norwegian coast described by

Mr. James A. Grieg in the second article can make no claim to the

somewhat romantic interest attaching to Dr. Danielssen’s Actinida,

although they also form part of the spoils of the North-Atlantic

Expedition. They are unmistakable Alcyonarians belonging to

known genera, namely /thizowenta alba and Sympodium margari-

taceum, and they are carefully described and well figured. Short

characters and an explanation of the two plates are given in

English.

Mr. Grieg also publishes the first of a projected series of articles

on the fauna of the Westland fjords, in which he deals with the

animal life of the Mosterfjord, and gives lists of the Mollusca, Tuni-

cata, and Coelenterata which have been ascertained to inhabit that

locality. He indieaies the rarity or abundance of the different

species and has remarks upon their mode of occurrence. The Pori-

fera are noticed as Celenterata.

The last article in the volume, written, like the first, in English,

shares with it in zoological interest, and bears the following title :—

«* A Protandric Hermaphrodite (Mywine glutinosa, L.) amongst the

Vertebrates.” The author, Dr. Fridtjof Nansen, Curator of the

Bergen Museum, describes the circumstances which led him to the

conclusion that the hagfish is a protandric hermaphrodite, and goes

in some detail into a discussion of the phenomena of reproduction in

the Myxine. His conclusions are summarized as follows :—

“1, Myaine glutinosa is a protandric hermaphrodite. Up to a

body-length of about 32 or 33 centimetres it is a male, after that

time it produces ova,

“2, The proportion between the posterior male portion of the

reproductive organ and the anterior female portion is not constant ;

the male portion is generally, however, about one third of the whole

length of the organ.

“3. The few “true” males of Mya«ine observed are probably

transformed hermaphrodites.

“4, The young testicular follicles or capsules have a structure

quite similar to that of the young ovarian follicles. They contain a

large sexual cell, spermatogon, which is enveloped by an epithelium,

follicular epithelium, and a connective-tissue envelope.

“5. The spermatogon is, by subdivision, converted into sperma-

tides, which are separated from each other and swim in a fluid inside

the testicular capsules. By gradual elongation of the nucleus, as

well as the whole cell, the spermatides are converted into ripe sper-

matozoa, which pass into the body-cavity when the testicular cap-

snles burst.

“6. Nearly ripe spermatozoa may be found in specimens of

AMyaine at every season of the year.

“7, Myaine deposits its ova at every season of the year.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iii. 11

154 Miscellaneous.

Two other natural-history articles are of botanical interest,

dealing with the diseases of certain important plants. Both are

from the pen of Dr. J. Brunchorst. The first (in Norwegian) is a

revision of the plant-diseases of economic importance which occur in

Norway, and gives the results of a special journey undertaken by

the author for the purpose of investigating the diseases which affect

the principal cultivated plants, and contains his ehservations upon

barley, rye and oats, potatoes, clover, turnips, and kale, also upon

natural pine-woods, fruit-trees, hops, and roses. In the majority of

cases the mischief is done by fungi, which is also the case with the

disease of the black-fir (Pinus austriaea), which forms the subject of

Dr. Brunchorst’s second memoir (in German). This disease, which

attacks the needles and twigs of the trees, seems to have been very

injurious ; but the fungus which causes it cannot be identified fur-

ther than that it is the pyenidian stage of an Ascomycetan. It also

attacks the dwarf pine (Pinus montana), which has been planted

over a great extent of the west coast of Norway. This paper is

illustrated with two plates.

The only other article in this Report is an account by M. A.

Lorange of the discovery in a mound near the Karmsund of a por-

tion of a vessel of the age of the Vikings; but the antiquary will

also find some interesting objects figured upon two plates representing

specimens presented to the Museum during the year.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On anew Parasite of Amphiura. By J. Waurer Fewxes.

Tux Secretary read a communication on the parasitism of a Crusta-

cean in the brood-cavities of a common brittle-star (Amphiura squa-

mata), which he had discovered while at work in the Marine

Laboratory at Newport.

The Ophiurans, or brittle-stars, have two methods of development

or metamorphosis, known as the direct and indirect. In the indirect

the young passes through a stage called the pluteus, in which a pro-

yisional organism is developed from which the young form by

budding, the provisional organism or pluteus being eventually ab-

sorbed by the growing young of the brittle-star. Our common

Ophiopholis (O. aculeata) has such a pluteus. In the case of other

Ophiurans, such as Amphiwra, however, there is no free pluteus in

their metamorphosis, but the young are developed, without nomadic

stages, in special sacs of the mother, called brood-sacs, of which

there are ten situated in pairs on each side of the {bases of the | arms.

The young Amphiura passes its early life in these sacs, at first at-

tached by an umbilicus, afterwards free, and remains there until it

Miscellaneous. 155

has reached a considerable size. Morphologically both forms of

metamorphosis are identical ; but while certain structures, as, for

instance, parts of the calcareous framework of the pluteus, are recog-

nizable, a nomadic pluteus is never formed in this genus,

In collecting adult Amphiurans in order to discover new stages

in the development of the young my attention was often attracted

to certain adults of this genus in which a portion of the upper

(aboral) surface of the body has a reddish colour, while in most

specimens the body is chocolate-brown. This coloration was noticed

to be ordinarily limited to a marginal region of the body just be-

tween the radial shields.

It was invariably found, when those adult Amphiure with red-

dish coloration on the aboral surface of the body were dissected,

that young were absent from the brood-sacs. It was, moreover,

almost invariably found that in these adults the ovary had suffered

a change and had degenerated into an amorphous mass in which

ova were not recognizable. In the brood-sacs of such, instead of

young Amphiura there were found small packets of pink-coloured

ova, which, when seen through the wall of the body, impart the

reddish colour to the aboral body-wall. In addition to these packets

of ova it was likewise found that the brood-cavities of many of the

specimens thus abnormally coloured harboured a small Crustacean.

In an examination of the pinkish clusters of ova in the brood-sac

of the Amphiura it was discovered that they are in all conditions

of growth from the first stages of segmentation into a well-formed

Nauplius. Young Crustaceans free from the packet of ova were

also found in great numbers in the brood-sacs, These adults were

identified as belonging to the group of Crustacea called the Cope-

poda.

An interpretation of the above facts seems to be that we have

here a strange instance of parasitism, It is also thought to be

unique among the Echinoderms. Although many genera of para-

sitic Copepods are known, I am not familiar with recorded instances

where these parasitic Crustaceans enter the brood-sae of an Aim-

phiura and destroy the virility of its host for the good of its own

ofispring. Many instances of Crustacean parasites castrating other

Crustaceans have been recorded by Giard; but in these cases it has

not been shown that the castration of the host is a direct benefit to

the offspring of the parasite itself. In Amphiura, however, we

have a condition where we can legitimately conclude that the

amorphous condition of the ovary of the Amphiura is the direct

result of the presence of the mother Crustacean in the brood-cavity

of the Amphiura. We may suppose that the parent of the Crusta-

cean made her way through the genital slits ot the Kchinoderm into

the brood-sacs, and there spayed the Amphiura. Packets of the

ova were left in the brood-sacs to develop. With the destruc-

tion of the possibility of offspring in dAmphiura within her own

brood-sacs the future life of the young Crustacea was assured, and

156 Miscellaneous.

we may readily see, if the precaution of preventing the develop-

ment of young Amphiura had not been taken, the young Crustaceans

might have fallen easy prey to the vigorously growing young of the

brittle-star.

Many questions of theoretical interest suggest themselves in re-

gard to the curious condition of parasitism mentioned above. How

by a theory of the advantage which has come to the Crustacean has

the life within the brood-sae of Amphiura originated ? That it is a

manifest protection to the young Crustacean to be sheltered by its

host appears self-evident, and one can on this ground find abundant

cause for the mode of life which has been mentioned. Moreover, it

is also a great advantage that the young of the Amphiura be

destroyed. We may then suppose that in the evolution of this

manner of life, after the Crustacean has found a home in the brood-

sac of the brittle-star, the ovaries of the Amphiwra may have been

aborted by the parasite, and this habit of destroying the ovary has

led to a survival of the young Crustacean. That habit becoming

hereditary has led to the condition of life as it now exists. Whether

the ovaries were first used as food, and in that way the habit of

spaying the Amphiura arose, I cannot say. It is possible that they

offered a tempting morsel to the Crustacean, and the advantage

thus gained by the parasite over others has led through heredity

to the condition which we at present find.—Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.

Hist. vol. xxiv. p. 31.

The Bressa Prize.

The Royal Academy of Sciences of Turin gives notice that from

the 1st of January, 1887, the new term for competition for the seventh

Bressa Prize has begun, to which, according to the testator’s will,

scientific men and inventors of all nations will be admitted. A

prize will therefore be given to the scientific author or inventor,

whatever be his nationality, who during the years 1887-90,

“according to the judgment of the Royal Academy of Sciences of

Turin, shall have made the most important and useful discovery, or

published the most valuable work on physical and experimental

science, natural history, mathematics, chemistry, physiology, and

pathology, as well as geology, history, geography, and statistics.”

The term will be closed at the end of December 1890.

The value of the prize amounts to 12,000 Italian lire.

The prize will in no case be given to any of the National Members

of the Academy of Turin, resident or non-resident.

The President of the R. Academy,

A. GENoccHI.

Turin, January Ist, 1889.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 15. MARCH 1889.

XVIII.— Contributions to the Anatomy of the Central Nervous

System in Ceratodus Forsteri. By ALFRED SANDERS,

Min C.m., bobs.

[Plates VIII.-XIIT. ]

Crraronvvs has been known for so short a time that the litera-

ture of its nervous system is by no means extensive; three

memoirs exhaust the list of those that refer to that subject—

one by Prof. Huxley *, another by Beauregard f, and a third

by Prof. Burt. G. Wilder }, to which may be added two others

which touch only slightly or not at all on the nervous system ;

these are a very full account of the anatomy of Ceratodus by

Dr. Giinther §, a memoir which first introduced the animal to

the notice of scientific men, and another, more recent, by H.

Ayers ||, which goes more into the microscopic anatomy.

* “ Contributions to Morphology. Ichthyopsida.—No, 1. On Ceratodus

Forstert,’ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876.

+ “Encéphale et Nerfs Craniens du Ceratodus Forsteri,” Journ. de

l’Anatomie et Phys., Ch. Robin and G. Pouchet, 1881.

{ “The Dipnoan Brain, Ceratodus,” American Naturalist, vol. xxi.

1887.

§ Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. 1871.

|| “ Beitrage z. Anatomie und Physiologie d. Dipnoer,”’ Jenaische

Zeitschrift f. Naturwissenschaft, Bd. xviii.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iii. 12

158 Mr. A. Sanders on the

There are a few memoirs which treat of the brain of Proto-

pterus or Lepidosiren which will be referred to in the course

of this paper.

The specimens on which the present paper is founded were

caught under my immediate supervision in the River Burnett

at Gayndah, in Queensland, Australia.

The treatment to which the nervous system was subjected

was applied before molecular death could take place.

This treatment consists in placing the head immediately

after it has been cut off into Miiller’s solution to which spirits

of wine has been added in the proportion of one third; the

solution is changed next day and again two or three times in

the course of three weeks: the skull containing the brain is

then placed in a 2-per-cent. solution of potassium bichromate,

which is changed about once a fortnight, until the brain be-

comes sufficiently hard to be sectioned ; this occurs at various

periods, taking a shorter time in the higher Vertebrates than

in the lower; in the present case the period extended to more

than twelve months.

The best staining-fluid, I find, is an aqueous solution of the

aniline dye known commercially as soluble blue.

This method may seem antiquated to some people, who

think everything new must be best ; but I have always found

it to succeed well, and it is of great advantage to persons

situated as ] was, who are not in a position to attend to cutting

sections for some time after the capture of the animals; in

fact I can recommend it as an all-round method for travellers,

and in cases where the material is too precious to be wasted

on experiments it is better than most of the new ones, which

although perhaps for minute points they may be good, yet are

more or less uncertain, and are therefore not suited for use in

the bush.

The chromo-silver method of Golgi, for instance, as given

in Fridtjof Nansen’s memoir *, is excellent for showing cell-

processes of the brain in the higher Vertebrates, but requires

more civilized surroundings than are to be found in that sort

of place for its proper carrying out.

Macroscopic ANATOMY.

General Description.

The brain (PI. VIII. fig. 2) on its ventral side accurately

fits into a depression in the base of the skull; but on the

* <Vhe Structure and Combination of the Histological Elements of

the Central Nervous System: ’ Bergens Museum, 1886.

Nervous System of Ceratodus Forsteri. 159

dorsal side the cranial cavity is much larger, so that there is

a considerable space between the walls of the cranium and

the surface of the cerebro-spinal centres; this is filled by a

coarse and loose network of connective tissue, the trabecule

of which carry vessels and capillaries ; this arrangement re-

sembles that of Protopterus, and, as Wiedersheim * remarks,

may possibly serve to secrete the subarachnoid fluid,

A thick membrane of great toughness encloses the brain

and spinal cord ; but towards the posterior end of the latter it

becomes thinner and more membranous.

Two glandular bodies are developed in connexion with this

pia mater, as it may be called, it evidently corresponding to

that structure, at least in position. The posterior body, of a

spongy character, forms a cover to the sinus rhomboidalis, or

fourth ventricle, resembling that of Petromyzon as described

by Ahlborn +. It closes the whole ventricle with the excep-

tion of a small opening at the posterior end, in this respect

resembling the corresponding structure in Plagiostomata ; its

structure is not so much vascular as of a glandular nature,

being composed of a congeries of tubules which appear to

connect an upper and lower plate; externally the whole is

connected with and passes into the tough pia mater enveloping

the medulla oblongata, which is continuous with the mem-

brane that encloses the remainder of the brain.

The anterior body, which Beauregard + mistook for nervous

tissue, resembles the cover of the fourth ventricle in structure,

Iasmuch as its tissue is made up of tubules, but differs in the

fact that these tubules are more contorted ; it enters the third

ventricle, forming a spongy mass, termed by Prof. Huxley §

the tela vasculosa, but in which I failed’ to discover any

capillaries, its structure being entirely glandular.

This spongy mass (Pl. IX. fig. 5) extends to the anterior

end of the cerebrum, separating the dorsal wall of one side

from that of the other, so that the lateral ventricles are not

closed in above by nervous tissue. At the anterior end of the

cerebrum the lower surface of this structure is connected by a

lamina of connective tissue which passes between the inferior

internal fold of the cerebrum to join the general covering of

pia mater at the inferior surface of the brain. This fold is

* ‘Morphologische Studien: ’ Jena, 1880, p. 78. Also Jenaischo

Zeitschr. Bd. xiv. (1880),

+ Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zoul. Bd. xxxix. (1883).

{ Z. c. p. 282.

§ ZL. c. p. 29.

160 Mr. A. Sanders on the

termed the “ Falx ” by Prof. Burt. G. Wilder *, who was not

certain that it was continuous with the lower surface of the

tela choroidea. The ventricular partition is thus seen to be

made up for a great part of its extent by tissue which is not

nervous. The function of these two bodies is probably, as

Wiedersheim + suggests in Protopterus, also in this case, for

the purpose of secreting the cerebro-spinal fluid.

Over the third ventricle the pia mater forms a sort of

conical membranous cap, in the summit of which is found a

body, the pineal gland; but this shows no retinal structure,

even in the modified form described by Ahlborn in Petro-

myzon, much less the comparatively high development

described by Spencer { in Lacertilia and by Graaf § in Anguis

fragilis. This cover resembles that in Protopterus ||, but it

extends much higher in Ceratodus; in Lepidosteus also

a membrane resembling this is described by Balfour and

Parker {j, but this latter appears to resemble more Protopterus

than Ceratodus in appearance. In hina squatina and Acan-

thias vulgaris also there is a membranous cover to the thala-

mencephalon, which seems to be a homologous structure.

The pia mater is more closely attached to the rhinencepha-

lon than to the remainder of the brain, where it can be easily

stripped off with a pair of forceps. On the ventral surface

(Pl. XI. fig. 15) of the medulla oblongata and the commencing

spinal cord, immediately in front of the entrance of the ante-

rior root of the trifacial nerve, the anterior median fissure is

filled up with a development of the pia mater of a semicarti-

laginous consistence ; it is not, however, by any means of the

structure of cartilage, but consists of thick, round, smooth

fibres, several of which join together into one at the external

edge in a transverse direction, forming a sort of fenestrated

structure, whereby it becomes thicker in the central line and

thins off exteriorly, where it joins the ordinary membrane ; it

appears to act as an elastic pad which would protect the me-

dulla oblongata from sudden shock; but why the other parts

of the brain should not be as well protected does not appear.

Like Protopterus, Ceratodus presents a wide and well-

developed medulla oblongata connected by a narrow mesen-

cephalon and thalamencephalon with the prosencephalon ; but

there is no sudden angle between the former and the latter

as is described by Wiedersheim ** in Protopterus.

* Lee. p. 546. Tver pal.

t Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 1886.

§ Zool. Anzeiger, March 1886.

|| Wiedersheim, /. ¢. p. 71, fig. 21.

q| Phil. Trans. 1882, Sie pan:

Nervous System of Ceratodus Forsteri. 161

When the pia mater is stripped from the prosencephalon,

the nervous tissue that remains is not of any great amount ;

it forms a pair of thin plates, each folded so as to form the

outer walls and the lower part of the inner walls of two im-

perfect lateral ventricles, which, as above said, are completed

by the tela choroidea. I look upon them as lateral ventricles,

notwithstanding that their walls are not completed by nervous

tissue ; but if it is considered essential to the connotation that

the nervous walls should be complete, then of course the term

ventriculus communis should be applied. The chamber thus

formed is elongated from before backward, but is narrow from

side to side in its dorsal part ; anteriorly it communicates with

the ventricle of the olfactor y lobe by a foramen passing

through the neck of the same. Beauregard * supposed that

the anterior part of the prosencephalon belonged to the rhinen-

cephalon; but microscopic examination shows that it has the

same structure as that of the remainder of the cerebrum.

Below, this chamber communicates with an expanded bulla

by a large oval opening extending for the whole length of

the cerebrum ; the inner wall of this bulla is in contact with

that of the other side, but separated by a layer of pia mater,

and is only attached behind by a very small transverse com-

missure.

The prosencephalon in Ceratodus differs from that of Pro-

topterus in the incompleteness of the nervous tissue of the

walls T, but agrees in the hemispheres being entirely separ-

able except for the above-mentioned narrow transverse com-

missure, which in Protopterus runs between the two crura

cerebri, but in Ceratodus between the posterior ends of the

cerebrum itself. The latter also differs in the greater deve-

lopment of the rhinencephalon, which in Wiedersheim’s

figures is not shown, but which Fulliquet {| by transverse

sections demonstrated to be present indeed, but small and

scarcely separable from the cerebrum.

The thalamencephalon is a deep trough, open above, where

pia mater alone closes it. It is wider in front, where it com-

municates with the lateral ventricles by a broad opening, which

is divided into two by the tela choroidea, narrower behind,

where it passes into the aqueduct of Sylvius by a foramen

nearly as large as the ventricle of the optic lobe ; above this

latter opening is situated the posterior commussure, which

is not visible by the naked eye, but is shown in the microseo-

lise) Dizol.

+ Wiedersheim, 0. ec. p. 70.

{ “Recherches sur le cerveau du Protopterus annectens,”’ Recueil

Zoologique Suisse, tome 11, (1826).

162 Mr. A. Sanders on the

pical sections ; on the posterior end of the walls, immediately

in front of the point where they merge into the optic lobe,

there is a tuberosity which transverse sections demonstrate

to be double (Pl. IX. fig. 5); these tuberosities form the

ganglion habenule, which corresponds to the tuberculum inter-

medium of Teleostei and Plagiostomata.

Fulliquet in his detailed description of the brain of Proto-

pterus annectens mentions two tuberosities in a corresponding

position which much resemble these. He considers that

they form part of the epiphysis. This surely must be a

misapprehension ; they might be, and probably are, remains

of the ganglion which supplied that sense-organ, but they

could not be part of that sense-organ itself.

On the floor of the thalamencephalon there is visible ante-

riorly the projecting cord of the commissure of the two hemi-

spheres, which corresponds to the anterior commissure ; be-

hind this is an opening leading into the infundibulum.

The pituitary body or hypophysis is a large and extensive

structure formed apparently of glandular tissue composed of

interlacing tubules ; it seems to be much larger here than in

Protopterus.

No part of the chiasma nervorum opticorum is visible ex-

ternally, but on removal of the pia mater the optic tract is

distinctly seen passing upward and backward to the summit

of the optic lobe; this is much more visible in brains pre-

served in potassium bichromate than in spirit preparations.

The mesencephalon is a paired tuberosity, small and nar-

row, and does not present that external transverse striation,

visible presumably to the naked eye, given in fig. 20,

taf. 11. of Wiedersheim’s paper. Fulliquet* lays great stress

on the fact that in Protopterus annectens the mesencephalon

is single; he considers that this indicates a low degree of

development, the original single state of this segment of the

encephalon being preserved.

Although the cerebellum is not well developed, being

merely a bridge crossing the anterior end of the sinus rhom-

boidalis, yet it appears to exceed that of Protopterus in size;

internally it presents a longitudinal ridge, which dwindles

away posteriorly ; externally the position of this ridge is indi-

cated by a median longitudinal furrow ; posteriorly it termi-

nates in a free edge.

The sinus rhomboidalis is a broad shallow trough which

diminishes posteriorly rather suddenly ; its widest part is just

behind the crura cerebelli. The floor is flat, and in the central

* Lic. p. 20.

Nervous System of Ceratodus Forstert. 163

line two longitudinal ridges, separated from each other by a

median longitudinal furrow, are taintly visible; at the ante-

rior end two other longitudinal ridges appear, which contain

the ganglion of origin of the anterior root of the trifacial.

These two pairs of ridges pass beneath the cerebellum, and

the central ones are traceable into the aqueduct of Sylvius.

Posteriorly this ventricle passes by a long funnel-shaped

passage into the central canal of the corda spinalis.

Apparent Origin of the Cranial Nerves.

Second pair (Pl. VIII. fig. 1, n.2).—The optic nerves,

which are of small size, pass after a long course each through a

foramen which appears to correspond to the optic foramen.

Eachoneis closely attached forashort distance to the first branch

of the trifacial nerve ; but it is possible to separate them by

dissection without injury to either. The nerve, then passing

between the origins of the eye-muscles, enters the eyeball.

Third pair (Pl. VIII. fig. 1, .3).—The oculomotor

arises in the usual position at the base of the optic lobe in

what Ahlborn terms the epichordal part of the brain, and

passing out of the brain through its special foramen, it

immediately enters the sheath of the first branch of the tri-

facial, from which it cannot be dissected without injury ;

after a short distance it abandons its companion, and, taking

an independent course, can be traced to the muscles of the

eyeball. In Protopterus Wiedersheim was uncertain about

the origin of the corresponding nerve, thinking it might be a

branch of the tritacial. Fulliquet *, however, found its

origin in the usual position, but supposed that the first branch

of the trifacial shared its distribution ; if this should be the

case in Protopterus it certainly is not soin Ceratodus, although

ot course in the latter case there may be an interchange of

fibres. Serres T absolutely denies the existence of this nerve

in /rotopterus, as also of the fourth and sixth.

Hourth pair.—The trochleares are too small to be seen in

a macroscopic dissection, which justifies Serres in denying

their existence; but when we come to the microscopic de-

scription it will be seen that their presence is demonstrable in

the transverse section of the part between the optic lobes and

the cerebellum, where their decussation and emergence trom

the brain are distinctly to be seen (Pl. XI. tig. 9).

Lifth pair.—Vrifacial arises by two roots immediately

behind the junction between the cerebellum and the restitorm

* TL. ¢. p. 30: + Compt. Rend. 1863, p. 579,

164 Mr. A. Sanders on the

bodies ; the anterior is the largest; on it the gasserian gan-

glion is developed, after passing through which it joins the

posterior root, which arises a short distance behind the ante-

rior root, and immediately divides into two branches, which

join the anterior root just beyond the ganglion.

The branches of the trifacial in Ceratodus do not exactly

correspond to those of this nerve in Mammalia, but seem to

be more generalized, and the distribution of the various

trunks appears to be interchanged to some extent.

The first branch, which may be looked upon as the ophthal-

mic, is given off from the anterior root before its junction with

the two branches of the posterior root. It passes out of the

skull through a special foramen into a fossa, which is occu-

pied by the temporal muscle and which is not divided from

the orbit; it passes forward closely applied to the outside of

the skull, where it is joined by the oculomotor nerve, as

already mentioned ; it then passes round a process of the bone

named by Prof. Huxley the pterygo-palatine to the outer side

of the olfactory lobe ; it then crosses the olfactory sac, imme-

diately in front of its connexion with the olfactory lobe, to the

outer edge of the cartilage dividing the two olfactory sacs and

lobes from each other, which is termed by the same authority

the mesethmoid cartilage ; it then passes forward between the

olfactory sac and this cartilage, and finally dividing into two

branches, is distributed to the external skin of the central

portion of the upper lip.

The posterior root (Pl. VIII. fig. 1, co.) gives off close to

the junction of its two branches with the anterior root a com-

municating branch to the vagus; this curves round through

the outer wall of the ear-capsule, external to the semicircular

canals, and joins the vagus just beyond where the branchial

nerves and the visceral branch are given off, so that it only

joins the ramus lateralis ; it thus differs from the Lepidosiren

paradoxa, in which, according to Hyrtl *, the communicating

branch joins the ganglion of the vagus, whereas here it effects

a junction beyond it.

The junction between the anterior and posterior roots of

the trifacial takes place in a slightly different manner on the

two sides; on the right side the whole of both roots join at

once, on the left side there is a supplementary junction in the

shape of a short branch from the posterior root which joins

the anterior root at some distance along its course.

The nerve (Pl. VIII. fig. 1, m.) resulting from this junction

may be looked upon as the combined superior and inferior

saxillary ; it divides into two branches, an external and an

* Abhandl. d. konigl. bohmisch. Gesellsch, d. Wiss. Bd. iii, (1843-4).

Nervous System of Ceratodus Forster. 165

internal branch; at the anterior border of the temporalis

muscle both these give off twigs to the floor of the orbit ; the

external branch then goes forward over the membranous bag

which is situated above the side of the mouth. This bag has

no communication with the olfactory vestibule, on the outside

of which it is placed, but opens externally behind the angle

of the mouth through a special aperture. ‘The nerve ulti-

mately divides into two branches, each of which gives off

terminal filaments in a fan-like manner, which are distributed

to the deep side of the upper lip, external to the termination

of the ophthalmic branch.

The internal division takes a turn inward and divides into

two branches; the first goes directly downward and enters the

upper border ‘of. the mandible, in front of the origin of the

temporalis muscle ; the second, which may be looked upon

as the palatine nerve, passing heneath the ophthalmic, plunges

downward immediately in front of the pterygo-palatine bone,

and is distributed to the pad of mucous membrane situated on

the roof of the mouth.

Sixth patr.—The abducens was not found in any of these

specimens,

Seventh pair (Pl. VIII. fig.1, 2. 7.).—The facial arises imme-

diately ventrad of the origin of the posterior root of the trifacial,

it has a single root, which does not join either the fifth in front or

the acusticus behind, as is the case in Protopterus *, in which

also, according to Fulliquet, it has tworoots, but passes directly

outward through the mass of cartilage on the outer side of the

ear-capsule, which is probably the petrosal; it terminates by

being distributed to the integument outside and in front of

the branchial chamber; close to its origin it gives off from

its under surface a branch which plunges down in the carti-

lage at the base of the skull and divides into a pair of trunks—

one, passing forward through the base of the skull beneath

the brain, eventually supplies the anterior part of the roof of

the mouth, inside and between the olfactory sacs; the other

passes back and supplies the middle and outer part of the

anterior wall of the branchial eet

Highth pair (Pl. VILL. fig. 1, 2.8).—The acusticus arises

by one root behind and beneath the trifacial, in close contact

with the origin of the facial; its root emerges obliquely. At

its origin the anterior margin is slightly higher on the left

side and slightly lower on the right than that of the facial ;

but its posterior margin is on the same level on both sides.

‘here is no acvessory acusticus to be found here as is the case

in frotopterus, ‘This nerve divides into two main truuks,

* Wiedersheim, é. ¢. p. 75, tig. 19.

166 Mr. A. Sanders on the

which are distributed on the inferior surface of the otic vesicle,

one branch going to the external, the other to the internal

division of that vesicle.

Ninth pair.—The glossopharyngeal has not a distinct and

independent root in Ceratodus, but is a branch of the vagus,

and will be described with that nerve.

Tenth pair (Pl. VIII. fig. 1, x. 10).—The vagus arises by

five contiguous roots on the right side and by four on the

left ; the outer and anterior root is the largest in both cases.

The first branch is given off at right angles to the course

of the nerve and is the glossopharyngeal; atter a short course

this branch enlarges into a ganglion, the distal end of which

is the broader; trom this ganglion three branches are given

off. ‘The most anterior, which is the largest, plunges down

in front of the branchial chamber and supplies the membrane

lining the anterior wall of that chamber; the middle branch

is supplied to the membrane between the first branchial arch

and the anterior wall of the branchial chamber; the third

branch runs along the first branchial arch between the two

lamelle of the branchie to the ventral surface, where its

termir ating branches are distributed to the pharynx.

A short distance behind the glossopharyngeal a large gan-

glion is attached to the inferior surface of the main trunk of

the vagus (Pl. VIII. fig. 1, gn.v.); this ganglion ends in

three expansions, having first given off a small communicating

nerve to the glossopharyngeal; the three terminating gan-

glia supply branches to the membrane closing the spaces

between the branchial arches, and each gives off a nerve

(Pl. VIII. fig. 1, 6.) which runs in a groove at the base of the

branchize to the ventral side, where it terminates in the same

way as the branchial branches of the glossopharyngeal. In

addition, the third swelling gives off a large nerve, which

passes on behind the branchial chamber and becomes the

visceral branch of the vagus.

The main continuation of the nerve, after giving off the

above-mentioned ganglion, passes backward along the side of

the vertebral column as the ramus lateralis (Pl. VILI. fig. 1

Tails):

The origin of the vagus, as thus described, differs consider-

ably trom that of the corresponding nerve of Protopterus*,

in which it arises by both dorsal and ventral roots, which all

end in the ganglion, the consequence being that none of the

branches are independent of that body.

‘Two nerves arise from the ventral side of the posterior end

of the fourth ventricle behind the vagus ; they originate like

* Wiedershein, J. ¢.

Nervous System of Ceratodus Forster. 167

the ventral roots of the spinal nerves, except that they have

two contiguous roots instead of one, which shows that each

one ought to be counted as two. ‘They have no dorsal roots,

and take a long course in the vertebral canal before passing

out through their respective foramina, which are high up in

the vertebral arches on the same level as the foramina through

which the dorsal roots of the succeeding spinal nerves emerge.

It is possible that they may correspond to the two ventral

roots of the vagus, as described by Wiedersheim *, but here

they certainly do not join the vagus. They cannot be looked

upon as the hypoglossal, as the course usually followed by

that nerve in fishes is here pursued by the second and third

spinal nerves; their course outside the skull was not made

out, but it is improbable that they would join those nerves,

as the intervening trunk, which is the first spinal nerve, does

not do so.

The ganglion (Pl. VIII. fig. 1, sy. gn.) of the spinal nerves

forms an angle in the cartilage of the vertebral arch, and

extending down near the outer edge to the level of the floor

of the vertebral canal, it is there joimed by the ventral root,

which has itself passed through a distinct foramen.

The hypoglossal appears to be represented by the second

and third spinal nerves, which pass into and supply the

anterior fin.

Central Cavities.

The central canal (Pl. XI. fig. 15, c.ca.) in the spinal

cord is rather large comparatively speaking ; its long diameter

is placed from side to side and it is compressed from above

downward, In its progress forward the canal gradually

widens, the lateral ends become pointed by degrees, and on

appr oaching the posterior end of the fourth ventricle the sharp

angle formed by these pointed extremities slightly turns

downward, At this point the canal is a large and extensive

channel occupying about one third of the extent of the sec-

tion; the floor is convex and the roof is vaulted. A short

distance in front of this region a depression or notch appears

in the roof, which is attached to the dorsal edge of the section

by a plug of connective tissue separating one side from the

other ; this depression increases as the canal deepens, until

finally the fourth ventricle or sinus rhomboidalis opens out ;

the walls recede, the floor becomes wider, and the section

enlarges in every direction—an enlargement due partly to the

* Ee) p10, el9:

168 Mr. A. Sanders on the’

increase of the parenchyma, but principally to the expansion

of the lumen.

The posterior part of the floor of the fourth ventricle pre-

sents the same form as that of the anterior part of the funnel-

shaped termination of the central canal, except that at the

lateral part the junction of the floor with the walls is more

rounded and less sharp than further back.

The two multiaxial fibres, a description of which will be

given presently, form a couple of ridges projecting into the

floor; between the two there is a depression, and again on

each side another leading to the lateral parietes, which are

here perpendicular. Further forward the two prominences

become higher and more marked, and contain not only the

multiaxial fibres but also some of the fibres of the ventral

columns ; they correspond to the longitudinal ridges which

are seen on the floor of the sinus rhomboidalis in the Plagio-

stomata.

In the wall of the ventricle there now appear two tubero-

sities, one forming a club-shaped dorsal termination, like a

coping to a wall, which belongs to the trifacial (PI. X. fig. 13,

v. trt.), the other situated lower down, just above the junction

with the floor; towards the posterior end this is a long, low,

flat swelling (PI. XII. fig. 14, #), but further forward it

gradually sinks down until it becomes a small rounded

eminence ; this corresponds to the bead-like tubercles on the

flcor of this ventricle in Scyliium, although it is here a ridge

and not discrete formations.

The fourth ventricle passes beneath the cerebellum without

any diminution in size (Pl. X. fig. 11); on the contrary, it

gradually widens from behind forward ; at this part a low

broad tuberosity belonging to the trifacial is visible. ‘Towards

the anterior end of the cerebellum (Pl. XIII. fig. 10) this

swelling disappears and the depression between the ventral

columns loses its gentle contour and becomes a triangular

trough, with the sides meeting at an angle at the bottom;

here the lumen is more contracted, and its space is diminished

by the projection of a process from the roof of the cerebellum,

In the ventricle (Pl. XI. fig. 9) of the mesencephalon or

aqueduct of Sylvius the floor gradually deepens into a narrow

fissure, which eventually opens into the infundibulum ; in

addition to the fissure in the floor of the optic lobe there is

one in the roof which extends for the whole length of the

lobe.

In the region of the anterior end of the optic lobe an offshoot

of the fissure on the floor is observed to be directed backward ;

this can be traced beneath the floor of the optic ventricle for

Nervous System of Ceratodus Forsteri. 169

some distance, and ends in a cul-de-sac immediately in front

of the point where the infundibulum detaches itself from the

under surface of the brain to pass down to the hypophysis.

From the point where the ventricle of the optic lobe joins

the infundibulum the latter proceeds obliquely both upwards

and downwards, upwards through a membranous tube to the

epiphysis and downwards to the hypophysis; at the point of

junction with this body the pia mater splits into two layers,

one going to envelop the hypophysis, while the other passes

over to the opposite side and shuts in the lower end of the

infundibulum, so that there is no actual communication

between this passage and the cavity of the hypophysis, as is

the case in Scyllium; neither is this passage completed by

nervous tissue, but the lower end is closed merely by this

membrane.

Anteriorly the third ventricle communicates by means of a

ventriculus communis with the two lateral ventricles in the

cerebrum, the walls of which are completed by the tela cho-

roidea ; each of these again communicates anteriorly with a

ventricle in the olfactory lobe.

Microscopic ANATOMY OF THE BRAIN.

Cerebrum.

On inspecting a section through the dorsal wall of the

cerebrum (Pl. XIII. fig. 22) it is possible to make out four

layers counting from the surface turned toward the ventricle,

which is lined by an endothelium continuous with that of the

remainder of the cavities of the brain. The cells of this endo-

thelium send processes into the parenchyma of the cerebrum,

and carry on their internal surface a flat disk, which, with

those of the contiguous cells, form a membrane which lines

the ventricle and in some places shows the remains of cilia.

The most internal of the four layers of the parenchyma of

the cerebrum consists of cells which occupy about one quarter

(more or less) of the thickness of the cerebral wall.

External to these cells the second layer, composed of a

finely granular neuroglia, occupies rather more than one

fourth of the total thickness.

The third layer consists of cells larger but much less nume-

rous than those of the first layer.

The fourth or external layer is occupied by a zone of granu-

lar neuroglia, which extends to nearly half of the total thick-

ness, filling the space between the third layer and the outer

edge.

170 Mr. A. Sanders on the

These measurements are approximative only and vary

somewhat in different parts of the cerebrum.

The cells of the inner layer are generally spherical in shape,

but some oval and pyriform ones are also met with and even

occasionally fusiform ones are seen. They range in size from

0:0084 millim. to 13 w in diameter; they show a peculiar

tendency to become vacuolated, in which state they resemble

the appearance presented by Infusoria when too much com-

pressed ; this vacuolation is caused probably by the preserva-

tive fluid not penetrating with sufficient quickness through

the parenchyma, as it is only found in those cells which

occupy the internal surface. When the cells are in this state

the nucleus and the nucleolus are obscured ; but in the normal

cells they are quite distirct. These cells are closely crowded

together and give off processes which join the fibrillar network

of the neuroglia with which they are surrounded.

In the second layer the fibrils permeating the neuroglia of

which it is composed have a decidedly longitudinal direction

and are probably continuations of the fibres of the crura

cerebri.

The cells of the third layer are on an average of a larger

size than those of the first or internal layer ; they range from

17 » long and 14 w wide to 30 w long and 12 » wide; they

are not so closely packed together, but are rather sparsely

scattered along the zone which they occupy; they usually

give off two or three thick processes instead of numerous fine

ones; they resemble the larger cells in the cerebrum of the

Teleostei.

In some places the first or internal layer extends through

the parenchyma of the second layer and becomes continuous

with the third, so that the intervening neuroglia loses its

distinct individuality and the three layers merge into one.

The fourth or external layer is entirely or very nearly

devoid of cells, and consists of a fine fibrillar network imbed-

ded in a finely granular neuroglia, having the usual characters

and showing a slight tendency to radial striation.

The palissade cells of the external surface are very slightly

developed and are scarcely perceptible; yet when they do

occur they send processes into the interior, as in Plagiosto-

mata and 'Teleostei.

The above-described arrangement occurs in the dorsal wall

of the cerebrum. ‘The ventral parietes forming the bulle

offer a slightly varying disposition of the elements of the ner-

vous substance. Here the central layer of cells is absent,

and only two layers are observable—one internal, composed of

cells altogether resembling those which form the internal

Nervous System of Ceratodus Forster. 171

layer in the dorsal walls; the other, made up of the ordinary

neuroglia, extends to the outer surface ; the line of demarea-

tion between these two layers is irreg ular ; ; sometimes isolated

portions of neuroglia penetrate into “the stratum of cells, and

on the other hand groups of cells project into the neuroglia ;

the cells are arranged more loosely in some parts, in other places

they appear to be more closely packed together. The stratum

of neuroglia varies in width from one third to nearly one half

of the thickness of the walls, the remainder of the space

being occupied by the cells.

Lobi olfactorti.

Tn the structure of the olfactory lobes (Pl. XITI. fig. 21)

one may distinguish four layers interposed between the endo-

thelium, which lines the very large ventricles and which is con-

tinuous with that of the cerebr um, and the external surface.

Internally is seen a layer of cells resembling in every respect

those of the inner layer of the cerebrum, with which they are

continuous; their measurements also nic very much about

the same ; they vary in diameter from 10 « to 0.0145 millim.

External to this layer of cells is a space occupied by a

finely granular neuroglia, in which a fibrillar network is found

having a general longitudinal direction. Longitudinal fibres

of a larger size oceur scattered through this layer ; these are

in some places collected into a bundle immediately internal

to the outer layer; these fibres have fusiform cells developed

along their course, which cells are of a larger size than those

of the inner layer; their size varies from 0°0259 millim. long

and 0:0125 broad tol2 # long and 0:0098 millim. broad ; they

follow the curves of the ventricle, so that they sometimes

become visible in a transverse section, as in the figure.

As Fritsch has justly remarked, the glomeruli are as cha-

racteristic of the olfactory lobes as the Purkinje cells are of the

cerebellum; they occupy the external part of the lobe in

Ceratodus, as in Plagiostomata and 'Teleostei, and they present

the same sort of structure. The fibrils which proceed from

them constitute an external layer, which ultimately contributes

to form the olfactory nerves.

At the anterior end of the ventricle there is a corresponding

arrangement of the layers from behind forward, so that they

surround the ventricle in concentric strata. Anteriorly the

fibrils of the second layer form a distinct bundle, the outer

fibrils of which go to a group of glomeruli situated in the

centre of the anterior wall of the ventricle, while the inner

fibrils pass over to the other side.

172 Mr. A. Sanders on the

On comparing a section through the olfactory lobe with one

through the cerebrum, it is possible to imagine how the

former could have been evolved from the latter. The internal

layer of the olfactory lobe resembles in every respect and is

continuous with the internal layer of the cerebrum, the second

and third layers of which would correspond to the middle

layer of the olfactory lobe, while the glomeruli would be the

condensed external layer of the cerebrum.

This idea is supported by the fact that the three internal

strata of the cerebrum equal in width the two internal layers

of the olfactory lobe, while the external layer of the former is

much wider than the zone of glomeruli, which are undoubt-

edly formed of more condensed substance than the neuroglia

of the cerebrum.

Hypoaria.

The hypoaria (Pl. LX. fig. 6) as distinct structures seem to

be represented in Ceratodus only by the lamin of nervous

tissue which form the walls of the infundibulum.

Their structure resembles that of the cerebrum, that is to

say, there exists a layer of cells on the inner surface, and

external to this the parenchyma is occupied by neuroglia, in

which a fine network of fibrillee is imbedded.

The larger cells which characterize the third layer of the

cerebral walls are here absent.

Lobi optict.

The optic lobes (Pl. XII. fig. 8, Pl. XIII. fig. 23) have a

structure comparable to that of the optic lobes of the Plagio-

stomata. On the internal surface there is seen the layer of

endothelial cells which line the aqueduct of Sylvius and are

continuous with the endothelium of the remaining cavities of

the brain.

External to the endothelium four layers may be distin-

guished in this structure.

The first.is a layer of cells the great majority of which are

spherical, but many are pyriform or oval; each sends a pro-

cess from one side in a radial direction, which may be traced

into the parenchyma of the interior of the lobe; the cells in

this layer show a tendency to be arranged in clusters on these

radial processes, in the same way as in the corresponding

layer of the tectum lobi optici in Teleostei, but the arrange-

ment is not so well marked here; many of them resemble the

Nervous System of Ceratodus Forsteri. 173

cells of the internal layer of the cerebrum. Their size is about

16 uw in diameter.

Placed externally to these cells there is a zone of transverse

fibrils which, proceeding upward, eventually collect into the

transverse commissure on the dorsal part, to be mentioned

presently ; they are derived from fibres coming forward from

the region about the floor of the ventricle, being originally

derived from the lateral columns of the cord.

These two layers occupy about half the thickness of the

section; many cells of the same size or larger than those of

the first layer are seen to be scattered throughout this part,

and, in addition, fusiform cells are to be found which are

placed, some in a radial, others in a transverse, direction ; the

latter give a process from each end which joins the transverse

fibrils; from the former processes run out to join the radial

fibrils, which are visible traversing this stratum from the

internal layer; these radial cells in some cases may be observed

to give off from one end a comparatively broad process going

towards the inner margin of the lobe, and from the other end

of the cell a fine process which goes towards the outer surface

- and is soon lost in the parenchyma.

These cells measure from 28 w to 32 w in length and from

10 w to 15 w in breadth.

The third layer, counting from the internal surface, has a

smooth, finely granular neuroglia, in which an extremely

minute radial striation can be detected ; it occupies about half

the remainder of the section.

The fourth or external layer consists principally of longi-

tudinal fibrils, which are the continuation of the fibres of the

optic tract ; in this zone a few cells are very sparsely scat-

tered. The neuroglia in which these fibrils and cells are

imbedded is coarser than that of the third layer and is per-

meated by a fibrillar network.

In the central line of the roof, close to the dorsal surface,

there is a transverse commissure, formed of very fine fibrils,

which are derived from the second layer of the optic lobe above

described ; it corresponds to the transverse commissure in the

tectum lobi optici of Teleostei and the optic lobe of Plagio-

stomata.

Precisely in the region where this commissure occurs there

is a ganglion of large cells (Pl. XII. fig. 8, t.c. op.), which

corresponds to the roof-ganglion of Plagiostomata (‘* Dach-

Kerne” of German authors). The greater number of these

cells are in close apposition to the endothelium which lines

the fissure present in the roof of the optic lobe; but a few are

placed with their broad ends contiguous to the outer surface.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. i. 13

174 Mr. A. Sanders on the

They are usually pyriform, having a process emerging from

the pointed end, which process is directed radially, 7. e. towards

the inner surface, thus differing from the corresponding cells

in the Plagiostomata, where the corresponding cells send pro-

cesses in a transverse direction towards the outer side. There

also occur others which have a fusiform shape; these send a

process from each end, one being larger than the other. The

fusiform specimens are found in the part of the ganglion which

is situated close to the inner edge, while the pyriform ones

are found near the outer edge. Their size varies between

82 uw long by 4 wu broad and 60 pu long by 5 pw broad.

These cells resemble the cells of the ventral ganglion of the

spinal cord as to the nuclei and nucleoli, though differing

much in shape. The nuclei are more deeply stained than the

cell-contents, and the nucleoli have a clear space round them.

Occasionally these cells exhibit two nucleoli, which are situa-

ted a short distance apart; in this case the clear space is

single but elongated in shape, and meanwhile the nucleus

remains unaffected ; whether these were cases of cell-division

ft could not determine, the staining-fluid employed not showing

any pattern of karyokinesis.

A ganglion containing cells which resemble these in form

and position are found in the corpora quadrigemina of Echidna.

This fact gives an additional argument in favour of the theory

that the optic lobes of fishes homologize with the corpora

quadrigemina of Mammals; as these bodies in Echidna are

undoubtedly the same as in the Mammalia, so if the former

correspond to the optic lobes in fishes, the latter must do so

also, since things that are equal to the same are equal to each

other.

At the posterior part of the optic lobe there is a proble-

matical body (Pl. XII. fig. 8, d) which I have not met with

elsewhere ; it is situated at the outer and lower edge of the

lobe, where it forms a swelling apparently attached to the

outer side of the lobe, from which it is distinct. It consists

of small spherical cells imbedded in a network with large

meshes composed of fibrils; its signification is not apparent,

but it appears to be connected with the transverse commissure

of the medulla oblongata.

Cerebellum.

The cerebellum (Pl. XIII. fig. 10) has a structure corre-

sponding to that found in Plagiostomata and 'Teleostei, and,

indeed, of the whole vertebrate kingdom.

Nervous System of Ceratodus Forsteri. 175

YY ,

Four layers are to be distinguished from within outward

viz. the fibrous, the granular, intermediate, and molecular.

The fibrous layer consists of nerve-fibres situated close

beneath the endothelium; they run obliquely backward and

eventually form the crura ‘cerebelli ad meduliam ; ; some fibres

also of this layer pass through the granular layer; they come

up from the internal tuberosity on each side, then turn down

along the main lamina of the cerebelium.

The granular layer occupies the space between the fibrous

layer and the intermediate ; it consists of spherical cells which

are imbedded in a loose network of fibrille, to which they

give off processes.

The intermediate layer, which comprises the Purkinje cells,

is conterminous with the molecular layer, to which it might

appear to belong; but as these cells send processes not only

into the molecular but also into the granular layer, they

might be said to belong to both; therefore it is perhaps

better to make them into a separate layer, as they are struc-

tures characteristic of the cerebellum.

These Purkinje cells, as seen in a horizontal section, have

a very irregular shape and give off numerous processes ; some

have five, four of which go more or less obliquely into the

molecular layer, sometimes dividing dichotomously ; the fifth

in this specimen goes directly into the granular layer. In

other cases these cells present a quadrangular form and

show four processes, the long axis being placed radially or at

right angles to the surface; in these forms two processes pass

into the molecular layer and two into the granular ; in one

case one of the latter processes could be traced into the

bundles of the fibrous layer. Other forms also are found,

some with three processes and others only with two, the latter

being fusiform in shape. ‘The form of these cells in Cera-

todus does not appear to be fixed, since they vary so much

more than is the case in Plagiostomata and ‘Teleostei.

In longitudinal and vertical sections these cells are more

often fusiform or take on the shape of an isosceles triangle,

which shows that they are more compressed in this direction ;

in the latter case the apex sends a process into the granular

and the base sends two processes into the molecular layer.

At the anterior end of the cerebellum the molecular layer

forms a mere cap on the summit of this segment of the brain ;

but on proceeding further back it is seen to extend laterally

over the crura, carrying the other layers with it, but not ex-

tending so far over the restiform bodies as in some Plagio-

stomata; but where the latter become clear of the cerebellum

176 My. A. Sanders on the

a small piece of the molecular layer is left on their summit,

forming a sort of rudimentary resemblance between the two.

The molecular layer shows as its most conspicuous element

the processes of the Purkinje cells, which pass towards the outer

surface and there form a comparatively coarse network, which

in some places gives a diamond-shaped pattern, like cross

hatching; this is caused by the terminal branches of the

processes dividing dichotomously at their extremities and

so obliquely crossing each other; the fibrils resulting from

this division are much larger than those which form a minute

network, which fills up the intervals between them; the latter

have a general tendency to a longitudinal direction, especially

well marked towards the outer surface.

In addition to these two sets of fibrillar network there are

to be found sparsely scattered through the molecular layer oval

and rounded cells, some of which give off processes from their

longer axis. The largest measure 23 u long by 0°0155 millim.

wide and their size varies between that and the smaller ones,

which are 0°0155 millim. long by 13 w wide. The spherical

cells have the appearance of those found in the granular

layer, and have about the same diameter, some being slightly

larger. I could not make out that they gave off any pro-

cesses.

In addition to these there occur also cells of a more elon-

gated type, approaching the fusiform; these measure 24 w

long by 0:0114 millim. broad; they have a large granular

nucleus, but no nucleolus can be detected ; cells are also seen

which form a transition to the oval shape.

Thus there is found in the molecular layer a regular tran-

sition from the spherical, passing through the oval, to the

fusiform type of cells ; the latter give off a process from each

end, the one directed towards the outer surface being the

thicker of the two and traceable as far as the outer edge,

where it may be seen to join the network of the radial pro-

cesses of the Purkinje cells.

Other cells are to be observed which are situated close to

the outer edge 5 they resemble the oval type; in some places

they form a thin layer.

The external surface of the cerebellum is bounded by an

epithelium formed of rounded cells, which carry on their ex-

ternal surface flat membranous expansions, corresponding to

but more substantial than those found on the inner surface

facing the ventricle. This exterior layer of epithelial cells

resembles the palissade cells (“ Stiftzelle”’ of Stieda) in the

Plagiostomata; but their processes which penetrate the

molecular layer are much less marked.

Nervous System of Ceratodus Forsteri. 177

Spinal Cord.

In a section through the spinal cord taken a short distance

behind the posterior end of the sinus rhomboidalis the follow-

ing structures may be distinguished :—

Three pairs of columns in the white substance, viz. the

ventral, between the two ventral roots of the spinal nerves,

the dorsal, between the two dorsal roots, and the lateral,

between the dorsal and ventral roots.

The nerve-fibres of the ventral columns are on an average

of a larger size than those of the other two columns; but

they do not predominate to such a degree as in the Teleostei.

On the other hand, many large-sized fibres are scattered

through the lateral columns, which thus show a general

average of larger-sized fibres than in Teleostei.

Contrary to what is the case in Protopterus, where the

grey substance, according to Fulliquet *, repeats exactly the

exterior form of the spinal cord, it here has a highly irregular

outline. It extends on each side of the central canal in a

semilunar form, the concavity being directed downwards ;

the two ventral horns expand into club-shaped extremities,

The dorsal is more irregular in shape, consisting of lamella

of grey substance, springing from the substantia gelatinosa

centralis on each side of the canal and being directed towards

the dorsal surface.

The grey substance gradually diminiskes in going back

until at the posterior end of the cord it nearly disappears.

The concavity of the grey substance coincides with the

convexity of the ventral columns, on the summit of which

the two multiaxial fibres are imbedded; these occupy a

position corresponding to that of the Mauthner’s fibres in

Teleostei. As tar as I can discover, they are distinct from

any other kind of nerve-fibre in their structure, but seem to

approach nearest to those fibres, of which they appear to be an

amplification. They occupy a considerable amount of space

on the upper and outer sides of the ventral columns, being

conterminous with the lower concaveedge of the grey substance

on their dorsal sides. They vary in shape in different parts

of their course from round to almond-shaped.

The peculiarity of their structure consists in the fact that

from forty to fifty axis-cylinders are contained in a single

medullary sheath, which is common to all of them. This

sheath, notwithstanding its immense extent and thickness,

has the appearance and structure of the medullary sheaths of

* Tee. p. 41.

178 Mr. A. Sanders on the

ordinary nerve-fibres. The axis-cylinders also resemble those

found in other parts of the cord.

Fulliquet *, who appears to have been the first to investigate

microscopically the brain of Protopterus, describes two large

fibres occupying a corresponding position in the spinal cord

of that animal; these he terms Mauthner’s fibres, but from

his plates and the terms in which he mentions them, I should

imagine that he refers to Millerian fibres. he distinction is

essential, for while the latter are unprovided with medullary

sheaths, the former have them unusually well-developed.

The nerve-fibres of the ventral columns do not so mani-

festly exceed in size those of the lateral and dorsal columns

as they do in Teleostei, consequently they are not so dis-

tinctly marked off in Ceratodus ; the larger ones are accumu-

lated more towards the dorsal edge of the column, those on

the ventral side being smaller. There are many larger-sized

fibres scattered throughout the lateral columns, while those of

the dorsal columns are all of minute dimensions.

The ventral ganglion consists of fibrils, free nuclei, probably

connective-tissue cells, and nerve-cells of two kinds; the

fibrils pass through in all directions; many are continuous

with the fibre rectee, which pass down in the central line to

the ventral edge of the cord; these latter and many of the

others are processes from the endothelial cells which line the

central canal.

The nerve-cells are of two kinds: one species, gigantic

in size and irregular in shape, is provided with numerous

branches ; the other smaller, smoother in contour, usually

gives off not more than two processes.

The larger species (Pl. XII. fig. 18) are generally placed

at the inferior edge of the ventral ganglion; some are elon-

gated and curved, following the outline of the ventral horn

of grey substance; they give off two or three processes from

each end and four or five from their convex surface, which is

inclined towards the white substance, while none are sent off

from their concave margin, which embraces the grey sub-

stance. ‘TheSe cells are not very numerous; sometimes only

one or two are to be seen in a section ; these are of the largest

size. Occasionally as many as five occur in one section, but

never more; in this case they are smaller and are narrow,

fusiform, or tripolar, and occupy a position near the edge

and also sometimes more in the interior of the ventral horn.

The processes from these cells can be followed for long

distances, and can be seen to give off branches, which pass

between the trabecular network which forms the supporting

Nervous System of Ceratodus Forsteri. 179

framework of the cord; some of them can be traced occasion-

ally to the outer edge of the section, where they are found to

pass into the longitudinal columns, where they become the

finer longitudinal fibres which are to be seen in that position ;

others can be traced to the centre of the motor tract, where

they become the fine fibres which occupy the spaces between

the usual larger-sized fibres of the ventral and lateral columns ;

in most cases these processes of the cells turn backward, in a

few they turn forward. In one case I found a process from

a cell turning backward in the ventral column and another

process from the same cell turning forward in the dorsal part

of the lateral column ; occasionally a process may be traced

into the ventral column of the opposite side of the cord; some-

times a branch is traceable into the substantia gelatinosa

centralis, passing dorsad of the multiaxial fibre.

Cells (Pl. XII. fig. 18) with two nuclei are occasionally to

be found, each nucleus being provided with a nucleolus ; per-

haps these cells may be more properly regarded as two distinct

cells connected together by a short thick process.

Cells of the other species are found in the substantia gela-

tinosa centralis, where they form a ganglion corresponding in

position to the central ganglion in 'Teleostei ; they are smaller

in size and present a smoother and more regular contour than

those in the ventral horn; they are flask-shaped or oval, and

usually give off one or two processes; their long axis is

generally turned towards the dorsal edge. Although no posi-

tive connexion could be traced between them and the fibres of

the dorsal root, yet the probability is that they unite and that

this ganglion belongs to that root. Cells of this species are

also found grouped in the fibre recta; one such ganglion is

found in this position immediately behind the posterior end of

the sinus rhomboidalis. Cells resembling these, but slightly

smaller, are occasionally found singly scattered through the

field of the ventral columns ; they differ, however, in giving

off more than one process.

The multiaxial fibres (Pl. XI. fig. 19) commence at the

posterior end of the spinal cord and are first met with oppo-

site the hinder end of the abdomen; here they consist of a

very few axis-cylinders enclosed in a comparatively small

medullary sheath ; the axis-cylinders gradually merease in

number as the fibres proceed forward, but the increase is not

uniform; at about the middle of their course they become

much smaller, and after a few sections again enlarge to the

original diameter. But this diminution does not occur at the

corresponding point on the opposite sides; but the fibre of one

side first suffers a diminution, then that of the other side.

180 Mr. A. Sanders on the

Occasionally axis-cylinders may be seen escaping singly or

in groups, passing through the medullary sheath, without

diminution of size, into the field of the ventralcolumns. This

fact accounts for the diminution of size at various points in

the course of the fibres.

The shape of the multiaxial fibres varies according to the

part of the spinal cord in which they are observed ; at the

posterior end they are elliptical, towards the centre they are

round, and further forward they are almond-shaped.

Some distance behind its anterior termination (Pl. X. fig. 13)

one axis-cylinder has become distinguished from the remainder

by its greater consistency, and by its taking the staining-fluid

more readily ; in some places it becomes clothed with a special

medullary sheath, which, however, soon disappears and is not

visible in every specimen.

At a short distance posterior to the point where the facial

emerges from the brain this axis-cylinder is the only one

remaining, all the others having disappeared, the whole fibre

having in the meantime gradually diminished in size. The

fibre has now quite the appearance of the Mauthner’s fibre of

the Teleostei, consisting as it does at this point of a single

large axis-cylinder surrounded by a thick medullary sheath.

Immediately in front of this spot the axis-cylinder of one side

decussates with that of the other, the place corresponding with

the position of the decussation of the Mauthner’s fibres in the

Teleostei. After the decussation the two axis-cylinders, still

surrounded by the medullary sheath, are to be seen pursuing

a course beneath the floor of the fourth ventricle towards the

external edge, and can be traced, with the exception of a very

small gap, into the root of the facial. Fulliquet * describes

a decussation of the fibres which he terms ‘ Mauthner’s”’ at

a corresponding place in Protopterus ; but their destination

according to him, although he does not appear to be quite

certain on the point, is somewhat different, as he says that

they go to the sixth root of the acusticus. While the multi-

axial fibre is diminishing in size its place in the ventral

column is taken by an increasing number of fibres, which are

most probably the axes that have escaped from that body ;

their destination, as will appear presently, is to form part of

the root of the acusticus.

In seeking for the signification of these multiaxial fibres it

will be as well to consider what nerve-fibres other nearly-

related animals possess. We have in Teleostei the well-

known Mauthner’s fibres, which oceupy a corresponding

2 ee iSe.

Nervous System of Ceratodus Forsteri. 181

position and which occur also in Azolotl* ; in these cases

the fibres, two in number, have each only one axis-cylinder ;

but as in Ceratodus there are an indefinite number, the homo-

logy is not complete; but in Petromyzon there are a large

number of naked axis-cylinders occupying the ventral columns:

these, according to Ahlborn J, are divided into three groups,

two median and one lateral, on each side; one fibre of the

median group decussates with another of the opposite side at

a spot corresponding to where the multiaxial fibre decussates

and joins the upper acusticus root ; he is not certain about the

destination of the remainder of the median group, but the

lateral group passes on without decussating and joins the lower

acusticus root: thus we have simply to enclose the Miillerian

fibres in a medullary sheath and we have the multiaxial fibre ;

the conclusion is therefore obvious that this fibre is the homo-

logue of the Miillerian fibres of Petromyzon.

The ventral columns of the spinal cord pass forward, and

spreading out on the ventral edge of the aqueduct of Sylvius,

are ultimately lost in the walls of the third ventricle or region

of the thalamus ; anteriorly they are separated from the crura

cerebri by the ventral transverse commissure. ;

The crura cerebri appear to go principally into the lateral

columns or lateral part of the ventral columns; the outer

portion of the former furnish the crura cerebelli and also fur-

ther forward they send fibres into the second layer of the optic

lobe.

In the spinal cord the only transverse commissure to be

found runs through the substantia gelatinosa immediately

above the central canal.

At the posterior end of the medulla oblongata a transverse

commissure is seen close to the ventral edge ; it first appears

in the funnel-shaped backward prolongation of the sinus rhom-

boidalis, and gradually increases both in lateral and vertical

extent ; more anteriorly it arrives at its greatest development

at the region of exit of the trigeminus group of nerves, the

opposite sides of which it serves to connect, as also the region

of the vagus. During this course it comes to occupy nearly

the whole of the motor tract. But this is not its termination,

for it can be traced further forward ; at the anterior end of

the cerebellum it has become much smaller, but beneath the

posterior end of the optic lobe it again increases in size and

appears to contribute to the network found in the problematical

body (Pl. XII. fig. 8, d) on the outer side of the optic lobe ;

* Stieda, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xxv.

+) Le; p. 269;

182 Mr. A. Sanders on the

passing through this body and having arrived at its dorsal

end its fibres, or some of them, pass into the optic lobe to

join the fibres from the lateral columns of the cord ; together

they enter the second layer and contribute to form the trans-

verse commissure in the mid line on the dorsal edge of this

lobe. The whole seems to correspond to the commissura

ansulata of 'Teleostei.

At and slightly posterior to the exit of the oculomotores

this commissure has nearly disappeared, only again to increase

in size until it terminates at the posterior end of the cu/-de-sac

which projects a short distance behind the infundibulum ; in

its course at this part it connects the two sides of the aqueduct

of Sylvius, at the part which probably homologizes with the

thalamus opticus. ‘This commissure is on the ventral side of

the brain ; on the dorsal side also there is another commissure,

which, commencing at the posterior border of the third ven-

tricle, is continuous backward with the commissure in the roof

of the optic lobe; it is the posterior commissure which is

found both in Teleostei and Plagiostomata, and corresponds

both in position and general arrangement with the posterior

commissure in the third ventricle of the Mammalia.

On each side of the fissure on the ventral side of the aque-

duct of Sylvius, close behind its entrance into the third ven-

tricle, there is a ganglion containing moderate-sized cells

from which a few fibres pass back and ultimately join tie

anterior prolongations of the ventral columns of the cord.

Deep Origins of the Cranial Nerves.

Optic Nerves— There is no chiasma nervorum opticorum

visible externally, but internally there is at the base of the

thalamencephalon a complicated decussation of fibres. Some

go from one nerve to the other side, some of the dorsal fibres

go from one nerve to the other, but none could be seen to go

trom the nerve to the optic tract of the same side.

The optic tract passes upward and forward along the external

edge of the thalamencephalon until it reaches the optic lobe,

where its fibres spread out longitudinally, forming the outer

layer of fibres in that structure.

Oculomotores (P]. XII. fig. 8, ».3).—As Ahlborn has

pointed out in Petromyzon, this nerve arises from the under

surface of the medulla oblongata; although the position of

its ganglion is beneath the floor of the aqueduct of Sylvius,

et this is part of the anterior prolongation of the medulla

oblongata. In Ceratodus it corresponds in position and mode

of origin with the same nerve in 'Teleostei and Plagiostomata.

Nervous System of Ceratodus Forsteri. 183

Patheticus (Pl. XI. fig. 9, n.4).—The trunk of this nerve

was not discovered, but that it exists is shown by the fact

that its decussation and part of its course and exit is to be

seen in the transverse section of the valve of Vieussens, that

is to say, in the connecting-link between the cerebellum and

the optic lobe.

Trifacial (Pl. X. fig. 11, n. 5).—The anterior root of the

trifacial is derived from a ganglion situated at the external

edge of the floor of the fourth ventricle, where it forms a flat

broad swelling, which occupies the space between the ridge of

the ventral column and the corpus restiforme; this swelling

is visible on macroscopic inspection; from this ganglion the

fibres proceed directly downward and outward to emerge at

the inferior external angle of the medulla oblongata ; it corre-

sponds to the anterior origin in Teleostei, but the root has a

more direct course to its exit.

The posterior roots of the trifacial have a single origin,

which divides into two trunks immediately outside the brain.

The origin is from the tuberosity on the summit of the resti-

form bodies, constituting part of the continuation of the

molecular layer of the cerebellum, which passes on to those

bodies where the crura cerebelli are detached ; there are bere

a few medium-sized cells from which its fibres might be de-

rived, but it is principally composed of somewhat coarsely

granular neuroglia and numerous fibrils. A bundle of fibres

(Pl. XII. fig. 12) from this tuberosity passes down the inner

margin of the restiform body, crosses the origin of the facial,

and is lost in the field of the medulla oblongata with the trans-

verse commissure which occupies that part.

Facial (Pl. XII. fig. 12, n. 7).—This nerve passes into the

cord at the inferior external angle in an upward and inward

direction until it reaches the angle formed between the floor

and the walls of the fourth ventricle, at which point one part

of it passes backward as a well-defined bundle in a small

tuberosity, in which it can be traced backward for a long

distance, and is eventually lost in the grey matter of the

tuberosity at about the middle of the ventricles.

The remainder of this nerve has a more direct origin from

the grey matter of the lower part of the wall of the ventricle,

beyond which this part cannot be traced.

Acusticus (Pl. XII. fig. 12, n. 8).—This nerve, arising

below the facial, passes obliquely upward and inward until it

reaches the floor of the fourth ventricle at a point some dis-

tance internal to the facial. On attaining the grey matter of

the floor of the ventricle (“‘ Bodengrau ”’ of German authors)

it turns towards the mid line until it arrives at the margin of

184 Mr. A. Sanders on the

the ventral column, running close beneath the endothelial

lining of the floor; arrived at the summit of the ventral

columns, it appears to turn back, and is traceable for some

distance as a bundle of fibres smaller than the remainder,

which I have reason to believe become part of the multiaxial

fibre ; in its course along the floor this nerve traverses a col-

lection of cells from which some of its fibres may be derived.

Vagus (Pl. XII. fig. 14, 2. 11).—The first root arises from

the outer angle of the medulla oblongata at some distance

behind the exit of the acusticus, but at a slightly higher level ;

it passes into the floor of the ventricle, where it enters the

tuberosity which contains the tract of the facial; the tube-

rosity enlarges for its reception ; it then passes back close to

the outer side of that tract. After the disappearance of the

facial the tuberosity becomes larger and is composed of finely

granular neuroglia; the dorsal part is occupied by cells in

which the bundle in question disappears.

This tuberosity extends nearly to the posterior end of the

fourth ventricle and receives in succession the remaining roots

of the vagus, which are all derived from the same origin 5 it

is continuous, and not discrete, as in Scyllium and Acanthias.

There are five roots discernible, the three posterior of which

are double, although the external nerve resulting is single ;

this would make the trunk of the vagus equivalent to eight

nerves. All these roots are dorsal, and in this species there

are no ventral roots. Behind the last root of the vagus two

nerves are given off which have only ventral roots ; they arise

in precisely the same way as the ventral roots of the spinal

nerves, the only difference being that they have each two

roots in the medulla oblongata. In Ceratodus at least they

do not belong to the vagus.

Spinal Nerves.—The dorsal roots enter the spinal cord at

a point close to the mid line, but they diverge as they pursue

their course through the parenchyma, so that in the interior

of the cord they are further from the central line than they

are at their point of emergence. The individual fibres are of

a large size, equalling those of the ventral root. The entering

fibres turn forward in the substance of the cord, immediately

outside the grey substance of the dorsal horn.

The ventral roots, after entering the cord, follow a forward

and upward course towards the inner edge of the multiaxial

fibre, usually passing between that fibre and the central canal

over its dorsal edge; they are lost in the grey matter at its

outer angle. Sometimes a fibre belonging to this root may

be traced, after having followed the path above mentioned

in a longitudinal direction, into one of the fibres of the

Nervous System of Ceratodus Forsteri. 185

ventral column situated between the outer edge of the multi-

axial fibre and the ventral horn of grey substance. In one

case a fibre from the ventral root was seen to join a process

from one of the large ventral ganglion-cells after having fol-

lowed a similar course.

CONCLUSION.

As far as the brain is concerned Ceratodus, as Prof. Huxley

has already remarked, holds a somewhat central position.

This animal having such an archaic form and differing so

little from its predecessors of the Carboniferous epoch in struc-

ture, it is interesting to note the embryonic condition of its

brain, as shown in three points:—first, the extreme size of

its ventricles, which are surrounded by a very thin layer of

nervous tissue; second, the alternating dorsal and ventral

roots of the spinal nerves; and third, the origin of the dorsal

roots of the spinal nerves in close proximity to the central

line.

Ceratodus presents points of contact with all the principal

divisions of the class, and it does not appear to approximate

more to its nearest congener, Protopterus, as far as the brain

is concerned than to other members of its class. While it

differs from Protopterus in the shape and imperfection of its

cerebral lobes, it agrees in the general contour and in the

narrowness of the mesencephalon and the breadth of the

medulla oblongata, as also in the rudimentary character of the

cerebellum, which is a mere bridge over the sinus rhomboidalis,

although it is much larger in Ceratodus than in Protopterus.

The former also differs in having a well-developed olfactory

lobe, which is not present as a distinct structure in Proto-

plerus.

With regard to the other orders of this class Ceratodus

agrees with the Ganoids in the comparative narrowness of the

mesencephalon and thalamencephalon and the proportions of

the cerebellum.

With the Plagiostomata it agrees in the structure of the

optic lobes and in the size and mode of attachment of the

olfactory lobes to the cerebrum, a fact which was shown by

Prot. Huxley. It can scarcely be said that they agree in the

structure of the prosencephalon, since in the Plagiostomata

the ventricles are perfect and the nervous tissue well developed,

whereas in Ceratodus the ventricles are imperfect and the

nervous tissue scanty.

With the Teleostei the only point of contact appears to be

the multiaxial fibres, although these present a large measure

186 Mr. A. Sanders on the

of dissimilarity in the greater part of their course; yet at their

anterior end they show a similarity both in their appearance

when only one axis-cylinder remains enclosed in the medullary

sheath, and also in the fact of their decussation and in the

position of that decussation.

With Petromyzon the only points of contact are the tela

choroidea, which covers in the fourth ventricle, and the multi-

axial fibre; the tela choroidea appears to have the same sort

of structure, and if my supposition be correct the multiaxial

fibre represents a more advanced stage of development of the

Miillerian fibres.

With regard to the other division of the class Ichthyopsida,

viz. the Amphibia, there seem to be as many points of difference

as agreement, so that from the point of view of the structure

of the nervous system Ceratodus appears to be quite isolated,

and while presenting some agreement in structure with all the

members of the class Pisces, is nearly related to no one of

them.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VIII-XIII.

The following letters have the same signification throughout :—

a, c. Anterior commissure.

aq. sy. Aqueduct of Sylvius.

. Nervi branchiales.

. ce. Inferior bullaof the cerebrum.

. a. Commissura ansulata.

.¢, Crura cerebri.

. ca. Central canal of the spinal

cord,

ce. ebl. Crura cerebelli ad medullam.

ebl, Cerebellum.

ce. Cerebral lobes.

c.g. Cells of the central ganglion.

ch, op. Chiasma nervorum opti-

corum,

ch. te. Tela choroidea.

co, Communicating branch between

the trifacial and the vagus.

co. p. Communicating branch be-

tween the glossopharyngeal

and vagus ganglion.

ce. v.g.-Cells of the ventral gan-

elion.

d. h. Dorsal horn of the grey sub-

stance.

d. l. Dorsal longitudinal columns.

d.r. Dorsal roots of the spinal

nerves.

e. Kpiphysis.

es ooe

f.a. Fibres belonging to the acus-

ticus.

f.f. Fasciculus of the root of the

facial nerve.

f. 1. Fibrous layer of the cerebel-

lum.

g./. Granular layer of the cerebel-

lum.

gl. o. Glomeruli olfactorii.

gn. h. Ganglion Habenule or tu-

berculum intermedium.

gn. r. op. Ganglion of the roof of

the optic lobe.

gn. th. Ganglion of the thalamen-

cephalon.

gn. tri. Ganglion of the trifacial.

gn. v. Ganglion of the vagus.

7, /, Internal layer of the olfactory

lobe.

z. m. Inferior maxillary nerve.

tn. Infundibulum.

l. c. Lateral columns of the cord.

m. Combined superior and inferior

maxillary nerve.

m. ce. Mesencephalon.

m.l. Molecular layer of the cere-

bellum.

mit, Multiaxial fibre.

Nervous System of Ceratodus Forsteri. 187

m. 0b, Medulla oblongata. s.g.¢. Substantia gelatinosa cen-

m. th. Mesethmoid cartilage. tralis.

n, 2. Optic nerves. sp. gn. Spinal ganglion,

n. 3. Oculomotor nerves. sp. n. Spinal nerve.

n. 4. Trochleares nerves. s. 7, Sinus rhomboidalis or fourth

n. 5. Trifacial nerves. ventricle.

n. 7. Facial nerves. t. c. op. Transverse commissure of

n, 8. Acusticus. the optic lobe.

n. 9, Glossopharyngeal. th. Thalamencephalon.

n. 10. Vagus. t. 7. Tuberculum intermedium.

o. Ophthalmic nerve. t. tr. Tuberosity of the trifacial.

ol. o. Olfactory sac. t. v. Tuberosity of the vagus.

op. l. Optic lobe. v. ce. Ventriculus communis.

op. tr. Optic tract. v.h. g. Ventral horn of grey sub-

pa. Palatine nerve. stance.

p.c. Posterior commissure. v. l.e. Ventral longitudinal column.

pt. Hypophysis cerebri. v.r. Ventral roots of the spinal

p.m. Pia mater. nerves.

p. p. Process of the pterygopalatine _v. ¢. c. Ventral transverse commis-

bone. sure.

pr. Prosencephalon., v. th. Third ventricle.

r.c. Restiform column. v. v. Valve of Vieussens, valvula

rh. Rhinencephalon. cerebelli, or anterior medullary

r,t Ramus intestinalis. velum.

ry. d. Ramus lateralis.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of the brain, with the distribution of the nerves, as

far as can be seen on that aspect; right side shows the super-

ficial nerves, left side the deeper nerves, natural size.

Fig. 2, Side view of the brain, with part of the skull in outline, nat. size.

Fig. 3. View of the brain from below, nat. size.

[Transverse sections arranged in consecutive order from before

backward. |

Fg. 4. Transverse section through the prosencephalon immediately be-

hind the point where the two sides become entirely separated

from each other, x 6.

Fig. 5. Transverse section through the anterior part of the thalamen-

cephalon with the chiasma of the optic nerves and the crura

cerebri, X 83.

Fig. 6. Transverse section through the posterior end of the thalamen-

cephalon and the infundibulum, x 83.

Fig. 7. Transverse section through the anterior end of the aqueduct of

Sylvius, at the point where the infundibulum becomes clear of

the inferior surface of the brain, x 83.

Fig. 8. Transverse section through the mesencephalon at the point where

the oculomotores emerge, x 14.

Fig. 9. Transverse section through the valve of Vieussens, showing de-

cussation of the fourth nerve and posterior edge of the optic

lobe, x 14.

Fig. 10. Transverse section through the cerebellum, x 14.

Fig. 11. Transverse section through the origin of the anterior root of the

trifacial nerve, x 14.

Fig. 12. Transverse section through the sinus rhomboidalis at the point

of apparent origin of the posterior root of the trifacial, facial,

and acusticus, x 14.

188 Rev. A. Matthews on new

Fig. 13. Transverse section through the sinus rhomboidalis at the point

where the multiaxial fibre decussates.

Fig. 14, Transverse section through ‘the sinus rhomboidalis at the appa-

rent origin of the vagus, X 14.

Fig. 15. Transverse section through the spinal cord a short distance be-

hind the fourth ventricle. Some of the detail was added from

another specimen. X 24.

Fig. 16. Transverse section through the middle portion of the spinal cord,

xX 24,

Fig. 17, Transverse section through the posterior part of the spinal cord,

x 24.

Fig. 18. Two cells from the ventral ganglion of the cord: v, the side

turned towards the ventral edge; d, the side turned towards the

dorsal edge ; the grey substance of the ventral horn is situated

between the two on the concave side of the upper and on the

convex side of the lower cell. x 65.

Fig. 19. Section through the multiaxial fibre: m.s., medullary sheath ;

a. ¢., axis-cylinders ; 6, the axis-cylinder destined to decussate.

x 120.

Fig. 20, Cells from the roof-ganglion of the optic lobe, x 180.

Fig. 21. Transverse section through the olfactory lobe, x 180.

Fig. 22. Longitudinal and vertical section through the dorsal part of the

cerebrum, X 180.

Fig. 23. Transverse section through the optic lobe, x 180.

XIX.—New Genera and Species of Trichopterygide.

By Rev. A. MATTHEWS.

Tue Trichopterygide have numerically increased to such an

extent since the publication of the ‘ Trichopterygia Illus-

trata’ in 1872, that I have for some time contemplated

adding a second part to that work. Many of the new species

have been already described in various periodical and other

works, but some few still remain unnoticed. And since the

publication of a more comprehensive work has hitherto been,

and may yet be, retarded by causes over which I have no

control, I propose in the following pages to give a short sum-

mary of their chief distinctive characters, reserving more

detailed descriptions to some future period.

The two new genera described in this paper are both of a

most extraordinary and novel character, and extremely ele-

gant inform. In Mckado the front of the head is produced

into an elongated snout or rostrum, after the manner of some

species of Rhinosimus ; but this part is deflexed, and, when at

rest, laid upon the prosternum, so that, if viewed from above,

the head presents the appearance usual to Trichopteryx. In

Dimorphella, as its name implies, the sexes would appear

Genera and Species of 'Trichopterygide. 189

generically distinct; the males, except that their elytra are

slightly truncate at the extremities, resemble Ptentdium or

Camptodium, while the females, with short elytra and elon-

gate abdomen, look like Ptinella. Of the sixteen new species

eight have been discovered by the researches of Herr KE.

Reitter ; ; twoonly are British, and the rest come from various

parts of the world and from many different collectors.

MIKADO, gen. nov.

Corpus obconicum, postice valde attenuatum, convexum.

Cauput sat magnum, antice valde elongatum, rostriforme, fortiter

deflexum.

Antenne modice, 11-articulate, clava biarticulata.

Palpi maxillares parvi, gracillimi, 4-articulati.

Palpi labiales sat magni, triarticulati, moniliformes, setis longis ad

apices lnstructi.

Labrum magnum, suboblongum.

Mandibule sat anguste, apicibus bidenticulatis.

Maxille magne, robustee, quasi trilobatz, lobo interiore elongato, ad

apicem dentibus curvatis, acutissimis armato.

Mentum modicum, fere quadratum.

Labium suboblongum, ad apicem in processu paraglossali longo,

acuto, divergente utrinque productum.

Lingua parva, apice bifido.

Pronotum magnum, ad basim latissimum, angulis posterioribus

maribus parum productis.

Scutellum late triangulare.

Llytra elongata, apicibus oblique truncatis.

Ale lanceolate setis marginalibus prelongis instructz.

Venter segmentis sex compositus apicali integro.

Pedes sat breves, graciles ; tarsis triarticulatis, coxis posterloribus

late laminatis, fere contingentibus.

This genus is allied to Myrmicotrichis, but distinguished

from that and from all other genera by its rostriform head,

Mikado japonicus, sp. nov.

L. c. 0°50 mm. Obconicus, elongatus, postice validissime attenua-

tus, nitidus, flavus, pilis brevibus aureis vestitus ; capite magno,

antice rostriformi, oculis nigris, valde prominentibus ; pronoto

sat magno, ad basim latissimo, glabro, nitidissimo; elytris ad

humeros latissimis, postice valde attenuatis, remote asperatis, api-

cibus oblique truncatis; abdominis segmentis duobus apertis ;

pedibus atque antennis brevibus, flavis.

This interesting species was found by Mr. Lewis near Yu-

yama, Higo, Japan. [rom the anatomy of its mouth Mikado

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iii. 14

1°90 Rev. A. Matthews on new

appears to be carnivorous, and was probably inhabiting the

fungus in which it occurred rather plentifully for the purpose

of preying upon the eggs and young larvee of minute animals,

which the peculiar shape of its head would enable it to extract

from the cells without difficulty.

DIMORPHELLA, gen. nov.

Corpus subovatum, valde convexum.

Caput prominens, antice sat productum.

Antenne longe, graciles, 11- articulate, clava tenui, triarticulata.

Palpi mavillares robusti, 4-articulati, articulo apicali brevi, acicu-

lari.

Palpi labiales perbreves, triarticulati, articulis transverse subquad-

ratis, apicali setis erectis longissimis ad apicem instructo.

Labrum magnum, latum, subquadratum.

Mandibule sat Jonge, obtuse uncinatee.

Mazille permagnie, robusta, quasi trilobate, lobo interiore valido,

dentibus multis, curvatis, acutissimis armato.

Mentum magnum, oblongum.

Labium oblongum, sub mento ferme occultum, in processu paraglos-

sali brevi, acutissimo, divergente ad apicem utrinque productum.

Lingua perbrevis, lata, apice profunde bifido.

Pronotum parvum, angustum, ad basim fortiter constrictum, pone

medium latissimum atque in maribus dente acuto, magnitudine

variabili ad lJatera armatum, margine basali recta angulis sali-

entibus.

Scutellum magnum, triangulare.

Elytra magna, tumide convexa, extremis truncatis, femineis multum

abbreviata apicibus truncatis.

Ale anguste, lanceolate, setis marginalibus instructe.

Venter segmentis sex compositus, apicali integro,

Pedes sat longi, graciles; tarsis triarticulatis, coxis posterioribus

magnis, sat remotis, late laminatis.

Dimorphella does not appear to be intimately allied to any

other genus; the males bear some resemblance in outward

form to Pterycodes and the females to Ptinella, and for that

reason it should, I think, be placed in the vicinity of one or

other of those genera.

Dimorphella Reiitert, sp. nov.

L. ¢. 0°63-0°75 mm. Subovata, valde convexa, nitidissima, vel

flava, vel rufo-castanea, pilis aureis sparse vestita ; capite modico,

antice producto, oculis valde prominentibus ; pronoto capite mul-

tum latiore, ad medium latissimo atque in maribus dente acuto

laterali armato, basim versus fortiter constricto, margine basali

recta angulis salientibus ; elytris capite atque pronoto multum et

Genera and Species of 'Trichopterygides. 191

latioribus et longioribus, ante media latissimis, in maribus tumide

incrassatis et punctis foveolatis profunde impressis, apicibus ex-

tremis truncatis, in femineis modice convexis et multum abbrevi-

atis ; antennis preelongis, gracillimis, atque pedibus leete flavis.

In acollection of Trichopterygide made by Herr Blumenau

in Brazil and kindly presented to me by Herr E. Reitter I

found four males and two females of this beautiful insect and

several of the other novelties which I now describe; but I

regret to add that there was no note of the precise locality or

the conditions in which they were found.

Piinella brasiliana, sp. nov.

L. c. 0°75-0°87 mm. LElongato-ovalis, sat depressa, nitidula,

modice punctata, haud tuberculata, pilis aureis vestita, mascula

leete flava, feminea castanea, abdomine flavescente atque alis nigris

visis ; capite magno, antice rotundato, oculis mas. nullis, fem.

nigris; pronoto modico, capite parum latiori, ante medium latis-

simo, ad basim leviter contracto, in disco profunde impresso ;

elytris capite atque pronoto longioribus et latioribus, ad media

latissimis, profunde asperatis, apicibus valde rotundatis; abdo-

mine flavescente segmentis quinque apertis, apicali obtuso; pedi-

bus atque antennis longis, lete flavis.

One male and one female found by Herr Blumenau in

Brazil.

Lrichopteryx caucasica, sp. nov.

L.c. 1:12 mm. Late oblonga, valde convexa, nitidula, sat rugose

tuberculata, pilis aureis vestita, rufo-picea, elytris rufescentibus ;

capite magno, nigro, oculis parvis, haud prominentibus ; pronoto

magno, nigro-piceo, ad basim latissimo, capite multo latiore, tuber-

culis magnis ornato, angulis posterioribus longe productis; elytris

fere quadratis, capite atque pronoto parum angustioribus, pro-

funde asperatis; abdomine rufescente, apice bidentato; pedibus

atque antennis sat longis, lete flavis.

‘This species was taken not unfrequently in the region of

the Caucasus by Herr Leder; it is chiefly distinguished by

its large size, dilated thorax, quadrate elytra, and coarse

sculpture.

Trichopteryx hellenica, sp. nov.

L. c. 0°87 mm. Oblonga, valde convexa, nitidissima, pilis flavis

vestita, rufo-picea, remote tuberculata; capite magno, oculis par-

vis; pronoto magno, valde convexo, nitidissimo, capite multum

latiore, ad basim latissimo, tuberculis parvis remote ornato, mar-

14*

192 Rev. A. Matthews on new

gine basali leviter arcuata angulis latissimis longe productis ;

elytris brevibus, parum attenuatis, capite atque pronoto breviori-

bus et angustioribus, modice et remote asperatis, apicibus diluti-

oribus ; abdomine castaneo ; pedibus atque antennis sat brevibus,

rufescentibus.

T. hellenica differs from the preceding species in its much

smaller size, very convex and shining thorax, and faint

sculpture. It is in the collection of Herr E. Reitter, and

was found in the Morea.

Trichopteryx truncatissima, sp. nov.

L. c. 0°75 mm. Brevissima, postice validissime attenuata, convexa,

rugose exsculpta, nigra, pilis fulvis dense vestita: capite magno,

oculis magnis, haud prominentibus; pronoto magno, ad basim

latissimo, rugose tuberculato, angulis posterioribus latis, longe

productis ; elytris perbrevibus, fuscescentibus, postice validissime

attenuatis, capite atque pronoto multum brevioribus et multum

angustioribus, profunde asperatis, apicibus dilutioribus, extremis

albidis; abdomine nigro ; pedibus robustis, lete flavis; antennis

gracilibus, obscure flavis,

Three specimens of this very distinct and remarkable

species were found in Brazil by Herr Blumenau ; it is easily

recognized by its broad thorax and short and excessively

attenuated elytra.

Trichopteryx angusta, sp. nov.

L.c. 0°80 mm. Elongata, valde angusta, convexa, nitida, nigra,

pilis fulvis sparse vestita; capite magno, oculis modicis ; pronoto

parvo, capite latiore, ad basim latissimo, indistincte tuberculato,

nitido, margine basali fere recta angulis productis, acutissimis ;

elytris fuscescentibus, perbrevibus, capite atqne pronoto breviori-

bus et angustioribus, ad humeros latissimis, sat profunde aspe-

ratis, apicibus obtusis; abdomine elongato segmentis quinque

apertis, nigro, apice obtuso, integro; pedibus lete, antennis ob-

scure flavis.

This species may be distinguished from others by its inter-

mediate size, long and narrow form, very short elytra, and

long abdomen.

Three specimens were found by myself in Leicestershire.

Trichopteryx brasiliensis, sp. nov.

L.c. 0°75 mm. Suboblonga, convexa, nitida, fortiter celata, fus-

cescens, pilis fulvis vestita, atque setis lateralibus erectis in-

Genera and Species of Trichopterygide. 193

structa; capite magno, lato, oculis parvis; pronoto sat magno,

ante basim latissimo, fortiter tuberculato, seta erecta laterali pone

medium utrinque instructo, angulis posterioribus modice pro-

ductis; elytris brevibus, quadratis, capite atque pronoto multum

brevioribus, parum angustioribus, profunde asperatis, setis dua-

bus erectis, nigris ad latus utrumque instructis, apicibus fere

rectis ; abdomine rufo-fusco; pedibus robustis, lete flavis; an-

tennis obscure flavis.

Differs from other species in its short quadrate elytra,

thorax widest before the base, rufescent abdomen, and short,

erect, lateral sete.

Found in Brazil by Herr Blumenau.

Trichopteryx reticulata, sp. nov.

L. ce. 1:25 mm. Brevis, lata, valde convexa, nitida, elytris stri-

gose asperatis, fusco-picea, pilis brevibus aureis vestita; capite

magno, lato, umbilicatim punctato, oculis sat prominentibus ;

pronoto sat magno, capite multum latiore, ad barim latissimo,

punctis umbilicatis confertim impresso, margine basali leviter

arcuata angulis latis productis; elytris brevibus, subquadratis,

pronoto angustioribus, reticulatim et strigose asperatis, apicibus

rotundatis; abdomine sat longo, umbilicatim punctato, atque

reticulato, apice integro; pedibus atque antennis lete flavis.

Differs from all other species in its strigose and very pecu-

liar sculpture.

Found in Brazil by Herr Blumenau.

Trichopteryx Darwinit, sp. nov.

L. c. 0:63 mm. Oblonga, convexa, nitidula, modice tuberculata,

tota castanea, pilis sat longis aureis vestita; capite modico,

oculis parvis ; pronoto brevi, ad basim latissimo, tuberculis parvis

remotis ornato, angulis posterioribus vix productis; elytris sat

brevibus, quadratis, pronoto yix latioribus, postice latissimis,

modice asperatis, apicibus fere rectis; pedibus flavis, antennis

gracillimis, pallide flavis.

This species differs from J. brevis in its broader form,

shorter thorax, very slender antenne, and finer sculpture. I

feel much pleasure in dedicating this insect to the memory of

the late C. R. Darwin, by whom it was found in a fungus near

Rio Janeiro.

Trichopteryx tesserula, sp. nov.

L. c. 0°63 mm. Brevissima, quadrata, sat depressa, nitidula, pilis

pallidis vestita, fusca; capite permagno, antice producto, oculis

parvis ; pronoto brevi, capite parum latiore, ad basim latissimo,

194 Rev. A. Matthews on new

tuberculis parvis remotis ornato, angulis posterioribus vix pro-

ductis ; elytris perbrevibus, omnino quadratis, depressis, capite

atque pronoto nec latioribus, neque longioribus, modice asperatis,

apicibus vix rotundatis; abdomine modico, rufo-piceo; pedibus

atque antennis sat gracilibus, lete flavis.

This species was found in California by Lieut. T. L. Casey,

U. 8. E., and is distinguished from others by its small size

and quadrate form.

Ptenidium Casetianum, sp. nov.

L.c. 0°75 mm. Angustum, elongatum, modice convexum, sat pro-

funde punctatum, nitidissimum, pilis griseis indutum, nigrum

ely trorum apice rufo-piceo; capite magno, punctis sat magnis

impresso, nigro, labro rufo-piceo, oculis modicis ; pronoto sat

parvo, capite latiore, ante basim latissimo, punctis sat magnis

remote impresso, foveis basalibus minutis, inconspicuis, margine

basali fere recta angulis rotundatis; elytris longis, angustis,

capite atque pronoto parum angustioribus atque profundius punc-

tatis, ante media latissimis, apice angusto, rufo-piceo; pedibus

lete flavis ; antennis atque palpis obscure flavis.

Differs from other species in its long narrow form and

especially in sculpture.

Found by Lieut. Casey in California.

Ptenidium attenuatum, sp. nov.

L.c.0°75 mm. Elongatum, valde angustatum, nitidissimum, ob-

scure castaneum, pilis brevibus flavescentibus sparse indutum,

foveis basalibus pronoti permagnis; capite magno, indistincte

punctato, oculis sat prominentibus; pronoto capite longiore atque

latiore, ante medium latissimo, indistincte punctato, foveis basali-

bus permagnis et profundis, angulis posterioribus obtusis ; elytris

valde angustatis, pronoto haud latioribus, prope humeros latissi-

mis, striis valde remotis minute punctatis, castaneis dimidio api-

cali flavescenti, apice attenuato; pedibus atque antennis longis,

flavis.

This species occurs in Italy, and may be known by its

long narrow form, very large thoracic fove, and otherwise

peculiar sculpture.

Ptenidium africanum, sp. nov.

L. c.0°75 mm. Ovatum, convexum, nitidum, alutaceum, modice

punctatum, nigrum, pilis brevibus flavis sparse indutum, foveis

basalibus pronoti nullis; capite magno, fere impunctato, oculis

haud prominentibus ; pronoto magno, prope basim latissimo, alu-

taceo, fere impunctato, angulis posterioribus obtusis ; elytris pro-

Genera and Species of Trichopterygide. 195

noto haud latioribus, ante media latissimis, alutaceis, modice

striatim punctatis, apice obtuso, parum dilutiore; pedibus atque

antennis lete flavis.

Differs from Pt. evanescens in its much smaller size, nar-

rower form, alutaceous surface, and faint sculpture.

Found on Mont Carrée in Algeria by Mr. Lewis.

Ptilium obceecatum, sp. nov.

L. c. 0°75 mm, Elongato- ovale, valde convexum, nitidulum, nigro-

piceum, pilis pallidis sparsissime indutum, lineis pronoti nullis :

capite magno, antice producto, oculis rudimentariis, longe retro-

positis ; pronoto modico, capite parum latiore, ante basim latissimo,

tuberculis modicis irregulariter dispositis ornato, angulis posteri-

oribus obtusis ; elytris ovalibus, pronoto vix latioribus, leviter

asperatis, apicibus rotundatis, dilutioribus; pedibus modicis,

piceis ; antennis elongatis, gracillimis, piceo-testaceis.

This species is distinguished from all its congeners by its

minute, almost rudimentary eyes and very long slender

antenne.

In the collection of Herr E. Reitter, found by Herr

Brenske near ‘T'aygetus in the Morea.

Prilium incogniium, sp. nov.

L. ec. 1 mm. Elongato-ovatum, nigro-piceum, valde convexum,

leviter et confertim tuberculatum, pilis brevibus argenteis sparse

indutum, lineis pronoti parallelis ; capite parvo, antice elongato,

oculis haud prominentibus ; pronoto modico, capite parum latiore,

pone medium latissimo, basim versus fortiter constricto, lineis

tribus parallelis in disco distinctissime impresso, angulis posteri-

oribus prominulis, acutis, anterioribus valde deflexis; elytris

ovatis, Convexissimis, capite atque pronoto duplo longioribus,

multo latioribus, pone media latissimis, ad humeros valde attenu-

atis, leviter confertimque tuberculatis, atque tuberculis majoribus

hinc et illic ornatis, apice obtuso, dilutiore; abdominis pygidio

valde obtuso ; pedibus longioribus, lete flavis; antennis longis,

piceis, ad basim dilutioribus.

This large and very distinct species has, owing to the

Fviche. lines on its thorax, been confounded with Lt. affine,

richs., but, with the exception of the thoracic lines, differs

entirely from that species in size, form, colour, and sculpture,

It appears to be veryrare. [ found it in Wicken Fen, Cam-

bridgeshire, but have met with it in only two continental

collections ; in both of these it was labelled “Pt. affine.”

Gumley,

December 22, 1888,

196 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the

XX.—On some Points in the Anatomy of the Species of

Paleechinus (Scouler), M‘Coy, and a proposed Classifi-

cation. By Prof. P. Martin Dunoay, F.R.S., F.L.S., &e.

CONTENTS.

The Dorso-central System and its Variations.

The Anatomy of the Ambulacral Plates. General Observations.

The Nature of the Interradial-ambulacral Edges. The Descrip-

tion of the Ambulacra of Paleechinus gigas, P. ellipticus, P. sphe-

ricus, P. intermedius, and P. Phillipsie.

The Grouping of the five Species.

The Characters of P. elegans, P. quadriserialis, and a Specimen in the

Woodwardian Museum.

The Relations of Paleechinus and Rhoechinus, W. Keeping.

The Synonymy.

THERE are some very well-preserved specimens of several

species of the genus Palwechinus (Scouler), M‘Coy, in the

British Museum, in the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge,

and in the Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street,

and their study yields some very definite information upon

some important points in their anatomy. Some of the speci-

mens show the dorso-central system nearly perfectly, and

others exhibit the ambulacral structures, so that the plates

can be drawn and studied; portions of the jaws and teeth

remain and, together with the interradial plates, are very

interestingly preserved.

The Apical or Dorso-central System and its Variations.

It is evident that there is considerable variability in the

construction of the apical system in species of Palewechinus.

The largest specimen of Palwechinus sphericus at the British

Museum has the apical system with five large, tumid, basal

plates, which are separate, and with five radial plates, which

are placed between the basal plates and form with them a

ring around the periproct. There is a circle of small, thick,

and somewhat irregularly shaped anal plates immediately

within the ring of the periproct. The basal and radial plates

are large and tumid.

Another specimen of the same species has the apical system

perfect, except in the anal plates. The periproct is penta-

gonal and is surrounded by a circle of thick, tumid, basal

plates ; the five radial plates are triangular and are only inter-

calated between the basal plates on the outside of the system,

and they do not form a part of the ring or margin of the peri-

Anatomy of Paleechinus (Scouler), M‘ Coy. 197

proct. It is very interesting to find this variability of the

entrance of the radial plates, which is not uncommon in

Mesozoic and recent species of Echinoidea, exemplified in the

Paleechinoidea.

It was recorded by a late distinguished paleontologist, de

Koninck, that the Paleechini were without radial plates to

their dorso-central systems (Geol. Mag. vol. vil. p. 259,

pl. vii. fig. 1). It appears now evident that the specimens

studied by that able paleontologist had been subject to crush

and irregular pressure, so that the radial plates were either

pushed into the test or pressed away. In one of the speci-

mens of Palewechinus in the British Museum one half of an

ambulacrum was thus disposed of, so that an interradium

is placed next to the median suture of an ambulacrum. There

isa specimen of a Paleechinus in the Woodwardian Museum

showing small radial plates partly crushed inwards.

The apical system of the largest specimen of Palewechinus

sphericus in the British Museum has great resemblance to

the system of P. elegans described and drawn by Baily,

Geol. Mag. vol. ii. p. 44, and reproduced by R. Etheridge,

Jun., in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1874, vol. xxx. pl. xxiv.

In fact the differences are the apparent flatness of the system

in Baily’s figure and the presence of the perforations, which

are obliterated in the British-Museum specimens.

It is evident that the generic diagnosis of Palewechinus

must refer to the presence of five radial plates, which may or

may not be perfectly intercalated between the corresponding

basal plates. The specific diagnosis of P. sphericus must be

altered from that of de Koninck and Lovén (‘ Etudes,’ p. 41),

for the absence of radial plates is accidental.

The small, thick, irregularly shaped anal plates of P. sphe-

ricus in no way resemble those of the Salentide, nor in fact

do those of P. elegans, as figured by Baily; there is no

appearance of a “sur-anal.”

The Anatomy of the Ambulacral Plates.

The specimens of several species of Palwechinus in the

Museum of Practical Geology, m the Woodwardian Museum,

and in the British Museum show the construction of the

ambulacra perfectly. The following observations were made.

I. There are two vertical rows of pairs of pores throughout

each side of an ambulacrum ; the pores of the pairs are nearly

or quite horizontal, but may be oblique, are separated by a

thin convex septum placed vertically or nearly so, and there is

no peripodium ; the adoral pore of a pair is not near the adoral

198 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the

suture of its plate on the outside of the test, and is equally

remote from it when seen from within the test. The pairs

alternate, are ina slightly sunken zone, and the interporiferous

areas are rather wide and more or less convex. ‘This arrange-

ment of the pairs is seen in P, gigas, P. sphericus, P. inter-

medius, P. ellipticus, and P. Phillipsie.

II. The plates of the ambulacra are very numerous and

variable in shape in the same ambulacrum; in shape

and arrangement they differ in the species, but there may

be a great sameness in the plates of P. gigas. Simple

primary plates, one large at the ambulacro-interradial end,

and the next small there or blocked out, with or without

alternate demi-plates, are the commonest, and true composite

plates are very rare in all species and absolutely absent in

some. A succession of similar primary plates, the pairs of

pores being uniserial, is not observed in the species noticed

above.

III. The ambulacral plates are low and yet very thick, and

when in place present a zigzag at their interradial edges—

there being a vertical series of alternate salient and reentsring

angles there, the one being at the edge of the plates which

are perforated by the pairs of pores of the outer vertical row,

and the other corresponding more or less to the plate of the

inner row of pairs of pores. ‘The projection of the salient

angles towards the interradia is very decided as a rule, and

may be more or less rounded (figs. I., II., V., VIII., X.).

This ambulacro-interradial line of suturing of course brings

the zigzag of the ambulacral edge in contact with the adam-

bulacral edge of the interradium, and this will be found to be

a zigzag, and its reentering angles fit the salient angles of

the ambulacral edge. Isolated plates may be seen showing

these projections and depressions, and it is evident that the

plates of the test were readily separable at this suture, for

the ambulacra are often displaced, the adambulacral plates of

the interradia being more prominent or the reverse than

the ambulacra. When the opposed edges of the two series

of plates are in their normal condition, the more or less

rounded outer angles of the ambulacral plates are very visible

and never assume the simple character figured by M‘Coy

and reproduced by R. Etheridge (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.

vol. xxx. pl. xxiv. fig. 2, from M‘Coy, Synop. Carb.

Foss. Ivel. pl. xxiv.). There is no overlap of the interradia

over the ambulacra, and the test was as rigid there as in an

Echinus and not very unlike one in the suturing.

The Ambulacra of Paleechinus gigas (fig. I., p. 206).—These

Anatomy of Paleechinus (Scouler), M‘ Coy, 199

are long and narrow, and are composed of a vast number of

small, low, thick plates. The vertical rows of pairs of pores

are in slightly depressed poriferous zones, the interpori-

ferous areas are slightly convex and broad, the sutures

between the plates are usually distinct. The surface of a

plate of some size is granular around the pair of pores and

has three horizontal rows of very small, distant, primary tu-

bercles, which have a flat circular scrobicule and a small boss ;

granules are also present ; the minute ornamentation contrasts

with the dimensions of the test. ‘The ambulacral plates are of

two kinds (a and 4), each being perforated by a pair of pores

near its outer end. One kind of plate (a) is low, broad, thick,

occupies much of the interporiferous surface of the ambu-

lacrum, and is perforated by a pair of pores not very close to

the ambulacro-interradial suture; it is a plate of the inner

vertical series of pairs of pores. These plates may be perfect

or imperfect primaries. In the first instance (fig. I.,@) a very

low and often almost linear part is seen external to the pair

of pores and reaching the reentering angle of the ambulacro-

interradial suture. ‘he low part is so small that it permits

the large-ended plates of the outer vertical series of pairs of

pores (0) to come nearly close together. In the other instance

the outer linear projection of the plate has been lost (fig. L., a’),

and the plate ends in a point, which does not reach the

edge of the ambulacro-interradial suture; the linear part has

been jammed out by the increasing growth of the plates of the

outer series. (ig. 1I., a, perfect primary, a’, a primary blocked

out from the ambulacro-interradial suture.) Both kinds of

plates form geometrical figures at the median suture of the

ambulacrum, are highest there, and their horizontal or trans-

verse sutures are distinct for one third or one half of the

distance from the median line outwards. The existence of the

second kind of ambulacral plate (fig. 1.,5), which carries

a pair of pores of the outer vertical series, prevents the

transverse sutural line being continuous to the ambulacro-

interradial edge.

The second kind of ambulacral plate (fig. 1., 5) is perforated

by an outer pair of pores, and its outer edge forms the

salient angle at the suture already noticed. The plates of

this kind, although large externally, are smaller than the

others, are placed alternately with them, are narrow in-

ternally, and do not reach the ambulacral median line. They

are low, inward-pointed demi-plates with a large outer end,

where the pores are. ‘I'he outer and large ends of these demi-

plates are often so close vertically that, as has been already

noticed, they occlude the outer process of some primary plates

200 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the

(a’). It does not appear that this demi-plate and its actinal

or abactinal primary ever form a true composite plate. ‘There

is no overlap,of the ambulacral plates.

Lovén (‘ Etudes,’ 1874, p. 41) notices P. gigas. He ob-

serves that the figure given of it by M‘Coy (op. c7t. pl. xxiv.

fig. 4 c) shows ambulacral plates each with two pairs of pores ;

this he properly considered to be erroneous. W. Keeping

(Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1876, vol. xxxil. pl. i. figs. 12,

13) gives M‘Coy’s figure and a correction. Now, although

these drawings show a marked difference from the structures

visible in the specimens I have described, still in specimens

where obliteration of the sutures has taken place and where

the pores are greatly crowded vertically, both of the appear-

ances drawn by M‘Coy and Keeping are to be recognized.

But they are deceptive, and the truth is explained in

weathered parts of the same test. Nevertheless there were

no intercalated demi-plates noticed in M‘Coy’s definition of

the genus or species. Lovén places P. gigas in a group of

Paleechini which have the ambulacral plates differing alter-

nately, having the same height at the median suture and

one entire (a primary), and the other reduced to a cuneiform

demi-plate, its point directed outwards. In the specimens of

P. gigas in London and Cambridge the demi-plate has its

point directed towards the median line, which it does not

reach. It will be seen, however, that the structure noticed

by Lovén is found in ancther species, P. sphericus.

Ambulacra of Paleechinus ellipticus (fig. vill.) present

ambulacral plates somewhat similar to those of P. gigas, and

the pairs of pores are biserial on each side of an ambulacrum.

Hence there is an error in the specific diagnosis and drawing of

M‘Coy (in Foss. Mount. Limestone Ireland, 1842, pl. xxiv.

fig. 3; P. gigas is incorrectly drawn, fig. 4).

The specimen in the Museum of Practical Geology

(xuI |) shows very convex interporiferous areas. ‘The

plates with the outer pairs of pores are small demi-plates; the

primary plates with the inner rows of pairs of pores are nar-

rowed between the demi-plates and usually do not reach the

ambulacro-interradial suture (fig. VIII.).

Ambulacra of Paleechinus sphericus (figs. II.—VI.).—

There are two specimens of this species, one a crushed mass

and the other more or less prolately spheroidal, in the British

Museum which show the structure of the ambulacra very

well. The arrangement of the pores in two vertical rows of

Anatomy of Paleechinus (Scouler), M‘ Coy. 201

pairs is the same as in P, gigas, but the shape and the nature

of the plates differ. ‘The commonest arrangement of the plates

is seen at a little distance from the apical system (fig. I1.).

The pores of the pairs, which are in two vertical series and

alternate, are large and often rather broad ; they are separated

by a septum, asin the other species. As in P. gigas, the pair

ot pores of the outer vertical row (0) are in plates which form

the salient angle of the zigzag at the ambulacral edge; and

the pair of pores of the inner row (a) are in relation with the

reentering angles. ‘The plates are of two principal kinds,

and the first to be noticed are those which are perforated by

the inner pairs: of pores. ‘These plates are either perfect,

low, broad primaries, highest at the ambulacral median line

(a), having much transverse suture, and narrowing and be-

coming pointed at the ambulacro-interradial suture, or imper-

fect primaries, with their outer part, near the ambulacro-

interradial edge, reduced to a point which does not reach

outwards io the outward edge (a'). Both of these plates

are usually high at the median line and have a single hori-

zontal row of minute aetna tubercles, with a “boss and

some granules (fig. II., a, a’

The other principal ‘cind of plate (fig. 11., 6) is a low pri-

mary, as broad as those just described, but slightly lower at

the median line and larger externally, ‘where there is a large

pair of pores of the outer vertical series. The plate is ex-

panded around the pores and highest there. The ornamen-

tation is the same as that of the other plates. It will be

observed that this arrangement is different from that of P.

gigas and that both plates are primaries, there being no demi-

plate. Nearer the apical system the size of the pair of pores is

not sufficient to produce much enlargement of the outer part

of the plate, which has an outer pair of pores (fig. II1., 5).

But the slight increase of height 1s readily seen, and it has

the effect of diminishing the size of the next plate (w), with an

inner pair of pores (fig. 11.). It certaimly appears, when the

sutures of the plates are invisible, as if there were two pairs

of pores to a plate, as M‘Coy drew and Keeping criticized.

One composite plate is seen in a specimen near the apical

system and the components are primaries; the inner edge

ot the combined plates forms an angle, and the larger plate is

with a large outer and inner part (fig. Iv., 6), while the smaller

plate (a) is low at both ends and hasa suture curved adorally.

A common arrangement of the plates of the ambulacra

(fig. Vv.) is as follows :—

A plate (fig. v., 6’) is large where it is pierced by the

pores, and forms a projecting angle at the ambulacral edge ;

202 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the

it is broad, and whilst its height is the same as that of the

other plates at the median ambulacral line, it is nipped in,

vertically, at its middle in consequence of the shape of the

plates above and below it (a! and a’). The first of these (a+)

is a low primary, smallest at the extremities, pierced by an

inner pair of pores, and it has a transverse curved adoral

edge and also a convex aboral sutural edge to connect it with

the primary (b’).

The other plate, a primary (a?), is aboral to the primary

b’, is tall at the ambulacral median line, low close to the

pair of pores, and externally it is not quite reduced to such a

mere point as in the instance of the first component (a'), which

just reaches the ambulacro-interradial edge at a reentering

angle. ‘The adoral sutural. edge of the plate (a?) is convex

and the aboral edge is straight or slightly concave in the

opposite direction. The arrangement of these three unequal

primary plates has geometrical outlines neither externally nor

at the median ambulacral line, and is repeated in the vertical

succession (fig. V., a’, b, a).

Amongst the plates of this species are some which are not

only characteristic but very suggestive of the reduced and

isolated plates of other Paleechinoidea and of the later

Kchinothuride.

A composite plate (fig. v1.) has a small aboral primary a

and a large middle primary 6; but the third component is

adoral and at the ambulacro-interradial edge, and is a small

demi-plate looking like a peripodium without a plate, and it

is crushed a little out of place. This demi-plate (a’) should

be compared with that seen in a doubtful composite plate

(fig. vir, a’). It is evident that the crush of growth has

enabled the large primary plate (0°) belonging to the outer

vertical row of pores to crowd out, with the assistance of its

adoral neighbour (d'), the primary of the inner row. This

has lost all its inner part, has become a demi-plate (a'), and

but a trace of the outer portion remains; the rest is like a

thick peripodium.

The occurrence of small isolated plates along the lines of

transverse sutures, a phenomenon especially Kchinothurian

in the recent fauna, has therefore a certain explanation. ‘The

plates thus placed and small are not additional and intercalated

plates, but are the results of growth, crowding, crushing out

and in, and atavism of original plates.

It does not appear unreasonable to account for the presence

ot four vertical rows of ambulacral plates in some Paleechi-

noidea by an early movement of the plates perforated by the

ei row of pairs of pores inwards whilst the growth pro-

ceeded.

Anatomy of Paleechinus (Scouler), M‘ Coy. 203

The thickness of the ambulacral plates of P. gigas and P.

sphericus 1s remarkable, and is much greater than their ver-

tical height; there is no overlap of the edges and the test was

rigid.

The interradial plates of the species are very thick and the

edges present no evidence of flexibility. The ambulacral

rows of plates have their ambulacral edges as zigzags and the

angles fit into the corresponding reentering angles of the

ambulacral plates. ‘The resemblance to many Mesozoic and

recent species of regular Kchinoidea is exact in this respect.

Ambulacra of Paleechinus intermedius, W. Keeping (Quart.

Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxit. p. 37, pl. iti. figs. 9-11).—

There are specimens of this species in the Woodwardian

Museum and also in the Museum of Practical Geology. The

late Mr. W. Keeping doubted whether the species could be

placed with Paleechinus; but he was misled, apparently, by

the diagnosis of M‘ Coy, especially of the part relating to

the construction of the poriterous zones. The ambulacra of

P. intermedius have biserial pairs of pores and the plates are

very numerous, low, broad, and thick (figs. rx. and x.). The

plates are all primaries and are in regular vertical succession, so

that there is a single vertical row of them on each side of the

median ambulacral suture. But the plates are different in shape

in the same vertical row, although not to the amount shown in

P. gigas. Vhe plates with the outer pairs of pores are largest

at their outer part, which forms the salient angle of the ambu-

lacral edge of the ambulacro-interradial suture, and they reach

the median ambulacral line, being lower there than near the

part which bears the pair of pores. The plates which bear

the inner series of pairs of pores are narrow externally and

may or may not reach the interradial suture, and if they do

so it is by a pointed angle. ‘They are low, broad, and are

often higher at the ambulacral median line than the other

primaries with the outer series of pairs of pores. Fig. Ix.

from a specimen in the Museum of Practical Geology and

fig. x. from the Woodwardian specimen.

Ambulacra of Paleechinus Phillipsie, Forbes.—Pale-

echinus Phillipsie, Forbes, is to be seen in the form of models

which have been made by running in a melted substance

into the hollow fossil. ‘Lhis substance, when solid, shows

the inside of part of the test, and therefore the ambulacral

and other plates are represented on the model so tar as

their inner surfaces are concerned.

204. Prof. P. M. Duncan on the

The model at the Museum of Practical Geology shows a

double row of pairs of pores here and there, in an ambulacrum,

but the suturing of the plates is not visible. Nevertheless

the plates were evidently arranged after the system of the

primaries of P. sphericus (fig. 11.). Forbes gives a diagram of

the plates and the pairs; but the inner pair of pores is placed

too close to the median line of the ambulacrum and its plate is

too much blocked out from the ambulacro-interradial suture.

(Compare Forbes, 1848, Mem. Geol. Survey United King-

dom, vol. ii. pt. i. p. 884, pl. xxix. fig. 1, and the fig. 11. of

this communication.)

The Grouping of the Species.—It will have been observed

that no less than five species of Palwechinus present two ver-

tical rows of pairs of pores on each side of the ambulacra.

The species group themselves into two divisions. In one, con-

taining P. gigas and P. ellipticus, the outer pairs ot pores of

the vertical rows are in demi-plates, and in the other division,

containing P. sphericus, P. intermedius, and P, Phillipsie, the

plates of both sets of pairs of pores are primaries, some being

blocked out from the ambulacro-interradial sutures. Very

rarely there is some crowding and union of plates to form

compound ones, as in P. sphwricus.

It is very remarkable how distinct some of the plates are

from their neighbours, and it is evident that their great thick-

ness would keep them from overlapping. It would seem at

first sight as it there had always been a space between the

edges of the plates; but in the Woodwardian specimens and

in some elsewhere the plates are often so close that there is

no vestige of a sutural line between them. Hence the draw-

ings given by M‘Coy and W, Keeping, which have been

noticed.

The Characters of Palwechinus elegans and P. quadriseri-

alis—The question arises, Where are Palwechinus elegans,

M‘Coy, P. quadrisertalis, J. Wright (Journ. R. Geol. Soc.

Irel. vol. i. p. 62, pl. iii.), and a small-plated Paleechinus in the

W oodwardian Collection, which does not present the charac-

ters of any of the five species mentioned above, to be placed ?

In a classification of recent or Mesozoic Echinoidea no one

would place species with a single vertical row of pores on

each side of an ambulacrum in the same genus as species

presenting two vertical series of pais on each side of an

ambulacrum, the plates differing markedly in their shape and

arrangement also, Cidaris is separated on these lines from

Diplocidaris. Now P. elegans has all its ambulacral plates

Anatomy of Paleechinus (Scouler), M‘ Coy. 205

and primaries subequal, and there is no crowding to form

demi-plates or to crush out parts of plates from the interradial

sutures. ‘The plates are Cidaridean in their simplicity and

each has a pair of pores, so that there is one vertical series on

each side of an ambulacrum. Thisisthe case with P. quadri-

serialis and with the small Paleechinus in the Woodwardian

Museum. It must be admitted that the alliance is close, but

these species cannot enter the same genus as P. gigas for

instance. Unfortunately M‘Coy was not impressed with the

value of the ambulacral characters, and placed P. gigas,

P. elegans, P. ellipticus, P. sphericus and another as types

of his genus Paleechinus (M‘Coy, in Griffith, Foss. Carb.

Limest. Irel. 1842, p. 171, see pl. xxiv.), every ambulacrum

being wrongly fie ured by his artist. W. Keeping was

clearly impressed with the want of homogeneity in the genus ;

and when he met with the specimen in the Woodwardian Mu-

seum, which has a small test with small plates and straight,

single, vertical rows of pairs of pores, one series of patrs only

being found upon each side of an ambulacrum, he defined a new

genus Lhoechinus (op. cit. p. 37). Really this genus, with a

very slight modification, will embrace the forms of Pale-

echtnus with uniserial pairs of pores.

From our present knowledge, if Paleechinus is to remain as

a genus—and it ought to do so, for M‘Coy’s work claims

great respect—it must be as Paleechinus, M‘Coy (pars), and

relate to species with a double vertical row of pairs of pores,

such as P. gigas and P. sphericus. _Rhoechinus, Keeping,

shghtly modified, will then contain P. elegans, possibly P.

quadriserialis, aud certainly the little form in the Wood-

wardian Museum.

Synonymy.

Genus PaLa&ecuinus, M‘Coy, pars.

P. gigas, P. sphericus, P. ellipticus, P. intermedius,

P. Phillipsie.

Genus RHOECHINUS, Keeping.

R. trregularis, Keeping; R. elegans, M‘Coy, sp.; BR. quadri-

sertalis, J. Wright, sp.; &. sp. (in the Woodwardian

Museum ; named a Palwechinus).

The two North-American species, which I have not seen,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iii. 15

206 On the Anatomy of Palexechinus (Scouler), M*‘ Coy.

appear to belong to Palwechinus as now limited. P. Konigit,

M‘Coy, is insufliciently diagnosed, the type being fragmen-

tary.

Fig. 1.—One side of part of an ambulacrum of Paleechinus gigas, magn.

Figs. 1.-v11.—Plates of part of one side of ambulacra of P. sphericus,

magn.

Fig. vit1.—Two demi-plates and a blocked-out primary of P. ellipticus,

magn.

Figs. 1x., x.—Parts of one side of an ambulacrum of P. intermedius, magn.

The obliquity of the pores of the pairs is sometimes not with the adoral

pore directed more or less actinally; this unusual condition is

represented in figs. I1., V., VI., and Ix.

er naa

Mr. J. W. Fewkes on a new Athorybia. 207

XXI.—On a new Athorybia. By J. WALTER Fewkes.

[Plate VII.]

THE genus Athorybia is remarkable among Physophores in

that the stem is very short, the nectocalyces are absent, and

the appendages appear to arise about the base of the float.

Its whole anatomy shows embryonic features, since the young

of several other genera of Siphonophores pass through a stage

in which they have what may be called an Athorybia-stage.

Athorybia is, in point of fact, a genus which, while it has

embryonic likenesses, has become sexually mature, aJthough

it is ordinarily regarded as an adult. Whether or not it ever

passes out of this stage into some other form no one has yet

been able to discover.

From the coast of Florida we have a genus allied to An-

thophysa, to which I have given the name of Diplorybia, on

account of the existence of two kinds of tentacular knobs *.

The waters of California, so rich in genera of Meduse, have

not hitherto yielded a single species of Athorybia. The writer

is able to add to the list of Medusee found in the waters of

California a new Athorybia for which he suggests the name

A. californica.

Athorybia californica, sp. nov.

Float.—The float is large, conspicuous, and carried upright

as the animal swims in the water, Colour pink, with apical

zone dark crimson to brown.

Nectocalyces.—No nectocalyces or nectostem present.

Hydrophyllia.—The hydrophyllia arise from an enlarge-

ment at the base of the float. hey are leaf-like, trans-

parent, gelatinous, placed in a ring about the lower region of

the float, above the polypites, tasters, and tentacles. They

are ordinarily carried extended at right angles to the axis of

the float and are capable of a free flapping movement, by

which the animal may be propelled through the water.

Each hydrophyllium is thin, indented on either side at a

point situated about half its length by a well-marked indenta-

tion or notch. The distal extremity is rounded and pointed,

the proximal being united to the body by a short and incon-

* T formerly ealled this Floridan Physophore, discovered at Key West,

Florida, a new species of Athorybia (A. formosa), Heckel refers it to

Anthophysa ; but it seems to me that it should receive a new generic

name, and I have elsewhere suggested the name Dzplorybia.

Loe

208 Mr. J. W. Fewkes on a new Athorybia.

spicuous peduncle. The outer surface of each hydrophyllium

is crossed by longitudinal rows of nematocysts, which are

easily seen.

Each hydrophyllium is penetrated by a tube, which com-

municates with the cavity of the body below the float. This

tube ends cecally at the distal extremity of the hydro-

phyllium, and is simple and unbranched.

Tasters.—Below the circle of hydrophyllia there arise from

the body of the Athorybia numerous long, highly flexible,

flask-shaped bodies, which closely resemble the so-called

“tasters”? of Physophores. They also recall the flexible

bodies which are found appended to the nectostem of

Apolemia*.

They can be gracefully moved back and forth and can be

extended outward between the hydrophyllia, so that their

extremities often reach far beyond these organs. Filamentous

appendages of the tasters were not noticed, The tasters have

a pinkish colour.

Polypites.—A single, large, well-developed, and several

immature polypites were noticed. The large, fully developed

polypite, p, opens directly into the cavity of the body below

the float, of which it appeared to be a continuation. This

polypite is flask-shaped, with an opening or mouth at the

distal end which extends far beyond the hydrophyllia. ‘The

lips of the mouth are often expanded, imparting a trumpet-

shape to this region of the polypite. This polypite is more

opaque than the others, although partially digested food was

observed through its outer body-walls. The other polypites

are immature, closely resembling in form the tasters, and in

many of them an open mouth was observed.

Three well-developed tentacles are figured in my sketch

(Pl. VII. tig. 1). The tentacle, ¢, which arises from the basal

region of the largest polypite is somewhat more conspicuous

than the others. The tentacles were observed to have a

single kind of tentacular knob (fig. 2), which, while it differs

considerably from either kind of tentacular knob found in

Diplorybia formosa, resembles somewhat those of Athorybia

rosacea, Kéll. Each tentacular knob hasa single unbranched

peduncle, pd, which hangs at intervals from the tentacle itself.

The structure of the tentacular knob of A. californica is

peculiar tf. The base of the knob by which it is joined to

* For these bodies in Apolemza the name nectotasters is suggested.

+ The tentacular knobs of A. californica differ very greatly trom those

of any known species of Athorybia. The character of the tentacular

knobs is a very good feature by which to distinguish different species of

Physophoran genera. .

Mr. J. W. Fewkes on a new Athorybia. 209

the peduncle forms a sacculus. The sacculus, s, ordinarily

forming a bell-shaped covering enveloping a str ucture known

as the involucrum, is in our new Calitornian Athorybia very

much modified and reduced in size. It isa globular or hem1-

spherical enlargement which shows the ‘ spongy” cellular

walls which have been described in the knobs of the genus

Rhizophysa. On one side this hemispherical sacculus 1s

enlarged or extended into a conical projection, recalling the

beak-like processes of certain of the knobs of the genus Bhizo-

physa. This portion of the knob likewise shows the charac-

teristic “spongy ” cellular contents. ‘The apex is tipped by

a conspicuous pigment- spot.

The involucrum, 7, takes a single turn, and is seldom

covered by the sacculus. It is densely pigmented and appa-

rently formed of well-developed nematocysts.

There is a single terminal median vesicle, tv, and two ter-

minal filaments, ¢f These structures have a close likeness to

the same bedies in other Physophores, and seem more like

immature than fully developed knobs.

The size of the whole body, including its length without

tentacles from the apex of the float to the open end of the

polypite, is one eighth of an inch. ‘he diameter trom one

tip of the expanded hydrophyllia to that of the opposite has

the same or approximately the same measurement. The

animal was taken in the Santa Barbara Channel, off the coast

of Southern California.

The question naturally arises, Is not this the young of

some long-stemmed Physophore, like Aga/ma, as yet unre-

corded from the Californian waters of the Pacific? There is

nothing to prevent our answering this question in the affirma-

tive, since we know that several genera pass through a similar

form in the course of their development *. Still the animal

which we have represented in our Plate, even if a larval form

of some long-stemmed Physophore, is in certain respects

different from any larva which has yet been described.

The sexual bodies lie around the bases of the polypites,

but they are very little developed, a fact which certainly looks

as if the animal is a larval torm. Still, even if they were

well developed, that fact alone does not indicate that the

animal is mature, for among the Physophores examples

might be instanced in which a genus matures its sexual

products before its adult form is reached.

* In my studies on the Pacific coast I have never taken a long-stemmed

Physophore of any kind, and I am not aware that others have recorded

them trom the locality where my studies were made.

210 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Athorybia californica. A view from the side, showing the hydro-

phyllia more or less expanded ; tentacles and polypite extended.

Drawn from a living specimen.

Fig. 2. Single tentacular knob very much magnified.

Lettering.

a, Apex of sacculus, s. Sacculus,

f. Float. t. Tentacle.

he. Hydrophyllium. tf. Terminal filament.

#. Involucrum. tk. Tentacular knob.

p. Polypite. ts. Taster.

pd. Peduncle of the tentacular ¢v. Terminal vesicle.

knob.

Cambridge, U.S. A.,

November, 1888.

XXII.—Further Observations on the Foraminiferal Genus

Orbitoides of d’Orbigny. By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &e.

SINCE my observations on the genus Orbitoides of d’Orbigny

were published (‘ Annals,’ 1888, vol. ii. p. 439) I have re-

ceived several type specimens of Orbitoides media from the

Upper Chalk in the south-west of France, which, being the

same in specific characters as those from the Chalk of Maes-

tricht that I had already described (op. et (oc. cit. p. 445),

have enabled me personally to compare the two, which pre-

viously I had only been able to effect by quoting M. le

Vicomte d’Archiac’s description of this fossil under the name

of ‘ Orbitolites media” (ib. p. 446).

For this welcome present | am indebted to my kind friend

Mons. G. Berthelin, formerly of Nantes, now residing in

Paris, whose valuable contributions to the knowledge of

Foraminifera are well known, and who, on learning from the

paper to which I have alluded that I had no specimens of

“Orbitoides media” trom France to compare with d’Orbigny’s

illustrations, immediately sent me twenty, labelled “ Oréc-

toides media, d’Archiac, sp. _Dordonien (Craie supé:.),

Meschers (Charente-Inf.), pres Royan.” These appear from

their smallness, varying from 5-48ths to 6-24ths inch in hori-

zontal diameter, to belong to the lesser size mentioned by

d’Archiac as probably being young forms of his larger one

rather than a different species, which measured “ 50 millim.”’

in diameter (op. et loc. cit.).

Genus Orbitoides of d’ Orbigny. 211

Be this as it may, these specimens are sufficient to show

after careful examination not only that they are identical in

their specific nature with the specimens from Maestricht, but

that they entirely accord with d’Orbigny’s illustrations in his

‘Cours Elément. de Paléont. et de Géologie’ (vol. i. p. 193),

being therefore genuine varieties of, if not identical with my

Orbitolites Mantelli (‘ Annals,’ U. c. p. 442). Thus I observe

that the vertical papillary eminence of the crust on each side of

the central plane, although only seen on one side in the speci-

mens from Maestricht, is perfectly developed on both sides in

those from the south-west of France, and therefore identical

with d’Orbigny’s “ Profil” (‘Cours,’ 0. ¢.) ; also that the

sinuous lines on the surface radiating from this eminence

to the circumference in d’Orbigny’s adjoining representation

are equally identical. These lines are intended for ridges of

shell-substance continuous with that forming the central

eminence, and radiating at first singly from this point be-

come so multiplied by subdivision afterwards (that is as they

approach the circumference) as to spread all over the disk.

Originally they are derived from the union of granulations

which more particularly characterize the specimens from

Maestricht, where they may be seen to be the outer ends of

the “conical columns” to which I have alluded in my

description of this form (‘ Annals,’ J. ¢. p. 445).

Still this does not interfere with what I have endeavoured

to point out, viz. that the cells of the central plane of d’Or-

bigny’s Orbitotdes media present in the horizontal section a

spheroidal form, and that those of his Orbitoides papyracea

‘Cours,’ vol. ii. p. 732) are rectangular—a distinction

which it is desirable to bear in mind, as at present the term

“Orbitoides”’ is indiscriminately used for both kinds, so that

it is not known when this term is mentioned which kind is

meant, a circumstance that the following paragraph will show

to be likely to lead to confusion both paleontologically and

geologically.

At present we know that Orbitolites Mantelli has been found

in the midst of a bed of Nummulites sublevigata in Sind, and

Orbitoides dispansa in one of N. exponens at Lukput, in

Cutch, in confirmation of which I now possess specimens.

Hence it is possible that all three may exist somewhere to-

gether. But there are no Nummulites with Orbitolites Man-

telli in the Claiborne beds of Alabama, none that I could see

in the bed of the cliff at Takah, on the south-east coast of

Arabia, nor in the specimens from the bed at Nal, in

Jhalawan, nor in those from that of the bank of the river

Irrawadi discovered by Mr. Theobald—cireumstances which

212 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

a more extended acquaintance with the strata of the Eocene

series may explain.

With the distinction to which I have alluded, it became

necessary to establish a separate division for the discoid Fora-

minifera typified by Orbitolites Mantelli, and this, which I

proposed in 1861 (‘ Annals,’ vol. vil. p. 328), was done by

Giimbel seven years afterwards under the name of ‘ Lepido-

cyclina”’ (‘ Beitriige zur Foraminiferen-Fauna der nordalpinen

HKociingebilde,” Miinchen, 1868). In short Giimbel in this

work has divided d’Orbigny’s “Orbitotdes”’ into five sub-

genera, reserving the fifth for the kind typified by my Orbr-

tolites Mantelli, “and devoting the rest to that typified by

Orbitoides pap yr aced.

Of course the subgeneric name “Lep¢docyclina”’ would

thus take the place of ‘ Orbitolites ;”” but if it can be reason-

ably inferred that Orbdtolites Mantell’ is but an evolutionary

development of Lamarck’s genus “ Orbitolites”’ and evolu-

tionary doctrine is to have influence on nomenclature, then

the propriety of introducing a new name for anything coming

from the latter seems undesirable. It was this that influenced

both Faujas de St.-Fond and d’Archiac in using the generic

term “‘ Urbitolites ” for this fossil. Hence the term “ Orbi-

toides”’ might be retained for the kind typified by Orbitotdes

papyracea, “and that of Orbitolites for those typified by Orbi-

tolites Mantelli, while the whole, together with Nummudlites,

might be included, as proposed by Carpenter, in the family

‘ Nummulinida” (* Introduction to the Study of Foramini-

fera,’ p. xiv, 1862).

I have already adduced reasons based on evolutionary

ee ay using the term Orbitolites Mantelli (§ Annals,’ 1888,

Vol. ai. ps 442), to which I might add that the papillary

eminence on Orbitoides media, d’ Orbigny, is almost always

represented on Orbitolites marginalis, Lam. (that is the

recent species), by an accumulation of shell-substance on

the centre of the disk possessing an irregularly stellate form,

whose rays extend for a short distance towards the circum-

ference, and that, although the ced/s in most instances do not

present the foramina on the surface which are observed in

the cell-divisions of Orbdtotdes media, VOrb., in a horizontal

section of the crust, yet in some from the Red Sea (Suez) in

my cabinet they are unmistakably present in by far the

greater number of cells, although in ther midst are to be seen

some which do not possess them. Why they should be so

generally absent in most specimens may be accounted for by

the free communication which exists between the interior and

exterior of the organism through the numerous apertures on

Genus Orbitoides of d’ Orbigny. 213

the margin, the cells (stolonigerous buds), after their first deve-

lopment, breaking into each other so generally that the whole

is thus resolved into a cancellated structure (calcareous skele-

ton) filled with continuous sarcode, which issues into the cir-

cumambient medium by the way mentioned, as in such-like

Foraminifera. Hence this structure in the central plane of

Orbitolites Mantelli.

Dr. Carpenter, in his admirable “‘ Monograph of the Genus

Orbitolites”” (Phil. Trans. 1856, p. 196, pl. vi. fig. 5), denies

the presence of holes in the “ shelly substance of the calca-

reous disks” of Orbitolites, but adds that the “ punctated

marking’? here “may be regarded as the rudiments of those

minute closely-set apertures which in many Foraminifera give

passage to pseudopodial extensions of the sarcode.” Whether

this is the case or not I cannot say; but where the holes

in the cells are manifest they are situated respectively on

little tubercles as in other Foraminifera.

The holes seen in the cell-divisions of Orbitotdes media,

d’Orb., in a mounted microscopic horizontal section of the

crust are merely transverse sections of the minute tubuli which

extend perpendicularly from one cell to another; and even these

are not visible on the surface of Orbitolites Mantelli trom

Alabama, where the cellular structure is finally covered in by a

thin film of ?imperforate homogeneous shell-substance. While

in the fossilized Orbitolite from the neighbourhood of Jarrak,

in Lower Sind, &c., which I have designated “ pedunculata”

(‘ Annals,’ 1861, vol. viii. p. 463, and delineated in that of

1853, vol. ii. pl. vii. figs. 43-45), the peduncle or papillary

eminence is formed of shell-substance, from which sinuous

ridges are extended to the circumference in the same way as

that represented by d’Orbigny in his illustrations of Ord¢-

toides media (op. et loc. cit.). 1 have already alluded to this

structure in the ‘Annals’ of 1861 (/. c.).

So that altogether, part for part, we have the same struc-

tures in Orbitolites media as in Orbitolites marginalis, saving

the “crust,” and hence the reason for retaining the term

“Orbitolites ” in generic distinction.

Let us now, in conclusion, direct our attention more parti-

cularly than I have hitherto done to the structure of this

crust,” for, looking at it in the vertical section, it is seen to

be composed of columns of vertically compressed cells, which

are arranged more or less perpendicularly according to their

position on each side of the central plane, in such a manner as

to lead to the inference that they are a direct prolongation

vertically of ‘the spheroidal ones whose regular arrangement

in the central plane, when viewed horizontally, gives rise to

214 Prof. Carl Chun on the

the characteristic engine-turned pattern to which I have

alluded, and that any horizontal section through any part of

this crust would present this pattern. But this is not the

case, inasmuch as the thinnest horizontal section beyond the

central plane shows that horizontally these compressed cells

are not only very variable in size, but present the utmost

irregularity in outline that can be conceived, so that it be-

comes impossible to trace any dérect communication between

any of them and those of the central plane respectively ; while

the nearer the columns approach the surface the more these

cells (although they intereommunicate with each other

throughout by the “ minute tubuli” to which I have alluded)

become approximated, till at last, in the Alabama species,

they are covered in by the smooth homogeneous layer of

shell-substance also above mentioned. Hence, like most. of

the specimens of Orbitolites marginalis, the only means of

communication externally in Orbitolites Mantelli was through

the apeitures in the margin, the “ central plane.”

That varieties of the kind typitied by Orbitolites Mantelli

will be hereafter found I have no doubt; and Giimbel has

already added two under his subgenus ‘‘Lepédocyclina,” viz.

“LT. dilatata”’ and “‘L. burdigalensis”’ (op. et loc. cit.).

But that “Orbitolites ” of Lamarck should be used as the

generic name for the type of Morton’s Nwmmulites Man-

tell of the Claiborne beds in Alabama (as I first proposed)

instead of “Lepidocyclina” seems to me, on the grounds

that I have stated, to be most desirable; while as regards

priority in nomenclature we find that as far back as 1799

Faujas de Saint-Fond (in his Nat. Hist. de la Montagne

de Saint Pierre de Maestricht) stated in explanation of his

“fig, 4” respecting Orbitoides media, d’Orb., that “ Cette

numismale n’étant pas formée par des cloisons transversales,

rentrerait, Vaprés Lamarck, dans ses Orbitolites.”

XXIIL.— The Siphonophora of the Canary Islands.

By Prof. Cart CHun *.

DuriINnG my residence in Orotava I directed my attention

chiefly to the study of the Canarian Siphonophora. I] suc-

ceeded in discovering, besides the Canarian torms described

* Translated from the ‘Sitzungsberichte der konigl. preuss, Akademie

der Wissenschaften, 1888, no. xliv. pp. 1141-1175. This is the first sec-

tion of a “ Report upon a Journey to the Canary Islands performed in

the winter of 1887-88,” and is preceded by a short statement of the ciur-

Stiphonophora of the Canary Islands. 215

by Hiickel, a considerable number of new species, some of

which are not without interest, partly on account of their

peculiarity of structure, partly because they represent inter-

mediate forms uniting groups hitherto apparently isolated.

During the autumn months up to the beginning of January

the pelagic fauna, especially in Siphonophora, was remarkably

poor. Nevertheless the numerous Hudoxie and the young

stages of Physophoride furnished me with abundant material

for work, which enabled me to ascertain the Eudoxiz

belonging to all the observed Calycophoride and to advance

the knowledge of the postembryonal development of the

Physophoride. It was only from January onwards that the

adult Physophoride appeared, and with them magnificent

new Calycophoride, which exceeded in beauty and delicacy

all the forms known to me.

Although it does not seem to me advisable to discuss the

theories as to the organization of the Siphonophora within

the limits of a brief report, I am led, with reference to the

principles which guided me in the establishment of the system

of the Siphonophora, to enter upon certain views which

Hiickel has put forward in his lately published ‘ System der

Siphonophoren auf phylogenetischer Grundlage ”’*, especially

so far as they are in opposition to the opinions maintained

by me.

In the primary larva of the Siphonophora Hiickel sees a

simple Medusan persona, which occurs in the form of a

Stphonula and a Disconula, The latter is octoradiate in struc-

ture and becomes subsequently developed into the Porpite

and Velelle; while the bilaterally symmetrical Siphonula

furnishes the starting-point for all the other Siphonophora.

In accordance with this Hiickel divides the Siphonophora

into two legions, the Disconanthe and the Siphonanthe.

in the first place as regards the division of the Siphono-

phora into two subclasses, of which the one includes the

Velelle and Porpite hitherto characterized as Chondropho-

ride or Velellide, and the other the whole of the Calyco-

phoride and most of the Physophoride, I must maintain

cumstances under which the journey was undertaken by the aid of the

Academy of Sciences,

The author says :—‘“ As I expected that the persistent north-east trade-

wind would bring me material in abundance, I resolved to take up my

abode on the north coast of one of the islands, and finally selected for

this purpose the Puerto de la Orotava, where I found accommodation

thoroughly suited to my purposes in the Fonda de la Marina, situated

immediately upon the harbour, and also, after the inevitable first diffi-

culties, suitable boats and fishermen.”

* ‘ Jenaische Zeitschrift,’ Bd. xxii. (1888).

216 Prof. Carl Chun on the

that Hiickel founds his speculations upon two larval forms of

very different morphological value. The radiate Disconula

represents a much altered larva, which was certainly preceded

by a bilateral Scphonula-stage. Unfortunately we are still

unacquainted with the embryonic development of the Veled/e

and Porpite; but I have every reason to think that the

younger stages closely approach the youngest larval stages

of Physalia in structure. Young FRatariw observed by me

which still possess a simple unchambered pneumatophore

show four tentacles, which are bilaterally arranged on one

side, or, more accurately, present with one large tentacle

three smaller ones asymmetrically distributed. ‘This stage was

certainly preceded by a true bilateral Siphonula with the

rudiment of the pneumatophore, a single tentacle, and the

stomachal sac. This stage, which certaimly has not yet been

observed, must be paralleled with the Siphonula; but then

one would hesitate & priord to recognize a fundamental dis-

tinction between “ Siphonanthe” and “ Disconanthe,” and

to give expression to this condition by seeking a relationship

for the Disconanthe with the Trachomeduse and for the

Siphonanthe with the Anthomeduse.

In accordance with previous naturalists I see in the Velel-

lide true Physophoride, which certainly in their adaptation

to a passive movement by action of the wind show very

plainly the transformations already stamped upon the Dzs-

conula. I have repeatedly referred to these adaptations and

need only indicate here that I regard as an adaptation to the

floating mode of life in the deep sea, 7. €. at the surface, as a

later acquisition, and consequently as an organ suz generis,

the mantle which was interpreted by Hiackel, in agreement

with Metschnikoff, as a Medusan umbrella. This hmb or

mantle, circular in the Porpdie, oval in the clinoradially con-

structed Velellw, commences in the youngest larve as a narrow

fold around the still unchambered pneumatophore, and is

certainly deficient in the Stphonula-stage of the Velellide as

postulated by me. It originates therefore in the same way

as the principal muscular border of the sail ina Rataria. If

we were to homologize this mantle with an umbrella we should

obtain a Medusa which presented upon its exumbrella a richly

developed vascular reticulation and a powerful coat of epi-

thelial muscular cells—structural characters which we only

meet with in the subumbrella.

There are also some of Hiickel’s special interpretations of

the structure of the Velellidzs with which I cannot agree.

Thus he regards the ectodermal parenchyma placed between

the hepatic tubes as a gas-gland, which secretes the air into

Stphonophora of the Canary Islands. 217

the inferior open ends of the traches, from which it afterwards

passes into the chambers to be dischar ged outwards through

the stigmata. In opposition to this we find that the cushion

of tissue in question is quite different in its histological struc-

ture from the secondary ectoderm, which, as I have demon-

strated *, has the function of a gas-gland, and, further, that

the trachee which surround the polypes for the most part

terminate at spots where the tissue in question is deficient.

The latter is rather composed of undeveloped thread-cells,

and is precisely homologous with that urticating-pad which

surrounds the anterior stomachal portion of the sucking-tubes.

By the great development of this urticating-pad the proven-

triculus is divided into four or five vessel-like canals, which

subsequently, in Porpita, become increased to eight canals.

In the absence of a secondary ectoderm after the development

of the chitinous concentric air-chambers the Velellide are

quite unable to secrete any gaseous mixture, but they are

confined to taking the atmospheric air into the chambers and

expelling it again through the stigmata. As the colony is

subjected to a very intense material change, as is shown

the abundant separation of guanine crystals in the so-

called liver, it is clear that sufficient oxygen is conveyed to

the polyps by means of the air contained in the trachee.

Moreover the Velelle and Porpite perform movements which

remarkably resemble the actions of the air-breathing Arthro-

pods for the removal of the air contained in the tracheex.

Thus if we observe a freshly captured Velella or Porpita, we

find that twice in a minute (seldom oftener) the surface turned

towards the water and bearing the sexual polyps and the central

stomachal sac (siphosoma, polypite) is very energetically pressed

against the air-chambers. During this respiratory movement,

caused by the contraction of the circularly arranged muscular

fibres, the whole of the polyps, with the exception of the ten-

tacles, are simultaneously contracted. The tentacles are moved

downwards independently of the above-mentioned movements,

either all together or in groups. After the contraction the

lower surface of the disk returns slowly into its position of

rest, and the polyps begin again to extend themselves, to be

again, after the lapse of half a minute, rapidly contracted.

For hours this attractive spectacle, which has hitherto been

mentioned by no naturalist, may be observed on freshly

captured Velelle and Por. ite. The effect of such regularly

repeated respiratory movements is perfectly clear; by the

energetic contraction ot the disk and individual polyps the

richly ramified tracheal tufts are contracted, their air passes

* Zoolog, Anzeiger, 1887, nos, 261 and 262.

218 Prof. Carl Chun on the

into the chambers, and out through the stigmata of the latter.

On the cessation of the contraction fresh air, richer in oxygen,

flows in again. ‘The structure of the chambers, their endow-

ment with stigmata and trachezx, and the regular respiratory

movements serving for the renewal of the air lead me (little

as this opinion may harmonize with previous conceptions) to

see in the Velelle and Porpitee Celenterata breathing air, and,

indeed, breathing by trachee. This notion by no means

excludes the occurrence at the same time at all parts turned

towards the water of a diffusional exchange with the air

absorbed in the sea-water, an exchange which, indeed, plays

a part in all air-breathing aquatic animals *.

The Velellide certainly represent not only the most com-

plicated in structure, but also the most divergent of the Physo-

phoride. But, as I have already expressly asserted, there is

no feature in their organization which cannot be explained by

eradual adaptation to an existence at the surface of the sea.

I think that I fix the position of the Velelle and Porpite in

the system more correctly by proposing to divide the order

Physophoridee into two suborders, of which one includes

all Physophoride with an unchambered pneumatophore

functioning as a gas-gland (faplophyse), while the other

embraces the (partially) air-breathing Velellide (Tracho-

physe) furnished with a chambered pneumatophore, stigmata,

and tracheee.

As regards Hiickel’s systematic arrangement in other

respects I shall take occasion in the sequel to express diver-

gent opinions of subordinate importance. I see with satis-

faction that my opinion formerly expressed in these ‘ Sitz-

ungsberichte ’ (1882, li. p. 1170) as to the near relationship

between the Rhizophyse and the Physalie, to which I endea-

voured to give expression by the creation of the family Pneu-

matophoride, is not only adopted by Hiickel, but also well

illustrated by a number of most interesting intermediate

forms which were obtained by the ‘ Challenger’ from the

deep sea.

As regards Hiickel’s peculiar ‘‘ Medusa-theory,” which is

intended to occupy a conciliatory position between the poly-

* These statements of course do not apply to the interesting “ Disca-

lide” discovered by the ‘ Challenger’ in the deep sea. These in a certain

degree represent Disconulee which haye become sexually mature, and it

is to be supposed that in them, as in the young stages of Pormte and

Velelle, the gas-secreting ectoderm persists. At any rate they partly

want the trache, which occur only from the third or fourth concentric

air-chamber onwards. It is possible that they represent young stages of

Porpite which, as I have found to be the case with many Siphonophora,

ascend to the surface at the commencement of sexual maturity.

Siphonophora of the Canary Islands. 219

organ-theory and the polyperson-theory, he regards the larva

of the Siphonophora as a Medusa with dislocated organs and

assumes In the developed stocks a profound secondary dislo-

cation of the different constituents of the Medusa. Hiickel’s

results so nearly approach the views of Metschnikoff*, who

interpreted the Siphonophoran larva in the same way, and

who likewise compared the developed colony to a Sarsia with

the stomach grown out into a peduncular form and gemmi-

parous, that I must once more adduce all the difficulties which

Leuckart t, and subsequently Claus, raised against the views

of Metschnikoff and P. E. Miiller, Hven now, when we

possess a sufticient knowledge of the polymorphous Meduse and

their processes of gemmation, there is nothing to support the

notion of a dislocation. So long as we have no demonstration

that nectocalyx, stomachal tube, tentacles, and bract (hydro-

phyllium) are produced by dislocation from a single bud, so long

as the difficulty is not got rid of that, on the other hand, three

or four separate buds, originally quite similar, concur in the

formation of a monogastric Siphonophoran, which, ¢n toto, is

homologous with a Medusa, I must decline to admit the as-

sumption of such a dislocation. On the contrary, when rudi-

ments of tentacles, marginal corpuscles, and manubria make

their appearance on the nectocalyces of the Siphonophora, we

always see them indicated upon the ordinary spots. How

such rudiments, which are observed especially upon the

nectocalyces of the genus L/yopsis, established by me, can

be brought into accordance with dislocation completed at the

same time, is to me just as incomprehensible as Hiickel’s and

Metschnikoff’s supposition that the value of individualities

belongs only to the genital nectocalyces and the recently

demonstrated “ aurophores.” ‘The genital calyces themselves

present such profound retrogressions that, in the form of

sporosacs, they left Weismann in doubt whether we have

here to do with retrograde Meduse or Polypes. We never

observe such far-reaching reductions in the locomotive

elements, which always show their velum, the fine muscula-

ture of the subumbrella, the ordinary course of the vessels,

and in all cases a nerve-ring at the margin of the umbrella,

as I have been able to demonstrate in all the calyces (most

distinctly developed in the species of Abyla).

To what inconsistencies Hiickel’s views lead may be further

* ¢Verhandlungen der Gesellsch. ftir Naturk.’ (Moscow), vol. viii.

1870 (in Russian), and, further, Zeitschr. fur wiss. Zool. Bd. xxiv. (1871),

pp. 65-77.

+ “Bericht &c.,” in Arch. fiir Naturg. Jahrg. xl. (1874) ii. pp. 183-

184, and Jahrg. xli. (1875) ii. pp. 452-459,

220 Prof. Carl Chun on the

illustrated by an example. As is well known, there are

Eudoxiew which, besides the genital calyx, possess a special

sterile nectocalyx destitute of manubrium. The latter,

according to Hiickel, represents a Medusan persona, when he

assumes that in it the manubrium has been suppressed by

retrogression. But why are we to regard the locomotive

elements merely as organs, seeing that they possess exactly

the same attributes as the special sterile nectocalyx ? [readily

admit that it may be a matter of dispute whether in the poly-

morphic colony we are to regard the bracts and tentacles asindi-

viduals or as organs, although Hiickel himself cites facts (such

as the occurrence of a small umbrella on the bracts of Athorybia

and Rhodophysa) which might support the former notion. If

the dispute were to turn only upon the precarious determina-

tion of the boundary between individual and organ I would

not proceed further in this place; but the special form in

which Hiickel clothes his statements induces me to test more

closely his assertion as to the characteristic attribute of the

Physophoride, namely the pneumatophore.

I am glad in the first place that Hiickel adopts my view as

to the homology of the primary nectocalyx of the Calyco-

phoride and the pneumatophore of the Physophoride. I

believe that by the demonstration in the Calycophoride of a

primary calyx which is thrown off and replaced by hetero-

morphous secondary calyces, as well as by the homologization

of this nectocalyx with a Medusa converted by change of

function into a pneumatophore, a step in advance is made

with regard to the explanation of the production of that

hydrostatic apparatus. As to the fact that the pneumato-

phore represents a metamorphosed Medusa, ¢. e. umbrella, all

observers are in accord; it is only in the special proof that

they differ essentially from one another. Metschnikoff, as is

well known, regards the pneumatophore as an_ everted

Medusan umbrella, of which the exumpbrella has been con-

verted into the internal cavity filled with air. If this con-

ception should be verified, an essential difficulty in the way of

the comparison of a Physophorid toa budding Sarsia, namely

the dislocation of the gemmiparous manubrium, would be got

rid of. Weshould then only have to explain how in this case, in

the homologous primary nectocalyx of the Calycophoride, the

stomachal peduncle with its buds does not hang out from the

subumbrella, but appears dislocated upon the exumbrella.

But the history of development cannot in any way justify

such a view. ‘The ectodermal bud-nucleus, by means of

which the pneumatophore is founded, is perfectly homologous

with the bud-nucleus which forms the subumbrella of all

Stiphonophora of the Canary Islands. 224

Medusa and also specially the primary nectocalyx in the

Calycophoride. I am therefore the more surprised that

Hiickel declares categorically :—“ This latter conception is,

in my opinion, quite erroneous ; the former, in a certain sense,

admissible. ‘The comparative ontogeny of the Siphonophora

appears to me to prove definitely that the air-sac is an apical

gas-gland of the exoderm, which in the Disconula of the

Disconanthx immerses itself into the jelly of the umbrella

centrally at the vertex of the umbrella, but in the Siphonula

of the Siphonanthe excentrically near the vertex.”

In the first place as regards the last observation, in which

the endeavour to establish a fundamental distinction between

the Disconula and the Siphonula is revealed, it is not at all

correct. In simple Physophoridx, as, for example, in the

larva of Halistemma pictum, the pneumatophore originates

exactly at the apical (aboral) pole of the ciliated larva, as

Metschnikoff has already correctly shown, and as I was able

to ascertain in the Canarian species.

While, on the other hand, Metschnikoff leaves us in no

doubt as to where, according to his view, we have to seek

the subumbrella of the Medusa modified into a pneumato-

phore, we find in Hiickel no indication of a part of the pnew-

matophore homologous with the subumbrella. Nor does he

adduce from the comparative ontogeny of the Siphonophora

any fact which can justify his view. I have myself pre-

viously appealed emphatically to developmental history, an]

‘an now once more assert that the ciliated larva of Hali-

stemma is similar in form to the larvee of Calycophoride of

the same age. Why, then, in the one case we should admit

that the ectodermal introverted bud-nucleus becomes deve-

loped into the subumbrella of the primary nectocalyx, while

in the other a part of the exumbrella proceeds from the bud-

nucleus, which is introverted in exactly the same manner, is

incomprehensible to me, and contradicts all observations upon

the comparative ontogeny of the Siphonophora.

I must admit that Hiickel’s ‘“‘ Medusa Theory,” both in its

general foundation and in its special working out, seems to me

not to be a fortunate attempt to combine the opposite views of

Huxley, Metschnikoff, and P. E. Miller with those of

Leuckart and Vogt, with the latter of which Hiickel also

formerly agreed.

Passing now to my statements with regard to the Cana-

rian Siphonophora, which, indeed, must have a modest

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. oe 6; Vols un. 16

222 Prof. Carl Chun on the

appearance when compared with the astonishingly rich and

interesting material which Hiickel had at his disposal in the

Siphonophora captured by the ‘Challenger’ in the deep sea

and those observed by himself in various seas, on the one

hand I hope to be able to characterize some forms which may

claim to be of general interest, and on the other I believe I

have here and there also enlarged our knowledge of the post-

embryonal development.

Dealing in

the first place

with the lat-

ter subject, I

figure here a

developmen-

tal stage in

\ the postem-

| bryonal evo-

) lution of Hip-

popodius

which may

serve for the

elucidation of

the above re-

marks upon

the heteromorphous primarynec-

tocalyces of the Calycophoride.

The postembryonal stages of

LHippopodius, which 1 had pre-

viously observed from consider-

able depths in the Mediterranean,

I have succeeded in capturing

in an unbroken series at the

surface near Orotava. As a

matter of course I directed my

attention particularly to those

rare stages in which both hetero-

morphous calyces are to be ob-

served still in connexion. By

very careful treatment of the

exceedingly delicate and readily

separable calyces I was able

three times to study in detail the

stage figured under the micro-

; scope. The primary calyx (A)

i( of Lippopodius luteus is of a

general ovate form and presents

Siphonophora of the Canary Islands. 223

at the broader pole a comparatively small subumbrella with

the velum, the four vessels, and the annular canal. The

connecting vascular canal, as also the elongated and very

fine fluid-receptacle (s) takes a nearly horizontal course. The

comparatively large sheath (v) reaches exactly to the fluid-

receptacle and extends to the inferior margin of the subum-

brella. The young colony is now seated with a broad base

upon the fluid-receptacle of the primary calyx. As regards

the first-formed definitive Fippopodius-calyx (B) it shows

perfectly the characteristic horse-hoof form. As its peculiar

form has been sufficiently described by previous observers, |

mention only that the upper radial vessel traversing the middle

of the subumbrella already shows thecharacteristic Jateral rami-

fications which lead to the formation of the vascular plate with

its numerous anastomoses. ‘The fluid-receptacle (s’) runs out

into the section of the stem on which the calyces bud between the

lateral wings (F7) of the secondary calyx. The rudiment of a

second secondary calyx (5') in the form of a rounded bud, at

the base of which a small thickening already indicates the

formation of a third calyx, is distinctly recognizable. The

cushion-like thickening of the stem by which the attachment

to the primary calyx is effected consists of endodermic cells

rich in fluid, upon which lies an ectodermal muscular layer

(mu) projecting in the form of a lamella. By the contrac-

tion of the latter the secondary calyx is drawn into the supe-

rior section of the sheath on the slightest contact. If the

two calyces separate from each other the above-mentioned

cushion, with the muscular layer, begins to shrivel up; but

it may still be recognized for a long time in young colonies.

In the further progress we come first upon the youngest

group of polyps, consisting of a young stomachal tube (poly-

pite, Huxl.) and a tentacular bud. ‘I'wo further developed

groups, of which the tentacles already show the characteristic

urticating batteries with their yellow pigment, hang out of

the sheath upon the elongated stem.

I content myself here with the description of this charac-

teristic stage, as I shall shortly give elsewhere a full descrip-

tion of the postembryonic development of Hippopodius.

In giving now brief characters of the Canarian Siphono-

phora, at the same time inserting occasional remarks upon

their young stages, I may remark that I cannot approve of

Hiickel having so extensively replaced the older and often

long-established denominations of the orders and families by

new ones, which are frequently but little altered and scarcely

more applicable (as, for example, Calycophorid and Pneu-

matophorides by Calyconectee and Cystonecte).

16s

224 Prof. Carl Chun on the

Order I. CALYCOPHORID/, Leuck.

As is well known, a part of the Calycophoride is remark-

able for the faculty of producing Eudoxiew. Hiackel is of

opinion that the two generations, the monogastric (the Eu-

doxie) and the polygastric, must, upon practical grounds, be

classified in the system separately and side by side in the same

way as the Hydromeduse and their polyp-nurses. [I cannot

agree with him in this. A system of Medusa founded solely

upon the sexual animals is so far justified that a great part of

the Medusz are developed directly without any alternation of

generations. However, of late noticeable attempts have been

made to establish a unitary system of the whole of the Hydro-

meduse, taking into account at the same time the Polypes

and the Meduse which remain sessile as gonophores. Be-

sides that the process of Hudowxia-formation is not to be

paralleled unconditionally with the budding of the Medusz

(even though, like Hiackel, P. E. Miller, and Metschnikoff,

we were to refer a part of the Eudoxian colony to dislocated

organs of a Medusa), there is no Hudoxia which is directly

developed in such a manner that a Eudoxia is produced

directly from the ciliated embryo. We may recognize all

so-called monogastric colonies, after the discovery of Sars,

Leuckart, Vogt, and Gegenbaur, as descendants of polygastric

Siphonophora. The attempt to establish a peculiar system of

Eudoxia leads to the citation of the families of the latter as cate-

gories equivalent to the familiesof the parent-colonies. Funda-

mentally, in Hiickel’s system three systems of Calycophoridee

run parallel to each other, one of them founded upon the

liberated Eudoxie, the second upon the nectocalyces of the

parent-colonies belonging to them, and the third upon those

Calycophoride in which the Eudoxiz remain sessile. Such

an attempt leads to the further inconsistency that in the

different families of the Eudoxiz, which are characterized by

the form of the hydrophyllia, of the gonocalyces and special

calyces, Eudoxiw are united which originate partly from

Monophyide and partly from Diphyide. As, further, nearly

allied species present sometimes liberable, sometimes perma-

nently sessile Kudoxie, 1 prefer to avoid an unnecessary com-

plication of the system and treat of the Hudoxie along with

their parent-colonies.

Family I. Monophyide, Claus.

Iluxley was the first to describe and figure recognizably a

Monophyid under the name of Spheronectes. It possesses

Stphonophora of the Canary Islands. 225

perfectly the characters of the form subsequently described by

Claus as Monophyes gracilis. 1 would therefore propose to

refer those species which are characterized by an elongated

tubular sheath running to the middle of the umbrella to the

genus Spheronectes, and, on the other hand, to retain the

generic name of MJonophyes for those species which are dis-

tinguished by a short funnel-shaped sheath, reaching only to

the lateral walls of the subumbrella (after the type of Mono-

phyes trregularis, Claus).

Hiickel divides the Monophyide into two subfamilies—

Spheronectide and Cymbonectide. I adopt this division

because as yet we have no evidence of a primary heteromor-

phous nectocalyx in the Spheeronectide, whereas with regard

to the Cymbonectide with angular calyces I have furnished

evidence of a primary calyx in Muggiea*. I would, how-

ever, remark that the form of the rounded cap-shaped calyces

of the Spheeronectide is recapitulated in the development of

the Calycophoride.

Subfam. 1. Spyxrovecrips, Huxl.

1. Monophyes brevitruncata, sp. n.

Umbrella thin-walled. Ojil-receptacle relatively large,

ascending almost perpendicularly. Stem abbreviated, pre-

senting, besides the undeveloped buds on the basal portion,

only two groups of appendages (cormidia, Hiick.). The

latter are set free as Diplophysee, which resemble in appear-

ance those of AM. ¢rreqularis. ‘They differ from these by their

relatively smaller hydrophyllium, which is traversed by a

considerable oil-receptacle, reaching nearly to the top of the

hydrophyllium. The gono-nectocalyx is very large, thin-

walled, and shows at its base the rudiments of two reserve-

calyces. I name it Diplophysa codonella, Once I observed

a perfectly developed Diplophysa-group at the extremity of

the stem, a proof that the groups only separate late and that

the stem always remains remarkably short.

Monophyes brevitruncata appeared very sparingly with the

groups belonging to it in the course of the winter and spring.

2. Monophyes trregularis, Claus.

3. Spheronectes gracilis, Claus (S. Kélliker’?, Huxl.).

The two last-named Monophyide, appeared more abun-

* Sitzungsb, Akad, Wiss. Berlin, 1882, ii. p. 1155,

226 Prof. Carl Chun on the

dantly than M. brevitruncata, together with the Diplophysee

belonging to them (D. ¢nermis and truncata) from September

to April.

Subfam. 2. Crmupovecrip#, Hickel.

DoRAMASIA, g. n.

Nectocalyx Diphyidiform, slender, with a long, tubularly

drawn-out apex to the subumbrella. Eudoxiz with sterile

special nectocalyces (Hrsea Bojant, Esch.).

4, Doramasia picta, sp. n.

Sheath (hydreecium) elongated, funnel-shaped. Oil-recep-

tacle long, reaching to the tubular constriction of the subum-

brella. Stem short, with only two groups of appendages.

The Eudoaxie become developed into Ersea Bojani, Eschsch.

(Eudoxia Bojani, Hual.).

Doramasia represents a remarkably elegant Monophyid

which immediately strikes one by its splendid colouring.

The ventral surface of the subumbrella with its tubular portion

is of an intense orange or bright yellow colour. Large orange

spots also appear on the dorsal and ventral margins of the

umbrella, and, further, the siphosoma (polypite) of the oldest

group is also very frequently intensely tinged with orange.

The lowest ventral cell of the fluid-receptacle is constantly eme-

rald-green (changing by transmitted light to the complementary

rose-colour). Frequently at the opening of the dorsal um-

brellar vessel into the annular canal there is a vascular plate

formed by numerous ramifications and anastomoses, which

also has a greenish lustre.

The strict proof that a Siphonophore furnished only with

a single nectocalyx really belongs to the Monophyide can be

obtained, according to my previous statements, only by that

of the absence of the rudiment of a second calyx at the base

of the stem. I have examined nearly forty specimens of

Doramasia upon this point at the most different times, and

have often preserved and carefully observed the same indivi-

dual for several days without being able to detect a trace of a

second calyx.

Hiickel, in his tabular revision, regards Hrsea Bojani as

the offspring of Diphyes dispar, Cham.; but this can only be

upon suppositions which are not confirmed. I have traced

Ersea Bojant with its characteristic widened oil-receptacle in

the scutitorm hydrophyllium, in all stages of development,

Siphonophora of the Canary Islands. 227

still seated upon the stem of Doramasia. I may further men-

tion that Hrsea Bojani, which often presents at the same

time four or five small gonocalyces in different states of

maturity, is dicecious. The male calyces when quite mature

present a somewhat reddish manubrium occupying nearly the

whole cavity of the subumbrella.

Doramasta picta attains a size of 6-10 millim. and appeared

pretty frequently during the whole period of my residence in

the Canaries. In it the name of the Canarian national hero,

Doramas, may be commemorated.

5. Muggiewa Kochit, Chun.

Appeared singly during the winter months with the Hudoxie

belonging to it Ersea pyramidalis, Will (Hudoxia Esch-

scholtaii, Busch).

HALOPYRAMIS, g. n.

The nectocalyx forms a broad, four-sided, tetrogonal

pyramid. Hydroecium infundibuliform, with a projecting

denticulate margin. Ojil-receptacle very large, situated in the

axis of the pyramid. Subumbrella excentric. Stem abbre-

viated, not protrusible. Mudoxiz without special nectocalyx,

becoming free as Cubordes.

6. Halopyramis adamantina, sp. n.

The base of the pyramid is octangular in so far that in the

inferior third two edges are attached to each of the four

widely projecting angles, and these, running downwards

obliquely, meet together in four inferior angles which alternate

with the four upper ones. The large, fusiform, centrally

placed oil-receptacle is furnished on its basal surface with

fluid-cells of very considerable size. Stem abbreviated,

disciform, beset with numerous groupsof buds. The Kudoxie,

which are liberated in the form of Cuboides adamantina,

mihi, grow to a considerable size, are moncecious, and usually

present at the same time two gonocalyces and several (up to

three) reserve-calyx-rudiments.

Halopyramis adamantina is one of the most remarkable

Canarian forms, not only on account of its peculiar form,

perfect transparency, and comparatively large size (the calyx

reaches a height and breadth of 15 millim.), but also on

account of the abbreviation of the stem. I never saw this

extended, even in specimens which were kept quietly for two

228 Prof. Carl Chun on the

days in glasses. Moreover, no convolutions can be recog-

nized in it, although it is difficult to get a view of it on

account of the closely packed groups with their orange-

coloured cnidaria. I shall have to call attention to a similar

conversion of the stem into a disciform plate in a Diphyid.

The genus Halopyramis certainly stands near the genus

Cymba, under which, however, Eschscholtz certainly united

creatures of very different kinds. It is possible that Cymba

enneagonum (Enuneagonum hyalinum, Quoy et Gaimard*),

which has been so frequently determined erroneously, is

related to, if not identical with, Halopyramis adamantina.

Quoy and Gaimard certainly ascribe to it a small inferior

calyx, and therefore afterwards referred it to Diphyes ; but it

is conceivable that here we have a confusion with a genital

nectocalyx of a Eudoxia already far advanced in develop-

ment.

Halopyramis is perfectly transparent; in large specimens

the eight angles and the umbrellar margin of the calyx are of

a yellowish colour ; sometimes yellowish spots also appear on

the subumbrella. The oval oil-drops, as well as those in the

hydrophyllium of the Cubotdes, have an orange lustre. ‘The

polypes shimmer emerald-green beneath the urticating-pad.

Cuboides adamantina represents one of the largest and most

splendid Eudoxiz. The cuboidal hydrophylium with its

aliformly produced edges and concave lateral surfaces attains

a size of 10 millim., and the older gonocalyces are of the same

length. On the yellowish oil-receptacle the fluid-cells occur-

ring on the ventral surface of the lateral diverticula may be

recognized by the naked eye.

Cubotdes vitreus, Huxley, resembles it, but is distinguished

by the shorter dorsal surface of the hydrophyllium (which is

much produced in C. adamantina). Favoured by its size

and transparency I was enabled to trace out many minute

histological details, upon which I wil! not enter here, better

than in any other Hudoxia.

Halopyramis and the Cuboides belonging to it appeared

singly and rarely during January and February.

From the revision of the Canarian Monophyidz here given

it appears that their Eudoxiew are remarkably different from

one another. They belong to the two families of the Kudox-

ide and Erseeide distinguished by Hickel, with the sub-

* ‘Voyage de l’Astrolabe’: Zool. Zooph. pl. v. figs. 1-6, vol. iv.

p. 100; Ann. Sci. Nat. vol: x. (1827), p. 18, pl. ii. D. figs. 1-6.

Stphonophora of the Canary Islands. 229

families of the Diplophyside and Aglaismide. I mention

this circumstance only in order to show how doubtful it is to

introduce the progeny of a well-characterized family into the

system as representatives of equivalent families.

Family II. Diphyide, Eschsch.

Subfam. 1. Herevirx, Hiick.

Hickel characterizes the genus Epibulia by the absence of

an hydreecium. As, however, indications of such a thing are

given by the produced wing-like edges of the inferior necto-

calyx, and on the other hand Diphyes subtilis has no ee

cecium in the superior nectocalyx, [ would note as a furthe

distinctive character from Diphyes the maturation of ths

sexual products on the stem and the absence of a Hudoxia-

formation. It is true that in freshly captured Hpibulia auran-

taaca the Hudoawia-groups rapidly separate, but we never meet

with these groups already furnished with mature semen and

ova floating freely in the sea. It is also in accordance with

this that (at least in the Canarian forms examined by me

upon this point) no reserve-gonocalyces occur.

Epibulia inflata, sp. 1.

Umbrellar jelly of both calyces thin-walled. Subum-

brella of the superior calyx swelled out. Oil-receptacle com-

paratively large (from one third to half as long as the sub-

umbrella), ovate, and furnished on the ventral surface with

large fluid-cells. Ventral wings of the inferior calyx well

developed. Course of vessels simple, as in the calyces of

Diphyids ; margins of both ees smooth, without pro-

jecting wing-like angles; stem short, moncecious. The last

groups of appendages lose the bract, stomachal sac, and ten-

tacles, so that only the gonocalyx remains on the stem.

Epibulia inflata is a small, easily recognizable Diphyid,

measuring 10 millim., which appeared singly and in very few

examples during the winter. Both the subumbrellas have a

delicate rosy tint ; only once I found them with orange spots.

8. Lpibulia monoica, sp. n.

Nectocalyces and course of vessels on the subumbrella

resembling those of 4. aurantiaca; but the diverticula of

the subumbrella ot the inferior nectocalyx are wanting, and

the fluid-receptacle is very small, Stem monoecious; one

230 Prof. Carl Chun on the

female group to every four to six male groups. In the last

groups of appendages first the stomachal sac and tentacles

and finally the bract become rudimentary.

Epibulia monoica is a very characteristic Canarian form, in

which I was able to trace with particular exactitude the

peculiar retrogression of the Hudowia-groups. Usually in the

older examples we find at the end of the stem from four to

six gonocalyces, to which the rudiments of the shrunken

Eudoxia-constituents adhere. ‘The mature testes are rose-

coloured, and, like the mature ovaria, occupy nearly the

whole of the subumbrellar space. The species under con-

sideration has in common with Lptbulia aurantiaca not only

the convolutions of the vessels, but also the commissure be-

tween the lateral and ventral vascular stems in the superior

calyx. It is distinguished therefrom, besides the above-men-

tioned characters, by the different formation of the so-called

closing valves on the margin of the umbrella. From the

two species described by Sars*, H. truncata and £E, biloba, as

also from ZL. Sarsti, Gegenbaur f, it differs by the small size

of the fluid-receptacle and the complicated structure of the

umbrellar margin.

The polypites are very slender, with an elongated enida-

rium and a light brown median stomachal section. Hpibulia

monoica attains a length of 28 millim.; in the largest speci-

men the inferior calyx was twice as long as the upper one.

A few examples occurred in January and March.

9. Epibulia aurantiaca, var. canariensis.

I observed a species nearly allied to EH. aurantiaca, and,

like this, dicecious, twice in March. It showed the diver-

ticula of the subumbrella less strongly developed on the

inferior calyx and presented some differences in the develop-

ment of the teeth projecting from the umbrellar margin. As,

however, the differences are probably only unimportant, I[

regard the Canarian form for the present only as a variety of

EE. aurantiaca.

10. Diphyes subtilis, Chun.

D. subtilis makes the transition between the genera pi-

bulia and Diphyes. It has no hydrcecium and, like the true

Epibulie, possesses wing-like edges on the inferior calyx,

but has in common with the Diphyids the formation of sepa-

* ‘Fauna littoralis Norvegie,’ i. (1846), pp. 41-46, pl. 7.

+ Nova Acta Ac. Cas. Leop.-Car. xxvii. (1859) p. 372, pl. xxix. fig. 30.

Stphonophora of the Canary Islands. 231

rable Hudoaie with reserve-gonocalyces. As I showed in

1886*, Hrsewa elongata, Will, represents the Hudoxia belong-

ing to ’D. subtilis.

It appeared singly and not so frequently as in the Medi-

terranean during the whole winter.

11. Diphyes brpariita, Costa.

The common Diphyid of the Mediterranean (Diphyes

Steboldit, Koll., P. gracilis, Gegenb., D. acuminata, Leuck.)

is abundant both in the depths and at the surface of the

Atlantic Ocean, and appeared, with the Kudoxia pertaining

to it (Hudowia campanula, Leuck.), throughout the whole

winter.

Diphyes serrata, sp. n.

Nectocalyces more slender than those of D. bipartita, with

strong projecting teeth on the umbrellar margin. Ridges on

the dome of the superior nectocalyx produced into wings.

Kudoxie like Hudoxia campanula, with a very slender long

bract.

Diphyes serrata appeared abundantly during the whole

winter. Its Kudoxie (/udowia serrata, m.) are easily recog-

nized by the slender bract, resembling an arrow-head. ‘They

attain a considerable size (as much as 8 millim.) and have

sulphur-yellow enidaria.

13. Diphyopsis campanulifera, Q. & G.

The large and beautiful D. campanulifera is the commonest

Diphyid occurring at the Canaries and apparently throughout

the Atlantic Ocean. It appeared regularly from the end of

October onwards, and I observed it in great swarms in the

larger currents during a passage from Teneriffe to Palma in

March. Itis possible that Diphyes dispar, Cham. & Eysenh.t,

is identical with it; under this latter name it has also been

thoroughly described by Huxley. However, a careful inves-

tigation furnished me with much information as to the change

of the nectocalyces and the occurrence of a large vascular

plate, consisting of numerous anastomoses, at the lower ven-

tral section of the nectocalyces. dts Kudoxia-groups become

developed into the Kudoxia Lessonii, Huxley t, furnished with

* Sitzungsh. Akad. Berl. xxxviii.

+ Nova Acta Ac. Cees, Leop.- -Car. x. (1822) rp 365, pl. xxxil. fig. 4.

} ‘The Oceanic Hydrozoa,’ p. 57, pl. iii. tig.

232 Prof. Carl Chun on the

a sterile special nectocalyx, which may be identical with the

Eudoxia described by Eschscholz * under the same name. I

need hardly note that the abundant material at hand gave me

the opportunity of tracing the development of the Hudowia-

groups on the stem through all phases up to their separation.

Eudoxta Lessonii, like all the Eudoxix of the genus Diphyes,

is diccious. In the older Endoxiew I generally found a

mature gonocalyx with a second smaller one and two bud-

rudiments of a third and fourth calyx. The special necto-

calyx, into which the calyeal bud first formed on the stem is

developed, persists and is not displaced by sterile reserve-

calyces.

Hiickel can only rely upon suppositions in regarding

Eudoxia (Cucullus) Lessonii as derived from the Diphyes

appendiculata insutiiciently described by Eschscholtz.

Older specimens of D. campanulifera possessed a sulphur-

yellow subumbrella on both calyces. The special necto-

calyx of Hudoxia Lessonii, which is furnished with yellow

spots, has usually a delicate emerald-green lustre.

Subfam. II. Azyzrmz, Ag.

Besides the characters given by Agassiz and Hiickel, it

may be indicated as characteristic of the Abylide that their

Eudoxix, in contrast to those of the Hpibulide, are mon-

ceclous.

14. Abyla trigona, Q. & G.

From the middle of December onwards Abyla trigona

occurred, at first in single specimens, but later on (at the end

of February and in March) in great swarms. ‘That their

groups of appendages become developed into Amphirrhoa

alata, Lesueur, which I regard as identical with Hudowia

trigona, Gegenb., was rightly supposed by Huxley, and

proved by Gegenbaur (loc. cit. p. 847). I met with the Am-

phirrhoa as early as October.

15. Bassia perforata (Bassia quadrilatera?, Q. & G., Abyla

bassensis, Huxl., Abyla perforata, Gegenb.).

The present species, which was undoubtedly discovered by

Quoy and Gaimard, and afterwards figured by them as

Diphyes bassensis t, is a very abundant form and appeared at

* ‘System der Acalephen,’ p. 126, pl. xii. fig. 2.

+ ‘Voyage de l’Astrolabe,’ Zoophytes, pl. iv, fig. 18.

Styhonophora of the Canary Islunds. 233

the Canaries throughout the whole winter. It descends into

deep water, as I obtained a specimen in the closed net from

500 metres. Huxley correctly surmises that the Mudowxia-

groups of Lassta become developed into Sphenoides australis,

Huxl. This supposition I can confirm by direct observation.

16. Abylopsis * quincuna, sp. n.

It is remarkable that hitherto all observers have confounded

with each other the two most abundant species of Adbyla,

namely the Mediterranean Abyla pentagona and the Atlantic

species, which is always much smaller. ‘he Atlantic form,

with its characteristic hydreecium produced into the form of a

neck, is easily distinguished from the Abyla pentagona of the

Mediterranean, in which the small superior calyx is seated by

a broad base upon the inferior one. Huxley has very recog-

nizably described and figured the Atlantic species as Abyla

pentagona (loc. cit. p. 40, pl. i. fig. 2). As Quoy and Gai-

mard figure the Mediterranean form under the name of Calpe

pentagona, I give the Atlantic one that of Abylopsis quin-

CUNL.

Their Hudoxia-groups are developed into <Aglaismoides

Eschscholtzii, Huxl., as I have been able to trace in detail.

The latter differs in the form of the bract from the Hudoxia

cuboides which belongs to A. pentagona.

17. Ceratocymba spectabilis, sp. n.

As Ceratocymba 1 describe the only Eudoxia, the deriva-

tion of which from a previously known Adyla I am unable to

demonstrate. J regret the more that the polygastric colony

to which it belongs did not occur, as it must certainly be a

very remarkable form; for the splendid Ceratocymba, which

is not less than 23 millim. long, represents the largest of all

known Eudoxie. It consequently attains the length of a

full-grown Abyla trigona or Abylopsis pentagona.

The large bract resembles a helmet with two laterally pro-

jecting triangular horns. The remarkably large oil-receptacle

is curved like a note of interrogation (?), and is produced at

its tip into two very long canals passing obliquely outwards

into the angular processes of the bract. The dorsal surface

of the oil-receptacle is coated with particularly large fluid-cells

* As the generic name Calpe, employed by Quoy and Gaimard, had

already been made use of by Treitschke in 1825 for a butterfly, I propose

to replace it by <Abylopsis. In the conception of the genus I follow

Tfuxley.

234 Prof. Carl Chun on the

visible even to the naked eye. The polypite and tentacles

show the ordinary structure; the long orange-coloured

batteries are provided with a particularly strong elastic band

twisted like a rope.

The gono-nectocalyces are always two in number, and, in-

deed, one is male and the other female in development, a con-

dition which I have already noted as characteristic of the

Endoxie of the Abylide. The manubrium, which is occu-

pied by the sexual products, is remarkably small in propor-

tion to the enormously large calyces. ‘The latter measure

nearly 2 centim.; the length of the subumbrellar cavity in

the larger calyx amounts to 13 millim. ‘Their four edges are

produced in a wing-like form and run out at the margin of

the umbrella into tooth-like angles, one of which is deve-

loped to a considerable length. I could always observe two

or three reserve-gonocalyces in different stages of develop-

ment. Their size alternates quite regularly, so that, if the

largest calyx of the Eudoxia is male, the somewhat smaller

one which appears at the same time is female; upon this

follows a male reserve-calyx, and then again a small bud,

which, however, already shows the rudiments of the ova in

the manubrium.

Ceratocymba spectabilis occurred rarely and singly from

January to March. ‘The bract behaves very remarkably

under strong contact, inasmuch as upon irritation a whitish

turbidity makes its appearance, first in the neighbourhood of

the two horn-like canals of the oil-receptacle, and afterwards,

commencing from the angles, also in the whole of the gelati-

nous mass. ‘This is due to the appearance of extremely fine

granules, which again disappear (in about half an hour) if

the Eudoxia is left in repose. The peculiar turbidity reminds

one of an analogous phenomenon in /Hippopodius, only that

there the milky coloration consequent upon irritation and

afterwards disappearing is connected with the ectodermal

cells of the nectocalyces. In a certain sense even the struc-

tureless jelly of the bract must be accessible to an irritation,

as the gradual manifestation and equally gradual disappear-

ance of a tolerably intense turbidity proves.

It is evident that a Eudoxia from the Straits of Gibraltar

described by Quoy and Gaimard* as Cymba sagittata is allied

to the Ceratocymba here described. At any rate the genus

Cymba represents a Eudoxia and not a Monophyid, in which

latter sense the generic name is adopted by Hiickel. As,

moreover, the name Cymba was employed for a mollusk as

early as 1826, it must be withdrawn here.

* Ann. Sci. Nat.,vol. x. (1827), p. 16, pl. ii. c. figs. 1-9.

Stphonophora of the Canary Islands. 235

The Abylide here cited furnish remarkable objects for the

study of the finer histological characters. Besides the mag~

nificently developed transversely striated subumbrellar mus-

culature, the endoderm-cells of the calycular vessels, especially

in those places where anastomosing vascular plates occur,

furnish perfectly classical objects for the study of a direct

nuclear division taking place without karyokinesis. The

endoderm-cells are often filled with a whole brood of nuclei,

produced by the constriction or by the breaking up of one

large nucleus, sometimes curiously sausage-shaped or rami-

fied. It has also already been mentioned that, in the species

of Abyla, I have detected at the margin of the umbrella a

nervous ring consisting of elongated, bipolar, fusiform cells.

Subfam. III. Asparcaryonrpx, Chun.

Nectocalyces with a rounded exumbrella, stem metamor-

phosed into a disk. The bud-groups are set free as diplo-

physiform Eudoxie.

AMPHICARYON, g. n.

Nectocalyces of unequal size ; oil-receptacle of the cap-

shaped bract with two long lateral canals.

18. Amphicaryon acaule, sp. n.

Nectocalyces in young examples of nearly equal size; in

older specimens the larger calyx completely encloses the

smaller one by means of two lateral wings. The latter pos-

sesses an ascending and a descending fluid-canal, the former

only an ascending stem reduced to a disk, on which the first

groups bud forth ventrally, and the later ones also laterally.

They are set tree as diplophysiform Eudoxie without special

nectocalyx, which I name Diplodoxia acaulis. The rounded

cap-shaped bract possesses a deep ventral fissure. The

roundish oil-receptacle is comparatively small, but the two

canals descending obliquely from it are pretty long. The

polypites are relatively thin-walled; before the separation of

the Hudoxiz they are generally seated, curved into a semi-

circular form, upon the discitorm stem. ‘The tentacles are of

a delicate yellowish colour; in the small batteries five larger

strongly refractive cnidarian capsules are remarkable on each

side. ‘The tactile filament is usually intensely orange-

coloured. The gono-nectocalyces show on the ventral surface

a groove bounded by wing-like processes.

236 Prof. Carl Chun oa the

Amphicaryon acaule appeared singly from December on-

wards to April: the Hudoxiz belonging to it were observed

as early as October. In older examples the smaller calyx

was flattened out like a bowl and immersed in the larger one.

The subumbrella of the smaller calyx is in all forms so small

that it may easily be overlooked.

Amphicaryon becomes 15 millim. long, and, not only by

the peculiar form of its calyces, but above all by the retro-

gression of its stem, represents one of the most noteworthy

of the Canarian Siphonophora. It has, in common with the

Diphyide already mentioned, the formation of Eudoxie,

while by the rounded form of the calyces it makes the tran-

sition to the Prayide.

Subfam. IV. Prarrpx, Koll.

19. Praya maxima, Gegenb.

Occurred much more rarely than in the Mediterranean in

perfectly sexually mature examples during February. In

many groups two mature male or female gonocalyces were

developed at the same time.

20. Lilyopsis diphyes, Vogt.

Observed only once, at the beginning of October.

Family III. Stephanophyide, Chun.

Calycophoridz with four nectocalyces placed like a wreath

in the same plane and with heteromorphous tentacles.

STEPHANOPHYES, g. n.

Nectocalyces with the oil-receptacle repeatedly divided

dichotomously. Stem moncecious. Appendicular groups

constructed like those of the genus Lilyopsis, remaining

sessile. In the internodes are seated heteromorphous ten-

tacles, with small balaniform cnidaria without tactile filaments.

21. Stephanophyes superba, sp. n.

Nectocalyces similarly formed, resembling those of the

genus Lilyopsis, with repeatedly dichotomously divided fluid-

vessels, swollen into knots, and a large nectosac. Numerous

reserve-nectocalyces present at the commencement of the

Siphonophora of the Canary Islands. 237

stem. Lateral subumbrellar vessels running in arabesque-

hike convolutions.

Gastric polyps transparent, with long peduncles and a long

proventriculus, At the junction of peduncle and proventri-

culus originates the principal tentacle, with spirally coiled,

transparent, large bluish enidaria. The older ones are faintly

coloured red; all are provided with long tactile filaments.

At the base of the cnidaria a black pigment spot.

Special nectocalyces originate at the base of the stomachal

peduncle close to the stem and remove subsequently proxi-

mally from the latter. Their axial vessel gives off a dorsal

and a central branch ; the lateral subumbrellar vessels have

a twisted course. At the ventral surface the gelatinous mass

is widely produced in a wing-like form.

The sexual buds are seated in bunches (six or seven in

number) at the base of the stomachal peduncle. Male and

female groups alternate on the same stem; frequently two or

three male or female groups follow upon one another. Older

male buds are pedunculate, with a small umbrella and an

extraordinarily long reddish flesh-coloured manubrium ;

younger ones have the umbrella crinkled at the margin.

Female buds with a small nectocalyx and globular manu-

brium, which harbours only three or tour extraordinarily large

and transparent ova.

Bracts resembling a sailor’s hat ( sou’-wester”’), with

six fluid-canals swelled into knobs, lying over one another

like roof-tiles.

In the internodes are seated the heteromorphous tentacles

hitherto found only in Stephanophyes among the whole group

of the Calycophoride. In the younger groups one tentacle,

in older ones three or four, occur in each internode. In the

latter case two or three tentacles are attached to a common

peduncle. Each tentacle shows at the base a small, oval,

mouthless feeler (as in the Physophoride), and is beset with

numerous small, very short-stalked, acorn-shaped cnidaria

without tactile filaments.

Of all Siphonophora with which Iam acquainted Stepha-

nophyes superba is the most delicate and at the same time one

of the most magnificent. With perfect transparency it

attains a length of 13 foot. The graceful play of its hetero-

morphous tentacles, the energetic pumping movements of the

large calyces and the numerous special nectocalyces, the

bright red colouring of the knobbed fluid-vessels with their

shining oil-drops, the delicate rosy or emerald-green shimmer

of the gastric polyps, the perfect transparency of the large

globular ove and the delicate flesh-tint of the male manubria,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 17

m che

238 Prof. Carl Chun on the

all combine to mark Stephanophyes as one of the most splen-

did objects among pelagic animals.

Unfortunately its extraordinary delicacy presents great

difficulties to investigation. Within an hour or two of its

capture it begins to melt away, and none of the modes of

preservation employed with good results upon other Siphono-

phora sufficed even to preserve fragments tolerably well.

From January to March it occurred rarely and singly. In

old specimens the stem appears to break up into fragments

which are occasionally met with floating. Stephanophyes

passes through a remarkable metamorphosis. The youngest

specimens, perfectly transparent and therefore easily escaping

even the practised eye, display throughout the characters of

the genus Lilyopsis; they possess two nectocalyces with the

fluid-canal only once dichotomously divided, and are com-

pletely destitute of the heteromorphous tentacles on the inter-

nodes of the older groups. These tentacles are subsequently

formed between the younger groups, and at the same time a

more abundant dichotomy of the fluid-canals makes its

appearance even in the reserve-nectocalyces.

Thus Stephanophyes constitutes a typical bond of union

between the Prayide and the Polyphyide, while, on the other

hand, the occurrence of heteromorphous tentacles with small,

astomatous, feeler-like polyps points towards the structural

conditions of the Physophoride.

Family 1V. Polyphyide, Chun.

22. Hippopodius luteus, Forsk., Q. & G.

Occurred pretty plentifully from the end of December

onwards.

In conclusion, I give a summary of the Canarian Calyco-

phoride which produce Eudoxiw, adding the names of the

authors who demonstrated the relation of the so-called

monogastric colonies to the polygastric forms,

I. MonopuyiID2.

. Monophyes brevitruncata, sp. x. Diplophysa codonella, Chun, 1888.

irrepularis, Claus........ iregularis, Claus, 1874.

. Spheeronectes gracilis, Claws .. Erseea truncata, W7l. Cl :

7 Diplophysa inermis, Gegenb. Gs

. Doramasia picta, sp. 2...-..0%' Erseea Bojani, Lsch.

: Eudoxia Bojani, Hurl. Chun, TEe

. Muggizea Kochii, Chun ...... Erseea pyramidalis, Wi.

Eudoxia Eschscholtzii, Busch. OB Mee

. Halopyramis adamantina, sp... Cuboides adamantinum, Chun, 1888.

Siphonophora of the Canary Islands. 239

Il. DrpHyip»,

7. Diphyes subtilis, Chun ...... Krszea elongata, Will, Chun, i886.

8. bipartite, Costa: la. cru =. fudoxia messanensis, Gegend. 2

campanula, Leuck. Leuckart, 1858.

9, SELTALA WS 2a citeuevels «a0 % serrata, Chun, 1888.

10. Diphyopsis campanulifera, Q. § @. Lessonil, Esch., Hual., Chun, 1888.

Il. Abyla trigona, QQ: Go 2.2 Amphirrhoa alata, Les. Hucvley, 1858.

fudoxia trigona, Gegenb. ( Gegenbaur, 1860.

12. Bassia perforata, Q.§ G. .... Sphenoides australis, Hurl, Chun, 1888 (sur-

mised by Huxley, 18: 58).

13. Abylopsis quincunx, Chun .... Aglaismoides Eschscholtzii, Hucl., Chun, 1838.

LE a wut yaa is Ral Sec akerter as Ceratoeymba spectabilis, Chun.

III. AMPHICARYONID&,

15. Amphicaryon acaule, sp. x..... Diplodoxia acaulis, Chun, 1888,

Order IT. PHYSOPHORIDG, Esch.

I have repeatedly endeavoured to show that the organism

of the Physophoride displays manifold relations to that of

the Calycophorid, which justify the conclusion that the two

orders have a common origin. In this respect I would adduce

in the first line the demonstration which I have furnished,

that in the embryo of both orders a heteromorphous rudimen-

tary nectocalyx is formed, which in the Calycophoride is

thrown off (perhaps it persists in the Spheronectidze), whilst

in the Physophoride it becomes converted into the pneuma-

tophore. If I now mention further that in the more highly

organized Calycophoride the nectocalyces occur of the same

form in considerable numbers, that, further, the close concen-

tration of the buds into Eudoxia-groups is given up, and that

I am able to cite species in which the stem is transformed, as

in many Physophoride, into a gemmiparous disk, we obtain

a whole series of noteworthy relations which seem to indicate

that the Physophoridee took their origin, if not from Stepha-

nophyid or Polyphyide, certainly from a root common to

the two orders. ‘l'o this may be added finally as an impor-

tant argument that, by the discovery of the remarkable

Stephanophyes with its heteromorphous tentacles, a condition

is shadowed forth which has hitherto been regarded as an

exclusive characteristic of the Physophoride.

In accordance with my previous statements I divide the

Physophoride into the two suborders Haplophyse and Tra-

cheophyse.

240 Prof. Carl Chun on the

Suborder I. HAPLOPHYS#, Chun.

Physophoride with an unchambered pneumatophore which

is partly lined by secondary ectoderm functioning as a gas-

gland and which is destitute of trachez.

Tribe I. PHYSONECT, Hick.

Family Agalmide, Brandt.

23. Halistemma pictum, Metschn.

The elegant Agalmid described by Metschnikoff as Stepha-

nomia picta, and afterwards by Claus as Halistemma tergesti-

num, is evidently more widely distributed than has hitherto

been supposed. It occurred very frequently from January to

April, sometimes in enormously long specimens, which dis-

played as many as thirty-four nectocalyces. As the Mediter-

ranean form was well known to me from previous investiga-

tions, I soon convinced myself that the Canarian species is

perfectly identical with it. Although Halistemma pictum

has been accurately described by Metschnikoff and Fuykas

and monographically treated by Claus, certain circumstances

which have escaped the above-mentioned naturalists seem to

me to be not unimportant in connexion with the conditions of

growth of the Physophorid stem.

Law of Growth of the Stem of Halistemma.—As is well

known, there is at the base of the column of nectocalyces a

zone of gemmation from which the youngest incipient groups

of the Siphonophore-stem originate. The groups on the stem

therefore increase in size in a distal direction; the groups

situated at the end of the stem are at the same time also the

oldest. In those Agalmids and Forskalide which are cha-

racterized by separated group-appendages (“ dissolute Cormi-

dien ” of Hiickel) the rule above cited, that the appendages of

the stem regularly increase in age (usually also in size) in a

distal direction, applies only to the gastric polyps with the ten-

tacles belonging to them. Developmental history shows, par-

ticularly as regards Halistemma pictum, that, in point of fact,

the gastric polyps seated at the end of the stem are the oldest,

and that they gradually diminish in age in a proximal direc-

tion—that is, towards the nectostyle. It would, however, be

a mistake to assume that the same condition prevails with

respect to the other appendages of the stem, namely the bracts,

palps, palpal filaments, and genital bunches. As most previous

observers have already perceived, the latter are met with in

Stphonophora of the Canary Islands. 241

the internodes, ¢.e. in the interval between two polypites,

in all stages of development, which originate irregularly

dispersed upon the stem. Hiickel himself says :—‘ Finally

all order ceases and the whole stem appears beset with

hundreds or thousands of different appendages (siphons,

palpones, gonophores, bracts, &c.) irregularly grouped; so

that it is impossible to discriminate the different correlated

constituents of the dissolved cormidia.”’

I hope, however, to be able to demonstrate that in Hali-

stemma (probably also in the other Agalmide and the

Forskalie) a strict rule prevails in the production of the

group-appendages. In //alistemma, as is well known, the

internodial appendages of the stem (¢. e. those situated between

two polypites) are grouped in such a manner that a

palp with its tactile filaments, a bract, and a male and

a female gonophore concur to form a group. As I may

mention in passing, the female gonophores developing near

the palp constantly occupy a proximal, the male ones

on the contrary a distal position on the stem. In the individual

internodes the number of the groups constantly increases to-

wards the end of the stem; thus, while in the proximal inter-

nodes we find only two or three groups, there are 12-15 in

the distal internodes. The stem therefore grows internodially,

and indeed in such a way that in each individual internode the

groups continually decrease in size in a proximal direction.

Hence, if we trace the groups of the stem in a distal direction,

we find behind the polypite with its tentacles the buds of

the youngest group, and then the other groups gradually

increasing in size. ‘The youngest group consists of a bud for

the polypite and tentacles, and two buds situated close to it,

one of which, as the female primordial bud, originates the

female gonophores, and the other, as the male primordial bud,

the male gonophores. Somewhat more distally comes the bud

for the bract.

To show clearly the further conditions of growth in the

internode, I indicate by A, B, C... the polypites with the

tentacles belonging to them, and by a, d,¢... the bud-groups

situated in the internode between two polypites. If, then,

A and a signify the oldest groups, and B and 6 &c. the suc-

cessive younger ones, we should obtain for the last internode

of the stem the following formula :—

Bit Cad «COON.

At this stage, however, only the younger specimens of

Halistemma remain. The number of groups in the internode,

which in our special case we have assumed to be 8 (a-A),

242 Prof. Carl Chun on the

increases continuously, but at the same time new bud-groups

appear between the oldest approximated groups of the internode.

In our case the oldest approximated groups are represented by

a.A; consequently we obtain for a further developed inter-

node the following formula (the newly-formed groups being

indicated by a.8...):—

Bete hag sane G we. Dae

The group @ is in this case as far developed as the group @

formed in regular sequence.

By further growth a secondary internode may be inter-

calated between a. A, which, in its growth, behaves exactly

like the primary internode, in so far as in it also the groups

are new-formed in a proximal direction. At the same time,

however, new bud-groups again appear, in accordance with

the law above mentioned, between the oldest approximated

groups of the primary internode, 7. e. between 6 and a. We

should therefore obtain, for a later stage, the following

formula :—

Bet hg ye. One. 0a ape As

The latest formed bud-groups of the same size are here

k, a’, and B.

These formule may easily be further developed, if we keep

in our eye the law that new bud-groups always originate only

between the oldest approximated groups of the primary inter-

node, and that the intercalated secondary internodes, as well

as the primary ones, form new groups in the proximal

direction.

Only in one case I have also observed in the last internode

of avery large Halistemma the rudiment of an intercalated ter-

tiary internode (between « and A).

I may observe expressly that I have found the law of

growth of the stem here developed to hold good without

exception in all the specimens examined, and that the formule

above given are taken from actual examples. When super-

ficially examined, indeed, the last and longest internodes

present a puzzling picture, and may give rise to the erroneous

notion that the bud-groups have originated irregularly on the

stem ; but so soon as the regular plan has been recognized, it

is extraordinarily pleasing to trace it through all the internodes

of the elongated stem of a quietly suspended Halistemma.

I must leave it to Hickel to say how such regularly ordered

gemmation on the Physophorid stem is to be reconciled to his

theory of the multiplication and dislocation of the Medusan

organs on the Siphonophoran stock.

Stiphonophora of the Canary Islands. 243

24, Anthemodes canartensis, Hiick.

I observed a young specimen with six nectocalyces on the

21st of January.

25. Crystallodes rigidum, Hiick.

The first specimen of Crystallodes occurred on January 12.

From that date onwards this fine Physophorid appeared so

regularly and so abundantly that it decidedly furnishes one of

the most characteristic forms of the Canaries. Some spe-

cimens that I observed were in part considerably larger than

the largest described by Hiickel. Thus I not unfrequently

captured animals of 75 millim. in length, with 24 complete

nectocalyces and 9 individual groups. ‘Io complete Hiickel’s

description, 1 may add that the larger examples presented

4-5 palps on each individual group, and that the male sexual

racemes are placed proximally, the female ones distally A

further remarkable circumstance is that the perfectly mature

male and female gonophores possess a well-developed umbrella,

and are able by means of this to move in the water; more-

over, in the perfectly mature sexual medusa the manubrium

does not project from the nectosac. Among the rigid bracts

only those which are direetly inserted upon the appendicular

groups are provided with a long vaseular canal; the inter-

nodial bracts, on the contrary, are destitute of the canal.

Sometimes I found old examples of Crystallodes in which the

stem was of a sulphur-yellow colour.

As regards the post-embryonic development of Crystallodes,

I would chiefly call attention to the peculiarly formed larval

tentacles. Hiickel is of opinion that the cnidaria of the pri-

mary tentacle are directly developed into the definitive enidaria

furnished with a terminal vesicle and two lateral filaments.

I was also the more inclined to this view because the larval

cnidaria not only show the lateral filaments and terminal ve-

sicle already observed by Hiickel, but also present a mantle-like

involucrum, such as is actually characteristic of the definitive

enidaria. At any rate the cnidaria formed on the embryonal

tentacles are considerably more complicated than those of any

other Physophoride, with their naked reniform batteries, which

remind us of the Calycophoride. Nevertheless they are not

developed by spiral convolution of the urticating band inte

the detinitive enidaria, but they represent larval structures,

followed in the later developed groups by heteromorphous

structures. ‘Thus I repeatedly observed full-grown old

examples of Crystallodes, which still presented the well-

244 Prof. Carl Chun on the

preserved larval tentacle upon the oldest gastric polype. Its

cnidaria, as already mentioned, are furnished with a terminal

vesicle, two terminal lateral filaments, and an involucrum.

However, they scarcely attain half the size of the definitive

enidaria, are of a very delicate reddish flesh-colour, and are

without the spiral convolution of the urticating band.

Family Forskalide, Hiickel.

26. Forskalia ophiura, Leuck.

The common Forskalia of the Mediterranean was also

extraordinarily abundant at the Canaries from January

onwards, occasionally occurring in gigantic examples, the

nectostyle of which measured 1 foot.

As its larval tentacles are hitherto unknown I remark that

in young specimens I found the single larval tentacle seated

upon the oldest gastric polyp, while all the other polyps pos-

sessed the definitive tentacles. The cnidaria of the former

resemble the larval batteries of Agalma and Halistemma; at

the extremity they are beset with the uncommonly long

sensorial sete, and characterized by two lateral intensely

brownish-red tubercles, projecting like ocelli, upon which long

vibratile cilia are inserted.

27. Forskalia contorta, Leuck.

To Forskalia contorta I refer several young specimens, still

furnished with larval tentacles, which occurred singly from

January onwards. The larval cnidaria resemble those of

fF’, ophiura, except that the sensorial sete are shorter, and the

two pigmented tubercles are wanting.

28. Forskalia cuneata, sp.n.

Subumbrella of the nectocalyces furnished on each side with

4—6 streaks of intensely bright red pigment. Gastric polyps

remarkably large, standing in a very distinctly marked spiral

turned to the right. Hepatic streaks reddish brown. Cni-

darian knobs bright red. Bracts wedge-shaped, the outer

surface truncated at nght angles and completely filling up the

interspace between the different spiral turns. Vascular canal

of the bracts bent at a right angle.

The handsome orskalia cuneata does not become so large

as the allied species (it attains a length of 70 millim.), but it

is not less remarkable by its vivid pigmentation and its par-

ticularly large gastric polyps. From the pigmentation of the

subumbrella, which is never wanting, and is observable in no

Siphonophora of the Canary Islands. 245

other species, even the young stages, which are able to swim

very briskly, are easily recognizable. In most of them the

larval tentacle, seated upon the oldest gastric polyp, was still

demonstrable. The larval batteries are very like those of

I’. contorta; they are acorn-shaped, of a faint red colour, and

furnished with numerous short sensorial sete. The subsidiary

tentacle is inserted somewhat beneath the top of the battery.

Family Physophore, Lesson (Discolabide, Hiick.).

29. Physophora magnifica, Hiickel.

Of the splendid Physophora discovered by Hiickel at the

Canaries a few examples occurred during February.

Family Anthophyside, Brandt (Athorybide, Huxley).

30. Athorybia melo, Esch., Q. & G.

To this species [refer some young specimens with only two

tentacles and gastric polyps, which agree in the brownish

pigmentation of the involucrum of the cnidaria (the terminal

vesicle and lateral filaments are always present) and in the

ridges of the bracts with the description given by Quoy &

Gaimard. They occurred in February. ‘To this species pro-

bably belong larval forms whose cnidaria on the single tentacle

presented an involucrum and two lateral filaments, but no

terminal vesicle. Moreover, the point of insertion of the sub-

sidiary tentacle on the battery swells into a brown vesicular

dilatation. ‘The five bracts of these larvee already resemble

those of the full-grown A. melo; further, 5-6 palps may be

recognized.

Tribe I. PNEUMA TOPHORIDZ, Chun.

Family Physalide, Brandt.

31. Physalia caravetla, Esch.

I noticed the first Physalie at the end of January; from

that date they occurred more and more abundantly, and after

the violent storms in February and March they were thrown

in thousands upon the beach. Upon their minute structure I

will report elsewhere.

Suborder HI. TRACHEOPHYSA&, Chun.

Physophoride with a chambered pneumatophore lined with

chitin, which emits numerous tracheal tufts surrounding the

polyps. At the periphery of the pneumatophore a mantle-

246 Mr. W. F. Kirby on new African Nymphalide.

like limb is developed. Stem flattened, disciform. Gono-

phores set free as Medusee ( Chrysomitra).

Family Disconantha, Hiick. (Chondrophore, Cham. &

HKysenh.), Velellide, Esch.

The representatives of the subfamilies of the Disconantha,

namely the Velellide and Porpitide, appear at the Canaries,

as I could ascertain from the statements of the fishermen, only

in the summer from July to September. During the whole

seven months of my stay I observed neither young forms

(Ratariz) nor developed Velelie and Porpite. Even after

the violent storms of spring I could not detect Velella and

Porpita either near Orotava or in the passage to Palma and

Gran Canaria. During the winter and early summer they

appear to be wanting in the eastern part of the Atlantic

Ocean.

XXIV.—Descriptions of new Species of African Nymphalide.

By W. F. Kirsy, F.E.S.

THE types of the following species are all in the collection of

Mr. Henley Grose Smith, with the exception of that of

Euphedra (2?) Crowleyi, a very curious insect, which is the

property of Mr. Philip Crowley.

Euphedra aureola.

Iixp. 23 in.

Male.—Anterior wings velvety black, with a broad bluish

line above the subcostal nervure, a moderately broad, oblique,

orange-yellow band beyond the cell running from the sub-

costal nervure to the second median nervule, and a large

patch of green scaling, coppery in the middle, on the inner

margin, extending to three quarters of its length. The apical

white patch is unusually narrow. Posterior wings bluish,

with an indistinct coppery shade towards the costa beyond

the cell; hind margin velvety black, with an indistinct

broken submarginal line; inner margin dull brown or black,

fringed with very long hairs. All the fringes black, with

a long white spot at the apex of the anterior wings, and

with four small white spets on the incisions on the anterior

Mr. W. F. Kirby on new African Nymphalide. 247

wings and seven on the posterior wings. Underside varied with

green and yellow; anterior wings with three spots in the cell

(one at the base and two transverse spots in the middle) and

two at the extremity of the cell, a long one surmounted by

asmall round one; just beyond the cell is another row of

indistinct black spots. On the posterior wings the base of

the costa is of a deeper orange than any other part of the

wing, and there are two black spots in the cell and a third at

the extremity. The borders of all the wings are green,

edged on the inside with a row of long black spots between

the nervures, and the white spots on the incisions are also

surmounted by more or less distinct dusky spaces.

The face and lower orbits are silvery white, the palpi and

under surface of the body are yellow, and the legs are brown,

with the femora white beneath. The antenne are black,

with the shaft whitish, and the clubs yellowish at the joints

beneath.

Hab. Cameroons.

Allied to E. ravola, Hew.

Huphedra (?) Crowley?.

Exp. 2 in.

Male.—Orange-tawny, the costa and apical half of the an-

terior wings and the hind margins of all the wings black; a

row of five white spots (the third and fourth transverse)

across the black apex of the anterior wings; the incisions

white, and the border marked with a white loop at the anal

angle of the anterior wings, and with at least four on the

posterior wings. Under surface rather paler, and with more

distinct white loops on the posterior wings.

Body black, spotted with white, and with a white stripe

at the base of the abdomen above.

Hab, Agove.

Not closely allied to any known species, though several

African butterflies and moths are very similar in colour.

Euryphene brunhilda.

Exp. 24-22 in.

Male.— Obscure olive-yellow, bordered with dark brown;

costa greenish, the cells irregularly spotted with black, and

three rows of connected black spots beyond, followed on the

posterior wings by a continuous black stripe. Underside

olive-brown, with a few dark lines in the cell of the anterior

wings and with two rings and two dark lines in that of the

posterior wings; the base of the costa, some transverse

248 Mr. W. F. Kirby on new African Nymphalide.

markings in the cell of the anterior wings, and a row of

irregular bluish-white markings beyond across all the wings ;

some whiter oblique markings towards the apex of the ante-

rior wings; posterior wings varied with bluish white towards

the anal angle.

Iremale tawny 3 anterior wings with the apical half brown,

an irregular white bletch on the costa just beyond the

middle, and a submarginal row of bluish-white spots, the

larger ones centred with black, and the last of the series re-

placed by a black spot; posterior wings with a submarginal

row of dusky markings, followed within by a row of obsolete

dusky spots. Underside pinkish grey, with some indistinct

annular markings in the cells, and the light markings of the

upperside reproduced ; a pale spot at the apex of the ante-

rier wings, from below which a brown band curves inwards

to the middle of the inner margin, and outwards across the

middle of the posterior wings.

Hab. Cameroons.

Allied to Z. phranza, plautilla, and elpinice, Hew.

Cymothoé serpentina.

Exp. 23 in.

Female brown, with irregular zigzag and annular markings

in the cells; anterior wings with a row of white spots, only

separated by the nervures running from the costa more than

half across the wing, followed by two rows of sagittate white

spots filled up with darker, and a row of less distinct white

markings beyond; posterior wings traversed beyond the

middle by a connected row of shallow lunules; beyond this

is a row of conical blackish spots bordered within with

paler; the extremities of the nervules of the posterior wings

are marked with tawny. Underside purplish grey, paler

towards the margins, the dark part of the wings bounded by

a line beyond the transverse band of white spots; nearer the

base are many annular and serpentine brown markings, and

one zigzag line, which forms the inner boundary of the trans-

verse band on the anterior wings, is continued across the pos-

terior wings also; the pale marginal part of the wings is

crossed by two irregular zigzag lines, the inner brown, the

outer (which is incomplete towards the hinder angle of the

anterior wings) shaded with chocolate.

Femora white (hind femora black above), the remainder of

the legs and the palpi yellow.

Hab. Cameroons.

On the Staphylinide of Japan. 249

Cymothoé seneca.

Exp. 22 in.

Male dark brown, crossed by a moderately broad common

white band running from the middle of the costa on the ante-

rior wings, where it is narrowest, to the anal angle of the

posterior wings ; this is followed by a double row of white

spots, the inner most lar gest and sagittate ; the outermost row

commences on the anterior wings ‘rather above the middle,

but there is a larger white spot above it nearer the base and

out of the series. Underside varied with white and grey, with

numerous zigzag and annular markings near the base, and

with an oblique common brown line, ill-defined towards the

costa of the anterior wings. The outer part of the wings

beyond the white band is dusky, with two ill- defined rows of

whitish markings.

Fab. Cameroons,

Closely allied to C. etceronis, Ward, but the white band is

broader and the submarginal markings are less sharply

defined.

Cymothoé euthaliotdes.

Exp. 23 in.

Female brown, with black zigzag and annular markings in

the cells, some of those on the posterior wings marked with

tawny ; the greater part of the wings beyond the middle

Ww hitish, with a double row of connected brown and blackish

sagittate markings. Underside similar, but much paler, and

consequently the markings towards the base better defined ; a

tawny line, straightest on the posterior wings, crosses the

wings beyond the middle ; the submarginal sagittate markings

are more slender and better defined.

Hab. Cameroons.

Allied to C. harmilla, Hew.

XXV.— The Staphylinide of Japan.

By Dr. D. SHarp.

[Continued from p, 121.]

Group XANTHOLININA.

Baptolinus pilicornis.

Staphylinus pilicornis, Payk. Faun, Suec. iii. p. 380,

Nikko, August 18813 a series of seven examples.

250 — Dr. D. Sharp on

Othius fulvipennis.

Pederus fulvipennis, Faby. Ent, Syst. i. 2, p. 537.

Hakone; one specimen only.

Xantholinus pauper, n. sp.

Angustus, brunneo-testaceus; elytris pedibusque testaceis; capite

oblongo, opaco, crebre fortiter punctato ; thorace crebre punctato,

linea mediana levigata.

Long. 5; millim,

Antenne stout, with short scape, second and third joints

moderately long, subequal, fourth to tenth transverse. Head

obscure red, dull, coarsely punctate, the intermediate anten-

nary grooves large and deep, the lateral grooves absent. ‘Tho-

rax slender, a little narrowed behind, a broad space along the

middle smooth, but the sides distinctly and numerously though

not densely punctured. LElytra not so long as the thorax,

paler in colour than it, moderately closely and distinctly

punctate.

This is a peculiar species, not well located in Xantholinus ;

but as it does not agree with any other genus, and its differ-

ential characters from Xantholinus are not very important, it

is not desirable to treat it as a distinct genus at present.

The terminal joint of the maxillary palpus is slender and

about intermediate between that of Xantholinus and Lepta-

cinus. The prothoracic pleura is of moderate size, not abbre-

viate, and its superior line is distinct; the front tarsi are

simple, the middle cox moderately distant, the legs rather

shoit, and the tibie spinulose.

Chiuzenji and Nikko, August 1881; one example from

each locality.

Xantholinus tubulus, n. sp.

Subcylindricus, niger, nitidus; antennis, elytris pedibusque rufis ;

capite oblongo-ovali parce sat fortiter punctato; thorace seriebus

dorsalibus circiter 10-punctatis.

Long. 7-8 millim.

Antenne stout, second and third joints moderately long,

subequal. Head black, very shining, impunctate along the

middle, but with numerous rather fine punctures elsewhere.

Thorax not slender, a httle narrowed behind, black and very

shining, with two rather irregular dorsal series of punctures,

and with a strongly curved series on each side. Elytra about

the Staphylinide of Japan. 251

as long as the thorax, pale red, rather finely and distantly

punctured. Hind body rather rough. In one of the sexes of

this species the terminal segment exhibits behind a quite cir-

cular orifice, the hind margin of which is lined internally by

a ring of black, densely and regularly crenate, corneous sub-

stance.

Nikko and Miyanoshita ; three examples.

This is closely allied to X. pleuralis, but has the thorax

more elongate and with smaller punctures, which are more

numerous in the dorsal series ; the elytra are bright pale red

and the head is a little narrower,

Nantholinus cunctator, n. sp.

X. lineari, auct., peraffinis; nigricans, nitidus, vix subseneus ; an-

tennis pedibusque rufis; thorace crebre punctato, seriebus dor-

salibus haud discretis.

Long. 6 millim.

Antenne with second joint elongate, considerably longer

than the third. Head rather short, oval, sparingly punctate.

Thorax oblong, with the lateral punctures numerous, the

dorsal series being not separated from the lateral punctures.

Elytra about as long as the thorax, shining, sparingly and

rather strongly punctate.

This is very closely allied to the European X. linearis, but

is rather smaller and has the third joint of the antenne

smaller, the head considerably shorter, and the thoracic punc-

tures more numerous.

Only two examples have been found at Miyanoshita.

Nantholinus angusticeps, n. sp.

Niger, nitidus ; antennis pedibusque rufis; capite angusto, ovali,

parce subtiliter punctato ; thorace seriebus dorsalibus circiter ]2-

punctatis, ad latera parce irregulariter punctato, punctis omnibus

subtilibus.

Long. 6 millim.

Head elongate and narrow, considerably narrower than the

thorax. Antenne with the second and third joints rather

slender, the latter the longer. Thorax rather slender, oblong,

shining black, its punctures fine, consisting of two dorsal

series of twelve punctures each, and the same number of

lateral punctures on each side, these latter irregularly placed.

Elytra with an indistinct brassy tinge, not quite so long as

the thorax, rather sparingly and finely punctate.

This species has somewhat the appearance of the genus

252 Dr. D. Sharp on

Mitomorphus, Kr., but appears to be really an ally of X.

linearis, auct., though the terminal joint of the maxillary

palpi is ‘somewhat slender.

Nagasaki, April 18815; a single example.

Xantholinus punctiventris, n. sp.

Angustus, haud depressus, nigerrimus, nitidus; pedibus, elytris

antennisque rufis, his articulis primo et tertio nigris; capite ad

angulos posteriores paree punctato; thorace tantum ad angulos

anteriores utrinque puncto singulo notato.

Long. 9 millim.

This is another anomalous Xantholinus, having the facies

of Gauropterus, but with the thoracic pleuree not abbreviate ;

the last joint of the maxillary palpus is large, the anterior

tibie are short and thick, their tarsi a httle dilated, and the

prosternum short, so that the insect appears to be really allied

to the large Hulisst of South America. The third joint of

the antenna is elongate, longer than the second. The head

is oblong, convex, very ’shining black, with a few moderately

coarse punctures near the sides and hind angles. ‘Thorax

narrowed behind. Elytra elongate and narrow, sparingly

. . . 5 .

punctate in an irregularly seriate manner. Hind body re-

markably coarsely punctured.

Ichiuchi, May Ist, 1881; a single example obtained by

sweeping.

Leptacinus ee n. sp.

Subdepressus, niger, nitidus ; ay tris piceis ; antennis rufis, pedibus

piceo-rufis ; capite oblongo-quadrato, parum punctato; thorace

seriebus dorsalibus obsolete circiter 4-punctatis.

Long. 43 millim.

Antenne with short scape and small third joint only about

half as long as the second, which itself is rather short. Head

broad, but not so broad as long, straight at the sides and

truncate behind, the intermediate antennal grooves obsolete,

and the lateral or ocular ones present but very short, each

being scarcely more than a very large puncture contiguous

to the eye; the punctures are tew and rather small. ‘Lho-

rax only slightly narrowed behind, the dorsal series consisting

of tour or five rather small punctures on each side, and besides

these there are about the same number of still smaller punc-

tures between the dorsal series and the lateral margin

Elytra longer than the thorax, almost impunctate.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 253

This is an abnormal Leptacinus, on account of the obsolete

frontal grooves.

Hitoyoshi, May 17th, and under bark of fir, Kuma Kuni,

March 1881; one example from each locality.

Nudobius apicipennis, n. sp.

Subdepressus, nigerrimus, nitidus, pedibus rufis; antennis piceis,

elytrorum apice testaceo-marginato.

Long. 8-9 millim.

Head oblong, closely and coarsely punctured. Thorax

very shining, narrowed behind, and with the sides sinuate in

the middle; the dorsal series of punctures are very distinct,

consisting each of eight punctures, and there are also a few

punctures near the side and front margin. Elytra longer

than the thorax, shining black, with a faint blue or green

tinge, and the hind margin yellow; finely and sparingly

punctate. Underside of head coarsely punctate.

This species is allied to the Kuropean A, collaris and lives

exclusively under bark; it was met with at Miyanoshita,

Kiga, Kuma Kuni, Sendai, and Sapporo.

Subfam. Pzperin Zz.

Group LATHROBIINA.

In this group I have established several new eenera sepa-

rated from Lithocharis, treating the eastern forms 1n a manner

similar to that already applied to the Neotropical forms in

the ‘ Biologia Centrali- Americana.

Cryptobium cuneatum, Ni. Sp.

Nigrum, nitidum ; antennis fuscis, pedibus testaceis ; capite angusto,

dense fortiterque punctato ; elytris thorace vix longioribus.

Long. 8-9 millim.

Antenne infuscate red, paler at the extremity. Head long

and narrow, much narrower than the elytra, densely and

coarsely punctate, the space between the antennal elevations

much sculptured. Thorax iong and narrow, not narrowed

towards the front, moderately coarsely and not closely punc-

tured, very shining, opalescent, a broad space along the

middle impunctate. Hlytra narrow, closely and rather

coarsely punctate, a little shining. Male with a very shallow

broad”excision of the last ventral plate.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iii. 1s

254 Dr. D. Sharp on

Though closely allied to C. densipenne, this is a narrower

insect, readily distinguished by the narrower head, more

sculptured in front, and the more shining wing-cases.

Konost, Ogura lake, Otsu, Miyanoshita, and at Yoko-

hama.

Cryptobium densipenne, n. sp.

Nigrum ; antennis pedibusque testaceis ; elytris thorace paulo lon-

gioribus, densissime ruguluso-punctatis.

Long. 10 millim.

Antenne unicolorous, yellow. Head elongate and narrow,

a little narrower than the thorax, distinctly narrower than

the elytra, densely and coarsely punctured, the punctuation

scanty in front, the surface shining and very little sculptured

between the antennal elevations. ‘Thorax elongate and nar-

row, slightly narrower in front, very shining, black, coarsely

and rather closely punctured, a line along the middle smooth.

Elytra slightly longer than’ the thorax, dull, densely punc-

tured, the punctures confluent, so as to zive rise to a rugulose

appearance ; the line on the inflexed side present, but fine.

Male with a deep excision of the last ventral segment.

Closely allied to C. japonicum, but readily distinguished

by the longer elytra and narrower head.

Miyanoshita, one pair; Yuyama, one example.

Cryptobium japonicum.

Nikko and Miyanoshita; four examples.

Lathrobium pollens, n. sp.

Piceum, nitidum; antennis pedibusque rufis ; capite brevi, subtri--

angulari; elytris thorace fere duplo brevioribus.

Long. 10 millim.

Antenne rather short and stout. [ead short and broad,

much narrowed in front, sparingly, moderately coarsely punc-

tured, moderately shining ; eyes small. ‘Thorax longer than

broad, slightly narrowed behind, shining, nearly black, opal-

escent, rather sparingly punctured, with a broad space along

the middle impunctate. Klytra very short, coarsely, some-

what sparingly, roughly punctured. Hind body rather broad,

apex red. front femora very thick. Male with a broad,

shallow, rounded excision of the last ventral plate, the hind

margin forming on either side of the excision a prominent

the Staphylinides of Japan. 255

angle and bearing some short dark sete; preceding segment

with a much broader and shallower but otherwise similar

excision.

Nagasaki, Nikko, Miyanoshita; in spring and early

summer, SLX ’ examples.

Lathrobium brachypterum, n. sp.

Piceum, nitidum ; antennis pedibusque rufis; capite brevi, subtri-

angulari; elytris thorace fere duplo brevioribus.

Long. 8 millim.

This is very closely allied to LZ. pollens, but is a much

smaller insect and more parallel; the head is much smaller

and is quite sparingly punctured, the thorax is oblong, not

at all narrowed behind, and the punctuation of the hind body

is quite dense and fine. In the male tie terminal ventral

plate is not in the least emarginate, but its hind margin is

slightly rounded, a broad space in front of this is slightly

flattened and feebly 2 granular; on the preceding segment there

is a very obscure narrow impression just perceptible along the

middle.

Nagasaki, Miyanoshita; five specimens.

Lathrobium monticola, n. sp.

Angustulum, piceum, nitidum; antennis pedibusque rufis; capite

parvo, triangulari ; elytris thorace duplo breyioribus,

Long. 7 millim.

Closely allied to LZ. brachypterum, but smaller and more

slender, with more feeble antenne, the head more triangular,

and the eyes remarkably small ; the elytra more sparing ly and

finely punctured and still shorter. ‘Lhe male is without

positive sexual characters, but the hind margin of the last

ventral plate is not produced and subacuminate as it is in the

female.

This remarkable species is a mountain insect and was

found near Nagasaki, April 11th, 1881; one pair.

Lathrobium carinicolle, n. Sp.

Angustulum, subdepressum, nitidum, rufulum, dense punctatum ;

capite, thorace elytrorumque basi plus minusve fusco-obscuratis ;

thorace oblongo, medio linea arguta, subelevata, levigata.

Long. 7-8 millim.

Antenne red, rather elongate, penultimate joint longer

13*

256 Dr. D. Sharp on

than broad. Head suborbiculate, quite as broad as the elytra,

densely punctate, the punctuation on the vertex fine and

extremely dense, on the anterior part coarser and more scanty.

Thorax oblong, longer than broad, very densely coarsely

punctured, a little shining, with a very conspicuous shining

space extending all along the middle. Elytra scarcely so

long as the thorax, parallel, shining, closely and coarsely

punctured, with a very obscure linear arrangement of the

punctures on the basal portion. Hind body extremely densely

and finely punctured. Male with a broad shallow excision of

the hind margin of the last ventral ying, and just in front of

the middle of this a small patch of dense black asperities ;

the base of the segment exhibits a feeble depression along

the middle.

Nikko, August; Nagasaki, June Ist; Kumamoto, April

25th.

L. anguinum is very closely allied to this species, but is

more elongate, of a more uniform pallid colour, with a rather

broader head, which has a definite smooth space on the

middle, the elytra slightly longer, without any linear arrange-

ment of the punctures. It has not been met with again.

Lathrobium eribricolle, n. sp.

Omnium fortissime dense punctatum, subeylindricum, nigrum,

nitidum ; antennis palpisque rufis, pedibus flavis; elytris apice

flavo-guttato,

Long. 63 millim,

Antenne short and stout, penultimate joint a little longer

than broad. Head oblong, excessively densely and coarsely

punctured. Thorax oblong, rather longer than broad,

shining black, remarkable on account of its excessively coarse

punctuation, without smooth space along the middle. Elytra

rather longer than the thorax, excessively coarsely punctured,

each with a small yellow spot at the tip. Hind body entirely

black. Male with a moderately broad and deep excision on

the last ventral segment, and with a longitudinal depression

extending along the middle of this and the preceding segment.

A very distinct species, to be placed near L. nudum.

Plain under Fujisan. Unique.

Lathrobium funebre, n. sp.

Angustum, elongatum, subdepressum, nigrum, nitidum, dense punc-

tatum; pedibus fuscis, antennis tarsisque rufis; thorace linea

mediana subeleyata lxeyigata ; elytris illo paulo longioribus.

Long. 7 millim.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 257

Antenne elongate, penultimate joint twice as long as broad.

Head very densely punctate, on the middle and in front more

sparingly and coarsely. Thorax narrow, much longer than

broad, densely punctate, with a very definite smooth line

along the middle. Elytra distinctly longer than the thorax,

closely and coarsely punctate, flat, black, shining, a little red

or piceous at the hind margin. Hind body extremely densely

and finely punctate.

This is closely allied to Z. carénicolle, but is a smaller,

darker, more depressed insect, and differs in numerous details.

Morioka ; one female.

Lathrobium cognatum, n. sp.

Subdepressum, nigrum; antennis palpisque fuscis, pedibus sordide

fiavis ; crebre minus fortiter punctatum, capite minore ; protho-

race absque linea levigata discreta.

Long. 8 millim.

Antenne slender, as long as head and thorax. Head small,

much narrower than the elytra, very densely and _ finely

punctate, the punctuation absent from only avery small space

on the middle, Thorax rather longer than broad, distinctly

narrower than the elytra, rather coarsely and closely punc-

tate. Hlytra rather longer than the thorax, clgsely subobso-

letely punctured.

This is closely allied to the European Z. terminatum, but

has denser finer punctuation on the head and elytra, the latter

being rather longer ; the pale legs distinguish it from both

L. terminatum and L. quadratum. 'The male characters are

the same as they are in the two European species.

Chiuzenji, 24th August; six examples.

Lathrobium pallipes, n. sp.

Gracile, subdepressum, angustum, nigricans; antennis palpisque

fusco-testaceis, pedibus flavis; elytris ad angulos externos flavo-

maculatis; dense subtiliter punctatum.

Long. 6 millim.

Antenne very long and slender, infuscate yellow, with the

base and apex more clear ; palpi yellow, terminal joint infus-

cate. Head small, very finely punctate, shining on the

middle. Thorax slender, oblong, rather closely punctate, with

a space along the middle smooth. Elytra closely and rather

finely punctate, longer and broader than the thorax, with a

very distinct yellow spot at the outer apical angle of each.

258 Dr. D. Sharp on

Hind body excessively densely and minutely punctulate, the

extremity more pallid. Legs clear yellow. Male with a

small rather broad excision on the terminal ventral plate and

a very slight depression along the middle of the preceding

segment.

This is another ally of L. terminatum, but is a very slender

insect, only half the size of its European ally.

Yokohama, 7th April; Kioto, 2nd August; Niigata, 6th

September ; one example from each locality.

Lathrobium fragile, n. sp.

Angustius, subdepressum, nigricans, nitidum ; thorace piceo; an-

tennis palpisque fusco-testaceis, pedibus flavis ; elytris thorace

paulo longioribus, ad apicem macula magna flava.

Long. 54 millim.

This is closely allied to Z. pallipes, but is a much more

slender and parallel insect, and differs as follows :—the head

is almost as broad as the elytra, suboblong; the thorax is

piceous; the elytra are only about as long as "the thorax and

are more sparingly punctured, and have a larger yellow apical

spot. The male has a very small and short, only just per-

ceptible, excision of the hind margin of the last ventral plate,

and a slight deplanation of the middle of the preceding

segment.

Ogura lake, 7th July ; five examples.

Lathrobium regulare, n. sp.

Parallelum, nitidum, nigrum ; abdomine opaco ; antennis pedibusque

testaceis ; thorace oblongo, dorso biseriatim punctato, lateribus

parce punctatis; elytris thorace brevioribus, parcius seriatim

punctatis.

Long. 63 millim,

A species of the ZL. lusttanicum group.

Antenne rather slender and elongate; head suboblong,

black, very shining, with irregularly placed, distant coarse

punctures. Thorax oblong, straight at the sides, along the

middle with two very regular series of punctures, ten or

eleven punctures in each series, sides sparingly punctate.

Elytra scarcely so long as the thorax, shining black, with a

sutural series of punctures, then a rather broad smooth space,

and outside this with three or four series of distant punctures.

Hind body closely punctured, with a conspicuous fuscous

pubescence. Male with a broad shallow excision of the hind

margin of the last ventral plate.

Yokohama; six examples.

the Staphylinide: of Japan.

Lathrobium seriatum, n. sp.

Angustum, parallelum, nitidum, rufulum; capite elytrorumque

angulis externis nigricantibus; antennis pedibusque testaceis ;

prothorace dorso biseriatim punctato, lateribus disperse punc-

tatis; elytris prothorace paule longioribus, crebrius seriatim

punctatis.

Long. 6 millim.

Antenne rather slender, moderately long. Head sub-

quadrate, very shining, sparingly punctate, its upper surface

more or less deeply tinged with black. Thorax longer than

broad, straight at the sides, with the two series of punctures

rather irregular and not very sharply distinguished from the

lateral punctuation. Elytra a little longer and broader than

the thorax, each with about six series of rather closely placed

punctures ; the outer hind angles obliquely black, the dark

colour extending at the sides more than halfway to the front.

Male with a very deep slender excision of the last ventral

plate.

Yokohama; two examples. This species occurs also in

China, and was taken there by Mr. Lewis near Kiu Kiang

in 1864.

Lathrobium monilicorne, n. sp.

Subcylindricum, nigerrimum, nitidum; antennis, palpis tarsisque

rufis, pedibus fuscis;-capite parvo fortiter punctato; antennis

crassiusculis ; palpis articulo terminali crasso.

Long. 63 millim.

Antenne short and stout, dark red, and meniliform, the

penultimate joint scarcely longer than broad. Head small,

suboblong, much narrower than the thorax, coarsely, not

densely punctate. Thorax longer than broad, suboblong, a

little narrower in front, coarsely, not densely punctate, with

a smooth line along the middle. Elytra elongate and narrow,

longer than the thorax, shining, coarsely, irregularly, rather

closely punctured. Hind body rather coarsely punctate.

A peculiar species, probably entitled to generic distinction,

the neck being more slender than usual, the pseudo-terminal

joint of the palpi remarkably thick ; the hind tibie but. little

incrassate and with their oblique truncation diminished ; the

tarsi more slender than usual. At present to be placed near

L, punctatum.

‘Two females ; taken in the plain of Fujisan in April 1880.

260 Dr. D. Sharp on

Domene daimio, n. sp.

Nigra; elytris, antennis pedibusque fusco-rufis ; capite thoraceque

densius fortiusque punctatis, illo subovali.

Long. 124 millim.

Antenne elongate, penultimate joint much longer than

broad. Head elongate, very densely and coarsely punctured,

not quite dull. Thorax oblong, very coarsely and densely

punctured, a little shining. Elytra as long as the thorax,

rufescent, darker at the base, densely punctured. Legs ob-

scure red, femora darker. Male with the hind margin of last

ventral segment sinuate-emarginate and in the middle with a

rather small excision; in front of this a small depression

densely set with black asperities; the preceding segment

very slightly impressed.

This fine insect is larger than D. crasstcornis and readily

distinguished by the long antenne and narrow head; the

shape of the hind margin of the last ventral segment in the

male is peculiar.

Miyanoshita, May 1880; one example.

Domene crassicornis.

Lathrobium crassicorne, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 59.

The male has a large sharply defined excision of the last

ventral segment and in front of this a rather broad depression

studded with fine black asperities; the preceding segment

bears a slight but broad depression.

Apparently scarce; Miyanoshita and Yuyama in May,

Kobe in June.

Domene orbiculata, n. sp.

Latiuscula, fusca ; capite thoraceque nigricantibus ; antennis rufis,

pedibus testaceis ; elytris thorace multo brevioribus, fusco-cenels ;

capite thoraceque densissime subtiliter sculpturatis, illo orbicu-

lato.

Long. 10 millim.

This is readily distinguished from D. curtipennis by the

broader form and the denser finer sculpture of the head and

thorax ; the antenne are much larger, being both longer and

thicker.

Chiuzenji, 22nd August, 1881; one female, under dead

leaves.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 261

Domene curtipennis, n. sp.

Nigra, angustula; antennis rufis, pedibus testaceis; elytris fusco-

eneis ; thorace haud longioribus.

Long. 63—74 millim.

Head suborbiculate, very densely, rather coarsely sculp-

tured, quite dull. Thorax longer than broad, very densely,

rather finely, rugosely sculptured, Elytra about as broad as

the thorax and not longer than it, of a dusky reddish colour,

with a strong brassy tinge, rather shining, densely mode-

rately finely punctured. Hind body black or piceous, paler

at the extremity. The male has a very small excision at the

extremity of the last ventral segment and in front of it a

narrow elongate depression stud ded with black granules ; the

preceding segment has a well-marked, large, but not deep

depression.

Closely allied to D. stilicotdes, but smailer, with shorter

and narrower elytra, more orbiculate head, and shorter meta-

sternum. Also very similar to the Kuropean D. scabricolle,

but more finely sculptured, the elytra not narrower at the

shoulders, and the male characters different.

Yokohama, April; Nikko, June; Chiuzenji, 22nd August ;

rare.

Domene stilicotdes.

Lathrobium stilicoides, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p- 58.

The male is still unknown ; the two examples found during

his recent expedition by Mr. Lewis are both females.

Ichiuchi, 30th April, 1881, under dead leaves in a hollow

tree.

Scopus Currax, Ne. Sp.

Angustulus, elongatus, haud depressus, rufescens ; antennis pedi-

busque testaceis ; elytris fuscis, apicem versus flavis, prothorace

paulo longioribus.

Long. 4 millim.

Antenne clear yellow, slender and elongate, penultimate

joint considerably longer than broad. Head narrow and

elongate, but little emarginate behind, dull, very densely and

finely punctate. ‘Thorax subovate, longer than broad, but

little narrower than the elytra, rather shining, almost 1 imper-

ceptibly punctate, with a short carina on the middle behind.

Elytra long and narrow, densely punctate, dull, fuscous, with

the apical third of the length yellow.

262 Dr. D. Sharp on

This insect is allied to the European S. EHrichsonii, from

which, however, it is abundantly distinct. Although no

males have been found, it is so different from the other Japan-

ese species that no difficulty will be found in identifying it.

It is rather longer than S. Hrichsonii and less depressed 3 i

is more elongate, the head especially being more elongate and

narrower in front.

Yokohama, Niigata, and Nikko; four examples.

PANSCOPZUS, nov. gen.

Caput collo angustissimo. Labrum medio excisione parva utrinque

denticulo parvo instructa. Prothorax pentagonalis : prosternum

processu supracoxali abbreviato. Tarsi graciles, anteriores haud

dilatati, posteriores filiformes, articulo basali quam secundo duplo

longiore,

This genus agrees with Scopeus in the very slender neck,

but in other respects it is nearer to Lithocharis, next which it

should be placed, though it is well separated by the form of

the head and thorax. On each mandible one tooth only can

be seen, but the basal portion of the mandible is incrassate

inwardly and slightly notched, so as to represent on the left

side two, on the right three, rudimentary teeth. The slender

and linear hind tarsi are quite different from the feet of

Scopus and agree better with Lithocharis.

Panscopeus lithocharoides.

Scopeus lithocharoides, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 63.

This species has been found in several localities on the

main island; Biwa Lake and Nikko.

CHARICHIRUS, nov. gen.

Labrum magnum, medio fortiter dentatum, utrinque subsinuatum.

Caput collo angusto ; prosternum processu supracoxali abbrevi-

ato. Tarsi omnes graciles, anteriores simplices, posteriores arti-

culis quatuor basalibus longitudine gradatim decrescentibus,

articulo secundo elongato, quam quarto plus duplo longiore.

This insect has more the appearance of Medon than of

Lithocharts, but cannot be placed in the former genus on

account of the abbreviated prosternal process; from Litho-

charts it is well distinguished by the structure of the labrum,

which has a large tooth in the middle; the neck, too, is a

little broader and the second joint of the hind foot much

the Staphylinides of Japan. 263

longer relatively when compared with the fourth. The onl

5! ae

species, so far as I know, is the following.

Charichirus spectabilis.

Lithocharis spectabilis, Ky. Arch. f. Naturg. xxv. p. 154.

This may perhaps have been introduced into Japan, as it

is apparently rare there, though widely distributed in the

eastern and southern parts of Asia.

ISOCHEILUS, nov. gen.

Labrum fere simplex ; mandibule tridentate. Caput collo medio-

criter angusto. ‘Tarsi anteriores leviter dilatati, posteriores arti-

culis quatuor basalibus gradatim decrescentibus. Prosternum

processu supracoxali brevi.

This genus undoubtedly comes very close to the New-

World Aderocharis, and its unique species has quite the

appearance of the genus last named; nevertheless I think

the two are better r separ ated. The labrum in Jsoched/us when

mounted in balsam is seen to be divided nearly to the base b

a deep abrupt excision, which, however, is filled up by a

horny process, the fen margin of w ion does not extend

quite so far forward as the lateral portions, whereas in

Aderocharis the excision is much narrower and the front of

the labrum is most prominent in the middle, being in fact

distinctly dentate. Each mandible in /sochedlus is tridentate,

while in Aderocharis the right mandible is quadridentate.

The very short prosternal process is one of the most important

characters of Jsochedlus, ‘The genus at present has only one

species, Viz. :—

Isochetlus staphylinotdes.

Lithocharis staphylinoides, Ky. Arch. f. Naturg. xxy. p, 135,

Not uncommon in Japan. I have not seen specimens from

Ceylon, the locality of the examples described by Kraatz.

Thinocharis basicornis.

Scopeus basicornis, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1874, p. 63.

This minute insect is perhaps not rare, though its small

size will probably render its capture somewhat unfrequent.

Mr. Lewis has brought back only three or four examples. It

is probably a Thinocharis, though this is by no means cer-

264 Dr. D. Sharp on

tainly ascertained, as IT have seen no insect from Ceylon or

any other locality than Japan that I can assign to the genus,

and the trophi have not been dissected.

MEDON.

This genus, as I have pointed out elsewhere in confirma-

tion and amplification of the views of ‘Thomson and Rey, is

quite distinct from Lithocharis. Most of the Japanese species

of it are, however, dissimilar in appearance from the Kuro-

pean forms, and some of them will probably prove eenerl-

cally distinct.

Medon rubeculus, n. sp.

Angustulus, densissime subtilissime punctatus, subopacus, nigricans ;

elytris, antennis pedibusque dilute rufis.

Long. 44-5 millim.

Antenne slender, third joint about equal in length to the

second, slightly more slender than it, penultimate joint not

so long as broad. Head subquadrate, very finely and densely

punctured, quite dull. Thorax subquadrate, densely, very

finely punctate, without any definite smooth line along the

middle, very feebly canaliculate in the middle behind.

Elytra longer than the thorax, dilute red, with the base in-

fuscate, densely and finely punctate. Legs slender, hind

tarsi quite slender.

Iwaki and Sapporo; two badly preserved females.

Though I have not been able to see the structure of the

mandibles and labrum, I do not doubt this being a Medon.

It bears a considerable resemblance to M. prolixus, but

possesses very different feet.

Medon Lewisius.

Lithocharis Lewisia, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 65.

Nagasaki, Yokohama, Miyanoshita, Ichiuchi, Hitoyoshi,

Hakone, Nikko. All the examples have been found under

park, so that the occurrence of the example originally

described on the sea-shore was no doubt merely accidental.

I have not detected any sexual characters. ‘The colour of

the head and thorax varies from dark red to black.

Found in many localities, Nikko being the most northern

point.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 265

Medon confertus, n. sp.

Fusco-rufus ; capite, thorace elytrisque nigricantibus; abdomine

ante apicem nigro-variegato ; antennis rufis, pedibus flavis ; opacus,

capite thoraceque densissime subtiliter subrugose punctatis, hoc

medio angustissime carinulato.

Long. 5 millim.

Rather narrow. Antenne red, the middle joints slightly

darker, penultimate joint not quite so long as broad. Head

quadrate, excessively densely punctured, so as to be dull, the

punctuation only moderately fine. Thorax subquadrate, but

little broader than long, its punctuation even denser and finer

than that of the head, with a very fine smooth line along the

middle. lytra rather long, a good deal longer than the

thorax, densely and finely punctate, slightly shining. Hind

body red at the base, the apical segments black, but the black

colour is interrupted by the hind margin of the penultimate

and the base of the terminal segments being red.

Ican see no character foreign to J/edon in this species

except that the anterior tarsi are a little more dilated than is

usual,

Yuyama and Hitoyoshi, May 18815 five examples.

Medon spadiceus, n. sp.

Depressus, latiusculus, fuscus; capite nigro; elytris sordide testa-

ceis ; antennis rufis, pedibus testaceis ; capite thoraceque fortiter

punctatis, hoe medio profunde canaliculato.

Long. 5 millim.

Antenne red, rather stout, slightly thicker externally,

penultimate joints very distinctly transverse. Head broad,

subquadrate, slightly narrowed in front, densely and very

coarsely punctate, with a smooth line along the middle in

front. Thorax transverse, a little narrowed behind, coarsely

and closely punctate, obscure black in the middle, obscure red

at the sides, with a very distinct channel along the middle.

Elytra a little longer than the thorax, shining, somewhat

sparingly punctate, ‘the extremity yellow, the base infuscate

rellow.

This is apparently a very distinct species and will readil

he recognized by the deep channel on the thorax. It is suffi-

ciently distinct from Medon to be generically separated, the

basal tooth on the right mandible being only obscurely

divided and the hind tarsus short, with the four basal joints

subequal in length.

Unique. Chiuzenji, 19th August, 1881.

266 On the Staphylinide of Japan.

Medon discedens, n. sp.

Subdepressus, elongatus, piceo-niger, nitidus; antennis pedibusque

rufis, illis gracilibus ; capite thoraceque irregulariter, minus dense,

fortiter punctatis.

Long. 6-63 millim.

Antenne slender and elongate, penultimate joint quite as

long as broad. Head large, shining, black, coarsely, rather

sparingly punctate, more sparingly on the middle. Thorax

strongly transverse, much narrowed behind, coarsely punc-

tate, guite shining. LElytra rather longer than the thorax,

with a close, rough, rather coarse sculpture. Hind body

moderately closely granulose punctate. Hind tarsi quite

slender, basal joint twice as long as the third.

This is another peculiar, very distinct species. The labrum

is divided in the middle nearly to the base by a deep angular

excision, on either side of which there is a very slight pro-

jection ; the front tarsi are scarcely dilated; the teeth of the

mandibles are large and there is on either side one less than

normal ; the left mandible is only bidentate, but the large basal

tooth is bidentate at the extremity; the right mandible is

tridentate.

Kiga and Miyanoshita.

Medon submaculatus, n. sp.

Testaceus ; capite abdominegue ferrugineis, hoc ante apicem fusco-

notato; elytris ad latera plus minusve argute nigro-maculatis.

Long. 43 millim.

Head not large, finely, extremely densely punctate, dull.

Thorax transversely subquadrate, slightly narrowed behind,

densely, rather finely rugose-punctate, with a smooth line

along the middle, becoming obsolete in front. Elytra densely

and finely punctate, with a dark mark, frequently obsolete,

on the middle of the side of each. Hind body very finely

punctate, the antepenultimate dorsal plate mfuscate. Front

tarsi strongly dilated; hind tarsi quite slender, basal joint

twice as long as the second. Male with a broad shallow

excision on the hind margin of the last ventral plate.

This is another peculiar species with strongly dilated

front feet and unusually small teeth on the mandibles.

Sandy river-banks, Niigata, Kashiwagi, Nagasaki.

Medon prolixus.

Lithocharis proliva, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 65.

The nearest ally of this species is the European ZL. mart-

On the Genus Melapium, H. and A. Adams. 267

tima, Aubé. I think the two might well form a distinct

genus on account of the Scopeus-like structure of the feet.

Local; under seaweed, Mississippi Bay, Yokohama.

Lithocharis ochracea.

Pederus ochraceus, Gray. Col. Micr. p. 59.

Mr. Lewis has obtained at Nagasaki and Yokohama a few

individuals which [ think belong to this species; unfortu-

nately they are all females, and the determination is a little

uncertain, 4. parviceps being so extremely like this species

that the two can only be certainly distinguished by the male

characters.

Lithocharis dissimilis.

Tithocharis dissimilis, Sharp, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 66.

This species has not been found again ; there is little doubt

that it will form a new genus near Sczoporus, but it would be

scarcely possible to ascertain the characters sufticiently with-

out too great a manipulation of the unique example.

[To be continued. |

XX VI.—Notes on the Genus Melapium, H. and A. Adams.

By Epcar A. Smita.

Tus genus of Mollusca was founded by Messrs. H. and A.

Adams * for the reception of the Pyruda lineata of Lamarck,

a species which appeared to them, even on conchological

grounds alone, generically distinct from Pyru/a, An exami-

nation of the animal, which | have been able to make through

the kindness of Mr. J. H. Ponsonby, confirms the correctness

of their judgment. ‘The animal may be described thus :—

Foot oval, rather high, not truncate or biemarginate in front,

in length about one and a halt times the width, pale beneath,

bordered all round above the margin with two bright red lines

about 2 millim. apart. Head small, compressed. Tentacles

5 or 6 millim. long, acutely tapering. yes minute, at outer

base of tentacles, on slight prominences. ends compressed,

10 to 12 millim. in length, obtuse at the end. Siphon

shortish, moderately acuminate. Branchie in two plumes, the

* Genera Moll. vol. i. p. 136,

268 Mr. E. A. Smith on the

right large, the left small. Operculum none. Odontophore

(see fig.) most resembling that of Rapana bulbosa as figured by

Troschel (‘Gebiss der Schnecken,’ vol. ii. pl. xiii. fig. 13)

consisting of a single tricuspid

central tooth and a single

acute curved lateral. The

central tooth is transversely

elongate and the cusps are es

nearly equal in size, short,

acute, and approximated.

From the above description (taken from spirit-specimens)

it will be seen that, with the exception of the odontophore and

the absence of an operculum, there is a general resemblance

to Buecinum.

The systematic position of Melaptum has naturally been

variously determined. H. and A. Adams placed it in the

subfamily Rapanine of the Buccinide, between the genera

Separatista and Rapa. ‘Tryon located it in the same position,

omitting the subfamily Rapanine, which he included in the

Purpurine. Kobelt unites it with the genus Lapana, and

Fischer * places it near Tudicla in the Turbinellide.

After due consideration I believe its correct position to be

between Rapana and Coralliophila.

There are two species of this genus at present known.

They have been confounded by most authors, with the excep-

tion of Sowerby.

The first species described was the Pyrula lineata of La-

marck. This I believe to be the smaller South-African

species (=bulbus, Wood, also) and not the larger form figured

by Xiener, Reeve, Chenu, Tryon, and Kobelt, which is

undoubtedly the Pyrula elata of Schubert and Wagner.

Lamarck’s description applies in every particular to the

smaller form, but not to the larger. The size (“ 13 lignes ”’)

and the colour of the columella (‘‘ alba’’) certainly indicate

the South-African species, and no mention is made of the

prominent acute keel around the cauda of the body-whorl, a

feature so marked that Lamarck could hardly have failed to

notice it had it existed in the shell before him.

To a great extent Kiener must be held responsible for the

confusion which has hitherto existed with regard to these two

species.

In order to make Lamarck’s diagnosis (which he quotes)

agree with the shell he figured under the name of P. lineata,

he made an alteration, the columella being described as “ albo-

violacea”” instead of “alba.” ‘This was scarcely straight-

* Journ. de Conch, 1854, vol. xxxii. p. 10; Man. Conch. p. 620.

»)

Genus Melapium, H. and A. Adams. 269

forward, as in most instances he quoted Lamarck’s descrip-

tions intact.

However, the shell figured by him certainly was not the

type of the species, the size (2 inches) at once settling that

point.

I have seen a number of the true J. éneatum, and none

have exceeded the dimensions given by Lamarck.

Besides the differences mentioned by Sowerby *, I would

point out that the brown lines in JZ. elata, besides being

“broader and more distant,” are not continued up to the

suture nor so near to the basal extremity as in JZ. lineata,

the latter also (as in Krauss’s specimen) usually exhibiting

some dark spots around the body-whorl a little above the

middle.

The synonymy of the two species is as follows :—

Melapium lineatum (Lamarck).

1822. Pyrula lineata, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. vol. vil. p. 147; (Des-

hayes), ed. 2, vol. ix. p. 520 (1843).

1828. Buecinum bulbus, Wood, Index Test., Suppl. p. 12, pl. iv. fig. 8.

1848. Pyrula lineata, Krauss, Sudafr. Moll. p. 111.

1858. Melapium lineatum, H. & A. Ad. Genera Moll. vol. iii. pl. xiv.

fig. 7

1886, Melapium bulbus, Sowerby, Journ. Conch. vol. v. p. 6.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope (Krauss & Brit. Mus.) ; Port

Elizabeth (Sowerby).

Melapium elatum (Schubert and Wagner).

1829, Pyrula elata, Schub, & Wagn. Conchyl. Cab. vol. xii. pp. 92 and

94, pl. cexxvi. figs. 4012-4013.

1840. Pyrula lineata, Kiener (non Lamarck), Spec. Coq. Viv. p. 24,

cystic: ms

1847. Pyrula lineata, Reeve (non Lamk.), Conch. Icon. vol. iv. pl. viil.

fig. 28.

1859. Melapium lineatum, Chenu, Man. Conch. p. 173, fig. 855,

1878. Rapana lineata, Kobelt, Ulustr. Conchylienbuch, p. 52, pl. xv.

fig. 2.

1880, Melapium lineatum, Tryon, Conch. Man. vol. ii. p, 218, pl. Lxvii.

fig. 395.

1888, Melapium lineatum, Tryon, Syst. Conch. vol. ii. p. 400, pl. xlv.

fig. 50,

Hab. Indian Seas (Avener).

The above probable locality must be accepted with reserve

until it receives confirmation.

* Journ. of Conch. vol. v. p. 6.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iii. 19

270 On a new Genus of Parasitic Mollusca.

XXVII.—Description of a new Genus of Parasitic Mollusca.

By Envaar A. SMITH.

ABouT a year ago the British Museum purchased of Mr.

Robillard, of the Mauritius, among other specimens, a single

example of a shell, which, according to his statement, appears

to have been “ found living onan Echinus.” This specimen

T have been unable to locate in any known genus of parasitic

Mollusca.

The number of genera which may be truly said to be para-

sitic appears to be very small.

Stilifer lives a parasite upon Echini or in the skin or tegu-

ment of starfishes. Some species of Hulima are found in

Holothurians, the abode also of the curious Entoconcha. Sty-

liferina occurs on species of Ophiuride.

Stimpson has named a parasitic mollusk Cochliolepis para-

siticus which lives beneath the scales of an Annelid (Acoétes

lupina). Many species of Ovula are found only upon Gor-

gonie ; Capulus crystallinus infests the rays of starfish; one

or two species of Odostomia are said to occur on Pecten ; the

little Pedicularia lives parasitic upon corals &c.; and the

species of Lhizochilus, Coralliophila, Cryptobia, Leptoconcha,

and Magilus are invariably found in or upon corals, but to

what extent they may be regarded as truly parasitic has not

as yet been determined. The female of Lamellaria perspicua

is said to deposit its eggs in a compound Ascidian (Lepto-

clinum). A few species of bivalves are known to be parasitic.

Lepton parasiticum, Wall, lives upon a sea-urchin (Lemiaster

cavernosus). A species ‘of Montacuta is © invariably found

attached to the spines of Spatangus purpureus and other

Echinoderms of the same kind.” Modvolaria marmorata

burrows into the test of Ascidians, and the genera Vulsella

and Crenatula live in sponges. Pedum and Tridacna and

some species of Lithodomus occur in corals; but these can

scarcely be considered parasitic forms. The glochidium-stage

of Anodonta is truly parasitic, obtaining nourishment from

the fish to which it has become attached.

The species under consideration bears only a general

resemblance in form to one of those which I have mentioned,

namely Cochliolepis parasiticus *, As its conditions of life

are so different, there is little doubt but that it is generically

quite distinct, and | therefore propose to describe it as such

under the name Lodlillardia. Its systematic position is

* Stimpson, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1888, vol. vi. p. 808, woodcut.

Mr. W. L. Distant on the Genus Plisthenes. PA i |

very doubtful at present, the animal being unknown. A small

dried portion of it was attached to the shell, but no odonto-

phore could be discovered in it. Some minute, glassy, grain-

like objects adhering to it proved on examination under the

microscope to be minute shells and doubtless the young of

this species ; there is therefore every reason to believe that it

is viviparous.

The genus and species may be described thus :—

ROBILLARDIA.

Animal parasiticum, Echinos incolens, vivi-

ae ’ .

parum. ‘Testa vitrea, depresse helici-

formis; spira brevis; apertura lunata, Ges

magna ; peristoma simplex, tenue. MESS)

Vis \ ’.

/ vas

Robillardia cernica *. ©) | CQ

Testa tenuis, pellucida, vitrea, nitens, im-

perforata, depresse globosa; anfractus 5

celeriter crescentes, lirulis sulcisque levibus spiralibus striisque

incrementi arcuatis sculpti, convexi, sutura canaliculata sejuncti ;

ultimus magnus, ad peripheriam rotundatus, inferne concentrice

leviter liratus et scrobiculatus, in regione umbilici plus minus

tenuiter callosus; apertura lunata; peristoma tenue, margine

inferiore recedente, columellari supra leviter expanso.

Diam. maj. 8 mm., min. 63; alt. 5.

Hab. Mauritius.

This delicate shell has the glassy texture of Cartnaria and

somewhat the form of certain species of Hyalinia.

XX VII.—Synopsis of the Rhynchotal Genus Plisthenes.

By W. L. Distant.

Tuis genus of Tesseratominsz, founded by Stal in 1864, is

liable by the large size and general resemblance of its repre-

sentatives with their almost common area of distribution to

have its different species unrecognized. ‘This was absolutely

the case with Stal, who, in enumerating the genus (En. Hem.

1. p. 63), included the second species, P. dilatatus, Montr.,

more fully redescribed by Vollenhoven, as a synonym of P.

Meriane, Fabr. I was subsequently (‘Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880,

* From “ Cerne,” an old name of the island of Mauritius.

t9*

272 Mr. W. L. Distant on the Genus Plisthenes.

p- 151), by the acquisition of specimens, enabled to structu-

rally and otherwise separate these two species, and am now, by

the possession of three examples from South-west New Guinea,

recelved through Mr. E. P. Collett from Mr. J.C. Melvill,

in a position to add a third species to the genus. The follow-

ing is a rough synopsis of the same :—

Scutellum unicolorous and with the lateral margins

straight and not distinctly sinuate near apex.

Sternal spine not reaching anterior coxe.

Antenne with the second joint considerably shorter

than the third.

Abdomen beneath with a central, longitudinal

PlCeOUs faselA se ow fot ca te alte ete eae ee P. Meriane.

Sternal spine reaching anterior coxe. ,

Anterne with the second joint very little shorter

than the third.

Abdomen beneath with a central and two sub-

marginal piceous fascize .........2+00-0e0ees P. dilatatus.

Scutellum with the apex ochraceous and with the lateral

margins distinctly sinuate near apex............6. P. scutellatus.

Plisthenes scutellatus, n. sp.

Allied to P. dilatatus, but differing by having the lateral

margins of the scutellum distinctly sinuate near apex, which

is broadly ochraceous, with the tip black. The second and

third joints of the antenne are almost subequal in length, and

the apex of the third joint is ochraceous (fourth joint muti-

lated). The sternal spine about reaches the anterior coxe, as

in P. dilatatus.

Long. 28 to 33 millim.

Hab. South-west New Guinea (J. C. Melvill).

The three species vary very much in the size of their

representatives, and P. Mertane in the colour of the antenna,

which in typical examples have only the last joint ochraceous,

whilst in some Australian specimens, as pointed out by Stal,

and in some from Murray Island, as already described by

myself, both the third and fourth joints are ochraceous.

The following are the localities of the specimens in my own

collection :—

P. Meriane, Fabr.—Amboina, Torres Straits, Port

Moresby, Murray Island.

P. dilatatus, Montr.—Port Moresby, Celebes.

P. scutellatus, Dist.—South-west New Guinea.

Dr. G. Baur on “ Aulacochelys,” Lydekker, de. 273

XXIX.—On “ Aulacochelys,” Lydekker, and the Systematic

Position of Anosteira, Letdy, and Pseudotrionyx, Dollo.

By Dr. G. Baur, New Haven, Conn.

In the January number of this Journal Mr. R. Lydekker *

established a genus Aulacochelys tor Trionyx circumsulcatus,

Owen.

The character of this genus consists in the “ presence of a

deep groove in the free border of the costals,” and in this it

is said to differ “ from all species of Trionyx.”

At first we may ask, Is a groove in a portion of a dermal

ossification of generic value? and may sately answer that it

is not.

Such a groove is very common at the outer end of the

united hyo- and hypoplastra in the Trionychidee; and this

fact alone contradicts the generic value of such a structure.

‘This groove may be present or absent in the same species ; it

is generally present in old individuals. But if we find it

even on the pleuralia (costals) of living Trionychide, it is

simply individual and without any systematic value what-

ever. In old specimens of Aspidonectes fercx, Schn., and

of Aspidonectes muticus, Les., this groove is very well deve-

loped. In other specimens of the same species and different

Trionychide I find no trace of it.

The genus Au/acochelys, Lydekker, therefore is not entitled

to recognition as being based upon such trivial characters.

In the same paper a new species of Anostetra is proposed

and named A. anglica. It is based on one anterior maryinal

and a xiphiplastral. This form cannot be distinguished from

the Anostetra radulata, Cope t, described in 1871 and figured

in Prof. Cepe’s t well-known work on the Vertebrata ot the

‘Vertiaries of the West.

It seems that Mr. Lydekker was not aware of the existence

of another species of Anosteira except Leidy’s type.

In the same number of this Magazine§ [I have remarked

that Anostecra belongs either to the Staurotypide or Cino-

* Lydekker, R., “ Preliminary Notice of new Fossil Chelonia,” Ann,

& Mag. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1889, p. 53.

t Cope, EK. D., “ Descriptions of new Extinct Reptiles from the Upper

Green River Eocene Basin, Wyoming,” Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. vol. xii.

Jan. 1871—Dec. 1872: Philadelphia, 1875 (paper published Oct. 12, 1871).

{ Cope, E. D., ‘The Vertebrata of the Tertiary Formations of the

West,’ Book I., Washington, 1883 (published Jan. 1885), p. 128, pl. xviii,

fios. 18, 19.

as Baur, Dr. G., “ The Systematic Position of Metolania, Owen,” Ann,

& Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1889, pp. 58, 59.

274 Dr. G. Baur on “ Aulacochelys,” Lydekker, ce.

sternide. I now give a more detailed account of my reasons.

When Prof. Leidy * gave the first notice of this interesting

fossil he said :—‘‘ None of the plates exhibit scute impres-

sions, generally so evident in the Emydes.” But in his full

description he states T:—“ A few of the plates exhibit obscure

lines, but I am uncertain as to whether they accord with the

areas of the scutes.”

Prof. Leidy does not give to Anosteira a definite position in

the system. Prof. Cope t places the form among the Chely-

dride, and observes :—‘ This genus must be regarded as an

interesting intermediate type connecting Pledstomenus and

Chelydra or Dermatemys. In skin and sculpture it is iden-

tical with the first, in carapace and plastron most like

Chelydra” (p. 127). This view is adopted by Dollo §, who

places Anostetra together with his Pseudotrionyx among the

Chelydrida.

Lydekker, in some notes on this paper, held the opinion that

Pseudotrionyx might perhaps be referred to the Trionychide

(Geol. Mag. 1886, p. 521); but this view was abandoned in

1887, when Boulenger and Lydekker|| declared that it may pro-

bably be regarded as belonging to a distinct family from the

absence of epidermal shields. This family was called the

Pseudotrionychide by Boulenger{], containing Pseudotrionyxr

and Anosteira, and placed near the Cinosternide.

The absence of dermal scutes seems to be generally ad-

mitted. But in fact they are not entirely missing. The

marks observed by Leidy are really marks produced by the

impression of scutes. They are well shown at the posterior

peripheralia (marginals), and especially on the pygal, in a

specimen of Anosteira ornata, Leidy, in the Yale College

Museum. I could not find any marks on the plastron; but

it seems probable that scutes existed all over the shell. The

impressions on the plastron of the Cinosternide, particularly

in Monochelys odorata, are already insignificant.

I have shown (Osteol. Notizen iiber Reptilien, Fortsetzung

vi.) that the Staurotypide and Cinosternide are the only

known living Testudinata which have ten peripheralia, eight

* Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1871, pp. 102, 103.

t+ Leidy, Joseph, ‘Contributions to the Extinct Vertebrate Fauna of

the Western Territories,’ Washington, 1873, p. 175.

{ Cope, E. D., ‘The Vertebrata of the Tertiary, &ec.,’ p. 112. _

§ Dollo, L., “ Premiére note sur les Chéloniens du Bruxellien (Kocéne

Moyen) de la Belgique,” Bull. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg. tome iv. 1886,

. 96.

|| Lydekker, R., and G. A. Boulenger, ‘ Notes on Chelonia from the

Purbeck, Wealden, and London Clay,” Geol. Mag. June 1887, p. 274.

4, ‘ Encyclopedia Britannica,’ 9th ed. vol. xxiii, 1888, p. 457.

Dr. G. Baur on “ Aulacochelys, Lydekker, Ge. 275

of which (three to ten) are connected with the ends of the ribs.

We find the same in Anostetra and Pseudctrionyx. In all the

Staurotypide and Cinosternide one or more of the posterior

neurals are absent, and in all only one postneural is developed.

In Anosteira and Pseudotrionyx there are only seven neurals

and one posineural,

The forms «i the xiphiplastron in Anostezra is like that of

the Cinosternide (especially Monochelys); but whether the

endoplastron was present or not is still a question. The

Staurotypidee }cve this element; in the Cinosternide it is

missing. Prof. Gope * observes that in Stawrotypus the endo-

plastron (mesoplastron, Cope) is missing.

But atier examination of Prof. Cope’s originals U find that

there is a well-developed endoplastron, as mentioned by

Giinther and Boulenger. Le Conte ¢ has stated that a rudi-

ment of the endoplastron is present in the young Cinoster-

nidx. I find in specimens of Monochelys odorata and Cino-

sternum pennsylranicum (length of plastron 15 millim.),

which I owe to the kindness of Prof. A. Agassiz, no trace of

an endoplastron. The epiplastra are separated from the

hyoplastra in the median line, the xiphiplastra from the

hypoplastra, forming two considerable fontanelles.

Hyo- and hypoplastra are suturally united, without any

fontanelle in the middle.

The plastron of the Cinosternid and probably the Stauro-

typida develops in a way totally different from the other

Testudinata, so far as | am aware. We always find in them

a median fontanelle in the young animal. Until it is ascer-

tained whether Anostetra and Pseudotrionyx have an endo-

plastron or not, it is impossible to determine the correct

systematic position. Undoubtedly these forms are very near

to the families mentioned.

It is probable that the nuchal had well-developed lateral

processes ; I find a gioove for such a process on the second

peripheral, but none on the first. I have not seen, however,

a complete nuchal. In Pseuwdotrionyx there is no trace of a

protuberance on the eighth pleural (fig. of Dollo), This is

present in the Cinosternide, where the ilium is connected; I

do not know how the Staurotypide are in this regard, having

no skeleton before me now. Until the endoplastron-question

* Cope, E. D., “Catalogue of Batrachians and Reptiles of Central

America and Mexico,” Bull. Un. Stat. Nat. Mus, no. 32, Washington,

1887, p. 23.

t+ Le Conte, John, “ Description of four new Species of Avnosternon,”

Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Philad, vol. vii, 1854-55: Philadelphia, 1856,

p. 186.

276 Dr. G. Baur on “ Aulacochelys,” Lydekker, ke.

is solved, Anosietva and Pseudotrionyx may be placed (pro-

visionally following Boulenger) in a separate family.

The question now arises, what is Apholiclemys of Pomel * ?

We are still restricted to the very short original description

of 1847, nothing new having been published since this time.

Pomel’s’ wor ds are :—“ Mr. Lévéque a recueilli dans le calcaire

grossier, & Cuise-la-Motte, prés Compiégne, des tortues sans

écailles, ou trionyx, qui ont un caractére remarquable dans la

présence de piéces marginales bien plus développées que dans

les cryptopus, avee un plastron, comme dans les gymnopus.

C’est un liaison entre les émydes et les trionyx, bien plus

évidente que par le tretosternum, puisque certaines émydes

Vivantes ont aussi ces eranulations de la surface. Ici c’est un

carapace A laquelle il ne manque plus que des écailles pour

étre celle d’une émyde & surface tuberculée; je donne a ce

nouveau sous-genre le nom d’Apholiclemys, renfermant pro-

bablement deux espéces (A. sublevis et A. granosa). i

Gervais } calls these forms “ Trdonya granosa” and “ Trio-

nyx levigata,’ without giving any reasons, and says that

according to Mr. Graves they are found in “les sables glau-

conieux moyens de Cuise-la-Motte et de Pierrefonds.” The

‘whereabouts ” of the type specimens seem to be unknown.

1 am obliged to Prof. A. Gaudry for the following communi-

cation (April 23, 1888) :—“ On m’a dit que les échantillons de

Ja collection Léveque sur lesquels M. Pomel dit avoir fait

son travail ont été dispersés.”

It is possible that Apholickmys may be identical with

Anostetra or Pseudotricnyx, and it would be very interesting

if the remains of this form could be figured and redeseribed.

That Pseudotrionya is a different genus from Anosteira seems

to be certain. In Pseudotrionyx a small ‘ fontanelle” is

present between the carapace and plastron (‘ échancrure natu-

relle, reste d’une fontanelle latérale,” Dollo). Is it not possible

that this place is filled up by a mesoplastron ¢ ?

TheCinosternide and Staurotypide are found at present only

in the northern parts of South America, in Central America

and Noth America; the discovery of such or allied forms in

the Eocene of Europe is of great interest f.

New Haven, Conn.,

Feb. 3, 1889.

* Pomel, ‘Note sur les Mammiféres et les Reptiles Fossiles des Ter-

rains éocénes de Paris inférieurs au dépot Gypseux,” Supplément a nes

Bibliotheque Univ. de Genéve, Arch. des Se. phys. et nat. tome iv. p.

(Genéve, Paris, 1847).

+ Gervais, Paul, ‘ Zoologie et Paléontologie francaise,’ deuxiéme éd.,

Paris, 1859, p. 440,

{ 1 do not know whether Dithyrosternon, Pictet, belongs here, ne

having seen the figures of this fossil.

Mr. G. Lewis on new Species of Histeride. 277

XXX.—On new Species of Histeride.

By Gerorce Lewis, F.L.S.

THIS paper is the fifth of a series published in this periodical

relating to the Histeride. The first appeared in 1884, the

second and third in 1885, and the fourth in 1888,

ageregate number of species treated of in the several memoirs

iisiad Roy te

List of Species now noticed.

Phylloma exutum,

Platysoma palmipes.

Gorhami.

baliolum.

delicatum.

seitulum.

Eblisia convexa.

Kpierus rufulus, Lewis.

Pachycrerus modestus.

Ceelocrera nitida, Lewis.

punctulatum, Levwzes.

Hister circularis.

pyxidatus,

tenuistriatus.

Stictostix californicus, Horn.

Carcinops currax, Mars.

ovatula.

Triballus catenarius.

Sternoccelis Sedilloti.

Saprinus aterrimus, Er.

Teretrius basalis.

Teretriosoma cyaneum.

Hister africanus.

—— sulcipygus.

facetum, Lewis.

Trypanzeus bipustulatus, F.

Phylloma exutum, n. sp.

Oblongo-ovatum, depressum, nigrum, nitidum ; fronte antice trans-

versim impressa, medio subtuberculata ; mandibulis latioribus ;

pronoto utrinque obscure punctulato, linea ante scutellum, stria

laterali integra; elytris margine inflexo parum rugoso, striis 2

dorsalibus brevibus ; propygidio bifoveolato, circum punctato, in

medio linea longitudinaliter elevata; pygidio dense punctato,

margine anguste levi; prosterno plano; mesosterno late emar-

ginato, haud striato ; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis.

Long. 93 millim.

This species is nearly as broad again as P. mandibularis

Mars. (with the type of which it has been compared), but its

general similarity is greater to that than to any other known

species. The frontal median elevation or tubercle is not con-

spicuous, otherwise it might be said to correspond with P.

monodon, Mars., in this particular. The elevated median line

on the pygidium is very distinct between the two foves, but it

is evanescent at the centre. The pygidium is punctured in

the middle, with a smooth margin somewhat like that of

P. facetum, Lewis, figured in Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. vol. ii.

pt. 1, pl. iv. fig. 17a, but narrower. Phylloma is a genus

erected by Erichson in 1834 for Hololepta corticalis, Paykull,

278 Mr. G. Lewis on new Species of Histeride.

which is a very different species from the others included in

Phylloma ; and whether the characters which are now held to

separate them from Lioderma and Hololepta will permanently

be regarded as satisfactory, it seems too early in the study of

the group to decide. Paykull first published Hololepta in

1811, and the first species referred to the genus is now known

as Platysoma depressum, ¥., and the second as Paromalus com-

planatus, Panz.; the type of Hololepta is now considered to be

plana, Fuessly.

Hab. Ecuador.

Flatysoma palmipes, 0. sp.

Oblongo-ovatum, subdepressum, nigrum, nitidum ; fronte impressa,

stria transversa recta; pronoto stria integra; elytris striis 1?-3™

integris parum late impressis, 5* ante medium, 4* valde abbreviatis,

suturali obsoleta, epipleura valde bicarinata ; propygidio utrinque

impresso, punctato ; pygidio apice marginato, dense ocellato-punc-

tato; prosterno haud striato, subparallelo, vix conyexo ; meso-

sterno antice emarginato, stria integra; tibiis late dilatatis, anti-

cis et posticis fortiter 4-dentatis.

Long. 6-63 millim.

This fine species is apparently similar to P. Hageni, Mars.,

a species [ know only by description. ‘The first three striae

of the elytra are wide, the epipleura bicarinate, the anterior

angles of the thorax obtusely produced, and all the tibiz are

remarkably dilated, corresponding in this respect to Hester

latettbius, Mars. In P. Hagent the mesosternal stria is

interrupted and the insect only measures 4 millim.

Hab. Lampongs, Sumatra (Van de Poll).

Platysoma Gorhami, n. sp.

Oblongo-ovatum, subdepressum, nigro-nitidum ; fronte tenuissime

punctulata, leviter depressa, stria sinuata; pronoto angulis an-

ticis valide productis, stria integra vix profunde impressa, ante

scutellum minute foveolato ; elytris striis 1*—2* integris validis, 3*

in medio parum interrupta, 4* apicali; propygidio biimpresso, trans-

versim punctato; pygidio grosse et dense punctato, posterius

marginato; prosterno medio vix angusto, haud striato; meso-

sterno leviter sinuato, stria integra; tibiis anticis 4-, posticis 3-

dentatis.

Long. 53? millim.

This species is one third smaller than P. Murray, Mars.,

from Old Calabar, and the mesosternal stria leaves only a

narrow margin in the first, but in Murray? it is broad.

Hab. Ganzibar.

Mr. G. Lewis on new Species of Histeride. 279

This is a capture made by Dr. Livingstone, and I am in-

debted to my friend the Rev. H. S. Gorham for the specimen.

Platysoma baliolum, n. sp.

Ovatum, subdepressum, nigrum, nitidum, punctulatum ; fronte im-

pressa, stria integra supra oculos valida ; pronoto transverso, stria

integra pone oculos crenata; elytris striis 17-4" integris, 5* basi, 6°

medio abbreviatis ; propygidio transversim, pygidio undique, grosse

punctatis ; prosterno haud striato; mesosterno leviter emargi-

nato, stria integra tenuiter impressa ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

Long. 23 millim.

This little species is about one third of the stature of P.

capense, Wiedem., and resembles it in form and sculpture.

In daliolum the punctuation of the elytra is much finer than

that of the thorax, the fourth elytral stria is complete, and

the fifth nearly so; the prosternum is narrow beyond the coxa,

the basal lobe being almost circular in outline. In capense the

prosternum is narrow and the basal lobe scarcely widened out

at all, and the surfaces of the sterna are much more conspicu-

ously punctulate.

Ilab. Ganzibar (Raffray).

Platysoma punctulatum, Lewis, is a variety of P. capense,

Wiedem., and the locality given for 1it—Assam—is probably

an error.

Platysoma delicatum, n. sp.

Oblongo-ovatum, parum convexum, rufo-piceum, nitidum; fronte

vix concava, punctata, supra oculos elevata; pronoto in medio

levissime longitudinaliter impresso, sparse et minime profunde

punctato, stria pone oculos interrupta, parte in medio utrinque

hamata; elytrisapicibus punctulatis, striis dorsalibus 1*—6™ integris ;

propygidio pygidioque sparse punctulatis; prosterno lobo grosse

punctato, bistriato, striis utrinque junctis ; mesosterno late emar-

ginato marginatoque; tibils anticis 7—-8-dentatis, posticis 3—-4-

spinosis.

Long. 2 millim,

This species is unlike any other I know, but it may be a

type of Platysoma peculiar to South America, in which

country, however, the genus is very poorly represented.

In the torm of the thoracic stria it corresponds with some of

the cylindrical species, such as P. Aubez, Mars. (Mon. 1861,

p. 152, t. ui. fig. 12). The thoracic punctures are shallow,

somewhat oblong, and finely cut, and the elytral strie are all

complete.

Hab. Vambillo, Brazil (Reitter).

280 Mr. G. Lewis on new Species of Histeride.

Platysoma scitulum, n. sp.

Ovato-parallelum, subdepressum, nigro-piceum, nitidum; fronte

concava, vix dense punctulata, stria transversa tenuiter impressa in

medio sinuata ; pronoto subquadrato, lateribus late punctato, stria .

pone oculos interrupta (ut in P. delicato) ; elytris striis 14-3" inte-

gris, 4*-6™ brevibus ; propygidio grosse et prave punctato ; pygidio

utrinque impresso, undique punctato ; prosterno plano, parum lato,

haud striato; mesosterno valide marginato, late emarginato,

lateraliter bistriato, metasterno medio. leviter impresso; tibiis

anticis 3-dentatis.

Long. 4 millim.

Platysomoa. scitulum is remarkable in having the thoracic

stria interrupted behind the eyes, with the median portion

hamate at either end. The three abbreviated striz of the

elytra are feebly impressed and are placed before the apex,

the middle one being the shortest and most faint and the

sutural one in front of the others. The propygidium is irre-

gularly punctured, the punctures inclining to ocellation, and

some are deeper anteriorly than behind. ‘The species may be

inserted in the catalogue near P. paugamt, Mars.

Hab. Borneo (Wallace).

EBLISIA, nov. gen.

This genus is proposed to receive Phelister lunaticus,

Mars., ard its allies celebius, speculipygus, and convexca—

species which have no frontal depression such as would

authorize their inclusion in Platysoma, and yet at the same time

the mesosternum is emarginate in front, a salient character

which must exclude them trom Phelister. The type of Phe-

Lister is venustus, Mars., an insect which has the mesosternum

produced in front, and the generic character ‘ mesosternum

bisinuatum ” is conspicuous. But in dwnaticus the prosternum

corresponds with that in Platysoma, inasmuch as one of the

essential characters of the genus is ‘‘ prosternum compressum,

basi rotundatum zn mesosterno receptum.” ‘The genus Platy-

soma at present contains some species which | think must

ultimately be detached from it; 1 speak of species such as

decemstriatum, Motsch., and exiguum, Lewis; but | think these

may be assigned at present to the genus Necotikis, Mars.,

suggested for Platysoma incisipygus (Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6)

lil. p. 67).

Eblisia convexa, n. sp.

Ovata, convexiuscula, nigra, nitida; fronte impunctata, convexa, stria

Mr. G. Lewis on new Species of Histeride. 281.

transversa valida ; pronoto stria integra lateraliter valida, post

oculos leviter impressa, margine lato; elytris striis 1* integra, 2*

basi abbreviata, 3* postice late interrupta, 4%-5* apicalibus, sutu-

rali nulla; propygidio utrinque late impresso, medio longitudin-

aliter anguste elevato ; pygidio convexo, impunctato, basi utrinque

pr ofunde excavato ; pr -osterno basi subimpresso, haud striato, parce

et tenuissime punctulato ; mesosterno stria marginali arcuatim

integra; tibis anticis 4-5-dentatis.

Long. 4 millim.

This species has something of the facies and is of the size of

Hister ruficornis, Grimm, and is therefore longer and more

convex than its near allies Phelister lunaticus “and celebius,

Mars. The fossettes in the pygidium are very large and

round, after the manner of those in Apobletes diopsipygus,

Mars., and the space between them and the apex of the seg-

ment is smooth.

Hab. Borneo (Doherty).

Note.—I have placed a remarkable Histerid in Epierus,

viz. Epierus rufulus, Lewis (Biol. Centr.-Amer., Coleopt.

vol. i. pt. 1, p. 208), because, although it has the facies of a

Phelister, except perhaps in the forehead, the mesosternum

is emarginate anteriorly, and Marseul’s definition of Phelister

is that the mesosternum is ‘ bisinué en devant, avec une

petite pointe médiane qui répond a Véchancrure de la base du

prosternum.” In Phelister, Pachycrerus, Trypancus, and

allies the projecting mesosternum is a valid and salient cha-

racter, and I think it cannot be desirable to associate species

together which differ so essentially in this respect as Lpierus

rufulus, Lewis, and Phelister venustus, Mars.

Pachycrerus modestus, n. sp.

Oblongo-ovatus, subconvexus, nigro-piceus; antennis pedibusque

rufis ; fronte impressa, stria valida integra; pronoto sat fortiter

punctato, stria post oculos late interrupta; elytris apicibus punc-

tatis, striis 1*-3™ dorsalibus integris, 4* interrupta, 5* et suturali

abbreviatis ; propygidio pygidioque punctatis ; prosterno bistriato,

striis parallelis; mesosterno marginato, stria integra; tibiis

anticis 7-, posticis 3-dentatis.

Long. 33 millim.

This species is similar to P. arabicus, Lewis, in colour, and

to P. Bocandet, Mars.,in size and form. The prosternal striz

widen out at the base, but are almost parallel beyond the

coxe, and terminate at the transverse stria which divides the

main part of the sternum from the lobe.

Hab. Zanzibar (Raffray).

282 Mr. G. Lewis on new Species of Histeride.

Pachycrerus arabicus, Lewis, is less convex and more oval

than modestus, with the three abbreviated elytral striz more

lightly impressed and shortened also posteriorly. The fore-

head is more convex within the area of the stria, the prono-

tum is more transverse and less punctured in the centre, and

the prosternal striz are wider apart, not quite so parallel, and

the interstice between them is more truncate in front.

Colocrera nitida, Lewis.

This species should be placed in Phelister until the genus is

more fully revised ; the insect is allied to P, cireulifrons, Mars.,

from Senegal. It differs especially from the latter by the

fourth elytral stria being complete and the fifth reaching the

middle. The sutural stria is similar in both insects.

Hister africanus, n. sp.

Ovatus, parum convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte plana, stria integra

antice subrecta ; pronoto striis duabus pone oculos coalescentibus ;

elytris striis 1*-5™ integris, 6* basi abbreviata, 7* magis longa; pro-

pygidio pygidioque dense et parum grosse punctatis ; mesosterno

subemarginato, stria marginali integra ; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis.

Long. 7; millim.

The figure of Hister afer, Paykull, given in his monograph,

tab. xiii. f. vi., agrees well with this species, except that in

africanus the thorax is impunctate, the propygidium and

ygidium are densely punctate, and the fifth dorsal stria is

onger and the sixth shorter. Paykull’s species came from

Guinea, mine is labelled by Mr. Bates (to whom I am much

indebted for a unique example) ‘ River Lujenda, Hast Africa.”

Both the species mentioned above have the elytral strize

arranged on a similar plan to Contipus didymostrius, Mars.,

and Hister mtesa, Ancey, but the last has the mesosternum

very curiously sculptured. The punctuation of the pygidium

and the form of the mesosternum in //. africanus and Mechowi?,

Schmidt, are almost identical.

Hab. E. Africa.

Hister sulcipygus, n. sp.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus, levis; fronte antice biimpressa, stria

elevata antice recta; mandibulis bidentatis, extus marginatis ;

pronoto striis 2 lateralibus validis ante basin terminatis ; elytris

striis 14-3” integris, 4* apicali brevi vel obsoleta ; propygidio pygi-

dioque sat dense et grosse punctatis; pygidio utrinque profunde

sulcato ; prosterno haud striato; mesosterno antice parum lato,

Mr. G. Lewis on new Species of Histeride. 283

recto, stria integra; tibiis anticis valide tridentatis, er ee bi-

Sete nta spinosis.

Long. 7} millim.

Hister sulcipygus should be placed in the list next to

agnavus, Fahr., as it agrees with it in several characters, such

as the subhumeral stria, general contour, and punctuation.

The differences are that the epistoma is round and marginate

anteriorly, mandibles marginate, frontal stria elevated, and

the thoracic striz are but two in number. The propygidium

is wholly punctured, and the two sulci on the outer margin of

the pygidium are deep, somewhat oval, and unlike anything

yet seen in the genus Sister.

Hab. Mombas.

I am mnch indebted to Mr. H. W. Bates for a specimen of

this singular insect.

Hister ctircularis, n. sp.

Breviter ovalis, depressus, niger, nitidus ; fronte triangulariter ex-

cavata, stria transversa elevata, utrinque angulata, mandibulis

extus marginatis ; pronoto stria externa dimidiata, interna integra,

antice crenulata; elytris striis 1*~3™ integris validis, 4* et 5* api-

calibus brevissimis, tenuiter impressis, suturali basi abbreviata ;

propygidio utrinque leviter impresso, parce punctulato; prosterno

parum brevi; mesosterno haud sinuato, stria integra tenuiter

impressa ; tibiis anticis valide 3-dentatis,

Long. 64 millim.

Macrosternus circularis, Mars., has a similar outline and

convexity to this species, and I have adopted the same trivial

name for it. At present the species, although it is very dis-

similar to any hitherto described except /. circulus, Schmidt,

the description of which is in the press, may be placed i in the

same group as equatorius, Mars. ‘The prosternum is divided

into two nearly equal parts by a transverse line ; the anterior

lobe is punctured and has three well-marked striz on each

side. ‘The anterior outline of the mesosternum is teebly bow-

shaped.

Hab. Senegal.

There is one specimen in the British Museum, another in

my own cabinet.

Hister pyxidatus, n. sp.

Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria valida antice

recta; pronoto tenuissime punctulato, stria laterali interna integra,

externa brevi; elytrisstriis 1*— 3" integris, 4* et 5* brevissimis, suta-

rali dimidiata ; ; propygidio utrinque impresso parum dense pygidio

284 ‘Mr. G. Lewis on new Species of Histeridee.

subtiliter punctatis ; prosterno ut in hellwone; mesosterno sinuato,

stria integra ; tiblis anticis 3-dentatis, posticis multispinosis.

Long. 6 millim.

This species is extremely like H. helluo, Mars. The differ-

ences are: the head is broader, the lateral punctures of the

thorax are absent, the fourth elytral stria is apical and very

short, and the sutural much abbreviated at the base, but very

clear, and it is curved outwards towards the apex. Beneath,

the mesosternum is feebly emarginate and the stria is nearly

straight anteriorly. In 4. helluo the stria follows the course of

the anterior emargination, The anterior tibiw also are tri-

dentate. I have seen the type of Hister helluonides, Mars.,

and it differs from hedlwo much more than the present species.

Hab. Abyssinia (Laffray).

Fister tenuistriatus, n. sp.

Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte longitudinaliter im-

pressa stria valida; pronoto antice utrinque sinuato, stria interna

valida integra, externa tenuissime impressa, basi vix abbreviata ;

elytris striis 1*-3™ validis integris, 4° dimidiata vix interrupta,

5® apicali brevissima, suturali basi late abbreviata ; propygidio

parce punctato, pygidio probe levi; prosterno vix brevi transversim

sulcato, lobo antico impunctato ; mesosterno haud emarginato,

stria integra, sed tenuiter impressa.

Long. 63 millim.

The shape of the thorax behind the head gives an outline

which corresponds with the outline given in the figure of

Terapus, Mars , Mon. 1862, t. 7, no. 40, f. 1. The outer

thoracic stria is very fine, close to the marginal edge, and it

terminates just before the base, and between it and the inner

stria there 1s a broad interstice. To be placed in the catalogue

near [Hister singalanus, Mars.

Hab. Borneo (Doherty). Two examples.

Sricrostix, Marseul, Ann. Soc. Belg. xii. 1870, p. 92.

Triballus californicus, Horn, may be placed in this genus

provisionally, for although its outline is very different from

that of S. parra, Mars., its general characters seem to be the

same.

Carcinops currax, Marseul, 1870= C. geminata, Leconte,

1859. Specimens are extant in collections which have been

labelled ‘‘ Oran, Algeria,” and this has no doubt misled

Marseul. This species, with C. radula, Mars., Garbigliettit,

Mars., conjuncta, Say, multistriatus, Lewis, and punctinotus,

Lewis, belong to the genus Xestipyge, Mars. Mon. 1862, p. 6.

Tr. G. Lewis on new Species of Histeride. 285

Carcinops radula, as suggested in the Biol. Centr.-Amer.,

Col. vol. ii. pt. 1, p. 209, is probably a native of California,

whence I have lately received a specimen sent with a series

of C. consors.

Carcinops ovatula, n. sp.

Late ovalis, parum convexa, nigra, subnitida; fronte sparse punc-

tulata, stria supra oculos subelevata, antice late interrupta ; pro-

noto stria marginali integra, sparse punctato ; elytris striis

humerali et 5 primis integris, suturali antice parum abbreviata ;

pygidio rufo, subtilissime punctulato, basi utrinque foveolato ;

prosterno vix lato, bistriato, striis basi conjunctis ; mesosterno

antice recto et marginato ; antennis pedibusque rufis.

Long. 23? millim.

This species closely resembles C. consors, Leconte, but it

is much broader, and the mesosternum is not sinuate in front.

The two fovee in the pygidium are distinctive characters in

ovatula, and will serve to separate it from consors and gilensis,

Leconte.

Hab, Blumenau, 8. Brazil.

(‘There is a reference to this species in the Biol. Centr.-

Amer., Col. vol. ii. pt. 1, 1888, p. 210.)

Triballus catenarius, n. sp.

Breviter ovalis, convexus, brunneus, nitidus ; antennis pedibusque

ferrugineis; supra tenuiter et minutissime punctulatus ; fronte im-

pressa stria supra oculos valida, antice interrupta ; pronoto stria

laterali integra, basi transversim punctata, ante scutellum sub-

foveolato ; elytris stria humerali integra, dorsali nulla ; prosterno

bistriato et undique minutissime tessellato; mesosterno stria

antice late interrupto, postice recto perspicue impresso.

This species is the size of 7. Kanigius, Mars., but it is more

oval, brown in colour, the dorsal punctures are barely visible,

and the prosternum is not punctured, but very finely and closely

tessellate, and the stria which indicates the base of the meso-

sternum is not crenulate but very clearly catenulate, agreeing

in this respect with 7. Ogiert, Mars., and colombius, Mars. ;

but in colombius the stria is feebly arcuate.

Hab. Pulo batu (Semper).

Sternocelis Sedilloti, n. sp.

Breviter ovalis, supra parce pilis fulvis erectis, brunneus, nitidus ;

pedibus dilutioribus ; fronte dense punctata, stria utrinque valida ;

pronoto angulis obliquis, antice vix dense ocellato-punctato,

postice parce punctulato; elytris disperse punctulatis, tristriatis,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iii. 20

286 Mr, G. Lewis on new Species of Histeride.

stria 3° dimidiata ; propygidio vix dense ocellato-punctato; pygi-

dio obscure punctato; prosterno probe lato, inter striis plano,

undique grosse et minime profunde punctato, stria laterali ante

coxas parum divaricata; tibiis valide triangulariter dilatatis.

Long. 1? millim.

In colour this species agrees with politus, Schmidt, and it

is pilous in the same way, but the prosternum is ona different

plan. In Sedilloti the prosternum between the striae is on one

plane, the surface is sculptured with large shallow punctures

closely set together and more or less rugose anteriorly, the

rugosity being most apparent on the lobe; and the base, as

in pluristriatus, Fairm., is narrowly smooth. The prosternal

strie are one third wider apart than in pluristriatus, and they

diverge slightly in front of the coxe.

In many species of this genus the prosternum has a trans-

verse bulge or ridge across the centre of the keel; it may be

observed well in S. cancer, Bedeli, punctulatus, and plurv-

striatus. But in the hispanicus and arachnoides group there

is a transverse sulcus which divides the main part of the pro-

sternum from the lobe. In these last species the lobe is said

to be reflexed. Monsieur Sédillot, whose labours in connexion

with the Mediterranean fauna are well known, captured this

species at Kef Kourrat, in the Province of Constantine, in

1886.

Saprinus aterrimus, Krichson.

A long series of this insect, recently brought from 8. Cathe-

rine, shows that the species possesses somewhat similar sexual

characters to those in Saprinus weneicollis, Mars., and cceso-

pygus, Mars. The female has a very deep sulcus in the apex

of the pygidium, formed like a widened-out V, and the inter-

median angle is prominent.

Teretrius basalis, n. sp.

Cylindricus, subelongatus, subrufus, nitidus, undique punctulatus

et minutissime strigosus ; fronte parum convexa, haud striata ;

pronoto stria integra; elytris transversim basi rufo-marginatis ;

prosterno basi impresso striis obscuris divaricatis, lobo antice

marginato ; mesosterno marginate, parum acute producto ; tibiis

anticis 7-dentatis.

Long. 2} millim.

This species is about the size of picipes, F., but rather

more cylindrical. ‘The elytra are without the smooth bases

so commonly seen in the genus, but immediately behind such

Mr. G. Lewis on new Species of Histeride. 287

corresponding areas is a narrow reddish band. The pro-

sternum is margined in front, and has a lateral sinuate stria

which passes from the anterior margin, from a point nearly

behind the eyes, to the coxe. The ordinary striz between

the coxe are very faint and gradually diverge from their

bases.

Hab, Australia.

I am much indebted to Mons. Antoine Grouvelle for a

unique example he has received from Adelaide.

Teretriosoma cyaneum, n. sp.

Subcylindricum, cyaneum, nitidum ; antennis pedibusque rufis ;

supra subocellato-punctatum ; fronte plana haud striata; pronoto

stria integra, margine laterali vix elevato; propygidio pygidioque

vequaliter punctatis; prosterno mesosternoque latis et immargi-

natis; tibiis anticis intus parve flavo-ciliatis, extus 6-7-, inter-

mediis 7-spinosis.

Long. 33 millim.

This species is less brilliant than 7. festivuwm, Lewis; it

may be distinguished by the scape of the antenne having long

flavous hairs which are very conspicuous. The prosternum

has a small impression at its base, and the mesosternum is

very obtusely produced in front.

Hab. Brazil (Dr. Sahlberg), no. 2788.

Teretriosoma facetum, Lewis.

This species has the prosternum covered with large punctures,

and it is not striated. ‘The mesosternum has similar punc-

tures, but they are not set so closely together, and the anterior

margin is bordered by a stria. ‘The concave portion of the

pygidium is rugose.

Trypaneus bipustulatus,

“Cylindricus, ater, nitidus, thorace elytris longiore; elytris punctis

rufis, Affinis preecedenti[ proboscideus |, at minor et elytra macula

magna rufa.

“Fab. in America mer.”

This memorandum refers to a species about the size of

miles, Mars.; but as the description is of no value, it will be

best to consider the name a manuscript one.

288 Geological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 21, 1888.—W. T. Blanford, LL.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “ Notes on the Remains and Affinities of five Genera of Meso-

zoic Reptiles.” By R. Lydekker, Esq., B.A., F.G.S.

This paper was divided into five sections. In the first the Author

described the dorsal vertebra of a small Dinosaur from the Cam-

bridge Greensand, which he regarded as probably identical with the

genus Syngonosaurus, Seeley. Reasons were then given for regard-

ing this form as being a member of the Scelidosauride, stress being

laid on the absence of a costal facet on the centrum.

The second section described an axis vertebra from the Wealden

of the Isle of Wight, which is evidently Dinosaurian, and may

possibly belong to Megalosaurus. It is remarkable for exhibiting

an intercentrum on its anterior aspect, and also for the absence of

anchylosis between its centrum and that of the atlas.

In the third section the femur of a small Iguanodont from the

Oxford Clay, in the possession of A. R. Leeds, Esq., was described.

This specimen agrees with Hypsilophodon and Camptosaurus in its

pendent inner trochanter, and it was referred to the latter genus as

C. Leedsi. Tt is also considered to be closely allied to Jqguwanodon

Prestwichi—the type of Cumnoria of Seeley—which is also considered

to belong to the American genus. The name Camptosaurus val-

densis was applied to an allied form from the Wealden; and the

name Oryptodraco proposed to replace Cryptosaurus.

The imperfect skeleton of a Sauropterygian from the Oxford Clay

near Bedford, which formed the subject of a previous communica-

tion, was redescribed. This specimen was identified with Plesiosaurus

philarchus, Seeley, which it was proposed to refer to a new genus

under the name of Peloneustus. This genus was shown to be allied

to Pliosaurus, and to be represented by forms in the Kimmeridge

Clay which have been described as Plestosaurus equalis and P. ste~

nodirus. It was also compared with the genus 7Thaumatosaurus,

Meyer, from which Rhomaleosaurus of Seeley was considered inse-

parable. Some remarks were added on other Sauropterygians ; and

it was proposed to adopt the name Cimoliosaurus for all the forms

having a pectoral girdle of the type described under the names of

Elasmosaurus and Colymbosaurus, and with single costal facets to

the cervical vertebree.

The paper concluded with a notice of the affinities of the Croco-

dilian genus Geosaurus. This form was shown to be closely allied to

Metriorhynchus, both being characterized by the absence of dermal

scutes and the presence of bony plates in the sclerotic. It was also

shown that some of the species of Cricosaurus belong to the former

genus; while there appear to be no grounds by which Dacosaurus

(Plesiosuchus) can be separated from the same.

Geological Society. 289

2. “ Notes on the Radiolaria of the London Clay.” By W. H.

Shrubsole, Esq., F.G.S.

Microscopical examination of the London Clay of Sheppey and

elsewhere has afforded proof of the existence of a Diatomaceous

zone near the base of the formation. The formation of a well for the

Queenborough Cement Company in 1885 was the means of furnish-

ing a laminated clay with glittering patches of Diatoms from a depth

of 225 feet. In this were also found fairly good pyritized specimens

of Radiolaria, some of which were submitted to Prof. Ernst Hickel,

who found a large number of fragments of Tertiary Radiolaria, but

few well-preserved specimens appertaining to the families Sphee-

roidea, Discoidea, and Cyrtoidea, and apparently identical with

those described from the Tertiary Tripoli beds of Grotte. No new

species occurred among the recognized forms.

Sketches made by Mr. A. L. Hammond were also submitted to

Prof. Hiickel, who stated that these forms were not identical with

any known species, recent or fossil.

The Author described the following new species :-—Cornutella

Hammondi, Spongodiscus asper, and Monosphera toliapica,

The specimens were preserved in iron-pyrites.

Some Tetractinellid sponge-spicules from the washings were

recognized by Professor Sollas.

3. “ Description of a new Species of Clupea (C. vectensis) from

Oligocene Strata in the Isle of Wight.” By E. T. Newton, Esq.,

F.G.8.

A number of small fishes found by Mr. G. W. Colenutt, of Ryde,

during his investigations of the Oligocene strata of the Isle of Wight,

in beds belonging to the ‘‘ Osborne Series,” were described as belonging

to a new species of Clupea, The specimens vary in length from 20

to nearly 60 millim. In all of them the head is much broken; but

the rest of the body is beautifully preserved, showing most distinctly

the vertebral column, ribs, fins, tail, and ventral spines. The single

dorsal fin has its front rays about midway between the tip of the

snout and the base of the tail, the ventral fins being immediately

under the front of the dorsal and about midway between the pec-

toral and anal fins. The anal fin commences about halfway between

the ventral fins and the base of the tail, occupying about two thirds

of that distance, and the tail is deeply forked. The scales are thin

and in most cases much broken ; while the ventral region of the

body is armed with a row of strong spines, ‘The spinal column

contains about 40 vertebree, of which 14 or 15 are caudal. The

bones of the head are mostly broken, but those of which the outline

can be traced agree with the corresponding parts of the Sprat.

These fishes are referred to the genus Clupea; but although very

closely allied to the Common Herring and Sprat, the relative positions

of the dorsal and ventral fins, as well as the number of vertebrae,

prevent their being placed in any known species either recent or

fossil, and they are therefore regarded as a new form and named

Clupea vectensis.

290 Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on the Relative Claims to Recognition of the Generic Names

Arbacia, Gray, and Echinocidaris, Des Moulins. By F. Jerrrey

BELL.

In the year 1835 Dr. J. E. Gray and M. Des Moulins gave respec-

tively the names Arbacia and Echinocidaris to the same type of

Echinoids. The latter claimed priority *, “ puisque mon Tableau

synoptique des genres . . . a été publié en aoit 1835,” while, he

says, the name of Gray was not published till October 1835. Mr, A.

Agassiz, in his ‘ Revision of the Echini’ (p. 90), gave the priority

to Gray, adding to his name “ April,” to Des Moulins’s “ July: ”

these months mark, however, only the date of reading ; the date of

publication, which is quite another matter, was for Des Moulins’s

name August 15; that of Gray’s name cannot be definitely asserted

from the contents of the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for

1835, and the only known date was the republication in the October

number of the ‘ Philosophical Magazine.’ I have now to say that at

my request Mr. Williams, of the Zoological Society, has instituted a

search through their records, and finds that the sheet containing

Gray’s paper ‘‘ was delivered to the Society at their rooms on the

17th July, 1835. In those days sheets so soon as printed off were

distributed to the Fellows.” I am afraid, therefore, the case for

Gray’s nonsense name as against Des Moulins’s happy suggestion is

complete and that we cannot avoid using the name dArbacia.

On the presence of Spinnerets in the Myriopoda.

By M. Jures Cuaxavpe.

One of the principal characters of the Araneida consists in the

presence at the extremity of the abdomen of spinnerets, or tubes,

serving for the outflow of the secretion of spinning-glands. The

existence of analogous organs has not hitherto been demonstrated

in the Myriopoda, although M. Fabre, of Avignon, having remarked

that the spermatophores of the Geophili are deposited upon nets

composed of threads like those of spiders, concluded that the

Chilopoda must spin these themselves with the secretion of their

genital glands?. My observations upon those animals have not

yet furnished me with exact facts demonstrative of the opinion

expressed by the above acute observer.

I have been more fortunate with another species, Scolopendrella

immaculata, Newport. This Myriopod, which has been separated

from the order Chilopoda to form that of the Symphila (Latzel),

presents the remarkable peculiarity of possessing an apparatus

* ¢ Etudes sur les Echinides,’ p. 304. .

+ Ann. Sei *Nat. sér. 4, tom. m1. p. 305.

Miscellaneous. 291

composed of two distinct glands, opening outwards in the two

appendages placed on the margin of the anus.

These glands, which are situated on the two sides of the body of

the animal, have the form of an elongated tube terminating cexcally

about the fifth anal segment. ‘They present an anterior and a

posterior portion. The former constitutes the gland properly so

called, the latter its excretory canal. The glandular part occupies

about two thirds of the total length of the organ ; its outer surface

is rugged, and covered with an irregular network of intercrossing

muscular fibres. ‘The gland itself is occupied by a single large cavity

filled with the secreted substance ; its wall is formed by a pavement-

epithelium consisting of small cells charged with fine granulations,

which is bounded externally by a thick and very resistant basement-

membrane. The excretory canal is clearly indicated, externally

by the disappearance of the muscular network, and internally by

that of the lining cells, and at the same time by the considerable

diminution of the thickness of the walls. It opens, as already

stated, in the anal appendage of the same side.

These terminal appendages, as is well known, are formed by a

single lanceolate joint, bristling with hairs, and terminated by a

long and strong spine. M. Fabre*, who regarded these singular

Myriopoda as young specimens of Cryptops, took these two append-

ages for the rudiments of the anal limbs,

Each appendage is traversed by a cavity, the diameter of which

is greater than that of the execretory canal; at its extremity, at

the very base of the terminal spine, there is an aperture destined to

afford a passage to the product of secretion. The liquid secreted

by the gland is remarkable for its great viscosity; it does not

mix either with water or glycerine. On coming in contact with

the air it hardens rapidly,

It is easy to ascertain that the product of secretion is conveyed

out by the orifices of the terminal appendages ; in fact, on making

the animal fall, we note that it remains suspended from the object

from which it has been precipitated by an extremely delicate

thread. This thread issues from the body of the animal by the

aperture of the appendages above described, appendages which,

consequently, constitute true spinnerets. These threads would be

perfectly comparable with those of Araneida if they possessed the

same elasticity ; but they are plainly distinguished from them by

their fragility, which cannot be better compared than to that of a

thread of glass.

It appears from my observations: (1) That Scolopendrella im-

maculata possesses a glandular apparatus destined to secrete a

liquid capable of hardening in the air and of forming threads very

like those spun by the Spiders; (2) that the anal appendages consti-

tute true spinnerets.—Comptes Rendus, January 14, 1889, p. 106,

* Loe eit. p. 311, fig. 25.

292 Miscellaneous.

Note on Antedon pumila and A. incommoda.

By F. Jerrrey Bert.

On p. 157 of the ‘ Alert’ Report * I stated that the second pinnule

of Antedon pumila was longer than the first ; as a matter of fact it

is the first that is longer than the second. This error has proved to

be more than usually unfortunate, for it led Dr. H. Carpenter t to

assign it to a group of species with which it has no special relation,

and to my institution f of a new species, A. tncommoda, for

examples of what are really A. pumila. I regret, moreover, to learn

that it has caused some trouble to the ardent naturalists who are

now working s0 actively in Australia.

The Fauna of the Kifel-Maare. By Dr. Orro Zacwarras.

At the suggestion of Prof. F. Leydig the author made an excur-

sion into the region of the Eifel in order to examine some of the

so-called ‘‘ maare.”

In the Gemiindener Maar, near Daun, he ascertained the presence

of a pelagic fauna, although the lake is but small, measuring only

8:3 hectares. The pelagic fauna consisted of swarms of a cinnabar-

red Diaptomus (D. pygmeus, Vosseler, sp. n.), of innumerable speci-

mens of Asplanchna helvetica, of colonies of Conochilus volvow, and

isolated examples of Daphnella brachyura, Liév. In the littoral

zone there are other species of Daphniide, some Lynceide, and

various species of Protozoa. Among them several species of Hy-

drachnide, especially Hygrobates longipalpis, Herm., occur in abun-

dance.

The Laacher See, which is only a large ‘‘ maar,” also contains a

pelagic fauna, which, however, includes other species than those of

the small Gemtindener Maar. Here Daphnia vitrea, Kurz, occurred,

among numerous examples of Polyarthra platyptera, Khr., Anwrcea

longispina, Conochilus volvow, and the Dinoflagellate Ceratium

hirundinella, Bergh.

The author remarks upon the fact that in such confined crater-

lakes as the “ maars” of the Eifel a pelagic fauna has been esta-

blished. He regards this as an evidence of transportation by flying

organisms, although in many cases the wind may come into opera-

tion, by carrying encysted Protozoa, for example, high into the air,

and thus transplanting them into distant waters. Water-beetles

also he regards as important agents in the transfer.—Biol. Central-

blatt, November 15, 1888, p. 574,

* London, 1884.

+ ‘Challenger ’ Reports, part lx. p. 193.

t Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) ii. p. 404.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 16. APRIL 1889.

XXXI.—WNatural-History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine

Survey Steamer ‘Investigator, Commander Alfred Carpen-

ter, R.N., D.S.O., commanding.—No. 9. On anew Type of

Astrorhizidee from the Bay of Bengal. By Henry B.

Brapy, LL.D., F.R.S.

A FEW days ago, whilst on a short visit to this city (Calcutta),

my good friend Mr. J. Wood-Mason, the Director of the

Indian Museum, brought under my notice a number of Rhi-

zopods of a type hitherto undescribed which he had recently

dredged up (on board the ‘ Investigator’) in the Bay of

Bengal ; and he has asked me to furnish a brief preliminary

account of them for communication to the Microscopical

Society of Calcutta * and for subsequent insertion in the

‘ Annals.’

The organisms referred to were obtained from two different

localities, and present the characters of two distinct though

closely allied species. The test in both forms consists of a

thin arenaceous disk, but in the one case the disk is com-

planate, in the other more or less patelloid or tent-like ; the

* Before which it was read on Feb. 14th, 1889: communicated by the

President of the Society.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Yol. iii. 21

294 Dr. H. B. Brady on a new Type of Astrorhizide

diameters, roughly speaking, about a quarter of an inch and

half an inch respectively. The texture is loosely arenaceous,

and the specimens are in consequence exceedingly fragile.

The general structural features can almost be read by the

naked eye and are easily made out under a low magnifying-

power. The test consists typically of a central chamber with

a number of radiating tubes, either simple or branched,

proceeding from it and extending to the periphery, the sandy

investment forming a thin flat layer in the interstitial spaces.

Mounted in Canada balsam and viewed by transmitted light

the tubuli are seen to differ considerably in diameter in the

two species, the larger form having the smaller tubuli. The

central cavity is probably labyrinthic, for it often presents an

irregularly reticulated appearance, as though more or less

subdivided by aggregated sand-grains ; but the inner surface

of the tubuli is always smooth and appears to have a uniform

chitinous lining. Externally the central chamber is usually

marked by a small convex elevation and the tubes by limbate

lines, generally more conspicuous on one side of the test than

on the other.

Morphologically the new forms may be regarded as branched

or radiate Astrorhize with the sandy investment continued

between the arms, so as to produce an even, rounded, peri-

pheral outline. Several specimens of the smaller species

have no central chamber, and consist only of a branched tube

traversing a thin lamina of agglutinated sand. This con-

dition may be the result of fracture and subsequent growth,

or such specimens may correspond to the “ stag’s-horn”’

variety of Astrorhiza arenaria (‘ Challenger’ Foraminifera,

pl. xix. figs. 7, 8).

Unfortunately only a few specimens were preserved out of

the large number originally obtained, and owing to their

extreme fragility still fewer are now left for examination. It

is always difficult, even with sufficient material, to investi-

gate the nature of the protoplasm of an arenaceous organism

of this sort, and at present nothing can be said as to the

presence or absence of a nucleus. ‘The central chamber and

tubuli appear to be nearly filled with slightly coloured proto-

plasmic matter.

As already observed, both species were abundant in the

localities at which they were found, and there is little doubt

they will soon be met with again; meanwhile the following

descriptions will serve for their identification. Appended also

are particulars as to their respective habitats. For obvious

reasons I propose to associate Mr. Wood-Mason’s name with

the genus.

Jrom the Bay of Bengal. 295

Family Astrorhizide.

Subfamily Asrroruizrx.

MASONELLA, nov. gen.

Test free, thin, outspread, discoidal or patelleid ; consisting

typically of a central chamber with radiating tubes, simple or

branched, open at the periphery ; the interstitial spaces occu-

pied by plates of agglutinated sand-grains ; texture arena-

ceous, with but little inorganic cement.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.— Masonella patelliformis,

n.sp. Magnified 5 diameters.

Fig. 1.—Masonella planulata, un. sp.

Masonella planulata, n. sp. (Fig. 1.)

Test thin, complanate, rounded or oval in outline; pre-

senting (typically) a small central convexity about one third

the diameter of the disk, nearly equally developed on the

two lateral faces. Radial tubes numerous, from 0:1 to 02

millim. in diameter ; either simple or dividing into two or

three branches; limbate externally; the open peripheral

extremities serving as the general aperture. ‘Texture loosely

21*

296 Dr. H. B. Brady on a new Type of Astrorhizide.

arenaceous; built up of light-coloured siliceous sand and

sponge-spicules, the latter often in large proportion, together

with a few Foraminifera and other minute organisms.

Diameter of the figured specimen about 6 millim.; but frag-

ments of much larger examples have been met with.

“ Dredged 12th to 13th April, 1888 ; depth 250 fathoms ;

North Sentinel Island, Andamans, bearing N. 15° W. 18

miles; bottom green mud and sand. Multitudes of speci-

mens came up on the tangle-bar, with a capital haul of

Umbrellula, siliceous sponges, and Crustacea of deep-water

types.”

Masonella patelliformis, nu. sp. (Fig. 2.)

Test free, thin; patelloid or subconical ; central chamber

about one fourth the entire diameter of the test, but irregular

in form and outline; radial tubes from 0°05 to 0:1 millim. in

diameter. Colour dark; texture loosely arenaceous, exterior

rough; the central chamber and tubuli more strongly marked

externally on the convex than on the concave face. Dia-

meter of the figured specimen 10 millim., but fragments

indicate that this is by no means the maximum size.

“ Dredged 11th April, 1888; depth 265 fathoms ; about

7 miles 8.E. by E. of Ross Island, Andamans ; bottom green

mud. ‘The specimens came up in great numbers on the

swabs which were attached to the trawl.”

Masonella patelliformis has a larger, coarser, and darker-

coloured test than JM. planulata, and its radial tubes are much

thinner; its contour also is subconical, whilst that of the

latter species is complanate.

The accompanying drawings (woodcuts, figs. 1, 2), made

by a native artist, give a tolerably accurate idea of the two

organisms. Tig. 1 a, represents the lateral aspect of I.

planulata, 1 6, a diagram of its transverse section; fig. 2 a,

M. patelliformis, 2 b, diagram of transverse section ; all mag-

nified 5 diameters.

Calcutta,

4th January, 1889,

Mr, A. 8. Woodward’s Paleichthyological Notes. 297

XXXII.—Paleichthyological Notes. By A. Smita Woop-

WARD, F.G.S., F.Z.8., of the British Museum (Natural

History).

[Plate XIV. ]

1. On the so-called Hybodus keuperinus, Murch. &

Strickl.

Detached Selachian teeth of a Hybodont or Cestraciont

type have long been known from the Keuper of the Midlands,

and one was figured so early as 1840 by Murchison and

Strickland, who recorded it under the generic name of //y-

bodus *, Several of these teeth have now been discovered in

natural association in the Upper Keuper Sandstone of

Shrewley, Warwickshire, by the Rev. P. B. Brodie, M.A.,

F.G.8., who has kindly entrusted them to the present writer

for study ; and the following brief notes are suggested by an

examination of the interesting new specimens.

Only four disconnected fragments of the dentition are

preserved ; but the general arrangement of the teeth is well

shown and the finest example is figured of the natural size in

Pl. XIV. fig. 1. Here are exhibited portions of three trans-

verse series of teeth, disposed as in ordinary Cestracionts,

the largest series measuring 0:01 in width and comprising

six teeth, the next much smaller, measuring 0-008 in width

and showing five teeth, and the third series still smaller and

too imperfect for description. In one of the more fragmentary

specimens (Pl. XIV. fig. 2), a series corresponding in size

and characters to the second of Pl. XIV. fig. 1 exhibits

traces of not Jess than eight teeth ; and immediately adjoining

this on one side are a few teeth similar to the largest in the

first group, while on the opposite side are the bases of the

teeth of a smaller series 0°005 in width. The crown in all

the teeth is much compressed at right angles to the long

axis, forming a sharp longitudinal keel; and the outer face

is deeper than the inner face, the coronal apex being thus

inclined inwards and overlapping to some extent the outer

margin of the tooth within. Broken teeth also show a large

internal cavity (Pl. XIV. fig. 2).

The coronal surface in all the teeth is marked by large

transverse wrinkles, which are broadest or bifurcated at the

outer and inner margins and attenuated towards the central

* Trans. Geol. Soc. [2] vol. v. (1840), pl. xxviii. fig. 5*.

298 Mr. A. 8. Woodward’s Paleichthyological Notes.

crest, where short finer wrinkles are often interealated. The

form of the coronal crest, however, and the precise characters

of the ornament evidently vary in different parts of the

mouth, as indicated by the four enlarged figures (Pl. XIV.

figs. 2 a, b, 3, 8a); and in some teeth the superficial trans-

verse wrinkles are so large at the extremities of the crown as

to impart to the crest a serrated aspect.

In general form the tooth shown in Pl. XIV. fig. 3 has

perhaps most resemblance to the Carboniferous fossils named

Venustodus by St. John and Worthen*, the latter only

differing in the smoothness of the sides of the coronal emi-

nence; but the nature of associated remains suggests com-

parisons with other types possessing ornamented teeth. As

already pointed out by Murchison and Strickland (loc. cit.),

there occur upon the same horizon as the teeth ribbed dorsal

fin-spines of the form first discovered in /Tybodus; and such

spines not having been met with in association with any teeth

except those of //ybodus at the time of Murchison and Strick-

Jand’s researches, the Keuper specimens received the name of

Hybodus keuperinus. Agassiz, however, had already f

founded the genus Lecacanthus upon similar spines from the

French Muschelkalk on the erroneous supposition that they

possessed no hinder denticles; and it is now known that

ribbed spines of the same type also characterize Acrodus.

Moreover, an example of the hooked cephalic spines, so well

known in Hybodus and Acrodus, has been found with one of

these dorsal fin-spines in the Keuper of Ripple, Worcester-

shire (Brit. Mus. no. 46957) ; and there is thus no improb-

ability in the supposition that the teeth just described pertain

to a Keuper representative of either Hybodus or Acrodus.

Taken alone the teeth are more suggestive of Acrodus than

of Hybodus, and it is in the former genus that the present writer

ventures to assign them a provisional position. At the same

time it must be remembered that these teeth are not only more

carinate than those of any typical species of Acrodus, but

are also distinguished by the presence of a hollow cavity ; and

Dr. Otto Jiikel, of Strassburg, informs the writer that he will

shortly propose to place all the hollow Acrodus-shaped teeth of

the Trias in a distinct genus. The English Keuper fossils,

indeed, are already named Lophodus in collections, though

they do not appear to have been described under this name tf ;

* Pal. Llinois, vol. vi. (1875), p. 344.

T Poiss. Foss. vol. ii. (1837), p. 55.

} The teeth are incidentally mentioned under this name by the Rev.

W.S. Symonds, ‘ Old Bones’ (1861), p. 103,

Mr. A. S. Woodward’s Paleichthyological Notes. 299

and even if it seemed advisable to scientifically establish the

term, this is prevented by its preoccupation in the writings

of Romanowsky * and Newberry and Worthen f.

Under any circumstances Mr. Brodie’s discovery of the

teeth in natural order is one of considerable interest ; and

the next desideratum is the actual proof of their connexion or

otherwise with the ribbed fin-spines and hooked cephalic

spines already mentioned.

2. On Diplodus Moorei, sp. nov., from the Keuper of

Somersetshire,

Extremely rare small teeth suggestive of the Carboniferous

Cladodus also occur in the English Keuper; but still more

remarkable is the discovery of teeth undistinguishable from

the well-known Paleozoic Diplodus. ‘There are nine ex-

amples of these teeth from Ruishton, near Taunton, in the

collection of the late Mr. Charles Moore, F.G.S., in the Bath

Museum, and through the kindness of the Rev. H. H. Win-

wood, M.A., F-.G.S., the writer has recently had the pleasure

of examining this fine series. All the teeth are approxi-

mately similar in form and proportions, and one is shown

from the outer aspect in Pl. XIV. fig. 4, while another

exhibits the inner aspect shown in Pl. XIV. fig. 5, both the

figures being of twice the natural size.

Each tooth has a narrow, horizontally extended, depressed

root, acutely rounded at its posterior or inner extremity, and

a very large, oval, raised pad (or ‘ button”’) occupies the

anterior or outer portion of the root, both above and below,

indicating the originally firm articulation of the successive

teeth of the transverse series. ‘The two cusps of the dental

crown are short and stout, rounded in section, and very

slightly divergent; and, though a definite keel is absent, the

outer face of each cusp is sometimes marked by two or three

vertical wrinkles in its superior portion. In well-preserved

specimens there is also a minute denticle, occupying the

usual position in the middle of the tooth (Pl. XIV. tig. 4).

In most known forms of Diplodus the coronal cusps are

compressed and laterally keeled and thus very different from

those of the Keuper teeth just described. It only seems

necessary indeed to compare the new fossils with one species

already established—D. tenuis, typically represented in the

* H. Romanowsky, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, 1864, pt. ii. p. 160,

+ Pal. Dlincis, vol. iv. (1870), p. 360,

300 Mr. A. S. Woodward’s Palwichthyological Notes.

Coal-measures of Lanarkshire*. This form of tooth is dis-

tinguished from that of the Keuper by the less elongation of

the horizontally extended root, the greater development of the

median denticle, and the keeled apices of the coronal cusps ;

and Mr. Moore himself having recognized the affinities of the

teeth under discussion, they may most appropriately receive

the name of Diplodus Mooret.

The term D¢plodus is, of course, only one of provisional

value, and does not necessarily imply that the Keuper teeth

pertain to the same genus as those of the Carboniferous and

Permian, if, indeed, the latter belong to not more than one

generic type. Some ‘ species” certainly form the dentition

of Pleuracanthus, and all probably pertain to fishes of the

same primitive Elasmobranch group as this genus. Although

no Pleuracanth spines have yet been found in the Keuper,

Diplodus Moorei may thus imply that the typical members of

Cope’s Ichthyotomi had not become extinct in late Triassic

times ; but the discovery of skeletons must be awaited before

so interesting a fact can be reasonably established.

3. On a Symmetrical Hybodont Tooth from the Oxford Clay

of Peterborough.

The collection of Oxfordian Vertebrates made by Alfred N.

Leeds, Esq., of Eyebury, Peterborough, has already furnished

materials for the definition of one Mesozoic Selachian genus,

Asteracanthus t+; and it still comprises important novelties,

elucidating other Selachian and Chimeroid genera of the same

age. Among these fossils is a symmetrical Selachian tooth,

shown of the natural size from the outer, inner, lateral, and

inferior aspects in Pl. XIV. fig. 6.

This tooth exhibits a large median coronal cusp, erect and

obtusely pointed, flanked in a symmetrical manner on either

side by four small cusps, diminishing downwards and _out-

wards. The entire crown is much inclined inwards, as shown

in side-view ; and this is fixed upon the anterior margin of

a broad depressed base cr root. ‘The lower front edge of the

latter is coarsely crimped, and its lateral margins are straight,

somewhat converging behind, and forming well-marked angles

with the hinder margin.

The specimen is probably referable to the symphysis of the

jaw of one of the Hybodont sharks with high-crowned teeth,

* Smith Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus. pt. i. (1889), p. 11,

pl. vi. figs. 2-4.

+ Smith Woodward, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. [6] vol. ii. (1888),

pp. 336-842, pl. xii.

Mr. A. 8. Woodward’s Paleichthyological Notes. 301

which are still not capable of separation from the genus Hy-

bodus; and the great interest of the tooth consists in the

remarkable resemblance of its crown to that of the mandibular

symphysial tooth of some existing forms of Notidanus (e.

N. cinereus). It is already known that the teeth of the Ju-

rassic Notidanus can scarcely be distinguished from certain

types ascribed to Hybodus * ; and whatever may be its pre-

cise ‘generic position, the new fossil just described adds one

more to the observed points of similarity.

4, Ona Mavilla of Saurichthys from the Rhetic of

Aust Cliff, near bristol.

The Rev. G. Hope Dixon, M.A., of Compton Greenfield,

near Bristol, has kindly favoured the writer with the oppor-

tunity of studying a unique portion of a fossil jaw from the

well-known Rhetic section of Aust Cliff. The specimen is

well exposed, only one aspects being hidden by the hard

matrix ; and, as already recognized by Mr. Dixon, the teeth

exhibited relegate it to the imperfectly known genus and

species, Saurichthys acuminatus, Agassiz T.

The fossil is shown of the natural size, from the outer and

inner aspect respectively, in Pl. XIV. figs. 7,8; and a trans-

verse section at the position of the dotted line in fig. 8 is

given in fig. 8a. The alveolar border is almost straight ;

the external face of the bone curves slightly inwards above ;

and one extremity (presumably the hinder) is considerably

deeper than the other. The whole of the outer aspect must

have been originally ornamented with closely and irregularly

arranged rounded tubercles of ganoine, of which considerable

tracts are still preserved ; and these tubercles are fewest near

the superior margin. Externally the alveolar border exhibits

the bases of a single series of small teeth, somewhat spaced,

and not precisely uniform in size or arrangement ; and within

this series are two very large teeth, which evidently repre-

sent an inner row comprising few teeth at distant intervals.

In this case there would be about eight outer teeth in the

space between the positions of the two larger ones. In each

of the last-named teeth the vertical caring are anterior and

osterior, while the outer face is smooth; and there is a con-

siderable difference in the proportions of the enamelled apex,

that of the hinder tooth being relatively the longest and most

slender.

* stu Woodward, Geol, Mag. [8] vol. iii, (1886), p. 257, pl. vi.

figs. 1, 2.

“+ Poiss. Foss, vol. ii, pt. ii, (1843), p. 86, pl. 55 a. figs, 1-5.

302. Mr. A. 8. Woodward’s Paleichthyological Notes.

The inner aspect of the fossil (Pl. XIV. fig. 8) is most

interesting, as exhibiting a large plate of bone directly con-

tinuous with the lower portion of the outer ascending lamina,

but lying in an almost horizontal plane. So far as preserved,

this plate is very thick and broadest anteriorly (fig. 8 a); and,

taking all points into consideration, it seems clear that the

specimen in question is a left maxilla, while this represents an

inner palatal extension.

Such being the case, the maxilla of Saurichthys exhibits a

palatal plate as large as that of many Amphibia and Rep-

tilia; but the genus cannot, on that account, be excluded

from the Pisces, the maxilla in some early types (e. g. Poly-

pterus*) being known to possess a considerable palatal in-

growth. Discoveries of the skull and mandible on the con-

tinent T, indeed, prove that Saurichthys was a long-snouted

fish, bearing a close relationship to Belonorhynchus ; and it

is interesting to note that these fossils, like that now de-

scribed, are externally ornamented with fine tubercles.

Moreover, the teeth upon the maxilla of Belonorhynchus are

arranged exactly as in the Aust specimen, as shown by a

Liassic skull in the British Museum (no. P. 428); and it

still remains for future discoveries to make known the

generic differences (if any) between the two early Mesozoic

forms just compared.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. Acrodus keuperinus (Murch. & Strickl.) ; naturally arranged teeth.

—Upper Keuper ; Shrewley, Warwickshire. Collection of the

Rey. BoB; Brodie, M.A., F. G.S., Rowington Vicarage, War-

wick.

Fig. 2. Ditto; naturally arranged teeth.—Ibid. Same collection.

Fugs. 2 a, b. Ditto ; two teeth of the last specimen, outer aspect, twice

nat. size.

Figs. 3, 3.a. Ditto; tooth, outer and coronal aspects, twice nat. size.—

Ibid. Same collection.

Figs, 4,5. Diplodus Moorei, sp. nov.; two teeth, outer and inner aspects,

twice nat. size.—Keuper ; Ruishton, near Taunton. Moore

Collection, Bath Museum.

Figs. 6 a-c. Symmetrical Hybodont tooth ; outer, inner, lateral, and in-

ferior aspects.—Oxford Clay, Peterborough. Collection of

Alfred N. Leeds, Esq., Eyebury, Peterborough.

Figs. 7, 8, 8a. Saur ichthys acuminatus, Agass.; left maxilla, outer and

inner aspects and section. —Rhetic; Aust Cliff, Collection of

the Rev. G. Hope Dixon, M.A., Compton Greenfield Rectory,

Bristol.

[Unless otherwise stated, the figures are of the natural size. |

* R. Owen, ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. i. p. 118.

+ H. von Meyer, Palsontogr. vol. i. (1849), p. 201, pl. xxxi. figs, 29-

32; K. Martin, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges. vol. xxv. (1873), p. 726,

pl. xxii. figs. xiv, xv (Stylorhynchus).

On Reptiles and Batrachians from Morocco, 303

XXXIII.—On the Reptiles and Batrachians obtained in

Morocco by M. Henry Vaucher*. By G. A. BOULENGER.

For the last few years M. H. Vaucher, established in T'an-

gier, has been collecting Reptiles and Batrachians for the

British Museum. Himself interested in zoology, he has

taken care to send whatever specimens appeared to him new

or interesting, together with representatives of the commoner

species; so that the following account may be regarded as

referring to all the forms which M. Vaucher has come across

in the district where he resides.

Where not otherwise stated the Reptiles enumerated in the

following list are from the vicinity of ‘Tangier and are pre-

served in the British Museum.

REPTILIA.

LACERTILIA.

1. Tarentola mauritanica, L. :

2. Agama Bibronti, A. Dum.

3. Trogonophis Wiegmanni, Kaup.

4. Lacerta ocellata, var. tangitana, Bler.

Since the description of this interesting form appeared five

more specimens have been sent, bringing the number up to

eleven, which present the following variations in the number

of scales and femoral pores :—

Scales across Transverse Transverse

the middle of rows of rows of Femoral

the body. ventrals, — gular scales. pores.

TIES type ss. 06 dl 26 18—18

Dep Gi ks) stew (88 29 25 18—17

amy Oi ole barrels) OU. 28 28 18—19

PN eouhy teas a LOO 30 28 18—19

FR Vieaees eek) aS 30 28 18—19

Gia Wares fist) OO 29 27 18—18

Ouse Wario! 2100 29 27 17—17

Site) SOMO Damme tS 30 24 18—17

Oe hae ak a), AU 29 26 19—21

LOS NOP Bee uae ae ean ar 32 26 19—18

Elena ® soc. 86 30 26 18—18

* For the latest account of the herpetological fauna of Morocco the

reader is referred to Dr. O, Boettger’s important paper in Abh. Senck.

Ges. 1883.

304 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

5. Lacerta muralis, Laur.

In every respect undistinguishable from Spanish and Portu-

guese specimens.

6. Psammodromus microdactylus, Bttg.

The number of specimens sent by M. Vaucher now amounts

to twenty-one. In addition to these I have also examined

two from Mogador, collected by Lieut. Quedenfeldt and

kindly sent to me for the British Museum by Prof. F. KE.

Schultze. J am thus enabled to draw up the following sup-

plementary notes on this little-known species, which has not

hitherto been found out of Morocco.

The number of femoral pores varies from 10 to 13 on each

side, the usual number being 12. The coloration of the upper

parts in fresh specimens varies from pea-green to olive, with

or without brown or black spots, which may be mixed with

white, as in P. hispanicus; a more or less distinct brown or

reddish lateral band is constantly present; lower surfaces

white, outer row of ventrals lemon-yellow ; throat of males

bluish. Young with small black and white ocelli on the

sides ; upper lip pure white ; a pure white black-edged streak

from the eye to above the tympanum and a second from the

angle of the mouth through the lower half of the tympanum

to the axil.

7. Psammodromus algirus, L.

8. Acanthodactylus vulgaris, var. lineomaculatus, D. & B.

9. Chalcides ocellatus, Forsk.

The specimens, four in number, sent by M. Vaucher from

Tangier belong to the colour-variety which I have desig-

nated as var. C in the ‘Catalogue of Lizards.’ The upper

surfaces are bronzy brown above, without any spots, except

in some specimens a small basal margin to each scale, and

with a light pale brown or golden upper and a black lower

lateral band; lips with black and white tessellation. They

have 32 scales round the body. I may here remark that a

specimen from Assab, collected by Dr. Ragazzi and recently

communicated to me by the Marquis Doria, has only 24 scales

round the body; it differs from the typical form (A) only

in the absence of ocelli on the back. ‘The variation in the

number of longitudinal rows of scales therefore ranges from 24

to 38 in this species.

Reptiles and Batrachians from Morocco. 3Uo

10. Chalcides lineatus, Leuck.

The Algerian “ Seps” belonging to the Italian species C.

tridactylus, it is interesting to find the form of Tangier to be

referable to the Western species C. Uineatus, previously

known only from the South of France and the Spanish

peniusula, The three specimens sent by M. Vaucher present

the following characters :—

A. Hind limb contained 15 times in the length of head and body

(from snout to vent 135 millim.; hind limb 9). 24 scales round

the body. 9 dark streaks along the back, as broad as the inter-

spaces between them.

B. Hind limb contained 15 times in the length of head and body

(from snout to vent 120 millim. ; hind limb 8). 24 scales round

the body. Uniform bronzy olive.

C, Hind limb contained 14 times in the length of head and body

(from snout to vent 97 millim.; hind limb 7). 24 scales round

the body. Uniform bronzy olive.

In two of the specimens the hind limb is thus seen to be

slightly shorter than in any European example which has yet

come under my notice; in these its length is comprised from

12 to 14 times in the length of head and body. These

Moroccan specimens also differ from the European, as well as

from OC. tridactylus, in having the ear-opening somewhat

larger.

11. Chalcides mionecton, Bttg.

A single specimen, otherwise typical, is of particular interest

from the feet being penta- instead of tetradactyle. The fifth

toe is, it is true, short and clawless, but nevertheless per-

fectly distinct.

OPHIDIA.

12. Coronella Amalia.

Rhinechis Amalie, Beettg. Zool. Anz. 1881, p. 570, and Abh. Senck.

Ges. xiii. 1883, p. 98, pl. i. fig. 1.

Two specimens, from the Benider Hills, one of which has

been kindly compared with the type of Rhinechis Amalie by

my friend Dr. Beettger.

Snout prominent ; rostral as long as broad, produced pos-

teriorly between the internasals, the portion seen from above

about half as long as its distance from the frontal; suture

between the internasals one third the length of that between

5306 On Reptiles and Batrachians from Morocco.

the preefrontals ; frontal a little longer than its distance from

the end of the snout, a little shorter than the parietals ; loreal

longer than deep; a single preocular; two postoculars ;

temporals 2+3 ; eight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering

the eye ; four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-

shields ; posterior chin-shields three fourths the length of the

anterior. Scales in 21 rows. Ventrals 190-193; anal

divided; subcaudals 63-64. Grey-brown above, with

reddish-brown spots and four rather indistinct dark longitu-

dinal bands ; vertebral region light; a pair of elongate dark

brown spots on the nape; a black streak on each side of

the head, from the nostril, through the eye, to the angle of

the mouth ; a dark cross band between the eyes, crossing the

prefrontals ; a black line below the eye, on the suture between

the fourth and fifth upper labials. Lower surfaces coral-red,

with quadrangular black spots.

Total length 39 centim. ; tail 72.

This species is intermediate between C. austriaca and C.

girondica, agreeing with the former in the size and shape of

the rostral shield, with the latter in the number of upper

labials, the scaling of the body, and the coloration of the

lower parts.

13. Tropidonotus viperinus, Daud.

14. Zamenis hippocrepis, Merr.

15. Celopeltis lacertina, Wag).

16. Psammophylax cucullatus, Geoftr.

A single specimen, with 21 rows of scales, 173 ventrals,

and 49 subecaudals. Belly with small black spots.

CuUBLONTA.

17. Clemmys leprosa, Schw.

BATRACHIA.

ECAUDATA.

1. Rana esculenta, var. ridibunda, Pall.

Entirely agrees with the Spanish and Portuguese frog,

which I likewise refer to R. ridibunda.

The following are measurements of four female specimens

from Tangier :—

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Batrachian. 307

a. b. Cc. d.

millim. millim. millim. millim.

EroOmMPSsnOubstOvventiiae 6 4 4sic. 85 69 69 65

Then Gh oft bit eis wx kc ses c's 45 ote 3D Bo

Length of foot (from outer me-

tatarsal tubercle)........ 45 37 34 54

Length of inner toe ........ 15 nia 10 10

Length of inner metatarsal tu-

Derclewmraracte nc ts: stk ae 4 3 (3) Bs

2. Bufo mauritanicus, Schlee.

> g

3. LHyla arborea, var. meridionalis, Bttg.

4, Discoglossus pictus, Otth.

CAUDATA.

5. Salamandra maculosa, var. algira, Bedr.

) gira,

Numerous specimens from the Benider Hills.

Spots few, roundish, and forming a single straight or zigzag

series on the back instead of being in pairs as is usually the

case in this species. ‘The spots are usually arranged as fol-

lows: one on each eyelid, one on one of the parotoids, right

or left, from three to five on the body, one at the base of each

limb, and a few on the tail. With regard to the proportions,

they agree with Algerian specimens.

In the following table I give the dimensions of four Sala-

manders from Morocco (a-d) and of two from Oporto (e, f)

for comparison :—

a. b. Cc. d. é. i

millim. millim. millim. millim. millim. millim.

From snout to vent.. 8&6 fic 62 47 aS 54

FT peace eth sear EE, 65 55 43 58 39

hind &tO were tale tect ens 8 65 5 4 6 5

Tmriqdalade(n Ah Riper 3 3 2 2 2) 15

This is the first record of S. maculosa in Morocco.

6. Molge Waltlit, Michah.

Chart-la-Kaab, 10 miles from Tangiers.

XXXIV.—Description of a new Batrachian of the Genus

Kupemphix from Trinidad. By G. A. BOULENGER.

Eupemphix trinitatis.

Head small; snout prominent, much shorter than the

diameter of the orbit, with vertical lores ; interorbital space a

308 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genus Lobiger.

little broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum scarcely

visible. Fingers slender, with slightly swollen tips, first as

long as second; toes moderate, free ; subarticular tubercles

very prominent; two oval metatarsal tubercles; a small

tubercle on the middle of the inner edge of the tarsus. The

tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye or the posterior border

of the orbit, the tarso-metatarsal articulation the tip of the

snout or a little beyond. Upper surfaces warty, the warts

sometimes confluent into four longitudinal folds, viz. a pair

from the snout to the nape and one on each side from behind the

eye to the sacral region; a well-developed triangular paro-

toid, low down on the side, behind the tympanum and above

the shoulder; no lumbar gland; lower surfaces granulate.

Greyish olive above, head and sides sometimes paler; a light

vertebral line may be present ; upper lp with two or three

vertical dark bars; limbs with dark cross bars; throat and

breast brown, with a white median line; belly whitish, with

small brown spots. Male with a large external vocal sac on

each side of the throat and brown rugosities on the inner side

of the inner finger.

From snout to vent 30 milllim.

Two males and two females were presented to the British

Museum by Mr. J. H. Hart, Superintendent of the Royal

Botanic Gardens, Trinidad. “ ‘They are very seldom seen

and generally discovered only when half drowned in a foun-

tain or similar place in the Gardens, where they go to

spawn.”

XXXV.—WNotes on the Genus Lobiger.

By Epnaar A. SMITH.

Tue British Museum received in 1887 from Mr. Edgar

Thurston, of the Madras Museum, a number of interesting

specimens from Tuticorin, Southern India, and among them

were two examples of a species of Lobiger. On comparing

the shells with those of the Sicilian species, which is gene-

rally known under the name of L. Philippit, I could discover

no sufficient differences of form or sculpture whereby to dis-

tinguish them, and, with the exception of the mantle of the

Ceylonese specimens being striped with interrupted fine black

lines, which are visible through the shell, there appears to be

no appreciable difference in the soft parts.

In describing this animal Calcara does not mention the

characteristic lateral lobes of the foot, and states that this

organ is obtuse at both extremities and that the posterior is

Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genus Lobiger. 309

covered by the shell. This is the case with three Sicilian

specimens in the Museum and the two examples from Ceylon.

None exhibit parapodia, and all have the foot sharply trun-

cate behind, so that I am of opinion that this animal has not

only the power of casting off the lateral lobes, as described by

Krohn, but also, like the genera Harpa and Cena, is able

spontaneously to detach the hinder portion of the foot.

Not one of the five specimens has the parapodia remain-

ing, so that it must be concluded that they have either been

cast off or have not been developed. The character of the

cephalic or tentacular lobes is quite the same in all; the sides

of the fcot are more or less tubercular, and, when closely

examined, are seen to be minutely speckled.

I have extracted the odontophore from one of the Ceylonese

specimens and find that it corresponds precisely with the

figure given by Vayssitre of that of L. Philippit.

From the similarity of habitat I conclude that the two

specimens sent by Mr. Thurston belong to L. viridis of G.

and H. Nevill. Beyond difference of locality and the inter-

rupted linear markings on the mantle there appear to be no

distinguishing features in this so-called species.

I have made tracings of all the figures which have ap-

peared of the different species of the genus, and, on com-

parison, it is curious to note what slight variation exists in

the shells; indeed, taking the figures which represent Z.

Serradifalci, one may observe more difference of outline

among them than between some of them and the other

so-called species. Allowing for alteration of form in respect

of size and age, I cannot discover valid conchological dis-

tinctions in any of the species.

In the British Museum a specimen from Sicily received

from the late Robert MacAndrew curiously enough more

nearly resembles the figure given by Pease of L. pictus from the

Society Islands than any other.

Below is given the synonymy of all the described species.

Lobiger Cumingii, A. Adams *, as pointed out by G. and H

Nevill f, should be removed to the genus Volvatella of Pease.

Lobiger Serradifalei (Calcara).

1840, Bullea? Serradifalet, Calcara, Monogr. Clausilia &e. p. 44.

1845. Dolabella Serradifalei, Caleara, Rey, Zool. p. 280.

* Thesaurus Conch. vol. ii. p. 399, pl. exxi. fig. 58,

tT Journ. As, Soc. Beng. 1869, vol. xxxviii. pt. 2, p. 66,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 22

310 Mr, E. A. Smith on the Genus Lobiger.

1847. Lobiger Philippii, Krohn, Ann. Sci. nat. sér. 3, Zool. vol. vii.

p- 52, pl. ii. figs. 1-4 (animal and shell).

1850. Lobiger Philippit, Souleyet, Journ. de Conch, vol. i. p. 282, pl. x.

figs. 13, 14 (shell).

1850. Lobiger Philippit, A. Adams, in Sowerby’s Thesaur. Conch.

se pp. 598 and 602, pl. cxix. fig. 18 (animal), pl. exxi. fig. 57

(shell).

1856. Lobiger Philippit, Fischer, Journ, de Conch. vol. vy. p. 274.

1858. Lobiger Philippi, H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll. ii. p. 31, pl. lix.

figs. 2, 2 a (animal and shell).

1853. Lobiger Philippii, Philippi, Handbuch Conch. und Malacol. p. 227.

1854. Lobiger pellucidus, A, Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 94.

1854. Lobiger Philippi, Woodward, Man. Moll. p. 186, pl. xiv. fig. 16

(shell).

1856. ee pellucidus, Fischer, Journ. de Conch. vol. v. p. 274.

1858. Lophocercus pellucidus, WH. & A, Adams, Gen. Moll, vol. ii. p. 31.

1859. Lobiger Philippii, Chenu, Man. Conch. p. 394, figs. 2998, 2994

(animal and shell).

1859. Lobiger Philippi, Gray, Fig. Moll. vol. iv. pl. clxxvi. figs. 1, la

(animal), fig. 1 4 (shell).

1863. Lobiger Philippii, Morch, Journ. de Conch. vol. xi. p. 47.

1863. Lobiger corneus, Morch, J. ¢. p. 48.

1863, Oxynoé pellucidus, Morch, 1. ¢. p. 46.

1868. Lobiger Thilippit, Weinkauff, Conch, Mittelm. vol. ii. p. 180.

1868. Lobiyer Phihppit; Pease, Am. J. Conch. vol. iv. p. 75.

1869. Lobiger Philppit, Petit de la Saussaye, Cat. Moll. test. mers

d’Europe, p. 265.

1870. Lobiger Serradifalci, Avadas & Benoit, Conch. Viv. Mar. Sicil.

138.

1878. Lobiger Philippi, Kobelt, Tllust. Conchylienb. p. 176, pl. lix.

fig. 29 (shell).

1883. Lobiger Philippii, Tryon, Syst. Struct. Conch. vol. ii. p. 368,

pl. Ixxxix. figs. 65, 66 (animal and shell).

1883. Lobiger Philippi, Fischer, Man. Conch. p. 571, pl. xiv. fig. 16

(shell).

1885. Lohiger Philippii, Vayssiére, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Marseille,

vol. ii. mém. 8, pp. 100-102 and 177, pl. ii. figs. 48-50 d¢s (animal,

radula, and shell).

Hab. Sicily (Calcara, Krohn, and others); Gulf of Mar-

seilles (Vayssiére).

It has been pointed out by Petit in the first instance, and

afterwards by Aradas and Benoit, that the Bullea Serradi-

falci, named by Caleara in honour of the Duke of Serradi-

falco (a small town in Sicily), is the same as L. Philippii of

Krohn, and I am of opinion that this identification is correct.

LL. pellucidus of A. Adams, described without locality and

from shell-characters only, is not to be separated from the

present species. The types in the Museum show this, and

consequently prove that the brothers Adams, and Morch after

them, were wrong in referring the species to Lophocercus or

Oxynoé.

Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genus Lobiger. 311

L. corneus of Morch has still slighter grounds to rank as a

distinct species, being founded upon the figures of Adams

and Woodward of L. Philippit. Why Mérch thought that

those figures did not correctly represent the Mediterranean

species it is impossible to say; I can only remark that on

comparing them with Sicilian shells they more closely

resemble them than do some of the figures which are admitted

by March to illustrate the true L. Philippit.

Lobiger viridis, G. & H. Nevill.

1869, Lobiger viridis, G. & H. Nevill, J. As, Soc. Bengal, vol. xxxviil.

pt. 2, p. 68, pl. xiii. figs. 6-6 d (shell).

Hab. Ceylon (G@. & H. Nevill), Tuticorin, Southern India

(Thurston).

Differs only from L. Serradifalei in having the mantle

ornamented with interrupted fine black lines.

Lobiger Souverbii, Fischer.

1856. Lobiger Souverbii, Fischer, Journ. de Conch. vol. v. p. 273, pl. xi.

fies, 7-10 (animal and shell).

Hab, Guadeloupe.

This species (?) is distinguished by the presence of a single

lobe on each side, that on the right being situated more for-

ward than that on the left. The shell offers no tangible

differences from that of the Mediterranean species. Consider-

ing how uncertain are the presence and number of the para-

podia, there seem to be insufficient grounds shown at present

for specifically separating this form from L. Serradifulci.

Lobiger (Pterygophysis) pictus (Pease).

1868. Lobiger pictus, Pease, Am. Journ. Conch. vol. iv. p. 75, pl. viii.

fig. 8 (animal), and pl. xii. fig. 26 (shell).

1871. Lobiger pictus, Martens & Langkavel, Don. Bismark. p. 54, pl. iii.

fig. 5 (shell),

1883. Lobiger (Pterygophysis) pictus, Fischer, Man. Conch. p. 570

(animal).

Hab. Huaheine, Society Islands.

This species, according to Pease, has two instead of a single

) sor ae ? : Sees

pair of tentacles and is differently coloured from the Sicilian

form. The shell appears to be similar in both.

22%

312 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new

XXXVI.—Descriptions of ten more new Species of Butterflies

captured by Mr. John Whitehead at Kina Balu Mountain,

North Borneo. By H. Grose Smita.

Tw addition to the six new species described by me in the

December part, 1887, of the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Mr.

Whitehead, on his return to England last year, brought the

following new species of butterflies captured by him in the

above-mentioned locality.

Delias eumolpe.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings purewhite. Anterior wings

with the apical third, costa, and base greyish black, the

apical black area indented inwardly and with three minute

greyish-white spots between the discoidal and two upper

median nervules. Posterior wings with the outer margins

and ends of the veins narrowly black.

Underside. Anterior wings greyish black except on the

inner margin, which is white, and the area below and ex-

tending somewhat beyond the cell, which is irrorated with

white scales ; a large, oblong, oblique, greyish-white spot at

the end of and extending slightly above and beyond the cell,

broadest at the upper end; near the apex a curved row of

five conical spots, the four upper spots yellow, the fifth yel-

lowish white, the first spot below the subcostal nervule, the

second minute, the third the largest, the fourth about the

same size as the first, the fifth the smallest, followed near the

margin by two short white lines between the two lowest

median nervules, and two similar lines on the margin close

together above the submedian nervure. Posterior wings

bright yellow, with a broad marginal black band and black

veins; in the band is a submarginal row of six red triangular

spots between the veins, the uppermost situate below the first

subcostal nervule ; a basal, broad, elongated red patch below

the costal nervure; the costa at the base irrorated with

yellow.

Expanse of wings 33 inches.

Nearest to D. Descombes?, Boisd., and D. belisama, Cr.

In the collections of Mr. Whitehead and Mr. Grose Smith.

Cyrestis seminigra.

Upperside. Both wings white, with black veins, and crossed

with brown-black bands. Anterior wings with a small brown

Species of Butterflies from Borneo. 313

spot near the outer angle narrowly bordered internally with

white, and with one small black spot a little above its centre ;

at the top of the brown spot is a larger black spot narrowly

edged with white, and above this spot between the two lowest

median nervules, each of which it touches, is an elongate

quadrate spot narrowly edged with white. Posterior wings

with a brown patch at the anal angle in which are several

black spots; an oval black spot narrowly surrounded with

white on the abdominal fold above the brown patch.

Underside as above, but paler.

Near to C. menalis, Erichs., and ¢rme, Forbes, but differs

from both chiefly in being white and black instead of stra-

mineous and brown; the transverse bands are broader, and in

the brown spot at outer angle of anterior wings, which is

smaller than in either of those species, there is only one

instead of two black spots. Mr. Forbes, 1 in describing C. irme

(‘A Naturalist’s Wanderings in Sumatra,’ p. 274), appears

to have transposed the description of this butterfly with the

description of Cethosia caroline ; his description of the latter

apples to Cyrestis trme, and the description of Cyrestis trmee

applies to Cethosta caroline.

Eixpanse of wings 1% inch.

In the collections of Mr. Whitehead and Mr. Grose Smith.

Kuthalia Whitehead.

Male.— Upperside. Anterior wings dark brown, the costal

margin, apex, and a rather broad outer marginal space tinged

with olivaceous green, slightly iridescent, especially towards

the outer angle; three dark brown bars across the cell,

small oblong white spot between the basal and middle bar on

the subcostal nervure, a narrow, oblong, slightly curved,

greyish-white spot immediately beyond. the third bar, a

fourth bar on the discocellular nervule, and a fifth beyond,

the space between the fourth and fifth shghtly iridescent

olive-green ; two rows of three white spots each beyond, con-

verging above the upper median nervule; near the costal

margin, between the rows, is one white spot; in the

disk, on each side of the lowest median nervule, is a curved,

rather narrow, indistinct, whitish-brown marking. Posterior

wings: basal three fourths dark brown, outer fourth irides-

cent dark olivaceous green, in the middle of which is a row

of seven black conical spots, the anal spot double, the

three upper spots edged externally with three carmine

spots; three larger carmine spots towards the middle,

the uppermost below the costal nervure, the other two

314 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new

below the first and second subcostal nervules; an indis-

tinct small red spot near the anal angle.

Underside. Both wings paler and greener than above.

Anterior wings with the bars across and beyond the cell as

above, the space between the second and third and fourth and

fifth bars carmine, the white spots as above; two greyish-

white patches, edged internally with brownish black on each

side of the lowest median nervule; a rather broad whitish-

green space on the outer margin, lightest towards the outer

angle, becoming obsolete towards the apex, edged internally

with brownish black. Posterior wings with the red spots as

above ; the submarginal row of black conical spots almost

obsolete; across the disk below the lowest red discal spot is a

double row of lunular brown markings, the usual basal mark-

ings centred with carmine; base of the costa narrowly

carmine.

Female.—Upperside. Paler than the male. Anterior wings

crossed about the middle with an oblique white band of four

spots: the uppermost crosses the cell, indented on each side ;

the second at the junction of the middle median nervule with

the median nervure, minute; the third between the second

and lowest median nervules, narrowly elongated outwardly

at its lower end along the latter; the fourth below it

smaller and lunulate. Instead of the two converging rows

of three white spots in the apical portion of the male wing,

the outer row has two spots only, and there is one spot on

the costa.

Underside as above, but paler; the anterior wings have a

small annular spot below the cell, which is absent in the male.

Posterior wings: the two lowest discal carmine spots are

represented by two pale whitish-pink patches, edged internally

with dark brown, beneath which, bending towards the anal

angle, is a double row of lunular markings ; the carmine spots

within the basal markings are smaller, several being nearly

obsolete.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 3}, 2 33 inches.

The male is in the collections of Mr. Whitehead and Mr,

Grose Smith, the female is in the collection of Mr. White-

head only.

Nearest to 2. lubentina, Cramer, but in the shape of the

wings, the position and number of the white markings on the

anterior wings of both sexes, and the size differmg from that

species. It also differs from 4. data, Distant, with the types

of which it has been compared and in which the white spots

in the apical portion of the anterior wings are absent ;_ and in

the female 2. data the white band of spots on the anterior

Species of Butterflies from Borneo. 315

wings are transverse and different in numerous respects. In

EL. Whiteheadi there are no red lines or markings on the ab-

dominal margin of the posterior wings of either sex.

Tanecia amisa.

Male.—Upperside. Both wings dark velvety brown, crossed

in the middle by a pure white band. On the anterior wings

the band on the costa is only represented by a narrow short

line; thence to the inner margin the band gradually widens,

the veins across the band brown; a very indistinct, some-

what curved, white line between the subcostal nervules half-

way between the band and the apex; the cell is crossed by

five black lines, the two outermost nearly joining each other

on the median nervure; between the lowest median nervule

and the submedian nervure, near the base, touching the cell

at their upper ends, are two transverse black lines crossed at

their lower ends by a similar line; a small black spot below

the cell between the lowest and middle median nervule; a

submarginal row of indistinct, rather large, black spots. On

the posterior wings the band gradually tapers towards the

anal angle, where it slightly curves outwardly; the outer

edge of the band is slightly indentated ; an indistinct submar-

ginal row of round black spots.

Underside. "The band as above; pale brown inside the

band, darker beyond it; the band is edged on both sides with

dark brown markings; the subapical, indistinct, curved white

line on the upperside is represented by two white spots near

the costa and indistinct whitish-brown markings inside the

submarginal row of dark brown spots, the lines across the

cell and beneath it as above. Posterior wings brownish grey

between the band and the base, with numerous brown mark-

ings; the area beyond the band is pale brown, with a sub-

marginal row of dark brown spots capped with whitish

lunules, above which is a series of lunular brown markings ;

the outer portion of the band above the latter narrowly grey.

Expanse of wings 34 inches.

Nearest to 7. cibaritis and T. acontias of Hewitson.

In the collection of Mr. Whitehead. ¢

Tanecia cerulescens.

Male.—Upperside. Both wings brown, with dark markings

in the cell and basal area. Anterior wings with a greyish-

blue marginal band intersected by the brown nervules, com-

mencing narrowly below the upper median nervule, gradually

316 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new

widening towards the posterior angle. Posterior wings

broadly margined with a band of the same colour, dentated on

the inner edge; above the middle of the band is a row of

small spots between the veins as far as the lowest median

nervule, the two uppermost becoming larger and hastate.

Underside. Anterior wings pale brown at the base, gradu-

ally becoming darker towards the middle, whence to the

outer margin the wings are suffused with bluish grey, tinged

with pink and slightly iridescent; a submarginal row of

hastate dark markings commencing below the costa, larger

towards the posterior angle; inside the submarginal row is

another row of lunular spots capped with dark markings ; the

usual markings across and beneath the cell. Posterior wings :

basal third pale brown tinged with bluish grey, the rest of

the wings bluish grey, more iridescent than the anterior

wings ; a submarginal row of hastate markings, inside which,

a little beyond the middle, is a row of lunular markings ; the

usual spots and markings towards the base.

Expanse of wings 24 inches.

Nearest to 7’. supercilia, Butler.

In the collections of Mr. Whitehead and Mr. Grose Smith.

Tenaris occulta.

This species is near 7’. Horsfieldii, Swainson, but differs from

it in the following respects :—

Male.— Upperside. The anal third of the posterior wings is

wholly pale brownish white, instead of being margined with

the same colour as the rest of the wings, the basal area being

darker than in 7’. Horsfieldit.

Underside. The outer half of the posterior wings, in which

the ocelli are situated, is pale brownish white, except a space

near the apex, which is irrorated with dusky brown; the rest

of the posterior wings is dark brown, the outer edge of which

colour does not extend to the ocelli, but forms two distinct

curves partially round them, leaving on the inner side of the

upper ocellus a narrow, and of the lower ocellus a broader

area of the same colour as the outer portion of the wings.

Female.— Upperside paler than in the male, and the lower

ocellus on the posterior wings is entirely surrounded by the

brownish-wnite colour of the anal area.

Underside. 'The outer two thirds of the posterior wings is

pale brownish white, the basal third dusky brown, which colour

does not extend as far towards the ocelli as it extends in the

male. ‘The posterior wings are narrower than in the male.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 33, 9 2% inches.

Species of Butterflies from Borneo. 317

In the collections of Mr. John Whitehead and Mr. Grose

Smith.

Elymnias konga.

Male.—Upperside. Both wings dull bluish slate-colour,

changing to dull brown on the margins; outer margins emar-

ginate.

Underside. Both wings dull brown, darker towards the

base and mottled with brownish-grey markings. Anterior

wings with several light grey markings on the costal margin

towards the apex and an indistinct light grey area from the

apex to near the middle. Posterior wings with a rather small

white spot a little below the costal margin near the middle,

halfway between which and the base is an indistinct rufous

patch, the apex slightly rufous.

Expanse of wings 22 inches.

In the collection of Mr. Whitehead.

Near to £. penanga, Hewitson, and £. sumatrana, Wallace ;

but, besides other differences, the apex of the anterior wings is

less acute; it has a pubcortal white spot on the underside of

the posterior wings which is absent in those species, and the

outer margins are emarginate.

Sithon teunga.

Male.— Upperside. Anterior wings dull brown, with the

inner margin projecting; a round, “depressed, sericeous spot

above the submedian nervure about the middle, Posterior

wings: anal third white, the veins across the white area

black, 1 rather broadly tipped with black on the margin; the

upper half smooth, devoid of scales ; two tails, that nearest

the anal angle the longest.

Underside. Both wings dull pale brown, darker towards

the apex and almost white at the anal angle ; the inner mar-

ginal third of the anterior wings smooth, with a tuft of pale

brown hairs. Posterior wings: outer margin narrowly

black, a round black spot at the anal angle, another and two

black bars in a row above it, and inside these is another row

of three sinuate black elongated spots.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

In the collection of Mr. Whitehead.

Somewhat resembles S. amrita, Feld., on the underside.

Sithon kiana.

Male.— Upperside. Anterior wings dark brown. Posterior

318 On new Species of Butterflies from Borneo.

wings : basal and costal third dark brown, the remaining part

light blue, shading to white towards the anal angle, at which

there is a black spot; an oval black spot between the lowest

and middle median nervule ; one white tail, margin narrowly

black ; cilia white, spotted with black at the tips of the veins.

Underside. Anterior wings rufous-orange, a rather broad

rufous band on the outer margin; inner margin narrowly

grey ; an indistinct short white line, edged externally with

brown near the outer angle at the inner edge of the rufous

band; an indistinct, interrupted, transverse grey line beyond the

middle, becoming obsolete towards the costa. Posterior wings

rufous-orange, the apical third of the margin rather broadly

rufous, below which to the anal angle there is a rather broad

marginal white band, narrowly black on the margin, in which,

at the anal angle, is a black spot; beyond the tail is another

black spot crowned with a brown bar, and connected with the

anal spot by two narrow dark brown bars, and two smaller

black spots beyond, the first of which has a narrow brown

bar above it; above the spots and bars and extending nearly

to the apex are a row of lunular white markings, edged

narrowly with brown, and towards the middle an indistinct

V-shaped white line.

Female.— Upperside as in the male, but paler ; the blue area

on the posterior wings is narrower and greyer, with a submar-

ginal row of five ill-defined black spots, the middle and anal

spots being the largest.

Underside as in the male, but posterior wings paler and

yellower.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 14, 9 1} inch.

Nearest to S. tharis, Hiibn., and S. Meduwana, Hew.

In the collections of Mr. Whitehead and Mr. Grose Smith,

Sithon cineas.

Male.— Upperside. Anterior wings dark blue, base and

costa narrowly, outer margin broadly, black, the inner mar-

in towards the base projecting. Posterior wings rather

brighter blue, the lower part of the outer margin strongly

emarginate, with three black tails tipped with white, the

middle tail much the longest ; a black band on the margins,

broadest above the tails; a narrow white line between the

two lowest tails, and above it and the black band is a rather

broad brownish-white spot, broadest next the abdominal fold ;

a faint indication across the middle of the black line on the

underside; on the costal margin a broad shiny patch devoid

of scales.

On.the Staphylinide of Japan. 319

Underside. Anterior wings dull brownish white at the

base, gradually becoming greyish brown at the apex and

outer margin. Posterior wings brownish white, with a sub-

marginal band from the apex to the anal angle, brown at the

apex, changing to black above the tails, and at the anal angle

centred with a thin metallic blue line; above the submar-

ginal band is a second slightly irregular band, brown and

linear near the apex, changing to black and broader towards

the anal angle ; cilia white.

Female.— Upperside. Both wings entirely brown except

the narrow white line between the two tails on the posterior

wings and a small white spot above the anal angle.

Underside as in the male.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 13, 2 ¢ inch.

Nearest to S. ctnesta and S. maneia, Hewitson.

The female is smaller than the male, a peculiarity noted

by Mr. Hewitson with regard to S. cinesta.

In the collection of Mr. Whitehead.

XXXVIT.— The Staphylinidee of Japan.

By Dr. D. SHARP.

[Continued from p. 267. ]

EOMEDON, nov. gen.

Corpus minus elongatum, subconvexum, hirtellum, Labrum rotun-

datum, medio emarginatum. Caput collo angusto. Prosternum

breve. ‘Tarsi posteriores articulo quarto sub quinto producto.

Labrum large, elongate, with a slight emargination in the

middle, but no trace of denticles. Mandibles short, rather

strongly bidentate in the middle. Penultimate joint of

maxillary palpi rather inflated, globose-oval. Anterior tarsi

slightly dilated. Prosternum in front of the coxe short,

supracoxal process attaining the mesosternum, side-pieces

large, but so much inflexed as to be inconspicuous. Hind

tarsi rather long, basal joint twice as long as the second,

terminal joint inserted at the extremity of the third joint,

the fourth joint being produced under the fifth.

The tarsal structure brings this genus near Stilomedon,

from which it differs in many particulars, such as the form of

the labrum and the denticulation of the mandibles, the sub-

320 Dr. D. Sharp on

globose joint of the maxillary palpus, and the very short

prosternum.

Eomedon hirtellus, n. sp.

Brevis, crassiusculus, hirtellus, ferrugineus ; elytris apicem versus

testaceis, pedibus pallide flavis; prothorace fortiter transverso,

elytris hoc paulo longioribus.

Long. 3; millim.

Antenne short and thick, thicker towards the extremity,

penultimate joints strongly transverse. Head transversely

quadrate, closely and very coarsely punctate. ‘Thorax very

short, nearly twice as broad as it is long, very densely coarsely

punctate, with trace of a smooth line along the middle.

Elytra short, ferrnginous at base, yellow towards the extre-

mity, sparingly punctate, strongly pubescent. Hind body

strongly pubescent.

Nagasaki, in April and May, 1881.

STILICODERUS, nov. gen.

Labrum medio longitudinaliter carinulatum. Palpi mavxillares

articulo ultimo elongato, magno. Mandibula sinistra tri-, dextra

quadridentata, dentibus magnis. Caput collo angustissimo.

Tarsi posteriores articulis quatuor basalibus gradatim decrescenti-

bus, articulo basali quam articulo ultimo haud longiore.

This genus should be placed near Trochoderus and Stilicus.

It differs from the latter by the structure of the labrum and

mandibles and the much greater development of the terminal

joint of the maxillary palpi, as well as by the less elongation

of the first joint of the hind foot. The prosternum is without

the concavity visible in all the Sédie?, and the antenne are

more of the filiform type. The genus in fact seems to

be more closely connected with several genera that form

a series of connecting-links between Medon and Stilicus.

From Trochoderus, the genus of the group in question to

which it is nearest, it departs by the very different structure

of the labrum ; this has two teeth in the middle, but it has

also a longitudinal carina extending all along the upper sur-

face of the labrum and projecting in front, so that the middle

of the labrum is actually tridenticulate. The comparative

proportions of the joimts of the hind foot constitute another

difference between the two genera.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 321

Stilicoderus signatus, n. sp.

Niger ; pedibus testaceis ; antennis extrorsum rufis ; elytris fortiter,

parce, subseriatim punctatis, singulo humerum yersus macula

magna sanguinea.

Long. 7 millim.

Antenne about as long as head and thorax, piceous at the

base, rufescent at the extremity, third joint much longer than

the second, tenth as long as broad. Head elongate, rather

shining, black, rather deeply, closely, and moderately coarsely

punctate, the interstices quite even, not in the least rugose,

eyes rather small, convex in front. Thorax a little narrower

than the elytra, slightly narrowed behind, attenuate in front,

covered with a sculpture of elevated granules, with a broad,

shining, smooth line along the middle. Elytra rather short,

about as long as the thorax, feebly pubescent, shining, with

numerous coarse punctures arranged irregularly in a serial

manner, with a large but not very sharply limited mark near

the base of each. Legs yellow, coxe fuscous. Male with a

large, broad, angular excision of the last ventral plate.

A small series of this species was found amongst moss at

Ashinoyu, and two or three examples were captured at

Miyanoshita. Pederus Power? and parallelus were associated

with it.

- Stilicus longtpennis, n. sp.

Angustior, nigricans ; antennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis ; capite

thoraceque confertissime punctatis, opacis, hoc medio subtiliter

canaliculato; elytris prothorace longioribus, ad latera rufo-

sordidis, ad suturam fuscescentibus.

Long. 43 millim.

This is readily distinguished from the other Japanese

species by the canaliculate prothorax and the longer elytra.

The head is rather narrow, not at all transverse; the thorax

elongate, longer than broad, the lateral angles quite indistinct,

the median channel is fine and shining, thus contrasting with

the rest of the thorax. ‘The elytra are narrow, somewhat

shining, excessively finely punctate, with a few indistinct

larger punctures ; they are of a fuscescent-red colour, darker

towards the suture.

Nikko, Hakodate, Junsai; five specimens,

322 Dr. D. Sharp on

Group SUNIINA.

Mesunius optatus, n. sp.

Ferrugineus; antennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis; abdomine

apicem versus fuscescente; elytris thorace multo brevioribus.

Long. 5 millim.

Antenne with the first joint much longer and stouter than

the others, reddish, the others yellow. Head much larger

than the elytra, coarsely and closely punctate. Thorax

distinctly longer than broad, much rounded in front, and a

little narrowed behind, very coarsely punctate, somewhat

shining, with a slight impression on either side of the middle

atthe base. Elytra small, narrow, especially at the shoulders,

densely, coarsely, and deeply punctured. Hind body with

the basal segments coarsely, the apical obsoletely, punctured.

In the male the penultimate ventral segment is very deeply

excised for the greater part of its length; each hind angle of

the excision is furnished with a broad tuft of hairs, the tuft

being acuminate and somewhat incurved. ‘The terminal

segment bears a very elongate narrow excision.

Sunius porosus, n. sp.

Minus gracilis, fortiter punctatus, opacus, niger; antennis, palpis

elytrisque ferrugineis, pedibus pallide flavis,

Long. 5} millim.

Antenne moderately long, penultimate joint nearly twice

as long as broad. Head broad, slightly broader than the

elytra, coarsely reticulate. Thorax a little narrower than

the elytra, much narrowed behind, slightly longer than

broad, coarsely reticulate. Hlytra only about as long as the

thorax, very coarsely, deeply, and densely punctate. Hind

body not very elongate, coarsely punctured; the two apical

segments much more sparingly punctured and a little shining.

Yokohama; two females.

This is not very closely allied to any other; it may be

placed between S. histrio and S. filiformis.

Sunius suffusus.

Sunius suffusus, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1874, p. 75.

Mr. Lewis has now procured a good series of this species,

showing that it is variable in colour; it may be either ferru.

ginous, with the apex of the hind body black, or the body

the Staphylinidex of Japan. 323

with the exception of the elytra may be entirely black. In-

termediate specimens occur in which the head, thorax, and

hind body are of a ferruginous colour but more or less suf-

fused with black.

Nagasaki, Yokohama, and Miyanoshita.

Stilicopsis setigera.

Acanthoglossa (?) setigera, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 67.

As Acanthoglossa, Kr., cannot at present be distinguished

from Séilicopsis, I alter the name of this species in accordance

with that view. The insect was met with sparingly about

Yokohama and Nagasaki.

Group P #DERINA.

Pederus parallelus.

Pederus parallelus, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxi. p. 368.

Nikko and Chiuzenji in August, and Ashinoyu (abundant) ;

Junsai (Lewis) ; Hakodate (Weise).

Subfam. PrvopHiLiv#.

Pinophilus punctatissimus, n. sp.

Elongatus, omnium densissime punctatus, dense subtilissime pube-

scens, ubique opacus, nigerrimus; palpis, antennis pedibusque

rutis, Ulis fuscescentibus.

Long. 20 millim.

Antenne elongate, more slender at the extremity than at

the base, sordid red. Head quite dull, densely minutely

sculptured, and with distant larger punctures. Thorax large,

about as broad as the elytra, nearly square, being about as

long as broad, finely and extremely densely punctured, quite

dull. Elytra a fourth part longer than the thorax, very

densely, subrugosely, and rather finely punctate, dull. Hind

body densely punctate. Legs clear red.

This is allied to P. yavanus, Er., but is readily distinguished

by the absence of any shining space on the head; only two

female examples were found, one at Hitoyoshi, May 8, 1881,

the other at Ogura, July 18, 1881.

324 Dr. D. Sharp on

Pinophilus Lewistus.

Pinophilus Lewisius, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 77.

This is a mountain species and apparently very rare, but

has been again met with on Mitzuyama in April and May.

Procirrus Lewisit, n. sp.

Rufo-brunneus, opacus, densissime punctatus; antennis, palpis

pedibusque flavis ; elytris prothorace brevioribus.

Long. 8 millim.

Antenne short, first and second joints as long as the four

following, terminal twice as long as penultimate. Head sub-

elliptical, very densely punctured. Thorax oblong, much

longer than broad, nearly straight at the sides and scarcely

narrowed behind, very densely punctured. LElytra very

densely punctured, distinctly shorter than the thorax. Hind

body thick, very densely punctured, yellowish at the apex.

Similar to the Mediterranean P. Lefebvreti, but with the

head more truncate behind, the thorax less slender, and the

elytra much smaller; probably apterous.

Nagasaki, April 4th, 1881; a single female *.

(Edichirus Lewistus.

Gdichirus Lewisius, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 76.

This elegant insect was met with on several occasions

about Nagasaki in the spring of 1881, and a colony was

found at Miyanoshita in May 1880; single examples also

were procured at Hitoyoshi and Kiga. The series thus

secured consists of about thirty individuals and shows that

the species is somewhat variable; the dark colour of the

knees is specially an inconstant character and is not exhibited

* The following closely allied species is, I believe, the only nondescript

Procirrus extant in collections :—

Procirrus fusculus, n. sp.

Fuscus, opacus, densissime punctatus; antennis, palpis pedibusque fusco-

testaceis; elytris prothorace fere brevioribus.

Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Dacca, Ind. or.

This is very close to P. Lefebvret and P. Lewisii, though distinguished

from both by the darker colour, and in respect of the shape of the head,

thorax, and elytra it is intermediate between the two.

the Staphylinidee of Japan, 325

at all in several of the Miyanoshita examples. The speci-

mens procured about Nagasaki also vary a little in the length

of the elytra. No individuals were found, however, to

connect the species with GZ. cde; but as that insect is dis-

tinguished only by the rather longer elytra being more

closely punctate, especially at the base, it is quite possible it

may prove to be connected with @. Lewistus by intermediate

examples.

Subfam. Hr asrazerrnz.

Edaphus japonicus, n. sp.

Brevis, convexus, nitidus, parce pubescens, fere impunctatus, dilute

piceus ; antennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis ; capite minute pro-

funde biimpresso ; prothorace basi quadriimpresso.

Long. 13 millim.

Head very small, scarcely half as broad as the elytra, the

surface uneven, owing to two impressions between the eyes,

so that there appears to be a tubercle on each side close to the

eye; this latter organ is very convex. ‘Thorax rather

broader than long, very much narrower than the elytra, nar-

rowed behind, with a transverse basal depression, limited at

each hind angle by a fine carina and divided in the middle

by a similar carina, each lateral portion also divided into two.

Elytra longer than the thorax, with fine sutural striz and

feeble punctuation and pubescence. Hind body short, acu-

minate behind, the basal dorsal segment a good deal longer

than the second.

Two examples; Nagasaki, end of March 1881, in hay

refuse.

Subfam. Svenrnm.

Stenus biquttatus, var.

Stenus biguttatus, Ky. Gen. et Spec. Staph. p. 690.

Awomori, Hakodate.

The Japanese examples differ from those of Europe and

eastern Siberia in possessing a greater development of the

male characters; the hind margin of the antepenultimate

ventral ring is a little emarginate, the surface depressed and

polished in front of the emargination ; the hind margin of the

preceding segment also is very feebly emarginate.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ui. 23

326 _ Dr. D. Sharp on

Stenus alienus.

Stenus alienus, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 81.

This was found as far north as Hakodate and is apparently

the most common of the Japanese Stenz.

Stenus tenuipes.

Stenus tenuipes, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 80.

This was obtained as far north as Hakodate and Sapporo.

Stenus anthracinus, n. sp. (Sect. I. A**, Erichson.)

Elongatus, angustulus, nigerrimus, subopacus, palporum basi tes-

tacea; capite excavato, vertice summo medio anguste carinato.

Long. 5 millim.

This is allied only to S. macdes, from which it is distin-

guished by the very black colour and the scarcely perceptible

pubescence, the more rugose sculpture, the slender carina

on the back of the head, and by the black legs. The basal

joint of the palpi and the base of the next joint are yellow.

The thorax is slender, rounded at the sides, very densely,

rather finely, but quite rugosely punctured. Elytra a little

longer than the thorax, densely rugose-punctate. Hind body

obsoletely punctate, the segments without cusps. Legs

slender and elongate, quite black.

Oyama, May; Kashiwagi, June: two female examples.

Stenus Lewistus.

Stenus Lewisius, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 82.

This has now been found in some numbers and as far

north as Otaru, in Yezo.

Stenus lentus,n. sp. (Sect. [. A***, Erichson.)

Robustus, sat nitidus, niger; palpis testaceis articulo ultimo fusces-

cente, pedibus rufis, geniculis fuscis; fortiter punctatus, haud

rugosus ; elytris thorace paulo longioribus.

Long. 7 millim.

Antenne with third to eighth joints piceous; palpi elon-

gate, yellow, the terminal joint fuscescent, but not on its

basal part. Head a little concave, broadly bisulcate, the

grooves separated by a broad interstice. Thorax a little

the Staphylinide of Japan. 327

longer than broad, coarsely, closely, and irregularly punctate,

shining. Elytra coarsely punctate, but shining. Hind body

sparingly and coarsely punctured, the seoments at the base

with a single cusp in “the middle, the lateral mar gins distinct

and raised.

Nikko ; three female examples.

This is not closely allied to any known species.

Stenus distans,n. sp. (Sect. I. A***, Erichson.)

Elongatus, opacus, niger, vix subenescens; palpis flavis, pedibus

rufis, geniculis fuscescentibus ; fortiter rugoso-punctatus ; elytris

thorace paulo brevioribus ; abdomine subtiliter marginato.

Long. 54 millim.

Antenne rather short, the two basal joints black, the others

piceous black. Palpi yellow. Head slightly concave, rather

feebly sulcate, with a moderately broad, slightly elevated

interstice ; very coarsely and densely punctured. Thorax

much rounded at the sides, scarcely longer than broad, with a

slight depression on the middle, very ‘coarsely and densely

punctured. Elytra narrow at the shoulders, very coarsely

punctured. Hind body densely and coarsely punctured, the

segments with a single carina on the middle of each at the

base, and the basal two segments each also with a short

lateral projection. Legs rather long and slender.

Nagasaki, April 4th ; two female specimens.

This is not closely allied to any other species; the abdo-

minal margins, though quite fine, are distinct.

Stenus laborator, n. sp. (Sect. I. B, Erichson.)

Elongatus, angustulus, niger, opacus, densissime punctatus ; palpis

pallide flavis, pedibus testaceis, geniculis fuscescentibus; elytris

thorace paulo longioribus.

Long. 5 millim.

Head excavate, bisulcate, with very feebly elevated inter-

stice. Thorax rounded at the sides and narrowed behind,

longer than broad, extremely densely, rather finely punc-

tured, slightly uneven. LElytra slightly longer than the

thorax, the humeral angles rectangular, extremely densely

punctured, Hind body slender, the basal segments distinctly

punctate, the other quite obsoletely punctured, bearing a dis-

tinct, fine, depressed pubescence. The male has a “minute

acumen on the inner face of each of the anterior four tibie at

the apex, and a rather more distinct tubercle on the hind

23%

328 Dr. D. Sharp on

tibie a little distance above the apex; the femora are a little

inflated and the apices of the hinder trochanters spinose ;

the breast is finely pubescent ; the terminal ventral ring bears

a deep narrow notch behind and in front is bicarinate, the

preceding segment is depressed in the middle and acutely

carinate on each side of the depression, and the antepenulti-

mate is broadly but slightly depressed.

Yokohama, Osaka.

This species resembles those of the S. specu/ator group

rather than the species amongst which it is placed on account

of its immarginate hind body. It has no European ally.

Stenus hirtiventris, n. sp. (Sect. I. B, Erichson.)

Niger, sat nitidus, pube albida suberecta parce vestitus, fortiter

punctatus, pedibus piceis ; elytris thoracis longitudine.

Long. 3 millim.

Antenne short and stout. Head not at all concave, the

vertex elevated in the middle, very feebly depressed on each

side. Thorax subglobose, very coarsely punctured. LElytra

also coarsely punctured. Hind body convex, the basal seg-

ments distinctly, the apical sparingly and obsoletely punc-

tured, the segments at the base tricuspidate. Legs rather

short, basal joint of the palpi pale.

Niigata, 9th September, 1881; a single female.

This little insect has no close ally, but somewhat resembles

the European S. fuscipes belonging to another section of the

genus.

Stenus bicolon, n. sp. (Sect. If. A, Erichson.)

Elongatus, niger, sat nitidus ; palpis, antennis pedibusque flavis ;

elytris singulo apicem versus macula parva aurantiaca.

Long. 51-6 millim.

Antenne very long and slender, the elongate club slightly

infuscate ; palpi very long. Head broad, eyes widely sepa-

rated, a slight broad depression on each side. Thorax

Jonger than broad, a good deal rounded at the sides, very

densely and deeply punctate. lytra scarcely longer than

the thorax, densely, deeply and rather coarsely punctured,

each with an elongate, rather small, reddish spot, placed

much nearer to the hind margin than to the base. Hind

body closely punctate, the punctuation rather coarse at the

base, much more obsolete at the apex, the segments entirely

without cusps. Legs long, tarsal lobes rather long. The

the Staphylinide of Japan. 329

male has a slight emargination on the hind margin of the

last ventral plate and the following segment is finely bicari-

nate in front of the hind margin.

Oyayama and Miyanoshita in April and May.

This is the only species in this section that possesses

spotted elytra.

Stenus palpalis, n. sp. (Sect. II. A, Erichson.)

Nigerrimus, nitidus, subeylindricus; antennis, palpis pedibusque

rufo-testaceis, illarum clava fuscescente; fortiter rugoso-punc-

tatus; elytris thoraceque longitudine equalibus ; abdomine obso-

lete marginato.

Long. 6 millim.

Palpi extremely long. Head very broad, broader than the

elytra, not excavate, with two broad vague grooves. Thorax

about as long as broad, rounded at the sides and much nar-

rowed behind, coarsely, deeply, and very densely punctate.

Elytra extremely coarsely punctate, very slightly narrowed

at the shoulders. Hind body sparingly punctate, the punc-

tures at the base very coarse, on the apical segment much

less so. ‘T'arsal lobes large. The male characters are slight,

but there is in that sex a broad, rather shallow, angular

notch on the last ventral plate.

Ichiuchi and Sendai; two specimens.

This is somewhat similar to S. subcylindricus, Scriba, but

is much closer to an undescribed species from Amurland. It

connects the species of this section with those of the following,

being similar to S. mysticus ; that species possesses traces of

the lateral margin on each of the segments of the hind body

in the form of a single raised line; but in S. palpalis there

are two raised lines on each segment, so that the side-margin

exists, though not raised or prominent.

Stenus latitarsis, n. sp. (Sect. I. A, Erichson.)

Robustus, niger, parce breviterque albido-pubescens ; tarsis latis,

articulis ultimis fuscis; antennis palpisque fusco-rufis, illis arti-

culo basali nigro.

Long. 5 millim.

Antenne rather short. Head not at all excavate, with

slight convexity on the middle of the vertex and very slightly

depressed on each side. Thorax longer than broad, rather

closely punctate, with an indistinct, rather short, smooth

space on the middle. Elytra a little longer than the thorax,

330 Dr. D. Sharp on

moderately coarsely and closely punctured. Hind body stout

at the base, much narrowed to the extremity, punctuation

rather distant and not coarse, the segments unicuspidate at

the base in the middle, and the basal segment with a feeble

lateral cusp. Legs rather short. The male characters are

slight and consist of a feeble broad emargination of the last

ventral plate and a slight deplanation of the preceding seg-

ment along its middle.

Miyanoshita ; two examples.

Not very near any other species, but comes in the neigh-

bourhood of 8. béfoveolatus, Gyll.

Stenus insularis. (Sect. HW. A, Erichson.)

Stenus insularis, Sahlb. Veg. exp. Vet. iv. p. 53.

“ Hiro Sami.”

This apparently has not been met with by Mr. Lewis.

Stenus mysticus, n. sp. (Sect. 11. B, Erichson.)

Niger, subopacus, rugoso-punctatus ; antennis, palpis pedibusque

fusco-testaceis; elytris thorace paulo longioribus; abdomine

haud omnino immarginato, tarsorum lobis occultis.

Long. 4 millim.

Palpi and antennee fuscous, the basal joint of the latter

rather clearer yellow. Head broad, a little concave, with a

broad, very slight interstice separating the indistinct ocular

grooves. Thorax about as long as broad, densely rugose-

punctate, longitudinally impressed on the middle, much

rounded at the sides. Elytra coarsely and closely longitu-

dinally rugosee Hind body rather slender, subeylindric,

coarsely punctate, the segments ecuspidate. The male has

a broad, only moderately deep, angular notch on the last ven-

tral plate, and the preceding segment is broadly but very

slightly depressed along the middle towards the extremity.

Nikko.

This species is liable to be overlooked, as its true position

is not very clear; the tarsal lobes are short and can only be

seen by a careful inspection, and the margins of the hind

body are not quite absent ; hence it might be looked for in

section I. A*** of Erichson.

Stenus indubius, n. sp. (Sect. If. B, Evichson.)

Niger, parum nitidus, subcylindricus; antennis, palpis pedibusque

the Staphylinidee of Japan. 331

flavis, illis extrorsum fuscescentibus; fortiter denseque puncta-

tus ; elytris thorace brevioribus.

Long. 6 millim.

Antenne and palpi very long. Head broader than the

elytra, not concave, vertex broadly but vaguely grooved on

each side. Thorax a little longer than broad, much rounded

at the sides, densely and coarsely rugose-punctate. Elytra

small, narrow at the shoulders, shorter than the thorax,

coarsely and densely punctate. Hind body elongate, finely

and sparingly, but quite distinctly pubescent, the basal seg-

ment coarsely, the apical quite obsoletely punctate. ‘Tarsal

lobes rather large. The male is distinguished by a very

slight emargination on the hind margin of the last ventral

plate.

Miyanoshita and Kiga; five examples.

This somewhat resembles S. palpalis, but is readily dis-

tinguished by the less coarse punctuation and by the absence

of lateral margins on the hind body.

Stenus cephalotes, n. sp. (Sect. II. B, Erichson.)

Sat elongatus, niger, haud nitidus; antennarum basi, palpis pedi-

busque testaceis ; elytris brevibus, thorace subgloboso brevioribus.

Long. 3-3} millim.

Antenne and palpi only moderately long. Head very

broad, with very large eyes, deeply depressed on each side,

the interstice broad. Thorax about as long as broad, greatly

rounded at the sides, very densely, rather coarsely punctured,

rugose. Hlytra very short, narrow at the shoulders, densely

and coarsely punctured. Hind body almost without pubes-

cence, the basal segments coarsely punctured, the apical

almost impunctate. Tarsal lobes slender. ‘The male is

distinguished from the female by the terminal ventral plate

being truncate instead of acuminate.

Nagasaki in March and April.

Though very different trom S. rufescens in colour this is

similar thereto in size and form.

Stenus confertus, nu. sp. (Sect. Il. B, Erichson.)

Niger, opacus, fortiter densissime punctatus, brevissime albido-

pubescens ; antennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis, geniculis anten-

narumque claya fuscis; elytris thorace longioribus.

Long. 3-34 millim.

Palpi and antenne short. Head broad, not concave,

332 Dr. D. Sharp on

without grooves. ‘Thorax rather longer than broad. LElytra

longer and much broader than the thorax, rather con-

vex, coarsely and extremely densely punctured. Hind body

elongate-conic, extremely densely punctured, the sculpture

uniform, as coarse on the apical as on the basal segments.

Legs yellowish, apex of femora and base of tibize fuscescent.

Male with a broad slight emargination of the last ventral

plate and with the preceding segment deplanate along the

middle.

Sanjo, 3rd September, 1881 ; two examples.

This is hke S. dissimilis, but is quite distinct on account

of the longer elytra and the denser punctuation.

Stenus disstmilis.

Stenus dissimilis, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 87.

Nagasaki in March and April; rare.

Stenus concinnus, nu. sp. (Sect. I. B, Erichson.)

Angustus, sat elongatus, niger, sat nitidus, parce brevissime albido-

pubescens, crebre fortiter punctatus; antennarum basi, palpis

pedibusque testaceis, femorum apicibus, tarsis palporumque

articulo ultimo fuscescentibus.

Long. 33 millim.

Antenne rather short and slender, base clear yellow.

Head flat, densely and evenly punctured. Thorax rather

longer than broad, subcylindric, only slightly curved at the

sides, very densely punctured. Elytra slender, longer than

the thorax, densely punctured. Hind body siender, the basal

segment densely and coarsely, the apical sparingly and finely

punctate.

Niigata, 15th September, 1881 ; one example.

This is most like S. confertus, but is very easily distin-

guished by the shining surface; it has a more cylindrical

thorax and is, judging from one example, a more slender

insect.

Stenus oblitus.

Stenus oblitus, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 87.

Found sparingly in September and October ; Honjo, Furu-

kawa, Niigata.

The male characters in this species are very slight and

consist merely of a slight emargination of the hind margin of

the last ventral plate.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 333

Stenus mercator,n. sp. (Sect. I]. B, Evichson.)

Elongatus, niger, vix subviridescens, pube albida, micante, depressa

vestitus ; antennis, palpis pedibusque pallide flavis, femoribus

posterioribus apice nigro,.

Long. 6 millim.

Head not excavate, but broadly and rather deeply im-

pressed on each side. Thorax elongate, subcylindric, though

slightly curved at the sides, closely, moderately finely punc-

tured. Elytra elongate, longer than the thorax, densely

punctured. Hind body elongate, rather closely but indis-

tinctly punctured. The male has a rather large deep notch

on the hind margin of the last ventral plate.

Junsai, Niigata.

This is similar to our Huropean S. soluéus, though with

numerous points of distinction. Mr. Lewis some years ago

found at Kin Kiang a specimen that may be a variety of

this species.

Stenus sedatus,n. sp. (Sect. [1. B, Krichson.)

Elongatus, angustulus, niger, pube albida evidenter vestitus ; anten-

nis, palpis pedibusque pallide flavis ; dense fortiter punctatus, sat

nitidus.

Long. 6 millim.

Head broad, not excavate, but rather deeply depressed on

each side, the interstice broad, not punctate on the middle ;

eyes large, widely separated. Thorax elongate, slightly

rounded on the sides, very coarsely punctate. Elytra about

as long as the thorax, closely and coarsely punctate. Hind

body rather coarsely punctate, even at the extremity.

Niigata, 6th September, 1881; one female.

This may be placed between S. ctcindela and 8. curraz,

from the latter of which it is distinguished by its conspicuous

white pubescence, which is more erect than usual in the

genus, especially on the hind body.

Stenus velox, n. sp. (Sect. Il. B, Erichson.)

Elongatus, angustus, nigerrimus, parcissime pubescens, fortiter

punctatus, sat nitidus; antennis, palpis pedibusque elongatis,

pallide flavis.

Long. 53 millim.

Head excavate, with a slight, narrow, less punctate eleva-

tion in the middle. Thorax very long and narrow, subcylin-

334 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

dric, very densely punctate. Elytra densely and coarsely

punctate, along the suture shorter than the thorax, at the

sides about as long as the thorax. Hind body slender,

elongate and cylindric, almost destitute of pubescence, very

coarsely punctate. Male with a rather deep notch on the

hind margin of the terminal ventral plate, and with the pre-

ceding segment slightly depressed along the middle and

pubescent on each side of the depression.

Nikko, Tokio, Fukushima ; six specimens.

This is allied to S. currax and S. sedatus, but can be

readily distinguished from the latter by the more slender

form, intense black colour, and by the almost complete

absence of pubescence on the hind body. SS. curraz has a

differently formed head, comparatively obsolete punctuation

on the hind body, and a remarkably conspicuous white pubes-

cence on the basal segments of that part.

Stenus flavidulus, n. sp. (Sect. II. B, Erichson.)

Elongatus, angustulus, rufo-testaceus ; capite inter oculos, pectore

abdominisque apice nigris; antennis, palpis pedibusque flavis.

Long. 5-53 millim.

Antenne very long. Head black, red in front of the

antenne, not excavate but broadly and shallowly bisulcate,

rather sparingly punctate. Thorax elongate, subcylindric,

rather coarsely but not densely punctate. Hlytra as long as

the thorax and punctate like it. Hind body slender, elongate,

very scantily pubescent, the basal segments sparingly punc-

tate, the apical almost impunctate. Male with a large angu-

lar notch on the last ventral plate.

Honjo, in Tokio, under rushes with Drypta fulveola, an

insect of somewhat similar colour; in late autumn and early

spring in plenty.

This species is very distinct on account of its colour. The

only species I am acquainted with that are like it in this

respect inhabit Ceylon.

[To be continued. ]

XXXVIII.—Notes on some Buthide, new and old. By R. I.

Pocock, of the British (Natural-History) Museum.

[Plate XV.]

THE conclusions set forth in this paper as to the validity of

certain doubtful species of Buthus and the descriptions ot the

new and old Buthide. 335

new forms herein contained are based upon an examination

of the large number of specimens of this genus which are

contained in the collection of the British Museum.

On Buthus Martensi?, Karsch.

Buthus Martensti, Karsch, Mitth. Miinchn. ent. Ver. 1879, p. 112.

The conclusion of the diagnosis of this species is as fol-

lows:—“ An forsitan masculum tantum DButhi hottentotte

(Fabr.), cum qua specie magnam similitudinem habet ; sed

in permultis multorum locorum hujus speciei exemplis a me

visis nullum digiti mobilis palporum lobo illo exstructum

estas

Possessing but one male specimen wherewith to test the

constancy of this character, Dr. Karsch was left in doubt

as to the validity of the species described. An examination,

however, of the specimens of Buthus contained in the British

Museum has shown that B. Martens¢i is distinct from B.

hottentotta and that the two may be readily separated by the

following features :—

Buthus Martensti (Karsch). (Pl. XV. figs. 1, La, 2.)

6 .—Hand thicker ; fingers shorter.

Movable finger furnished with a conspicuous lobe, which

fits into a corresponding excavation in the immovable

finger.

Hand wider than forearm.

Length of ‘hand-back” about two thirds the length of

the movable finger.

Width of hand a little less than one half the length of

the movable finger.

? .—Hand thinner ; fingers longer.

Movable finger without lobe ; immovable finger without

excavation.

Hand narrower than forearm.

Length of “hand-back” about half the length of the

movable finger.

Width of hand a little less than one third the length of

the movable finger.

The type of this species (a male) was from Singapore.

The British Museum possesses nineteen specimens :—India

(two females), Sikkim (one male), Umballah (two females),

Bengal (two females, two males), Madras (three males, three

females) ; and in addition four specimens (one male, three

females) without locality affixed.

336 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

Buthus hottentotta (Fabr.). (Pl. XV. fig. 18.)

3 ¢ .—Alike in the form of the hand.

Movable finger with a feeble lobe which fits into a corre-

spondingly feeble excavation in the immovable finger.

Hand about as wide as the forearm.

Length of “ hand-back ”’ more than half but less than

two thirds of the length of the movable finger.

Width of hand considerably less than one half the length

of the movable finger.

Of this species the British Museum possesses one speci-

men from Gambia, two from Shongo, two from the Niger,

and also four adults and a number of young in various stages

of growth from West Africa.

It will be noticed from the foregoing paragraphs that the

last-named species occurs in Africa, while the other is

Oriental, and that the African species, alike in its sexes, is

intermediate between the male and the female of the Oriental

species.

It seems very probable from the fact that B. hottentotta is

intermediate between the sexes of B. Martensii that these

two species have been hitherto confounded in museums under

the name “ hottentotta.”

This belief is based in part upon the circumstance that the

Marquis G. Doria has lately kindly presented to the British

Museum two specimens of a Buthus from Bengal which had

been identified in the Genoa Museum as B. hottentotta, Fabr.

In reality these specimens are males of B. Martensit.

It will be interesting to discover to what extent, if at all,

specimens from intermediate localities serve to fill up the

structural interval which separates the African and Asiatic

forms, and to learn thereby how valid is the conclusion that

the two are to be ranked as distinct species.

On Buthus confuctus, Simon. (Pl. XV. fig. 2a.)

Buthus confucius, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) x. p. 124.

The validity of this species has been called in question by

Dr. Karsch (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxv. p. 219) while reporting

upon a collection of Arachnida from China. In this collec-

tion was a species of Buthus from Pekin which was referred

to “B. Martensii (Karsch) (=syn.. Buthus confucius, E.

Simon ?),”

There are, however, several reasons which lead me to think

that Dr. Karsch has fallen into error in this instance. In

new and old Buthide. aoe

the first place it does not seem likely that a mistake should

be made in the identification of a specimen of B. Martensii ;

for Dr. Karsch has made comparatively easy the recognition

of his species by giving, in addition to a detailed description,

a comparison between it and a form so well known as #.

hottentotta, Fabr.

In the second place, Mons. Simon has made perhaps but

little less certain the identification of B. confucius by adding

at the end of the description of this species the following

words :—“Trés-commun sur les rochers de Vile du phare de

Tchefou; également commun & Pékin” &e.

Now the British Museum possesses no less than thirty-

five specimens of a species of Buthus which were brought by

Col. Swinhoe from Pekin and Tchefou; and these specimens

agree with the description of B. confucius sufficiently well to

leave no doubt but that they are rightly to be called by that

name. Moreover, as stated above, the Museum possesses a

long series of Scorpions which agree precisely with the diag-

nosis of B. Martensi?. But a comparison between these last

and those from Pekin and Tchefou settles at once the ques-

tion as to the points of similarity and difference between the

two series, and shows that the points of difference are amply

sufficient to justify their separation as distinct species ; for

all the specimens of confucius may be recognized at a glance

from all the specimens of Martensti by the form of the fifth

caudal segment. ‘This segment in Martensdd is beneath

remarkably convex from before backwards and from side to

side, and the carine are evenly granular throughout ; poste-

riorly this segment is not constricted, and there is no con-

spicuous dilatation of it on each side of the vesicle. But in

confucius the under surface of the fifth caudal segment is but

little convex, and its armature is rather denticulate than

granulate ; the denticles on the posterior half of the keels

being larger than those on the anterior half. Moreover the

inferior surface is distinctly constricted behind and dilated

into a conspicuous lohe. In addition to these features the

two species may be separated by others almost equally well-

marked; for instance the dorsal abdominal keels in confuctus

are much more complete and parallel than they are in Mar-

tenstt, and the female of confucius has a much thicker hand.

Buthus socotrensis, sp.n. (Pl. XV. fig. 3.)

Colour very characteristic. The whole body, above and

below, with palpi, legs, tail, and cephalothorax uniformly

ochraceous, testaceous, or a combination of the two; the

338 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

distal end of the chelicera, the area of the lateral and median

eyes, and of the anterior cephalothoracic keels black.

The species bears considerable resemblance to B. hottentotta

and B. Martensi7, and undoubtedly appertains to that section

of the genus of which hoéttentotta may be regarded as the

type.

Cephalothorax.— Much the same shape as in hottentotta,

but the median eyes are larger and considerably more widely

separated ; anterior keels not smooth between the eyes, diverg-

ing normally in front and joining each other in the middle

line on the front edge of the cephalothorax ; the area between

them almost smooth. The posterior keels almost parallel,

joining and being in almost the same straight line with the

internal median keels, which are consequently themselves

nearly parallel, the two on each side constituting only a slightly

sinuous line; the external median keel not prominent and

not united by a transverse line of tubercles with the anterior

end of the posterior keel as it is in B. ewropeus. The rest

of the eephalothorax Bray granular.

Tergites. ix marked with three keels, although

the lateral keels of the first may be represented by a single

large granule only ; these keels granular and becoming pro-

er essively more expressed from before backwards ; the lateral

diverging in front; but none of the keels are conspicuous on

account of their being of the same colour as the rest of the

segment; keels of the seventh segment like those of, e. y.,

B. hottentotta.

Sternites as in B. hottentotta, except that the four keels of

the fifth are of the same colour as the rest of the segment.

Tail.—Slightly narrowed from base to apex, considerably

more shallowly excavated above than in B. hottentotta, B.

Martensit, and B. juduicus ; upper surface of the fifth segment

with a shallow depression in its posterior half. The first four

segments provided each with ten keels, for the most part feebly

evanular ; the inferior keels, almost smooth in front, become

more oranular behind; the superior keels, on the other hand,

become less granular behind ; the inferior intercarinal spaces

smooth behind and becoming more granular in front; the

superior intercarinal spaces sparsely granular behind, more

thickly so in front; on the fourth segment the granules of

the upper surface are arranged in a definite longitudinal

series, and constitute a distinct keel; consequently this seg-

ment, having a complete though feeble median lateral keel, is

supplied with twelve keels. Fifth segment much like that of

B. hottentotta, but less narrowed behind and less excavated

above; superior keels absent, the segment being merely

new and old Buthide. 339

granular above at the sides; inferior and lateral keels evenly

granular throughout and nowhere denticulate; the granules

of the inferior intercarinal spaces are arranged on each side in

a definite series, thus constituting a keel, so that when viewed

from below this segment appears to be furnished with five

keels,

Vesicle large, dilated, its height being as great as or greater

than its width and as oreat as ora little ¢ er eater than the width

of the anterior end of the fifth caudal segment ; ; granular be-

neath ; aculeus sharply curved backwards, considerably or a

little shorter than the vesicle ; together the two are about as

long as the fifth caudal segment.

Palp.— Humerus almost as in B. hottentotta, except that the

granules are finer; brachium not costate behind; superior

keels very finely granular; anterior keels more coarsely

granular. Manus not costate ; ; a little narrower than the

brachiuni and shorter than the dacty li; dactyli long, slender,

incurved ; the movable dactylus in one specimen about twice

the length of the “ hand-back,” in the others considerably

less so; the movable dactylus furnished with a small basal

lobe. External surface of femora of legs granular.

Pectines (exclusive of the teeth) shorter than the cephalo-

thorax ; number of teeth 24-25 (9 ?), in one specimen 28-

29 (g?).

All the appendages are hairy, mostly sparsely so, but on

the manus and dactyli the hairs are very short and close-set ;

the anterior margin of the cephalothorax is furnished with a

row of hairs, and on the under surface of the tail the hairs are

few but symmetrically arranged.

Measurements in millimetres of largest specimen.—Total

length 76, of tail 44, of cephalothorax 9; width 10; first

tail-segment, length 53, eg 5s, height 42; fifth tail-

segment, leneth 94, width 43, height 44; vesicle, length 64,

width 44, height 44; palp, paca of iments (Ot brachium

32. ve of latter 4 4 width of hand 33 - length of “ hand-

back ’”’ 53, of movable finger 103 ; length of pecten 73.

Four specimens collected j in fhe Island of Socotra by Prof.

Baillie Balfour.

Tam doubtful as to the sex of these specimens ; possibly

the one presenting twenty-eight pectinal teeth is a male; if

so this variation in the number of pectinal teeth is the only

noticeable character by which the sexes may be separated.

In the length of the fingers and slenderness ot the hand

this species somewhat calls to mind the female of B. Mar-

tensvi; but the movable dactylus is furnished with a much

340 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

more conspicuous basal lobe than in the female of that

species. It differs from both B. hottentotta and B. Martensii in

its larger and more widely separated median eyes, in its more

widely separated and more parallel posterior cephalothoracic

caring, in its larger vesicle, and, above all, by the additional

twelfth row of granules on the superior surface of the fourth

caudal segment; this last is in fact a characteristic by which

it may be separated from, I believe, all the species of Buthus

that have been hitherto described, although it is at the same

time a characteristic which is faintly foreshadowed in the

reduplication of the series of granules which constitute the

superior keels of the fourth and fifth caudal segments in some

of the species allied to B. léosoma.

Buthus atlantis, sp.n. (Pl. XV. fig. 4.)

Cephalothorax almost exactly like that of B. ewropeus,

except that the anterior granular keels are set a little nearer

together ; as in that species, the posterior keels are widely

separated, very slightly converging, separated anteriorly by a

smooth space from the internal median keel, but united by a

conspicuous transverse row of tubercles with the well-

expressed external median keel; and, further, between the

posterior keel and the external margin of the cephalothorax

there is an additional short series of granules corresponding

in position with the fifth tergal keel of B. guinque-striatus.

Tergites as in B. europeus, each, except the first two, in

which the lateral keels are obsolete, marked with three granu-

lar keels.

Sternites as in B. europeus.

Zail very different from that of the last-named species,

long, slender, very shallowly excavated above. The first

segment with ten well-expressed granular keels ; the median

inferior keels converging behind; the second segment with

eight complete keels, the supernumerary median Jateral keel

being merely represented in the posterior half of the segment ;

the median inferior keels converging behind; third segment

resembling the second, except that the supernumerary keel

is still less developed, being represented merely by a few

granules; in the fourth segment this keel is absent. The

superior keeis of these four segments are finely granular; the

interior keels more coarsely so than the superior, and becoming

progressively more strongly expressed from behind forwards ;

the median inferior keels of the second and third segments

are not denticulated as in B. europeus; all the intercarinal

spaces are very finely granular. Fifth segment with very

new and old Buthide. 341

shallow median depression above, a little depressed towards

its hinder end, and a little constricted at the sides; dilated

beyond the constriction into a tridentate lobe ; inferior lateral

keels becoming gradually more strongly dentate from behind

forwards. Vesiclejabout the same form in proportion to the

tail as in B. europeus, i. e. it is less globular; aculeus longer

than in B. europeus.

Palp very like that of B. europeus ; fingers very slightly

incurved, nearly straight, the movable without a basal lobe,

the immovable without an excavation.

Coxe and legs hairy and granular, as in B. europeus.

Pectines with 25-26 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 893; length of

cephalothorax 94, width 11; length of tail 56; first caudal

segment, length 7, width 6, height 55; fifth caudal segment,

length 11, width 4%, height 4; length of vesicle 6, width 44,

height 4; aculeus 5; ; length of humerus 7?, of brachium 97,

of “ hand-back ” 6, of hand 8, of movable finger 103; width

of hand 4, of brachium 4.

A single specimen (sex unknown) from Mogador, collected

and presented to the British Museum by Mr. C. A. Payton.

It is by the form of the tail alone that this species may be

recognized from the well-known B. europeus (Linn.). This

organ is much longer than in the latter species, being nearly

six times as long as the cephalothorax ; the inferior keels of

the second and third segments are uniformly granular, the

inferior lateral keels of the fifth become gradually dentate

from before backwards, and the posterior lateral lobe of this

segment is tridentate: the vesicle too is less globular, the

aculeus longer and less curved.

Buthus Phillipsti, sp.n. (Pl. XV. fig. 6.)

Colour very variable; appendages and tail ochraceous or

testaceous ; hand of palp darker, with obscure paler longitu-

dinal bands; tergites paler behind, darker in front ; cephalo-

thorax fuscous to testaceous. Eyes, anterior and posterior

keels of the cephalothorax, keels of the tergites, and those of

the hinder end of the under surface of the tail may be black

or almost the colour of the rest of the plates, and there may

be an additional black patch at the sides of the cephalothorax

and of the tergites.

Cephalothorax finely granular all over except between the

median eyes; granules between the anterior and posterior

Ann. & Mag, N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. i. 24

342 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

keels smaller than upon the sides of the cephalothorax ; ante-

rior keels granular, generally falling short of the anterior

margin, rarely attaining it; anterior margin bearing a series

of granules and a few scattered hairs. Posterior keels con-

verging in front and meeting the hinder extremities of the

internal median keels, the two constituting a sinuous series of

granules ; more rarely the extremities of these two keels fail

to meet; external median keel sometimes connected with the

posterior keel by a more or less definite series of granules,

but more commonly the granules in this part are neither larger

nor more definitely arranged than upon the rest of the cepha-

lothorax ; median eyes considerably in front of the middle of

the cephalothorax.

Tergites sparsely but somewhat coarsely granular at the

sides, smoother, but feebly granular above, each marked with

the three ordinary keels, which are much abbreviated in

front.

Tail large; first four segments nearly parallel-sided, the

fifth much narrowed at its hinder end; the first four deeply

excavated above ; the superior keels very conspicuous, being

rather denticulate than granulate; the mferior keels, nearly

smooth on the first, become gradually more coarsely granulate

from before backwards; the median lateral keel, complete on

the first segment, present on the hinder half of the second,

represented by two or three granules in the third, absent on the

fourth ; the interearinal spaces are almost wholly smooth ; fifth

segment above with a very shallow median excavation in front,

but depressed behind, scarcely at all constricted at the sides, the

posterior extremity of the side denticulate and continuous, or

nearly so, with the denticles of the inferior lateral keels ;

these denticles, like those of the median keel, almost alike

throughout the extent of the keel; in some cases, however,

they vary slightly in size; the median keel breaks up behind

into a few lateral granules ; inferior intercarinal spaces fur-

nished with a few more or less serially arranged large granules

or tubercles; all the segments of tne tail are more or less

hairy above and below, the hairs being long, widely separated,

but arranged in definite longitudinal series,

Vesicle feebly granular beneath, and hairy, a little wider

than the posterior end of the fifth segment of the tail, but

narrower than its anterior end; aculeus shorter than the

_vesicle, both together shorter than the fifth caudal segment.

Palp beset with longish separated hairs; humerus and

brachium with the ordinary granular keels; hand obscurel

costate, as in B. europeus, considerably wider than the bra-

chium in male, as wide or wider in female; dactyli short,

new and old Buthide. 343

more incurved than in B. europeus; the movable dactylus in

the male furnished with a large lobe, the immovable dactylus

also with a large lobe, behind which is an excavation for the

lobe of the movable dactylus ; in the female there is a small

but conspicuous lobe on the movable dactylus and a corre-

sponding excavation on the immovable dactylus, but these

two structures are much less well developed than in the male.

Legs and coxe hairy and granular.

Pectines in male much larger than in female, being sup-

plied with from 27-830 teeth and longer (without teeth) than

the cephalothorax ; in the female they have from 23-26 teeth

and are shorter than the cephalothorax.

Measurements in millimetres of average-sized male.—Total

length 474; length of cephalothorax 54, width 64; length of

tail 32 ; first caudal segment, length 44, width 44, height 4;

fifth caudal segment, length 7, width 34, height 34; vesicle,

length 34, width 23, height 24; aculeus 24; length of hume-

rus 5, of brachium 54, of ‘ hand-back”’ 44, of hand 5, of

movable digit 54; width of hand 34, of brachium 24; length

of pecten 64.

A number of specimens of this species from Bushire were

collected and presented to the British Museum by Mr. E.

Lort Phillips.

Although this species bears a general resemblance to

several others, it does not appear to present particular affinities

with any one yet made known. ‘The large size of the tail,

together with the prominence and almost denticulate arma-

ture of its keels, not to mention the long hairs which adorn

it, are perhaps the most noticeable of its features. In the

form of these keels may be seen an approximation to the high

compressed keels which characterize those Buthide belonging

to the so-called genus Androctonus.

On Buthus villosus, Peters.

Buthus villosus, Peters, Monatsb. d. k. Preuss, Ak. Wiss. Berl, 1862,

p-26 Thorell, Etudes Scorpiol. p. 27.

Upon the occasion of drawing up a report upon a collection

of Arachnida from Yemen, Mons. HK. Simon (Ann. Mus.

Genov. xviii. p. 244) sets down B. villosus (Peters) amongst

the list of synonyms appertaining to B. liosoma of Khren-

berg ; but scarcely rightly I think. or, in addition to some

Arabian and several East-African specimens of a species of

Scorpion which are undoubtedly referable es a liosoma,

344 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

Ehrenb., the British Museum possesses others from Benguela

and the Congo which are recognizable at a glance from B.

liosoma and at the same time agree precisely with the

elaborate description of B. villosus set forth by Dr. Thorell.

Perhaps the most noticeable points of difference are to be

found in the form of the tail. This organ in B. villosus,

instead of being dilated from the first to the fourth segment,

as in B. liosoma, is distinctly wider at the base, the fourth

segment being considerably narrower than the first. More-

over, while in B. véllosus the first caudal segment is above

more flat than it is in B. léosoma, the third, fourth, and fifth

segments in the former are more deeply excavated than in

the latter; the superior keels, too, are more dentate, particu-

larly on the fifth segment; the vesicle and aculeus are

larger. The colour of the body and limbs is much darker,

the granules coarser, and, above all, the yellow hairs

which are so conspicuous on various parts of the body, and

particularly upon the tail, in B. villosus are only developed

in B. liosoma to a relatively small extent.

In fact the characters of the two are sufficiently well

marked to allow us to regard them as of specific importance.

Buthus planicauda, sp.n. (Pl. XV. fig. 5.)

Colour testaceous, ochraceous, or ochraceo-rufous; palpi

and legs paler than trunk; the last three segments of the

tail may be slightly deeper in colour than the rest.

Female.— Cephalothorax wider behind than it is long,

much narrowed in front; anterior width about half its poste-

rior width; marked with a median longitudinal depres-

sion, which is deeper behind, but shallower and gradually

widened in front; entirely covered with close-set granules

and marked with shallow lateral depressions; without a

trace of keels. Ocular tubercle lightly hollowed, granular in

the middle, smooth at the sides, situated in front of the

middle of the cephalothorax.

Tergites finely granular, granules coarser upon the posterior

half; each of the first six marked with a median keel; the

last furnished with four anteriorly abbreviated granular keels,

its upper surface shagreened.

Sternites almost wholly smooth; the first very slightly

shagreened beneath the pectines on its extreme antero-lateral

border; the last finely and sparsely granular at the sides and

furnished with four slightly roughened keels.

Tail almost parallel-sided, the first and the fourth seg-

ments being equal in width; the first segment flat above

new and old Buthide. 345

and shagreened, the second almost flat above, only very

slightly depressed posteriorly, less shagreened than the first

and more granular, bluntly keeled, the granules forming two

parallel series at the sides of the upper surface; the third,

fourth, and fifth conspicuously depressed, the third less than

the fourth but more shagreened, the fourth less than the

fifth but slightly shagreened and granular, the fifth being

not shagreened. The first four marked with ten keels

composed of rounded granules; the intercarinal spaces

thickly granular; the inferior surface of the first segment

less granular than that of the others; the granules of the

keels are uniform in size; the superior keels of the fourth not

consisting of two series of granules. The lower surface of

the fifth segment thickly granular, with the median keel

more or less strongly developed; the inferior lateral keels

becoming bluntly dentate behind; this segment almost as

elevated as the preceding.

Vesicle narrower than the fifth segment, covered beneath

with larger and smaller blunt granules, and hairy ; upper sur-

face smooth, punctured; aculeus strong and gently curved ;

vesicle and aculeus together as long as or a little longer than

the fifth caudal segment.

Palp.—Superior and anterior surfaces of humerus covered

with fine granules and bounded by a row of larger granules ;

anterior surface, in addition, furnished with two irregular series

of larger granules; inferior surface also finely granular ;

brachium very finely granular, not costate, with larger

granules in front; manus slender, a little thinner than _bra-

chium; length of “hand-back” a little less than half the

length of the movable finger; fingers long, incurved, without

lobe or excavation. External surface of legs granular ; the

granules on the upper edges being arranged in longitu-

dinal series. Coxee quite smooth.

Pectines about as long as cephalothorax, furnished with

30-82 teeth; basal portion produced into a prominent lobe.

Male.—Manus round and thick, considerably thicker than

brachium ; “ hand-back” a little more than two thirds the

length of the movable finger; length of hand about equal to

the length of the immovable finger ; fingers not sinuous, but

not in contact at the base when closed. Pectines longer than

cephalothorax, with 85-38 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres of largest (2) specimen.—

Total length 78; length of cephalothorax 9}, width 10};

length of tail 493; first caudal segment, length 63, width 7,

height 6; fifth caudal segment, length 63, width 6, height 5 3

vesicle, length 6, width 5, height 4; aculeus 53; length o

346 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

humerus 7, of brachium 73, of “ hand-back ” 33, of movable

finger 82; width of hand 3, of brachium 3}; length of pecten

Five specimens :—two males from West Africa; three fe-

males, two from South Africa collected by Dr. Quain and Dr.

Smith, and one, without locality, presented by Capt. Belcher,

RN.

This species is closely allied to B. Mosoma, Ehr., and to

B. raudus (Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) vi. p. 377), but

differs from both in the flatness of the upper surface of the

first two caudal segments and in the straightness of the keels

which laterally bound this surface in the second segment ; in

B. liosoma these keels sensibly converge behind. Further-

more, the posterior segments are considerably higher and more

deeply excavated than in losoma, and the granules of the

intercarinal spaces are smaller, more numerous, and more

close-set.

Buthus limbatus, sp.n. (Pl. XV. figs. 7, 7a.)

Colour.—Middle of each tergite occupied by a wide black

band ; lateral portions testaceous or ochraceous; the extreme

lateral border black ; anterior portion of the cephalothorax

from the median eyes to the lateral eyes black; posterior

half above fuscous, at the sides ochraceous or testaceous ;

extreme lateral margin black. Upper and side surfaces of

anterior four caudal segments ochraceous, of the fifth seg-

ment fuscous; under surface of fifth deep black, of the first

four ochraceous, with four black keels; vesicle ochraceous,

with a median dark line beneath, fuscous above and at the

sides. Palpi, chelicere, and legs ochraceous or testaceous ;

sternites and pectines testaceous.

Cephalothorax.— Anterior border slightly concave, nar-

rowed in front, wider behind than long. esembles that of

B. liosoma, Ehr., in being without a trace of granular keels.

The greater part covered with fine close-set granules ; inter-

ocular area with a smooth median sulcus which can be traced

in front and behind nearly to the anterior and posterior mar-

gins of the cephalothorax ; in the posterior half from this

smooth median tract proceed obscurely marked, smooth, trans-

verse tracts, which extend over the lateral portions of the

cephalothorax.

Abdomen.—First six tergites marked with but one median

smooth keel in the hinder half; the rest of each very finely

granular, with a coarser row on the hinder margin. Seventh

new and old Buthide. 347

tergite marked in front with a low median keel and with two

lateral, posteriorly converging, granular keels, which are not

united in front by a transverse row of granules ; ; intercarinal

spaces finely granular.

Anterior four sterndtes perfectly smooth and marked in

front with two obscure abbreviated sulci; the fifth bearing

posteriorly four smooth keels, of which the two median are

black.

Tail closely resembling in form that of B. hottentotta,

Fabr., slightly attenuated towards the apex; the segments

becoming progressively more hollowed from before backwards,

the last ‘being excavated behind almost as in B. judaicus,

Simon. The first marked with ten complete keels, which, on

the under surface, are much less sharply granular than on "the

upper surface ; inferior intercarinal spaces eae superior

very finely g ranular ; second segment like the first, except

that the median lateral keel is abbreviated in front; third

segment smoother above than the first, with the interior and

lateral intercarinal spaces granular and the median lateral

keel represented merely by an obscure line of fine granules ;

fourth segment smooth in the middle above, granular at the

sides and beneath , entirely without, or at most with but the

smallest indication of the median Iateral keel; fifth segment

not keeled above, merely granular; sides and ‘under surface

thickly covered with coarse granules; the inferior median

keel more prominent than the inferior lateral keels; the

blunt granules which mark the lateral keels becoming slizhtly

larger towards the hinder end of the segment; the hinder end

of the segment slightly constricted, then dilated into a feebly

dentate lobe. Vesicle large, coarsely granular beneath,

more finely at the sides, wider than the hinder end of the

fitth segment, but narrower than its front end; a little

thicker than it is high; longer than the aculeus, which is

normally curved; vesicle and aculeus together a little longer

than the fifth segment.

Appendages.—Lalp (9). Upper surface of humerus almost

entirely smooth ; nantde di in front and behind by a conspicu-

ous row of oranules ; anterior surface sparsely beset with

small tubercles and bounded below by a row of granules; in-

ferior surface smooth, posterior surface slightly roughened

above; brachium not costate, sparsely granular in “front §

manus Without keels or he punctured, shortly hairy,

considerably thicker than the brachium ; width of hand less

than the length of the ‘ hand-back” - length of “hand-back ”’

less than the length of either finger ; length of hand either

equal to or a little less than the length of the immovable

348 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

dactylus; movable dactylus either a little longer than or

equal in length to the brachium.

In the male the manus is thicker and the dactyli slightly

shorter. External and inferior surfaces of the femora granu-

lar; coxe perfectly smooth.

Pectines very large, without the teeth longer than the

cephalothorax ; projecting considerably beyond the edge of

the posterior coxee; furnished with twenty-six or twenty-

seven long teeth, which are alike from base to apex in the

male ; but in the female the basal tooth is very much enlarged,

being about twice as long as the rest and flask-shaped, 7. e.

dilated proximally and abruptly narrowed and slender dis-

tally.

Measurements in millimetres of largest specimen.— ¢ . Total

length 58; length of cephalothorax 54, width 6}; length of

tail 31; length of first caudal segment 4, width 4, height 34 ;

length of fifth caudal segment 6, width 34, height 373 length

of vesicle 44, width 3, height 23; length of aculeus 4; length

of humerus 4}, of brachium 54, of ‘hand-back” 8%, of

movable dactylus 55; width of hand 3, of brachium 23;

length of pecten (not including teeth) 6.

&. Total length 454; length of cephalothorax 5, of tail

274, of pecten 53; width of hand 3, of brachium 2.

‘The male differs from the female in having the immovable

finger excavated for the reception of a lobe on the movable

finger, in having a thicker hand, and the pectinal teeth all

alike.

Four specimens (three females, one male) from Madagas-

ear, collected by the Rev. R. Baron.

In the absence of the cephalothoracic and of the lateral

tergal keels this species resembles those belonging to the B.

liosoma group. But in the form of the tail, which is slender

and not strongly keeled, it is a Buthus sensu stricto. In fact

between the two groups typified respectively by B. ewropcus

and B. liosoma it constitutes one of the many structural

links which show that for the latter group the generic name

Prionurus cannot justifiably be retained. In addition to the

interest attached to this species in this particular there is

another feature which calls for special mention. ‘This is the

dissimilarity in size and shape existing in the female between

the basal tooth of the pectines and those of the rest of the

series. In this respect resemblance may be observed to the

genus Grosphus of Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) x. p. 378)

—a genus established partly on the strength of a similar

new and old Buthide. 394

variation for the reception of Androctonus madagascariensis

of Gervais (Arch. Mus. iv. p. 213, pl. xi. figs. 1-3).

The sexual nature of this variation in the pectinal teeth in

the last-named species was to be inferred from the circum-

stance that the sexes of Lepreus Hischert are to be distin-

guished by a similar variation, as pointed out by Dr. Karsch

(Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxx. p. 77); but the discovery of this

new form, inhabiting as it does the same geographical area

as Grosphus, and, moreover, closely allied to it, makes almost

certain what could only be regarded as more or less probable

before, and consequently serves considerably to weaken the

basis upon which Grosphus was founded.

There is yet a third fact of special interest connected with

this same Scorpion. In some species belonging to the B.

liosoma group, to which, as above pointed out, B. limbatus

appears to be allied, there is also in the female a variation in

the structure of the pectines. But this, instead of being a

difference in the appearance of the teeth, takes the form of a

Jobate dilatation of the base of the shaft which bears the

teeth ; and this dilatation in, e. g., B. villosus occupies the

same position as does the dilated basal tooth of B. lémbatus ;

so that clearly the same result has been attained in these

two species by the modification of different structures, and

therefore presumably independently in the two. The useful-

ness of some such modification could scarcely be more clearly

demonstrated; but of its function I believe nothing is cer-

tainly known.

Buthus piceus, sp. n. (Pl. XV. figs. 8, 8a.)

Colour.—Dull black above, piceous, shining beneath;

appendages and tail slightly paler than the trunk; pectines

and distal tarsal segments of legs ochraceous.

Cephalothorar not furnished with keels, covered thickly

with granules, not markedly attenuate in front; anterior bor-

der slightly concave ; ocular tubercle situated well in the ante-

rior half, with a shallow median sulcus; the portion of the

cephalothorax which is in front of the tubercle is furnished

with avery shallow median depression, but the portion behind

the tubercle is deeply sulcate, the ordinary median sulcus

being very strongly pronounced and giving off on each side

about halfway between the ocular tubercle and the posterior

margin a transverse sulcus, which, widening and deepening,

extends to the lateral margin of the cephalothorax.

Tergites tinely and closely granular; granules slightly

larger in the hinder half of each; not furnished with three

350 On some new and old Buthide.

keels ; the first is simple, the second shows faint indications

of a posterior median granular keel and of a shallow depres-

sion on each side in front of it, features which become gradu-

ally more conspicuous until the sixth somite is reached;

seventh tergite with a conspicuous depression above in its

posterior half, the median keel nearly obsolete, the lateral

keels well shown and normal.

Sternites shining, smooth, the side margins only showing

faint signs of granulation; the last with the four series of

granules very poorly developed. Stigmata small, short,

almost ovate; the sternal area surrounding them manifestly

depressed.

Tail somewhat deeply excavated above, slightly attenua-

ted; the first and second segments furnished with ten keels,

the third and fourth with eight; keels very strongly granu-

late, almost denticulate ; the superior keels on the second,

third, and fourth segments ending behind in a larger tooth ;

superior intercarinal space nearly smooth; the other inter-

carinal spaces more or less thickly covered with fine granules ;

the fifth segment not lobate posteriorly, with keels evenly

granulate throughout, closely resembling in fact that of, e. g.,

B. hottentotta.

Vesicle large, smooth above, coarsely, sparsely, serially

tubercular beneath ; the terminal tubercle beneath the aculeus

is much larger than the others. Aculeus shorter than the

vesicle and gradually and gently curved.

Palp.—Upper surtace of humerus, except for the granular

keels which bound it in front and behind, nearly smooth ;

anterior surface furnished with some smaller and a few larger

granules; brachium obsoletely keeled above, but not granu-

lar, sparsely but conspicuously dentate in front; hand quite

smooth, a little wider than the brachium, about as long as the

immovable finger ; length of “ hand-back ”’ about one third

shorter than the length of the movable finger, but consider-

ably greater than the width of the hand. Legs supplied with

the usual series of granules ; coxee quite smooth.

Pectines short, about two thirds the length of the cephalo-

thorax, furnished with 17-18 sharp teeth, which do not over-

lap each other; the basal tooth of the series very large in-

deed, widened, lobate, with rounded margin, as in Grosphus

madagascariensis, and not distally narrowed and dentiform, as

in B. limbatus.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 62; length of

cephalothorax 63, width 74; length of tail 86, of first two

segments 9; width of first caudal segment 44, of fifth 33,

length of fifth 7, of vesicle 5, of aculeus 3; width and height

On new Rhopalocera from Mexico and Central America. 351

of vesicle 34; length of humerus 51, of brachium 63; width

of brachium and of hand 3; length of “ hand-back ” 5, of

movable finger 62, of pecten 44.

Two female specimens from Madagascar, presented to the

British Museum by Mr. Lewis H. Ransome.

In the shape of the pulmonary stigmata this species stands

by itself in the family Buthide, and should in consequence

perhaps constitute a new genus. But it does not seem to me

advisable to attach generic importance to this character, since

the form of the apertures in question is not quite constant in

Buthus and the specimens presenting the peculiarity are in the

rest of their features so essentially referable to that genus.

The dilated basal tooth of the pectines appears to indicate

affinity between this new form and B. limbatus and G.

madagascariensis. But, apart from the stigmata, B. piceus

may be separated from the latter by the dentition of the

cheliceree, trom the former by its dark colour and by the

simple shape of the before-mentioned pectinal tooth.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV,

Fg. 1. Hand of B. Martensti (Karsch), 3.

Fig. la, Ditto, ditto, 9

Fig. 1b. Hand of B. hottentotta (Fabr.), 2.

Fig. 2. Fifth caudal segment and vesicle of B. Martensit (Karsch),

fig. 2.a. Ditto, ditto, of B. confucius (Simon).

Ing. 3, Buthus socotrensis, sp. n., nat. size.

tig. 4, Buthus atlantis, sp.u., nat. size.

Fig. 5. Anterior two caudal segments of B. planicauda, sp. n.

Ig. 5a, Ditto, ditto, of B. dosoma (Khrenb.).

tig. 6, Buthus Phillips, sp. n., nat. size, 3.

Tig. 7. Buthus limbatus, sp. n., nat. size, 2.

ig. 7a. The same. Basal portion of pecten.

Fig. 8. Buthus piceus, sp.n. Basal portion of pecten.

Fg. 8a, The same. Second abdominal sternite with stigmata.

XXXIX.—Descriptions of new Species of Rhopalocera from

Mexico and Central America. By F. D. GopMAN and

O. SALVIN.

CoLLections of Rhopalocera recently received by us from

Mexico and other parts of Central America, as well as some

submitted to us by Doctor Staudinger, contain representatives

of the following species, which we believe to be undescribed.

352 Messrs. F. D. Godman and O. Salvin on new

As it will be some time before we can include them in our

work on this region, we think it desirable to take an earlier

opportunity of making them known.

1. Pteronymia timagenes, sp. n.

P, tigrani, nob., proxima, sed alarum marginibus multo rufescenti-

oribus, anticarum margine interno medialiter tantum nigricante,

macula cretacea ultra cellulam multo minore.

flab. Mexico, Sierra Madre del Sur, alt. 6000-8000 feet

(77, H. Smith).

Mr. Smith captured several specimens of this species at

Omilteme and other places in the Sierra Madre del Sur. It

is evidently a Western Mexican form of P. tégranes, and, like

so many of the Ithomiine of this region, has the margins of

the wings rufous instead of blackish.

2. Euptychia cleophes, sp. n.

¢. Alis fuscis, lineis duabus submarginalibus, interiore crenulata ;

posticis ocello ad angulum analem nigro, ochraceo circumcincto et

plumbeo bipupillato: subtus fusco-grisescentibus lineis duabus

transversis notatis, una per cellulas, altera ad finem earum fulvis ;

triente distali pallidiore; lineis submarginalibus sicut in pagina

superiore sed magis distinctis ; anticis ocello subapicali nigro, fulvo

circumcincto et plumbeo bipupillato, altero supra eum et duobus

infra obsoletis; posticis ocellis duobus distinctis, uno subapicali,

altero inter ramos medianos, duobus obsoletis inter eos et altero

apicali.

mari similis, sed anticis ocello subapicali distincto ornatis et

plaga ad medium marginis externi fulva: subtus anticis plaga ~

fulva sicut in pagina superiore, lineis transversis latioribus et

rufescentibus.

Hab. Mexico occidentalis (H. H. Smith).

This species must be compared with H. myncea and F.

labe, but may be distinguished by the absence of rufous

markings beneath at the anal angle of the secondaries. As in

E. labe there is no fulvous line across the base of the secon-

daries beneath. The female has a distinct rufous patch near

the middle of the outer margin of the primaries. Mr. Smith’s

collection contains several specimens, all taken at Tierra

Colorada and Dos Caminos on the road to the interior from

Acapulco, at the base of the Sierra Madre del Sur.

3. Euptychia clinas, sp. n.

Alis anticis ad apicem obtusis, margine externo concayo ; posticis

Lthopalocera from Mexico and Central America. 358

margine externo dentato, angulo anali bene producto: fuscis, an-

ticis ad costam et marginem externum saturatioribus, posticis ad

angulum apicalem quoque obscurioribus maculis tribus submar-

ginalibus nigricantibus notatis: subtus pallidioribus et paulo

rufescentioribus, lineis tribus undulatis communibus transfasci-

atis, una per cellulas, altera discali, tertia submarginali; posticis

maculis duabus ad angulum analem rotundis, altera sagittiforme

inter ramos medianos argenteis ; ocellis duobus ad medium mar-

ginis externi nigris fulvo circumcinctis, maculis argenteis bipu-

pillatis. Exp. 2:0 poll. Angl.

Hab. Mexico, Sierra Madre del Sur (77. H. Smith).

This very distinct species, belonging to the section of the

genus containing E. argentella and its allies, may be readily

distinguished by the dentate margin of the secondaries and

the prolongation of the anal angle; the blunt apex of the

primaries is also a marked feature.

Mr. Smith obtained several specimens in the higher por-

tions of the Sierra Madre del Sur in the State of "Gueier

at Omilteme, 8000 feet above the sea, and at Xucumanatlan

at 7000 feet.

4, Lymanopoda cinna, sp. n.

ve nigricanti-brunneis ; anticis maculis tribus subapicalibus, una ad

angulum analem et duabus discalibus inter ramos medianos ;

posticis ad basin late ceeruleo lavatis : subtus rufo-castaneis ; an-

ticis ad marginem externum pallidioribus, maculis albis sicut in

pagina superiore, sed majoribus et omnibus (praeter eam coste

proximam) nigro circumeinctis, macula pallida nigro circumcincta

ad cellule finem ; posticarum dimidio distali fasciis indistinctis

ochraceis transyersis et ocellis obsoletis discalibus notatis. Exp.

9.9

a ee

Hab, Guatemala, San Lucas Toliman, alt. 5000 feet (@.

C. Champion).

Mr. Champion took a single male specimen of this beauti-

ful species in the forest of the Volcano of Toliman. — Its

nearest ally, so far as we are aware, is L. ewopis of Costa

Rica; but it may at once be distinguished by the blue base

of the secondaries in the male. The only other species in

which this colour is exhibited are the Colombian L. samius

and L. ceruleata; but these species are not otherwise allied.

5. Phyciodes alexon, sp. n

3. P. nebulose affinis, sed anticarum maculis omnibus pallide

flavidis (nec ferrugineis), lineis et maculis posticarum dimidil

distalis quoque flavidis distinguenda.

mari similis, sed major et maculis omnibus magis distinctis,

354 Messrs. IF’. D. Godman and O. Salvin on new

Fab. Mexico, Cuernavaca and Sierra Madre del Sur (//.

LT, Smith). .

This species seems clearly allied to P. nebulosa (Biol.

Cent.-Amer., Rhop. 1. p. 205, t. xxii. figs. 13, 14), having

similar elongated wings and coloration of the under surface.

6. Phyciodes cyno, sp. n.

P. otani similis, sed anticis maculis discalibus majoribus et plaga

sericea nulla: subtus anticis (apice excepto) fere unicoloribus,

lineolis ad basin et costam versus obsoletis vix notatis; posticis

plerumgue grisescentioribus, maculis omnibus sicut in P. otane

sed magis distinctis.

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (ZZ. J. Elwes).

A single male specimen taken at Orizaba in March by Mr.

Elwes seems undoubtedly distinct from P. otanes. ‘The

latter species has a silky patch on the primaries divided by

the median branches; of this we see no trace in the insect we

now describe. LP. sopolis is more like P. cyno as regards the

spots of the primaries, but beneath those wings are much

more distinctly marked and thus agree with P. otanes.

7. Myscelia auletes, sp. n.

Alis nigricanti-brunneis, anticis ad basin pallidioribus, area interna

a basi usque ad medium marginis interni et posticis ad basin

purpurascentibus ; anticis maculis subapicalibus albidis purpureo

cinctis: subtus fere omnino ut in J. cyananthe, sed anticis ad

basin inornatis.

Hab. Lower California, Pichilinque (J. J. Walker).

Mr. Walker, when attached to H.M.S. ‘ Kingfisher,’ cap-

tured a single male specimen of this species in rather worn

condition. So far as the coloration of the upper surface is

concerned the species is a very distinct one, all of those pre-

viously described being much more freely marked with blue ;

this in the present insect is confined to a small area at the

base of the wings. On the under surface JZ. awletes is marked

almost exactly as in J/. cyananthe.

8. Callicore beleses, sp. n.

C. Marchalit similis, sed fascia anticarum magis arcuata ; posticis

plaga magna discali nitenti-zeneo ornatis: subtus linea subapicali

gilva angustissima, fascia arcuata juxta eam lunulata costam

haud attingente ; posticis lineis omnibus nigris, multo latioribus.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Mus. Staudinger).

Rhopalocera from Mexico and Central America, 355

Dr. Staudinger has submitted to us a single specimen of

this species, which is closely allied to C. Marchali’, but can

be readily recognized by the conspicuous metallic spot on the

discal area of the secondaries. As the true C. Marchalit

occurs abundantly in Chiriqui, and thence northward to

Nicaragua, the occurrence of a second species in the same

area 1s somewhat remarkable.

9, Prepona Brookstana, sp. n.

» ST}

@. Alis fusco-nigris, fascia lata communi per medium alarum

(latiore in posticis) nitente cyanea; maculis magnis fulvis in

serie submarginali positis, lis in posticis nigro ocellatis: subtus

dimidio basali, extrorsum irregulariter terminato, argenteo-cano,

lineis transversis undatis nigris, dimidio distali brunneo-cinereo ;

anticis lineis transversis tribus nigris, una brevi ad cellule finem,

altera bene angulata ultra eam per alam extendente, tertia exte-

riore et margine externo subparalleli, punctis tribus angulum

analem versus nigris; posticis argenteo irroratis, ocellis duobus

nigris fulvo semicircumeinctis cyanco et albo pupillatis, una ad

apicem, altera ad angulum analem, fascia submarginali communi

fere obsoleta pallidiore in posticis intra ocellos, punctis tribus

indistinctis cyaneis notatis. Exp. 5.

Ilab. Mexico, Coatepec (J. Brooks).

A single female example of this beautiful and distinct

species was captured by Mr. Brooks at Coatepec, and was

presented by him to us together with several rare or new

Lepidoptera, and we have much pleasure in naming this fine

insect after its discoverer. On the upperside it somewhat

reminds one of /. deiphile of South-east Brazil, having a

similar submarginal row of fulvous spots; but here the

resemblance ends, for it has a broad blue stripe crossing the

centre of both wings, instead of the whole of the interior

being suffused with purple; the markings too of the under-

side are quite different, and it does not appear to be very

closely allied to any other species. ‘The male is at present

unknown.

10. Prepona elia, sp. n.

Alis nigricantibus, fascia communi mediana nitente cyanea ; posticis

maculis duabus parvis ad angulum analem aliisque obsoletis sub--

marginalibus cyaneis: subtus sericeo-cinereo-brunneis fere uni-

coloribus, dimidio basali lineis paucis nigris irregulariter trans-

fasciatis ; posticis maculis ad angulum analem cyaneis et ad mar-

ginem externum sicut in pagina superiore. Exp. 4.

Hab, Mexico, Coatepec (J. Brooks),

356 Messrs. F. D. Godman and O. Salvin on new

We have a single male specimen kindly given us by Mr.

Brooks of Coatepec. It resembles in some respects P. syn-

chroma of Staudinger and has a similar distribution of blue

on the upper surface of the wings; but the secondaries have

no obsolete submarginal fulvous spots as in that species.

Beneath the wings are nearly uniformly coloured, instead of

being divided into two tints by a sharply defined straight

transverse line.

11. Hurygona cheles, sp. n.

Q. E. aurantiace similis, sed anticis area circa ramum medianum

primum et cellula fusco lavatis, posticarum margine externo

rotundato (haud angulato): subtus pallidioribus, linea transversa

communi in anticis fere recta, in posticis magis sinuata.

¢ adhuc ignotus.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (7rétsch). Mus. Staudinger.

A single female in Dr. Staudinger’s collection differs in

several respects from examples of the same sex of EH. auran-

tiaca, to which it is obviously allied. ‘The male will doubt-

less resemble the allied form, but a difference must be looked

for in the straightness or curvature of the common band on

the under surface of the wings.

12. Lymnas gyneceas, sp. u.

Alis nigris; anticis apice flavidis, macula ad basin coccinea ; posticis

immaculatis preter maculam basalem coccineam ; subtus ut supra ;

abdomine maculis quatuor coccineis utrinque notato.

Hab. Mexico, Cuesta de Misantla (AZ. Trujillo).

This species appears to be most nearly allied to L. pive,

but may at once be distinguished by the absence of the mar-

ginal scarlet spots on the wings.

13. Beotis neswa, sp. n.

Alis pallide flavis ; anticis dimidio distali, costa et linea obliqua ad

basin nigricantibus, limbo marginali maculis duabus flavis, una

subapicali, altera ad angulum analem, macula rubra ad coste me-

dium; posticis margine externo late nigricante (linea flava et

altera exteriore plumbea includente) cum linea basali margine

interno subparallela conjuncta: subtus ut supra, maculis et lineis

submarginalibus majoribus, lineis basalibus subobsoletis,

Hab. Panama, Volean de Chiriqui (7’rétsch).

Dr. Staudinger has submitted to us the single male speci-

Rhopalocera from Mexico and Central America, 357

men here described and figured. It has no near allies known

to us, but somewhat resembles B. feria, Hew. The red spot

on the costa of the primaries, however, is quite characteristic.

14. Emesis brimo, sp. n.

Alis brunneis, area discali vix sericco nitente et lineolis nigris trans-

versis fere ut in 4. lupina; anticis macula quadrata ad cellule

finem, altera costali ultra eam, margine externo late maculisque

variis ad basin testaceis, maculis submarginalibus sex nigris, ea

ad angulum analem duplici; posticis testaceo variegatis et macu-

lis submarginalibus nigris notatis: subtus testaceis, maculis et

lineolis nigris undique notatis.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (7vétsch, Mus. Staudinger).

Di. Staudinger has submitted to us a single male specimen

of this pretty little species, which has no near ally with which

we can satistactorily compare it. It belongs, however, to the

same group as Li, lupina, but the markings are all much more

clearly defined.

Lemonias idmon, sp. n.

Alis ferrugineis ad basin paullo fuscescentioribus et nigro frequenter

maculatis: subtus canescentibus ad margines externos et anticis

ad costam magis fuscis; maculis nigris sicut in pagina superiore,

sed maculis singulis albo-cinctis ; maculis submarginalibus quoque

nigris albo-cinctis, eis venve median posticarum utrinque obso-

letis.

mari similis, sed alis fuscescentibus ferrugineo vix tinctis.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (7rétsch).

Dr. Staudinger has sent us a male and female of this species,

which is allied to L. galena, Bates, but the wings of the male

are less ferruginous above, and beneath there is no submar-

ginal rufous band to the secondaries ; > the submarginal spots

also on these wings are more irregular, those on either side

of the median vein being obsolete.

16. Papilio corbis, sp. n

P. philenori affinis, sed posticis fere ecaudatis: subtus margine

posticarum zeneo-virescente, multo angustiore, maculis suis rufes-

centioribus distinguendus.

Hab. Mexico, Northern Yucatan (Gaumer).

We have several specimens of this form of P. philenor,

including both sexes. The males have a submarginal row of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ii. 25

358 Mr. A. G. Butler on a

spots on the primaries, just as in the females, only rather

smaller; as a rule these are not present in the males of

P. philenor.

17. Papilio orsua, sp. n.

3. P. philenori quoque similis, sed multo minor et alis nitide cxeru-

lescentioribus ; posticis ecaudatis, maculis submarginalibus magis

rotundatis et pure albis: subtus posticis a margine usque ad cel-

lulam nitide cyanescentibus, maculis suis saturate rubris.

2 mari similis, sed maculis omnibus majoribus et magis distinctis.

Hab. Mexico, Tres Marias Islands (Porrer).

This is also a form of P. philenor, probably peculiar to the

Tres Marias Islands; as in P. corbzs the tails of the secon-

daries are not developed, but it differs from that species in

the bluer tint of its wings, the spots of the hind wings being

of a clearer white and further from the outer margin, and

beneath the metallic blue margin of the secondaries is much

wider, extending up to the cell. On the opposite mainland

at Acapulco and Mazatlan the true P. philenor is found.

XL.—Description of a new Species of the singular Lepide-

iterous Genus Mastigophorus. By A. G. Burier, F.L.S.,

BZ... Ole.

THE genus Mastigophorus was founded by Poey (Cent. Lep.

Cuba, pl. vi.) for the reception of a small Deltoid moth—

M. parra., .

This genus, incorrectly quoted by Guénée and Walker as

Mastygophora (sic), is characterized by extraordinarily elon-

gated, reflexed, and fringed palpi, slender antenne with well-

defined conical joints, the anterior angles of which are fur-

nished on each side with a delicate short hair, and the tibice

of the anterior legs terminating in a dense pencil of short

hairs; the last-mentioned character and the entire instead of

angulated primaries seem alone to distinguish it from Palthis,

Hiibn.,= Clanyma, Guén.,= Mardara, Walk.

‘The species now to be described is allied to MZ. lycagusalis

of Walker= Bertula ? monstrosalis of Felder and Rogenhofer,

from Venezuela, but differs in its much deeper colouring,

narrower and simply white-edged reniform spot, simply angu-

new Species of Mastigophorus. 359

lated bisinuated postmedian band, and prominent macular

black discal stripe on the primaries, the darker-bordered and

more distinctly pale-banded secondaries, and the flexuous

instead of angular, reg gularly densely fringed palpi terminating

in a shorter brush- bearing joint.

Mastigophorus mirabilis, sp. 0.

3d. Primaries dark greyish piceous ; a short arched irregu-

lar black line, edged externally with ochreous, close to the

base; an unequally trisinuated, externally black- bordered,

ochreous line at about the basal fourth representing the inner

limitation of the central belt; a tricoloured angulated band

flesh-colour, black and ochreous, immediately “beyond the

middle, impinged upon by the reniform spot and representing

the outer limitation of the central belt; orbicular spot repre-

sented by a pure white dot with black margin, in the middle

of the discoidal cell ; reniform spot narrow, angular in front,

brown, almost entirely edged with pure white, so as to repre-

sent an irregular white R: a black patch from just above the

angle of the postmedian ‘band to a slender and indistinct

undulated ochreous discal line, which bounds a series of large

and for the most part confluent black spots, which form a

bisinuated band from apex almost to external angle; a mar-

ginal series of small subconfluent black spots, followed by an

ochreous line at the base of the fringe: secondaries smoky

grey, the external third much darker, bounded internally by

a pale diffused stripe and traversed | by a slightly dentate-

sinuated whitish line; a marginal series of black lunules,

followed by a yellowish-white line at base of fringe: head

and thorax’ dark piceous ; palpi ochraceous, the fringes tipped

with black; abdomen smoky greyish brown, darker towards

the base, the segments edged with whitish : legs blackish,

banded with ochraceous or yellowish white above, whity

25*

360 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Coleoptera.

brown below. Primaries below greyish fuligincus, with a large

apical costal black patch, traversed by a zigzag ochreous line

and preceded by an ochreous patch divided by an arched

blackish stripe; costal border ochreous, with two short black

basicostal dashes; a blackish dot at the end of the cell;

marginal dots and fringe nearly as above : secondaries whity

brown, costal and external areas slightly sandy, irrorated

with blackish; two black dots in the cell, followed by a black

spot at the end of the cell; three parallel, zigzag, dark grey

stripes beyond the middle; a marginal series of triangular

black spots; fringe brownish, traversed by two grey stripes:

base of palpi below blackish piceous: body below greyish

brown, venter with paler edges to the segments. Lxpanse

of wings 34 millim.

The specimen was from Gordon ‘Town, Mr. Faweett,

Director of Public Gardens, Jamaica.

XLI.—Deseriptions of two new Coleoptera in the British

Museum (Buprestides and Rutelide). By CHartes O.

WATERHOUSE.

Rutelide.

Anoplognathus aureus.

Oblongo-ovalis, politus, aureus; capite tenuiter punctato; ore, an-

tennis pedibusque testaceis.

Long. 15 millim.

Hab, Queensland.

This beautiful species most nearly approaches my A. par-

vulus, but is still smaller, rather more convex, and entirely of

a brassy-gold colour without any green tint. The head is

finely and not very densely punctured; the clypeus is trans-

verse, obliquely narrowed in front, with the angles only

slightly prominent, the margin reflexed. The thorax is almost

impunctate, less angular at the sides than in A. parvulus, and

the base and anterior border are only margined near the

angles. ‘The elytra have only one or two lines of punctures

at the sides ; the margins are not reflexed at the middle. The

pygidium has a few distant punctures ; the apex has some

long pale hairs. The mesosternal process is considerably

longer than in A. parvulus.

Dr. A. Giinther on Diptyehus Lansdelli. 361

This species is, I believe, well known, and I have been

told that it is deseribed ; I have, however, searched in vain

for any description of it, and if by any unfortunate accident I

have overlooked it, or it is in any paper which has not come

into my hands, 1 must apologize beforehand for making a

synonym.

Buprestide.

Sternocera lluntert.

Nigro-cyanea, nitida; thorace crebre punctato, antice foveolato ;

elytris castaneo-favis, striato-punctatis, macula obliqua subhume-

rali aplceque nigro-cyanels.

Long. 16-19 lin.

Hab. East Africa, Masailand (H. C. V. Hunter, Esq.).

Form of 8. ortssa. The thorax has the punctures at the

base small and slightly separated from each other (the inter-

vals flat) ; towards tle front the punctures become gradually

larger, but are very irregular, the intervals convex, varying

in width Lut not costiform. ‘The elytra have lines of rather

small but distinct punctures, the intervals are very finely and

not closely punctured ; the apex is coarsely and closely pune-

tured; brownish yellow, with the apical third blue- black and

with an oblique blue- black patch below the shoulder, the

blue-black colour being continued along the margin to the

wis Abdomen coarsely and closely (but not deeply) punc-

ured.

Sternocera Huntert, var. fusciata.

This differs from the foregoing in having the elytra less

regularly punctured in lines, and it hasa broad blue-black

band near the base, no¢ extending to the margin. ‘The apical

area is blue-black, but the line of demarcation, instead of

being nearly straight and ascending as it approaches the

suture, Is trisinuate and descends at the suture. The abdo-

men is less deeply punctured.

XLU.— Notice of a new Wish from the Issik Kul (Dipty-

chus Lansdelli). By Dr. A. GUNTHER.

Tne Rev. H. Lansdell has discovered during his recent travels

in Central Asia a new species of the singular genus Dipty-

chus, one of the most characteristic forms of “the Central-

362 Mr. O. Thomas on @ new

Asiatic fauna, in the Issik Kul or one of its affluents. ‘This

is the fourth species known at present of this genus.

Diptychus Lansdelli.

Dy Te Ata SPS e VaelOe eelat. CO=90:

Nearly the whole body is naked, the parts above the lateral

line being quite scaleless ; but ere are a few scales between

the lateral line and the Toot of the pectoral fin, a few scattered

scales on the abdomen, and a series of larger ones running on

each side of the vent and the anal fin. The scales of the fateral

line are distinct enough in its anterior part, but rudimentary

behind.

The body is low, loach-like, its greatest depth being only

one sixth or nearly one sixth "OE the total length (without

caudal) ; the length of the head is contained four times and a

quarter in it and exceeds the length of the caudal peduncle.

Interorbital space very broad, its width being equal to the

length of the snout. The dienieter of the eye is one sixth of

the length of the head and rather less than two thirds of that

of the snout. Mouth semicircular, quite at the lower side of

the snout. Barbel about as long asthe eye. The dorsal fin

is as long as high, its origin being equidistant from the end

of the snout sand Clee the end of fie caudal peduncle. Caudal

fin deeply forked. Pectoral fin reaching to the origin of

the dorsal, ventral fin nearly to the vent. The outer ventral

ray 1s opposite to or a little behind the last dorsal ray.

The upper two thirds of the body of this species are

covered with deep black spots, the largest of which are half

the size of the eye.

The largest of the specimens is 12 inches long ; its anal

rays are covered with seasonal epidermoid tubercles, arranged

in a series along each ray.

XLILI.—Description of a new Bat from the Gambia.

By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

Vesperugo (Vesperus) Rendalli, sp. n.

Crown of the head flat, scarcely raised above the level of

the muzzle ; muzzle broad, the glandular prominences much

swollen. Kars short; laid forward they reach barely more

Bat from the Gambia. 363

than one half the distance between the eye and the tip of the

nose ; their inner margin straight, tip narrowly rounded off,

upper third of outer margin straight, middle third slightly

convex, basal third with a marked lobe separated by a notch

opposite the base of the tragus.

Tragus of about the same breadth from base to tip, its

inner margin evenly but slightly concave, its tip rounded, its

outer margin evenly convex, its base with a triangular lobule ;

when laid forward its tip reaches to between the posterior

canthus and the middle of the eye.

Pads at the bases of the thumbs scarcely more marked

than usual, but the soles of the feet broad, swollen, and

wrinkled, projecting posteriorly behind the level of the origin

of the caleaneum. Wings from the metacarpus close to the

base of the toes. Calcaneum reaching about halfway from

the heel to the end of the tail, its tip forming a small pro-

jecting point like that found in V. Daubentond; postcalcaneal

lobule distinct, but rather narrow. ‘Tail involved in the

interfemoral membrane to its extreme tip. Penis with a

distinct bone.

Fur scarcely extending on the membranes except on the

interfemoral in the centre below.

Vesperugo Rendall. a, head, twice natural size; b-d, upper incisors,

much magnified ; J, of right side, outer view; ¢, of rightside, buccal

view ; d, of left side, front view.

Colour of body, above and below, of the skin of the fore-

aim, digits, and legs greyish brown, of the membranes every-

where white, the reticulations well marked.

Teeth.— Upper incisors (figs. 6-d), or at least the outer

364 Mr. O. Thomas on a new Bat from the Gambia.

pair, quite different from those of any other member of the

genus. The inner one with a large secondary cusp about

halfway up its posterior edge, and the hinder edge of

the main cusp, above the secondary one, markedly sinuous,

as though the tooth were occasionally trifid (fig. 6). Outer

incisor well developed, triangular in section at the base (see

fig. c), its angles each with a cusp, the antero-internal

bearing the long main cusp, three fourths the height

of the inner incisor; cusp on the postero-internal angle

about half the height of the secondary cusp of the inner

incisor; cusp on the external angle minute, but quite

distinct (fig. d); postero-external side of the tooth close

to the base of the canine (fig. c). No trace of a minute

anterior premolar; large premolar pressed closely against

the back of the canine and Jeaving no room for another tooth

between.

Lower incisors trifid, overlapping, placed at right angles to

the direction of the jaws. Second lower premolar two thirds the

height of the canine, and first premolar two thirds its height.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in spirit) :—Head

and body 50 millim.; tail 39; forearm 36 (=1'4 inch) ;

head 16°5; muzzle to eye 7°0; ear, above crown 9:0, from

base of external margin 13-0; thumb, including claw, 6°2 ;

lower leg 13°6.

The type specimen of this most interesting bat was obtained

by my frend Dr. Perey Rendall at Bathurst, on the River

Gambia, and I have much pleasure in connecting bis name

with it.

Vesperugo Rendalli presents a combination of characters

which prevents it falling into any one of the subgenera of

Vesperugo as recognized and defined by Dr. Dobson (Cat.

Chir. B. M. p. 184). But I am far from regarding it as

representing a new subgenus, and only consider it as showing

that Hesperoptenus, Peters, in which a penis-bone is present

and the outer incisors are minute, should be amalgamated

with Vesperus, in which there is no penis-bone and the outer

incisors are well developed. The swollen and probably ad-

hesive hinder pads of this species give it a second point of

resemblance to V. (“‘Hesperoptenus”’) Blanfordi, Dobs. ; but,

as Dr. Dobson has shown, this character is not one on which

generic or subgeneric division can be based.

Bibliographical Notice. 360

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Manual of British Birds. By Howanrp Saunpers. Parts I.—XIT.

London: Gurney and Jackson.

Wuen the fourth edition of Yarrell’s ‘ History of British Birds’

was brought to a conclusion four years ago, the chief drawback,

in the eyes of many, was its costliness, due in a great measure

to the illustrations, It was evident that with the successors of

Mr. Van Voorst, the proprictors of the blocks, must rest the pro-

duction of a cheaper book, in which the bulk of the matter should

be incorporated in a smaller compass ; but it was doubtful whether

a plan could be evolved at once satisfactory and remunerative.

However, by strictly limiting the articles on each species to two

pages, inelnsive of the woodcut, it was found that a volume of some

800 pp. might be furnished at the price of about £1; and, though

this method was sure to carry objections on the score of brevity to

the minds of a certain class of critics, we cannot but think that all

is included which is necessary for the readers to whom the work

appeals, while the result has proved equally creditable to the energy

of the author and the enterprise of the publishers, Lxcellent alike

in style and matter, it ought to be in the hands of every lover of

pirds, and should take the place of several inferior books on the

subject now before the public. Since last April twelve parts have

been issued, the monthly appearance of which has been charac-

terized by the utmost regularity.

No better model on which to base the work could have been

adopted than that offered by Prof. Newton’s portion of the fourth

edition of “ Yarrell;” but, on comparison, it is quite obvious that

the subject of our present notice has been completely rewritten,

while the arrangement also differs somewhat, the system followed

being in the main that of the British Ornithologists’ Union List,

which has at least the sanction of authority.

Migration reports are responsible for much fresh information, and

the author has evidently availed himself of the writings of Bogda-

now, Bbiichner, Gigholi, Groéndal, Fischer and v. Pelzeln, Menzbier,

Prjevalski, and Winge. Aided by these and others, the range of

perhaps half our species has been more or less extended and, in some

cases, corrected; that of near allies has been elucidated or more

accurately defined, and the lines of contact sketched out. The

species figured as new are the Isabelline, Black-throated, and Desert

Wheatears, the Barred Warbler, the Wall-Creeper, the Needle-tailed

Swift, and the Lesser Kestrel ; while the Marsh Warbler, the Red-

throated Pipit, the Red-necked and Egyptian Nightjars, the Ameri-

can Green-winged and Blue-winged Teals are inserted w ithout cuts ;

but the St.-Kilda Wren is only mentioned to be dismissed. The

Marsh-Harrier, Goshawk, and Merlin are also figured atresh. Among

our rarer Visitors we notice further examples of the Yellow-browed,

Rufous, Icterine, and Great Reed-Warblers, the Water-Pipit, the

366 Geological Society.

Lesser Grey Shrike, the Red-breasted Flycatcher, the Black-headed,

Rustic, and Ortolan Buntings, the Great White Heron (Scotland),

the Ruddy Sheld-Duck, the King Eider, and the Harlequin Duck.

On the other hand, the following species are omitted, with the

exception of brief notices (not always under the corresponding

genus) :—the Gold-vented Thrush, the Purple Martin, the Parrot

and American White-winged Crossbills, the Red-winged Starling,

the Belted Kingfisher, the Yellow-billed Cuckoo, the Swallow-tailed

Kite, the Canada, Spur-winged, and Egyptian Geese, the Polish

Swan, and the Passenger Pigeon. The only vignettes retained are

those of Anthus rupestris, Neophron percnopterus (juv.), the head

and foot of the Nightjar, and the foot and breast-bone of the Swift.

Stronger proof is adduced of the specific identity of the various

Dippers, a young Bittern in the down is recorded from Norfolk and

a specimen of Anxser erythropus from Northumberland, the nesting

of the Brambling and the Pintail in Scotland on one occasion, and

of the Snow-Bunting on two, is substantiated, the Kestrel is stated

to have built on the ground and Spoonbills on trees at Fulham, and

the recent irruption of the Sand-Grouse is duly chronicled ; while

critical distinctions between the species are not uufrequently itali-

cized, and new details abound with regard to food, habits, inter-

breeding, number of broods or eggs, and time of nesting. ‘The dis-

tribution of many birds in Britain is also considerably at variance

with the older records, notably that of the Marsh-Harrier in

Scotland.

As errors we may mention the omission of measurements in the

Wall-Creeper and some confusion of language in respect to the

Cuckoo’s foster-parents, while we are sorry to see the American

Plectrophenax substituted for Plectrophanes.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

December 19, 1888.—W. T. Blanford, LL.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “ Triygonocrinus, a new Genus of Crinoidea from the ‘ Weisser

Jura’ of Bavaria, with description of a new species, 7’. liratus ;

Appendix I. Sudden deviations from normal symmetry in Neocri-

noidea; and Appendix II. Marsupites testudinarius, Schl., sp.”

By F. A. Bather, Esq., B.A., F.G.S.

This genus is proposed on the evidence of two calyces in the

British Museum (Natural History) which were found among speci-

mens of Kugeniacrinus from Streitberg. The speeies of Hugenia-

crovus, Phyllocrinus, and Trigonocrinus may be arranged in a series

which is apparently one of evolution. The present genus is there-

Geological Society. 367

fore to be placed with the Kugeniacrinidie, although its characters

are not those of the family as heretofore defined. This is seen

from the following diagnosis :—

Trigonocrinus, gen. nov.— Calyx roughly triangular or trilobate

in section. Basals +, but one so atrophied as to be almost invisible ;

all fused into a basal ring. First radials 4; the two on either side

of the smallest basal half the size of the others, thus maintaining

the triangular symmetry ; all closely united, with each suture-line

in a groove. Processes of radials well developed, forming spines

homologous with the petals of Phyllocrinus ; except the adjacent

processes of the smaller radials, which only form a minute ridge.

Articular surface of radials curved gently inwards and upwards ;

muscular impressions indistinct or absent; no articular ridge; no

canal-aperture. Arms unknown: ? represented by fleshy appen-

dages. Calyeal cavity contained in first radials ; with small ee

ventral aperture, surrounded by a rim, which is the only relie of <

muscular attachment. Stem unknown.

The two calyces belong to the same species, viz. 7’. érutus, sp. nov.

Calyx rather more elongate than in the known species of Phyllo-

crinus ; basals ornamented with minute granules; radials ornamented

with similar granules run into curved ridges, which, owing to their

differing intensity, give an imbricated appearance ; spines triangular

in section, with the base of the triangle directed inwards, the apex

outwards, the angles often rounded.

The differentiation of Trivonocrinus from the central Kugenia-

crinid type has been effected on the one hand in accordance with

the principles of ‘ Degeneration,” ‘“ Reversion,” and “ Use and Dis-

use”; while, on the other hand, it exemplifies certain methods of

change in organic forms, which may be referred to the categories

of (1) Sort, (2) Hypertrophy and Atrophy, (3) Fusion and Fission.

Thus considered i it is of unique interest among Crinoidea: An ex-

amination of the variations in symmetry presented by the Echino-

dermata suggests the conclusion that the Pentamerous type Was

originally evolved from another system, or at least that it wa

selected from among cther variations, that it has survived, and that

it has been kept true, as being the fittest.

Appendix I. Sudden deviations from normal symmetry in Neo-

erlnoidea.

A collection of instances from previous authors, with a few addi-

tions, the whole illustrating the latter portion of the paper.

Appendix Il. On Marsupites testudinarius, von Schlotheim, sp.

A synonymy of the genus Jarsupites ; it contains but one known

species, and all other names must yield to this one.

2. On Archeocyathus, Billings, and on other Genera allied

thereto or associated therewith from the Cambrian Strata of North

America, Spain, Sardinia, and Scotland.” By Dr. G. J. Hinde,

HG:S:

A revision of the type specimens of the three species included by

Mr. Billings in the genus Archwocyathus shows that each of the

368 Geological Society.

species represents a distinct genus. Archeocyathus profundus,

having been selected by Mr. Billings in 1865 as the typical species,

was retained as such, and the characters of the genus, as shown in

this species were defined ; Arch. atlanticus, Bill., was made the type of

anew genus, Sprrocyathus; and the third species, Arch. minga-

NENnSIS, which proves to be a siliceous sponge, was included in a

new genus, Archwoscyphia.

Including the genera allied to Archwocyathus, described by Meek

and Bornemann, the following constitute the family ArcHaocya-

THIN, proposed by this last-named author; Archwocyathus, Bill. ;

Ethmophyllum, Meek; Cosctnocyathus, Born. ; Anthomorpha,

Born. ; Protopharetra, Born.; and Spirocyathus, g. n.

The genera of this family are characterized for the most part by

turbinate or subcylindrical forms with stout walls enclosing an

interior tubular or cup-shaped cavity. ‘Their skeletons are of car-

bonate of lime in a minutely granular condition. The walls in the

first four of the above-named genera consist of an outer and an inner

lamina connected by vertical and radial septa; dissepiments are

generally present between the septa; save in the genus Antho-

morpha, the outer lamina of the wall is regularly and minutely

perforate, and the inner lamina and septa are likewise cribriform ;

Ethmophyllum is particularly distinguished by oblique canals con-

necting the interspaces of the wall with the central cavity,

Coscinocyathus by transverse, perforate tabule, and Anthomorpha

by the apparently imperforate character of the surface-lamine and

septa. Protopharctra and Spirocyathus are either non- septate or

very obscurely septate; their skeleton consists of anastomosing

lamin and fibres; in the latter genus the lamine are remarkably

thickened by successive secondary deposits of calcareous material.

The Archeocyathine are regarded as a special family of the

Zoantharia sclerodermata, in some features allied to the group of

perforate corals, The family is restricted, so far as is known at

present, to the lowest fossiliferous zone of the Cambrian strata, that

characterized by the genus Olenellus, Hall, and it occurs at Anse-au-

loup, Labrador; Troy, New York State; Nevada; in the Sierra

Morena, Spain; and in the south-west of the Island of Sardinia.

The genus Archwoscyphia, based on Archwocyathus minganensis,

Bill., is shown to be a lithistid sponge, and Nipterella, g. n., based

on Calathium (?) paradoxicum, Bill., belongs likewise to the same

group of sponges. The genera Calaihiwm, Buill., and Trichospongia,

Bill., are also undoubted siliceous sponges. These various sponges,

sahigh were either included in Archwocyathus by Mr. Billings, or

regarded as allied thereto, have no relation whatever to the genus,

or to any member of the family in which itis included. They come

from a higher geological horizon, the Calciferous formation of the

Canadian geologists, which is probably the summit of the Cambrian.

They occur in the Mingan Islands and in Newfoundland. Archco-

scyphia and Calathium are present in the Durness limestones.

Geological Society. 369

January 23, 1889.—W. T. Blanford, LL.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On Remains of Eocene and Mesozoic Chelonia, and on a

Tooth of (?) Ornithopsis.” By R. Lydekker, Esq., B.A., F.G.S.

This communication treated in the first place of remains of Chelonia

from the Cambridge Greensand, Wealden, and London Clay. Firstly,

Rhinochelys, from the Cambridge Greensand, was considered to

indicate a Pleurodiran type: and four new specitic names were pro-

posed, viz. R. macrorhina, R. brachyrhina, Rk. Jessoni, and PR, cunta-

brigeensis. From the same deposits a skull was described which

was considered to indicate a new species of Chelone, for which the

name C. Jessont was proposed. Other remains of marine Che-

lonians from these beds were regarded as indicating a Turtle allied

to the Loggerhead, and were provisionally referred to the genus

Lytoloma, as L. cantabrigiense. In the course of the description, it

was proposed to replace the name Huclastvs (preoccupied) by Lyto-

loma.

Of other Chelonidee, the new generic name Aryillochelys was pro-

posed for Chelone cuneiceps, Owen, of the London Clay, which

would also include some other forms from the same beds.

A shell of a Plesiochelys from the Wealden of the Isle of Wight

was regarded as indicating a new species, which was named

P. Brodie.

It was also shown that Chelone gigans, Owen, of the London

Clay, did not belong to the Chelonidee at all, but indicated a species

of the genus Psephophorus—a member of the Dermatochelydide.

The next section of the paper described a peculiar mandibular

symphysis from the London Clay, which was taken to indicate a new

genus of Chelonia, to be named Dacochelys; and it was suggested

that Lmys Delabechei, Owen, might be the same form.

The paper concluded with a notice ofa tooth from the Wealden,

of the same general type as one previously referred by the author to

Ornithopsis ; and it was shown that teeth from the Portlandian of

Boulogne, which had been described as Neosodon and Caulodon, and

regarded as Iguanodont, were likewise of the same general type. It

was also shown that Cardiodon, Owen, from the Forest Marble,

belonged to the same group.

2. “On the Dentition of Lepidotus naavimus, Wagn., as indicated

by specimens from the Kimeridge Clay of Shotoyer Hull, near

Oxford.” By R. Etheridge, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S., and H. Willett,

Ksq., F.G.S.

The paper commenced with a list of fourteen species of Lepidotus

known in England, from beds between the Lias and Upper Chalk

inclusive, and an account of the range of the Lepidosteoid fishes

from Permian times to the present day followed. The occurrence

3t0 Miscellaneous.

ot separate teeth of Lepidotus maximus, Wagn. (= Spherodus gigas,

Ag.), in the Evogyra-virgula zone of Shotover and Kimeridge has

been pre eviously recorded; but in the present communication four

specimens of jaws containing teeth were noticed.

I. Comprises the upper dentition ; it belongs to the same species

and, possibly, to the same individual as No. IV. Eighteen teeth

oécur in its two fragments.

IL. Contains two teeth, an upper and a lower, belonging to the

same species as No. LV.

III. Probably the right dentary bone, appears to belong to a dis-

tinct species. It is very perfect, and exhibits sixteen teeth, of which

the successors of six are exposed on the underside. The marginal

series comprises the seven smallest teeth, those placed most in-

wardly being the largest. Compared with the dentary bone of those,

species of which that element is already known, the fossil approac shes

most closely to Lepidotus maximus, Wagn., but the bone is broader

in proportion to its length, and the teeth are more numerous.

IV. Corresponds undoubtedly to Lepidotus maximus, Wagn. The

dentition of this specimen does not, however, appear to belong to

the left upper jaw, but to the dentary bone. Its upper surface

contains seventeen teeth, and the lower, or successional, series con-

sists of fifteen, =32 in position.

MISCELLANEOUS

New Trichopterygide.

Wuen I wrote my paper on * New Trichopterygidie ” (Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. March 1889, pp. 188-195) I supposed that the labels

bearing the name ‘“ Blumenau,” attached to all the specimens

received from Herr E. Reitter, reterred to their captor; but I have

since discovered that they refer to the place in which he resided

and not to the man himself.

In consequence of this mistake the following errata have occurred,

VIZ. i—

Tee ee lines 5 5 & 6 from top, for “made by Herr Blumenau in

Brazil ” read “from Blumenau in Brazil.”

P. 191, line 22

P.192, ,, 22

P.193, ,, 12

PAGS 5) 20

for “by Herr Blumenau” read “near Blumenau.”

A. MatrHews.

Gumley,

March 23, 1889.

On some new Entomophthorexe. By M. A. Grarp.

The species of Entomophthoree are much more numerous than is

generally supposed. During the last summer (1888) I observed

some new forms, of which I may indicate the following, which will

shortly be figured and described in more detail.

Miscellaneous.

1. Entomophthora saccharina.

This species was collected this summer in the dune of Ambleteuse.

It is parasitic in the caterpillar of Kuchelia Jacobew, That species,

which is always common at Wimereux, was very abundant this year,

and nearly all the examples of Soncois Jacobeus, var. candicans,

were so infested by it as to be almost denuded. [have met with

the Entomophthora, however, only in a space of about 20 square

metres. The dead caterpillars were attached to the branches of the

groundsel! generally with the head downwards, but also not unfre-

quently in the normal position. The conidian spores form small

masses of saccharine aspect upon the hairs of the intested cater-

pillars. They measure 17-18 yp in their largest diameter and are

pyriform,. The zygospores, whicn are very : abundant in the interior

of the caterpillar, have a very thick wall; they are irregularly

spherical and 21 y in diameter; the hyphae measure 7-10 p.

2. Entomophthora Plusie.

Last July the caterpillar of Plusia gamma caused considerable

damage in the department of the Cher, especi: ally at Herry. Out of

about fifteen caterpillars sent to me ‘from this loc: ity six during

their journey or soon after their arrival manifested a parasitic

disease which I at first attributed to a Botrytis *, but which is due

to an Kntomophthora. ‘The caterpillars attacked present a velvety

aspect like that of certain plants with succulent hairs; further, the

tufts formed by the hyphe give the integuments a wrinkled and

vermiculate aspect. An Acarian nearly allied to Tyvoglyphus myce-

tophagus, Megnin, is very abundant upon the infested caterpillars

and probably assists in the propagation of the fungus, of which it

transports conidia. Some caterpillars were infested by a Dipteran

(Evorista vulgaris, Fall.) ; they were not attacked by the Hntomoph-

thera.

3. Meturhizium chrysorrhee,

The caterpillars of Liparis chrysorrhea, Linn., living upon the

oaks of the Jardin d’Acclimatation in the Bois de Boulogne, were to

a great extent destroyed during the months of June and July by a

fungus which I refer to the genus Metarhiziwm, Sorokine. The

infested caterpillars strewed the surface of the ground or went to

perish against the railings serving to enclose the animals. They

contained unicellular hyphee of a brownish colonr, terminated by

small, irregularly ovoid conidia, measuring 5 «w in length by 3 yp in

breadth, and generally containing two refringent oily globules.

The external aspect of the caterpillars was but little alter ed. They

only appeared to be a little indurated and shrivelled, and the hairs

had a slightly pulverulent aspect.

* Journal de l’Agriculture ’ (Barral), July 21, 1888, p. 89.

32 Miscellaneous.

4, Metarhizium Leptophyet.

I found this curious Cryptogam upon a rather rare Orthopteron,

Leptophyes punctatissima, Bose, which lives upon elms and arrives at

the adult state quite late in the season. I met with the infested

specimens in an alley of the wood of Meudon in the month of Octo-

ber. They were attached to the lower surface of the leaves, parallel

to the median vein, and with the head turned towards the petiole.

The mycelium of the fungus is very distinctly pluricellular; the

spores are of two kinds; some are very small, shortly ovoid conidia ;

the others, rather larger (6-8 1), elongate-ovoid and divided into

two by a transverse septum. The fungus presents numerous

rhizoides, which cause the insect to adhere by nearly all its ventral

surface.—Comptes Rendus des Séances de la Société de Biologie,

November 24, 1888.

On the Oriyin of the Unionidee. By Prof. M. Nuvmayr.

There can be no doubt upon the point that the great stock of the

Mollusca was originally developed in the sea and that those forms

which dwell in the fresh waters and on solid ground represent

altered descendants of original inhabitants of the sea. But when

we attempt to establish in detail the origin of the different groups

of terrestrial and freshwater Mollusca we come upon difficulties ; and

even if we have succeeded in recognizing the origin of several of the

smaller groups, such as Adacna, Neritina, Dreissena, and Potamo-

mya, this has as yet proved impossible in the case of those main

groups which are richest in species and most widely distributed.

In the present article it will be attempted to prove that the most

widely distributed and important family of freshwater bivalves, the

family Unionidie, is descended from the marine genus T'rigonia.

The structure of hie hinge is of decisive significance ; in this respect

Trigonia is distinguished by a peculiar type in the arrangement of

the teeth, characterized as the Schizodont type. In the Unionidee

the hinge-structure is exceedingly variable; but if we closely

examine the normal forms it appears that they may be referred

without any violence to the Schizodont type, although certainly in

others very important secondary modifications occur which veil the

original character.

In other characters also Uniones and Trigonie show much affinity,

as in the structure of the branchie, the separation of the two lobes

of the mantle, the absence of siphons, &c. In the structure of the

shell they show great agreement in the extraordinary development

of the nacreous shell, the presence of a strong epidermis, and the

arrangement of the muscular scars. It is particularly remarkable

that in many geologically young Uniones of Phocene and recent

times shell-ornaments appear as retrogressive structures, such as

occur elsewhere only in the Trigoniw in the whole domain of the

Conchifera.—Anzeiger k.. Akad. Wiss. Wien, January 10, 1889,

p. 4.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 17. MAY 1889.

XLIV.—WNotes on the Palwozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.—

No. XXVII. On some North-American (Canadian) Species.

By Prof. T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S.

[Plates XVI. & XVII. *]

CONTENTS.

Introduction, p. 373.

I, Specimens from Campbellton, New Brunswick, p. 375.

1. Primitia mundula, varieties, p. 375.

2. scaphoides, noy., p. 377.

II. Specimens from Cap Bon-Ami, N. B., p. 378.

5. Primitia mundula, var., p. 373.

4. equalis, p. 379,

5. Beyrichia Kledent, vay, acadica, nov., p. 379.

6. arcuata, p. dsl.

Remarks as to Relationship, p. 382.

7. Isochilina labrosa, nov., p. 385.

III. Specimen from Manitoba, p. 384.

8. Aparchites Whiteavesit, nov., p. 384.

Introduction.

Two local collections of Primitian and Beyrichian Ostra-

coda were sent by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves, F.G.8., of the

Geological Survey of Canada, some time ago for my examin-

ation; and they have again and again occupied my leisure,

* These Plates have been drawn with the aid of a grant from the

Royal Society for the illustration of the fossil Ostracoda.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iii. 26

374 Prof. T. R. Jones on the

being difficult of determination on account of their presenting

passage-forms with gradational characters, some of which are

at first sight apparently distinct enough for specification, but,

really failing in their distinctness, are not in every case

easily reduced to a satisfactory serial order. On this account

all the more definite variations in the two sets of specimens

have been carefully represented in the two accompanying

Plates*. Plate XVI. illustrates a gradational series (nine in

number) of true Primitive from the Lower-Devonian strata of

Campbellton, New Brunswick ; and in Plate XVIL. figs. 1-

9 show a collection of Primitian and Beyrichian forms, and

fig. 11 an Jsochilina, from the Upper-Silurian (Lower-Helder-

berg) strata of Cap Bon-Ami, Dalhousie, New Brunswick.

The two localities are about 16 miles apart, and in each case

the specimens were collected by Mr. A. H. Foord, F.G.S.,

within a limited area of a few square yards.

The matrix of the specimens from Cap Bon-Ami (nos. 24-

32) is a greenish-grey argillaceous limestone (or calcareous

shale), with remnants of brachiopods and mollusks. Those

from Campbellton (nos. 1-23) consist of hard shale, calca-

reous where shells and bones have been; some (nos. 7, 15,

21, 22) are brownish and somewhat ferruginous, the others

dark grey. Several contain plant-remains and _fish-bones

and some have small gasteropods.

The following extracts give all that was known about the

geology of the localities referred to when the specimens were

collected :—

‘Canadian Naturalist and Geologist,’ vol. x. no. 2, Decem-

ber 1881, p. 93 —“ On some Fossil Fishes, Crustacea, and

Mollusca trom the [Lower] Devonian Rocks at Campbell-

ton, N.B; with Descriptions of five new Species.” By

J. F. Whiteaves.

Fossil tishes had been found by Mr. Ells “ in argillaceous

and brecciated limestones t [limestone-breccia] on the south

bank of the Restigouche River, about half a mile above

Campbellton.” Here Mr. Foord soon afterwards found

Entomostraca, besides fish-remains, a Spirorbis, and two

small species of Gasteropoda.

‘Geological Survey of Canada.—The Fossil Plants of the

Evian (Devonian) and Upper-Siiurian Formations of Canada.’

* Mr, C, Davies Sherborn, F.G.8., has helped me in sorting, sketching,

and collating these Canadian Kntomostraca,

+ “The rock is for the most part a dolomitic agglomerate [breccia |

passing upwards into coarse shales and associated with felsitic and trap-

pean beds.”

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. oto

By J. W. Dawson, C.M.G. &c. Part ii. 8vo. Montreal,

1882, p. 96. “ Erian and Upper-Silurian Plants from the

Restigouche River and the Baie des Chaleurs. ... .

“At Cape Bon-Ami, near Dalhousie [New Brunswick], a

fine section is exposed of bedded doleritic traps, alternating

with bands of limestone and shale abounding in marine

fossils. These, as determined by the late Mr. Billings, are

characteristic of the Upper-Silurian period and of the Lower-

Helderberg group *, Some of the upper beds of this series

include fragments of fossil plants, showing the structure of

Prototaxites and detached specimens of Pachytheca (Aitheo-

testa t). At Cape Bon-Ami these beds are succeeded, appa-

rently conformably, by a great thickness of reddish porphyry

and porphyritic breccia, forming the Lighthouse Point at

Dalhousie.

‘Further up the Restigouche River, however, in the

vicinity of Campbellton, where similar rocks occur, they are

overlain by calcareous and magnesian breccia or agglomerate,

hard shales, conglomerates, and sandstones of Lower Devo-

nian age. The agglomerate [breccia] and lower shales con-

tain abundant remains of fishes of the genera Cephalaspis

[campbelltonensis, Whiteaves], Coccosteus [acadicus, Whit-

eaves], Ctenacanthus, and Homacanthus, and also fragments

of Pterygotus. The shales and sandstones abound in remains

of Psilophyton, with which are Prototaxites, Arthrostigma,

and Leptophleum, of the same species as those found in the

Lower Devonian of Gaspé Bay.”

I. Lower-Devonian Specimens from Campbellton,

New Brunswick.

These are magnified 15 diam. in Plate XVI. and therefore

look larger than those from Cap Bon-Ami in Plate XVIL.,

which were magnified only 10 diam., so as to allow the

two large forms, figs. 10 and 11, to be included in that Plate.

For the material of the specimens (nos. 1-23) see above,

p. 374.

1. Primitia mundula, Jones, varieties.

(Pl. XVI. figs. 1, 2, 4-9, and woodcut, fig. 2.)

The Primitie from Campbellton are certainly closely

allied together, and, excepting tig. 3, do not differ much from

Primitia mundula, Jones (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 2,

* “¢ Acadian Geology,’ p. 579.”

+ “Fruit of Prototavites ?”

26*

376 Prof. T. R. Jones on the

vol. xvi. 1855, pp. 90 and 174, pl. v. fig. 23, and pl. vi.

figs. 28-31; and ser. 3, vol. xvi. 1865, p. 419), in one or

other of its. modifications, as described in 1865. See also

Proc. Geol. Assoc. 1869, “Pal. Biv. Entom.,” pp. 8, 10, and

13, figs. I. and Il.

Primitia simplex is the relatively short- backed and P. mun-

dula the long-backed of the two well-known and most

common of the Silurian forms of minute Ostracods.

Figo l: Fig. 2.

\ |

: J

= if ae

Fig. 1.—Outline of Primitia simplex.

Fig. 2.—Onutline of Primitia mundula.

Both magnified 8 diameters.

Pl. XVI. fig. 1 (on no. 15 specimen) is an internal cast,

oblong, with marginal rim (broken) and a neat sulcus, with-

out thickened edges. ‘The matrix is a ferruginous hard shale,

with small gasteropods (obscure) and some “plant remains.

Fig. 2 (on no. 5) is a very neat valve, nearly semicircular

along the free margins, with a narrow and weak sulcus, and

ornamented with a delicate reticulation (fig. 2 bd).

Fig. 4 (specimen no. 22) is a neat suboblong cast of

P. mundula, but with the sulcus more forward, and less

developed at its edges, than in the typical form. Other Pri-

mitie of somewhat similar pattern occur with it, also small

gasteropods and plant-remains.

Fig. 5 (specimen no. 10) is a short oblong variety of P.

mundula with well-developed sulcus (partly damaged) and an

extremely delicate reticulate ornament, visible on some part

of the shell. With plant-remains.

Fig. 6 (specimen no. 18) is a typical P. mundula, rather

fuller in the ventral curve than fig. 29a, pl. vi. 1855, and

with feeble tubercles at the sides of the sulcus. The reticu-

late ornament of the valve’s surface is shown in fig. 60.

Many ae simple Primatie accompany it, also fish-remains.

Fig. 7 (specimen no. 12). ‘his ‘cast does not differ

much. in shape from figs. 1; 2, 4, and 6, except in the

fuller outline and extent of the posterior moiety ; but the

sulcus is more forward and its front edge is modified into a

short swelling, going off, with a sinuous margin, into an

antero-dorsal depression. This condition is possibly ‘shown to

a slight extent in fig.6a@; and, if so, the gradation to P.

mundula is sufficiently strong to prevent us giving fig. 7 a

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. AYE

separate name of any kind. There is also a faint depres-

sion behind and parallel to the posterior edge of the sulcus ;

and this may faintly foreshadow the second (hinder) furrow

in Beyrichia, As internal casts often show developments

of local features different in degree from what are seen on

the outside of the valves *, possibly the perfect valve of

fig. 7 a would not differ much from fiz. 6 a, allowing for the

fact of their being valves of the two different sides, and one

being of larger growth than the other.

Several other casts of ordinary small Primitice of the mun-

dula type, together with small gasteropods and plant-remains,

accompany fig. 7.

Fig. 8 (specimen no. 7) is a cast with a partial film of

shell and an obscure trace of reticulate ornament. In shape

it is much like figs, 4 and 6, but the sulcus is broad, deep,

and curved, the curvature having its convexity in a direction

opposite to that in fig. 83—th at is, curving downwards and

forwards, not downwards and backwards. Behind the sulcus

there are two slight depressions, possibly homologous with

the slight valley behind the posterior edge of the sulcus in

g : ial

fig. 7a. If this be taken for eranted, we are still within the

real range of P. mundula, however much the sulcus be inten-

sified. There is here no indication of the antero-dorgal

depression visible in fig. 7 a.

Fig. 9 (in specimen no. 9, with fish-remains) is a crushed

east, with broken valve. Its special value is that we here see

an example of the typical P. mundula, like fig. 29a, pl. vi.

1855, reterred to above.

2. Primitia scaphoides, sp. nov. (Pl. XVI. fig. 3.)

Pl XVI. fig. 3, shows a dark valve, straight on the back,

obliquely and elliptically curved on the free margins, boldly

curved behind, contracted in front, and with the hinge-line

shorter than the valve. The sulcus is median and strong

(being broad and deep), crescentic, with its posterior edge raised

into two obscure close-set tubercles. ‘The surface bears an

indistinct punctation. ‘There is some resemblance between

this form and P. semicordata, Jones (op. cit. 1855, p. 172,

pl. vi. fig. 21, and 1865, p. 417), but the latter is shorter and

has the front, and not the hinder, edge of the sulcus raised

into a little tubercle. It would be more like P. Salteriana,

(bid. p. 172, pl. vi. fig. 207, and p. 417), were it

* See, for instance, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. March 1869, pl. xiv. figs. 5

and 6; and Verworn, Zeitschr. d. g. Gesellsch. 1887, pl. ii. figs. 3 and 6,

+ There is too much margin in this figure.

378 Prof. T. R. Jones on the

coarsely pitted, the furrow more forward, and the tubercle

smaller.

There are other little black Prémitie (some of them like

fig. 1) on the specimen with fig. 3, in the piece of hard dark

argillaceous limestone no. 17.

Fig. 3 differs from the other forms on the Plate by its

relatively large median sulcus, with backward curve, and by

its relatively long subelliptical outline.

Taking the relative position and proportion of the sulcus

into consideration we may see that it is variable in the above-

described Primitie in these respects :—

Sulcus relatively large in figs. 3, 5, 8.

. ae ¢

. »__ Small in figs. 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, 9.

», straight in figs. 1, 2, 4, 5, 6.

5) 4 Culved In: tgs) 3.4, 3,9.

», placed forwards in figs. 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9.

a », nearly in the middle in fig. 5.

i », quite in the middle in fig. 3.

With regard to outline, all the figures, except figs. 1 and 3,

show high (broad) valves.

In figs. 7 a and 8, and perhaps in fig. 6, there is certainly

a step towards the formation of a central lobe between the

normal sulcus and a feeble parallel depression. But this

looks more like an abortive attempt to produce a family

feature than such a regular progression of growth as shown

by M: Verworn’s figures 1, 2, 3, 6, 5, 7, 9, 11, 4, 10, and

perhaps 8.

Il. Upper-Stlurian specimens from Cap Bon-Amt.

Most of these Ostracods (Pl. XVII. figs. 1-9) retain their

tests, though some (figs. 7 and 8) have only part of the

valve. For the material see p. 874. Having been magui-

fied only 10 (instead of 15) diameters, they look relatively

smaller than those from Campbellton (see p. 375).

3. Primitia mundula, Jones, var. (P1. XVII. fig. 1.)

In Pl. XVII., fig. 1 (from specimen no. 25) indicates the

smallest of the Primitie found among the Ostracoda collected

at Cap Bon-Ami; taken by itself it may be regarded as a

narrow variety of P. mundula, Jones (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 2, vol. xvi. pp. 90, 174, pl. vi. figs. 28 and 29, and

noticed in subsequent papers).

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 379

It is almost the same as fig. 1 of Pl. XVI., but is not so

full behind, being more nearly oblong, and it has the front

edge of the sulcus more decidedly raised or thickened.

4, Primitia equalis, Jones & Holl, young form.

(Pl. XVII. fig. 2.)

Fig. 2 (from specimen no. 30), larger and of a fuller shape

than tig. 1, appears to have one edge of the sulcus raised and

isolated as a pimple, and the other moiety of the valve is

slightly rucked up ; but, seen in another light, each side of the

sulcus appears to end dorsally in a little pimple, so that in

this view there are two little nearly equal knobs near the

back at the ends of the curved boundary of the sulcus, thus

feebly imitating P. equalis (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xvii. 1886, p. 411, pl. xiv. fig. 11). There is no pub-

lished figure exactly like fig. 2, though P. nana, Jones (op.

cit, ser. 2, vol. xvi. 1855, pl. vi. fig. 22), in some degree, and

more especially the young form of P. cornuta, J. & H. (op.

cit. May 1886, pl. xiv. fig. 13), have somewhat analogous

features. Further, as the young of P. cornuta is to the

adult, so probably the specimen under notice is to the adult

form of P. equalis (¢bid. fig. 11), the pimple and ridge being

near the dorsal edge and each other.

5. Beyrichia Kledeni, M‘Coy, var. acadica, Jones.

(Pl. XVII. figs. 3-6, 8, 9.)

As explained further on, these seem to be referable to a

variety of B. Kladen?, having a considerable variability of

lobes and furrows, as is the case with the true B. Aledent,

but without the tuberculation of surface which is present in

the analogous varieties (B, clausa &e.), and with a strong

marginal rim in well-preserved individuals. So close an

analogue to the Carboniferous B. gigantea is seen in fig. 3

that, keeping B. Aladeni as the type, it is possible that we

shall have to regard B. gigantea not as a real species *, but

as var. gigantea of B. Kladent.

Thus also another Carboniferous recurrent form and of

specific standing is seen in our fig. 7 of the same Plate (see

p- 381).

Fig. 3 (from no. 27) has a decidedly Beyrichian aspect,

and might pass for a variety of B. Aledent, such as the

* Further research, however, among the numerous specimens from

QGlencartholm, Dumfriesshire, is indispensable before arriving at this con-

clusion.

380 Prof. T. R. Jones on the

varieties clausa &c. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. April 1886,

pp. 854-356, pl. xii. figs. 8, 9, 10), in which the two main

lobes do not taper off one within the other, but are thick

below and more or less confluent. The nearest known form,

however, is Beyrichia gigantea, J.. K., & B. (‘ Monogr.

Carbonit. Entom.,’ Pal. Soc. 1874, pl. iv. fig. 27, and 1884,

p- 88) ; the latter measures 44 millim., the former only 175

millim. There is also some resemblance between fig. 3 and

Beyrichia Jonesti, Dawson (non Boll), from the Carboniferous

Limestone of Nova Scotia (f Acadian Geology,’ 3rd edit.

1878, p. 313, fig. 182); but in this figure the central lobe is

much larger, and is surmounted by a small tubercle.

The specimen from Cap Bon-Ami is associated with Mur-

chisonia, a brachiopod, and an obscure fish-bone.

In fig. 4 (no. 26) the confluence of the two great lobes is

more complete than in any published variety of B. Kladent

except var. scotica (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1886, pl. xu.

fig. 10). ‘he middle lobe loses to a great degree the isola-

tion due to the lateral furrows, especially in front and below,

and becomes rounded. ‘These features are not those of

Kledenia Wilckenstana*, to which species this valve has

at first sight some resemblance.

Fig. 5 (from specimen no. 31) has the middle lobe more

isolated and longer than it is in fig. 4, and the front lobe

fades away downwards, somewhat like that feature in the

typical B. Kledent, but still more resembling, in this respect,

L. gigantea above-mentioned.

In fig. 6, however, a larger individual (from no. 25), the

ventral coalescence of the lobes is perfect, as in var. tubercu-

lata (ibid. 1886, p. 354, pl. xii. fig. 8) and in B. gigantea

(Carbonit. Monogr. 1874, pl. iv. fig. 28); but the middle

lobe is narrower, longer, and more parallel-sided than in those

and other allied varieties, and much more so than in Aledenia.

Figs. 3-6 moreover show a broad marginal flange, which is

not seen in the forms just referred to.

I have a fine example like fig. 6 in a piece of dark grey

argillaceous limestone, with Cucullea, from Cap Bon-Ami,

given to me by Sir J. W. Dawson at Montreal in 1884.

In fig. 8 (from no, 28, with Orthonota and Cucullella?),

excepting the median furrow, which is not very strong, be-

hind a weak middle lobe, the depressions of the valve merely

give it an undulating surface, there being one broad curved

hollow on the hinder moiety separate from the flattish mar-

* See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. 1888, pp. 398 and 899,

for remarks on this genus and some of its known species.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 381

gin and a very shallow valley more forward. This is a very

weak Beyrichian form.

Fig. 9 (also from no, 28) presents a large hinder (gigot)

lobe, an ovate, isolated, middle lobe, and a divided anterior

lobe, the upper portion ‘of which is feeble, but the lower part

is swollen, being hypertrophied, as is usual with many Bey-

richie (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. 1886,

pp. 889-343). Another such individual is present in speci-

men no, 24 associated with Orthonota and Cucullella ?

The absence of real differences (of essential value) in the

series of six Beyrichian forins described above allows of their

being referred to B. Kledeni as so many subvarietal indi-

viduals falling into one varietal group. Not one of them is

exactly the same as the type of the species, nor do they take

on what are regarded as the essential characters of any other

species as at present known.

6. Beyrichia arcuata (Bean).

(PISXMIT tes: 0e..0 0,1 c.)

Beyrichia arcuata, Jones and Kirkby, Geol. Mag. October 1886, p. 458,

pl. xu. figs. 12-14.

Fig. 7 (from specimen no. 32) has a short, curved, anterior*

furrow, and a deep, straight, median sulcus, with a distinct,

though shght, lobe between them.

The geological persistency of this form (fig. 7) is shown by

the similarity of some Carboniferous Ostracoda to our figure.

Beyrichiopsis simplex, J. & K. (Geol. Mag. dec. 3, vol. i.

p- 437, pl. xu. fig. 4), is near to it, but has a shorter median

and weaker anterior sulcus. Beyr ichiu cratigera, Brady

(ibid. fig. 7), approaches it, and B. arcuata (Bean) (vbid.

fig. 13) still more nearly. Their passage into the common

three-lobed Beyrichie is illustrated by figs. 8-10, ¢bed., also

by some figures in pl. vi. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xvi. 1886.

This Upper-Silurian Ostracode, then, is a Beyrichia different

from those of the B. AKlwdeni type, and plentiful enough

atterwards in Carboniferous times, when the representatives

of the latter were rare, though of large size (B. gigantea).

In the Coal-measures B. arcuata is usually accompanied

by plant-remains, together with Anthracosiw and such-like

shells and other fossils not of decidedly marine types; in the

Gannister-coal series, however, it occurs with Gondatites,

and Mr. Kirkby believes that B. arcuata is not truly a fresh-

* Judging from its position in analogous species.

382 Prof. T. R. Jones on the

water form, but rather an old marine form that has acquired

estuarine habits by force of circumstances. Its existence in

these Pre-Carboniferous marine strata at Cap Bon-Ami

supports this view of its history.

Note.—For an account of fig. 11, also from Cap Bon-Ami,

see further on, p. 383.

Remarks as to Relationship.

Herr M. Verworn, of Berlin, has already shown us, in his

memoir on the ‘ Developmental History of the Beyrichie ”

(Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. 1887, pp. 27-31, with

pl. ii.), that his Beyrichia primitiva, obtained as a series of

young and adult forms in a Silurian limestone from the Drift

at Rixdorf, near Berlin, is a Priémitia when small and young,

and becomes more and more Beyrichian with age, until it

becomes identical with, or at least very closely approaches,

Beyrichia Salteriana, the presence of the crenulated marginal

flange in the latter being the chief distinction. If identical,

the species would stand by the latter name.

Mr. C. D. Walcott also, in his memoir on the “ Paleon-

tology of the Eureka District,” U. 8. Geol. Survey, 4to,

Washington, 1884, has indicated that his Devonian Bey-

richia (Primitia) occidentalis (p. 204, pl. xvii. figs. 4 and 4 a)

begins as a Primitéa and becomes a Beyrichia when adult.

At first glance the group of Ostracoda from Dalhousie

(Pl. XVII. figs. 1-9) seemed to present another example of

passage from Primitia to Beyrichia; but after very careful

consideration I feel bound to confine my conclusions to the

following :—(1) The probably close alliance by family ties,

though not in this case by direct descent, of the two small

Primitia (figs. 1 and 2), inasmuch as a progressive develop-

ment of the edge of the sulcus in fig. 1 might lead to P.

strangulata, P. bicornis, and others, whilst the tubercles in

fig. 2 lead rather to Bollia and possibly to Strepula.

(2) Though the sulcus of Primitia may represent the main

furrow of Beyrichia, yet the tubercles, sometimes single

(on one or the other side of the sulcus), sometimes double

(one on each side of the sulcus), are too uncertain to be

regarded as homologues of the middle lobe of Beyrichia. In

this respect therefore there is a gap in the relationship.

In 1860 M. d’Eichwald remarked (‘ Letheea Rossica,’ vol. i.

livr. 7, p. 1847), after noticing the apparent relationship of

the two variable species Beyrichia tuberculata (Kléden) and

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 383

B. Kladent, M‘Coy, that “ B. Wilckensiana, Jones, [ Primitia]

complicata, Salter, [P.] strangulata, Salter, [P.] obliquejugata,

Schmidt, might be only varieties of B. Aledeni due to age ””—

the more or less elongate, simple, or divided forms of the

main lobes, and the obliteration of the central boss, leaving

only two ridges, constituting the differences. This is by far

too sweeping a conclusion, ignoring the probable physiolo-

gical value of the various soft parts and limbs covered by

or occupying different parts of the valves, and fitted for diffe-

rently constructed valves. ‘That there are zoological relation-

ships among the Ostracoda, as among both lower and higher

animals, no one can doubt ; but until we can define the evi-

dence thereof as clearly as M. Verworn has defined the stages

of his Beyrichia primitiva the present arrangements had

better remain, so as to avoid confusion.

7. Lsochilina labrosa, sp. nov.

(Pl. XVII. fig. 11, and woodcuts, figs. 3 and 4.)

Besides true Leperditie among the Paleozoic Ostracoda we

not unfrequently tind forms that approach them in shape and

sometimes in relative size, but without having some of the

true characteristics, such as are defined in the Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. November 1881, pp. 334, 335. It is to be noted,

however, that such a Leperditia as var. nana of L. canadensis

(vel fabulites), op. cit. April 1858, pl. ix. fig. 12, is destitute

of external structural marks; and so are some Carboniferous

Leperditie (op. cit. May 1865, pl. xx. and October 1886

pl. vii.).

My friend Mr. J. W. Kirkby agrees with me in stating

that we have not seen the eye-spot or the muscle-spot in

Leperditia Youngiana, compressa, parallela, obesa, and some

other Carboniferous species. In Leperditia Okeni and scoto-

burdigalensis these features are rarely visible. We find also

that the ventral overlap is not great in Leperditia Youngiana

and Armstrongiana and is often weak in L. scotoburdigalen-

sts. Not untrequently it varies in development in individuals,

the larger and more swollen forms having generally most

overlap.

In Leperditian forms where the eye-spot or muscle-spot or

both are present, but no ventral overlap, the genus Jsochilina

is recognized.

The specimen before us (Cap Bon-Ami, no. 3), fig. 11, is

less exactly Leperditioid than fig. 10 of the same Plate, being

nearly oblong, but rounded on the free margins. It is very

similar in outline to Leperditia canadensis, var. labrosa, J.

384 Prof. T. R. Jones on the

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. April 1858, p. 245, pl. ix. fig. 3),

which, however, has the eye-spot and ventral overlap.

It seems not to have been thickened on the ventral mar-

gin nor to have overlapped there. No external structural

marks are visible, but they may have been obliterated by

fossilization, for the surface of the valve is roughened by

minute accretions. The ends have broad rims, and so might

the ventral margin have also been flanged, but the convexity

of the ventral region overhangs, and the matrix hides it, if

at all preserved.

In greenish-grey calcareous shale like that of other speci-

mens from Cap Bon-Ami.

Fig. 3. Fig. 4.

Figs. 3 and 4.—Isochilina labrosa, nov., magnified 10 diameters.

3. Front end view. 4. Ventral view.

[See Plate XVII. fig. 11.]

III. Specimen from Manitoba.

8. Aparchites*® Whiteavesit.

(Pl. XVIT. fig. 10, and woodcuts, figs. 5 and 6.)

Other Ostracoda than those mentioned above, at p. 383,

somewhat, but not quite, Leperditian in outline and contour,

the dorsal angles being nearly or quite absent, are generally

much smaller than the above-mentioned forms, and are with-

out either ocular or muscular spot, and have no overlap on

the ventral margin, though sometimes thickened there. Some

such Ostracods, but of relatively large size, were described

and figured in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xvi.

1865, pl. xii. figs. 7, 10, 12-14, and ser. 4, vol. n. 1868,

pl. vil. figs. 1-4, as Primitie; and P. solvensis (op. cit.

* From dmapxn, primitia.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 385

February 1856, pl. vi. fig. 16) and P. muta (op. ett. ser. 3,

vol. ii. 1858, pl. ix. fig. 3) were added to the group because

of the existence of such passage-forms (with obsolete sulci) as

P. Beyrichiana and pusilla, J. & H., connecting them with

the true Priémitie. ‘To these non-sulcate forms may be added

P. lenticularis, J. & H., 1869, P. Sanctojohannesiana,

Lloydiana, and Milneana, Jones, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

November 1881, pl. xx. figs. 1-3; and to the passage-forms,

var. breviata ot the sulcate P. valida, -J. & H., 1886: P.

cylindrica (Holl) and P. minuta (Kichwald) possibly also

belong to this non-suleate group.

Fig. 10 and woodcuts, figs. 5 and 6 (specimen no. 2 of the

whole series), illustrate a subglobular Leperditioid Ostracod

with strong dorsal angles fore and aft, and a steep postero-

dorsal and more gentle antero-dorsal slope, the former falling

into a bolder curve than the latter; and with the ventral outline

almost semicircular. The ventral and end margins of the

united valves are thick and bevelled inwards and slightly

fluted there (see woodcuts, figs. 5 and 6). This character

approaches that shown by fig. 1 ¢ in pl. vil., Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. July 1868, in a much less Leperditioid carapace,

which we referred to the smooth or non-suleate Primitie (P.

Maccoyit, J. & H.). As it has not been figured for Jso-

chilina, and is very distinct from the ventral edge of Leper-

ditia, it may still be regarded as characteristic of the non-

suleate Primitian group here indicated, and which [ take

this opportunity of definig as a generic group separable from

Primitia (though there are some passage-forms) as APAR-

CHITES.

Figs. 5 and 6.—Aparchites Whiteavesti, nov., magnified 10 diameters.

5, Front end view. 6. Ventral view.

[See Plate XVII. fig. 10. ]

Tn its outline the individual under notice, from Manitoba,

is shorter and rounder than Leperditia rotunduta, Walcott

(Paleont. Kureka &c., 1884, p. 206, pl. xvi. fig. 5), and in

386 On the Paleozoic Bivalved Batiinbetracd.

shape much more closely resembles L. suborbiculata

(Miinster), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. May 1865, p. 407,

pl. xx. fig. 7. The shell is superficially roughened from the

effects of exposure.

The specimen consists of white limestone, and in this

respect resembles the Leperditia Biliingsii*, J. (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii. 1881, p. 345, pl. xx. tig. 9),

from Lower-Silurian strata near Lake Winnipeg.

The little fossil before us is from “ the parish of St. An-

drew, Manitoba, in the valley of the Red River, in rock of

about the age of the Utica Slate or upper part of the Trenton

Formation.”

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuaTE XVI.

[All the figures are magnified 15 diam. except figs. 2 b and 6d. }

Fig. 1. Primitia mundula, J., var. Left valve; a cast.

Fig. 2. The same, var. a, right valve; 6, ornament of the valve, x 75

diam.

Fig. 3. Primitia scaphoides, sp. nov. Right valve.

4, Primitia mundula, J., var. a, right valve; b, edge view; c, end

view.

5. The same, var. a, right valve; 6, edge view; c, end view.

6. Primitia mundula, J. a, right valve; 6, ornament, X 75 diam.

Fig. 7. The same, var. 4, left valve, cast; 6, edge view; c, end view.

8. Primitia mundula, J., var, Left valve, cast, with a small film of

shell.

9. Primitia mundula, J. Right valve, crushed cast, with parts of

the shell.

(Figs 1-9 from Campbellton, New Brunswick. ]

PuaTE XVII.

[All the figures are magnified 10 diam. }

. Primitia mundula, J., var. Left valve.

. Primitia equalis, J. & H. Right valve, young.

. Beyrichia Klaedeni, M‘Coy, var. acadica, noy. Left valve.

The same. a, left valve; 0, dorsal edge view ; ¢, front view.

. The same. Left valve.

The same, a, left valve; 6, ventral edge view; c, posterior

view.

Fig. 7. Beyrichia arcuata (Bean). a, right valve (cast retaining some of

the shell) ; 6, dorsal edge view; e, front view.

> Ori co NO

* Possibly this may belong to Aparchites also,

Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Lamiide Coleoptera. 387

Fig. 8. Beyrichia Kledeni, M‘Coy, var. acadica, nov. Left valve (cast,

retaining some of the shell).

Fig. 9. The same. a, left valve, with hypertrophied antero-ventral lobe ;

b, dorsal edge view ; ¢, anterior aspect.

Fig. 10. Aparchites Whiteavesii, nov. Cavapace, showing the left valve.

(See also the woodcuts, figs. 5 and 6.)

Fig. 11. Lsochilina labrosa, nov. Right valve. (See also the woodcuts,

figs, 3 and 4.)

[Figs. 1-9 and 11 from Cap Bon-Ami, New Brunswick ;

fir. 10 from Manitoba. |

XLV.—On new Lamiide Coleoptera in the British-Museum

Collection. By C. J. GAHAN, M.A., Assistant, Zoological

Department, British Museum.

THE species here described belong to the groups Colobotheides,

Amphionychides, and A‘renicides of Lacordaire and include

some of the finest species of those groups. hey are all

from South America and the West-Indian islands, and were

for the most part contained in the collections of Chevrolat and

Dejean. Where practicable I have retained the manuscript

names used by these authors.

Colobothea signativentris (Chevr. MS.), n. sp.

C. signatipenni persimilis, sed differt prothoracis lateribus paullo

gnarpe P ] p

pone medium tuberculatis, et macula submediana lutea (elytrorum)

postice in forma vitte continuata,

Long. 14-18 mm. 4d.

Hab, Bahia.

Robust; with a short greyish-brown pubescence above.

Prothorax with a few scattered yellowish points, the disk with

a median carina, which is strongly raised posteriorly, and

with a feebly raised, somewhat elongated tubercle on each

side of the middle, the sides each with a distinct tubercle a

little behind the middle. Elytra broad between the shoulders,

with the latter prominent, and thence gradually narrowed

towards the apex; each with three velvety black spots along

the disk and with an irregular luteous vitta beginning at the

postero-leteral border of the first velvety spot, expanding

between this and the second velvety spot and thence con-

tinued along the side of the lateral carina up to the apex.

Apices emarginate, with the outer angles spinose. Body

388 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Lamiide Coleoptera.

underneath with a brownish pubescence; abdomen with a

russet-brown pubescence at the sides, with a band along the

middle of each of the last four segments black and somewhat

velvety, and with a large and distinct velvety black spot on

each side of the basal segment. Anterior tarsus (male)

dilated and rather sparsely fringed with brownish hairs, with

the first joint not much longer than the second. Antenne

with a greyish-brown close pubescence, and with the four

basal joints sparsely setose underneath, with the sete more

thickly aggregated towards the apex of the scape.

This species so closely resembles C. siynatipennis, Lameere,

that it might at first sight be mistaken for it. The chief

differences are pointed out above. If M. Lameere’s species

is the true s¢gnatipennis of Dejean, as I have no doubt it is,

his description, so far as it applies to the abdomen, must be

slightly amended. ‘The middle of the abdomen is more or

less velvety (not denuded), there is a large and distinct

velvety black spot on each side of the basal segment, and

there is a much smaller, somewhat elongated, velvety black

spot at each side of the apical segment, and sometimes also a

very small spot at each of the antero-lateral angles of the

intermediate segments. In C. signativentris, excepting the

large basal spots, there are no spots on the sides of the

abdomen ; but in this respect it may be liable to variation.

Colobothea elongata (Chevr. MS.), n. sp.

Nigra ; capite antice fulvo-cinereo trivittato ; capite et prothorace

supra vittis duabus fulvo-cinereis, postice divergentibus, lateraliter

utrinque univittatis ; elytris fulvo-cinereo pubescentibus, nigro-

maculatis, fascia lata subapicali nigra, apicibus late truncatis,

albo-marginatis, angulis externis spinosis ; antennis nigris, arti-

culis sexto et undecimo albis.

Long. 15-23 mm.

Hab, Cayenne.

Black, with three tawny ashy vitte on the front of the

head, the median vitta continued on to the vertex and there

dividing into two strongly diverging vitte, which are con-

tinuous with the two dorsal vittee of the prothorax; with a

single nearly straight whitish vitta on each side extending

from the side of the head, below the eye, along the thorax as ~

far as the abdomen. Scutellum black, somewhat ashy in the

middle. Elytra a little broader at the base than the pro-

thorax, gradually and slightly narrowed posteriorly, with the

shoulders slightly oblique, with a tawny ashy pubescence,

with numerous small black spots, most of which have a single

Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Lamiide Coleoptera. 389

puncture, with a larger spot on each towards the apex, and

with a broad subapical black fascia narrowly interrupted at

the suture; the apices margined with white, broadly tran-

cate, with the outer angles spined. ‘Thorax grey in the

middle underneath; sides of the abdomen with a whitish

pubescence spotted with black. Legs black, femora varied

with grey. Antenne black, with the sixth joint towards its

base and the eleventh at its middle whitish pubescent.

Male.—Fore tarsus broadly dilated, with the first joint

nearly as long as the two succeeding joints taken together ;

first joint of the middle and hind tarsi almost as long as the

three succeeding joints.

Female.—First joint of all the tarsi about as long as the

two succeeding joints.

Colobothea Brullet (Dej. MS.), n. sp.

3d. Nigra; capite fronte albo trilineato, supra unilineato, lateraliter

utrinque bilineato; prothorace lineis octo albescentibus ; elytris

cinereo-pubescentibus, nigro-maculatis, fascia lata subapieali

nigra, apicibus late truncatis, angulis externis spinosis ; pedibus

nigris, griseo-annulatis, tarsis anticis valde dilatatis et late fim-

briatis; antennis nigris, articulo sexto’ ad apicem noduloso.

Long. 24 mm.

Hab. Santa Cruz, Nauta.

Black ; head with three white lines in front, the median

line continued to the thorax. Prothorax with eight whitish

lines, one on each side above the coxa, the remaining six

visible from above, with the two most external on each side

continued on to the sides of the head. Scutellum black.

Elytra with the shoulders prominent in an upward direction,

not much broader at the base than the thorax, with an ashy-

white pubescence which is interrupted by numerous small,

round, black spots, each having a setigerous puncture at its

centre, with one or two larger fasciate spots on each, and a

broad, subapical, black fascia, scarcely interrupted at the

euture : the apices narrowly margined with white, broadly

truncate, with the outer angles Spined, Body underneath

black, with the sides spotted with white. Anterior legs

longer than the intermediate or posterior, with their tarsi

dilated and broadly fringed with black hairs, and their first

Joint as long as the three succeeding joints; the first joint of

the posterior tarsi about equal in length to the two succeeding

joints.

Antenne black, with a small notch at the apex of the sixth

joint. (A nodule of the same kind exists at the apex of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iii. 27

390 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Lamiide Coleoptera.

seventh joint in the male of an allied species, which I have

little doubt is the C. octol/neata of Bates, though that author

makes no mention of the character.)

Three male specimens in the collection. In the specimen

from Nauta the ashy pubescence of the elytra is more inter-

rupted and appears as a mere reticulation.

Colobothea amena (Chevr. MS8.), n. sp.

Nigra; capitis fronte niveo trilineata, vertice lineis duabus antice

conjunctis, postice late divergentibus ; prothorace supra utrinque

niveo bilineato; elytris disco maculis sex niveis.

Long. ¢ 23, 9 14-16 mm.

Hab. Bahia.

Dull black; head with three white lines in front, the

median line at the vertex dividing into two, which diverge

widely on the occiput. The disk of the prothorax with two

white lines on each side, which are united together at the

base and apex ; each side of the prothorax with a supracoxal

white vitta, which is continued along the side of the breast.

Elytra with the shoulders very oblique, forming an almost

continuous curve with the sides of the prothorax, gradually

narrowed posteriorly, with the apices broadly truncated and

the outer angles spined, with, on the disk of each, three snow~

white spots—one near the base, oblong, the second at the

middle also oblong, the third towards the apex nearly square ;

with a narrow white border at the apex and with a small

white spot on the deflexed side of each elytron anteriorly.

Body underneath black, with the sides of the breast and of

the three intermediate abdominal segments white. Legs

black, femora somewhat ringed with grey; the first joint of

the anterior tarsus as long as the two succeeding joints taken

together; the first joint of the middle and posterior tarsi as

long as the three succeeding joints: the anterior tarsus of

the male dilated and thickly fringed with black hairs. An-

tenne wholly black.

This neat species, of which there are three specimens in the

collection, is easily distinguished from C. cassandra (which

it somewhat resembles in markings) by the extreme obliquity

of the shoulders.

Colobothea socia, n. sp.

C. amene similis, sed differt humeris elytrorum minus obliquis,

articulo tarsorum primo breviore ; prothorace supra utrinque late

univittato, maculis elytrorum majoribus.

Long. 18-21 mm.

Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Lamitde Coleoptera. 391

Hab. Brazil.

Differs from the last species by the more prominent shoulders

of the elytra, though these are still cut away somewhat

obliquely, and by the relatively shorter first joint of the tarsi.

The vitte on the vertex are broader; there is a single broad

vitta on each side of the thorax above instead of two (in one

of the three specimens each vitta is divided by an incomplete

narrow black line) ; the spots on the elytra are broader and

more irregular in form.

This species differs from CO. cassandra by the less promi-

nent shoulders, by the A -forming vitte on the vertex of the

head, and the absence of the oblique fascia on the side of the

head, which in cassandra is continuous with the dorso-lateral

thoracic vitta.

Colobothea discicollis (Dej. Cat.), n. sp.

Nigra ; prothorace dorso utrinque luteo univittato, et in medio inter

vittas late nigro-velutino, lateribus nigris, nitidis, singulo vitta

supracoxali lutea; elytris postice vix attenuatis, humeris nec

prominulis, luteo-pubescentibus, nigro-maculatis, fascia subapicali

nigra; apicibus albo-marginatis, late truncatis, angulis externis

spinosis.

Long. ¢ 19 mm.

Hab. Bahia.

Prothorax with a rather broad luteous vitta on each side

above, each vitta continued on to the head in front, and, as a

less well-defined vitta, for some distance along the middle of

each elytron behind; the disk of the prothorax between the

vitte velvety black, the sides each with a supracoxal luteous

vitta. Elytra scarcely narrowed posteriorly ; with the shoul-

ders extremely oblique and not preminent, so that the sides of

the elytra form with the sides of the prothorax a continuous

curve; with a luteous pubescence, which, except where it

forms the basal vitte, is much interrupted by larger and

smaller black spots ; with a subapical black fascia. Sides of

the body underneath with a luteous pubescence, which on the

posterior abdominal segments is restricted to a few spots.

Antenne black, the intermediate joints somewhat grey at

their bases.

Two specimens in the collection.

Carneades vittata, n. sp.

Nigra; capitis fronte albo trivittata, vertice univittato ; prothorace

vittis quinque aibis vel flayis, quarum una dorsali ; elytris nigris,

392 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Lamiide Coleoptera.

lateraliter carinatis, singulo in medio prope basin leviter cristato,

sutura, margine apicali, fasciis maculisque nonnullis, albis vel

flavis; corpore subtus utrinque albo vittato, sterno in medio

griseo- vel brunneo-pubescente.

Long. 19 mm.

Hab. Cuenca, g; Nauta, 9.

Black, with a dark brown somewhat squamous pubescence ;

the head with three whitish lines if front, one on the vertex

continuous with the median thoracic vitta, and two spots on

each side continuous with the two vitte on each side of the

prothorax ; of these the supracoxal vitta is broader than the

one higher up and is continuous with a rather broad stripe

extending along the side of the breast and abdomen. Sscutel-

lum black, with a whitish line or spot in the middle. Elytra

with a short and feebly raised ridge on the middle of each

near the base, the ridge surmounted by one or two rows of

granulated setigerous punctures; with an obtuse carina

setting out from each of the prominent shoulders, extending

inwards in an oblique and somewhat curved manner, and

ending at about the posterior third of the elytron; with a

more acute carina beginning behind and below the humeral

prominence and passing backwards towards the outer apical

spine, but without reaching the latter; these two carin

enclosing a sloping and somewhat hollowed-out space; with

a white sutural vitta branching outwards at the apex and

giving off a short transverse branch on each side at the

middle, with some small whitish spots on the disk anteriorly,

with two spots on each side near the middle, and a short lon-

gitudinal spot on the sloping space of each towards the apex.

Legs black ; tarsi above grey, anterior tarsi of male dilated

and fringed with short hairs, with the first joint scarcely

longer than the second, the first joint of the posterior tarsus

distinctly longer than the two succeeding joints taken

together. Sterna in the female with a rather short greyish

pubescence, in the male with a longer brownish pubescence

and with a patch of longish hairs on each of the anterior and

middle coxee. Only five joints remain to the antenne ; these

are black, with a distinct white pubescent patch on the outer

side at the base of the fourth joint; the scape is gradually

thickened from before the middle up to the apex.

The two specimens here placed together differ slightly in

colour ; the Cuenga specimen, which is a male, has nearly

white stripes and spots; in the Nauta specimen, a female,

these are pale yellow.

Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Lamiide Coleoptera. 393

Carneades bicincta, n. sp.

Nigra: capitis fronte griseo trivittata; prothorace fulyo-cinereo

pubescente; elytris nigris cum fasciis duabus transversis (una

submediana, altera versus apicem) et maculis parvis dispersis

fulvo-cinereis; antennis nigris, articulis a tertio ad sextum basi

griseis,

Long. ¢ 19, 9 13 mm.

Hab. Guadeloupe.

Black ; head with three indistinct tawny-ashy vitte on the

front, the median vitta continued on to the vertex. Prothorax

with a tawny or ashy pubescence, interrupted on the ante-

rior and posterior borders by small black spots. Elytra

broad and nearly straight at the base, with prominent

shoulders and devoid of lateral carine, with two complete

tawny or ashy transverse bands, one just in front of the

middle, the other not far from the apex, and with some small

scattered tawny spots chiefly restricted to the basal part, this

part also sparsely punctured; the apices broadly truncate,

with the sutural angles very slightly produced, the outer

angles strongly spined. Body underneath black; each side

of the metathorax with an oblique tawny patch continuous

with the submedian elytral band ; the posterior border of the

first and the sides of the three following abdominal segments

with a tawny pubescence. Legs black and somewhat

glossy, with the first joint of the tarsi grey above; the middle

and posterior legs of the male subequal, distinctly longer

than the anterior, the tarsi of the latter dilated and fringed

with hairs, with the first joint about equal in length to the

succeeding joint; the first joint of the posterior tarsus scarcely

as long as the two succeeding joints taken together. An-

tenne black, with the bases of the joints trom the third to the

sixth grey, with the scape gradually thickened towards the

apex from about the middle of its length,

Two specimens in Dejean’s collection, bearing the specific

name which I have adopted.

Eilarolea croceicollis, n. sp.

Hemilophus croceicollis, Chevr. MS.

Capite et prothorace flavo-testaceis, croceo-pubescentibus, illo supra

pone oculos fusco, hoe basi nigro, lateraliter utrinque obtuse

tuberculato, dorso leviter trituberculato; elytris nigris, dense

punctatis, fusco-pubescentibus, apicibus oblique truncatis, angulis

externis minute dentatis, internis acutis; corpore subtus pedi-

busque nigris, femoribus anticis fusco-testaceis ; antennis nigris,

394 9 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Lamiide Coleoptera.

articulis a secundo basibus anguste flavo-testaceis, artieulo te1tio

incrassato.

Long. 15, lat. 5 mm.

flab, Bolivia.

Head and prothorax yellowish testaceous with a somewhat

ochraceous pubescence; with the antennal tubercles and a

spot on each side of the head behind the upper lobes of the

eyes dark brown, with the base of the prothorax above and a

spot on each side of the base below black, with three slightly

raised smooth tubercles on the disk and an obtuse tubercle on

each side. Elytra black, rather densely punctured, with a

rather faint dark brown pubescence, with a single sharp

carina on each side disappearing at some distance from the

apex, with the apices broadly and obliquely truncate, pro-

longed more at the suture than at the sides, and with the outer

angles minutely dentate.

The type of this species appears to be a female specimen.

The antenne are not quite so long as the body, the third

joint, and the fourth less distinctly so, are thickened. The

apex of the last ventral segment is somewhat angularly

emarginate in the middle, with the sides obtusely rounded.

Jn a second specimen, apparently a male, the antenne are

broken off from the third joint, which is thickened. The

apical ventral segment is narrower and is more strongly

emarginate in the middle.

The species resembles Hilarolea tuberculicollis, Guér., and,

in spite of the thickness of the third joint of its antenne, can

scarcely be generically separated from it.

IMilarolea Lacordatret, n. sp.

Amphionychu Lacordairet, De}. Cat. p. 378.

Nigra; prothorace lateribus rufo vittatis, valde et obtuse tubereu-

latis, dorso leviter trituberculato ; elytris nigris, opacis, sat dense

punctulatis, plaga magna communi discoidali et macula marginali

utrinque albo-griseis, apicibus singulis late et obtuse rotundatis ;

corpore subtus pedibusque nigris, mesothoracis episternis rufo-

pubescentibus ; antennis nigris, corpore multo brevioribus.

Long. 18, lat. 53 mm.

Hab. Brazil.

Head black, with a somewhat brownish (probably faded)

pubescence in front. Prothorax slightly constricted in front

of and behind the lateral tubercles, these very distinct though

obtuse, and each covered by the broad, slightly oblique, reddish

pubescent vitta of each side; the disk with three feebly raised

Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Lamiide Coleoptera. 395

smooth tubercles. Elytra straight at the base, with a sharp

carina on each side which ceases abruptly at a short distance

from the apex, with the apices broadly and obtusely rounded,

with a large, common, discoidal, testaceous spot, which is

covered with a close greyish-white pubescence, and with a

similarly coloured spot on each side below the lateral carina.

Legs and body underneath black, the latter with a faint

greyish pubescence, the apical ventral segment with a rust-

brown (apparently faded) pubescence. Antenne black,

scarcely three fourths the length of the body, with the joints

(the scape excepted) rather slender and sparsely ciliate, with

the third joint much longer than the fourth.

The single specimen, probably a female, I refer with doubt

to the genus //tlarolea.

Calocosmus holosericeus (Chevr. MS.), n. sp.

Capite nigro, tenuiter griseo-sericeo pubescente ; prothorace purpu-

rascente testaceo et nigro vario, grosse et sparsim punctato;

elytris nigris, tenuiter sericeo-pubescentibus, humeris prominulis,

apice rotundatis; pectore medio, abdomine femoribusque flavo-

testaceis ; tibiis tarsisque et antennis nigris.

Long. 12 mm.

Hab. San Domingo.

Head black, sparsely punctured, with a faint greyish, some-

what silky pubescence, with the labrum somewhat yellowish.

Prothorax feebly dilated at the sides in the middle, strongly

and sparsely punctured, of a purplish-testaceous colour, which

in parts is almost black. LElytra black, with a silky gloss,

giving in certain lights feeble greyish reflexions, sparsely

punctulate between the base and the middle, rounded at the

apex. Antenne black, first eight joints almost as long as

the body. (The remaining joints in the single specimen are

broken off.)

Calocosmus melanurus, n. sp.

Amphionycha melanura, Latreille, De}. Cat. 5rd edit. p. 379.

Fulvus, tenuiter pubescens, elytrorum tertio apicali et antennis

nigris, harum articulis intermediis basi angustissime fulvis ; pro-

thorace lateribus medio obtusissime tuberculatis ; elytris sat dense

punctulatis, humeris prominulis, apice rotundatis.

Long. ¢ 9-10, 9 123-133 mm.

Hab. St. Domingo.

Wholly fulvous, with the exception of about the apical

396 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Lamiide Coleoptera.

third of the elytra, the antenne, and apex of the mandibles,

which are black, and the tarsi, which are somewhat dark

brown; with a faint greyish pubescence. Head and pro-

thorax sparsely punctured, the elytra more minutely and

densely punctured. Antenne in the male a little longer than

the body, in the female about three fourths the length of the

body, with a variable number of joints very narrowly fulvous

at their bases.

Calocosmus marginipennis (Chevr. MS.), n. sp.

Tenuiter pubescens; capite prothoraceque flavo-testaceis, illo pone

oculos nigrescente; elytris purpurascente brunneis, sutura mar-

ginibusque lateralibus fere usque apicem flavo-testaceis, apice

rotundatis; pectoris lateribus, abdomine tarsisque subfuscis ;

femoribus tibiisque flavo-testaceis; antennis subfuscis, articulo

tertio scapo multo longiore.

Long. ¢ 103, 9 12 mm.

Hab, Jamaica.

Head with a few widely separated punctures, with a large

patch behind each eye black or purplish brown. Prothorax

very sparsely punctured, testaceous (in some specimens

slightly brown at the sides), with the sides slightly expanded

and rounded in the middle. Elytra minutely and rather

thickly punctured, the punctures disappearing towards the

apex, with the suture and lateral margins yellowish testa-

ceous, the rest of the elytra purplish brown, rounded at the

apex. ‘Lhe abdomen and sides of the breast somewhat pur-

plish brown, the legs (tarsi excepted) and middle of the

breast yellowish testaceous. Antenne (in the female a little

longer, in the male about a third longer than the body) with

the third joint nearly twice as long as the scape, with the

latter about equal in length to the fourth joint.

The extent to which the purplish-brown colour pervades

the elytra is variable ; in one or two specimens the elytra are

brownish only towards the apex. The underside of the body

varies also in this respect. Excepting C. speciosus, Chevr., I

know of no species of the genus in which the third joint of

the antenne is relatively so long.

Amphionycha albomaculata (Dej. Cat. p. 379), n. sp.

Luteo-brunneo pubescens ; capite supra maculis duabus albis; pro-

thorace postice constricto, dorso antice gibboso, lateraliter utrinque

albo-uniplagiato ; elytris singulis maculis duabus magnis ovalibus

albis (una submediana, altera versus apicem), apicibus subrotun-

datis ; corpore subtus lateraliter albo-maculato.

Long. 15, lat. 4 mm.

Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Lamitde Coleoptera. 397

flab. Brazil.

Head strongly retracted, broader than the prothorax, with

a brownish pubescence, punctured in front, and with two

pure white rounded spots above, Prothorax sparsely punc-

tured above, constricted towards the base, gibbous anteriorly,

the sides each with a large plagiate pure white spot touching

the posterior but not reaching to the anterior margin, and with

two small supracoxal white spots. LHlytra with a brownish

pubescence, each with a nearly straight lateral carina, and

with two large oval white spots, one submedian, more in

front of than behind the middle, the other about midway

between this and the apex; the apices somewhat obliquely

truncate or almost rounded. Body underneath luteous

brown, with a spot on each side of the mid and hind breast

and of each of the abdominal segments white. Legs luteous.

Antenne luteous brown.

Amphionycha nigrocincta, n. sp.

Capite nigro, fronte sparse punctata; prothorace supra viridi-albo

pubescente, lateribus antice nigris, punctatis; elytris viridi-albo

pubescentibus, cum fasciis duabus transversis, glabris (una basali,

altera pone medium), et macula utrinque ad apicem, nigris ; pedi-

bus et articulis quatuor basalibus antennarum stramineis, articulis

ceteris nigris.

Long. 12, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Brazil.

Head black, sparsely punctured in front, with the labrum

partly and the palpi wholly yellowish testaceous. Prothorax

above with a close greenish-white pubescence, which extends

downwards on to the sides towards the base. Hlytra with a

close greenish-white pubescence, with two naked transverse

black fascias, one at the base, the other behind the middle, with

the declivous sides between the fascie also naked and black,

and with a black spot on each elytron at the apex; witha

sinuate carina on each side; the apices somewhat rounded.

Body underneath black, with a close whitish pubescence on

the sides of the breast, and with a band of ashy pubescence

on the hind part of each of the first four abdominal segments,

the bands slightly interrupted in the middle. The legs and

the four basal joints of the antenne of a straw-yellow, the

remaining joints of the antenne black.

Amphionycha bicotor, n. sp.

Capite, thorace et tertia parte basali elytrorum flavo-testaceis ;

cxtera parte elytrorum et abdomine nigris; femoribus omnibus

398 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Lamiide Coleoptera.

et tibiis anticis mediisque flavo-testaceis; antennis articulis

quatuor basalibus testaceis, ceteris fuscis.

Long. 11 mm.

Hab. Ecuador.

Almost bare of pubescence ; with the head, thorax, and a

little more than the anterior third of the elytra yellowish

testaceous; the abdomen and corresponding (or covering)

portion of the elytra black and glossy, with a faint greyish

pubescence posteriorly. Elytra rather closely punctured on

the basal half, impunctate on the posterior half; with two

carinee on each side, the lower extending further back than

the upper ; the apices sinuately truncate, with the outer angles

dentate, the sutural angles acute. Legs yellowish testaceous,

with the posterior tibie and the first and fourth joints of each

of the tarsi black, the intermediate joints of the tarsi reddish

brown.

Amphionycha marginicollis, n. sp.

Brevis; capite nigro, griseo-mutante ; prothorace testaceo, griseo-

pubescente, dorso antice et postice nigro-marginato ; elytris nigris,

nitidis, antice punctatis, singulisque maculis tribus discoidalibus

(una prope basin, una mediana, tertia prope apicem) et una

laterali flavo-testaceis, apicibus conjunctim rotundatis ; abdomine

testaceo, griseo-albo pubescente ; coxis testaceis, femoribus stra-

mineis, tibiis nigro-fuscis; antennis nigro-fuscis, scapo extus,

articulis quarto toto et tertio apice flavis.

Long. 8, lat. 3 mm.

flab. Cayenne.

Head black, with a faint silvery-grey pubescence. Pro-

thorax testaceous, with a pale grey pubescence, punctured ;

the disk with a naked border at the base and apex black and

shiny. LElytra glabrous, black and shiny, with the basal

half punctured, with a distinct sinuous carina on each side,

each with four yellowish-testaceous spots, one near the base,

two median, of which one is above, the other below the lateral

carina, the fourth near the apex. The posterior spots with a

pale greyish pubescence. Hind breast black; abdomen

(except at the sides of the two basal segments) testaceous,

with a greyish-white pubescence. Antenne black, with the

scape on the underside, the fourth joint, and the apex of the

third joint pale flavous; the ninth joint is reddish brown and

the last two joints, which in the single specimen are broken

off, are probably of the same colour.

This species is the Amphionycha albiventris of Dejean’s

Catalogue; but this name has been already used by Mr. Bates

for another species.

Mr. C. J. Gahan on new Lamiide Coleoptera. 399

Amphionycha procera (Chevr. MS.), n. sp.

Magna, griseo-pubescens ; prothorace pube breve margaritaceo-cana,

dorso vitta mediana lata griseo-pubescente ; elytris utrinque carina

valde sinuata et ad medium evanescente, griseo-pubescentibus,

cum plaga magna communi, antice et postice dentata, singulisque

postice plagis duabus irregularibus, margaritaceis ; pedibus

antennisque griseo-pubescentibus.

Long. 22, lat. 7 mm.

Hab, South Brazil.

Head retracted, with a greyish pubescence, sparsely punc-

tured in front. Prothorax slightly constricted towards the

base ; the sides with a very fine, close-set, pearl-grey pubes-

cence, which extends on to the disk as far as the broad median

dorsal vitta of grey pubescence, the latter margined by a

reddish-brown naked line on each side. Elytra with a greyish

pubescence, with a very large, common, angulate plaga of

short and close-set pearl-grey pubescence, which extends from

the scutellum to near the middle and from the carina of one

side to that of the other, and with two similarly coloured

irregular fascie or plage on each towards the apex. The

plagee margined by naked reddish-brown lines. Apices of

the elytra rounded. Body underneath with a greyish pubes-

cence, with a finer whitish pink-tinted pubescence on the

sides of the breast. Legs and antenne grey, the latter

sparsely and shortly ciliate below.

Amphionycha ? antiqua, n. sp.

Brunnescens, subnitida; capite inter antennas macula magna alba,

occipite elevato ; prothorace postice constricto, antice gibboso,

dorso utrinque albo-plagiato; elytris sine carinis singulisque

maculis tribus magnis, subovalibus, albis (una versus basin,

secunda submediana, tertia versus apicem), apicibus rotundatis ;

pedibus antennisque brunnescentibus.

Long. 18, lat. 5 mm.

Hab. Brazil.

Brownish, somewhat glossy. Head retracted, with a large

pubescent white spot between the antennal tubercles, and with

the occiput raised. Prothorax sparsely punctured, posteriorly

constricted, anteriorly gibbous, with a large plagiate white

spot on each side above, each spot marked with a short

transverse line towards its inner side a little before the middle

of its length. Elytra brownish, subnitid, sparsely punctured

on the basal half, each with three large, somewhat oval,

pubescent white spots placed close to the suture—one near

400 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca

the base, one submedian, rather behind than in front of the

middle, the third towards the apex; the sides of the elytra

destitute of carina, the apices rounded, Antenne brownish,

with the jomts somewhat greyish at their bases, sparsely

cihate below, with the first and fourth joints subequal, each

scarcely more than half as long as the third joint.

This species, of which there is but a single specimen in

the collection, differs from all other recognized species of

Amphionycha by the rounded sides of its elytra, which are

devoid of carine. This character is met with in the allied

West-Indian genus Calocosmus, but the remaining characters

seem to me to unite the present species more closely with

Amphionycha than with the latter genus.

Mirenica acutipennis (Chevr. MS.), n. sp.

Pube flavo-grisea omnino dense vestita; capite linea mediana im-

pressa nigra; elytris apicibus acutis, singulis spina terminatis,

Long. 183, lat. 42 mm.

fab. Brazil.

Rather robust for the genus. Head, prothorax, elytra, and

body underneath with a unicolorous dense yellowish-grey

pubescence ; the legs and antenne with a darker grey pubes-

cence, with the joints of the latter from the third somewhat

fuscous towards their apices. Head with a median impressed

naked line, which is more conspicuous towards the vertex.

Antenne sparsely pilose. Elytra with their apices acute,

each terminated by a rather strong and sharp spine.

XLVI.—On the Mollusca collected by Mr. G. A. Ramage in

the Lesser Antilles.—Report I1I.* By Epear A. Smita.

THE collection which has recently arrived contains a few

species of terrestrial Mollusca from Dominica and St. Lucia.

Those from Dominica are:—l. Helix badia, 2. Bulimus

multifasctatus, 3. Amphibulima patula, 4. Helicina rhodo-

stoma, 5. H. fasciata, 6. H. platychila.

As references to these species and their distribution have

already been given in the previous Reports, it is unnecessary

* For Reports I. and II. see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1888, vol. ii.

pp. 227-234, 419, 420.

from the Lesser Antilles. 401

to repeat them here. The single specimen of Heliw differs

from those previously recorded, which were dark purple-

brown. It is of a luteous tint, with a brown zone above and

below the somewhat acute periphery ; the penultimate a

upper whorls are also dark brown. The Bulimus belongs

the same variety which is described in my second Report.

Two specimens which I regard as a variety of Helicina

fasciata are pale at the apex, “the rest of the upper surface

being reddish and more or less freckled or reticulated with

white, especially the last whorl. The lower surface is yel-

lowish and the labrum bright yellow. In form and sculpture

they are normal.

The three examples of HW. platychila are unusually small,

having an extreme diameter of 7 millimetres. They consist

of five whorls as usual, are uniformly dirty whitish, in other

respects agreeing with ordinary specimens.

The collection from St. Lucia contains only six species f,

but of these four arenew. ‘This is not altogether surprising,

ro)

for, so far as I can ascertain, the conchological fauna of the

island has only been very casually investigated.

Until the year 1869 only two species ‘had been recorded

from this locality—Helix orbiculata and Bulimus aulacostyitis

—the latter and the four new species hereafter described being

so far as known at present, restricted to this island. Several

of the other species occur also on one or more of the adjacent

islands or even on the mainland of South America. Mr.

Ralph Tate spent about two hours on St. Lucia in 1869, and

was fortunate in collecting as many as twelve species; these

were obtained in the neighbourhood of Castries, on the west

side of theisland. Mr. Ramage’s specimens were all collected

at “ Fonds St. Jacques,” the precise position of which I have

been unable to discover.

As in previous Reports, I have appended a list of the

known species, with references to some of the more important

figures and their geographical range.

*1, Helix (Dentellaria) orbiculata, Férussac.

Helix (Helicogena) orbiculata, Férussac, Prodrom. p. 36. no. 86; id.

Hist. nat. Moll. pl. xlvii. figs. 3, 4.

Helix orbiculata, Deshayes, Hist. nat. Moll. vol. i. p. 117; Pfeiffer,

Conch.-Cab. p. 39. no. 424, pl. Ixx. figs. 9, 10; Reeve, Conch. Icon.

pl. lii. fig. 251; Drouet, Moll. terr. Guy ane, ». 55; Tate, Ann, &

Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, vol. iv. p. 856; Mazé, Journ. de Conch. 1874,

vol. xxii, p. 161, vol. xxxi. p. 10.

Hab. Forests of Cayenne and Guiana and Trinidad

+ These are marked with an asterisk.

402 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca

(Férussac) ; in gardens at Cayenne, also in the woods and

other parts of Guiana (Drouét) ; Martinique, very abundant

in all parts, especially in damp and shady places (Muzé) ;

Guadeloupe, rare! (Mazé); St. Lucia (Bland and Tate).

The specimens from St. Lucia apparently do not differ

from those occurring on the mainland in Guiana and present

very little variation among themselves. Some have the spire

rather more elevated than others and some slight difference in

size is noticeable. ‘The colour appears to be very constant

and is well represented by the figures of Reeve and Pfeiffer.

Young shells are deeply perforate and sharply keeled at the

periphery.

*2. Helix (Hadra) sancte-lucie.

Testa depressa, orbicularis, anguste perforata, tenuis, nitida, vinoso-

cornea, ad peripheriam carinatam pallida aut virescens ; anfractus

5, lente crescentes, superne convexiusculi, radiatim fortiter pli-

cati, microscopice spiraliter striati; ultimus paulo supra medium

carinatus, vix descendens, infra carinam leviter plicatus, striis

incrementi aliisque concentricis tenuissimis sculptus; apertura

lunata; peristoma vinoso-fuscum, anguste expansum et reflexum,

supra umbilicum leviter dilatatum, marginibus callo tenuissimo

junctis.

Diam. maj. 18 millim., min. 143; alt. 93.

This species is remarkable on account of the strongly

plicate upper surface, which contrasts with the comparatively

smooth base. The first two whorls forming the top of the

spire are smooth and the plice gradually develop in thickness

upon the remaining volutions. Upon the last whorl they

are interrupted by the pale keel, and soon attenuate and be-

come obsolete beneath it. The keel passes right round the

whorl, but does not modify the regular curve of the labrum.

The foot of the animal is of a vinous tint and the mantle

is conspicuously marbled with coal-black.

3. Helix (Acanthinula) verensis, Guppy.

Helix ierensis, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, 1869, p. 242; Amer.

J. Conch. vol. vi. p. 307, pl. xvii. fig. 4; Tate, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. 1869, vol. iv. p. 356.

Hab. Trinidad (Guppy) ; Santa Lucia, “ among rubbish of

old walls and houses, Castries”’ (Tate).

4. Helix, n. sp.

Hab. Santa Lucia (Yate).

From the Lesser Antilles, 403

The existence of this species is merely casually referred to

by Tate (Am. J. Conch. vol. v. p. 155).

*5. Bulimus (Eurytus) aulacostylus, Pfeiffer.

Bulimus aulacostylus, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1852, p. 59; Conch.-

Cab. p. 114, pl. xxxv. figs. 5,6; Monog. Hel. vol. iii, p. 316; Tate,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, vol. iv. p. 356.

Bulimus lentiginosus, Redfield, Ann. Lye. N. H. 1853, vol, vi. p. 14.

Hab. St. Lucia (Pfeifer, Tate, Ramage); Trinidad and

Demerara (Redfield, tide McMurray).

Tate (2. c. supra) states that this species is peculiar to the

island of St. Lucia, but he does not mention the fact that it

has been recorded from Trinidad and Demerara. However,

it is not mentioned by Guppy in his list of the shells of Trini-

dad ; and Bland (Ann. Lye. N. H. New York, vol. vii. p. 361)

remarks, ‘‘ ] am satisfied that the information afforded by the

late Mr. McMurray as to the habitat (Trinidad and Deme-

rara) of B. aulacostylus was incorrect.” Until, therefore, its

occurrence in those two localities receives confirmation it may

be regarded as restricted to St. Lucia.

The largest specimen collected by Mr. Ramage is 43 milli-

metres in length, six longer than the type described by

Pfeiffer.

*6. Bulimus (Leptomerus) sancte-lucie.

Testa elongata, anguste rimata, tenuis, epidermide fusco-cornea,

paulo nitida induta; anfractus 7, convexi, primi duo oblique

tenuiter costulati, ceteri lineis incrementi obliquis aliisque spi-

ralibus puncturatis et setigeris ornati, sutura simplice sed pro-

funda sejuncti; ultimus inferne et labrum versus pallidior, circa

medium zona angusta, pallida, minime conspicua, cinctus ; aper-

tura parva, albida, longit. totius circiter 2 equans; peristoma

tenue, haud expansum, margine columellari late reflexo, rimam

subobtegente.

Longit. 21 millim., lat. 9; apertura 83 longa, 5 lata.

This species is somewhat intermediate in form between ZB.

chrysalis, Ptr., and B. martinicensis, Pfr. It is, however,

well distinguished by the sculpture of the apical whorls and

the pilose punctured striz of the rest. The reflexion of the

columella also is different.

7. Bulimus (Leptomerus) tenuissimus, Férussac.

Helix (Cochlogena) tenuissima, Férussac, Hist. Moll. pl. exliis. fig. 8.

Bulimus tenwssimus, Deshayes, op. cit, vol. ii. p. 72; Reeve, Conch.

404 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca

Icon. pl. xlv. fig. 288; Pfeiffer, Conch.-Cab. no. 340, pl. Lxiii. figs. 25,

26; Tate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1859, vol. iv. p. 356,

Hab. Brazil, Cayenne (Deshayes) ; Trinidad (Guppy) ; St.

Lucia (Tate) ; “ Angostura”’ (Pfetfer).

This species is common at Rio Janeiro on garden walls,

among plants (Hidalgo).

8. Stenogyra caraccasensis, Reeve.

Bulimus caraccasensis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. Ixxix. fig. 580; Tate,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, vol. iv. p. 356,

Hab. “ Caraccas, Orizaba, Vera Cruz (Berendt); Haiti

(Hjalmarson); Panama (Bland),” fide Pfecfer; St. Lucia

(Tate) ; Grenada and Trinidad (Guppy and Bland).

9. Stenogyra plicatella, Guppy.

Stenogyra plicatella, Guppy, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868, vol. i.

p. 438; Tate, op. cit. 1869, vol. iv. p. 356.

Hab. Trinidad and Grenada (Guppy) ; St. Lucia (7 ate).

10, Stenogyra coronata, Guppy.

Stenogyra coronata, Guppy, J. ¢. supra, p. 439; Tate, Uc. p. 356.

Hab. Trinidad (Guppy) ; St. Lucia? (Tate).

11. Stenogyra octona (Chemnitz).

Hab. Dominica, Trinidad, and many other islands of the

West Indies; St. Lucia (7Zate).

12. Leptinaria lamellata (Pot. et Mich.).

Hab. St. Lucia (Tate).

For distribution and references see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

1888, vol. il. p. 228.

13. Succinea approximans, Shuttleworth.

Succinea approvimans, Shuttl. Bern, Mittheil. 1854, p. 147; Pfeiffer,

Mon. Helic. vol. iv. p. 817,

Hab. St. Lucia (Tate); also Porto Rico, St. Thomas,

Dominica, Grenada, and perhaps Guadeloupe.

From the Lesser Antilles, 405

14. Cylindrella costata, Guilding.

Cylindrella costata, Pfeiffer, Philippi’s Abbild. vol. i. p, 183, pl. i

fig. 1G; voll. p. 52, pl. i. fig. 8 ; es -Cab. pl. v. ‘ioe 4-6; H.&

: A. Adams, Gen. Moll. pl. Ixxvi, fio.

Hab. Barbados, St. Lucia (Pate).

Helictna Ramaget.

Testa depresse conica, tenuicula, virenti-flavida, apicem versus

rubescens, vel superne omnino rubescens, nitida, lineis longitudin-

alibus obliquis, confertissimis, microscopicis ornata ; anfractus 44,

convexiusculi, striis incrementi tenuissimis sculpti, ultimus ad

peripheriam rotundatus; apertura leviter obliqua; peristoma

tenue, expansum, intus paulo a margine incrassatum, ad columel-

lam angulatum, marginibus callo tenui, semicirculari, nitido,

junctis. Operculum in medio leviter concavyum, flavidum, mar-

ginem externum versus rufo-sanguineum.

Diam. maj. 133 millim., min. 11; alt. 9.

This is a thin glossy species devoid of sculpture, excepting

the fine lines of growth. The excessively fine lineation is

invisible to the naked eye and most conspicuous under the

lens on the last whorl. The form is somewhat near that of

H. antillarum, Sowerby.

#16. Helicina roseolabrum.

Testa parva, globoso-depressa, solidiuscula, subnitida, grisea vel

roseo-grisea, interdum linea angusta rubra ad peripheriam cincta ;

anfractus 44, vix convexiusculi, striis incrementi obliquis, aliis-

que minutis oblique transversis sculpti, ultimus in medio acute

rotundatus, antice levissime descendens ; apertura parva, parum

obliqua; peristoma tenue, anguste expansum, vix reflexum,

roseo-rufum, marginibus callo tenui rufo junctis.

Diam. maj. 6 millim., min. 5; alt. 43.

Pfeiffer’s figure of H. Dysoni (Conch. -Cab. pl. vii. fig. 27)

will be a guide as to the form of this species: lire coloured

lip and basal callus and the small size are characters which

well distinguish this from other species. Of the three speci-

mens under examination two have the peripheral band, the

other being of a uniform vinous-grey tint.

17. Helicina plicatula, Pfeiffer.

Helicina plicatula, Pfeiffer, Conch. Cab. p. 15, pl. viii. figs. 39-42 ;

Sowerby, Thesaurus, vol. iii. pl. 268. figs. 79, 80.

Hab. Martinique; St. Lucia (ate) ; Dominica (Guppy).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. i. 28

406 Dr. D. Sharp on

XLVII.—On a new Species of Hemaphysalis, C. L. Koch,

imported into England by Syrrhaptes paradoxus. By the

Rev. O. Pickarp-CAMBrin@k, M.A., F.R.S., &e.

Class ARACHNIDA.

Order ACARIDEA.

Fam. Ixodide.

Genus Hamapuysatis, C. L. Koch.

Hamaphysalis peregrinus, sp. 0.

Adult female, length 4

lines, breadth 23.

Cephalothorax, palpi, and

legs bright red-brown.

Abdomen deep liver-co-

loured brown.

Cephalothorax oval, very

finely punctuose and striated.

Palpi very short, terminal joint large and subtriangular.

Eyes absent.

Legs seven-jointed and furnished with a few short hairs.

An example of this Acarid, which appears to me to be

undescribed, was received in the early summer of 1888 from

Professor Newton, of Magdalen College, Cambridge, and

another subsequently from Mr. John Cordeaux, of Great

Cotes, Ulceby, Lincolnshire. Each of these examples had

been taken from a specimen of Syrrhaptes paradowus killed

during the remarkable immigration of that bird into England

in 1888.

nAE.STXE

XLVIII.— The Staphylinide of Japan.

By Dr. D. SHarp.

| Continued from p. 334. |

Subfam. Oxyrorry 2.

The occurrence of a considerable number of species of the

isolated genus Oxyporus in Japan is another point of simi-

larity of some importance between its fauna and that of

North America.

the Staphylinide of Japan. 407

Oxyporus niger, n. sp.

Niger, nitidus ; tarsis testaceis; antennis basin versus et ad latera

nigris ; elytris disco irregulari, fortiter multipunctatis.

Long. 11 millim.

This is allied to O. Mannerhetmi, Gyll., but is of larger

size and has a longer thorax and more sculpture on the wing-

cases ; the antenne too are different in colour, the basal joint

being piceous, the next two yellow, the fourth piceous yel-

low, and the remainder black with the sides of each joint

yellow.

Oyayama, in Kiushiu, 1st June, 1881; three specimens.

Oxyporus triangulum, n. sp.

Niger; elytris oblique testaceo-vittatis; tibiis ex parte majore tar-

sisque testaceis ; antennis basin versus et ad latera rutfis.

Long. 11 millim.

Allied to the European O. maaillosus, though different in

colour, and in this respect more similar to the North-American

O. femoralis, Gr. There is on the elytra a large triangular

patch of black colour extending along the suture from the base

to the apex, another large black mark at each outer angle, these

latter two marks extending inwards and meeting at the suture,

and each on the outside reaching to the shoulder; thus the

yellow colour is limited to two quite separated oblique stripes,

a character which distinguishes it from its Japanese and Kuro-

pean congeners.

From the examples before me it appears that this insect is

frequently found in an immature state, and then the charac-

teristic coloration is not so conspicuous. The colour of the

legs appears to be variable ; in the most developed examples

the femora are quite black and the tibiz pallid yellow, except

a small part of their length at the base and apex; but the

tibiz may become suffused with black, while, on the other

hand, the femora are sometimes more dilute in colour, so as

to be nearly or quite yellow.

Found on Oyama, Oyayama, and at the base of Fujisan.

Oxyporus japonicus, n. sp.

Niger; elytris pedibusyue flavis, illis sutura maculaque ad angulum

externum nigris; antennis piceis, articulis 5°-10™ marginibus

testaceis.

Long. 10-12 millim.

This is closely allied to O. mawillosus, but does not agree

28*

408 Dr. D. Sharp on

in colour with any of the European or Siberian varieties I

have seen of that species, moreover it has the elytra longer, so

that I have little doubt it is distinct. The suture is black from

the scutellum to the extremity, and the conspicuous black

mark at the outer angle does not extend inwards to the

suture, though along the deflexed sides it reaches in front

nearly to the shoulder; the two stria on the elytra are defi-

nite, but there are very few additional punctures. The hind

body is entirely black; the legs, though yellow, have the

tibize infuscate towards the extremity and frequently likewise

at the base.

Mr. Lewis obtained a small series of examples; they are

unfortunately in bad preservation. Occurs in South Yezo

and has been taken in Kawatchi. This is the species referred

to O. angularis, Gebl., in Trans, Ent. Soc. 1874, part i. p. 89.

Oxyporus maculiventris, n. sp.

Niger ; antennis, palpis, elytris, pedibus abdominisque segmentis

duobus basalibus marginibus flavis; elytris ad angulum exteri-

orem oblique nigro-signatis.

Long. 8 millim.

This is the nearest of the Japanese species to the Euro-

pean O. maxillosus, but it does not agree in colour with any

of the varieties 1 have seen of the species mentioned ;

and as it differs also in the punctuation of the elytra, I

have little doubt it is distinct. All the palpi and an-

tenn are clear yellow, the latter are very short. The

thorax is very short. The elytra are bright yellow, even

the suture being of that colour except just behind the scu-

tellum ; at the outer angle is a large black mark that extends

inwards along the hind margin, but disappears before reaching

its fellow of the opposite side ; the hind body is jet-black, but

the two basal segments have the lateral margins yellow in a

very definite manner. The legs are clear yellow except the

coxe and trochanters. The elytra are considerably shorter

than they are in O. japonicus; the two lines of serial punctures

are very definite, and outside them there is a third series, in

front divergent ; between the serial punctures and the suture

there are only a few other punctures.

A small series was obtained, but the locality was not

noted.

Oayporus parcus, N. sp.

Niger; elytris pedibusque flavis, illis ad latera latius oblique nigro-

maculatis; antennis palpisque fusco-testaceis; abdominis seg-

the Staphylinide of Japan. 409

mentis duobus basalibus marginibus flavo-maculatis; femoribus

ad basin nigris ; elytris punctis adjectis numerosis.

Long. 8-10 millim.

This differs from O. maculiventris not only in the colour of

the antenne and palpi, but also in other characters which,

though not so conspicuous at first sight, are really more

important. The thorax is longer and the elytra possess

numerous irregularly placed punctures, amidst which the two

lines of serial punctures are not very definite; the large

black patch at the outer angle of the elytra extends inwards

and meets its fellow of the opposite side; the femora are

black at the base and the tibiz a little infuscate at the base

and apex.

I have seen only two specimens.

Oxyporus germanus, i. sp.

Niger ; palpis, pedibus, elytris abdominisque marginibus lateralibus

pallide flavis ; antennis rufis; elytris sutura anguste maculaque

ad angulum externum nigris.

Long. 7-10 millim.

Very closely allied to the North-American O. vitiatus,

Grav., but differing in several minor points. The head is

less elongate; the black colour of the suture of the elytra is

not at all dilated in front; the terminal two segments of the

hind body are entirely black, while the whole of the raised

margins of the preceding segments are pallid yellow, and this

colour extends inwards at the front angle of each segment, so

as to surround the stigmata. The legs, including the coxe,

are entirely pallid yellow, but the breast is all black. ‘There

are but few punctures on the elytra, and the two discoidal

striz are indistinct.

Sendai, Nikko, and Sanohé ; four examples.

Oxyporus longipes, 1. sp.

Rufo-testaceus ; capite, elytrorum abdominisque apicibus nigris ;

antennis pedibusque flavis.

Long. 9 millim.

Antenne rather long, fourth joint longer than broad, tenth

but little longer than broad. Head elongate, entirely black,

with a moderately deep fovea on the middle near the front.

Thorax short, without constrictions or depressions. Scutel-

lum and elytra reddish yellow, the latter with a large patch

of black colour behind, with but few punctures. Three termi-

nal segments of hind body black. Legs elongate, clear yellow.

410 Dr. D. Sharp on

Nikko, June 1880; one specimen.

This distinct species may be placed near the North-

American OQ, lateralis, Grav.

Oxyporus humeralis, n. sp.

Nigerrimus, nitidus ; antennis, palpis, pedibus elytrorumque plaga

elongata humerali flavis.

Long. 10 millim.

Antenne rather long. Head with a deep fovea on the

middle in front. Thorax rather long and slender, narrowed

behind, transversely depressed at the sides near the middle

and less deeply so in front. Elytra black, with an elongate

humeral patch yellow, the disk with numerous irregular

punctures, the shoulders much produced. Legs rather long,

clear yellow; hind coxe black.

Nikko; one example.

Alhed to O. longipes, though very different in colour and

distinct in other respects ; the example is a female, while the

unique exponent of O, longipes is of the other sex.

Oxyporus hoplites, n. sp.

Niger, nitidus, ano piceo; elytris ad latera antrorsum vage flaves-

centibus ; antennis palpisque piceo-rufis, illis extrorsum obscuri-

oribus ; prothorace posterius latiore, lateribus ante basin elevatis,

subito constrictis angulo libero formantibus ; elytrorum humeris

acutis.

Long. 9 millim.

Antenne rather long, penultimate joint only slightly trans-

verse. Head slender, with a large fovea on the middle near

the front; mandibles very long, the left one sinuate exter-

nally near the apex, the right one with a very large tooth.

Thorax short. Klytra with the shoulders prolonged in front,

a little sinuate at the sides and more or less rufescent there,

the disk bearing numerous coarse punctures. Legs elongate,

black ; the tarsi red.

Two badly preserved examples, without locality.

This and the following two species may be separated as a

distinct genus if intermediate forms are not discovered.

Oxyporus gnatho, n. sp.

Nigerrimus, nitidus ; antennis articulo ultimd tarsisque ferrugineis ;

elytris sanguineis, angulo externo, sutura maculaque communi

discoidali nigris ; thorace ad latera posterius angulato.

Long. 11 millim.

the Staphylinidee of Japan. 411

Antenne rather short, penultimate joints rather strongly

transverse. Head with a small fovea on the middle near the

front. Thorax short, the sides angulate near the base.

Elytra bearing numerous coarse punctures, the shoulders

prominent in front. ‘T'arsi sulcate on the upper surface along

the middle.

Nikko, June 1880; one specimen.

Allied to O. hoplites, but with many minor points of dis-

tinction.

Oxyporus biguttatus, n. sp.

Nigerrimus, nitidus ; antennis, palpis pedibusque flavis, illis arti-

culo basali nigro ; elytris grosse punctatis, ad latera macula parva

eburnacea.

Long. 7 millim.

Antenne moderately long. Head with a large fovea on

the middle near the front. ‘Thorax short, the posterior angles

spinose and acute, reposing on the shoulders of the elytra.

Klytra with numerous large, iuregularly placed, almost

rugose punctures, at the sides a small ivory spot. The

shoulders prolonged.

Miyanoshita, May 1880; one specimen.

Although allied to the preceding two species, this differs in

many respects; the angles of the thorax are differently

formed, and there is no tooth on the right mandible. I think

this latter distinction is probably, however, a sexual one.

Subfam. Oxyre.inz.

Group OSORIINA.

Osorius taurus, n. sp.

Cylindricus, niger; antennis pedibusque rufis; elytris rufo-piceis ;

abdomine piloso; capite thoraceque dense fortiter sculpturatis,

illo anterius utrinque longius producto,

Long. 8 millim.

Head very coarsely strigose, in front prolonged on either

side to form an acute process projecting horizontally forwards

as far as half the length of the mandibles. Thorax densely

and very coarsely punctured, with a smooth space along the

middle, the sides strongly sinuate just in front of the hind

angles. Elytra longer than the thorax, rather sparingly and

coarsely punctured. Hind body rough, with rather long,

scanty, flavescent pubescence.

412 Dr. D. Sharp on

A species closely allied to this occurs in Ceylon (Trans.

Ent. Soc. 1885, pt. ii. p. 832). The species is tound com-

monly in decaying trees in the elevated forests of Central and

South Japan. -

Osortus microps, 1. sp.

Parvus, rufus, fortiter punctatus, minus parce pilosus ; tibiis externe

tenuiter spinosis ; elytris thorace vix longioribus.

Long. vix 3 millim.

Antenne rather short, moderately stout, first joint less

elongate than usual. Head much narrower than the thorax,

coarsely, irregularly, subobsoletely punctured, eyes small.

Thorax broader than long, straight at the sides till near the

hind angles, then much narrowed, foveolate at the hind

angles, lateral margin very fine ; the surface vaguely sculp-

tured, with an irregular, smooth, raised space along the

middle. Elytra short, coarsely but subobsoletely punctate.

Hind body thick, rather closely but indistinctly punctured,

finely pubescent. Legs slender, tibiz only slightly spinose

externally.

Nagasaki, March Ist, 1881; one specimen.

Group OXYTELINA.

Bledius curvicornis, n. sp.

Nigricans ; antennarum basi pedibusque pallide flavis ; elytris testa-

ceis plaga magna communi triangulari nigricante; prothorace

transverso, medio canaliculato, obsolete punctato; antennarum

articulo basali valde elongato.

Long. 44 millim.

Thorax obsoletely and rather sparingly punctate, dull, with

scanty flavescent sete, very definitely canaliculate, base

rounded, hind angles absent. Elytra longer than the thorax,

closely and not very finely punctate. Hind body shining

black. Legs very pale yellow ; front and middle tibiee very

densely spinose externally, hind tibize long and slender, clothed

with a few fine hairs only. In the male the basal joint of the

antenna is extremely long, curved, dilated, and sulcate at the

extremity ; the mandibles are long and each armed in front

with a slender spine ; on the middle of the forehead there are

two minute, contiguous, acute tubercles, and the tubercles on

which the antenne are inserted are very prominent.

Sand-hills, Nugata, in September 1881.

‘Lhis species is an ally of B. verres and L, niloticus, Er.

the Staphylinidee of Japan. 413

Bledius obtusus, n. sp.

Piceo-rufus, capite nigro; elytris rufis; antennis pedibusque testa-

ecis; thorace minus transverso, nitido, dense fortiterque punc-

tato, medio tantum breviter obsoleteque canaliculato,

Long. 4 millim.

Var. thorace nigro.

Antenne rather slender, penultimate joints only slightly

transverse. Head broad, eyes very convex. Thorax narrow,

hind angles very obtuse, but not altogether absent, the sur-

face shining, sparingly setose, coarsely ~ punctate, with traces

of a short channel on the middle. Elytra coarsely punctured,

a little longer than the thorax. Front legs thick. Male with

a spine on ‘either side of the hind mar gin of the penultimate

ventral segment; the space between the spines slightly

emarginate and bearing a pallid membrane.

River-bank, Niigata, i in September.

Not very similar to any species known to me, but may be

placed in the neighbourhood of B. procerulus, Kr.

Bledius eribratus, n. sp.

Niger; antennis pedibusque testaceis ; elytris ad latera brunneis ;

thorace minus transverso, omnium densissime fortiterque punc-

tato, nitido, medio parum distincte canaliculato; elytris fortiter

punctatis, thorace longioribus.

Long. 4 millim.

This is closely allied to B. obtusus, but I have little doubt

is distinct, as it is broader, and remarkable on account of the

very dense coarse punctuation of the thorax. The male has

characters similar to those of B. obtusus.

Nikko, June 1880; one specimen.

Bledius sellatus, n. sp.

Minus eylindricus, nigricans, flavo-setosus ; pedibus elytrorumque

plaga magna laterali pallide flavis; thorace fortiter transverse,

basin versus angustato, angulis posterioribus minus obsoletis,

medio canaliculato.

Long. 5 milim.,

Antenne rather short, thicker externally, penultimate joints

strongly transverse. Head broad. Thorax nearly twice as

broad as long, strongly narrowed behind, hind angles obtuse

but quite distinet, the surtace quite dull, ob ssoletely punctured,

with very distinct, short, pallid setze, ¢ canaliculate throughout

its length. Elytra much longer than the thorax, ample,

blackish, with a large, pallid, lateral space on either side,

broadest behind; very densely, moderately finely punctate.

414 Dr. D. Sharp on

Legs very pale yellow, middle and front tibiee armed with

strong but distant spines.

Hakodate, on the sand-hills.

This distinct species may be placed near B. talpa, Gyll.

Bledius pallipes.

Oxytelus pallipes, Gray. Mon. Col. Mier. p. 197.

Sapporo; one example.

I have some doubt whether this may not be a new species

as it differs in some respects from Huropean examples; but

the differences are apparently slight.

Platystethus Quedenfeldti.

Platystethus Quedenfeldti, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxiii. 1879,

pclaze

No locality more special than ‘ Japan” has been recorded

for this species.

Oxytelus gregarius, n. sp.

Piceus ; antennarum basi pedibusque flavis; elytris brunneis ; capite

thoraceque subtilissime strigosis, opacis, «qualibus ; abdomine

nitidulo.

Long. 23-33 millim.

Antenne short, the basal four joints yellow, the others

nearly black, fourth joint minute, fifth a little broader, trans-

verse, sixth to tenth each strongly transverse. Head entirely

covered with a minute sculpture that renders it opaque, and

extends quite to the front, otherwise even. ‘Thorax strongly

transverse, also dull and very finely sculptured, with traces

of a median groove, and on each side with a still more indis-

tinct groove. lytra longer than the thorax, obsoletely

sculptured.

Mr. Lewis procured a series of eight immature examples at

Nikko, 18th August, 1881.

The sculpture brings this species near O. (aticornis, but in

size it is nearer to O. mimulus.

Oxytelus tners.

Oxytelus iners, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxi. 1877, p. 94.

Hagi, on the shore.

This has not been procured by Mr. Lewis; it is said to be

allied to O. piceus.

the Staphylinide: of Japan. 415

Oxytelus marginatus.

Oxytelus marginatus, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxi. 1877, p. 96.

This apparently also has not been found by Mr. Lewis. I

should think it must be near O. mimulus ; the male is said to

have very prominent mandibles. Found at Tokio, and

thought to be probably not rare.

Coprophilus impressus, i. Sp.

Niger, nitidus, pedibus sordide rufis; prothoracis dorso multi-

impresso, lateribus crenatis ; elytris abbreviato-striatis.

Long. 54 millim.

Antenne stout, penultimate joints transverse. Head rather

coarsely punctate. Thorax not so long as broad, on the

middle towards the front with an elongate depression, near

the base with two depressions, and with a very large, irregu-

lar, lateral impression on each side, the surface sparingly Dut

rather coarsely punctate, very shining, the side margins very

conspicuously erenate. Hlytra much longer than the thorax,

each with fine punctate grooves not reaching the hind margin.

This is an insect scarcely so large as C. ‘striatulus, and has

the thoracic impressions remarkably conspicuous ; the elytral

grooves deeper and connected behind, the hind margins of the

elytra not reticulate.

Fukushima and Sapporo.

Coprophilus simplex, n. sp.

Niger; antennarum basi elytrisque piceis, pedibus rufis; thorace

elongato, obsolete impresso, irregulariter subtiliter punctato,

marginibus lateralibus obsoletissime crenatis ; elytris vage irregu-

lariterque striato-punctatis.

Long. 6 millim.

Head deeply biimpressed in front. ‘Thorax about as long

as broad, much narrowed behind, hind angles obtuse, the

surface irregularly punctate, with two obsolete impressions

behind the middle. Elytra longer than the thorax, with

irregular abbreviated series of punctures.

Wada- togé, Ist August, 18815; one specimen.

This species is not at all near any other ; the irregular dis-

tribution of the thoracic punctuation, the depressions bemg

absent, is peculiar.

Trogophlaus sericatus, n. sp.

Latus, subdepressus, nigerrimus, omnium subtilissime brevissimeque

416 Dr. D. Sharp on

pubescens, invisibiliter punctatus, opacus; prothorace fortiter

transverso, ante basin profunde curvatim impresso.

Long. 3 millim.

Antenne rather slender, slightly thicker externally, tenth

joint as long as broad. ‘Thorax broad, but much narrower

than the elytra, very much narrowed behind, in front of the

base with a deep curved impression (divided in the middle),

otherwise unimpressed. Scutellum distinct. Elytra much

longer than the thorax, quite dull.

Yokohama, Kumamoto, Midzusawa, Sanjo, in spring and

autumn, scarce.

To be placed near 7. dilatatus ; remarkable on account of

the very dull surface and excessively minute punctuation and

pubescence.

Trogophleus eminens, n. sp.

Latus, nigerrimus, omnium brevissime subtilissimeque pubescens,

sat nitidus; elytris subtiliter punctulatis ; prothorace basin versus

maxime angustato, ante basin profunde curvatim impresso.

Long. 23 millim,

Closely allied to YZ. sertcatus, but smaller and not so dull ;

the thorax is narrower, its surface is a little uneven, and the

punctuation of the elytra is quite visible; the tip of the

scutellum is minutely exposed.

Kiga; one specimen.

Trogophlaus deceptor, n. sp.

Sat latus, niger, sat nitidus, subtilissime pubescens ; antennis pedi-

busque rufis ; subtiliter punctulatus, prothorace ante basin pro-

fundius curvatim impresso.

Long. 2? millim.

This is closely allied to Z. emznens, but has the antenne

and legs of a different colour and the elytra shorter ; the pro-

thoracic impression is remarkably deep and is not divided in

the middle. ‘The antenne are not very long, but the penul-

timate joints are not transverse. ‘The thorax is short, much

narrower than the elytra, greatly narrowed behind. The

elytra are longer than the thorax, very densely, finely punc-

tate, and densely and finely pubescent, a little shining. The

legs are red, the tibize infuscate, with the apices paler and the

tarsi yellow.

Yokohama and Nagasaki,

Although very different in appearance from the insect for

which the genus or subgenus Thinodromus was proposed,

the Staphylinide of Japan. 417

this species would belong thereto on account of the tip of the

scutellum being minutely exposed. ‘The colour apparently

varies a little, the elytra being sometimes picescent.

Trogophleus vagus, n. sp.

Niger; prothorace elytrisque nigro-piceis; antennis pedibusque

rufis ; prothorace fortiter transverso, vage obsoleteque impresso ;

elytris evidenter punctulatis.

Long. 3 millim.

Antenne red, more obscure towards the extremity, the

three terminal joints distinctly thicker than the others, but

not transverse. ‘Thorax much broader than long, greatly

narrowed behind, but little narrower than the ely tra, sib an

obscure longitudinal elevation along the middle and a very

slight depression on each side of it; very densely and finely

punctured. Elytra quadrate, longer than the thorax, densely

and finely but distinctly punctured, a little shining. Legs

pale red, unicolorous.

Yokohama, Nagasaki, Ogura Lake, Niigata.

Apparently the most common of the Japanese Trogophlet.

Trogophleus sedatus, n. Sp.

Angustulus, niger, sat nitidus; antenaarum basi pedibusque testa-

ceis; elytris fuscis; subtilissime punctatus; prothorace obsolete

impresso.

Long. 23 millim.

Antenne with the three terminal joints stouter than the

others, but not transverse. ‘Thorax not strongly transverse,

slightly narrower than the elytra, much narrowed behind,

extremely delicately punctate and pubescent, a little shining,

the surface slightly uneven, without definite impressions.

Elytra much longer than the thorax, very delicately punctate

and pubescent.

Nagasaki and Kobe.

Allied to the European 7. pusillus, but larger, darker in

colour, with longer elytra, Ke.

Trogophleus exiquus.

Trogophleus exiguus, Ky. Kaf. Mark.-Brand, i. p. 604,

Niigata, September 1881.

A very widely distributed insect.

418 On the Staphylinide of Japan.

Group PHL@OCHARINA.

DErops.

forpus angustulum, minus depressum, dense subtiliter punctulatum,

Palpi maxillares articulo terminali precedente fere duplo lon-

giore. Tarsi omnes quinque-articulati, posteriores articulo basali

ceteris conjunctis fere equali; unguiculi minuti.

This is the most remarkable and peculiar of all the Staphy-

linide of Japan, and I do not know any genus at all near it.

The front coxe are elongate and exserted and the sides of

the thorax possess a large triangular process behind the coxee ;

a rather large fissure is left between this and the prosternum

in which a trochanter is seen. The antenne are eleven-

jointed, slender and remarkably long. ‘The mandibles are

slender, curved, apparently without teeth, not crossing one

another ; the labrum appears to be large and prominent but

membranous ; the maxillary palpi are apparently only three-

jointed, the third joint being longer than the basal joint and

nearly twice as long as the middle joint. The middle coxee

are contiguous and rather large ; the hind coxe are prolonged

backwards, but are short transversely. ‘The legs are long,

unarmed, the long tibiz are more than twice as long as the

tarsi; the hind tarsi are remarkably slender and linear. The

antennee are widely separated, are situated very near the

front of the head, and have no tubercles over their point of

insertion.

I can see no trace of ocelli, so that the insect cannot be

placed in Omaliides ; had those organs been present the genus

might have been placed satisfactorily near to Lesteva.

Derops longicornis, n. sp.

Elongatus, angustulus, posterius attenuatus, fusco-piceus, fere

opacus, dense subtilissime pubescens; antennarum basi, palpis

pedibusque rufo-testaceis ; prothorace cordato ; elytris elongatis.

Long. corp. 5 millim., antenn. fere 3 millim.

Antenne long and slender, scarcely thicker externally ;

from the seventh to the tenth each joint is rather shorter than

its predecessor, and the terminal joint is not so long as the

seventh. Head much narrower than the thorax, flat, very

densely and finely punctate. Thorax elongate, sides rounded

in front, much narrowed behind, hind angles definite, rather

obtuse, the surface evenly, densely, and finely punctate,

basal and lateral margins very fine. Elytra much longer

than the thorax, densely (and rather more coarsely than the

On new Species of Rhynchota from North Borneo, 419

thorax) punctured. Hind body slender, elongate, convex,

the margins of the basal segments rather’ broad, those of the

apical quite fine; the punctuation and pubescence are very

dense and fine, the terminal segment ends with two long sete,

and there are three or four elongate sete on the preceding

segment. ‘The male has on the terminal ventral segment a

very narrow elongate excision, and on the preceding segment

a large, deep, and broad depression, with raised margins,

which apparently are ears serrate or’setose.

Ashinoyu, 18th March, 1880; one example.

[To be continued. ]

XLIX.— Descriptions of new Species of Rhynchota collected on

or near the Kina Balu Mountain, North Borneo. By

W. L. Distant.

THE following descriptions refer to the principal novelties

contained in a small collection of Ehynchota collected by

Mr. John Whitehead in that interesting zoological and botan-

ical locality, the Kina Balu Mountain. I have deliberately

localized this paper as on or near Kina Balu, as a large por-

tion of the collection showed such affinities to the fauna of

the surrounding area that it is more than probable that many

ot the species (apart from those here described) if collected on

the mountain must have been found at a low altitude.

Kina Balu appears to be the metropolis for the Kastern

Fulgoride, and I have never seen a collection made in a

similarly limited area contain such a number of the pseudo

“ lantern-flies”? as this one made by Mr. Whitehead. The

following are the species :—

Pyrops nobilis, Westw. Fulgora pyrorhyncha, Don.

Fulgora sultana, Adams. intricata, Walk.,

gigantea, Dutl. var. stellata, Butt.

subocellata, Guér. —— Whiteheadi, Dist.

The remainder of the collection calls for little comment.

HETEROPTERA.

Fam. Coreide.

Prionolomia nigrovittata, n. sp.

Cinnamomeous ; antenne, a central longitudinal line to

420 Mr. W. L. Distant on new Species of

pronotum, margins of scutellum (narrowly), outer margins of

clavus (broadly), sternal sutures, lateral margins of meso-

notum, metanotum, and abdomen, and the posterior tibie

blackish ; membrane dark brown.

Antenne with a little less than the apical half of fourth

joint ochraceous ; first and fourth joints subequal in length,

second joint a little longer than third. Pronotal angles

strongly, upwardly, and sublunately produced, their apices

subacute, their matgins finely serrate. Rostrum reaching

the intermediate coxe.

g@. Posterior femora strongly incrassated, with three small

but distinct black tubercles above, a strong black spine be-

neath at about centre and two smaller subapical spines of the

same colour; tibize flattened and channelled, and inwardly

toothed at about one third from apex.

Long. 27 millim., exp. pronot. angul. 13 millim.

HOMOPTERA.

Fam. Cicadide.

Leptopsaltria mascula, n. sp.

&. Head, pronotum, and mesonotum greenish ochraceous ;

head with the margins df front, anterior margins of vertex,

inner margins of eyes, and the area of the ocelli black ; pro-

notum and mesonotum with the following black markings :—

pronotum with two central longitudinal fascie, widened an-

teriorly and rounded and united posteriorly, the incisures, a

large spot on lateral margins and_ three spots on posterior

margin, the central one smallest and linear ; mesonotum with

five fasciz, one central, widened and somewhat cordate pos-

teriorly, an abbreviated one on each side, followed by another

completely crossing disk, two small spots in front of the

cruciform elevation. Abdomen castaneous, the segmental

margins pitchy and a spot of the same colour at base. Head

and thorax beneath, legs and opercula greenish ochraceous,

face with black striz, head spotted with black, apices of the

tibie and tarsi blackish. Abdomen beneath castaneous, with

the tubercles and apex black. T’egmina and wings pale hya-

line, the venation ochraceous ; tegmina with the apex slightly

infuscated, asmall black and ochraceous spot at base of upper

ulnar area and the transverse veins at bases of second and

third apical areas darkly infuscated.

The rostrum reaches the posterior coxe, the opercula are

angulated, the outer and posterior margins nearly straight.

3. Long. excl. tegm. 28 millim., exp. tegm. 78 millim.

Allied to LZ. samia, Walk.

Rhynchota from North Borneo. 421

y :

Cosmopsaltria montivaga, n. sp.

Allied to C. lauta, Dist., but differing by its larger size,

broader and more robust body, the absence of the sublateral

fascia of the pronotum, and the presence of an oblique black

pronotal spot behind the eyes; the markings of the mesonotum

smaller and the sublateral fascia curved and not extending to

anterior margin. Opercula broader at base, not so concave

internally, much more narrowly black at apex and inner mar-

gin, and crossed at centre by a transverse dark castaneous

fascia.

Long. 40 millim., exp. tegm. 120 millim.

Pomponia iaien oe ee n. sp.

3. Body above castaneous; ocelli, eyes, and posterior

margin of pronotum ochr aceous ; mesonotum very dark cas-

taneous, with two obscure contiguous obconical spots at ante-

rior margin ; face, anterior margins of head beneath, and legs

blackish ; apices of the femora ochraceous, posterior tibize

castaneous, their bases and apices blackish.

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation brownish

ochraceous 3 tegmina with the costal membrane pale casta-

neous, the transverse veins at the bases of the second and

third apical areas, and the apex of the longitudinal vein

defining the upper apical area, broadly and darkly infuscated,

and a distinct bright green basal streak; wings with the

inner claval margin green, with a fuscous streak, the outer

claval inargin fuscous.

Body elongate, the face very robust and rounded; the

rostrum reaching the posterior coxve ; opercula short, obliquely

rounded outwardly, obliquely straight inwardly.

Long. ¢ 52-55 millim., exp. tegm. 135 millim.

Pomponia Greecina, n. sp.

9. Allied to P. fusca, Oliv., but differing by having the

two central fascie of the pronotum much more diverted ante-

riorly, the two central obconical spots on the mesonotum much

more contiguous, and all the tegminal macular markings on

the transverse veins at bases of apical areas and at the apices

of the longitudinal veins of the apical areas larger and more

infuseated. The rudimentary opercula, as compared with those

of the same sex of P. fusca, are convex and rounded exter-

nally and not moderately angulated.

@?. Long. 31 millim. ee tegm. 110 millim.

Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 6 . Vol. i. 29

422 Ona remarkably large Specimen of Luidia.

Fam. Fulgoride.

Fulgora Whiteheadi, n. sp.

Thorax above, head, and cephalic process olivaceous ; pro-

notum, excluding anterior margin, ochraceous ; body and legs

fuscous, the abdominal segmental margins above olivaceous.

Tegmina olivaceous brown, the venation and _ reticulations

olivaceous, excepting on apical area, where they are ochra-

ceous, and ornamented with a number of small ochraceous

rounded spots, situate in more or less irregular transverse

series, each containing about four spots, those on apical area

smallest ; wings bright dark blue, the apical area and outer

margin broadly black, this dark coloration inwardly deeply

sinuate. Cephalic process somewhat short, ascending, broad-

ened and flattened for apical half.

Long. from eyes to apex, abdomen 19-22 millim.; ceph.

process from eyes to apex 10 millim.; exp. tegm. 63-71

millim.

This species is allied to #. Delesserti’, Guér., from which it

differs by the paler colour, different arrangement, and smaller

size of the spots on the tegmina, the deeply sinuate internal

margin of the black area of the wings, but chiefly by the

shape of the cephalic process, which is widened and flattened

at apex.

L.—Note on a remarkably large Specimen of Luidia from

the Island of Mauritius. By Prof. F. JErrrey Bey, M.A.

Tue Trustees of the British Museum have recently purchased

from M. de Robillard, the well-known collector in the island

of Mauritius, two large specimens of Luidia Savignit. Both

of these have nine arms, and the larger specimen is remark-

able for having all the arms complete, and none of them bear

any mark of injury or repair. ‘Throughout its life, therefore,

the creature was able to give its sole attention to its growth,

and it succeeded in developing a disk of 95 millim. in dia-

meter and nine perfect arms, of which the longest measures

370 millim. and the shortest 850 milim. This specimen is

therefore more than twice as large as M. de Loriol’s ‘‘ deux

individus de grande taille,” whose “ diamétre total atteint

320 mm.” It is, I think, well to put on record the dimen-

sions of what is, | fancy, the as yet largest known Asterid ;

On two new Species of Birds from Kina Balu. 423

to the measurements already given it may be added that the

greatest breadth of the arms is 50 millim. It is not a little

remarkable that a Luédia should have attained to so great a

size without any injury to its arms, and it is certainly to the

credit of M. de Robillard that he has succeeded in safely

sending so large and fragile a specimen sately to this country.

In the large central mouth there were found the remains of

a Stomopneustes variolaris; a number of still uninjured or

undigested spines suggests that the starfish had not quite

relished the prickliness of his prey; on the other hand, we

may suppose that it was necessary to acquire a quantity of

carbonate of lime by some means or other, and even at the

expense of some personal inconvenience.

The largest British specimens of Luidia as yet in the

British Museum measure respectively 425 and 426 millim. in

spread, have the disk 53 and 69 millim. in diameter, and the

longest arms 223 and 220 millim.

Of other large specimens of which I have heard from Pro-

fessors M‘Intosh and Herdman, and Mr. W. Percy Sladen

none are credited with a wider spread than 18 inches, and there

appears to be no record of any fossil species attaining to any

such large size *,

What interest there is in this communication les in the

announcement of the gigantic size of a starfish; I have

nothing to add to the, as usual, complete account of the species

which we owe to M. de Loriol f.

LI.—On two new Species of Birds from Kina Balu

Mountain. By R. BOWDLER SuHArPs, F.L.S., F.Z.8.

Mr. JouN WHITEHEAD, who is about to travel in South-

eastern Africa, has asked me to describe a new species of

Barbet which he discovered on Mount Kina Balu, in Northern

Borneo. I at first thought it might represent one of the

many phases of plumage through which Megalema mystaco-

phanus passes before it becomes fully adult. A close exami-

* An Asterias glacialis in the Museum has a spread of 450 millim.,

with a disk of 55 millim. diameter, and the greatest arm-length 220

millim. Mr. R. L. Spencer, of Guernsey, tells me he has seen specimens

a little over 18 inches.

+ Mém. Soc. phys. et d’hist. nat. de Genéve, xxix. no. 4, Ee 72.

424 Rev. T. Hincks on the

nation, however, convinces me that it is a distinct species,

different from any eastern Barbet yet known.

I propose to call it

Cyanops monticola, sp. 1.

3 ad, Prasino-viridis, alis et cauda saturatioribus ; fronte et loris

smaragdinis, sincipite et pilei lateribus lete cyaneis ; plaga magna

verticali scarlatina usque ad nucham producta; facie laterali et

regione parotica pallide cyaneis, fascia supraparotica smarag-

dina; genis gulaque pallide flavis, hac infra cyanescente et

macula scarlatina ad latera juguli posita ornata; prepectore

et corpore reliquo subtus pallide smaragdinis.

Long. tot. 9°0, culm. 1°15, alee 3-9, caudex 2:5, tarsi 1°05 poll. Angl.

The nearest ally of this species is Cyanops tncognita,

Hume, from Tenasserim. It differs, however, from that

species in its larger size, in the absence of the black facial

stripes and red loral spot, as well as in the colour of the

throat, which is bright bluish green in C. ¢ncognita.

I take this opportunity of observing that the Chlorura

which I described in the ‘ Ibis’ for 1887 (p. 453) as C. hype-

rythra of Reichenbach turns out to be distinct from that

species, having the rump and upper tail-coverts like the back.

I propose to call it Chlorura borneensis.

LIl.— The Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence: a Study of Arctic

Forms. By the Rev. Tuomas Hinoxs, B.A., F.R.S.

[Plate XXI. ]

[Continued from vol. i. p. 227.]

Suborder * CHEILOSTOMATA.

Family Escharide (part.), Smitt.

RHAMPHOSTOMELLA, Lorenz.

Rhamphostomella, Lorenz, Bryozoén von Jan Mayen, gesammelt von

Dr. F. Fischer, Arzt der osterreichischen Expedition auf Jan Mayen,

bearbeitet von Dr. Ludwig Lorenz, 1886,

This genus has been instituted by Lorenz for a group of

species which is very characteristic of the Arctic and Northern

* In the first part of this Report (‘ Annals’ for March 1888, p. 215,

line 12 from the top) for “Subclass” read “ Suborder.”

Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence. 425

seas and is well represented in the St. Lawrence. The

Eschara scabra of Fabricius, subsequently described at length

and figured by Smitt, is a member of it and the first of which

we have any notice. Smitt referred this species and kindred

forms to the genus Cellepora, and I have followed him (but

only provisionally) i in a paper (1877) containing descriptions

of new Arctic Polyzoa. Probably Lorenz is right j in regarding

them as a distinct generic group, though his diagnosis may

require amendment. They are properly detached from Celle-

- pora, a group which has already been dismembered to some

extent by Smitt, and which awaits a more thorough revision.

The species included in the genus Rhamphostomella have some

affinity with Mucronella, but they are differentiated from it by

special characters and a general habit which are sufficiently

significant.

“Lorenz’s diagnosis of his new genus is as follows :—

Zowcia generally oval, very regularly alternate, slightly

prominent ; orifice terminal, broad, semicircular, closed by a

thin membranous operculum, surrounded in front and at the

sides by an elevated peristome, with a central notch, on one

side of which an avicularium is usually placed; the half of

the peristome bearing the avicularium, as compared with the

other, very strongly developed, and often standing out like

the rostrum of a Cellepora. Occium hemispherical and per-

forated. Zoartum unilamellar.

Now one of the principal characters included in this descrip-

tion—the elevated peristome, cleft in front—is by no means

constant throughout the group. In L. plicata, Smitt, L. bi-

luminata, Hincks, and &. radiatula, id., it is present, and

a very striking feature ; but there is no trace of it in /. ovata,

Smitt, &. costata, Lorenz, and &. scabra, Fabricius (2). It

cannot therefore be employed with propriety as a principal

diagnostic.

Verrill refers R. scabra and LR. ovata to “Mucronella (re-

stricted)” *; but as his restriction excludes from the genus

all forms which are not furnished with “ lateral avicularia on

one or both sides of the zocecial aperture’ and destitute of

“the median avicularium,” these species have certainly no

claim to a place in it.

On the whole I should be inclined to adopt Lorenz’s genus

with a revised diagnosis :—

Zoecia oval, the walls thin, of delicate shining material,

smooth (frequently traversed by radiating cost), entire

(destitute of pores) ; orifice ample, arched above, lower mar-

* “Notice of Recent Additions to the Marine Invertebrata of the

North-eastern Coast of America,” &c., Proc. U.S, Nat. Mus. 1879, p, 195.

426 Rev. T. Hincks on the

gin straight or slightly curved, within it a median denticle,

below it or upon it an aviculiferous rostrum. Oactwm semi-

circular or subcrescentic, perforated.

The remarkable delicacy of the material of which the cells

are composed in all the known species and the total absence

of strong calcification are characteristic points. The walls are

thin, with a smooth and shining surface, in some cases tra-

versed by radiating ribs, and of a whitish colour. ‘The oper-

culum which closes the orifice partakes of the same delicacy

of structure and is simply membranous.

Rhamphostomella costata, Lorenz. (Pl. XXI. figs. 6, 7, 8.)

Cellepora scabra, Smitt ex parte, Kritisk Forteckn. &c., iv. p. 380,

pl. xxviii. figs. 186-188.

Smitt has ranked under his typical C. scabra the present

form, which has been rightly treated as a distinct species by

Lorenz. It is abundant amongst the St.-Lawrence dredgings

in company with &. plicata, Smitt, and Rk. bilaminata,

Hincks.

In different stages of growth it varies much in appearance,

as a reference to the figures (Pl. X XI. figs. 6 and 8) will

show. In figure 7 a group of young marginal zocecia is

represented, which agrees in character with the stage of

growth figured by Lorenz. A remarkable development of

the superficial coste (also on the younger cells) is shown in

figure 8. Radiating from the side of the cell they pass

upward to the summit of the suboral rostrum, the delicate

white lines forming large areole round the margin, through

which the smooth and silvery surface is visible. In this con-

dition the aspect of the species is completely changed. An

equally striking change is met with if we pass from the border

of the colony to the interior. In this region the ocecia, which

are of large size, are commonly present in great numbers,

crowding one upon another and completely concealing the

surface of the cells. In this portion of the colony too

gigantic avicularia frequently occur in addition to the ordinary

form, which is usually reduced in size and much less prominent

than usual, the rostrum being either suppressed in great

measure or concealed by the larger avicularium which rises

in front of it. The latter is very tall and massive and of the

same shape as the smaller form; it is either suberect or re-

cumbent. I have not noticed these gigantic avicularia except

on cells furnished with an ocecium; hut they are not always

present on these.

A varietal form of this species occurs (var. cristata, Pl.

Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence. 427

XXI. fig. 6) in which a remarkable change of general aspect

is brought about by a very slight and unimportant structural

peculiarity. The stout suboral rostrum which bears the

avicularium carries on its summit a small transverse bar,

which is formed by the beak which bends at one side over

the mandible, and by a spinous process or spur which projects

from the opposite side. This trifling variation gives a very

peculiar and picturesque appearance to the colony. In some

cases the zoarium is overspread continuously with a white

epidermal investment, beneath which the radiating costa are

faintly traceable (Pl. XXI. fig. 6). The mandible of the

avicularium tapers off above into a finely acuminate point

which bends inward. Retraction is effected by means of two

rather long muscular bands, which are attached to the inner

surface, one on each side, about halfway between the apex and

the base. Lorenz makes no mention of oral spines, but on

marginal cells traces of six are distinguishable.

ange (of the genus). Northern and Arctic Seas.

Family Cellulariide.

SCRUPOCELLARIA, Van Beneden.

Scrupocellaria scabra, Van Beneden.

(Pl. XXI. fig. 1.)

In the remarkable form of this well-known northern species

which I have figured one important element of the normal

structure is altogether wanting—the one, indeed, which consti-

tutes the distinction between the genera Menipea and Scrupo-

cellaria. The former is characterized by a definite and well-

developed system of avicularian appendages, the latter pos-

sesses in addition an equally definite system of vibracula.

But in this St.-Lawrence form of S. scabra the vibracula have

disappeared, and, in fact, there is nothing apparent to separate

it from Menipea. At the same time the avicularia usually

present towards the base of the zocecia on the front surface of

the cell are altogether absent, and the lateral avicularium is

the sole surviving appendage. In the other structural

elements there is a complete resemblance between the present

variety and the normal S. scabra, so that we cannot hesitate

to refer it to the latter species. I have already pointed out

that in S. scabra “ the vibracula are commonly wanting on

many of the cells’ * ; but though this shows a certain amount

of instability in the structure, it would not prepare us for its

total obliteration.

* ‘History of the British Marine Polyzoa,’ vol. i. p. 50.

428 Rev. T. Hincks on the

In one of his papers * Jullien has stated that he had seen a

colony of Scrupocellaria scabra from Greenland on which not

a single vibraculum was present, but the avicularia on the

front surface were strongly developed. In the case of the

St.- Lawrence form the latter also have disappeared. It may

be noted that in this species, in which the vibracula are of

such uncertain occurrence, these appendages are of most rudi-

mentary structure, and a very slight modification of the avicu-

larium. The scutum in the present form is very highly

developed and of exceptionally large size, in some cases

almost completely concealing the ocecium.

The normal form of S. scabra occurs in the St. Lawrence.

Range. Gaspé Bay, St. Lawrence ; Greenland.

Family Escharide (part.), Smitt.

PORELLA, Gray.

Porella concinna, Busk. (PI. XXI. fig. 4.)

This is one of the most abundant species in the St.

Lawrence, and exhibits a large amount of variation. One of

the prettiest varieties is represented in figure 4. The remark-

able diversity in the condition of the cell-wall, which is such

a marked characteristic of the Polyzoa, receives ample illus-

tration in this species; commonly the surface is uniformly

eranulous, and a line of rather large punctures runs round

the margin of the cells. In other cases the surface is perfectly

smooth and white and the margin of the cell is strongly sinu-

ated and punctured,

This very marked form is the Lepralia Belli of Dawson,

and is extremely abundant in the St. Lawrence. In yet

another (which occurs in the North Pacific) the whole surface

of the cell, except the suboral umbo, is covered with rather

large punctures ; in another even the marginal punctures are

obliterated by the calcification or altogether absent. Such

facts, and they might be multiphed to almost any extent,

suggest a serious objection to Dr. Jullien’s proposal to employ

the characters of the front wall for classificatory purposes—

to make them primary tests of natural affinity. ‘The practical

difficulties in the way would seem to be great; but I am

by no means disposed to deny that in many cases they may

rield valuable help to the systematist.

In the cells on the growing edge of the colony and in the

neighbouring region the avicularium is borne on the summit

* “Dragages du Travailleur. Bryozoaires: especes draguées dans

Yocéan Atlantique en 1881,” Bull. de la Soc. Zool. de France, t. vil. (1882),

Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence. 429

of a prominent mamillary rising, which extends across the

front wall from side to side immediately below the orifice.

In the older cells this is completely enveloped and concealed

by the growing accumulations of calcareous matter. Lorenz

has met ; with specimens in which the condition of the younger

cells is permanent and the avicularian mamille are conspicu-

ous throughout the colony *. So completely is the appear-

ance changed in this specimen that he was at first disposed to

refer it to a distinct species. He describes the cell as

being ‘von milchweisser Farbe und ziemlich diinnwandig.”

From some cause there had been an arrest of calcification.

In many colonies the avicularia are present in great num-

bers distributed irregularly over the cells; sometimes one is

placed immediately above the orifice, sometimes at the side of

it or on each side. Frequently these sporadic avicularia are

borne on a prominent mamilla.

Range. P. concinna has a very wide range. Common in the

Northern and Arctic seas; Britain; Mediterranean; Aus-

tralia.

Porella acutirostris, Smitt. (Pl. XXI. fig. 5.)

This well-marked species has been described and figured

by Smitt; but as yet, I believe, no diagnosis has appeared i in

Knelish, ‘whilst the figures accompanying the excellent

account of it which we have from the Swedish author are too

small to be quite satisfactory +.

Zoaecia somewhat elongate-oval, distinct, convex, disposed

in regular lines; surface minutely granular, of a whitish

colour ; orifice much broader than high, arched above, lower

margin straightish, slightly curved inward in the centre ;

peristome not elevated (except in the fertile cells) ; immedi-

ately below the orifice a prominent mamillary rising, extending

across the cell, bearing a triangular avicularium, the man-

dible directed straight outwards. Oacium large, prominent,

globose, with a granular surface; a projecting border above the

oral arch which meets the elevated peristome at each side.

The zocecia in this species are larger than those of its con-

gener P. concinna and more distinct and convex. The avicu-

larian umbo rises much more abruptly than in P. concinna

and it remains distinct over the whole colony, very slightly

affected by the calcification in the specimens which I have

* ¢ Bryozoén von Jan Mayen,’ /. c. p. 8, pl. vii. fig. 6.

+ Lorenz (d. c. p. 8) has given a brief notice of some of the characters

of the zocecium.

430 Rev. T. Hincks on the

examined. The ocecium, with its conspicuous oral border, is

a striking feature as compared with that of P. concinna.

Smitt describes the front wall as thickly punctured ; but

in the St.-Lawrence specimens it is uniformly granular; there

are faint traces of marginal punctures.

Range. Spitzbergen ; Greenland; Jan Mayen.

Smirria, Hincks.

Smittia producta, Packard. (Plate XXI. fig. 2.)

A number of species from the coast of Labrador have been

described by Packard *, of which the above is one. I con-

fess that I have been unable to identify most of them with

any certainty, even with the help of Prof. Verrill’s notes upon

them. The diagnosis is generally insufficient, and the figures,

when there are any, are not of a kind to give much assistance.

The form which I have figured (Pl. XXI. fig. 2) I refer

doubtfully to Packard’s species. It answers pretty well to

his description, which is not a very precise one, and in the

shape of the orifice and the cell it agrees with his figure,

which is small and obscure, and gives scarcely any detail. I

have received from Sir J. W. Dawson a tablet bearing a

specimen which is marked “Lepralia producta, probably

Packard’s spec.,”’ and which is identical with the form which

I refer to this species.

It is very doubtful how far it is well to allow the claim of

defective diagnosis and to give a place in our system to iden-

tifications which are of necessity largely conjectural. I

believe that science would be the gainer, while the student

would be spared much fruitless labour, by the exercise of

some rigour in this matter.

The following is a description of the St.-Lawrence species,

which seems to be probably identical with Packard’s Lepralia

producta.

Smittia producta, Packard (sp.).

Zowcia large, ovate, often pointed below, irregularly dis-

posed, very slightly convex (almost flat when old), surrounded

by raised lines, usually highly calcified, the walls thick and

dense ; surface covered with numerous punctures, a conspicu-

ous line of larger pores round the margin; (in young cells)

roughened by ridge-like elevations and glistening, (in older

states) of a dull whitish colour, almost smooth or minutely granu-

* “List of Animals dredged near Caribou Island, Southern Labrador,

1860,” Canadian,Naturalist and Geologist, vol. vill. (1863) p. 401.

Polyzoa of the St, Lawrence. 431

lated ; orifice (primary) semicircular, lower margin straight ;

(secondary) orbicular, with a deep sinus, tapering off gradu-

ally to a point below; peristome thickened, slightly raised,

on each side of the sinus a nodulous collar-like rising.

Owcium subglobose, prominent (when not concealed by the

progress of calcification), a projecting rim round the oral

arch ; surface smooth or minutely granulated.

Avicularia none.

There is considerable variation in the form of the secondary

orifice, dependent upon age; in the adult state it is as

described above. Young fresh colonies are reddish brown,

but in older specimens the surface is of a dull white colour.

Verrill has referred Packard’s species to Escharoidea Sarsit,

but the history of the development of the cell is quite differ-

ent in the two forms, and in no stage of growth is there any

trace of the oral avicularium which is so essential a character

of the latter.

MucroneELia, Hincks.

Mucronella spinulifera, n. sp. (Pl. XXI. fig. 3.)

Zoecta rudely ovate, often much elongated and truncate

below, sometimes pyriform, variable in shape and size, quin-

cuncial, but not regularly so, very convex and divided by

deep sutures, strongly calcified ; surface thickly covered with

small granules, shining ; orifice well arched above, the sides

curved outwards, lower margin straightish, with a slight

elevation in the centre which is carried up into a very small

spinule ; peristome unarmed and not elevated. Occtum in-

conspicuous, subimmersed, rounded, broad in proportion to its

height ; surface granular. Avicularia none.

Colony of a reddish colour.

This is a somewhat striking form. The colour, the glisten-

ing granular surface, the prominent deeply-divided cells, and

the peculiar character of the orifice, with its single spinule on

the lower margin, combine to give it a very distinctive aspect.

So far as I know it is undescribed,

Hab. On shells, stones, &e.

Family Eucratiide.

ScrupariA, Hincks.

Scruparia clavata, Hincks.

This is an interesting addition to the fauna of the St.

Lawrence. . clavata was first discovered in Filey Bay, on

432 On the Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence.

the Yorkshire coast, where I met with it abundantly on some

of the Crisiide. I have also found it in Lamlash Bay and on

a Cellularia from Shetland (probably). These were the only

known localities for it. It now proves to be abundant

amongst the St.-Lawrence dredgings on Crista, which seems

to be its favourite habitat. It takes its place amongst the

Northern forms which have migrated to our coasts by way of

Shetland.

Family Pedicellinide, Hincks.

PEDICELLINA, Sars.

Pedicellina nutans, Dalyell. (P1. XXI. fig. 9.)

The form which I have identified with Dalyell’s species *

occurs plentitully and of large size in the St. Lawrence ; and

a further examination of it has confirmed me in my opinion

that it is specifically distinct from P. cernua.

Jullien + has questioned the validity of this species and

considers that it may probably be no more than a variety of

P. cernua. But he has hardly done justice to the characters

upon which 1 rely as distinctive. The small size compara-

tively of the zocecium and the constriction of the pedicel

below it are by no means the only points nor yet the most

significant in which it differs from the latter species. I have

insisted on the remarkable difference between the shape of the

body in the two forms, which is well shown in my woodcuts,

figs. 839 and 40, as a most important character. There is a

group of distinctive characters which, in my judgment, amply

justifies my view. The very characteristic pedicel (broad

below and tapering rapidly upward to a subacuminate extre-

mity), the constant absence of spines, the symmetrical vase-

like body, destitute of the gibbosity on the dorsal side, so cha-

racteristic of P. cernua, are significant points of difference

which prevent me from accepting Dr. Jullien’s criticism.

The Pedicellinide abound in the Northern seas. The St.-

Lawrence dredgings have already yielded P. nutans, Pallas,

Barentsia major, a fine new species described in my last

paper, and B. gracilis, Sars. LB. bulbosa, Hincks, is a native

of Barents Sea.

I have figured B. gracilis (Pl. XXI. fig. 10) for com-

arison with B. major (‘Annals’ for March 1888, pl. xv.

fig. 2) and also to show the great variability in the length of

the muscular cylinder.

* «British Marine Polyzoa,’ vol. i. p. 567, woodcuts figs. 37, 58, and 40.

+ ‘ Bryozoaires recueillis par la Mission du Cap Horn,’ pp. 1-10.

Mr. O. Thomas on a new Species of Mus. 433

Dr. Jullien’s critical remarks on the classification of the

Pedicellinide I hope to notice on some future occasion.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI.

Fig. 1. Scrupocellaria scabra, Van Beneden. Form destitute of vibracula.

Fug. 2. Smittia producta, Packard.

Fig. 3. Mucronella spinulifera, n. sp.

Fig. 4. Porella concinna, Busk, var.

Fug. 5. Porella acutirostris, Smitt. a. Orifice of zocecium. 0b. That of P.

concinna,

Fig. 6. Rhamphostomella costata, Lorenz, var. cristata.

Fig. 7. The same. Group of marginal cells.

. The same. Young cells, showing the superficial cost.

Fig. 9. Pedicellina nutans, Dalyell.

Fig. 10. Barentsia gracilis, Sars. (For comparison with B. major, Hincks,

‘Annals’ for March 1888, pl. xv. fig. 2.)

LILL.—Description of a new Species of Mus from South

Australia. By OLprieLp THoMAs.

Mus argurus, sp. D.

Size about equal to that of a small Mus nanus or large M.

albo-cinereus. Fur crisp or even slightly spinous. General

colour above pale sandy rufous, the hairs slate-coloured at

their bases. Kars very thinly covered with fine white hairs,

rounded, laid forward they reach just beyond the middle of

the eye. Muzzle and underside of body white, the line of

demarcation on sides not sharply marked; hairs of chest and

belly pale rufous basally. Hands and feet pure white. Soles

smooth, naked, with six well-developed rounded pads, the

posterior one elongated. ‘Tail rather Jonger than the head

and body, quite uniform in colour above and below, more

thickly covered with hairs than usual, the hairs pure white,

the scales (which average about thirteen or fourteen to the

centimetre) pale flesh-coloured; tip of tail slightly pen-

cilled. Palate-ridges nine, three anterior undivided and six

divided, interdental, of which the anterior is directly trans-

verse, while the others are slanted backwards mesially.

Skull smooth and unridged. Nasal and interorbital regions

flat, evenly convex when viewed in profile ; supraorbital

edges sharply square, but not beaded or ridged. Inter-

parietal broad antero-posteriorly, its diameter in this direction

more than half its transverse breadth. Anterior edge of

434 Mr. O. Thomas on a new Species of Mus.

outer wall of infraorbital foramen evenly convex, not over-

hanging above, or hollowed out below. Palatine foramina

reaching to just between the anterior corners of the first

molars. Posterior nares broad, the spine in the centre of the

posterior edge of the palate unusually well developed. Bulle

small, transparent.

Teeth.—Incisors pale orange above, yellow below. Upper

. 5 . .

molars (see fig.) very narrow and elongated, their inner cusps

Mus argurus. Upper molar teeth, magnified about 7 diameters.

all along unusually well developed, while their outer ones are

almost obsolete. 1! with a small secondary cusp on its an-

terior side, exactly as in the Indian Leggada* ; lamine three

in number as usual, but the external cusps on these lamine

extraordinarily reduced, obsolete on the first and third lamine,

and nearly so on the second; on the other hand, the inner

cusps are very large, the third lamina even, which generally

has no internal cusp, having one quite as large as the others.

™.2 with two lamine as usual, each of which has its small

internal cusp, in addition to the antero-internal cusp always

present in Mus, there being therefore three internal cusps to

the tooth t. “3, an, ms, and z,3 as usual. The dentition is

%* See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 552, pl. li. fig. 10.

+ This fact is most important, as it seems to me to negative Dr. Winge’s

suggestion (‘ Jordfundne og Nulevende Gnavera fra Lagoa Santa,” E

Mus. Lund. iii. p. 125, 1887) that the ordinary antero-internal cusp of

this tooth in Mus is that originally belonging to the first lamina, while

that opposite this lamina really belongs to the next one, the two having

been pushed out of their normal positions by the increase in size of the

Bibliographical Notice. 435

therefore very similar to that found in certain members of

the genus Hapalotis, and particularly in H. hirsutus, Gould,

of which the molars are almost identical in structure with

those of the present species.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male in spirit :—

Head and body 83 millim.; tail 101; hind foot 22; ear

14; forearm and hand 25; head to front of last foot-pad 10°3 ;

length of last foot-pad 2-4. Skull: basal length 24°6;

greatest breadth 140 ; nasals, length 11-2; interorbital breadth

4°8 ; interparietal, length 5:0, breadth 8°3; length of outer

wall of infraorbital foramen 3-1; palate, length 16-0, breadth

outside ™1 5:9, inside ™1 3°0; diastema 7°9; length of an-

terior palatine foramina 5°5, of upper molar series 5:5.

Hab. South Australia.

Mus argurus has therefore the external characters and the

skull of Mus, with the molars of Hapalotis ; and I am some-

what in doubt as to which of the two it should be put into.

It seems indeed probable that the characters of these two

genera will be found so to blend together in the different

species as to necessitate their ultimate union, notwithstanding

the very striking characters presented by the more typical

species of Hapalotis.

Pending a general revision of the Australian Muride, how-

ever, I refer the present new form to Jus, the differences in

the teeth appearing not to be of very great systematic

importance, while its external form, and especially the pro-

portions of its hind feet, are wholly those of Mus, and in no

way recall those of the Jerboa-like Hapalotis.

Of species already described none can be confounded with

this, as, apart from its peculiar teeth, it is readily distinguished

from all by its wholly white tail.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Bulletin Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique. Publié par

A. Grarp. Tome xix. 8vo. Paris: Octave Doin, 1888.

In the year 1869 M. Alfred Giard, then Professor in the ‘ Faculté

des Sciences ” at Lille, started a new periodical under the title of

‘ Bulletin Scientifique du Département du Nord et des Pays voisins.”

other cusps. That the internal cusp attached to the anterior lamina really

belongs to it, and not to the second lamina, has always appeared to me

far more natural, and the state of things in Mus argurus and in Hapalotis

strongly supports this view.

436 Bibliographical Notice.

This journal was more or less definitely connected with the Faculty

of Sciences at Lille, although it by no means limited its work to the

Department of the North or even to France; under the direction of

Professor Giard it may be regarded specially as the exponent in

France of Darwinistic ideas, which, at the time of its establishment,

were by no means popular among French naturalists. For a long

time, indeed, M. Giard was almost the only French zoologist of

repute who adopted the heterodox English theory, and many of our

readers will remember the rather contemptuous fashion in which

the theory of Natural Selection was treated by some of the leaders

of scientific opinion in France.

The ‘ Bulletin Scientifique,’ however, managed to hold its own,

and up to the end of the year 1887 eighteen volumes were published

in the original form. They contained numerous valuable contribu-

tions, especially in the department of zoology, of some of which

translations have appeared in this Journal; and the connexion of

the Editor with the Marine Laboratory at Wimereux, near Boulogne,

enabled him to furnish its pages with many articles upon the zoology

of the shores of the Pas de Calais which are of special interest to

British naturalists.

In the meantime Darwinistic views have gained ground to a con-

siderable extent in France, and some few years ago M. Giard was

appointed to a professorial position in Paris, where he has since

continued his labours in teaching ; and last year, on the completion

of the second series of nine volumes of the original ‘ Bulletin,’ this

publication also made a fresh departure, and, while still retaining

its connexion with the older journal, as indicated by the number of

the volume, not only adopted the more ambitious title which stands

at the head of this notice, but also enlarged the size of its pages and

introduced a very liberal allowance of plates for the illustration of

the papers occupying them. As the present volume is the first of a

new and greatly improved series of this important periodical, we

have thought it worth while to bring it under the notice of the

readers of the ‘ Annals.’

When we look at the articles which it contains we cannot but

feel that the regular contributors to this journal are following in

the footsteps of Charles Darwin at least as closely as the natu-

ralists of any other country. Not that they devote themselves par-

ticularly to the formal development of the idea of evolution, which

they may not unjustly regard as placed above the reach of attack :

but they rather, while working in the spirit of the theory, follow

the example of their great leader by the prosecution of researches

into the history of the organisms studied by them, less as things to

be dissected and sectioned than as living entities, having functions

to perform in nature and important relations to one another. In

fact nearly all even of the descriptive papers in this volume are

worked in this spirit.

As examples of this we may notice especially the descriptions of

two new genera of Epicarides, Probopyrus and Palepyge, by MM.

Giard and Bonnier, an abstract of which appeared in our issue for

Bibliographical Notice. 437

March 1888, M. E. Canu’s paper on the free marine Copepoda of

the Boulonnais, not yet completed sce ‘ Annals’ for September 1888

and January 1889), and M. Bonnier’s important memoir on the

Galatheidee of the French coasts (¢ Annals,’ July 1888).

Of systematic articles of a more purely descriptive nature atten-

tion may be called particularly to a most valuable contribution by

M. KE. L. Trouessart and M. G. Neumann upon the plumicolous

Sarcoptidee, issued in continuation of a paper published in 1886 in

the * Bulletin de la Société d’études scientifiques d’Angers.” In this

paper, which occupies fifty-six pages and is illustrated with six

plates, M. Trouessart describes a great number of those curious

parasitic mites which inhabit the plumage of birds—objects small

and apparently contemptible in themselves, but presenting the most

singular varieties of adaptive structure.

M. Bétencourt’s list of the hydroid polyps of the Pas de Calais,

although only a list with remarks upon the mode of occurrence &c. of

the species, is a valuable contribution to our knowledge, and will be

particulary interesting to British naturalists ; and the same observa-

tions apply to Dr. Sauvage’s ‘“‘ Catalogue of the Fishes of the Coast

of the Bo alenn sas 2 reprinted from the ‘Bulletin de la Société

Zoologique de France,’ but supplemented with numerous notes by

M. Giard. In like manner M. Giard’s notice of the faunistic work

done during the year 1888 at the Laboratory of Wimereux contains

a quantity of interesting matter in connexion with the distribution

and mode of occurrence of numerous species of animals, including

many which are of interest to us as inhabitants of our own

coasts.

M. Giard’s article on Parasitic Castration contains some new

points observed by himself, and, further, a discussion of the obser-

vations of Mr. Fewkes on the castration of Amphiura squamata by

a Copepod Crustacean parasite. M. Giard notices further the cas-

tration of this species at Wimereux by Orthonectida ; and he con-

cludes his article with a series of numbered ‘‘ theses,” giving an

Jilstosalaate definition of the phenomena included under “the term

“ parasitic castration.” We find further notices upon this and

other matters of biological interest, both zoological and botanical,

in the articles contributed by M. Giard under the title of ‘ Frag-

ments biologiques.” Two or three extracted and translated articles

are also of much interest from the point of view of general biology.

Among these we may notice translations of papers “by MM. Weis-

mann and Ischikawa on partial fecundation, one by M. Huth on

developmental convergence in the animal and vegetable kingdoms,

and an abstract by M. Giard of a memoir by M. Maurice Hovelacque

on the vegetative apparatus of the Bignoniacee, Rhinanthacee,

Orobanchez, and Utriculariee, furnishing a very remarkable indi-

cation of the singular adaptations which the members of a group

may undergo to suit them to very different conditions of existence,

A very curious paper from a Russian source is that by M. J.

Krassilstchik on “ The industrial production of vegetable parasites

for the destruction of injurious insects.” In this the author notices

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. der. 6. Vol. ili. 30

438 Geological Society.

the well-known fact that great numbers of insects, injurious and

otherwise, are constantly being destroyed by the action of parasitic

Fungi, the mode of operation of which he describes very clearly,

and he refers to various naturalists who entertained the notion that

something might be done for the destruction of insects injurious to

agriculture by favouring the propagation of these insidious enemies.

The first who attempted to realize this idea appears to have been

the Russian naturalist Metschnikoff, and on his being prevented by

other work from continuing his researches in this direction M.

Krassilstchik undertook to carry on the work. He notices the

difficulties which stand in the way of the successful prosecution of

this curious cultivation, and indicates, but only in general terms,

how these were overcome, so that he is able to estimate that the

quantity of spores of at all events one species, Isaria destructor,

which is particularly destructive to Cleonus punctiventris, itself a

special enemy of the beet, necessary for the infection of 1 hectare

(=about 23 acres) will cost only 10 francs. The spores are spread

over the fields either along with the manure or mixed with sand,

and in experimental ‘ sowings ” of this kind very distinct epidemics

of the parasites were produced, amounting in ten days or a fortnight

to from 55 to 80 per cent. of the insects.

In Paleontology we find an important note by M. Dollo on the

cranium of the Mosasauride, illustrated with several woodcuts of

parts of the skull and with a large plate containing figures of the

erania of Mosasaurus and Hainosaurus, and, further, an article by

the same author on the signification of the pendent trochanter in

Dinosaurs.

Of course in a notice such as this it is impossible either to enume-

rate all the articles contained in the volume or to give more than a

passing reference to those which are mentioned, and with the excep-

tion of M. Krassilstchik’s paper we have done little more than

indicate the titles. Nevertheless we hope that we have said enough

to show that the ‘ Bulletin Scientifique ’ in its new form promises to

play an important part in the advancement of Natural History,

and that the reader may expect to find throughout its pages much

sound and useful information.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 20, 1889.—W. T. Blanford, LL.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

“Note on the Pelvis of Ornithopsis.” By Prof. H. G. Seeley,

ERS... 2G:8.

The remains preserved. in Mr. Leeds’s collection at Eyebury, and

described by Mr. Hulke, are the largest and most perfect pelvic

Geological Society. 439

bones of a Saurischian known in this country. An examination

showed that the bones of the right and left sides were united in the

median line almost throughout their length by a median suture, and

that they formed a saddle-shaped surface internally from front to

back. After giving a detailed description of the pubis and ischium,

the Author stated that he was not aware that this type of pelvis

had been previously observed. * He noted that the antero-posterior

concavity between the anterior symphysis of the pubic bones and

the posterior symphysis of the ischia was a well-marked charac-

teristic of Saurischian reptiles, but that it remained to be determined

to what extent the median union of the pubic bones was developed

in the group.

It was impossible to judge of the form of the ilium from the

imperfect fragment preserved, but it did not make any recognizable

approximation to the bone in those American genera which offered

the closest resemblance of form to the pubis and ischium.

There were several minor differences of proportion between the

bones from the Oxford Clay and those from the Wealden of the

Isle of Wight, and the former differed in ways pointed out from

Morosaurus, Diplodocus, and Brontosaurus, though there were re-

semblances.

April 3, 1889.—W. T. Blanford, LL.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “Tho Basals of Eugeniacrinide.” By F. A. Bather, Esq.,

BrA. EGS: ;

Although Professors Beyrich and v. Zittel had alluded to certain

specimens of Hugeniacrinus as proving, by the course of the axial

canals, that in this genus the basals had passed up into the radials,

yet the two chief authorities who subsequently discussed the subject

practically ignored this argument. M. de Loriol contented himself

with denying any trace of basals, while Dr. P. H. Carpenter main-

tained that the top stem-joint represented a fused basal ring. In

a previous paper the Author had argued in favour of Prof. y. Zittel’s

view without convincing Dr. Carpenter of its correctness. Such

scepticism was, no doubt, warranted by the lack of detailed descrip-

tion and of figures. The object of the present note was to set the

matter at rest by describing and figuring certain dorsal cups of

Eug. caryophyllatus kindly lent to the Author by Prof. von Zittel.

Owing to the mode of fossilization the canal-system is plainly

seen. ‘The axial canal passes up into the radial circlet and gradually

widens; at a short distance below the floor of the calycal cavity it

gives off five interradial branches; these soon bifurcate, and the

adjacent radial branches converge. Before they meet, each radial

branch gives off a very short branch; this connects the radial

branch with the ring-caual that contained the interradial and intra-

radial commissures,

440 Geological Society.

The evidence of all other crinoids that have these canals shows

that the basals always contain the interradial branches.. And in

Eugeniacrinus, since the interradial branches have their origin in

the middle of the radials, the basals must have passed up in between

the radials.

2. “On some Polyzoa from the Inferior Oolite of Shipton Gorge,

Dorset.” By E. A. Walford, Esq., F.G.S.

The Author referred to the little attention the Jurassic Polyzoa

have reccived in England, a few scattered papers comprising the

whole of the literature of the subject. This may be accounted for,

in part, by the rare occurrence of conditions favourable to the pre-

servation of the delicate features necessary for their true study, and

in part, also, by the difficulties into which the classification has

drifted.

The series dealt with has been collected from the Inferior

Oolite, zone of Ammonites Parkinsoni, at Shipton Gorge, Dorset,

and the number of forms from the single horizon and locality was

stated to be equal to the whole of those deseribed by Jules Haime

from the Lias to the Kimmeridge Clay. Associated with the Polyzoa

are Crania Moorei and sp., Thecidea, sp., Rhynchonella senticosa,

Terebratula Phillipsti, Ammonites Martinsii, some Echinoderms, and

a large series of sponges. The tranquil cenditions prevailing during

the deposition of the beds are indicated by the presence of many

slender and arborescent forms of Polyzoa, and the little abrasion

they have suffered, as well as by the numerous sponges.

The Author, in briefly reviewing the Cyclostomata, adopts the

simple divisions of Mr. Waters, the Parallelata and Rectangulata,

based upon the Hincksian system. ‘The disregard of zoarial growth,

in any great degree, as a means of classification, would lead to con-

fusion under the present modes of grouping; neither, however, can

any great constancy be found in the form of the zocecia or in the

shape of the aperture.

In the group Stomatopora six species are recognized, of which

two are new. Amongst the Proboscine is a species described in

that stage of growth as Proboscina spatiosa, which passes into both

Tubuliporoid and Diastoporoid forms, and also in the latter phase

throws off erect Entalophoroid branches. The Author has used the

same specific name for each form, though describing them under

different generic names. Considerable variation in size and shape

of cell occurs in each stage. The /dmonew are represented by two

new species and two new varieties ; Bisidmonea by one form only.

Though the latter has much the appearance of ‘Entalophora the

character of the ovicell is so definitely that of the associated Jidmonea

as to decide its relationship, and it has also the cell-type of Zdmonea.

In the group Lntalophora d’Orbigny’s Cretaceous species Entalo-

phora raripora and EH. subgracilis are quoted, the latter, however,

under a varietal form. #. anomala, Manz., L. ichmonduavsss Vine,

and one new species, 4. maguipora, complete the list so far.

Miscellaneous. 44]

MISCELLANEOUS.

Results of recent Investigations upon the Organization of the Nebalix

and the Systematic Position of the Leptostraca. By Prof. C. Cras.

Amone the Nebalie belonging to the same species we have to

distinguish the following forms: (a) sexually mature males, re-

cognizable by the slender, clongated form of the body, the long

fureal joints, tufted flagella on the anterior antenne, and much

elongated flagella on the second pair of antenne; (b) pregnant

females, with fans of sete on the terminal joints of each thoracic

limb ; (c) sexually mature females and younger females of different

sizes, with a coating of short setee upon the terminal joints of the

thoracic limbs ; (d) young males of different sizes, recognizable by

the shortly annulated flagellar joints of the second antenne; and

(e) larvee with thr ee-jointed antennal flagella and the fourth pair of

pleopoda still simple.

The northern form, described as VV, bipes, O. Fabr., is a variety,

distinguished by the greater dimensions of its body and the richer

articulations of its antennal flagella, of the Adriatic, Mediterranean,

and Atlantic Nebaliw, to which the Nebatice of the east coast of

North America also belong. The Nebaliv of the coasts of Chili

and Japan (as also the New-Zealand species described as NV. longi-

cornis) present such small and unimportant peculiarities that they

may more properly be regarded as varieties of the same species than

as distinct species.

The so-called rostral plate represents a third piece of the carapace,

movably separated as a cephalic flap, which covers two rostral pro-

cesses of the head, and is so connected with theso that, when the

head is raised, the cephalic flap of the carapace is lifted at the

same time,

The last two segments of the abdomen, together with the

Branchipodiform furca, represent the telson of the Malacostraca,

with which they also have in common the ventral position of the

anal fissure (on the terminal segment).

The complex structure of the cerebrum, which far exceeds that

of the Phyllopod cerebrum, like the intimate structure of the eye-

ganglion, indicates affinity to the Malacostraca. ‘The middle-brain,

with the centres of the olfactory nerves, agrees in the presence of

the so-called “ glomeruli olfactorii ” with the ‘** lobi olfactorii” of the

Jsopoda and Podophthalma. The hind-brain (ganglion of the second

pair of antennee) lies on the cesophageal commissure, and possesses

a slight subcesophageal transverse commissure, which is separated

from the commissure of the mandibular ganglion. The mandibular

and maxillary ganglia are well separated (as in <Apseudes and

Spheroma), as are also the eight ganglia of the thoracic segments.

In the embryo and larva behind the six abdominal ganglia a

seventh ganglion is recognizable; this afterwards becomes retrograde

and disappears.

442 Miscellaneous.

On the mesial side of the pedunculated eye there is, beneath

two tubercles, a special sense-organ of unknown function (frontal

organ?). ‘The minute structure of the facetted eye and its ganglion

comes nearest to that of the Myside.

The terminal section of the buccal intestine is, as in the Malaco-

straca, armed with a complex apparatus of chitin-structures, convert-

ing it into a gizzard; this apparatus consists of two cardiac jaws, a

band of seta on the right side, two pairs of pyloric plates beset

with sete, and a funnel-groove extending far into the intestine.

The liver consists of two anterior sacs projecting into the head, and

of three pairs of tubular sacs extending backwards as far as the

last abdominal segment. ‘The middle intestine and posterior hepatic

sacs are imbedded in a perivisceral mass of connective tissue, which

also surrounds the sexual glands, the cells of which are filled with

fat-globules, and are of great importance in the regulation of the

nourishment at the time of the cessation of feeding. Pregnant females

and sexually mature males gradually use up the nutriment deposited

in this tissue, so that, finally, after the disappearance of the fat-

globules, the perienteric cell-cord completely shrivels up, while the

blood-spaces of the body-cavity appear enlarged in the same pro-

portion. At the end of the middle intestines opens an unpaired

cecum situated above the rectum, the cell-covering of which is

continued far forward on the dorsal wall of the intestine.

Besides the antennal gland a small shell-gland, reduced almost

completely to the terminal saccule, is present, in which, as in the

terminal sac of the former, carmine-granules accumulate, after

feeding with carmine. The missing looped ducts are replaced by

eight pairs of pedal glands, which are coloured blue after feeding

with indigo-carmine.

The heart extends from the maxillar region through the whole

middle-body into the fourth segment of the abdomen, and is per-

forated by seven pairs of ostia, the fourth, fifth, and sixth of which

are small fissures placed on the dorsal surface, while the rest pertain

to the right and left lateral surfaces. Besides an anterior and a

posterior aorta there are ramified arteries in the abdomen and in both

pairs of antennee.

The efferent ducts of the sexual glands resemble those of the

Malacostraca both in position and in their mode of opening. The

females carry their eggs and young, like the Arthrostraca and other

Podophthalma, on the pectoral surface of the middle-body between

the lamellar pairs of limbs and their fans of sete, as in a basket

through which the water flows, and they also harbour the hatched

and moulting larve for a considerable time in this brood-chamber.

The Leptostraca are to be regarded as the first main division of

the Malacostraca.

The fossil Ceratiocaride, together with allied paleozoic genera

of Crustacea, judging from their possession of movable cephalic flaps,

belong to the same developmental series as the Leptostraca, but

cannot be united in the same order with them, as the organization

Miscellaneous. 443

and the structure of the parts of the mouth and the limbs, as well

as the relative number of the segments, may have been very

different (leaving quite out of consideration the very different form

of- the extremity of the abdomen).—Anzeiger d.k. Akad. Wiss.

Wien, December 13, 1888, p. 247.

On the Formation of the Antherozoids of the Characex.

By M. Léon Guienarp,

The antherozoids of the Characese, Muscinese, and vascular Cryp-

togamia have the form of a spiral filament furnished with cilia,

originating by special metamorphosis of the contents of the mother-

cell. In its formation the nucleus of the mother-cell plays an essen-

tial part ; it does not dissolve, as was at first supposed, but concurs

directly in furnishing the body of the antherozoid, while the cilia

proceed solely from the protoplasm,

But is the body of the antherozoid solely derived from the

nucleus or both from the nucleus and the protoplasm? If it is fur-

nished by the nucleus alone, nourished by all the portion of the

protoplasm which is not employed in the formation of the cilia, how

is this metamorphosis effected ? If, on the contrary, the protoplasm

furnishes a portion of the body, does the differentiation of the spiral

filament commence at the expense of the protoplasm and not of the

nucleus, as has recently been asserted? Lastly, how and at what

moment do the cilia originate? These are so many general ques-

tious upon which the extant data are insufficient or contradictory.

By a comparative study of the various groups of Cryptogamia the

author has been enabled to clear up the doubtful points, and has

arrived at results the agreement and generality of which render

them interesting. In the present note he deals with the Characee.

In these plants the antheridian filaments are formed of super-

posed discoidal joints, which represent the mother-cells of the anthe-

rozoids. ‘To ascertain the parts played by the nucleus and _ proto-

plasm in the formation of the latter these cells must be dissociated

and their contents carefully isolated after fixation and hardening.

By various methods of double coloration the substance of the

nucleus may be very clearly distinguished from that of the proto-

plasm, and all stages of the development may be followed step by

step.

At the moment when the antherozoid is about to originate the

nucleus moves to the side of the mother-cell, so that its outer sur-

face is only covered by a very thin layer of hyaline protoplasm.

On this outer surface a small thickening-band afterwards appears,

more refractive than the rest of the nucleus which produces it by a

special metamorphosis of its substance. This band forms part of

the nucleus without producing a salient crest on its outer surface,

and following its contour it resembles a short and very open crescent.

444 Miscellaneous.

One of its extremities soon becomes elongated and touches on the

surface of the protoplasm; the nucleus then seems to be provided

with a sort of beak, which is really the anterior extremity of the

body of the antherozoids.

When this sketch of the body appears the two cilia with which it

will be provided are differentiated close to the anterior extremity in

the thin layer of hyaline protoplasm which covered the outer surface

of the nucleus, and which, to form them, is continued all round the

granular protoplasm situated at the inner surface. They at once

acquire their definitive length, which is equal to that of the adult

body. Soon after their formation they become detached from the

granular protoplasm and separate more or less from each other in

the free space situated between the wall of the mother-cell and the

contents.

While the anterior extremity of the antherozoid begins to turn

round the surface of the granular protoplasm the posterior extre-

mity, by the elongation of the thickening-band, grows in the oppo-

site direction and soon becomes juxtaposed with the former, giving

a first turn of the spiral. The nucleus then shows a progressive

diminution of volume and becomes more and more homogeneous ;

then, the growth continuing, it becomes gradually stretched between

the two extremities of the body, so that the swelling which it formed

in the course of the elongating spiral disappears when the latter

includes about two turns.

During this time the protoplasm is insensibly digested and

employed in the nutrition of the antherozoid. Much reduced

towards the end of the development it adheres only to the inner

surface of the posterior extremity of the body ; and when the latter

has reached its full length it disappears without leaving a vesicle,

as in other Cryptogamia. Nevertheless, even in the adult stage the

antherozoid still presents some protoplasmic granules upon this inner

face of its posterior extremity. It then forms (e.g. in Chara

fragilis) rather more than three turns of the spiral. It presents all

the reactions of nucleine, and on its surface there is an excessively

thin hyaline envelope.

Thus, from the morphological point of view, it is the nucleus,

and the nucleus alone, that is directly transformed, without breaking

up into a spiral, to form the body of the antherozoid, the formation

of which therefore does not commence in the protoplasm. The cilia

are indeed of protoplasmic origin; carried on by the anterior extre-

mity upon which they are inserted, they must necessarily acquire

their definitive length from the first phase of development.— Comptes

Rendus, January 7, 1889, p. 71.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 18. JUNE 1889.

LIV.—Notes on British Amphipoda.—l. Megaluropus, n. g.,

and some CHdiceride. By the Rev. A. M. Norman,

M.A., D.C.L., F.LS.

[Plates XVIII.-XX.]}

My purpose in these notes is to describe new or little-known

Amphipoda, to correct nomenclature, and to give details

regarding distribution.

At the time when Messrs. Bate and Westwood’s ‘ History

of British Sessile-eyed Crustacea’ was published the subject,

more especially as regards the Amphipoda, had been little

studied. Sexual differences had scarcely been recognized,

and still less the alterations of structure dependent upon age ;

hence many errors crept in. But a more serious obstacle to

the full and accurate description of the forms was the scarcity

of specimens at the disposal of the authors for examination. In

a large number of instances species were described from single

individuals which, having been merely entrusted to the authors

for examination, they were unable to dissect; moreover in some

instances these specimens were dried, and presented there-

fore the greatest difficulties with respect to their full elucida-

tion. It is only by dissecting and mounting the organs of

the Amphipoda that their structure can be fully and properly

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Serv. 6. Vol. ii. 31

446 Rey. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda.

seen. I have thought it only right to draw attention to these

points, since I am compelled frequently to dissent from the

conclusions of Messrs. Bate and Westwood in these notes.

Genus MEGALUROPUS, n. g.

(€yas, ovpa, wovs= having large uropods.)

Head produced forwards between the bases of the anten-

nules and antenne into a conspicuous lobe in which the

large round eye is situated. Antennules with short secondary

flagellum, much shorter than the antenne. Gnathopods not

large, subchelate, second pair rather larger than the first.

Last uropods with the branches in the form of large, mem-

branaceous, leaf-like lamin. Telson squamiform, cleft to

the base.

The most remarkable characters in this genus are the eye,

which is situated on the greatly projected lobe, and the ex-

panded foliaceous branches of the last uropods. In the former

articular we are reminded of the genus Photis (= Hiscladus,

. & W.), in the latter of the genus H/asmopus (Boeck), near

to which last genus the present should, I think, take its place.

In Elasmopus the eye is situated on the side of the head, the

antennules are longer than the antenne instead of the reverse,

and the pereeopods are constructed in a very different manner,

the joints being widely expanded and the limbs robust.

Megaluropus agilis,n. sp. (Pl. XVIII. figs. 1-10.)

Head (fig. 1) with a rostrate acute process above, which is

extended about half the length of the first joint of the anten-

nules ; on the side between the bases of the antennules and

antenne there is projected a large lobe, which is pointed at

the end and reaches ene third of the length of the second

joint of the peduncle of the antennules; this lobe, with the

exception of the point at its extremity, 1s filled with an eye

composed of large conspicuous lenses. Antennules slender,

first two joints subequal in length, third about half that

length ; flagellum shorter than peduncle, composed of six or

seven articulations, secondary appendage minute, consisting

of two articulations. Antenne having the two distal joints

of the peduncle subequal, very long and slender and almost

naked; flagellum eight-jointed. First gnathopods (fig. 2)

having the wrist ovate, as long as and broader than the ovate

hand, which latter tapers towards the extremity, the whole of

which is occupied by the attachment of the strong, well-curved

nail; palm continuous with the front margin for nearly two

Rey. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 447

thirds its length. Second gnathopods (fig. 3) somewhat

stronger than the first ; wrist triangular, widening to the extre-

mity, and forming a conspicuous lobe below the attachment

of the hand, this lobe terminating in several spine-like sete ;

hand nearly straight on the back and convexly rounded below,

the length double the greatest breadth, which is nearly central ;

finger long and well curved, an undefined palm to about half

the length of the hand. Last perseopods (figs. 5 and 5 a) very

long and slender, when stretched backwards reaching beyond

the uropods ; basos oblong and produced behind into a down-

ward directed lobe, and reaching much below the extremity of

the ischium; terminal joints very slender, the last without a

nail, ending in sete. TL irst uropods (fig. 6) with branches

shorter than the peduncle, upper edge of outer branch spinose

and finely serrated on the edge between the spinules. Last

uropods (fig. 7) consisting of a strong basal joint and two

leat-like, broad, membranaceous branches, widely rounded at

the extremities, and with the margin there obscurely crenulated,

with minute cilia in the interstices of the crenulations. ‘T'elson

(fig. 8) in form as two thirds of an ellipse, cleft to the base, a

row of minute cilia within the margin. Hinder dorsal mar-

gin of third segment of pleon serrated and hinder lateral

margin of the same segment also serrated, the serrations on

the lower portion (fig. LO) set in pairs or threes with a sinus

between, and at the bottom of each of the sinuses there is

a cilium. Infero-posteal angle of second segment of pleon

also produced to a spine-point, above which there are com-

monly one or two serrations. Length 4-5 millim.

This species is most frequently taken by means of the

surface-net at night, it being a very active swimmer.

Hab. Cumbrae, Firth of Clyde (D. Robertson) ; Starcross,

Devon; and Jersey (A. M. N.); 25 miles off May Island,

Firth of Forth (John Murray): Mus. Norm. Liverpool Bay!

(A. O. Walker).

Fam, Qdiceride.

Genus I. MonocuLopgs, Stimpson.

1. Monoculodes carinatus, Bate. (Pl. XIX. figs. 1-5.)

1855. Westwoodia carinata, Bate, Brit. Assoc. Rep. p. 58.

1859. Cediceros affinis, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip., Gammaridex, p. 95,

pl. iv. fig. 15, g junior.

1862. Monoculodes carinatus, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust.

vol. i, p. 165 (¢ ?).

1862. Monoculodes Stimpsoni, iid. ib. p. 160, 3 junior.

1870. Monoculodes affinis, Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arch p. 84,2.

448 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda.

1876. Monoculodes affinis, Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. p. 265,

1883. Monoculodes carinatus, Schneider, Af Norges kyster forekom. Art.

af Cidiceride, p. 19, pl. i. fig. 4.

1887. Monoculodes carinatus, Chevreaux, Cat. Amphip. du Sud-ouest

de la Bretagne, p. 12.

Hab. Shetland, Cumbrae, Firth of Clyde, Northumberland

coast (A. VM. N.); Banff (7. Edward); 25 miles off May

Island, in the Firth of Forth (John Murray) : Mus. Norm.

Distribution. Floré, Norway, 35 fath. (A. M. N.); South

and West Norway (G. O. Sars); Bohusliin (Bruzelius) ;

Croisic, France (Chevreauz).

Adult female. Rostrum (fig. 1) largely hooded, equal to

Jength of first joint of antennules, extremity bent downwards,

rather blunt; eye large, occupying the greater part of the

rostrum. Antennules with second joint equalling first, the

third not half the length of the second. Antenne with fifth

joint about one third longer than fourth. First gnathopods

(fig. 2) having the wrist short, calx half the length of hand,

broadly linguiform, broadest in the middle, widely rounded

at the extremity, hollowed on the face towards the palm, setose

all over; hand ovate, palm well arched, occupying one half

the margin, the strongly curved finger reaching nearly to

extremity of calx of wrist. Second gnathopods (fig. 3)

having the wrist produced into a very long, narrow, linear

calx, which is appressed to the margin of the hand, the length

of which it slightly exceeds; hand in the form of a long

oblong, with parallel sides, which are not arched, rather more

than three times as long as broad, palm scarcely at all oblique,

occupying the distal side of the oblong. Perwopods 1-4

remarkable on account of their terminal joints, densely clothed

with sete and slender spines, and the characters of the hand,

which is densely setose on one margin and furnished within

the other with a row of minute spinules, and of the nail, which

is very minute and weak; the fourth pair (which is figured,

fig. 4) is not so densely setose and spinulose as the first and

second pairs, and the nail is somewhat larger. Last pereo-

pods (fig. 5) having the basal joint subquadrate, length and

breadth subequal, front margin bearing spinules, hinder mar-

gin ciliated, and a few long plumose sete spring from the face ;

four distal joints subequal in length. Length 10 millim.

The male differs from the female in having the second and

third joimts of antennules much shorter and the flagellum much

thickened, the first articulation very long, and densely clothed

with sete. The antenne have the upper margin of the

distal joints of peduncle set with transverse rows of minute cilia,

the flagellum greatly elongated, consisting of 70-80 articula-

Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda, 449

tions. These sexual distinctions in the male seem to hold

good throughout the genus, as I have noticed them in several

species. The last pereeopods, moreover, instead of having

the two distal joints furnished with small spinules and

groups of 3-5 and of single, long, spine-like sete, have the

penultimate joint more strongly spined and the last more

slender, the spines stronger, and the sete of much greater

length.

In the young (May Island) the antenne are less strongly

spined and the brush of sete of the hand of perwopod much

less developed proportionately than in the adult.

Bate and Westwood’s figure and description of M. carina-

tus are inexact in the following points:—The metacarpus of

the first gnathopods is not ‘ produced inferiorly to a sharp

point,” but is obtusely produced and furnished with numerous

divergent sete at the extremity. In the figure the lower

margin of the last joint of the antenne is represented as clothed

with down, which is not the case in the female, in which it

has transverse rows of spines, and although the male has such

down (or cilia) it is on the upper, not lower, margin. The

last joints of last pereeopods are also drawn too setose for the

female, though the last joint would well represent that part of

the male. Judging from the antenne, however, I should

suppose that Bate and Westwood’s figure was taken from a

female.

Monoculodes Stimpsoni was first described in Cat. Amphip.

Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 105, from a very imperfect specimen ;

but, in Hist. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust., Bate and Westwood

made a specimen in my collection their type. That specimen

I have now dissected and compared carefully with JJ. carina-

tus, to which it is undoubtedly referable. It will be observed

that their figure and description of the antennze do not accord,

while the figure and deseription of the second gnathopods are

altogether wrong, the mistake having clearly arisen from a

laterally foreshortened view of the limb in the undissected

animal. The numerous short joints of the flagellum of the

antenne show it to be an immature male and is the state

which exactly accords with M., affinis, Bruzelius.

Monoculodes affinis of Goés, however, is certainly not this

species, and he appears, moreover, to have confused two

species. One of these (Goés, fig. 21’) Schneider assigns to

M. borealis, Boeck, and the other (Goés, fig. 21) with doubt

to M. norvegicus, Boeck. Hansen agrees as to the former

allocation, which appears to me also to be correct, but would

refer the latter to M/. tuberculaius, Boeck.

Hansen (‘ Malacostraca marina Greenlandiz occidentalis,’

450 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda.

1887, p. 108, pl. iv. fig. 5) has recently described a species

from Greenland, M. crassirostris, which has similar small

nails to WM. carinatus and chiefly seems to differ from that

species in the fact that the basal joint of the last pereopods is

more dilated. Is it really distinct ?

2. Monoculodes subnudus, n. sp.

(Pl. XVIII. fig. 11, and Pl. XIX. figs. 6-10.)

Rostrum (fig. 6) well developed, arcuate, apex acute, bent

downwards and extending considerably beyond first joint of

antennules. Eye large, occupying the basal portion of ros-

trum, not prominent. Antennules with basal joint furnished

with plumed sete and spines ; second joint equal in length to

first, third half the length of second ; flagellum of 11-14 long

joints. Antenne having fourth and fifth joints subequal.

First gnathopods (fig. 7) having the thigh long; calx of car-

pus elongated ovate, divergent, reaching commencement of

palm; hand narrow at the base and expanding distally,

arcuate, arched* on the back, distinctly concave in front,

widest at the commencement of the palm; palm scarcely

occupying one half the length of the hand. Second gnatho-

pods (fig. 8) in general form asin J. borealis, but having the

hand much narrower in proportion ‘to its length, length about

equal to five times the breadth, palm oblique, occupying some-

what less than one third of length ; calx of wrist linear, some-

what divergent, reaching commencement of palm. First and

second pereopods (Pl. XVIII. fig. 11) with length of joints

in the following order :—thigh, meros, hand, wrist, nail,

ischium ; sparingly ciliated except wrist; thigh linear, five

times as long as broad, as usual with stiff sete on parts of

the margin, and a few plumose sete on the face ; meros nearly

linear, not lobed behind, upper margin naked, except a small

bunch of (6-8) sete at distal extremity ; wrist densely ciliated

infrontand produced theredownwards into a little lobe; nail well

developed, slightly curved, equal in length to two thirds of

the linear hand. Third and fourth pereeopods (fig. 9) with

thigh, metacarpus, and hand subequal in length, wrist rather

shorter, nail well developed, nearly straight, more than half

the length of long linear hand; thigh ovate, flattened into a

thin plate behind and slightly so on edge in front, girt with

stiff simple sete2 and numerous plumose sete on face; meta-

* T regard all the limbs of the body (whether directed forwards or

backwards) as I doa human hand; that is, the back or upper side is that

away from the bend of the limb, the front or lower side that which is

within the bend of the menyber.

Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 451

carpus rather expanded and lobed behind, the lobe not pro-

jected downwards over wrist ; wrist and hand linear, all the

joints except thigh only sparingly setose. Last perxopods

(fig. 10) with thigh pyriform, as broad as long, slightly emar-

ginate below behind. All the pairs of uropods with inner

branch somewhat longer than outer, last pair with peduncle

and longer branch subequal. Telson subquadrate, apex

emarginate in the centre, angles broadly rounded, each fur-

nished with five marginal spinules. Length 10 millim.

The male differs from the above-described female in having

the second and third joints of peduncle of antennules shorter

(as appears to be usual in males of this genus) and together

not equalling the length of first joint; flagellum long, 15-

jointed, ioints very long, especially the first and the distal

articulations, first equalling combined length of last two joints

of peduncle, densely setose. Antenne with two distal joints

of peduncle clothed with short cilia on upper margin ; flagel-

lum very long.

Monoculodes subnudus is distinguished from its allies more

especially by the rostrum, telson, and pereeopods; the name

subnudus has allusion to the comparatively slight ciliation of

the last-named organs in this species.

Hab. Shetland; Sleat Sound, Isle of Skye (A. WM. N.).

In many respects J. subnudus approaches M. borealis,

Boeck, but may at once be distinguished by the greater length

of the rostrum and its less arched form; a figure of the ros-

trum of J, borealis is given for comparison (Pl. XIX. fig. 11).

It also comes near to the Greenland species JZ, simplea, Hansen,

but here again the longer rostrum suffices to distinguish it.

The form of the rostrum appears to afford very valid charac-

ters in this genus, and all the specimens of the present species

which I have examined have the rostrum alike.

3. Monoculodes longimanus, Bate and Westwood.

(Pl. XX. figs. 6-9.)

1868. Monoculodes longimanus, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust.

vol. ii. p. 507.

1870. Monoculodes Grubei, Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor, et arct. p. 85,

1876. Monoculodes Grubet, Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. p. 269,

ple xviii, 1.

1883. Monoculodes Grubei, Schneider, Af Norges kyster forekom, Cidi-

ceridee, p. 24.

1887. Monoculodes longimanus, Chevreaux, Cat. Crust. Amphip. du

Sud-ouest de la Bretagne, p. 15, pl. v. figs. 1, 2.

1888. Monoculodes equimanus (Norman, MS.), Robertson, Contrib. Cat.

Amphipoda and Isopoda Firth of Clyde, p. 26,

Hab. Oban; Firth of Clyde; Starcross, Devon (A. IZ, M.) ;

452 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda.

Banff (7. Edward): Mus. Norm. Off the Scilly Islands (D.

Robertson and G. S. Brady).

Distribution. Southern Norway (G. O. Sars) : Mus. Norm.

South-west France (Chevreaua).

Animal white, pellucid. Rostrum (fig. 6) very short, not

hooded, extremity blunt, closely appressed to first joint of

antennules, and not equal to half its length. Eye very large

and of unusual form in the genus, situated at base of rostrum,

and extending thence down the side of the head round the

base of the antennules, its colour brilliant blood-red, lenses

indistinct. Antennules ( ¢) with peduncle much longer than

that of antenne, first joint rather more than twice as long as

broad, second joint longer, third still longer and very slender ;

flagellum about six-jointed. Antenng with last two joints of

peduncle short and subequal. Gnathopods (figs. 7 and 8) of

nearly the same form in both pair; no produced calx to meros ;

wrist produced into a long linear calx, projected forward

parallel with the hand, and in the first pair extending

markedly beyond the commencement of the palm, in second

pair longer still and exceeding in length the whole hand;

hand greatly elongated, gently arched above in the first,

nearly straight in second; length in second pair about five

times the breadth, palm moderately oblique ; basos of second

pair much longer than that of first, the whole limb being more

produced. Anterior pereeopods with broad hand, the little

nail, which is not half its length, attached at lower corner of

the extremity, and from above it springs a dense brush of long

sete. Last pereopods (fig. 9) very long, extending greatly

beyond the uropods, four last joints subequal, the nail being

exceedingly long and slender. ‘lelson obovate, widely rounded

at the extremity. Length 38-4 millim.

Chevreaux has accurately figured the heads of the two sexes.

The male differs from the female in having the last two joints

of the peduncle of the antennules shorter than the first joint

and the first articulation of the flagellum greatly developed,

very long, and densely ciliated, while the antenne have not

the upper margin of two distal joints of peduncle covered with

minute cilia (as is usual in males of this genus), but the fla-

gellum is, as usual, greatly elongated.

My friend Mr. Robertson and myself have taken the males

of this species by means of the tow-net worked at night.

Mr. D. Robertson has given in his excellent ‘Catalogue of

the Amphipoda and Isopoda of the Firth of Clyde’ the name

Monoculodes equimanus, Norman MS., a name by which [

distinguished this species in my collection and which I

gave him before it was described by Bate and Westwood.

Rey. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda, 453

4, Monoculodes Packard’, Boeck.

1870. Monoculodes Packardi, A. Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct.

. 86.

1876. Monoculodes Packardi, A. Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip.

. 274, pl. xiv. fig. 3.

1883. Monoculodes Packardi, Schneider, Af Norges kyster forekom. art.

af Cidiceride, p. 27, pl. i. fig. 6

Hab. Loch Striven, Firth of Clyde, 40 fathoms, dredged

by the ‘ Medusa,’ the steamer of the Scotch Marine Station

(David Robertson) : Mus. Norm.

Distribution. Tromsé, 20 fathoms (S. Schneider): Mus.

Norm. South and West Norway (G. O. Sars).

Mr. D. Robertson brought this species under my notice

last summer, when he also kindly gave me specimens. It is

not here described because I believe that he will himself

shortly do so. It may be mentioned, however, that I have

confirmed his identification by actual comparison of his speci-

mens with those kindly given me by Herr J. Sparre Schneider

from Tromsé, with which specimens the Clyde examples

entirely agree.

go)

5. Monoculodes equicornis, Norman. (Pl. XX. figs. 1-5.)

1868, Gidiceros equicornis, Norman, Last Report Dredging among the

Shetland Isles, Brit. Assoc. Report, p. 278.

Rostrum extending beyond the first joints of the antennules.

Antennules having the three joints of the peduncle of nearly

equal length, each more slender than the preceding, filament

equal in length to the last two joints of the peduncle, com-

posed of five long articulations. Antenne slender and short;

peduncle exceeding that of antennules by nearly the last

joint, which is equal in length to the penultimate; filament

very slender, 4—5-jointed, equal in length to the last joint of

the peduncle. First gnathopods (fig. 1) with wrist anteriorly

produced into a wide rounded lobe, which reaches forward to

the commencement of the palm; hand obovate, widest in the

centre, where the palm commences, which is very oblique ;

finger slender, simple, as long as the palm. Second gnatho-

pods (fig. 2) very like the first, but the hand slightly larger

and rather more elongated. All the pereopods with very

long and nearly straight nails (fig. 3), which about equal the

propodos in length; propodos much longer than carpus.

Penultimate pereeopods (fig. 4) with a row of setee down the

middle of the basos. Last pereeopods (fig. 5) with the basos

small, elongated, pear-shaped, equally produced anteally and

454 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda.

posteally, both margins with small cilia, the hinder margin

also crenated, the last four joints all greatly produced and

each longer than the basos, the whole limb very long.

Length 5 millim.

A single specimen from St. Magnus Bay, Shetland, in 30-

60 fathoms (1867).

The above is the description given by me in the ‘ Shetland

Dredging Report.? The specimen, which was mounted, is

not now in good condition, the antenne, antennules, and ros-

trum having a good deal shrunk and the gnathopods being

somewhat folded. For this reason the figures given of the

enathopods are probably not so exactly correct as regards

the carpus as could be desired; but the hands are in good

position for drawing, and the other illustrations may be

regarded as strictly accurate. I give the following additional

particulars. The sete of the peduncles of the antennules

and antenne stand out at nearly right angles, and in this

respect remind one of MM. tuberculatus. ‘The first pereeopods

(fig. 3) are, as well as the other pereeopods, very sparingly

ciliated, the nail very long and acute, as long as the propodos.

The fourth pereopods have the basos ovate, with a line of

sete down the distal half of the centre, the hinder margin with

cilia at regular intervals ; the meros is expanded behind at its

termination, and is there twice as broad as the portion to

which the carpus is united. Meros, propodos, and dactylus

subequal in length, carpus about one third shorter. Last

pereopods having the basos pyriform, rather longer than

broad, equally produced behind and before; hinder margin

obscurely crenated, with small cilia, front margin bearing

minute spinules; meros as long as basos, distal posterior

angle produced downwards into a lobe which is equal in length

to the breadth of the carpus. Although there is a corre-

sponding lobe in some other species it 1s here more largely

developed than usual.

This species may possibly be the same as M. tenuitrostratus,

Boeck, but I am unable to determine with certainty. The

last uropods are absent in my specimen, and the parts which

seem to afford good characters in MZ, wguicornis are not so

described by Boeck as to lead with any degree of certainty to

identification, At any rate the name here employed, MM.

equicornis, antedates by two years that of J. tenucrostratus,

and it would appear to differ from the latter form markedly

in the characters of the antennee and antennules, the less pro-

duced rostrum (which, though bearing the same relative length

to the first joint of antennules, is shorter, since that joint is

shorter), the more expanded meros of fourth pereeopods, and

other points.

Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda, 455

Genus II. Hatimepon, A. Boeck.

[ = Westwoodia (partim) and Westwoodilla, Bate (erroneously

described). |

Mandibles only slightly toothed at the extremity and thick ;

palp very long, narrow, and curiously curved.

First gnathopods having the wrist as long as or much longer

than the ovate hand and slightly dilated at the infero-posteal

angle.

Second gnathopods with a very long and narrow wrist,

either with or without a small “calx;” hand as long as or

shorter than the wrist (Boeck).

Llalimedon parvimanus (Bate and Westwood).

(Pl. XX. figs. 10-14.)

1855, Westwoodia eacula, Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc, p. 58,

1857, Westwoodia cecula, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol, xix.

». 159.

1862, Westwoodilla cecula, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 102;

Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. vol. i. p. 155, 9.

1862. Westwoodilla hyalina, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 103,

pl. xvii. fig. 5, g junior; Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust.

vol. is p. 158,

1862. Cidiceros parvimanus, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust.

vol: 1.-p. IGl,

1870. Halimedon Miilleri, A. Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct. p. 89.

1876. Halimedon Miillert, A. Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip.

p- 281, pl. xiii. fig. 5.

1886. Halimedon Miillert, Schneider, Af Norges kyster forekom. art.

af fam. CEdiceride, p, 33, pl. iil. fig. 17.

It will be observed that I unite under this name three species

described by Bate and Westwood.

The genus Westwoodilla was established under a misinter-

pretation of the form described. The first gnathopods were

not observed; the second gnathopods were regarded as the

first, and the first pereeopods as the second gnathopods. A com-

parison of the figures published by Bate and Westwood of these

parts with those here given will show this to have been the

case, while their figures d and g (p. 155) are good illustrations

of the mandible and maxillipeds of Halimedon parvimanus,

the palp of the mandible of which is very peculiar and unlike

that of any other species known to me. With respect to W.

hyalina, Bate and Westwood themselves questioned its dis-

tinctness ; it was taken with their W. cweula, and I can see

no specific character by which it can be distinguished. Their

(Ediceros parvimanus, of which the types are in my collection,

is undoubtedly the Lalimedon Miillerd of Boeck.

456 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda.

I have felt some hesitation as to which specific name ought

to be adopted; but as both cecula and hyalina were given

under a misapprehension of the structure of the species, and

the former cannot moreover be received, as the name implies

what is not correct, it has seemed to me best to take the name

parvimanus, which I the less hesitate to do as Mr. Bate’s

name will still be associated with the species.

The rostrum (fig. 10) is well developed, gently arched

above, and reaches nearly to the end of first joint of anten-

nules; the eye is conspicuous, situated in the rostrum and

very prominent; in front of the eye the rostrum is suddenly

contracted and projected as a little point; and this peculiar

form of the rostrum at once enables the species to be picked out

from a gathering of mixed Cidiceride. The second joint of

the antennules in the female is much longer than the first, in

the male it is subequal to it in length. The first gnathopods

‘ (fig. 11) have the wrist rather longer than the hand, the tront

margin produced at the middle into a rounded setose lobe,

which is not porrected ; hand regularly ovate, palm occupying

half the length. The second gnathopods (fig. 12) have very

much the same character, but the limb is altogether much

more slender and drawn out; meros with a little point below ;

carpus gradually widening from the base to the extremity,

distally truncate, and much wider than the insertion of the

hand; hand shorter than wrist, ovate, palm occupying fully

half its length. The anterior pereopods (fig. 13) have the

wrist and hand subequal in length and rather shorter than

the meros, the distal half of the back of the hand bears a dense

brush of long sete, the nail well developed and nearly as

longas the hand. The nail of the third and fourth peraeopods

is very long and acute. Basos of last pereopods (fig. 14)

widest above, gradually narrowing downwards, length rather

greater than breadth. Telson oblong, evenly rounded at the

termination, and bearing four spinules. Length 7-11 millim.

As in other Cidiceridee, the male differs from the female in

having the last two joints of the peduncle of the antennules

shorter and the flagellum densely ciliated almost to the extre-

mity ; but the first joint of the flagellum is not elongated and

enlarged, as is usual in males of JMonoculodes. The antennz

have the upper margin of the two distal joints of the peduncle

ciliated above and the flagellum of great length.

Hab. Sixty miles east of Shetland, 70-90 fathoms, 1861

(types); St. Magnus Bay, Shetland, 1867 ; off Durham coast,

1862 ; Skye, 1866; Cumbrae, 20 fathoms, 1885 (A. UZ. N.) ;

Banff (7. Edward): Mus. Norm.

Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda, 457

Distribution. Floré, Norway, 45-70 fathoms (A. M. N.) ;

South and West Norway, 50-200 fathoms (G. O. Sars) ;

West Greenland, 25-215 fathoms (7. J. Hansen).

There are several closely allied species of [Halimedon found

in Norway, some of which may be expected to occur on our

coast.

Genus III. Acreros, A. Boeck.

Head truncate in front and without any rostrum. ‘“Hyes

not united, very small, situated on the side of the head”? (?).

FEpimera of the third and fourth segments of pereon smaller

than in the preceding genera. Antennules of female with

remarkably long peduncle and very short flagellum, the male

peduncle very short and flagellum long. Mouth-organs

similar in structure to those of the family; the mandibular

palp having the second joint curved, but not so strongly as in

flalimedon, and broader ; inner lamina of first maxilla longer

than usual, with three apical plumose sete. Gnathopods

small, in general structure as in Halimedon, but the wrist

furnished with a longer and narrower calx. Percopods, first

and second pair with meros long and broad; finger in the

form of a long, flattened, knife-like, naked blade; third and

fourth pairs short, the nail of similar character to that of pre-

ceding pairs; fifth pair long and slender.

Aceros phyllonyx (M. Sars).

1858. Leucothoe phyllonyx, M. Sars, Oversigt over Norsk-arct. Krebs-

dyr, Vid. Selsk. Forh. p. 148.

1859. CGidiceros obtusus, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gamm. p. 92,

Live tio 7509

1862. Gidiceros obtusus, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 373.

1862. Montagua phyllonyx, id. ibid. p. 369.

1865. Gidiceros obtusus, Goés, Crust. Amphip. maris Spetsbergiam

alluentis, p. 11, pl. xl. fig. 24, ¢.

1870, Aceros phyllonyx, A. Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct. p. 92.

1876. Aceros phyllonyx, A. Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip.

p. 392, pl. xiv. fig. 7.

1875. Aceros phyllonyx, Metzger, Zool. Ergebnisse der Nordseefahrt,

. 282 (no description).

1883. Aceros phyllonyx, Schneider, Af Norges kyster forekom. Cidice-

ride, p. 39, pl. iii. fig. 18.

1884. Aceros phyllonyx, Schneider, Tromsé Museums, Aarshefter, vii.

. 95.

1987, Aceros phyilonyx, H. J. Hansen, Overs. over det vestlige Grén-

lands Fauna af Malakostrake Havkrebsdyr, 117, pl. iv. fig. 7.

Head vertically truncate, without the slightest rostrate

process. Antennules in female with remarkably long pe-

duncle, first joint long, three to four times as long as the

458 Rey. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda.

breadth at base, almost naked; second nearly twice as long

as the first and longer than combined length of third joint and

the flagellum, with a row of long sete on the edge; third

joint shorter than the first; flagellum of about eleven articu-

lations. Antenne longer than the antennules, but the pe-

duncle much shorter, its extremity not nearly reaching the

end of the second joint of the antennules; fourth and fifth

joints subequal. According to Goés’s figure of the male, in

that sex the peduncle of the antennules is very short, especially

the second and third joint, and it does not reach the end of the

penultimate joint of the antenne, while the flagellum is much

longer (about twenty articulations); and the flagellum of the

antenne is, as usual in males, very long. The gnathopods are

very similar in structure to each other, but the second are

longer ; the wrist is produced downwards and forwards into a

calx, which reaches the commencement of the palm, and is

rounded at the extremity, rather more broadly in the first

pair than in the second; hand ovate, palm continuous with

the front margin and about half its length, finger gently

curved. Perwopods: in the first pair the thigh is narrow

above, rather widening below, much curved; the meros wide,

outspread on the back, where it is furnished along the edge

with long sete, as long and as broad as the thigh; wrist and

hand subequal in length, each hardly half the length of meros,

the former densely setose on the lower margin, and the latter

with a group of long sete at the distal termination of the

dorsal margin ; finger foliaceous, broadly lanceolate, not quite

so long as the hand; second pereeopods with finger of similar

character to that of first but longer ; third and fourth pereeo-

pods much shorter and not more than half as long as last

pair, the third having the thigh subovate, expanded and well

arcuated dorsally, and edged with pectinately arranged long

sete, some of those of the upper margin being beautifully

plumose ; wrist and hand subequal to each other and their

combined length about equal to the meros, the former densely

setose below and apically setose dorsally, setee long; hand

setose above, naked below, finger flattened, membranaceous,

knife-like, and as long as the hand; fourth pereeopods very

similar to the third, but the thigh very broad, with numerous

long plumose sete down the centre, but no plumose sete on

the meros. Last pereeopods with thigh and meros subequal,

the thigh elongated-pyriform, the carpus rather shorter; the

propodos is the longest joint and the finger is unguiform, acute,

and of moderate length. TZelson having the length scarcely

exceeding the breadth, with arcuate sides and the extremity

Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 45)

as broad as the base of the telson and centrally emarginate.

Length 15 millim. or more.

flab. Sixty miles north of Peterhead, in 69 fathoms, on

sandy mud bottom (Metzger, who rightly adds ‘“ Neu fiir

die brit. Nordseefauna’’).

Distribution. Greenland, lat. 69° 31’ N., long. 56° 1’ W.,

100 fathoms, ‘ Valorous’ Exped. 1865 (A. M. N.); Tromsé

and Finmark generally (Schnecder): Mus. Norm. Spitzbergen

(Goés) ; Siberian Arctic Sea (Stuxberg). In Norway it has

been found by G. O. Sars at Skraaven in 300 fathoms, and

Aalesund in 69-100 fathoms ; by Danielssen in the Hardan-

ger Fiord ; and by Boeck at Haugesund. In Sweden it has

been taken on the Bohusliin coast by Bruzelius; Kara Sea,

55-60 fath. (H. J. Hansen, ‘ Dijmphna’); Barents Sea

(Hoek, ‘ Willem-Barents ’),

This species is added to our fauna on the authority of

Metzger, who records a specimen taken at the above-named

locality by the ‘ Pommerania’ during the German North-Sea

exploring expedition.

Aceros phyllonyx may be distinguished from all other

British Gidiceride: by the total absence of rostrum ; and also

from Halimedon, to which it approaches nearest in the form

of the gnathopods, by the structure of the antennules.

The figures of Bruzelius of the female are very good and

should be consulted.

Herr H. J. Hansen has recently described a very closely

allied form from Greenland, Aceros distinguendus (J. H.

Hansen, ‘ Oversigt over det vestlige Grénlands Fauna af

Malakostrake Havkrebsdyr,’ 1887, p. 118, pl. iv. fig. 8), and

refers to it Goés’s pl. xl. fig. 24". It is distinguished by the

much shorter joints of the antennules and the charaacter of

the first pereeopods, which are his “ pedes tertii,” and are thus

described :—“ Pedes tertii et quarti parium quam in specie

precedente multe latiores ; articulus quartus” [¢. e. meros] “a

basi ad apicem versus ante valde dilatatus, articulo sexto per-

paulo longior, in latere exteriore setis multis longis in series

tres obliquas dispositis ornatus; articulus quintus articulo

sexto multo brevior, parte posteriore valde dilatata, angulo

infero-posteriore in processum sat magnum, latum, breviorem,

deorsum vergentem producto; unguis permagnus. Long.

maris adulti 5°6 mm.; long. femine laminis ovigeris instructz

5°5 mm.”

In these Notes on Amphipoda—

Mus. Norm. implies that specimens of the species from a// the localities

460 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda.

which precede this indication, by whomsoever they may have been found,

are in my collection.

(!) implies that I have examined and identified specimens from the

locality after which the mark is placed, but that specimens from it are

not in my collection.

CONDAe TP who

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puiate XVIII.

. Megaluropus agilis, Norman. Head, showing the peculiar eye.

. The same. First gnathopod.

. The same. Second gnathopod.

The same. ‘Terminal joints, fourth perseo pod.

The same. Basal joints, last perseopod.

The same. Terminal joints of the same.

The same. First uropod.

The same. Telson and last uropod.

. The same. Telson from above.

. The same. Mandible.

‘g. 10.

ig. Ll,

The same. Lower portion of hinder margin of third segment of

pleon.

Monoculodes subnudus, Norman. Second perzeopod.

All the figures on the same scale, except 2, 3, and 10, which are

5 pt 4; %, )

more magnified. ]

PLATE XIX.

. Monoculodes carinatus, Bate. Rostrum and base of antennules.

The same. First gnathopod.

. The same. Second gnathopod.

The same, Fourth perzeopod.

The same. Basal joints of last peraeopod.

» Monoculodes subnudus, Norman, Rostrum and peduncle of an-

tennules.

. The same. First gnathopod.

. The same. Second gnathopod.

. The same, Terminal joints of fourth pereeopod.

. The same. Basal joints of last pereeopod.

. Monoculodes borealis, Boeck. Rostrum and base of antennules.

PLATE XX.

. Monoculodes equcornis, Norman. First gnathopod.

The same. Second gnathopod.

The same. Terminal joints of first peraeopod.

The same. Fourth perzopod.

The same. Basal joints of last perzeopod.

. Monoculodes longimanus, Bate & Westwood. Rostrum and first

joint of antennules.

. The same. First gnathopod.

. The same. Second gnathopod.

. The same. Basal joints of last peraeopod.

. Halimedon parvimanus, Bate & Westwood. Rostrum and first

joint of antennules.

. The same. First gnathopod.

. The same. Second gnathopod.

. The same. First pereeopod.

. The same. Basal joints of last peraeopod.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on a new Scorpion from Madagascar. 461

LV.—Another new Species of Scorpion from Madagascar.

By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum (Natural

History).

Towarps the beginning of April, and too late to receive

notice in my paper on Buthide for the ‘Annals’ of that

month, Mr. Ransome, to whom we owe the discovery of that

interesting new scorpion, Buthus piceus, brought to the

Natural-History Museum a third specimen of Buthus from

Madagascar, of which, since it is new and of special in-

terest, I publish the following description :—

Buthus lobidens, sp. n.

Colour.—Trunk above dull, pitchy ; legs, palpi, and vesicle

paler; cheliceree, abdominal sternites, and coxe paler than

upper surface of trunk, and shining.

Cephalothorax without trace of keels, almost wholly covered

with granules; anterior border lightly sinuate and furnished

with a series of somewhat larger granules ; median eyes large,

situated well in the anterior half of the cephalothorax ; ocular

tubercle deeply cleft, finely granular on each side of the cleft ;

the posterior median and lateral sulci well marked, but less

well marked than in B. piceus.

Tergites covered with granules, which are coarser behind

than in front; the first six furnished behind with a single

small median keel; the seventh furnished behind on each

side with two granular keels, which do not unite in front,

but attain the posterior margin behind.

Sternites, except the last, which is obsoletely serially

granular behind, smooth. Stigmara slit-like ; the anterior

border of the aperture normal; posterior border incomplete,

not sharply compressed, as is the anterior border.

Tail very slightly thinner at the apex than at the base ;

first segment furnished with ten granular keels, intercarinal

spaces sparsely granular, shallowly excavated above ; poste-

rior granule of superior keels the largest ; second segment

furnished with eight keels, the median lateral keel being

represented by a few granules only in the posterior half of

the segment; intercarinal spaces more sparsely granular than

those of the first segment; slightly more deeply excavated

above than is the first segment; as in the first and the suc-

ceeding segments, except the fifth, the posterior granule of

the superior keels is the largest ; third segment differing from

the second as the second does from the first, except that there

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iii. 32

462 Mr.R.I. Pocock on a new Scorpion from Madagascar.

is no trace of the median lateral keel and the inferior median

keels show a slight tendency to fail posteriorly ; fourth seg-

ment differing from the third as the third does from the

second ; the inferior median keels entirely breaking up behind

into irregularly arranged granules ; upper surface of fifth

segment in front with a narrow median depression, which

widens behind; bounded laterally by granules; lateral sur-

face beset with smaller and a few larger granules ; inferior

surface bounded laterally by evenly granular keels, furnished

with a median granular keel and beset with larger and smaller

granules; vesicle below and at the sides sparsely granular

and scantily hairy; aculeus slightly curved.

Palp.—Under surface smooth ; humerus furnished above

with two granular keels, in front with some larger scattered

granules and below in front with a granular keel; brachium

with a single short series of granules above and some larger

granules in front; hand smooth, without keels, as thick as

brachium ; fingers slightly curved and simple, 7. e. without

lobe and excavation ; hand-hack shorter than the immovable

dactylus, about two thirds the length of the movable dac-

tylus. Femora of the legs externally thickly granular, coxe

almost smooth.

Legs and palpi more or less hairy.

Pectines short, scarcely two thirds the length of the cepha-

lothorax, furnished with sixteen teeth; the basal tooth very

large, lobate, resembling that of B. piceus, but a little more

circular in form.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 66; length of

cephalothorax 74, width 8; distance of eyes from posterior

margin 44; length of tail 394, of first two segments 10;

length of first 43, width 4; length of fifth 74, width 32;

length of vesicle 54, width 34, height 34; length of aculeus

84; length of humerus 63, of brachium 74; width of bra-

chium and of hand 633; length of “ hand-back” 5, of movable

finger 73, of immovable finger 62, of pecten (not including

apical tooth) 43.

A single female specimen from Antongil Bay, Mada-

gascar, collected and presented to the British Museum by

Mr. Lewis H. Ransome.

This species is obviously closely allied ‘to B. piceus

(Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ui. p. 349, pl. xv.

fig. 8), but may be separated from it by the following cha-

racters :—the tail is much more slender and a little longer;

the dactyli are longer; there is no large tubercle beneath the

aculeus of the caudal vesicle; the stigmata are not ovate.

On the Staphylinidee of Japan. 463

The specimen here described was taken at a distance of

about 30 miles from the spot where B. picews was found, and

at first sight, owing to the greater slenderness of its tail and

greater length of its dactyli, appeared to be merely the male

of that species. But further examination showed that the

basal pectinal tooth is considerably the largest of the series, a

character which there are good reasons for supposing belongs

to the female alone. But even if this be not the case, there

exists between the two forms one other difference which, so

far as one’s experience at present goes, does not fall within

the limits of sexual variation. ‘This difference is to be found

in the form of the pulmonary stigmata. These apertures in

B. piceus are ovate; but in B. lobidens they are more slit-

like and furnish to a certain extent a link between the ovate

form of B. piceus and the slit-like form found in most other

Scorpions. This circumstance justifies the retention of piceus

in the genus Buthus.

LVI.—The Staphylinidee of Japan.

By Dr. D. Swarr.

{Concluded from p. 419.]

Group PIESTINA.

Stagonium nobile, n. sp.

Angustum, subdepressum, piceum; antennarum basi pedibusque

rufis; elytris vage rufescentibus, irregulariter punctatis ; thorace

medio profunde longitudinaliter impresso.

Long. 5 millim.

Antenne rather stout, moderately long, with scanty hairs.

Mandibles porrect, elongate. Head broad, excavate, pro-

duced on each side in front so as to form two porrect, acu-

minate, slightly convergent processes; rather sparingly

punctate. ‘Thorax transverse, strongly constricted behind ;

hind angles rectangular, sparingly punctate, with avery large

depression on each side and with an elongate deep depres-

sion on the middle. Elytra reddish, black to a greater or less

extent behind the scutellum, irregularly, rather sparingly

unctate, and longitudinally depressed towards each side.

Hind body red at the extremity.

Nikko and Miyanoshita ; six specimens.

32*

464 Dr. D. Sharp on

Stagonium Haroldi.

Siagonium Haroldi, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1879, p. 148.

One of the most common of the species of Staphylinidee in

Japan. The length of the mandibles and that of the cephalic

horns vary extremely ; but these adornments are not entirely

absent in any of the numerous examples before me.

Stagonium debile, n. sp.

Angustum, subdepressum, nigrum, minus nitidum ; antennis, pedi-

bus elytrisque ex parte rufis; capite thoraceque crebrius punc-

tatis, hoc transversim triimpresso ; elytris irregulariter punctatis.

Long. 3 millim.

Closely allied in structure to S. nobile, but differing as

follows :—it is only half the size, and the antenne are a little

longer and more slender; the head and thorax are much more

densely punctate, the thoracic impressions are much smaller,

and the elytra are more uneven and more numerously punctate.

Miyanoshita, Kiga, and Nagasaki; five examples.

Stagonium gracile, n. sp.

Subdepressum, dense punctatum, nigrum, haud nitidum; antennis

pedibusque fusco-rutis ; thorace equali; elytris seriatim punctatis.

Long. 3-33 millim.

Antenne very long and slender. Head broad, abruptly

constricted behind, produced in front to form two acuminate

processes ; densely and evenly punctate. ‘Thorax transverse,

constricted behind, densely punctate, unimpressed. Elytra

with a series of punctures extending to the extremity. Legs

very slender.

Nagasaki, Kashiwagi, Nara, in June; Kurigahara, in

August; Miyanoshita, in December; apparently a rare

insect.

The nine examples of this species secured by Mr. Lewis

show some variation in sculpture, but are no doubt all one

species. ‘Though allied to S. noble and S. debile in struc-

ture, it can be distinguished by a glance at the sculpture and

the unimpressed thorax.

PIESTONEUS, nov. gen.

Corpus parallelum, depressum. Cox anteriores omnino depresse.

Caput muticum ; mandibule parum elongatex, inequales, superne

dentatx. Tibi anteriores graciles, apicem versus externe breviter

spinulose.

This insect may be placed between Prestus and Stagonium ;

the Staphylinide of Japan. 465

it is distinguished from both by the form of the head and

mandibles and is different from Siagon‘wm in the apices of the

cox not being exserted. Head without horns or impres-

sions, the clypeus large but defined only by a very obsolete

suture, and presenting a sharp edge in front; labrum not

visible. Mandibles strongly curved, rather short, the left

with a large tooth on the inner face near the extremity, and

on the upper edge with a longer stout process, emarginate at

the apex ; right mandible rather longer, very greatly curved,

without tooth on the inner face, but with a long, incurved,

acuminate process on the upper face. Mentum large, nearly

semicircular. Prosternuin large, front coxe not at all promi-

nent. Mesosternum large, pentagonal; middle coxe flat,

separated by a very slender process of the mesosternum.

Tibi slender, the anterior with a few short spinules on the

outer edge at the extremity. Tarsi very slender, terminal

joint as long as the four preceding together.

‘his interesting new genus of Piestina differs from Sva-

gonium by the unexserted front coxe and the very peculiar

form of the mandibles ; this latter character in some degree

recalls the structure of Leptochirus.

Piestoneus Lewistt, n. sp.

Depressus, elongatus, parallelus, niger; antennis, pedibus elytro-

rumque plaga elongata rufis; capite mutico, mandibulis brevibus,

singulis medio superne dente erecto introrsum curvato armatis,

Long. 5-9 millim.

Antenne rather stout, elongate, more or less hairy. Head

large, subquadrate, nearly flat, sparingly punctate. Thorax

strongly transverse, slightly narrowed behind, sparingly punc-

tate. Elytra much longer than the thorax, with rather irre-

gular series of punctures not reaching to the extremity.

This species is common under bark of trees in the moist

forests ; it varies much in size, but I do not observe any

sexual distinctions, though it is probable that the smaller

specimens, in which the antenne are shorter and: less hairy,

are of the female sex.

Thoracophorus certatus, n. sp.

Subcylindricus, rufus, opacus, longitudinaliter sculpturatus ; thorace

elongato, angulis anterioribus lateraliter subprominulis.

Long. 3 millim.

Antenne short, eighth to tenth joints transverse. Head

with the hind angles well marked, eyes not visible from

466 — Dr. D. Sharp on

above; with two oval elevations on the middle behind.

Thorax about as long as broad, a little narrowed towards the

front at the sides till near the anterior angles, which are thus

slightly prominent ; near each side there is a fine raised line

meeting the lateral margin some distance in front of the hind

angle, and nearer the middle there is a more elongate raised

line, furcate in front, the surface between these lines obscurely

rugose. Hlytra longer than the thorax, each with several

fine, elongate, raised lines. Hind body with the basal seg-

ments rough, covered with elongate raised granules; apical

segments nearly smooth.

Nishimura, Oyayama, Kashiwagi, Nara; four specimens

from the galleries of wood-boring Coleoptera.

Allied to 7. (Glyptoma) costalis, Ey., but longer and more

slender and with well-marked distinctions in the details of the

sculpture.

Lispinus aper, 1. sp.

Brevis, dense punctatus, fere opacus, niger ; elytris piceis; antennis

pedibusque rufis.

Long. 23 millim.

Antenne stout, seventh to tenth joints transverse. Head

short, much narrower than the thorax, finely punctate, eyes

very small. Thorax transverse, rather narrower than the

elytra, a little narrowed behind, With a deep fovea on each

side, rather closely punctured. Elytra longer than the thorax,

bearing a dense, fine, subrugose sculpture. Hind body rather

short, with obsolete oblique striz.

M iyanoshita, Nagasaki, Oyayama, Kashiwagi; scarce.

There is no species known to me at all like this one.

Eleusis coarctata, n. sp.

Depressa, nitida, nigra; elytris piceis; antennis pedibusque rufo-

sordidis ; thorace basin versus fortiter angustato,

Long. 4-5 millim.

Antennz rather long, red, seventh to tenth joints each

about as long as broad. Mandibles elongate, red. Head

large, elongate, nearly straight at the sides, with a deep

elongate depression on each side, the surface finely and

sparingly punctate and minutely strigose. Thorax not so

long as broad, very greatly narrowed behind, so that at the

base it is not more than half as broad as the elytra, minutely

sinuate at each side in front of the lateral seta, finely and

sparingly punctate and minutely strigose and very finely

the Staphylinidee of Japan. 467

eanaliculate. Elytra longer than the thorax, each with a

large puncture on the middle and with a few very fine punc-

tures. Hind body finely but quite definitely margined, the

margins testaceous.

Found under the bark of beech at Yuyama, and also met

with at Sapporo and Nikko.

In this species the sinuation of the thorax in front of the

lateral seta is greater than usual.

Hleusts subtilis, n. sp.

Depressa, nitida, nigra; elytris flavis, margine posteriore nigro ;

antennis pedibusque rufis ; thorace basin versus fortiter angus-

tato.

Long. 3} millim.

Antenne slender, clear red, penultimate joints each longer

than broad. Head elongate, narrow, with deep lateral groove.

‘Thorax nearly as long as broad. LElytra pale yellow, with

the hind margin black, each with an obsolete puncture on the

disk.

Yuyama and Oyayama, in Kivshiu.

Besides being smaller and narrower than £. coarctata and

of a different colour, this species is more obsoletely sculptured.

Trygeus princeps.

Trygeus princeps, Sharp, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 420.

This species was procured again by Mr. Lewis at Oyayama,

Hakone, but it remains rare. It was found under dead leaves

and rushes in wet places.

Nodynus leucofasciatus.

Nodynus leucofasciatus, Lewis, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 460.

The genus Nodynus was described a few years since and

placed among the Silphide. Its proper position is, however, in

the Trigonurt group of the family Staphylinide. On opening

the elytra it is found that all the dorsal segments of the hind

body are corneous, and as in the other parts of its external

structure it agrees closely with Zrygeus and Trigonurus, I do

not think there can be any doubt as toits position, It is not at

all extraordinary that it should have been previously referred

to the Silphide, as it must be admitted that at first sight its

appearance would not suggest that it should be placed in the

Staphylinide, and as the Silphide are allied to this group of

Staphylinide, it was not very far wrong to place Nodynus

among the Silphide. In Schénfeldt’s Catalogue of Japanese

468 Dr. D. Sharp on

Coleoptera the genus is placed in its true position, next to

Trygeus.

Occurs with Ips, Peltastica, and other beetles at the rancid

sap of wounded trees. Not rare and widely distributed in the

forests.

Group LEPTOCHIRINA.

Priochirus japonicus, n. sp.

Subcylindricus, nigerrimus, nitidus; tibiis apicem versus tarsisque

rufescentibus ; mandibulis brevibus, dente superiore gracili, erecto,

valde curvato; vertice in medio conis duobus suberectis approxi-

matis munito.

Long. 133 millim.

This species is not closely allied to any other, but may be

placed near the Ceylonese P. mandibularis, Kr. The very

short mandibles are remarkable on account of the very diver-

gent teeth, the superior or upright tooth being much curved.

The head has the vertex very deeply canaliculate in the

middle and in front projects in the form of two elongate

conical tubercles, directed more forwards than upwards; on

each side of these prominences the surface is depressed and

has some coarse irregular sculpture. The thorax is short,

strongly transverse, rather convex, deeply canaliculate, and

with numerous punctures at the base. he elytra are elon-

gate, much longer than the thorax, longitudinally depressed

near the outside towards the extremity.

Occurs plentifully in the touchwood of old beech-trees in

all the elevated forests, especially at Hakone, Oyayama, and

in the island of Sado.

Group PROTEININA.

Megarthrus hemipterus.

Megarthrus hemipterus, Er. Gen. et Spec. Staph. p. 906.

Two specimens ; found at Bibi or Nikko.

Megarthrus corticalis, n. sp.

Latus, ferruginens ; elytris pallidioribus, late nigro-scriptis, fortiter

punctatis.

Long. 23 millim.

Antenne very slender, the two basal joints stout, the apical

joints infuscate. Thorax strongly transverse, subobsoletely

rugose-punctate, with a very deep channel on the middle, sides

the Staphylinide of Japan. 469

scarcely sinuate till near the hind angle, there obliquely nar-

rowed, but scarcely excised. Elytra extremely coarsely

punctured; on the hinder margin of each is a black mark,

extending forwards and furcate, one branch nearly attaining

the lateral margin and the other nearly touching the suture.

Male with the middle tibie strongly curved and the inner

face of the hind tibia armed above the middle with a strong

tooth.

Oyayama, 12th March, 1881.

Megarthrus scriptus, n. sp.

Flavo-ferrugineus; elytris fortiter punctatis, ad apicem nigro-

maculatis.

Long. vix 2 millim.

Apparently closely allied to MZ. corticalis, but smaller, and

with the basal two joints of the antenne more slender and

the black mark differently disposed on the elytra, the exten-

sion of it forwards towards the outer margin being absent.

Only two specimens have been procured ; they are no doubt

males, the inner tibiz being slender and slightly excised

below the base and a little angulate; the hind tibie are

slender and simple.

Yuyama and Chiuzenji; two specimens.

Subfam. Omari z.

Anthophagus aquatilis, n. sp.

Latus, subdepressus, niger, nitidus, palpis tarsisque rufescentibus ;

antennis articulo basali dilatato; prothorace transyerso, subtiliter

punctato.

Long. 6-7 millim.

Antenne slender, very long, basal joint elongate, much

thicker than the others; terminal joint of maxillary palpus

very small. Head large, as broad as the thorax, deeply de-

pressed in front, and with a large, broad, deep impression on

the middle of the vertex behind; punctuation obsolete,

Thorax very much narrower than the elytra, strongly trans-

verse, much narrowed behind, hind angles rectangular,

sharply defined, the surface rather finely and not deeply

punctate, with an impression on the middle in front. Klytra

broad, more than twice as long as the thorax, rather coarsely,

moderately closely punctured, shining. Legs slender ; tarsal

claws long and slender, without lobes.

Captured plentifully under stones in the water at the edge

of the lake at Hakone in May 1880.

470 Dr. D. Sharp on

Anthophagus stnuatus, n. sp.

Nigerrimus, nitidus ; antennis ad apicem tarsisque rufescentibus ;

thorace transversim cordato, fortiter punctato, ante basin in medio

impresso.

Long. 5-6 millim.

Antenne elongate, the apex and also the third joint red.

Head only about half as broad as the thorax, impressed on

the middle behind. Thorax much narrower than the elytra,

strongly transverse, greatly rounded at the sides and sinuate

behind, the hind angles rectangular, the surface coarsely

punctate, and with a very distinct impression or large fovea

near the base on the middle. Elytra twice as long as the

thorax, much narrowed at the shoulders, shining black, rather

coarsely and not closely punctured.

Sapporo; six examples.

This species and the following one are allied to the Euro-

pean A. plagiatus, and could be placed quite naturally in the

genus or subgenus Geodromicus, which is characterized by

the absence of membranous appendages from the claws.

Anthophagus caliginosus, n. sp.

Niger, minus latus, evidenter pubescens, fortiter punctatus; pro-

thorace cordato, medio subcanaliculato, ad basin depresso.

Long. 5 millim.

Head very much narrower than the thorax, the vertex

broadly and deeply impressed. Thorax large, scarcely nar-

rower than the elytra, greatly narrowed behind, very coarsely

and deeply punctate, the base depressed, an indistinct depres-

sion along the middle and an obscure fovea at the base.

Elytra rather narrow, parallel, coarsely punctate. Legs

black, tarsi pitchy, front femora thick.

Hiogo; one specimen,

Anthophagus lestevoides, n. sp.

Piceus; antennis tibiis tarsisque fusco-testaceis, femoribus flavis ;

elytris versus humeros plaga vaga rufescente.

Long. 4? millim.

Antenne elongate, moderately stout, the basal joints more

clear red than the others. Head small, narrower than the

thorax, surface uneven, coarsely punctate. Thorax small,

much narrower than the elytra, transverse, much narrowed

behind and sinuate at the sides; hind angles almost rectan-

gular, coarsely and rather closely punctate, with a vague

the Staphylinide of Japan. 471

depression in front of the base in the middle. Elytra nearly

twice as long as the thorax, narrowed at the shoulders,

coarsely sparingly punctate, shining, rather variable in colour,

with a dark triangular patch about the scutellum; outside

this reddish, and usually again darker towards the sides and

apex, but the limitation of these colours is very variable.

The side margins of the hind body are sometimes yellow.

Hakodate.

Anthophagus subtilis, n. sp.

Fusco-piceus ; capite thoraceque ferrugineis ; antennis fuscis, basi,

palpis, pedibus elytrisque rufis, his apicem versus obscuratis ; sub-

tiliter punctatus.

Long. 5 millim.

Antenne very slender. Palpi clear red, penultimate joint

a good deal swollen, terminal joimt minute. Head rather

elongate and narrow, with two slender convergent impres-

sions on the vertex. Thorax much narrowerx than the elytra,

transverse, flat, the sides greatly rounded in front, gently

sinuate behind, hind angles rectangular, sharply marked, not

depressed, surface quite obsoletely punctate, without channel

or fovea. Elytra rather short, scarcely twice as long as the

thorax, finely punctate and pubescent, not shining, red, darker

about the hind margin.

Summit of Iwakisan; two mutilated examples.

This is a very peculiar species; there are no lobes on the

claws, but it does not otherwise resemble the species of Geo-

dromicus.

Lesteva crassipes, 0. sp.

Nigra ; antennis fusco-rufis, pedibus piceis, femoribus basin versus

rufis, palpis tarsisque testaceis ; elytris fortiter punctatis.

Long. 6 millim.

Antenne very long, extremely slender, infuscate red, the

terminal joints dilute red, not infuscate. Head narrow,

deeply biimpressed. ‘Thorax only about half as broad as the

elytra, not quite so long as broad, greatly rounded at the

front angles, thence greatly narrowed behind, the narrowing

being in an oblique line, not sinuate ; surface unimpressed,

obsoletely and not densely punctured. Elytra much broader

from the shoulders to the apex, moderately coarsely and

closely punctate, shining, with a distinct erect pubescence.

Front and middle femora stout.

Oyayama and Yokohama, in May; three specimens.

A distinct species, of similar appearance to those of Europe.

472 Dr. D. Sharp on

Lesteva plagiata, n. sp.

Fusco-nigra, nitida, pube erecta vestita ; antennis, palpis pedibusque

testaceis ; ; elytris singulis basin versus plus minusve vage ruto-

plagiatis.

Long. 4 millim.

Antenne moderately long, slightly thicker towards the

extremity. Head a little narrower than the thorax. Thorax

small, only about half as broad as the elytra, broadly but

feebly bimpressed on the middle, distinetly but rather

sparingly punctate, shining. Elytra sparingly, rather coarsely

punctate, shining. Legs clear yellow.

Yokohama, Oyayama, and Miyanoshita.

This is extremely different in punctuation from 1. fene-

strata, which is similarly coloured; it has a greater resem-

blance in appearance to 4 nthophagus lestevoides, but the struc-

ture of the palpi in the two insects is very different.

Amphichroum debile, n. sp.

Angustum, subdepressum, piceum; capite abdomineque nigris;

antennis, pedibus elytrisque flavis; prothorace transverso, sub-

leevigato.

Long. 4 millim.

Antenne setose, penultimate joint quite as long as broad.

Head exserted, slender, narrowed but not at all constricted

behind the eyes, which are prominent and placed much in

front of the thoracic margin ; finely punctate, very deeply

bumpressed between the eyes. ‘Thorax transverse, piceous

black, with the margins more dilute, the sides gently rounded,

the hind angles also rounded, the surface shining , impunctate.

Klytra long, n narrow, twice as long as the thorax, rather

closely and finely punctate, with a few fine exserted sete

arranged serially. Legs slender, middle tibie strongly spined,

hind tarsi very slender, terminal joint nearly as long as the

four preceding together ; gene not margined.

Yokohama, 4th Feb. 1881; three specimens.

This is scarcely congeneric with the Kuropean A. canalicu-

latum, but may probably be more nearly allied to some of the

Californian forms at present referred to this genus. A. flord-

bundum, Lec., is nearer to it than any other species I possess.

Olophrum vicinum, n. sp.

Subdepressum, piceum, capite pectoreque nigricantibus ; elytrorum

marginibus, antennis pedibusque testaceis; fortiter punctatus ;

the Staphylinide of Japan. 473

prothorace transverso, angulis posterioribus obtusis haud rotun-

datis.

Long. 43 millim.

Antenne rather long and slender, slightly thicker exter-

nally ; penultimate joint longer than broad ; palpi yellow.

Head sparingly and distinetly but not coarsely punctured.

Thorax about twice as broad as long, a good deal narrower

than the elytra, nearly truncate in front, ” gently rounded at

the sides in front, and narrowed behind, somewhat coarsely

and sparingly punctured. EKlytra about ‘twice as long as the

thorax, coarsely punctate.

Iwakisan ; four specimens.

Closely allied to O. simplex, but larger, darker in colour,

more coarsely punctured, and with all the angles of the thorax

less rounded.

Trigonodemus lebiordes.

Arimimelus lebiordes, Kr. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1887, p. 105,

Oyayama and Nikko, in June. Occurs in large fungi on

trees.

I am indebted to Dr. Horn for pointing out to me that this

insect is probably congeneric with the very rare North-

American 7. striatus, Lee. Kraatz, when he described

Arimimelus, placed it in the family Silphide, thinking it

allied to Pteroloma. ‘The Japanese insect is very rare, so

that I have not at my disposal a specimen for dissection ; ‘but

I see no reason for doubting that the position near Laie

meum assigned to Trigonodemus by the North-American

entomologists is correct. At any rate the Japanese insect is

but remotely related to Pteroloma. Whether the Japanese

and North-American insects are strictly congeneric there is

some doubt, as the species from the latter region is unknown

to me and Leconte’s characters for the genus are very brief;

the only discrepancy I notice between those characters and

the Japanese insect is that in the latter the middle tibie are

almost entirely unarmed.

Eudectus rufulus.

Eudectus Giraudi, var. rufulus, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1877,

p- 96; Sharp, Ent. Month. Mag. xxiii. p. 209.

Nagasaki, 25th March, 1881 ; a single example.

Omalium curtellum, n. sp.

Breve, convexum, nitidum, testaceum, glabrum, fortiter punctatum ;

antennis crassiusculis.

Long. 3 millim,

474 _ Dr. D. Sharp on

Antenne stout, thicker towards the extremity, fourth joint

minute, fifth to tenth each transverse, the last of them strongly

so. Head only about half as broad as the thorax, sparingly

punctate. Thorax strongly transverse, being twice as broad

as long, very convex transversely, rounded at the sides and

narrowed in front, hind angles completely rounded, surface

coarsely, rather sparingly punctate, unimpressed. LHlytra

convex, twice as long as the thorax, somewhat coarsely,

moderately closely punctate. Hind body very broad and

short, much curved at the sides, lateral margins broad. Legs

slender, middle tibize very feebly spinose externally ; terminal

joint of hind tarsus much shorter than the four preceding

together.

Miyanoshita; in the flowers of Hdgworthia chrysanthia,

19th March, 1880.

This insect will not enter into any of the subgenera of

Omalium, and will perhaps form a distinct subgenus or genus

connecting Omalium and Lathrimeum.

Omalium niponense, n. sp.

Rufum, capite nigricante, subnitidum, fortiter rugoso-punctatum ;

thorace ineequali.

Long. 33 millim.

Antenne stout, entirely red, very little thicker externally.

Head black, shining, coarsely punctate, very deeply biim-

pressed. Thorax strongly transverse, much narrower than

the elytra, nearly straight at the sides, surface coarsely punc-

tate and very uneven, being impressed on each side and

having two large, very deep depressions on the middle.

Elytra more than twice as long as the thorax, light red, very

densely and deeply, rugosely punctured.

Kashiwagi, 23rd June, 1881 ; one specimen.

A very distinct species allied to O. septentrionis, Th., and

O. nigriceps, Kies.

Omalium diffine, n. sp.

Angustulum, subdepressum, nitidum, nigrum; elytris fuscis, anten-

narum basi pedibusque testaceis ; fortiter haud dense punctatum ;

prothorace minus fortiter transverso, dorso late obsolete biim-

presso.

Long. 2 millim.

‘ Antenne much stouter externally, fourth and fifth joints

small, sixth slightly transverse, tenth strongly so. Head

black, shining, sparingly punctate. Thorax a little narrower

than the elytra, nearly straight at the sides, black, shining,

the Staphylinidee of Japan. 475

sparingly punctate, and only feebly biimpressed on the middle.

Elytra nearly twice as long as the thorax, coarsely, mode-

rately closely punctate.

Hitoyoshi, 8th May, 1881; one specimen.

An obscure little Omalium allied to O. japonicum, but

much smaller, differently coloured, and more sparingly pune-

tate.

Omalium tenue.

Homalium tenue, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1877, p. 95,

This apparently has not been met with by Mr. Lewis; it

was found at Hagi by Hiller.

Omalium daimio, n. sp.

Sat elongatum, subparallelum, rufescens; capite elytrorumque

apice nigricantibus ; elytris seriatim sat fortiter punctatis.

Long. 4 millim.

Antenne red, fifth joint considerably broader than the

fourth, fifth to tenth similar to one another in width, each

slightly transverse. Head broad and short, in front biim-

pressed ; on the vertex there is a curved elevation between

the ocelli. Thorax nearly as broad as the elytra, narrowed

behind, moderately closely and finely punctate, somewhat

shining, not impressed, but bipunctate close to the front mar-

gin. LElytra yellowish red, shining, the suture narrowly,

the hind margin broadly, infuscate, seriate-punctate in a very

distinct manner.

Yuyama, 10th May, 1881; one specimen.

A very distinct species of the Xylodromus group.

Omalium denticolle, n. sp.

Dense punctatum, dense subtiliter pubescens, parum nitidum, fusco-

piceum ; antennarum basi, prothoracis lateribus, elytrorum lineis

duabus obliquis pedibusque rufis; prothorace lateribus obtuse

bidenticulatis.

Long. vix 3 millim.

Antenne moderately long, pubescent, five basal joints red,

the following six darker and also stouter. Head blackish,

densely, rather coarsely punctured. Thorax strongly trans-

verse, quite twice as broad as long, densely punctate, the

disk very obsoletely biimpressed, each side margin bearing

two prominences on the middle, the anterior very small, the

next larger. Hlytra about twice as long as the thorax,

densely, rather coarsely punctate, each with a red oblique

mark, proceeding from the shoulder towards the suture. Male

with the lower half of the inner face of the hind tibia rather

476 On the Staphylinide: of Japan.

deeply excised and the hind margin of the penultimate and

antepenultimate ventral plates each armed on each side of

the middle with a very prominent tubercle.

Miyanoshita and Nagasaki in winter ; several examples.

I am not acquainted with any species allied to this.

Anthobium minutum ?

Stlpha minuta, Faby. Ent. Syst. i. pt. 2, p. 254.

Nikko ; one specimen.

The example is a male, and until the other sex has been

found it is not certain that this is really the same as our

common European species.

Anthebium pollens, n. sp.

Nigrum ; antennarum basi pedibusque testaceis; capite thoraceque

subopacis, subtiliter punctatis ; elytris nitidis, elongatis, fortius

punctatis.

Long. 3 millim.

Antenne with the basal four joints yellow, the others fus-

cous, fifth joint much broader than the fourth, fifth to tenth

joints differmg very little from one another, each about as

long as broad. Thorax rather large, nearly as broad as the

elytra, nearly twice as broad as long; surface very dull,

smooth, but finely and regularly punctured. Hlytra twice as

long as the thorax, nearly truncate behind, closely and rather

coarsely punctured, shining.

Kiga and Suyana, May 1880; two specimens.

This insect is larger than A. minutum and has a larger

thorax and much larger fifth joint to the antenna. The two

individuals are probably of the female sex.

Anthobium parallelum, n. sp.

Angustum, subparallelum, brunneum (maris abdomine nigro); anten-

nis, pedibus elytrisque testaceis illarum apice nigro; thorace

elytrisque omnium subtilissime pubescentibus.

Long. 23 millim.

Antenne slender, scarcely thicker from the base till the

seventh joint, which is slightly broader than the sixth, penul-

timate joints feebly transverse. ‘Thorax about as broad as

the elytra, strongly transverse, about twice as broad as long,

very dull, very minutely punctate. Elytra twice as long as

the thorax, densely and rather finely punctate, apices similar

in the sexes, truncate.

Miyanoshita ; a good series.

This little insect is narrower and more parallel than most

of its congeners.

Mr. 8. B. J. Skertchly on Butterflies’ Enemies. 477

LVII.—On Butterflies’ Enemies. By Sypney B. J.

SKERTCHLY, F.G.S., M.A.I.

I. Introduction.

THE following notes are the result of observations in the

forests of British North Borneo. They were written in the

jungle with the butterflies about me, and, [ think, throw a

little new light on the questions of protective resemblance

and mimicry, especially 1 in relation to hereditary memory.

Mr. W. B. Pryer, in his notes on the Khopalocera of

British North Borneo, casts a doubt on certain points con-

nected with the theory of mimicry, stating that during twenty

years’ collecting in the far east he never saw a butter! ‘Aly taken

by a bird * Discussing this question with him in England

and Borneo I was led to study the matter more particularly,

and as my work takes me for months at a time into the virgin

forest, my opportunities h iave been unusually great.

My references must be few, as my library i is necessarily

very small; but this is hardly a drawback, since the observa-

tions are original, and there has already been quite enough

theorizing from published data. The literature of the subject

13; however, quite familiar to me.

Il. The Evidence as tt exists.

That mimicry does exist probably no one has ever doubted

since Bates first called attention to the phenomena. The

explanation, too, proffered at the time, that edible species

copied nauseous ‘morsels, was so simple, so full, so entirely

explanatory that, like ‘Darwin's theory of coral- -reefs, it

seemed unassailable. Indeed, so strong was this feeling, that

few naturalists ever seem to have looked for facts to support it.

Yet how meagre the evidence is! Surely if birds are in

the habit of eating butterflies as a staple article of food, the

fact would be patent to every ornithologist and entomologist,

to everyone who delights in the beauties of nature. Such is

not the case, and even Distant, in his ‘ Rhopalocera

Malayana’ }, can only cite a few isolated cases. That some

birds frequently, and others occasionally, devour butterflies

is certain. But these are rare exceptions, and not the rule.

Mr. Pryer’s remark has been parallelled by Mr. Scudder,

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1887, p. 44.

tT Be 16o,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. in. 33

478 Mr.S. B. J. Skertchly on Butterflies’ Enemies.

and after thirty years’ observation of insects and birds in

Europe, Asia, Africa, and America I can confidently assert

that I have never yet seen a bird take a butterfly. Once I

saw a black-headed bunting in Wicken Fen snap up a Calli-

morpha dominula (a moth) and immediately drop it, and on

mentioning the case to Wallace he was struck with its rarity

and asked me to record it. The other day I saw a small

Trogon dart at a Tertas unsuccessfully ; but these are the

only approaches to the capture of butterflies that have ever

come under my notice.

I venture to think there is an explanation of this curious

apparent anomaly.

III. Protective Resemblance and Mimicry.

Wallace first saw that there were two distinct though allied

classes of phenomena often even now confounded together.

These he termed protective resemblance and mimicry. Under

the former head he classes such cases as leaf-insects, leaf-

butterflies, sand-coloured desert-insects and birds, the tiger’s

stripes, the leopard’s spots, and the thousand other cases in

which concealment is effected by assimilating the colouring

to the environment. Under the latter he groups all the cases

in which one insect mimics another.

This distinction, though often lost sight of, has perhaps a

deeper meaning than was foreseen, as will presently be shown.

J wish for my argument to emphasize this great distinction

and to remind the reader that protective resemblance copies

stationary objects, mimicry simulates moving ones.

IV. New Reasons in favour of the Theory of Protection.

Apart from the indisputable fact that butterflies do mimic

other insects, leaves, the bark of trees, the ground, and what

not, there are one or two facts that I may add to the great

stock of speculative evolution.

One is the great shyness of butterflies. The least move-

ment startles them: some fly right away, others (especially

forest species) rapidly conceal themselves. Is it not reason-

able to suppose they show fear because they are afraid of

something 2 ‘The shyness of other animals is due to fear, and

why not that of butterflies? It is a fear, too, of something

that moves, for they will come all round and even settle on

you if you are quite still, as I have experienced with several

species of “ Blues,” with Papilio sarpedon and its allies, and

even with the swift-flying Curetis. It is not a fear of being

Mr. 8. B. J. Skertchly on Butterflies’ Enemies. 479

trodden upon or knocked, for high-flying species are just as

shy.

Again, many butterflies can “ dodge” a moving danger.

I do not mean simply get out of the way—anything can do

that—but really dodge, with a sudden upward, downward, or

sideway motion. I do not know any English species clever

in this direction ; but here in Borneo many species of Pupilio,

Catopsilia, Appias, Udaiana, &c. will dodge a net-stroke with

exasperating facility.

Similar dodging-powers pertain to many Erycinide while

at rest. It is almost impossible to catch an Abisara, for

instance, while at rest: strike downwards, and they drop;

strike upwards, and they bolt; sideways, and away they go.

It has been urged that butterflies are very near-sighted, for

they have been seen bumping up a wall, as if they could not

see the top and did not know how high to fly to get over.

But no one can watch great Hestias and Ornithopteras sailing

among the trees unscathed, or tragile many-tailed Biduandas

flitting unharmed through the undergrowth, without being

sure they can at least avoid obstacles.

Another argument can be based upon protective resem-

blance. It is far more common than mimicry, and it would

be hardly too much to say that it is nearly universal among

butterflies, and would be more readily noticed if we were more

in the habit of watching insects than catching them. Even

the most vividly coloured insects are often perfectly protected

when at rest. I have watched, for imstance, the silver-

splashed Argynnis lathonia near Florence pitch with folded

wings among the stones, and not a trace of glittering be-

trayed it.

This protection is nearly always confined to the under

surface, and generally to the hind wing and tip of the fore

wing—a fact the significance of which will shortly appear. A

butterfly at rest with folded wings only exposes the tip of the

fore wing, and if the under surface is too glaringly coloured,

as in our English Orange-tip (A. cardamines), its brilliancy is

subdued by a dark tip. It is singular how obscure metallic

colours appear when a butterfly is at rest. ‘Thus the Bornean

Abisaras have vivid metallic blue streaks on the under sur-

face of the hind wing; yet they are very difficult to see

when pitched.

Another well-known means of protection exists in those

insects whose bodies are replete with a strong-smelling,

nauseous, generally oily, yellow secretion. ‘This is generally,

if not always, accompanied by great vitality. The wings are

generally long and pointed and the bodies of a Bri shape.

480 Mr. 8. B. J. Skertchly on Butterflies’ Enemies.

Every English entomologist has noticed similar traits among

moths, as in the Burnets (Zygena), the Cinnabar (Huchelia

jacobea), the Currant (Abraxas grossulariata). They are all

nauseous and all very hard to kill. Among butterflies this is .

well marked in the genus Danais, and their strong vitality I

have tested in Southern Europe, Northern Africa, the Straits

Settlements, Borneo, the Celebes, and the Moluccas. I be-

lieve that a nauseous secretion and strong vitality always

go together.

Strong vitality, again, is often correlated with long wings,

but not with all long-winged butterflies. It occurs in Orni-

thoptera, Llestia, Idea, Ideopsis, Euplea, and Danais, but not

in Neptis and Athyma. Danais possesses both round and

long-winged species.

These may be “explained” as correlation, but to me that

is only an evolutionary shibboleth for “it ¢s, but we don’t

know why.”

None of these specially protected forms avoid publicity.

They flap along, quickly or slowly, but always with a jaunty

“look at me”’ sort of air, quite different from such round-

winged creatures as LPapilio, Charaxes, Thaumantes, or

Melanitis. Surely we see here what might be termed osten-

tatious protection !

Contrast these cases with low-flying butterflies like our

English Browns, the Bornean Ypthima and Mycalesis. They

flit along, suddenly pitch, close their wings, and are invisible.

Often they creep down among grass-roots, and I have seen

Ypthima hide under stones. So with the “ Blues” and

“ Purples”’ out here. They flash in the sunshine or forest

shade like rapidly revolving blue lamps. They must be

seen, or the lovers would never meet; but it would take an

active bird, as it does a dexterous naturalist, to catch one.

When they pitch, down goes the upper wing, and only the

knife-edged lower wing and tip of upper wing are exposed,

and a sharp eye alone can see them. All: these forms are

easily killed, and they are undoubtedly protected.

Collating these data, the following inferences seem legiti-

mate :—

1. The almost universal shyness of butterflies indicates

fear.

2. The way that shyness is expressed shows fear of

moving objects.

3. The theory of mimicry presupposes (a) that danger

is universal, (>) that some butterflies escape danger ‘by

Mr. 8. B. J. Skertchly on Butterflies’ Enemies. 481

secreting a nauseous fluid, (c) that other butterflies

noticed this immunity, (d) that they copied it.

4, It would be of comparatively little use to an insect to

be unpalatable if the insect were killed in being tasted.

Hence these forms have very strong vitality.

Protective resemblance being almost universal shows

a strong sense of danger.

6. Being generally confined to the under surface it

ensures protection during the period of rest. In this

it differs radically from mimicry.

V. Mimiecry’s Raison Wétre.

Mimicry we have suggested is a protection against foes

which attack butterflies upon the wing. I take it that the

amount of danger may be measured by the pains taken to

avoid it. On this principle butterflies are in pull greater

be il when resting than when on the wing; otherwise

mimicry would be as common as protective Porn

The only foes worthy of such efforts as are displayed in

mimicry are birds. Lizards, snakes, and monkeys may occa-

sionally snatch a butterfly, but birds must always have been

the chief foes. Yet we have seen that butterfly-eating birds

form a very small minority both in species and individuals in

the avifauna of the world.

Insectivorous birds vary much in their habits. At one end

of the scale the woodpeckers and creepers fish insects out of

holes, at the other end swallows and swifts catch all their food

upon the wing. Between these tits hunt over branches,

warblers flit among the leaves, flycatchers make short darts

at passing flies. Moreover, birds are capable of profound

modification of structure and habit, as in the case of swifts

transformed into humming-birds.

Now I suggest that, as “shyness and mimicry are proofs of

a sense of danger from moving foes, and as the effort so dis-

played is disproportionate to the danger as existing at present,

it may be that formerly butterfly-catching birds were more

plentiful than now ; in other words, that shy ness and mimicry

are habits acquired long since which have survived the neces-

sity that gave them birth.

This supposes a change in the habits of many insectivorous

birds. Such a change may have been assisted by the obvious

fact that a butterfly, looked upon as food, is so much more

chaff than pat ane edible body so gmall, his unnutritious

wings so large. He must be troublesome to catch, very un-

482 Mr.8. B. J. Skertchly on Butterflies’ Enemies.

satisfactory to a hungry healthy bird when caught. Dragon-

flies enjoy similar satety for like reasons.

VI. The Raison d’étre of Protective Resemblance.

Applying the law that the amount of apprehended danger

is measurable by the efforts taken to avoid it to protective

resemblance, and remembering the almost universality of

protective resemblance, the conclusion is forced upon us that

butterflies when at rest are or were in far greater danger than

when on the wing. At first sight this seems axiomatic, since

it is clear that more foes are capable of capturing a sleeping

than a flying prey. But when we see how comparatively

rare mimicry is, and how almost universal protective resem-

blance is, it is hard to eseape the conclusion that if, as sug-

gested, the one refers to dangers almost past, the other has

reference to dangers coeval with butterfly life and imminent

up to the present time. We must remember that a collection

ot proved mimetic forms (many are spurious) can be got into

a cabinet—a collection of protected forms requires a museum.

I wish instead of reading this argument, for it reads feeble,

entomologists could be with me here day after day, month

after month, with all the wealth of tropic forms about me, to

realize the great fact that one looks upon a new case of

mimicry as a prize, but that a non-protected-resemblance

species is a greater prize still.

Butterflies rest by day partly, by night always. All

butterflies rest a little by day, while they suck flowers or

leaves, for in Borneo more butterflies, rest on leaves than

flowers and many leaves are aromatic. For instance, most

species of Nacaduba, Tajura, Poritia (Blues), and even

Apias (Whites) live upon leaves and are rarely seen at

flowers. Other butterflies are crepuscular, like Melanitis and

Thaumantis, and these rest nearly all day. Hence most of a

butterfly’s life is spent resting. Even if foes were as expert

(as swallows are with flies) in capturing flying as resting

insects, most would be killed while at rest. But while only

birds can catch flying butterflies, birds, lizards, ants, and

beetles can capture them when at rest.

The necessity for good protection while at rest is therefore

great, and hence we see protective resemblance so common ;

hence we see it almost exclusively applied to the under sur-

face—the exposed surface in a state of repose.

The struggle for existence in Borneo is glaringly apparent.

The country is warm, moist, with perpetual summer. Insect-

and plant-life thrive to a degree not realizable at home and

Mr. 8. B. J. Sker'tchly on Butterflies’ Enemies. 483

competition is very severe. All sorts of insects—bectles,

bees, flies, and what not—are being perpetually thinned out by

insectivorous mammals, birds, lizards, frogs, wasps, and ants.

One often wonders how any escape, and few would unless all

sorts of protective schemes had been adopted to cope with the

destroying hosts. Hence the leaf- and stick-insects, hence

the universal protection of tropical larva. The struggle for

existence is no theoretical explanation in Borneo, but a patent

cruel fact. Turn the ants loose over England and the British

insect-fauna would be destroyed in a year.

Yet I never saw ants touch a living butterfly. Dead ones,

as every collector knows but too well, fall a prey to the pests

in an incredibly short time, and there is no doubt living ones

are equally palatable ¢f they could be obtained. Protective

resemblance I believe alone saves buttertlies from extermina-

tion by ants—they do not recognize their food when it is at

rest. Butterflies when reposing hide very carefully ; but one

cannot believe they can select places inaccessible to ants.

Yet it is certain but few fall a prey to ants, or the wings of

the victims would be much more plentifully found. Some ot

the small Blues occasionally hide under stones, and I have

now and then found the wings, which seemed to be the

remains of ants’ depredations. I confess that though this

seems to be the fact, its explanation is difficult. The resem-

blance of a butterfly to a leaf or stone may well be a protec-

tion in the daytime, but in the long dark equatorial nights it

would not seem to matter much whether the butterfly were

so protected or not, especially as we know that ants have a

keen sense of smell. One would have thought the night-

marauders would have hunted by scent and not by sight ; but

they do not—at least they do not succeed with butterflies to

any great extent. I have watched ants both day and night,

and our Borneo species seem always to prefer dead or dying

prey—centipedes, millipedes, scorpions, defunct or moribund,

may be seen carried off in triumph, but a butterfly or moth,

or any really alive and kicking creature, never.

We have no foraging Lcttons here, nor anything like them ;

but Belt, though he enumerates all kinds of other creatures

turned out and slain by the ant armies in America, does not

mention butterflies, but he does record the case of a leaf-locust

that stood stock still amidst the foragers, who utterly failed {0

recognize him as meat. ‘This is a good case in point, for

Ecitons have poorly developed eyes and might be expected to

hunt by scent, whereas we have a clear case of them failing

to recognize a protected insect.

My attention was directed by my son, E. I’. Skertehly, to

484 Mr. 8. B. J. Skertchly on Butterflies’ Enemies.

some peculiar mutilations of the wings of butterflies, which

have led us to think that perhaps lizards and small insectivo-

rous mammals are to be added to the list of foes, and that

they are more successful than ants. It is not unusual to

capture butterflies which have both hind wings mutilated in

the same manner, as if a piece had been bitten out. We first

noticed it in the crepuscular species Melanitis leda; and 1

find that Distant figures a specimen of Panchala apidanus said

by its captor to have been bitten by a bird, but no details are

given *. Since then we have found this not uncommon, and

a list is appended of the species in which it has been noticed.

Of course these specimens represent only a few of those which

escape, but they are sufficiently numerous to show that the

phenomenon is not accidental.

Melanitis leda and Amathusia phidippus are crepuscular

and lie hid nearly all day and all night ; hence they may be

bitten by birds in the daytime, but I do not think it likely.

The Satyrine, like Mycalesis and Ypthima, fly low, never

rising more than 4 feet above ground, and they hide by night

in the grassas well as by day in dull and rainy weather. Papilio

sarpedon is a very swift flier, with a habit of settling in com-

pact flocks on damp sand, and it is highly unlikely that they are

ever molested by day. Hestza seldom settles by day, is one

of the earliest on the wing and the latest to retire. It cer-

tainly does not fear birds, tor it never flies quickly nor attempts

concealment. Here, then, we find examples of butterflies of

the most diverse habits all subject to similar mutilation.

The conclusion seems inevitable: butterflies are bitten

chiefly by night, when they are most defenceless. Both hind

wings are bitten symmetrically, so that when the wings are

folded as in repose the mutilations correspond. Protective

resemblance seems to be the only mode of ensuring safety

during sleep.

The only creatures that appear likely to hunt sleeping

butterflies are lizards and perhaps some of the small insecti-

vorous mammals. Lizards are enthusiastic moth-hunters,

and my son has seen a little honse-lizard capture one.

It will be noticed that no examples of the Erycinidee or

Lyceenide are recorded. I have not yet seen one of the latter

mutilated that I could be sure of. So many are delicately

tailed and get so damaged by the net that it is difficult to

make certaim on this point. I think they are mutilated. I

know as yet no case of a mutilated species of the Hesperiide.

It will be noticed that species protected by nauseous secre-

tions do not escape. Jlestta and Huplea are cases in point.

A mutilated Danas I have not seen.

* Rhop. Malayana, p. 275

Mr. 8. B. J. Skertchly on Butterflies’ Enemies. 485

In point of numbers the Satyrs suffer most, as might have

been expected. It is quite common to find Melanitis muti-

lated.

We hope to gather more information on this point and are

about to experiment with freshly killed protected species to

see if ants can find them when they are placed in a suitable

position for protection to act.

List of Species observed with Mutilations.

NYMPHALID®.

Hestia lynceus. Amathusia phidippus.

leuconoé. Discophora celinde.

Ideopsis daos. Thaumantis lucipor.

Euploea midamus. Junonia atlites.

Melanitis leda. Kuthalia derma et spp.

ismene. Tanaécia, spp.

Mycalesis anapita. Parthenos gambrisius.

mincus. Cirrochroa calypso.

Ypthima pandocus. , Sp.

fasciata.

PAPILIONIDA.

Papilio memnon. Papilio agamemnon.

sarpedon. demolion,

VII. Conclusions.

‘The conclusions to be drawn from these observations are:—

1. Mimicry isa protection from foes which attack butter-

flies on the wing.

2. Protective resemblance is a protection from foes which

hunt sleeping prey.

3. Mimicry was a protection from birds.

4. Birds seldom attack butterflies now, but butterfly-

catching birds were formerly more plentiful.

5. The comparative rarity of mimicry shows the danger

to have been of relatively short duration.

6. The shyness of butterflies is further proof of danger.

It is now probably an inherited instinct.

7. Protective resemblance is almost universal.

8. It is a protection during the sleeping-hours.

9, Ants seldom capture living butterflies.

10. The symmetrical mutilations of butterflies points to

lizards and perhaps small insectivorous mammals as

the foes which hunt for sleeping butterflies.

11. The amount of danger feared is measurable by the

efforts made to avoid it.

486 On a new Genus and Species of Cicindelide.

LVIII.— Characters of a new Genus and Species of

Cicindelide. By CHARLES O. WATERHOUSE.

AMONG some insects from South Brazil which recently came

under my notice were two male examples of a Cicindelid

allied to Oxychetla and Raminagrobis, but which differ from

both those genera in the form of the labrum and mandibles ;

these latter are quite unlike those of any Cicindelid with

which I am acquainted and remind one of some species of

Lucanide.

CoPpHOGNATHUS.

General characters of Oxychetila. Central tooth of the

mentum equilaterally triangular, very acute at its apex.

Labial palpi very slender, the basal joint extending a little

beyond the central tooth, the second joint only a little shorter

than the first, the fourth joint a little widened at its apex,

rather shorter than the third. Labrum scarcely longer than

broad, triangular, denticulate near the apex. Maxillary

palpi with the fourth jomt a little shorter than the third.

Mandibles strong and thick, flattened, curved, with two obtuse

approximate teeth near the apex. Thorax, as compared with

that of Oxycheila tristis, broad, constricted at its base. The

anterior tarsi in the male with the three basal joints dilated.

Wings present.

Cophognathus opacipennis.

Niger; capite thoraceque nitidis; antennis articulis 5°-11™ testa-

ceis ; elytris opacis, basi punctatis, ad apicem emarginatis.

Long. 12 lin.

Hab. Sao Paulo, South Brazil.

This interesting species has somewhat the appearance of

Oxycheila tristis, but the small labrum and blunt mandibles

are quite different. ‘Ihe eyes are relatively smaller. The

thorax is shorter and broader, shining, strongly constricted at

the base, with a deep lunate impression on the disk a little in

front of the middle, and with the basal transverse impression

strongly marked. ‘The elytra are a little shorter, dull, with

some not very strong punctures at the base, a few of which

are asperate; the apex narrowly truncate (or slightly emar-

ginate), the outer angle of the truncature slightly dentiform.

Labrum, mandibles, and tarsi obscurely pitchy.

Mr. F. 8. Monticelli on the Genus Taphozous. 487

LIX.—Some Remarks on the Genus Taphozous.

By Fr. Sav. Monrice.tut.

In 1885 I proposed the name of J. perforatus, var. assa-

bensis, for a specimen of bat collected by the late Prof.

G. B. Licata in Buia (Assab)*. J have now had the oppor-

tunity of comparing my specimen with all the other species of

Taphozous existing in the collection of the British Museum

(Natural History), and I have come to the conclusion that

it is identical with 7Z. nudiventris, Cretzschmar. Unfor-

tunately I had not seen this species when I described my

variety, and I only had before me Mr. Dobson’st synopsis of

the subgenera and species, by which I was led astray, as it

appears to me to be based on characters of considerable varia-

bility.

Dobson divides the genus Yaphozous into two subgenera

easily to be recognized, ‘The first subgenus (Zaphozous) is

characterized by the presence of a radio-metacarpal pouch

and by its scarcely grooved lower lip. ‘The second subgenus

(Zaphonycteris) is characterized by the absence of the radio-

metacarpal pouch and by the lower lip being divided in the

centre of 1ts upper surface and in front by a deep narrow

groove. ‘The first subgenus he divided into the Zaphozoz with

radio-metacarpal pouch well developed (Z. melanopogon, 7.

Theobaldi, T. australis, T. perforatus, T. longimanus, T.

mauritianus) and those with it small (7. nudiventris). But

this character of the greater or less development of the pouch is

very uncertain, as I have observed in examining all the species

of this first group of the genus, and induced me to assign my

specimen to the first section, especially as the other charac-

ter assigned by Dobson to 7. nudtventris (the length of the

forearm) did not agree with it.

I think I have tound while examining the different species

another character more constant, which enables the mem-

bers of the two sections of the subgenus Zaphozous to be easily

recognized. ‘This character is the size of the feet—the feet

of the Zaphozoi of the first section being small and those

of the species of the second very large. From my obser-

vations | think that the synopsis of the species of the genus

Taphozous might be modified as follows :—

* Ann. Acc. O. Costa d. Aspiranti Naturalisti, Era iii. vol. i, (1885) ;

Bull. Soc. Africana d’Italia, Anno iy. fase. iv. (1885).

+ Cat. of Chiroptera Brit. Mus, p. 379,

488 Mr. F. 8. Monticelli on the Genus Taphozous.

Subgenus TaAPHOzOUs.

Radio-metacarpal pouch distinct ; lower lip scarcely grooved.

A. Feet very large (17-19 millim.); radio-

metacarpal pouch generally small ; fore-

arm 72-75 millim.; feet with cushions;

trazus with a distinct lobule at the base. 1. Z. nudiventris, Cretzsch-

B. Feet small (11-15 millim.); radio-meta- pes

carpal pouch well developed.

1. No gular sac ; no cushions on the feet.

a, Kars very large; extremity of tail not

thickened ; forearm 78 millim., feet

1iaysrstill bharieeaeremee ree Reece meorrROn Te rhc 2. T. Theobaldi, Dobson.

b. Kars moderate; extremity of tail

thickened; forearm 60-64 millim.,

fest 12-13 moll, vies syns ee . 3. T. melanopogon, Temm.

2. Gular sac present, at least in males; feet

with or without cushions.

a, Gular sac present in males, rudimen-

tary or absent in’ females; throat

hairy beneath; feet without cushions;

inner margin of the ears papillate.

a. Gular sac rudimentary in females ;

outer margin of the tragus round-

ed; forearm 65-69 millim., feet

IUMEalayiylithegin ayaa Go OOOO. 4. T. australis, Gould.

6B. Gular sac absent in females; outer

margin of the tragus truncated ;

forearm 61-63 millim., feet 11-12

MUU LIIT Ly oacgs iets eae disse take vk veleis 3 5. T. perforatus, Geoft:

b. Gular sac present in males, rudimen-

tary in females; throat naked be-

neath; feet with cushions; inner

margin of the ears not papillate.

a. Tragus slender, outer margin trun-

cated; a distinct lobule at the

base ; forearm 61-63 millim., feet

12-13 millim.; fur above dark

brown, beneath paler .......... 6. T. mauritianus, Geoff.

8. Tragus moderate, outer margin

rounded, without distinct lobule

at the base; forearm 59-63 mil-

lim., feet 11-123 millim.; fur

above and beneath varying from

reddish brown to black ........ 7. T. longimanus, Hardw.

Subgenus TAPHONYCTERIS,

No radio-metacarpal pouch; lower lip divided in the centre of its

upper surface and in front by a deep narrow groove; inner margin of

the ears not papillate; feet without cushions.

A. Feet large (20-22 millim.); gular sac

resent in males and females (but smal-

ler in the latter); ears elongated, trian-

gular; tragus without a distinct lobule at

the base; forearm 86-89 millim. ...... 8. 7. pei, Temm.

Canon Tristram on a new Species of Chaffinch, 489

B. Feet small (15-18 millim.); gular sac

present in males and females ; ears large ;

tragus with a distinct lobule at the base.

1. Gular sac rudimentary in females; the

margin alone developed; fur browa

above, pure white beneath; forearm

65-67 millim., feet 17-15 millim. .. 9. 7. affinis, Dobs.

2. Gular sac developed in females; fur

dark brown above and beneath; fore-

arm 71-75 millim., feet 14-16 millim. 10. 7, saccolemus, Temm.

Another character used by Dobson for the distinction of

the different species is the insertion of the wing-membranes ;

but I have observed that this character is not so valuable as

in the Vespertilionide, as it is not possible to establish

exactly the point of insertion of the wing-membranes.

I am indebted for the opportunity of making these re-

searches to Mr. Oldfield Thomas, who permitted me to use

the large material in the British Museum.

British Museum (Natural History),

May 1, 1889.

LX.—On a new Species of Chaffinch.

La Palma, Canaries,

22nd April, 1889.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—In an exploration of this island, in company

with Mr. Meade-Waldo, we have collected a large number of

the Chaffinch, which invariably differs in its coloration from

its congeners in the islands of Teneriffe, Canaria, and

Gomera. I venture without hesitation to describe it as

distinct, and subjoin the diagnosis.

I am,

Yours faithfully,

H. B. Tristram.

Fringilla palme, sp. nov.

F.3. Fringille tintillon similis, sed differt pectore et abdomine

albis, nec castaneo-tinctis; mento et thorace rufo-tinctis: et

corpore toto superne et cauda schistaceo-ceruleis, nec. viridi-

tinctis.

d juv. supracaudalibus minime viridi-tinctis.

2 similis foomine /’. tintillon, sed pallidior.

Hab. In locis sylvestribus insule Palma.

490 Mr. J. W. Gregory on Zeuglopleurus.

LXI.—On a new Species of Tit.

Dehesa de Cologan,

Puerto Orotava,

Teneriffe.

23rd April, 1889.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural Mistory.

GENTLEMEN,—I enclose you the description of a marked new

species of Tit which I have just discovered in the island of

La Palma, the northernmost of the Canarian archipelago. — [t

ane ne Pera

differs greatly from the Tit of the neighbouring islands both

in voice and habitat.

Yours faithfully,

EK. G. MeaApE-WALpDo.

Parus palmensis, sp. nov.

P.3. Par. teneriff similis, sed differt pectore et abdomine pure

albis, nec flavis, sine linea nigra, statura majore, cauda et tarsis

longioribus.

® mari similis.

Long. tot. 5 poll., ale 2°45, caude 2°3, tarsi ‘85-9 (caude P. tene-

riffe 2:1, tarsi *7—75).

Hab. Pinus canariensis in insula Palma.

LXII.—On Zeuglopleurus, a new Genus of the Family Tem-

nopleuride from the Upper Cretaceous. By J. WALTER

Grecory, F.G.8., F.Z.5., of the Geological Department,

British Museum (Natural History).

ESPECIAL interest now attaches to the genus Glyphocyphus,

Haime, since Prof. P. M. Duncan, F.R.S.*, has recently

made it the type of the Glyphocyphinew, a subfamily of the

Temnopleuride. Hence, and as it is the earliest of the Tem-

nopleuride to appear, an accurate diagnosis of the genus is

essential to a correct appreciation of its relation to its allies.

The Glyphocyphine are characterized by a large apical

system with one or more of the radials entering the anal ring,

a raised costulate ornamentation, and the absence of pits im

* “On some Points in the Anatomy of the Temnopleurid,” Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 110.

Mr. J. W. Gregory on Zeuglopleurus. 491

relation to the sutures. It includes the recent genus T'rigono-

cidaris, a good number of extinct Tertiary genera, such as

Arachniopleurus, Dictyopleurus, &c., and the Cretaceous and

possibly Oligocene genus Glyphocyphus ; ; and to these must

be added a new genus to include a series of specimens from

the Chalk of Kent and Sussex. Dr. Duncan had examined

one of the specimens, and recognizing that it must be assigned

to anew genus named it Zeugloplewrus ; finding that [ had

also been studying the specimens, he kindly Ient me his

notes, for which, as they have been of great assistance, I

must express to him my best thanks.

The genus Glyphoeyphus was established by Jules Haime

in 1853* for Temnopleurus pulchellus, Sorignet t, a species

which had even then undergone very varied experiences.

He defined the genus as characterized by the possession of

crenulate and perforate tubercles, horizontal pairs of pores

arranged in a straight vertical series, and with one large

tubercle on each plate with its borders strongly “ taillés en

biseau.”” ‘This very satisfactory diagnosis was, however,

confused by subsequent workers.

Desor redescribed the genus in 1856 f, and stated, among

other generic characters, that the tubercles were neither

crenulate nor perforate, neither of which features were indi-

cated in his specimens, as they are often difficult of recog-

nition in badly preserved material. Desor, however, attached

little value to the absence of crenulations and emphasized the

sutural lnpressions, which had been overlooked by previous

observers except Sorignet, as the essential character; in con-

sequence he brought into the genus a series of species pre-

viously distributed between Arbacia, Cyphosoma, and LHehi-

nopsts ; he showed, moreover, that Sorignet’s 7. pulchellus

was the same species as the Echinus radiatus, Honinghaus,

which is therefore the type, while Temnopleurus pulchellus,

with Hehinopsis depressa, Ag., and Lchinopsis latipora, Ag.,

must be reduced to synonyms, amongst which Desor also

reckoned Echinopsis pustllus, Roemer.

Later in the same year Dr. 8. P. Woodward § corrected

Desor’s error as to the absence of crenulation and _ perfora-

tion in the tubercles of the type species of Glyphocyphus,

* D’Archiac and Jules Haime, ‘Description des animaux fossiles du

groupe nummulitique de 1’ Inde,’ t. i. (Paris, 1853), p. 202.

+ ‘Oursins fossiles de deux arrondissements du deteatoment de l’Kure

(Vernon, 1850), pp. 31-53.

{ ‘Synopsis des Echinides fossiles,’ feuille 13 (1856), pp. 102-104,

pl. xvii. figs. 1-5.

§ Decades Geol. Sury. no, v. (London, 1856), Appendix, p. 3.

492 Mr. J. W. Gregory on Zeuglopleurus.

and agreed * with Desor in regarding Ecehinopsis pusillus,

Reem., as a synonym of Temnopleurus pulchellus, and conse-

quently of Glyphoeyphus radiatus, though, as we shall sub-

sequently see, on this point both authors were probably in

error. Dr. 8. P. Woodward, however, differed from Desor

as to the true nature of Glyphocyphus difficilis (Ag.), which

he returned with its synonyms, Diadema rotatum, Fbs., D.

M‘ Coyt, Fbs., and D. rotulare, M‘Coy, not Ag., to its original

position in Cyphosoma, on account of the structure of the

apical disk, which, according to him, was quite different from

that of Glyphocyphus, though it is equally unlike that of

Cyphosoma. He recognized the grooved sutures, but regarded

this feature as of but specific value.

In 1859 MM. Cotteau and Triger gavet admirable

descriptions and figures of G. radiatus, and to the list of

synonyms they added, though with a query, Glypticus

Konincki, Fbs. non Des. ‘This query was omitted by M.

Cotteau in a subsequent list ; that he was justified in so doing

must be admitted, as there can be no doubt that the figure

given by Forbes as Glypticus Konincki{ is only that of

the abactinal view of the specimen of which the actinal view

is given in the adjoiming figure described as Hchinopsis

pusillus. Forbes’s specimen, now in the British Museum,

probably belongs to neither species, as we shall see subse-

quently. In 1860 MM. Cotteau and Triger, in a later sheet

of their work §, separated those of Desor’s species of Gly-

phocyphus of which the tubercles were really imperforate as

their new genus Lchinocyphus, having E. tenuistriatus (Des.,

non. Ag.) as the type.

The discovery of many specimens of the type species of

Glyphocyphus im the Cénomanien of Algeria next occasioned

contributions to the literature of the species, and in 1862

Coquand || recorded it as Temnopleurus pulehellus, though

its correct name was given by Peron in 1866, when he

described | two varieties, a large subpentagonal one from

* « A Note on Echinopsis,” Dec. Geol. Surv. no. vy. (London, 1856),

l. iii. p. 6.

: + ‘Echinides du département de la Sarthe,’ feuille 10 (Paris, 1859),

pp. 158-162, pl. xxviii. figs. 7-12.

{ Dixon, ‘The Geology and Fossils of the Tertiary and Cretaceous

Formations of Sussex ’ (London, 1850), p. 340, pl. xxv. figs. 30, 31.

§ Op. cit. feuille 15, 1860, pp. 226, 227, pl. xxxix. bis, figs. 3-6.

| ‘Mém. de la Soc. d’Emul. de la Provence’ (Marseilles, 1862),

t. ii. p. 294.

q M Notice sur la gévlogie des environs d’Aumale (Algérie), Bull.

Soc. Géol. France, sér. 2, t. xxiii. 1866, pp. 697, 698, 703.

Mr. J. W. Gregory on Zeuglopleurus, 493

the zone & Radiolites and a var. minor, a small round form,

from the zone of Hpiaster Hebert’, Coquand.

M. Cotteau had shortly before this published his principal

contributions to the literature of Glyphocyphus and Echino-

cyphus; in the § Paléontologie Francaise’ he gave elaborate

descriptions and figures of the former genus in 1864 * and

of the latter in 1865 +. He then incorporated the type

and several other species of /emidiadema, Ag., in Glypho-

cyphus. In 1865 he redescribed and figured ¢ the con-

ltexta variety of Glyphocyphus radiatus.

Dr. Wright, in 1870 §, was the next paleontologist to

describe and figure the genera, and his most important con-

tribution to our knowledge of their structure was that, though

in his generic diagnosis of LHchinocyphus he described the

apical disk as unknown, he nevertheless figured and described

that of HL. difficilis ||.

The Algerian specimens of Glyphocyphus radiatus were

again described {[ by MM. Cotteau, Peron, and Gauthier

in 1879, and in 1879 Prof. K. von Zittel pithily summarized

the two genera **, but described the furrowed sutures of

LEchinocyphus as limited to the median interambulacral suture,

and those of Glyphocyphus as affecting also the horizontal

ones, whereas the horizontal sutures of Hchtinocyphus are more

markedly furrowed than those of the other genus, as can be

seen in Wright’s drawings or in hisspecimens. Dr. Schliiter

in 1883 redescribed H. pusilla, Roem., and included it in

Echinocyphus ; and as he leaves L. pusilla, Miinst., in the

same genus, has renamed Rcemer’s species Lchinocyphus

pisum 3; as, however, this belongs to Zeuglopleurus, the original

name will stand. Finally Pomel, in 1883 TT, has insisted

that in Glyphocyphus the furrowing of the sutures is limited

to a couple of tossettes under the primary tubercles ; this is

* Paléont. Francaise, Terr. Crét. t. vil. feuilles 84, 35 (1864), pp. 5381-

546, pls. 1127, 1128.

+ Op. cit. feuille 45 (1865), pp. 707-716, pls. 1174, 1175.

¢ ‘Etudes sur les Eehinides fossiles du département de I’ Yonne,’

feuille 16 (1865), pp. 250-255.

§ ‘Monograph of the British Fossil Echinodermata from the Creta-

ceous Formations,’ vol. i. pt. 3. Paleeontogr. Soc. 1870 [1869], pp. 116-

124, pl. xxii. figs. 1-4, pl. xxix B. figs. 1, 2.

|| Loe. cit, pl. xxii. fig. 4.

4) ‘Echinides fossiles de l’Algérie,’ t.i. fase. 5 (Paris, 1879), pp. 205-

207.

** ¢ Handbuch der Paleeontologie,’ Bd. i. pp. 503, 506.

++ ‘Classification méthodique et genera des Echinides vivants et

fossiles ’ (Alger, 1883), p. 103.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. in. 34

494 Mr. J. W. Gregory on Zeuglopleurus.

certainly not the case in the original figure of the type, though

it must be admitted that the general facies of this figure

more resembles that of Hehinoeyphus than of Glyphocyphus ; :

but as the question cannot be decided without an examination

of the lost type specimen, it is best to accept it in the sense

that has been done by all paleontologists who have written

upon it. M. Pomel moreover separates * from Eehino-

cyphus the species H. difficil’s and EH. rotatum as the genus

Glyptocyphus, owmg to the compound ambulacral plates of

those species consisting of four or five primaries.

This examination of the literature of the genus Glypho-

cyphus is necessary owing to the confusion that prevailed over

the type species since its definition by Héninghaus in 1820 F

till at least as late as 1870, when Nicaise still quoted {

T. pulchetlus, Sorignet. Even in 1875 Quenstedt published §

a diagnosis of Glyphocyphus in which he described the

tubercles as imperforate and non-erenulate. From it, more-

over, we learn that all recent authors have accepted the two

genera Glyphocyphus and Echinocyphus as distinct, and

their differences may be summarized as that in Glyphocyphus

(i.) the tubercles are perforate, (ii.) the apical disk is a narrow

ring of plates all of which enter the anal ring, and (iii.) that

the furrowing of the sutures is less prominent; whereas in

Echinocyphus (i.) the tubercles are imperforate, (ii.) the

apical disk more solid, the paired basals meeting and pushing

the anus posteriorly, and (1i1.) there 1s more prominent fur-

rowing of the sutures.

The specimens upon which this new genus is founded have

apparently been regarded as Glyphoc yphus radvatus, which

they resemble in ornamentation, and have thus been over-

looked by all previous observers except Roemer.

ZEUGLOPLEURUS, n. gen.

Test (figs. 1-3, p. 500) small, globular, circular, depressed

below, slightly conical above; sides tumid. Tubereles ar-

ranged in one or two vertical rows in each ambulacrum,

slightly smaller than those of the two rows in each interradius,

Apical disk (fig. 2) somewhat solid, the two postero-lateral

radials enter the anal ring; the antero-lateral pair of basals

* Op..cu. p. 81.

tT Goldfuss, ‘ Petrefacta Germanic’ (Dusseldorf), pp. 124, 125, pl. xl.

fio. 13.

: ‘Catalogue des animaux fossiles de la province de P Algérie,’ p. 67.

‘Petrefactenkunde Deutschlands,’ Bd. iii, (Leipzig, 1875 ), p. 692.

Mr. J. W. Gregory on Zeuglopleurus, 495

meet the adjoining basals on each side of them, and thus the

antero- lateral and anterior radials are excluded from the anal

ring, while the anus is pushed towards the posterior side; the

posterior basal is very narrow. All the ten plates are per-

forated.

Ambulacra (figs. 8 and 5) somewhat narrow and straight

Each bears one or two rows of primary tubercles, which are

crenulate and imperforate and surrounded by small scrobicular

areas, broken by series of radiating costulate ridges which unite

with those of the adjoining plates above and below. ‘The rest

of the plate is covered with miliary granules arranged with

some regularity. ‘he horizontal sutures are notched by

grooves, much as in Glyphocyphus, which affect especially

the adoral edge of the plates, so that the lower plate projects

above the upper one.

Structure of the portferous zones (fig. 5)—The pairs of

pores are in single rows, which are nearly straight. The

plates nearest the disk are primaries, but, proceeding actinally,

they become fused to form compound plates of two or three

primaries ; a single primary is often intercalated between two

compound plates.

Interambulacra (fig. 4) about one and a half times as wide

as the ambulacra; the epistroma is similar to that on the

ambulacral plates, but is still more developed; a single row

of primary tubercles occurs on each side of each interradius :

the tubercles are connected by costulate ridges, and the rest of

the plate is covered by very crowded large miliary granules ;

a small row of secondary tubercles may be developed in the

aboral external corner of each plate. ‘The tubercles are im-

perforate and crenulate.

Mouth about equal in size to the apical disk, with very

small branchial slits.

Distribution. Upper Cretaceous of England and Germany ;

France ?

1. Zeuglopleurus costulatus, sp. nov. (fig. 1).

Test small, turban-shaped, depressed, sides tumid. Acti-

nally concave ; abactinally depressed, Circular at the am-

bitus, but slightly elongated in the direction of the antero-

posterior axis.

Apical system rather large and oval. The unpaired basal

is very narrow. ‘The paired basals are (especially the antero-

lateral) much larger, and meet within to push the periproct

posteriorly ; all the basals are much pitted and tuberculate ;

but the madreporite is distinct on the right antero- lateral

basal. The radials are small.

34%

496 Mr. J. W. Gregory on Zeuglopleurus.

Ambulacra narrow, straight, slightly raised. Each plate

bears a single prominent tubercle, from the boss of which

radiates a series of costulate ridges, usually seven in number,

some of which unite with the ridges of the adjoining plates.

Between the ridges are series of miliary granules and some-

times a very small secondary tubercle.

The pairs of pores are in primaries for the first few youngest

plates; these are succeeded actinally by compound plates

formed of two primaries and are usually separated by simple

primaries ; compound plates of triple primaries occur more

rarely.

Interambulacra of vertical series of about ten or eleven

plates, ornamented by tubercles, miliary granules, and costu-

late ridges. The primary tubercles form two rows, one on

each side of each interradius, and resemble those of the ambu-

lacra, which they slightly exceed in size. Near the ambitus

each plate bears a secondary tubercle. The bosses of the

primary tubercles are connected by costulate ridges, which

intersect the scrobicular areas; the vertical coste are the

most prominent and form a vertical ridge, the two aboral

coste of one plate uniting with the adoral single costa of the

plate above. The miliary granulation is prominent and

crowded,

The horizontal sutures are furrowed, the furrow most

affecting the adoral side of the two plates, so that the aboral

projects above the former.

Peristome small, circular or very slightly oval, with small

branchial shits ; the margin of the ambulacra occupies less of

the circle than that of the interambulacra.

Dimensions.

millim.

Diameter, antero-posterior ..............005 11

os ELANSVELSO cere ae oo erento re renee 105

PLGICG (tes ce eee 6 sits Bath cree a ee 6

Diameter of apleal disks ee snus see eine 4

Sen Bye PENIS Lay ctr igh teases baeetaeeiohiess 2

Ratio of ambulacra to interambulacra 5:8.

Distribution. Mid Chalk of Charlton, in Kent, and Chalk-

Marl of Glynde, in Sussex. (British Museum.)

2. Zeuglopleurus pusillus (Reem.).

1840. Eehinopsis pusilla, Roem., Versteinerungen des norddeutschen

Kreidegebirge, p. 50, pl. vi. fig. 10.

Mr. J. W. Gregory on Zeuglopleurus. 497

1840. Echinopsis pusilla, Bronn, not E. pusilla, Reem., of Forbes,

Desor, &e.

1885. Echinocyphus pisuan, Schliiter, “Die reguliiren Echiniden der

norddeutschen Kreide,” Abhandl. geol. Specialkarte v. Preussen und

den Thiiringischen Staaten, Bd. iv. Heft. 1 (Berlin, 1883), pp. 49,

50.

Reemer defined * Agassiz’s genus Zchinopsis as Wie Ar-

bacia, aber die Zwischenfehlerfelder mit einer Lingsfiirche;’

and of this he described a new species, 1. pusilla. “Only four

lines above this he described /. radiatus, Koén., which he

referred to a different genus and group of genera, and recog-

nizing such structural differences between them as to pre-

clude the necessity for closer comparison. Bronn, in the

same year }, adopted Reemer’s decision and kept Arbacia ra-

diata (Kén.) and Eehinopsis pusilla, Roem., as quite sepa-

rate. Geinitz in 1850 took{ exactly the same position.

Forbes in 1850§ described the abactinal figure of his so-

called Glypticus Kénincki (really a Lower Oolite species) as

£. pusilla, Reem., though the structure of the abactinal sur-

face is quite different ; his specimen, now in the British

Museum, is a true Glyphocyphus Fe re Bronn in 1852 ||,

possibly trusting to the accuracy of Forbes’s identifica-

tion, gave a figure resembling that of Forbes which he also

referred to L. pusilla, Roem. ; but in both these cases all the

radials enter the anal ring, and thus are true Glyphocyphus.

Desor followed these authors, and henceforth 1. pusilla, Roem.,

appears in all lists of the synonyms of G. radiatus. Unsatis-

factory though Reemer’s figure may be as to general details,

it clearly shows the structure of the apical disk, in which only

two radials enter the anal ring, the others being excluded by

the ingrowth of the paired basals, as in Zeuglopleurus.

We must therefore conclude that Roemer was fully justified

in separating his species from J. radiatus, and it only remains

to consider its differences from Z. costulatus. It differs from

this, so far as Reemer’s figure and description enable us to

compare them, in several important points: thus the base is

much flatter and the abactinal side more conical; the central

part of the apical disk is raised, so that on a posterior eleva-

* ‘Die Versteinerungen des norddeutschen Kreidegebirges’ (Han-

over, 1840), p. 30, pl. vi. fig. 10.

T ‘ Index palzeontologicus, A. Nomenclator paleeontologicus,’ Heft i.

pp. 91 and 447 (Stuttgart, 1848),

t ‘ Das Quadersandsteingebirge oder Kreidegebirge in Deutschland’

(Freiburg, 1850), pp. 229, 323,

§ Forbes, loc. cit. p. 340, pl. xxv. ae Ol.

|| ‘ Lethzea geoenostica,’ Bd. ii. Th. v. (Stuttgart, 1852), p, 187,

pl. xxix.’ figs. 9a, b.

498 Mr. J. W. Gregory on Zeug!opleurus.

tion the anus can be seen above the unpaired basal, whereas

in Z, costulatus it is then hidden.

3. Zeuglopleurus (?) cannabis (Des.), 1858.

1858. Glyphocyphus cannabis, Desor, Syn. p. 450.

1864, Glyphocyphus cannabis, Cott., Pal. Frang. Terr. Crét. t. vil.

. 545.

1865. Glyphocyphus cannabis, Cott., Etudes sur les Echinides fossiles

du département de l'Yonne, feuille 16, pp. 282, 233 (footnote).

This species, briefly described by Desor in the appendix to

his ‘Synopsis,’ has never since been met with. Cotteau

retains it on Desor’s authority in the ‘ Paléontologie Fran-

caise,’ but merely quotes the founder’s description; and he

again refers to it in the ‘ Ech. Fossiles de l’Yonne.’ The

specific diagnosis is that “the tubercles are less conjugate ;

the apical system is also less annular.” ‘The latter character

renders it probable that the apical system was as in Zeuglo-

pleurus ; but if so, the former will readily distinguish it from

Z. costulatus.

The Affinities and Differences of the Genus Zeuglopleurus.

—The two nearest allies of Zeuglopleurus are its contempo-

raries Glyphocyphus and Lchinocyphus. 'The main features

that ally it to the former are the deep grooves under the

tubercles, and the resemblance of the epistroma, the general

facies of which is the same, though differing in details. It is,

however, clearly distinguished from this genus by the imper-

forate nature of the mamelons and by the fact that only two of

the radials enter the anal ring (fig.6). To Echinocyphus it is

probably nearer, though its general appearance is more dis-

similar ; it agrees in the non-perforation of the tubercles ; from

it, however, it is distinguished by the absence of the hori-

zontal regular sutural furrows, which are replaced by fossettes,

by a much greater development of epistroma, and by the struc-

ture of the apical disk (fg. 7), which is oval in Zeuglopleurus

and subpentagonal in Lehinocyphus ; in the latter, moreover,

the postero-lateral as well as the antero-lateral basals unite

across the middle of the apical disk, and there form a basal

mass that pushes the periproct far posteriorly. Another

genus to which Zeuglopleurus is allied is Dictyopleurus, Dunc.

& Slad.*, from the Hocene of Sind, in which the apical

* Duncan and Sladen, ‘ Paleontologia Indica,’ ser. xiv. vol. i. pt. 3,

fase. ii.: “The Fossil Echinoidea from the Ranikot Series of Nummu-

litic Strata in W. Sind’ (London, 1882), p, 38, pl. ix. fig. 2,

Mr. J. W. Gregory on Zeuglopleurus. 499

disk has the same arrangement, but is more regular. Zeuglo-

pleurus differs from this by its imperforate tubercles, the

distribution of the epistroma, and the absence of the obli-

quity of the apical disk so well marked in Dictyopleurus. In

Zeuglopleurus the arrangement agrees with that of Lvechinus*

and other genera, with which, however, it has but little

in common, while that of Hchinocyphus may be compared

to that of a Pygaster in which the posterior basal has

not been completely absorbed by the backward passage of

the anus. The three genera in fact form a series in which

we may see the same tendency towards the retrogression of

the anus that is so noticeable in the Petalosticha and the

Clypeastroidea. In Glyphocyphus the anus is central; in

Zeuglopleurus it has travelled backwards and the antero-late-

ral basals have expanded to fill the space thus caused. In

Echinocyphus the same process has continued and the postero-

lateral basals have also met across the centre, and thus the

anal ring, instead of being constituted by the ten plates as in

Glyphocyphus, or seven as in Zeugopleurus, is limited to three.

The process, however, seems to have stopped here, and in the

Tertiary genera the apical disk is on the Zeugopleurus type,

though the arrangement is far more regular.

The evidence for the validity of this new genus seems quite

sufficient, and Prof. Duncan proposes to accept it in his forth-

coming ‘Revision of the Genera of Hchinoidea.’ The only

discovery that could shake it would be that the apical disk of

Lichinocyphus is normally different from that of the specimen

of HL. mespilia in the British Museum and the figure of 2.

dificilis given by Wright. This is the only evidence avail-

able at present, as M. Cotteau informs me that the apical

disk has not yet been discovered in any French specimen,

and, except for a doubt as tc the specific determination of

Wright's figure, there seems no reason to distrust it. The

evidence in the case of Zeuglopleurus is much stronger ;

the specimens in the British Museum collection are admirably

preserved and come from different localities and horizons, and

are in different stages of growth, from some as small as any of

Glyphocyphus radiatus to the type, which is larger than any

of that species, and they agree absolutely in the important

points of structure.

* Evechinus chloriticus (Val.), Al, Agassiz, “ Revision of the Kchini,”

Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge, Mass., 1873, pp. 502, 503, pl. iv. 6.

fig. 7. £. rarttuberculatus, Bell, ‘‘ Description of a new Species of Lve-

chinus,” Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx. 1887, pp. 403-400,

pl. xvii. figs. 7 and 8,

500 Mr. J. W. Gregory on Zeuglopleurus.

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.

Fig. 1.—Zeuglopleurus costulatus, n. sp. Lower Chalk, Glynde, Sussex,

Actinal view, X 3diams. Brit. Mus.

Fig. 2.—Ditto. Abactinal view, x 3 diams,

Fig. 3.—Ditto. Side view, x 3 diams.

Fig. 4.—Ditto. Interradial plates, mag.

Fig. 5.—Ditto. Structure of ambulacra.

‘ig. 6.— Glyphocyphus radiatus (Hon.). Apical disk, after Cotteau.

Fig. 7.—Echinocyphus difficilis. Apical disk, after Wright.

Mr. W. F. Kirby on new Species of Phasmide. 501

LXUL—Deseriptions of new Species of Phasmidee from

Dominica, Santa Lucia, and Brazil (Theresopolis), in the

Collection of the British Museum. By W. F. Kirsy,

Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum

(Natural History).

THE bulk of the species described in the present paper were

collected by Mr. Ramage; but I take the present oppor-

tunity of adding the description of a remarkable new genus

and species lately received from Herr Fruhstorfer from There-

sopolis. In addition to the new species, Mr. Ramage’s col-

lection contained two damaged specimens apparently referable

to Bacunculus haita, Westw., and Bacteria calamus, Fabr.,

from Santa Lucia. There were also several specimens of

Pseudcbacteria antillarum, Sauss.*, originally described from

Guadeloupe. In the specimens from Dominica the antennze

are yellow for one third of the distance from the base, the rest

being brown alternating with yellow spaces. In one speci-

men the four subapical spines on the middle and hind tibiee

are wholly absent on the right side, though on the left side

the legs are armed as usual.

Diapheromera (?) Saussurtt.

Male.—Long. corp. 62 millim.; thor. 25; mesoth. 15;

metath. 10; abd. 25.

Size and appearance of D. Say’, Gray; brown, finely

granulated, the sutures and a lateral groove, not visible from

above, running along the whole length of the body. An-

tenn slender, as long as the body. Legs slender, the middle

femora not thickened, about as long as the metathorax ;

middle tibie of equal length; first joint of middle tarsi as

long as the three following, the second one third as long, the

third and fourth successively shorter, the fifth pear-shaped

and (without the claws) nearly as long as the second; the

front and hind legs are a little longer than the middle ones,

and the first joint of their tarsi is longer in proportion; the

four hind femora are armed with a small tooth beneath before

the extremity. Head about as long as the prothorax, with a

slight groove in the median line; two small horns between

the eyes. Prothorax with deep longitudinal and transverse

grooves, forming a cross. ‘The three terminal segments of

* Bacteria antillarum, Sauss. Rey. Zool. 1868, p. 65; Miss. Mex, vi.

p. 157 (1870).

502. Mr. W. F. Kirby on new Species of Phasmide.

the abdomen raised and thickened; cerci very large and

crossing each other, as in D. Sayz.

Hab. St. Michael, Dominica.

I have preferred to place this insect in Diapheromera rather

than Bacunculus on account of the structure of the cerci,

although the middle femora are not thickened. If it is

regarded as more properly belonging to Bacunculus, its proper

lace would be near B. o/meca, Sauss., in which the head is

ikewise cornuted ; but B. olmeca is smaller, the abdomen is

hardly granulated, and the legs are unarmed, apart from

other differences.

Pterinoxylus crassus.

Long. corp. (absque operculo) 160 millim.; thor. 68;

mesoth. 35; metath. 20; abd. 86; long. tegm. 16; al. 26.

Female.—Reddish brown (?) (colours altered); antennas

stout, as long as the mesothorax ; head and thorax strongly

granulose; thorax and abdomen with traces of two contiguous

lateral black stripes. Head greyish on the vertex; meso-

thorax with a strong lateral groove extending its whole

length to the base of the tegule, and another on its lower

surface terminating within the middle coxe; metathorax

with a very strong transverse depression above just behind

the wings. Mctathorax and abdomen hardly granulated

above, abdomen with the spiracles placed on a wart at the

base of each segment and very conspicuous ; below them runs

arather irregular longitudinal row of small warts, and towards

the middle of the abdominal segments beneath, the surface is

more granular and wrinkled; sixth segment very slightly

expanded. Operculum short and broad. Legs of about

uniform length; front femora and tibie flattened, with large

irregular serrations and foliations; middle femora with

several large teeth, and strongly lobate towards the extre-

mity, with a strong notch above near the base; hind femora

with a row of very small teeth below, with three or four still

smaller ones in each interspace, and a very large lobe near the

extremity above, projecting behind in a point, below which

are three shorter teeth; hind tibize with a similar but smaller

lobe, with only two teeth. All the tarsi blackish. Tegmina

humped and with a large black spot in the middle. Wings

with the costal area reddish, a smooth oval space at the base,

probably vitreous in fresh specimens, the remainder smoky

semitransparent brown, the nervures marked with short black

stripes alternating with interrupted transverse rows of white

spots.

Mr. W. F. Kirby on new Species of Phasmide. 503

Hab. Dominica (March 1889).

A remarkable insect, allied to P. diformipes, Serv., but

much stouter and abundantly distinct.

Pseudobacteria longtceps.

Long. corp. 98 millim. ; thor. 36; mesoth. 21; metath. 7;

abd. 50; fem. ant. 24; interm. 18; post. 26; lat. mesoth. 3.

female.—Reddish brown, indistinctly mottled and granu-

lated with blackish above, which makes it look darker; head

longer than the mesothorax, with a black groove in the

median line; antenne blackish, indistinctly annulated with

paler; thorax strongly longitudinally carinated, especially on

the sides and beneath; legs paler than the upper surface of

the body, indistinctly ringed with blackish ; the coxe, the

tips of the hind tibiz, and the last four joints of their tarsi

more distinctly black (front tarsi broken off), Mesothorax

with a moderate-sized black spot at the extremity above;

hinder lobe of the metathorax extremely short. Abdomen

with segments one to six of nearly equal length, the neigh-

bourhood of the suture of the fourth and fifth segments and

the last three segments paler than the rest. The segments

are of about equal width throughout as far as the sixth,

which narrows from its base to its extremity ; the last three

are much narrower than the others, and only about two fifths

as long, being not much longer than broad. Cerci rather

small,

Hab. Santa Lucia.

ABRACHIA, nov. gen.

Female.—Apterous, elongated, smooth.

Head long, oval ; antennx 22-jointed, the first joint large,

broadest at the tip, the second narrower, not much longer

than broad, the third narrower, cylindrical, much longer

than broad, and followed by a closely connected series of

transverse cheese-shaped jomts, which become longer and

more distinctly separated towards the extremity. Prothorax

hardly as long as the head, with a transverse crescent-shaped

impression on the centre. Mesothorax about half as long

again as the metathorax, which latter is marked with a trans-

verse suture. Abdomen cylindrical, the joints (except the

last two) much longer than broad. Operculum extremely

long, cerci&e. short. Legs carinated, femora spined, and four

hind tibize lobed.

A singular genus, with much shorter antenne than any

504 Bibliographical Notices.

Phasma previously described from the New World. In the

shape of the head it resembles Lonchodes ; but the serrated

front femora would recall Acrophylla.

Abrachia brevicornis.

Length, from head to extremity of abdomen (not including

operculum) 162 millim.; length of opereulum beyond abdo-

men 30; length of head 9; prothorax 6; mesothorax 33 ;

metathorax 26; abdomen 88; (antenne in a smaller speci-

men 8 millim.).

Greenish brown; colour during life probably green. Front

femora strongly serrated on both sides for two thirds of their

length ; front tibie unarmed. Serrations of the four hind

tibiz smaller and extending for two thirds of the length on

the outside and for one third on the inside; four hind tibiz

with one (rarely two) large triangular tooth-like lobes on the

under surface. All the femora rather longer than the tibie ;

first joint of tarsias long as or longer than all the rest together.

Hab. Theresopolis, Brazil.

Two specimens, both females; the second is one sixth

smaller than the type.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Report upon the Crinoidea collected during the Voyage of H.MLS,

* Challenger’ during the Years 1873—76.—Part II. The Comatule.

By P. Herpert Carpenter, D.Sc, F.R.S., F.L.S., Assistant

Master at Eton College. Pp. i-ix, 1-399; 70 plates. [Report

on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of HAMS. ‘ Challenger?

—Zoology, part lx.] Published by Order of Her Majesty’s

Government, 1888.

Tue masterly monograph on the Stalked Crinoids by Dr. P. Herbert

Carpenter, which was noticed in this Journal*, justly caused the

appearance of the Report on the Comatule to be looked for with

great anticipation. This work has recently been published, and the

most sanguine expectations will be found to have been in no way

disappointed.

Until recently the Comatule have been singularly neglected by

naturalists. This circumstance was due partly perhaps to the diffi-

culties of study and partly to the comparative scarcity of specimens.

Before the work of Dr. Carpenter the classification of the known

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv. p. 346,

Bibliographical Notices. 505

forms was hardly possible, and the descriptions of the majority were

so insufficient and unsatisfactory that working collectors may well

be pardoned for shrinking from naming additional specimens ac-

quired from time to time. Thanks to the author of the present

monograph this chaos is now dispelled, and light is at last admitted

into the domain of these interesting organisms,

The Report is divided into the seven undermentioned sections :—

I. General Introduction, in which a historical sketch is given of our

knowledge of the Comatule. II. The Centro-Dorsal and Calyx,

which gives a comparative morphological review of the principal

characters which distinguish the Comatulide from the other Crinoids,

and discusses the opinions of previous writers thereon. III. Gives

a summary of the Geographical and Bathymetrical Distribution of

the Comatule. IV. Treats of the Geological History of the Coma-

tule. V. Deals with Classification, in which the author discusses

the validity and relative value of the characters used for specific

determination, and proposes a system of literal formule by which

the characters of the species may be indicated, the method adopted

by Bell in 1882 being discussed and improved. VI. Is devoted to

the description of the specimens, and occupies three fourths of the

Report ; each genus is exhaustively discussed, and tabular keys are

given of the species included in each genus or section of a genus.

- VII. Bathymetrical Distribution and Station List, to which is added

a list: of the known living species of Comatule.

The following brief epitome will indicate the main results arrived

at in the Report.

The family Comatulide (d’Orbigny) as amended by the author now

comprises seven genera, the general relations of which are expressed

in the following table :—

I. Centro-dorsal has no articular facet on its lower

surface.

A. Five rays.

i, Mouth central or subcentral. Oral pinnules

have no comb.

a. Radials separated by interradials.......... Thaumatocrinus.

6. Radials united laterally.

(1). Basals persist as a closed ring. No pin-

nules on lower brachials.............. Atelecrinus.

(2). Basal ring incomplete or invisible ex-

ternally.

a, Vive arms. Only boc ¢sns.ceu ..... Ludiocrinus.

Bx Ten arms: A ecrict pe cit eure oe Antedon.

ii. Mouth excentric or marginal. Oral pinnules

ihaye.aderminal comb. .% +5 cbs oases sels « Actinometra.

Bes Penge yeisisionsie sists veiels oes ate pkaepe be tolatals yates Promachocrinus.

Il. Centro-dorsal has an articular facet below ...... Thiolliericrinus.

The two genera T’haumatocrinus and Promachocrinus were dis-

covered by the ‘ Challenger.’

506 Bibliographical Notices.

Thaumatocrinus, Carpenter, is a remarkably archaic form, cha-

racterized by persistent basal and oral plates—the latter occurring

in no other Comatulid ; primary interradial plates which separate

the radials are also present. It is represented by one species, which

has been found only in the Southern Ocean at a depth of 1800

fathoms.

Atelecrinus, Carpenter, is characterized by the persistence of the

embryonic basals, which do not undergo transformation into a

rosette, and by the absence of pinnules from the lowest joints of the

arms, characters which mark the genus as a permanent larval form.

Three species are known, two from the Atlantic and one from the

Pacific. One of the Atlantic species occurs off Havana in 450

fathoms, and the other in the Caribbean Sea and off Pernambuco in

depths ranging from 291 to 422 fathoms. The Pacific species was

dredged near Fiji in 610 fathoms.

Hudiocrinus, Carpenter, has a centro-dorsal and calyx like those

of Antedon ; but the radials bear the brachials directly without the

intervention of axillaries, so that there are only five undivided arms,

Five species are known, four from the Western Pacific (off Japan,

the Philippine Islands, South-east Australia, and New Zealand, in

depths varying from shallow water to 1050 fathoms) and one from

the Atlantic, at about 45° N., from 486 fathoms.

Antedon, de Fréminville, contains the large number of 120 recent

species. These have been separated by the author into groups or

alliances of species, determined by the character of the rays and of

their subdivisions. The groups are not only well defined as regards

their morphological characters, but are also more or less definitely

limited in their distribution both bathymetrical and _ geogra-

phical. Four series and ten groups are defined, the latter being

named after the first described or most characteristic species. These

divisions of the genus may be thus tabulated :—

I, The two outer radials united by syzygy ........ elegans-group.

II. The two outer radials articulated; ten arms,

a. The radials and brachials have flattened sides.

Pinnule-ambulacra generally plated .,...... basieurva-group.

b. The rays not flattened laterally. Pinnule-am-

bulacra wellaintedy 4 ics ee oe eink Jeseci asin aceela-group.

c. The first two or three pairs of pinnules long and

flagellate, with numerous short and wide

ORECHME re nc ets pis 2 wieeie eit elem > chet elegant Eschrichti-group.

d, The joints of the lowest pinnules, which are often

long and slender, are longer than wide, fre-

quently mery, much. 80/5, 5. d)5cle arise eaceiee tenella-group.

e. The first pair of pinnules are comparatively small

and their joints but little longer than wide ;

one or more of the second, third, and fourth

pairs are longer and. more massive, with

stouter joints than their’ successors.......... Milberti-group.

Bibliographical Notices. 507

III. Two articulated distichals; multibrachiate.

a. Bidistichate species with the radial axillaries

and some of the following joints more or less

wall-sided and a well-marked ambulacral

skeleton son the pinmulesis.:). ci ceeu cues deve « spinifera-group.

6. Bidistichate species with an unplated disk and

no definite ambulacral skeleton. Sides of

brachials scarcely if at all flattened. First

pinnule smaller than its successors,,...,,... palmata-group.

1V. Three distichals, the first two articulated and

the third axillary with a syzycy.

a. Tridistichate species with plated ambulacra and

the lower part of rays flattened laterally .... granulifera-group.

b, Tridistichate species with unplated disk and no

definite ambulacral skeleton ; bases of rays not

fattened laterally 25 2s. sse 55s wie. oars ee leie 4 Savignyi-group.

1. The elegans-group comprises three species and their distribu-

tion is limited to shallow water in the Eastern Archipelago.

2. The basicurva-group embraces twenty-two species, all of

which, with the exception of one from the Southern Sea and four

from the Atlantic, inhabit the western Pacific and Australasia; and

all belong to the continental or abyssal zone, ranging from 140 to

1600 fathoms, excepting one species from 49 fathoms in the Arafura

Sea.

3. Of the acela-group only two species are known, one from 140

fathoms in the Arafura Sea and the other from 500 fathoms off the

Meangis Islands.

4, The Eschrichti-group contains seven species, three of which are

arctic and four antarctic. The arctic species extend between the

parallels of 43° N. in the Atlantic and 81° N. in Smith’s Sound.

Two of the antarctic species occur in the Strait of Magellan and the

other two between Kerguelen and Heard Island. Only two of the

species are found at depths greater than 200 fathoms, one extending

to 466 and the other to 652 fathoms.

5. The tenella-group comprises twenty-three species, most of

which inhabit the Atlantic and circumpolar seas, one extending to

the parallel of 81° N. Five species only occur in the Pacific, four

of them ranging between 150 and 775 fathoms, whilst the fifth

(from the North Pacific) was from a depth of 2900 fathoms. The

same species was also obtained in the Southern Ocean at 2600

fathoms. (These were the two deepest stations at which Comatule

were met with.) ‘Two other species were also obtained in the

Southern Ocean at 1600 fathoms,

6. The Milberti-group contains fourteen species, all of which are

limited to the Pacific and the Eastern Archipelago, with the exception

of one which extends into the Indian Ocean, Red Sea, and Western

Atlantic. This was dredged off St. Lucia in 278 fathoms, but all

the other members of the group are confined to the littoral zone,

most of them inhabiting depths not exceeding 20 fathoms,

508 Bibliographical Notices.

7. The spinifera-group embraces eleven species which occur in

the Caribbean Sea and Eastern Archipelago, predominating in the

former. Their bathymetrical range is from 35 to 740 fathoms.

8. The palmata-group contains twenty-three species, which are

limited exclusively to the Western Pacific and Indian Ocean, ranging

northward as far as South Japan, but not extending southward

beyond the tropic of Capricorn, All belong to the littoral fauna

excepting one species dredged between 210 and 610 fathoms,

9. The granulifera-group includes six species which have essen-

tially the same distribution, both bathymetrical and geographical, as

the basicurva- and spinifera-groups, which are also distinguished by

wall-sided rays and an ambulacral skeleton.

10. The Savignyi-group embraces ten species, which are found

in the Western Pacific as far north as Hong Kong and Japan, the

Eastern Archipelago, and the Indian Ocean westward to the Red

Sea. All belong to the littoral zone, one only extending to 140

fathoms in the Arafura Sea.

Actinometra (Miiller), as amended by the author, contains forty-

eight recent species, which are divided into series and groups, as

shown in the following table :—

I. The two outer radials and the first two brachials

respectively united by syzygy.

Cer AIG TA RDITIS ae crests polars eis leroheieis csi oiets sie ol wees. Solaris-group.

b. Two distichals united by syzygy ........0... paucicirra-group.

ce. Three distichals, the axillary a syzygy........ typica-group.

Il. The two outer radials articulated. Ten arms .. echinoptera-group.

Ill. Two articulated distichals.

a. The first two brachials united by syzygy ...... stelligera-group.

b. The first arm-syzygy in the third brachial .,.. vadéda-group.

IV. Three distichals, the first two articulated, the

third axillary with a syzygy.

a. First arm-syzygy in the second brachial ...... Jimbriata-group.

6. First arm-syzygy in the third brachial........ parvicirra-group.

1. The solaris-group contains three species which inhabit the

Eastern Archipelago, but extend northward to the China Sea and

southward to the coast of Queensland as far as latitude 24°8. They

are limited to shallow water, 12 fathoms or less.

2. The paucicirra-group includes only two species, one of which

was obtained at Mergui and the other is abundant at Torres Strait.

They are shallow-water forms.

3. The typica-group contains four species which are all confined

to the Eastern Archipelago and Western Pacific. ‘Three are purely

littoral species, but the fourth has been dredged near Fiji from a

depth of over 200 fathoms.

4, The echinoptera-group includes six species, five of which are

members of the Caribbean fauna, with extension to the coast of

Bibliographical Notices. 509

Brazil and the Bahamas (one even passing to the East Atlantic),

and the sixth from Malacca and the coast of Queensland. The

bathymetrical range is from shallow water to probably 830 fathoms.

5. The stelligera-group contains four species, one of which is

found on both sides of the Atlantic and possibly also in the Eastern

Archipelago ; but all the other members of the group are limited to

the latter region and the Western Pacific. The bathymetrical

range is from shallow water to probably 830 fathoms.

6. The valida-group comprises four species, all of which are con-

fined exclusively to the Eastern Archipelago, including the Fiji and

the Friendly Islands. AJl are shallow-water forms.

7. The jfimbriata-group includes seven species, two of which

inhabit the Caribbean Sea, while the remainder of the forms are

limited to the Indian Ocean, the Eastern Archipelago, and the

North-west Pacific. Of the Atlantic species one possibly ranges

down to 88 fathoms, while the other occurs between this depth and

118 fathoms. The eastern species all belong to the purely littoral

fauna.

8. The parvicirra-group contains twenty species and is more

widely distributed than any other in the genus Actinometra. It is

represented on the Peruvian coast and-at Tahiti, is abundant at

Samoa, Tonga, and Fiji, and extends through the Eastern Archi-

pelago to Japan on the north and the Nicobar Islands on the west.

It also occurs at Natal and Simon’s Bay, and is represented by one

species on the southern coast of Australia. The bathymetrical

range is from shallow water to 210 or 255 fathoms.

Promachocrinus, Carpenter, is characterized by the presence of

ten radials in the calyx instead of the usual five. In all other

respects there is no essential difference between this genus and

Antedon. It is represented by three species, one of which was ob-

tained at a depth of 500 fathoms off the Meangis Islands and the

other two from localities in the Southern Ocean, one from shallow

water down to 75 fathoms off Kerguelen and Heard Island and

the other from between Marion Island and Kerguelen at 1600

fathoms and from south of Australia at 1800 fathoms, where it was

associated with the remarkable genus Thaumatocrinus.

Thiolliericrinus, Etallon, is only known in a fossil state, and has

hitherto been found in Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous beds.

Geologically the history of the Comatule, so far as our present

knowledge goes, dates from the Middle Lias, where the family is

represented by the genus Antedon. The earliest known <Actino-

metra is from the Bathonian; and Hudzocrinus has been found in

the Lower Neocomian (Valangian).

The following summary of the distribution of the species of Ante-

don and Actinometra respectively presents a number of interesting

facts.

The ten-armed species of Antedon have a wider range both in

depth and in space than any other types of the genus. They are

the only species which occur outside the fortieth parallels of latitude

and at greater depths than 750 fathoms.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iit. a)

510 Bibliographical Notices.

There are no tridistichate species of Antedon in the North

Atlantic outside the Caribbean Sea, though they occur in the South

Atlantic at Tristan d’Acunha and Ascension and at five stations

below 100 fathoms in the Western Pacific and Australasia.

On the other hand, the bidistichate series does not range further

south in the Atlantic than 10° 8., though it has the same distribu-

tion as the tridistichate series in the Pacific. This group is also

much more common than the tridistichate group in the Caribbean

Sea, especially below 100 fathoms, and ranges to a greater depth.

The range of the genus Actinometra both in depth and space is

very much more limited than that of Antedon. It corresponds very

closely with the geographical and bathymetrical ranges of the

multibrachiate species of that genus. The northernmost <Actino-

metra does not reach 36° N., and the southernmost 38° §., and no

Actinometra has been obtained with certainty at a greater depth

than 533 fathoms; but it may probably extend to 830 fathoms.

Actinometra is far more extensively developed in the Eastern than

in the Western Hemisphere. The ten-armed forms of Actinometra

which occur in the Caribbean Sea and along the South-American

coast represent an entirely different type of the genus from the ten-

armed species of the Eastern Hemisphere. Of the multibrachiate

species of Actinometra the tridistichate type seems to be the more

extensively distributed, and not the bidistichate one, as in the case

of Antedon.

The number of described living Comatulid species is now 180; of

these the ‘Challenger’ obtained 110, 88 being new to science and

22 previously known.

The geographical and bathymetrical limitation of the different

groups indicated by the author furnishes evidence of the direct

alliance and the genetic relations of the component members of the

groups in a manner that comparative anatomy alone is unable to

demonstrate half so forcibly or conclusively.

The monograph is illustrated by seventy magnificent plates, which

for general fidelity and careful representation of detail are worthy

of the highest praise. There is also an excellent index, which

forms in itself a measure of the completeness and general utility of

the Report.

It is no mere form of words to say that this Report will stand as

a monument of patient and honest work; and we offer to the author

our congratulations on having produced a memoir upon which he

may look back with satisfaction and his fellow-countrymen with

pride.

Tabular List of all the Australian Birds at present known to the

Author, showing the Distribution of the Species over the Continent

of Australia and adjacent Islands. By KE. P. Ramsay, LL.D.,

&c., Curator of the Australian Museum, Sydney. Pp. 88, Map.

4to. Sydney, 1888.

Tne object of this Catalogue is to afford ornithologists a general

Bibliographical Notices. dit

and authentic epitome of the distribution of Australian birds over

the continent and adjacent islands. The well-known ornithological

studies of the Author, extending over the last thirty years, and his

position as Curator of the Australian Museum, have afforded him

particular and exceptional opportunities of acquiring the informa-

tion necessary for the preparation of such a Catalogue. A visit

paid to the principal European museums whilst acting as Fishery

Commissioner for New South Wales in London, during the Inter-

national Fisheries Exhibition, enabled Dr. Ramsay to exchange

views with the more eminent European ornithologists on the vexed

and complicated question of synonymy.

The arrangement of the present work has been ordered with the

view of affording the fullest amount of information in a limited space.

In this difficult task the Author has succeeded, it must be admitted,

with much success. No particular classification has been followed,

so says the preface; but in this the Author does himself an injus-

tice, for without adopting subdivisions which would tend to thwart

the main objects of the work, the genera are placed in natural order.

Each right-hand page is arranged in tabular form, the species

being numbered in serial order. From this we learn that 701

species of birds are known from all Australia, including the south

coast of New Guinea, but exclusive of Norfolk and Lord Howe

Islands. In 1865, at the publication of Gould’s ‘ Handbook,’ 672

species had been recorded, but out of these only one strictly new

genus had been added.

The first column of the tabular matter shows the presence or

absence of the species in the Australian Museum, with this grati-

fying result, that 630 are there preserved. The second column

affords a reference to the most easily accessible description of the

bird in question, usually Gould’s ‘ Handbook.’ The remaining

columns then show geographical distribution; but as considerable

territorial change has taken place since 1865, and as the names of

the Australian provinces convey but an indifferent idea of the dis-

tribution of a species, the Author has given “ the particular localities

in which most of our large collections have been made, purposely to

show the spread of certain species.” The boundaries of the present

and the positions of other localities are shown onasketch-map. In

the distribution-columns numerals are used as the means of registra-

tion instead of the usual asterisks. The left-hand page is always

devoted to notes and references, the latter being connected with the

species by a running number. Separate tables are given for Nor-

folk and Lord Howe Islands.

We look forward with great pleasure to the appearance of a

general work on the birds of Australia by the same author, which

we believe has been in preparation for some time, and of which the

present Catalogue is only a forerunner.

In conclusion we heartily congratulate Dr. Ramsay on the appear-

ance of his useful and complete work.

512 Miscellaneous,

MISCELLANEOUS.

On an Epicaridan parasitic on an ee and on a Copepod

parasitic on an Epicaridan. By MM, A. Grarp and J. Bonnier.

Hirnerto no Epicaridan parasitic on Amphipods has been known.

In September last Prof. Della Valle collected in the Bay of Naples

two specimens of an Isopod parasitic upon Ampelisca diadema, A.

Costa, and hastened to send them tous. These profoundly degraded

Crustaceans belong to the group of the Cryptoniscians. They are

adult females, one of them containing segmented ova, the other

embryos ready to hatch and possessing the typical form of the first

larva of the Cryptoniscians.

The whole body of the female is, so to speak, converted into a

vast incubatory chamber, closed by two lateral lamine extending

from the first to the fifth thoracic segment, and united in the median

line, in such a way as to leave apertures for the passage of water

only at the anterior and at the posterior extremity.

On the dorsal surface may be distinguished five metameric bands

representing the first five somites of the thorax. On each side of

the body, behind the line of insertion of the incubatory plates, we

see on each of the five segments conical eminences, probably ves-

tiges of the first pairs of feet. The head, which is strongly inflexed

in front, only presents rudiments of the ordinary appendages. The

maxillipeds alone are considerably developed.

The terminal portion of the body from the sixth thoracic segment

is also bent towards the ventral surface, so as to complete the incu-

batory chamber by a posterior cavity likewise filled with ova. The

sixth and seventh thoracic segments bear each a pair of digitations

representing the aborted appendages and protecting the posterior

opening of the incubatory chamber. ‘This aperture therefore much

resembles that figured by Fraisse in Cryptoniscus paguri, Fr., but

the margin of the lamellze is simply thickened and does not ter-

minate in chitinous ramifications.

The liver forms a gland faintly bilobed behind and of small size.

It scarcely penetrates into the thoracic region. The digestive tube

becomes dilated in the rectal part, to give origin to the ovoid organ

characteristic of the Cryptoniscians. It terminates at an anus

situated ventrally at the apex of the pleal mamilla, upon which

traces of pleopoda may be distinguished.

This curious Epicaridan differs greatly from the genus Cabirops,

Kossmann, which is parasitic upon the Bopyri ; it more resembles

Cryptothiria (2) marsupialis, G. O. Sars, parasitic on the Munnops-

ide (Hurycope cornuta and Hyarachna longicornis). But, like the

latter, it must incontestably be taken as the type of a new genus.

We shall give the name of Podascon Della Vallei to the parasite of

Ampelisea diadema.

Miscellaneous. ails

With the object of verifying the hypothesis formerly put forward

by us with respect to the relationship of the Cryptoniscians and

Dajidee, we have made an appeal to those zoologists who possessed

specimens of these exceedingly rare Crustaceans. The Rev. A. M.

Norman has kindly given us a specimen of Dajus mysidis, Kroyer,

and lent us one of an Aspidophryxus*. We may notice here a

most unexpected ethological fact—the existence of a Copepod para-

sitic on the latter. By a fortunate chance the specimen of Aspido-

phryxus communicated by Norman, which is attached to the back

of an Hrythrops microphthalma, G. O. Sars, sheltered beneath the

posterior part of its slightly raised dorsal shield the female and two

males of a very singular Copepod, which we shall name Aspidacia

Normani.

The female presents the form of a sac resembling a miniature

Sacculina ; in its greatest diameter (transverse) it measures eight

tenths of a millimetre. The colour in alcohol is rosy. The animal

is attached on the one hand to the Mysis by a short peduncle ter-

minated by a sucking-disk, on the other to the Aspidophry«wus by an

elongated cord (broken in our specimen) starting from the sucking-

disk and inserted into the middle of the ventral surface of the pleon

of the Epicaridan, Hooked on to this cord was the male Aspido-

phry«us, it being rendered impossible for him to shelter himself as

usual beneath the pleon of his female. Towards the free extremity

of the body of the Aspidacia two chitinous eminences are observed ;

then, on the side opposite to the sucking- disk, the two genital aper-

tures, to which are appended jive packets of ova. Each of these

ovigerous sacs, which are nearly spherical in form and measure

three tenths of a millimetre in diameter, contained eight or ten ova

in segmentation.

In one of the sacs the ova were all very distinctly in the stage 4.

The whole interior of the body of the female is filled with enormous

ovaries containing well-developed ovules. We also observe, in the

vicinity of the sucking-disk, two chitinogenous glands, which assist,

no doubt, in the fixation of the parasite.

One of the males was attached to the Mysis at some distance

from the female, the other upon the female herself. These males

are about 150 » in length. Their general form is very analogous to

that of the males of Sphwronella Leuckarti, Sal. In the anterior

part the cement-glands secrete a spiral chitinous filament, which

serves for the fixation of the animal. The presence of several fila-

ments upon the integument of the female indicates either that the

males move about or that they had been more numerous. Beneath

the organ of adherence a broad sucking-disk enables the animal to

apply its buccal parts to the host which supports it. As appen-

dages, we find outside the mouth a pair of antenna, a first pair of

* This specimen was named 4A. peltatus, G. O. Sars, but the authors

regard it as belonging to a new species which they propose to name A.

Sarst.

514 Miscellaneous.

rather feeble and a second pair of very robust maxillipeds, moved

by very powerful striated muscles. The terminal portion of the

body is obtuse and terminated by two lateral lobes, containing the

sacs for the spermatophora. These organs, which are regularly

spherical, are united with the testes by fine deferent ducts.

In the form of the female and in the multiplicity of the ovigerous

sacs, which are so rare among the Copepoda, Aspidacia closely

approaches Choniostoma mirabile recently discovered by H. J. Han-

sen beneath the branchial integuments of Hippolyte polaris and

Gaimardi of the Kara Sea. With Choniostoma and Spheronella it

must enter into the aberrant family of the Choniostomatide. The

discovery of the still unknown male of Choniostoma will no doubt

enable us to fix more exactly the affinities of this family.

Finally the relations between the Aspidewcia and the Aspido-

phrywus render it a very probable supposition that Choniostoma is or

has been parasitic upon a branchial Bopyride of the Hippolyte and

has usurped its dwelling-place. A memoir with plates will make

known in more detail the anatomy of Podascon and Aspidecia, and

we may be permitted in conclusion to thank MM. Della Valle and

A. M. Norman, who have sent us the materials for this investigation

in an admirable state of preservation.—Comptes Rendus, April 29,

1889, p. 902.

Spontaneous Movements of the Style and Stigmata of the Cornflag

(Gladiolus segetum). By M. C. Musser.

The author notes that movements of the female organs of plants

are comparatively uncommon and calls attention to an important

instance in the Cornflag. In the Iridaceze the anthers open out-

wards longitudinally, so that the pollen falls upon the parts of the

perianth, and can only reach the stigmata by the action of the wind,

the intervention of insects, &e. In the genus Gladiolus the style

and stigmata, by their movements, get over this difficulty.

The three stamina forming the exterior whorl of the androecium

attain their final length before the styles have commenced their

growth ; the two posterior lateral ones incline their filaments to the

right and left of the anterior stamen, so that the three anthers are

juxtaposed in the same plane. At this moment they turn their

dorsal surface to the style and they are also 3 centim. longer, so that

direct pollination is doubly impossible. The concrescent styles

situated behind the filaments grow rapidly in the direction of the

dorsal line of the andreecium and soon equal the stamina in height ;

but the filaments bend slightly outwards, the anthers, hitherto in

lateral contact, separate, and their cells open; the styles, still

growing, bend in the same direction ; the three stigmata also sepa-

rate and move so as to come directly beneath the anthers, from which

the pollen can then fall only upon the stigmatic papille. Direct

pollination is thus insured.-—Comptes Rendus, April 29, 1889, p. 905.

INDEX to VOL. III.

ABRACHIA, characters of the new

genus, 503,

Abylopsis, new species of, 235,

Acanthella, new species of, 93.

Aceros, on some species of, 457,

Acreea, new species of, 126.

Actobius, new species of, 45,

Adelphotaxy, on, 66,

ANgista, new species of, 107.

Afirenica, new species of, 400,

Agelosus, characters of the new

genus, 110.

Amichrotus, characters of the new

genus, 114.

Ampelisca diadema, on an Lpicari-

dan parasitic on, 512.

Amphicaryon, characters of the new

genus, 255,

Amphichroum, new species of, 472.

Amphionycha, new species of, 396,

Amphipoda, notes on British, 445.

Amphiura squamata, on a new para-

site of, 154.

Animals, on the functions and homo-

logies of the contractile vacuole in,

64.

Anisolinus, characters of the new

genus, 115,

Anoplognathus, new species of,

Anosteira, on the systematic position

of, 273.

Anostira, new species of, 54.

Antedon pumila and A. incommoda,

note on, 292.

Anthobium, new species of, 476.

Anthophagus, new species of, 469.

Aparchites, characters of the new

genus, 584.

Aphneus, new species of, 156.

Aplysina purpurea, remarks on, 97.

Arachnida, new, 406.

Arbacia and Echinocidaris, on the

relative claims of the generic

names, 290.

Archzocyathine, on the genera con-

stituting the family, 368.

Ascorhiza, characters of the new

genus, 2.

Aspideecia, characters of the new

genus, 513,

Aspidophryxus, on a Copepod para-

sitic on an, 513.

Astrorhizide, on a new type of,

293.

Athorybia, new species of, 207.

Atya occidentalis, remarks on, 11.

Aulacochelys, on the new genus,

53, 273.

Auletta, new species of, 92.

Axinella, new species of, 88,

Bzeotis, new species of, 356,

Bather, F. A., on a new genus of

Crinoidea, 366; on the basals of

Eugeniacrinidee, 439,

Batrachia, new, 306, 307.

Baur, Dr. G., on the systematic

position of Meiolania, 54; on

Aulacochelys and the systematic

position of Anosteira and Pseudo-

trionyx, 273.

Belenois, new species of, 122.

Bell, Prof. F. J., on the generic

names Arbacia and Echinocidaria,

290; on Antedon pumila and A.

incommoda, 202; on a specimen

of Luidia, 422.

Beyrichia, remarks on species of, 379,

Birds, new, 423, 489, 490.

Bledius, new species of, 412.

Bonnier, J., on an Epicaridan para-

sitic on an Amphipod, and on a

Copepod parasitic on an Epicari-

dan, 512.

Books, new :—Nordquist’s Calaniden

Finlands, 62; Bergens Museums

516

Aarsberetning for 1887, 152;

Saunders’s Manual of British Birds,

365; Giard’s Bulletin Scientifique

de la France et de la Belgique,

435; Carpenter’s Report upon the

Crinoidea collected during the

Voyage of H.M.S ‘Challenger.’

—Part II. The Comatule, 504;

Dr. Ramsay’s Tabular List of

Australian Birds, 510.

Boulenger, G. A., on the systematic

position of Miolania, 138; on

Reptiles and Batrachians from

Morocco, 303; on a new species

of Eupemphix, 507.

Brady, Dr. H. B., on a new type of

Astrorhizide, 293,

Bressa prize, the, 156.

Bryozoa, on a new genus of, 1.

Bulimus, new species of, 403.

Buthide, on some new and old,

324.

Buthus, new species of, 537, 461.

Butler, A. G., on a new species of

Mastigophorus, 558,

Butterflies’ enemies, on, 477.

Cafius, new species of, 44.

Callicore, new species of, 554.

Callosune, new species of, 125.

Calocosmus, new species of, 395.

Calpe, new species of, 253.

Canu, E., on a new family of com-

mensal Copepoda, 67.

Carcinops, new species of, 285.

Carneades, new species of, 391.

Carter, H. J., on a new species of

Microciona, 99; on the genus

Orbitoides, 210.

Ceratocymba, new species of, 233,

Ceratodus Forsteri, on the central

nervous system of, 157.

Chalaude, J., on the presence of

spinnerets in the Myriopoda,

290.

Chalcides, remarks on three species

of, 504.

Characeee, on the antherozoids of the,

445,

Charaxes, new species of, 130.

Charichirus, characters of the new

genus, 262,

Chelonia, on new fossil, 53, 369.

Chrysorychia, new species of, 154.

Chun, Prof. C., on the Canarian

Siphonophora, 214.

INDEX.

Cicada, new species of, 52.

Cicadidx, new, 49.

Cicindelide, on a new genus of,

486.

Ciocalypta Tyleri, new variety of,

Clathria, new species of, 84.

Claus, Prof. C., on the organization

of the Nebalize and the systematic

position of the Leptostraca, 441.

Clorura, new species of, 424.

Clupea, new fossil species of, 289.

Coleoptera, new, 28, 108, 188, 249,

277, 319, 360, 387, 406, 486.

Colobothea, new species of, 587.

Copepoda, on a new family of com-

mensal, 67.

Cophognathus, characters of the

new genus, 486.

Coprophilus, new species of, 415.

Coronella Amalize, notes on, 505.

Cosmopsaltria, new species of, 421.

Crustacea of Dominica, on the, 6.

Crustacean, on a new _ parasitic,

154.

Cryptobium, new species of, 253.

Crystallodes rigidum, observations

on, 245,

Cyanops, new species of, 424.

Cymothoé, new species of, 155,

248.

Cyrestis, new species of, 512.

Delias, new species of, 512.

Dendy, A., on Sponges from the

Gulf of Manaar, 73.

Derops, characters of the new ge-

nus, 418,

Diapheromera, new species of, 501.

Dimorphella, characters of the new

genus, 190.

Diphyes, new species of, 231.

Diplodus, new species of, 299.

Diptychus, new species of, 361,

Distant, W. L., on new Cicadide,

49; on the genus Plisthenes, 271;

on new Rhynchota, 419.

Domene, new species of, 260.

Doramasia, characters of the new

genus, 226.

Duncan, Prof. P. M., on the anatomy

of Paleeechinus, 196.

Dundubia, new species of, 51.

Eblisia, characters of the new ge-

nus, 280.

Kchinocidaris and Arbacia, on the

INDEX.

relative claims of the generic

names, 290,

Echinus, on a new Molluscan para-

sitic on, 270.

Edaphus, new species of, 325,

Eleusis, new species of, 466.

Elymnias, new species of, 517.

Emesis, new species of, 357.

Entomophthore, new, 370,

Entomostraca, notes on the palzeo-

zoic bivalved, 373.

Eomedon, characters of the new ge-

nus, 319.

Epibulia, new species of, 229,

Etheridge, R., on the dentition of

Lepidotus maximus, 569,

Kugeniacrinide, on the basals of,

459.

Eupagurus Bernhardus, on a new

Infusorian parasitic on, 69.

Eupemphix, new species of, 307.

Eupheedra, new species of, 246,

Euptychia, new species of, 352,

Eurygona, new species of, 356.

Euryphene, new species of,

247,

Euthalia, new species of, 313.

Euxanthe, new species of, 129.

Fauna of the Eifel-Maare, on the,

292.

Fewkes, J. W., on a new stalled

Bryozoon, 1; on a new parasite of

Amphiura, 154; on anew Atho-

rybia, 207.

Fishes, new, 289, 299, 561.

Flora, on the advent of a new, on

Krakatao, 141.

Forskalia, new species of, 244,

Fringilla, new species of, 489.

Fulgora, new species of, 422.

Geeana, new species of, 49.

Gahan, C. J., on new Lamiide Coleo-

ptera, 387.

Gelliodes, new species of, 85.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 288, 366, 458.

Giard, Prof. A., on a new parasitic

genus of Infusoria, 69; on some

new Entomophthoree, 570; onan

Kpicaridan parasitic on an Amphi-

pod, and on a Copepod parasitic on

an Epicaridan, 512.

Gladiolus segetum, on spontaneous

movements of the style and stig-

mata of, 514,

133,

517

Godman, F. D., on new Rhopalo-

cera, 351.

Godwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H.,

on anew species of Helix, 107.

Gregory, J. W., on a new genus of

Temnopleuridee, 490,

Guignard, L., on the formation of

the antherozoids of the Characee,

445,

Giinther, Dr. A., on the occurrence

of Lichia vadigo on the British

coast, 107; on a new species of

Diptychus, 361.

Hadropinus, characters of the new

genus, 115.

Heemaphysalis, on a new species of,

406,

Halimedon, remarks on species of,

455.

Halistemma, note on the genus,

240.

Halopyramis, characters of the new

genus, 227.

Hartog, Prof. M. M., on the contrac-

tile vacuole in plants and animals,

64; on adelphotaxy, 66.

Helicina, new species of, 405.

Helix, new species of, 107, 402.

Hersiliidee, characters of the new

family, 68.

Hesperus, new species of, 43.

Heterothops, new species of, 35.

Hilarolea, new species of, 393.

Hincks, Rev. T., on the Polyzoa of

the St. Lawrence, 424.

Hinde, Dr. G. J., on Archeocyathus

and allied genera, 367.

Hister, new species of, 282.

Hope, R., on a new species of Mi-

crociona, 101.

Hybodont tooth, on a, 300.

Hybodus keuperinus, on the so-

called, 297.

Hydrangea, on cross-fertilization in,

(al

Hymeniacidon,

Sik

Infusoria, on a new parasitic genus

of, 69,

Tolaus, new species of, 137.

Isocheilus, characters of the new

genus, 263.

Isochilina, new species of, 383,

Jones, Prof. T, R., on the palsozoic

bivalved Entomostraca, 373.

new species of,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6, Vol. iii. 36

518

Kamalata, characters of the new

genus, 52. :

Kirby, W. F., on new Nymphalidae,

246; on new species of Phasmide,

501.

Krakatao, on the new flora of,

141.

Lacerta ocellata, var. tangitana, note

on, 305.

Larinopoda, new species of, 154.

Lathrobium, new species of, 254.

Lemonias, new species of, 357.

Lepidoptera, new, 121, 246, 312, 351,

358, 463, 486.

Lepidotus maximus, on the dentition

of, 369.

Leptacinus, new species of, 252.

Leptopsaltria, new species of, 50,

420.

Leptostraca, on the systematic posi-

tion of the, 441.

Lesteva, new species of, 471.

Lewis, G., on new Histeridz, 277.

Lichia vadigo, on the occurrence of,

on the British coast, 107.

Lispinus, new species of, 466,

Liusus, characters of the new genus,

116.

Lobiger, notes on the genus, 308.

Ludwig, Dr. H., on a new genus of

Ophiuride, 44.

Luidia, on a large specimen of, 422.

Lydekker, R., on new fossil Che-

lonia, 53; on Nototherium and

Zygomaturus, 149; on five genera

of Mesozoic Reptiles, 288; on

remains of Eocene and Mesozoic

Chelonia, 369.

Lymanopoda, new species of, 353.

Lymnas, new species of, 356,

Mammalia, new, 862, 433.

Masonella, characters of the new

genus, 295,

Mastigophorus,

308.

Matthews. Rey. A., on new Tricho-

pterygide, 188, 370.

Meade-Waldo, E. G., on a new Tit,

490.

Medon, new species of, 264.

Meehan, T., on cross-fertilization in

Hydrangea, 71.

Megaluropus, characters of the new

genus, 446, '

Megarthrus, new species of, 468,

new species of,

INDEX.

Meiolania, on the systematic position

of, 54, 138.

Meissner, Dr. M., on the nutrition of

the Protozoa, 69.

Melapium, notes on the genus, 267.

Mesunius, new species of, 322.

Metarhizium, new species of, 371.

Microciona, new species of, 99.

Mikado, characters of the new ge-

nus, 189,

Mimicry in Lepidoptera, on, 477.

Miobdelus, characters of the new

genus, 111.

Mollusea, new, 107, 270; from the

Lesser Antilles, on, 400.

Monoculodes, new species of, 450.

Monophyes, new species of, 225.

Monticelli, F.S., on the genus Ta-

phozous, 487.

Mucronella, new species of, 431.

Mus, new species of, 455.

Musset, C., on spontaneous move-

ments of the style and stigmata of

the Cornflag, 514.

Mylothris, new species of, 124.

Myriopoda, on the presence of spin-

nerets in the, 290.

Myscelia, new species of, 354.

Nebalize, on the organization of the,

441,

Neumayr, Prof. M., on the origin of

the Unionide, 372.

Newton, E. T., on a new species of

Clupea, 289.

Noctiluca miliaris, observations on,

22.

Nodynus

467.

Norman, Rev. A. M., on British

Amphipoda, 445,

Nototherium and Zygomaturus, on,

149.

Nudobius, new species of, 253,

Ocypus, new species of, 109.

Olophrum, new species of, 472.

Omulium, new species of, 473.

Ophiopteron, characters of the new

genus, 44,

Ophiuride, on a new genus of, 44,

Orbitoides, remarks on the genus,

210.

Ornithopsis, on the pelvis of, 438.

Osorius, new species of, 411.

Oxyporus, new species of, 407,

Oxytelus, new species of, 414,

leucofasciatus, note on,

INDEX.

Pachychalina, new species of, 79.

Pachycreerus, new species of, 281.

Paleechinus, on the anatomy of,

196.

Panscopeus, characters of the new

genus, 262.

Papilio, new species of, 121, 357.

Parus, new species of, 490,

Pebrilla, characters of the new genus,

69.

Pedicellina nutans, observations on,

432.

Petrosia testudinaria, remarks on,

ile

Phasmide, new species of, 501.

Phileterius, characters of the new

genus, 118.

Philonthus, new species of, 36.

Phucobius, note on the genus,

108.

Phyciodes, new species of, 353.

Phylloma, new species of, 277.

Phytolinus, characters of the new

genus, 119,

Pickard-Cambridge, Rev. O., on a

new species of Hzemaphysalis,

406.

Piestoneus, characters of the new ge-

nus, 464,

Pinophilus, new species of, 325.

Plants, on the functions and homo-

logies of the contractile vacuole in,

64.

Plate, Dr. L., on Noctiluca miliaris,

22.

Platysoma, new species of, 278.

Plisthenes, new species of, 272.

Pocock, R. I., on the Crustacea of

Dominica, 6 ; on some new and old

Buthidex, 334, 461.

Podascon, characters of the new ge-

nus, 512.

Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence, 424;

from Shipton Gorge, on, 440,

Pomponia, new species of, 421.

Porella, on some species of, 428.

Prepona, new species of, 355.

Primitia, new species of, 377.

Priochirus, new species of, 468,

Prionolomia, new species of, 419,

Procirrus, new species of, 324.

Protective resemblance in Lepido-

ptera, on, 477.

Protozoa, on the nutrition of the,

519

Psammodromus microdactylus, re-

marks on, 304,

Pseudacreea, new species of, 129,

Pseudobacteria, new species of,

503.

Pseudotelphusa, new species of, 7.

Pseudotrionyx, on the systematic

position of, 273.

Ptenidium, new species of, 194.

Pterinoxylus, new species of, 502.

Pteronymia, new species of, 352.

Ptilium, new species of, 195.

Ptinella, new species of, 191.

Quedionuchus, new species of, 34.

Quedius, new species of, 29.

Radiolaria of the London Clay, on

the, 289.

Reniera, new species of, 78.

Reptiles, on Mesozoic, 288; new,

503.

Rhamphostomella, remarks on the

genus, 424.

Rhaphidophlus, new species of, 86.

Rhynchocheilus, characters of the

new genus, 120,

Rhynchota, new, 49, 271, 419.

Robillardia, characters of the new

genus, 271,

Salamandra maculosa, var, algira,

notes on, 307.

Salvin, O., on new Rhopalocera,

351,

Sanders, A., on the central nervous

system of Ceratodus Forsteri,

157.

Saurichthys acuminatus, on a max-

illa of, 301,

Scopzeus, new species of, 261.

Scorpions, new, 334, 461.

Scrupocellaria scabra, on, 427.

Seeley, Prof. H. G., on the pelvis of

Ornithopsis, 438.

Selachian tooth, note on a, 300.

Sharp, Dr. D., on the Staphylinide

of Japan, 28, 108, 249, 319, 406,

463.

Sle R. B., on two new birds,

423,

Shrubsole, W. H., on the Radiolaria

of the London Clay, 289.

Siagonium, new species of, 463,

Siphonochalina, new species of, 82.

ee OuOprors, on the Canarian,

214,

Sithon, new species of, 317.

520

Skertchly, 8. B. J., on Butterflies’

enemies, 477.

Smith, E. A., on the genus Mela-

pium, 267; on a new genus of

parasitic Mollusca, 270; on the

genus Lobiger, 308; on Mollusca

from the Lesser Antilles, 400.

Smith, H. G., on new Butterflies,

121, 312.

Smittia, on some species of, 430.

Sponges, new, 73, 99.

Spongionella, new species of, 94.

Staphylinidee of Japan, on the, 28,

108, 319, 406, 463.

Staphylinus, new species of, 117.

Stenus, new species of, 326.

Stephanophyes, characters of the new

genus, 256.

Sternocera, new species of, 361.

Sternoccelis, new species of, 235.

Stilicoderus, characters of the new

genus, 520.

Stilicus, new species of, 321.

Sunius, new species of, 322.

Syrrhaptes paradoxus, on a new

Acarid parasitic on, 406.

Taneecia, new species of, 315.

Taphozous, remarks on the genus,

487,

Temnopleurid, on a new genus of,

490.

Tenaris, new species of, 316.

Teretriosoma, new species of, 287.

Teretrius, new species of, 286.

Tetilla, new species of, 75.

Thomas, O., on a new bat, 362; on

a new species of Mus, 433,

INDEX.

Thoracophorus, new species of, 465.

Trachyaspis, new species of, 53.

Treub, M., on the new flora of Kra-

katao, 141.

Triballus, new species of, 285.

Trichopterygida, new, 370.

Trichopteryx, new species of, 191.

Trigonocrinus, characters of the new

genus, 366,

Trionyx circumsuleatus, note on,

53.

Tristram, Canon H. B., on a new

Chaffinch, 489.

Trogophlceus, new species of, 415.

Unionidee, on the origin of the,

372.

Velleius, new species of, 29.

Vesperugo, new species of, 362.

Walford, E. A., on Polyzoa from

Shipton Gorge, 440.

Waterhouse, C. O., on new Coleo-

ptera, 360, 486.

Willett, H., on the dentition of

Lepidotus maximus, 569,

Woodward, A. S., on Hybodus

keuperinus, 297 ; on a new species

of Diplodus, 299; on a symmetri-

cal Hybodont tooth, 800; on a

maxilla of Saurichthys, 301.

Xantholinus, new species of, 250.

Xiphocaris, new species of, 18.

Zacharias, Dr. O., on the fauna of the

Eifel-Maare, 292.

Zeuglopleurus, characters of the new

genus, 490.

Zygomaturus and Nototherium, on,

149,

END OF THE THIRD VOLUME,

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Ann. &: Mag. Nat.Hist.5. 6. Vol. 38> PUL

ae _ WE

Mintern Bros lith.-

ah) ©

a) ala 1

}

svt SM

‘ r

ytd A ind

ea a i

ne ait

¥ : f i

st. 5.6. Vol. 3. PUI.

J. Nat. Hh

Ann.& Mac

~ o

=e, D x See sae

—

ney

Mintern Bros lth

PD eiitent

Plat

ae ery Ce

ree. ey ice Wiens ’ 4 Hi 2

a oped | re we ( eau

iz ‘i Ne belie a ; 5 Ve et: . ue se

=i Syn

a eutine

Posie

oO.

i. Hust. 5. 6. Vol.

’

y. A

Anin.& Mac

Mintern Bros. lith.

he i ne

a ana | : rite Wel

af,

ee Te

al,

oe on

- a a ; a ou D| iv

| i, en fi Pe,

ia a

% an

7, ae ay

a ae

‘ie ny ian -

a '

rie)

Wa 1 Suny a ; re 5

. 1 Tes * ; - ; - a ot ie PAA. ., Me mS a 5 a m0! ee /

re hay ‘y ly r “a Arai.) iD mi Ab ee i

" mM) ie td 7

a Ne f thy 5

ie: cae a

etd) F ‘i re

; bal - r oF bE

lone an ie Couecois We at ;

A fet Pye ee

ae ye rane Pie

es ie

0. 0. Voli da Plas

Ann. & Mag. Nat. H

Mintern Bros, lth,

Arthux: Dendy del.

i a 4

, . i i ney

> ie)

yy) |

+ a,

a isa ‘

wre wie 5!

ih % i

ie 7 ns

Tayd a” : aeotnn oh mie

’ J

aa ue! wa ;

aN a)

: an f ow Z

we be ee: Sp ANivad aan i rar fa > aay

i, Terie ry va : 7 12 = a Cy oe : 7 tf : ~

oa at ae Bie eee

fag

ake!

a aa

U A 7 ay ir a wy

ae at

TRE ea

oii

Aniw.& Mag. Nat. Mist. 5.6. Vol. 3. PLVIL

Mintern Bros. lith.

i S

> . -_—

= § 4

= S :

= é

> E

i |

aS g

_—

—

aS)

An. & Mag.

SNe aE a

rb.

ch.te.

A. Sanders cal

Vol Ronhlaine

st . 3. 6

Nat

Ann. & Mag..

Mintern Bros. lith.

del.

A. Sanders

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. §. 6. Vol. 3. PL. X.

A. Sanders del.

Mintern Bros . hth.

~ sine Sie

ee a

t ab pail!

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 6. Vol.3. PUA

Mintern Bros. lth.

A.Sanders del.

Ann.& Mag. Nat Hist. 5.6.Vol. 3. PL. XIL

t.c. op,

18.

= WS,

A Sanders del.

Mintern Bros. lith.

—-

SER,

Ann.& Mag. Nat Hist.5.6.Vol.3. PL. XIL

« ap

ms PLOT PEcusnmnwhe

A. Sanders del.

Mintern Bros. lith.

—

U. HiT. PU.Xiv

). Vo

t. 3. ¢

le s

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Th

oo;

‘

xPog

STAVINUMID SyPpPLeNVE *O 7

AY 9“ a.Lwopy sapoydyp ep: STULLIANAY (5) STLPOLF

RMintern del. et hth

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.6. Vol. 3. PUXV.

Mintern Bros. lith.

Ann. & Mag. Nat .Hist.S.6.Vol.3. Pl. XVI

Geo.West & Sons del. lith et imp.

LOWER-DEVONIAN OSTRACODA

FROM NEW BRUNSWICK.

Ann. & Mag. Nat Hist. S.6.Vol.3. PL. XVI.

Geo.West & Sons del lith.et imp.

SILURIAN OSTRACODA

FROM NEW BRUNSWICK3e.

Anrn.& Mag. Nat. Hist. §. 6. Vol. 3. PU. XVUL.

AM.N, del Mintern Bros. hth.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5. 6. Vol. 3. Pu XIX.

iS ee a

AMN. del. Mintern Bros. lth

ae iw Me ay

be Ue

ae rd

: oe 7 ui ¥

a0) te ag i:

Se Ve On

oy, ‘ei Ha:

nF 5 a

bry se ‘W vi Eye My a he a

th oo

Vas

te ” ay:

7 : ; aan :

ae a. a a

= ye ‘Of. oo

i a

Ma Sy one we es 5 i ae

ian nei A ou ae

‘

: ie ie es ft a oan si

a oreo ve Pa iy

an Fi fa i

- AL

Ae x fh uy ’ a

Pa a,

peer Maat

Boe it ii WY, a.

4a¥ Al

a Be \

$ Be ar a) ai;

; ; At § Anh) Nis i. an ve,

a 4 7 ar 7 ‘ a AY

bs vias } he oe Be + per Pe ah i: vi, aes i

a oat Se ea

mes 1 i Reteues Ter ei, eee

il eth 1s eae

ie ; wa y ba - on" shop Pelee al

ie 8 on hy salt ala at ¥

Be! hat we ae on is! ay ™

a Pale a

on au

We ile M my y

ive

eal

yin a _

fu ey :

vi Ni Pe be

ee) “cea

van

a , Fi ne

Ann. & May. Nat. Hist. S: 6. Vol. 3. PU XXL

T.Hincks del pay ; River

[LSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31YVYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITI

saiuvugiy

INSTITUTION

sagiuvuaiy

INSTITUTION

ie]

ee)

”

SIS

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S21 uv

e |

ILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITL

SMITHSONIAN

NYINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

NOILALILSNI

NOILNLILSNI

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYYV

S31IUVUSIT LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION

JLSNI NVINOSHLINS S31NVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITt

’

NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVvudl1 LIBRARI ES

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31Yv

ao = He = we sid

Lu Ww RX . Ww

«. ih MY = a 4 XE =

iff 3 < 2S =

a Ys ex iN oc

n “WU = a = \Y co

ad - = _ = aie tl

JLSNITNVINOSHLINS. S31NVYGIT_ LIBRARIES. SMITHSONIAN_INSTIT

os z m 2

= 2 : (| Cy =

> - = = Uy fy

2 : x = OY ki?

D = o z o

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uYY

= E =) ee 5 Wf

\ Z 3 i Cy & 2

Se) So ore Nf 0 a oO .

iY 2 2 Des eee 20 /

= = x»: hh = >

” ee Zz orn tee, _ 2

HISNI_NVINOSHLINS S3IYWYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITI

pe 1h ce uJ SaSIITOS. a a te wi. a "—\'C) |

a | <— -_

VLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYdi1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN” INSTITU

= = a = ta

S Qe (RIFDE Hee

z E : © OL?

= - ad = GS f° 2

m ph es ne a

7) = w = 7)

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVe

wi z n z ”

= <x a < = WY,

a Zz \. = z = by

NX 5 5 NAG 8 3 I

WAG Fr MSS oO = ° Mf J

NS = = WN Yy* =, S =» -

Pair a 5 S

VLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S3!1YVYE!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU

NOILALILSNI

Vif

SAIUVUSIT LIBRARIES

NOLLNLILSNI

MARITES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI

S3i1uyVvVYdIT LIBRARI

INSTITUTION

NLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVYdEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITL

Az S Ul fx 2 LS 5 = SW

: Oy a ae a

2 BOGE 2 Re 8 3 NS

E z Gy E MO 2 =

i P= > = > =

7) 2 7) + 2 a

R2ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHIIWS = S3 luv

| ” z ae

u .o zs @ WX Y

&. = oc pe NAS foe

2G = (E39) e(R ie) s BQ EF

: s : c FA =

: 3 . 5 \ , 2

a ae ae = : a ita

NLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3!1YVYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITI

= * = ms z ue

o : — ow — “Sp w

2 \ = 2 5 Gy, 2

F ASS E _ = LE.

2 WAVE : AF

Oo: S D z D

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYV

cL z 7) ra a)

& <y =< Gf; < = bi

=z 5S WY 2 iy, S a;

Z E AS 0° GY fy = oY /

=~ = i = >"

eoUNo 6 Nae a hap Zz a Zz

IKK INOSHLINS S31YVaalT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITI

WAT | = (ap) —

| Ww “sor 4 Yar wy tty, = LE